Chapter 1: Prologue
Chapter Text
December 24th
Ren Amamiya felt himself sinking into darkness. He tried to grasp at any part of himself he could. He was Joker, the leader of the Phantom Thieves, a group of Persona wielders who fought for justice, delving into the corrupted psyche of people who would otherwise stay justice, stealing their hearts and forcing them to own up to their crimes. However, things went wrong. Very wrong. They managed to overcome the mastermind behind a conspiracy that spanned all of Tokyo led by the politician, Masayoshi Shido. But, despite such a major figure being forced to reveal himself, nothing changed. Such a major change went against the status quo and the thing that controlled it. The thing that had been behind everything. The shadows, the personas, the palaces. Everything, all at the whims of a mad god.
The Phantom Thieves had fought hard against it. Stood against all of Tokyo, maybe even all of humanity, however it wasn’t enough. They were overcome. Then, with its power over humanity, it erased them from existence. Despite that, Ren still refused to back down. He struggled. Resisted. Rebelled as hard as he could. But no matter many strings of himself he tried to grasp, the darkness took more. It felt hopeless. Was this truly how it meant to face off against a god?
“ Haaa…” An echoing voice sighed around him. “ Is this truly the boy you chose, old friend? How… disappointing. How is he meant to compare to the one who overcame Pandora's world of dreams? Who sealed Nyx? Who overcame Izanami’s fog? Those who defeated the rumours I brought to life? This one can’t even rebel against his own destruction. And to Yaldabaoth of all Outer Gods. Oh well…”
“ Who…” Ren’s voice came out as a weak groan, barely audible even in the emptiness of the void.
“ Ha ha ha ha. So, you’re still conscious after all.” The voice laughed, amused. “ Perhaps I misjudged your will. Not your strength however. Yaldabaoth was too big of a fish for you. Perhaps you should have accepted his Control and tried overcoming others. I’m sure there was another businessman with a heart of stone for you to break open and plunder, little thief.”
“ No… I… will not…”
“ Will not? But you already have? Accept it. No-one in that world even remembers you ever existed. Files have been erased. Memories overwritten. That is the power of Control you face. Do you really think you stand a chance against that?”
“ Yes.” The voice laughed again, even more heartily.
“ Oh. So this is the Will of Rebellion I heard so much about. Ah ha ha ha ha. Very well then.” All of a sudden, Ren felt warmth returning to his body. The fading reversed as his sense of self recovered. “ Truth be told, I despise that Yaldabaoth was the one to come in and defeat one of Philemon’s chosen. The god of Control, he calls himself. Ha! A false being masquerading as a true deity. Demons despise shadows like that. All he truly is is an over zealous aspect of the collective unconsciousness. The desire humans have to be controlled. To think such a thing could ever call itself God.”
“ Who are you?” The voice paused at Ren’s question.
“ I… am.” The voice said. As he did, the shadows around him seemed to all merge into a single point and form together, warping and shifting as one. At first, it formed into a wriggling mass, masks that looked like screaming faces pushing out as if trying to escape and gasping for air before being dragged back into the depths. “ I have many names. The Crawling Chaos. The Moon Howler. Kandori, god of Emptiness. I shared your moniker of Joker once.” The form pulled itself together, solidifying and shrinking down into a more regular shape. Finally, it settled into a man in a black suit and a black mask, wielding a metal cane in his left hand. “ Old names. None you would know. Ah, it has been too long since I stepped onto the stage.” He chuckled as he removed his mask, tossing it aside as he looked Joker in the eyes as the two shared a descent into the void. Despite how he talked, the man had a friendly face. Black hair reached his shoulders and his eyes were red, one normal and one with black sclera. He folded his arms, tapping his cane against his arm. “ But you may refer to me as Nyarlathotep and I am, myself, all of you humans. I am your dark side. Your wrath. Your greed. Your pride. Just Philemon is hope and truth. Heh. I guess rebellion too now.”
“ I don’t get it.”
“ Have you ever seen a blue butterfly?” Ren didn’t answer. It was a strange question and yet he knew he had before. On the train when he arrived and in Mementos when he released Igor from his prison. “ Your eyes tell me you have, even through that ridiculous looking mask. I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised. Despite his claims of staying out of these things, he truly does stay close. Well then.” With a snap of his fingers, Ren stopped floating. Nyarlathotep began walking around in a circle until he and Ren were standing across from each other.
“ What do you want?” Ren asked.
“ Ha. Do you have three choices of dialogue or something? Branch out from questions.” The man chuckled. “ Well, it’s simple really. I’m going to send you back to the beginning. No strings. I simply wish to watch the God of Control burn and you’re clearly not strong enough for that yet.”
“ You really mean to do it for free?” Ren asked. “ What’s your game?”
“ Ha. You don’t trust me. Understandable, I suppose. I’ve played the villain far too often to be considered a hero. But this is for me, not you. I refuse to let another god, let alone some conceited upstart supposed true diety defeat my counterpart. Besides, if he does manage to control humanity, then there won’t be any wrath or greed or pride for me to be. It’s self preservation as much as it is a selfish desire to defeat an old rival. Me helping you helps me a lot more. Get it?” The man outstretched his hand.
“ Hmm. I suppose.” Ren sighed. He accepted the handshake. All of a sudden, he felt as if he were flying.
“ Good. Fair warning. You’ll keep your memories but not your power. I may have prevented you from being erased and reformed you but everything that is lost is lost. Your persona? That’s your will. Your borrowed will? None of that stays. Perhaps you’ll be a level or several up if you're lucky.”
“ That’s fine. I know all the codes for the Palaces. I can gather my friends and take them down.”
“ Good luck with that.” Nyarlathotep smiled.
“ What do you mean by-” Before he could answer, the demon let go of his hand and Ren suddenly felt his mind fading again as light began to consume him.
“ Just remember. You’re not the same. Don’t expect anything else to be.” With that last cryptic message, Ren’s eyes snapped open. He looked around. He was on a train. Above him, the tannoy blared a nostalgic message, warning the passengers that they were about to reach Shibuya. Across from him, two school girls discussed the recent mental shutdown cases. He fumbled to pull his phone out of his pocket, looking at it and checking the date. The ninth of March. This was the day he arrived in Tokyo. Nyarlathotep hadn’t been lying. He really was being given another chance to try again. With a small smile, he grabbed his bag and stepped off the train. This time, he’d do better. This time, he’d win.
Chapter Text
April 9th
Ren’s arrival was colder than he remembered it. He’d arrived at Leblanc, happy to be back. However, Sojiro just gave him a tired look, seemingly forgetting he was even arriving and acting like it was a pain to have him there in the first place, leading him up to a dusty, messy attic with his belongings tossed haphazardly onto the middle of the floor. That was Ren’s reminder that he was on probation. Sojiro never welcomed him with open arms when he’d arrived after being exiled from his home in Tadami despite how close he became with the man. He was like a second father to him with Futaba like the younger sibling he never had. It wasn’t that his parents never cared for him. He knew they loved him and it hurt them to send him away but they couldn’t argue with the law and his older brother, Ishitaka, was busy with his work in Sendai university trying to become a surgeon. The option was there but he didn’t want to be a burden. That’s when his Dad had gotten him a place with an old school friend, Sojiro Sakura. The man had agreed to it but really only since he needed the subsidy for taking in a troubled teen that came with the arrangement.
Ren got to work cleaning his room while he went over the events of the year to come in his head. Tomorrow, he’d be going to Shujin to meet Principal Kobayakawa before starting the next day. That morning, he met Ann, Ryuji and Morgana as well as got his Persona due to stumbling into Kamoshida’s castle. Shiho attempted suicide a few days later and that’s when they decided to take Kamoshida’s treasure. If he was faster, he could take it before Shiho got hurt. Maybe convince Ann to go with him early on if Ryuji could get his persona on the first day like he did. Doing that would save them a lot of time and pain. Maybe he could get to know Shiho better this time. He always wished he could but never got the chance due to her moving schools after she recovered.
After that was Madarame. They met Yusuke by chance but he went to Kosei so it wasn’t like they couldn’t “accidentally” stumble into him. Even without that, the art gallery was a sure fire way to get closer to him. They didn’t need him specifically but they needed into the shack to get further into Madarame’s dungeon. Despite that, he was always a great help despite his quirky nature.
Kaneshiro probably already had his palace so they could probably handle that quickly before Madarame’s gallery started. The problem there was how to get Makoto back involved. She was practically his second in command and their best strategist. Maybe there was a way to get her and Haru to awaken when they went to deal with Madarame. Having them early would be a great help. They could just deal with Kaneshiro as soon as they could.
Remembering Futaba threw a spanner into those ideas. He had to help her quickly. She was his sister, after all, even if not by blood. At the same time, the Pyramid was dangerous. A lot of traps and powerful shadows to keep her locked inside her room. He’d also need to convince Sojiro to let him into his house. He didn’t trust him at all so breaking in would likely end with one quick send off to Juvie. Even still, she was a priority. Kamoshida had to go first but after that, with Makoto and Haru alongside the others, he knew he could save her.
Haru’s father was a tricky one. They’d stolen his treasure but he’d been killed by Akechi immediately afterwards. If they left it that long again, Okumura would die. He didn’t want that, especially not for Haru’s sake. He wondered if there was a way to get to him before a palace formed. Perhaps catch his shadow in mementos. Then again, just because he didn’t want to be a politician yet didn’t mean he didn’t already have an entirely different palace. Cognition was a strange thing.
Sae, Makoto’s sister, probably already had hers but they could leave her alone. Sae’s palace proved that not all palaces were harmful. Sae simply saw justice as rigged but she herself was just fighting against that system, even if her shadow did feel helpless to control it. Sae wasn’t a bad person though. He wondered if there were other palaces out there like that. They only found a select few, after all. Who knew who else had one. Maybe he’d find out this go around.
Shido was irritating. As much as he wanted to go in and behead the snake as quickly as he could, Shido was also strong. His mind was as resilient as it was devious. Before Yaldabaoth, it had been their toughest fight. He was confident in their ability to help Futaba or overcome Kaneshiro early but he knew taking Shido on without preparation would only lead to an early downfall. They needed to prepare. Though it did make him wonder about one thing. He still knew Akechi’s number. Could he bring him onto his side and save him?
“ My. I heard noises from up here but I didn’t think you’d be cleaning.” Sojiro’s voice snapped him out of his thoughts. He looked around briefly. The once dusty, cobweb filled room was mostly cleaned up, just as he remembered it. He had just been working on autopilot while his mind wandered to what he needed to do. “ It’s not bad. Didn’t think a delinquent would be so orderly. Then again, I guess it’s only natural you’d want to keep your room tidy.”
“ It was something to do.” Ren smiled. “ Is there anything you need, Sojiro?”
“ Keep it to Mr Sakura.” Sojiro huffed. “ I’m heading off. We’ve got a meeting with the principal of your new school tomorrow so don’t stay up too late and don’t trash the place. Clean whatever you use. I won’t bill you for using the ingredients I have down stairs so long as you pitch in to buy.”
“ Sure thing, Boss.” Ren nodded.
“ Ha. Some of the regulars' voices made it up here I see. Well, whatever. Just go to sleep. I’m not going to feel sorry for you if you get sick from staying up too late.” Sojiro turned to leave.
“ Uh, before you go, I was wondering.” Sojiro glanced back. “ It’s just… my Dad said you had a daughter about my age? I was… wondering if she was alright.” Sojiro sighed.
“ I told that bastard not to say anything.”
“ Sorry. I just overheard my parents talking about her.”
“ It doesn’t concern you. Focus on surviving the year and not what’s wrong with other people. It was being too nosy that landed you here in the first place.” Sojiro began heading downstairs. “ I expect you up by the time I get here. I’m not missing half a day of business for a tardy teenager.” With that, he left, the door slamming shut. Ren sighed, sitting down on the end of his bed. He probably should have been a bit more tactful when bringing up Futaba. Right now, she was stuck in her room, her cognition locking itself away. That being said, he also knew she had cameras around the cafe. He wondered if he could contact her using them. Did she also remember? For now though, he just lay down. He could think about all of that some other time. He needed to get his bearings straight first.
***************************************
April 10th
Instead of dreams of velvet, he simply woke up the following morning to the buzzing of his alarm. He wondered if he misremembered when he first met Yaldabaoth and the twins. Regardless, he stretched, making himself a cup of coffee like he remembered Sojiro having taught him, laying one out for the man as well. The man was surprised to see it. “ You made this?” He asked.
“ Figured you might want one. Sorry about last night. I didn’t mean to offend.” Sojiro sighed. Regardless, he sat down and took a sip.
“ Huh. This isn’t half bad. Brazilian, right?”
“ Santos.” Ren nodded. “ I learned how to brew it from… a master.”
“ Ha. Well, whoever that master is, he taught you well. Shame I don’t have the time to finish it. Our meetings at 10. Come on. You're lucky. I usually only let women in my car.”
They got on the road promptly but still ended up stuck in morning traffic. Sojiro groaned. Ren hadn’t said a word since they’d gotten in the car. He didn’t remember this meeting too much but he knew what it was in essence. A warning not to be a troublesome student. He’d stopped listening to the speech pretty quickly. He didn’t really care. Kobayakawa had him labelled as a problem. Even before he knew what a Persona was, he decided to just skirt the line for the most part. He’d just live out a year in Tokyo where everyone hated him. Then he could go back home and tell tall tales about the Yakuza and all the other jerks who lived there to his friends. Well, whatever friends he still had after Shido’s accusations.
“ It’s fine, you know?”
“ Huh?” Ren looked up.
“ About Futaba. You only asked because you were worried. I understand that.” He said. “ I don’t blame you for asking. She’s just… a difficult subject for me. Please don’t ask again.”
“ I won’t.” Ren said with a nod. “ What’s Shujin like?”
“ Heh. Well, the fact it let a delinquent like you in should speak volumes. It’s not a high end place like Kosei or Kokatsu. They have their fair share of rumours. They say a boy there beat their PE teacher half to death. Can you believe that? Can’t be that disciplined if that happened.” Ren paused. He’d never heard that one before.
“ What?”
“ Yeah, it was all over the local news for about a week. Bout half a year ago, an Olympic gold medalist Volleyball player was hospitalised by one of his own students. He recovered and got back to work but I guess the kid got thrown into Juvie. Make sure not to cause trouble or you’ll be going there with him.”
“ You mean Kamoshida?”
“ That’s the one. You hear about it?”
“ Uh. Bits and pieces. I… just didn’t realise it was Shujin.” Ren sat back. Kamoshida was attacked? No way he wouldn’t have heard about that before now, especially if it had been on the news. One of his students attacked him? Who would have… Ren’s eyes widened. Ryuji. Kamoshida had broken his leg in the first year. The timeline fit but… did that mean Ryuji had remembered as well? But Ryuji wasn’t the type of person to just lash out like that. Maybe he tried to defend himself and Kamoshida played it up?
The thought lingered with him throughout the meeting. He only half paid attention as he had before. As he thought, Kobayakawa spent it grandstanding about how charitable they were being and how a single foot out of line would end with him expelled. He didn’t really care. The faster he could be admitted, the faster he could find his friends. If they really did remember then this would go a lot faster.
When they returned home, Sojiro put the cooker on while Ren put on the television. “-Could not explain his own speed. Police are still looking for a plausible motive.”
“ Ugh. Are they still not past that? It was days ago.” Sojiro muttered. “ Just some idiot drunk at the wheel.”
“ Is this happening a lot here?”
“ Enough for a rumour to start. A number of people were caught doing some out of character actions that end with them in hot water. People are losing their minds about nothing.” Despite his words, Ren knew he didn’t truly believe it was nothing, especially considering what happened to Wakaba. He didn’t say anything. “ 80 people got hurt though. What a mess.” Sojiro left him with a plate of curry and a whirlwind of thoughts. He looked at his phone. Was it wishful thinking he wasn’t the only one? He glanced over at the corner of the room, to where he knew Futaba had a camera planted. He grimaced. But what if he was wrong? If Futaba didn’t remember anything, he could freak her out more. He needed proof before he acted.
“ -Control? They’re making a name for themselves lately.” Ren looked back to the TV. A talk show was on, a familiar one. He’d been on one of the episodes. It was when he first met Akechi.
“ They’re just crazy cultists. Their ideas are insane.”
“ You can’t deny their popularity though. Despite only starting within the last 6 months, their numbers are surprisingly high for a new religion.”
“ Just because a few dozen people want to throw their lot in with some Cult isn’t my problem. They believe all of humanity should be united under their god, serving one goal. Sounds like they just want to stop people doing things they don’t like. The Church of Control is right.” Ren’s blood ran cold.
“ What?” He muttered. Church of Control? That was definitely not something he remembered from the last time he was here. It couldn’t have been a thing, could it? Or maybe it had been and he’d just not recognised the importance of it. A new church that worshipped a God of Control. It was too perfect to be a coincidence. Was it really right there the entire time? It couldn’t be. He couldn’t have overlooked something that important. But that had to mean that it was created in this world specifically. He’d gone back in time. He knew he had. Everything was exactly the same as he remembered it. But Kamoshida had attacked and there was this new church. He also hadn’t dreamed of the Velvet Room. Ren turned the TV off. He was probably just overthinking it. He prayed that was all it was. He didn’t want to think what it meant if it wasn’t.
***************************************
April 11th
Sojiro had a cup of coffee waiting for him before he left. He called it returning a favour from the day before. Ren had eagerly accepted it. He was good but no-one made coffee like Sojiro did. Ren had thought he remembered it was raining when he first went to Shujin. It was only when he stepped out of the station by the school did he realise he was right. He opened his umbrella and stepped out into the rain. He took a slow walk, watching the people running around. This was where he first met Ann and Ryuji. He stood under one of the buildings in hopes the rain would stop and Ann hid under the same one. As he approached it, he saw her, running under the overhang. She pulled her hood down, shaking the rain from her hands. Ren approached, slipping under overhang as well and shaking off his umbrella. She looked up at him. He looked back, looking for any hint of recognition. She opened her mouth, hesitating briefly. Then she spoke.
“ Second year.” She said, tone neutral. “ You’re new, huh?”
“ Yeah.” Ren nodded. “ How’d you know?”
“ Cause I know every second year in the school. I’m guessing you’re from the country. Heh. No-one in the city would be caught dead with bed hair like that. Don’t think I’ve seen glasses like that in a while either.” She smirked cooly. Ren was slightly taken aback. He wasn’t used to Ann having this air of confidence around a complete stranger. Especially not when he met her. She didn’t really open up to anyone back then. Even after Kamoshida, a lot of her interactions with other people was her putting on an act. It was clear she didn’t recognise him, unless she was also looking for a sign he knew her. He decided to test his luck.
“ They’re Persona brand.”
“ Persona?” Ann hummed. “ Never heard of ‘em. Must be some shitty local brand. Get some more stylish ones or you’ll never get a girlfriend.” She looked down. “ You mind if I borrow that?”
“ My… umbrella?”
“ No, your motorcycle. Obviously your umbrella. God. Are you simple?” She huffed.
“ Sure. Just… give it back whenever.”
“ Please. What do you think I am? A thief.” Ren handed Ann his umbrella. She put it up and left without another word. Ren just stood there, sighing. He watched as Kamoshida drove past. The conversation was shorter than the two just standing around like last time. So they didn’t remember after all. That was annoying. Ann also seemed strange. Maybe it was just from the stress of Kamoshida after he proved he could get a student expelled and berated by the local media? If that was the case, he expected the school to be a lot drearier of a place. Despite everything, he waited for a few more minutes, waiting to see a familiar blond rushing by, stopping to curse out Kamoshida. But no-one came. Ren’s heart felt heavy. Had Ryuji really been expelled?
He passed through the same path he had before that Ryuji showed him that first day. Despite everything though, the school was still a school when he stepped into the open. He didn’t know what he expected. While the app was there, he hadn’t said any of the keywords. Ryuji had been the one to accidentally bring them into Kamoshida’s Palace that first day. At least this meant he didn’t annoy the staff and Sojiro on his first day at school. He could check out Kamoshida’s palace after school.
He made it to the door of the teacher’s lounge and knocked on the door. Opening it he was met with the last person he wanted to see. “ Oh. The transfer student.” Kamoshida said. “ Surprisingly prompt for a delinquent.” The man rubbed his right arm. He was wearing a longer top than he was used to, a red jersey instead of his white sporty top. He grimaced slightly as he pressed a little too tightly on his upper arm.
“ Are you alright?”
“ I appreciate the kind words but I’m fine. Just a reminder from the last delinquent who walked these halls.” He huffed.
“ You’re… the teacher who got attacked right?” Ren asked. “ Mr Sakura told me about it.”
“ Yeah. Kid broke my award winning arm but I’m still a good shot when I need to be. Thinking about it, I hear Sakamoto’s out on parole. Too soon if you ask me. You see some blond punk walking the streets, cross the road. You’re already on thin ice. Don’t even think about getting involved with him.”
“ I’ll keep that in mind.”
“ See to it that you do.” He turned back into the staff room. “ Kawakami. Your new student’s here.” He nodded to Ren before walking passed him. Kawakami soon replaced him. She gave him a somewhat surprised look.
“ I expected you to be later.” She admitted.
“ I can come back.”
“ No, it’s fine. Come in.” Ren followed her to her desk. She sighed as she collapsed back into her chair. Just like Sojiro, he knew Kawakami wouldn’t be warm to him at the start. He didn’t get to really know her until he, Ryuji and Mishima accidentally came across her maid side job. He’d have to get on dealing with those two leeches when he could. Right now though, he’d just play the model student. “ Formal introductions. I’m Ms Kawakami, your homeroom teacher as the Principal told you yesterday. You’re in class 2-D. I expect you not to cause too much trouble. While you were brought in to help raise our reputation after the Sakamoto incident last year, don’t think that’ll protect you.”
“ Sorry for the trouble.” Ren bowed. Kawakami looked at him, somewhat surprised.
“ Huh. Humble too. Are you sure you’re on probation?”
“ I… Well, officially, I punched a guy who was assaulting a woman. I told him to back off first of course but he got mad and started swearing and walking towards me, tripped and fell over but.. Well, I think he had a few connections in the police force so here I am.” Ren admitted.
“ Seriously? That was your crime?” She shook her head. “ Whatever. If that’s all it was, just keep your head down and for gods sake don’t annoy Nijima. She’s been on the warpath ever since last year and now she’s the Student Council President.”
" Nijima?” Ren said. “ Uh, is she the prosecutor’s daughter?”
“ Sister.” She nodded. “ Nijima was the head of the disciplinary committee last year. After the incident with Sakamoto, she started becoming a lot more strict. So stay out of her way or you’ll be out of this school in no time flat. Anyway, let’s get going. The bell will be ringing soon.”
Kawakami walked him up to Class 2-D. Surprisingly, the students were more curious who he was than what he’d done. He couldn’t remember a time he wasn’t known as the delinquent kid on probation. He just assumed that his criminal history had been leaked before he got there but maybe Kamoshida had waited. Ren hadn’t annoyed him yet by showing up late with Ryuji. Maybe he was watching him, waiting for the right moment. He’d already provided it the first time by showing up halfway through his first day, after all.
He introduced himself to the class and was welcomed by them. Kawakami seemed hesitant when she put him with Ann for some reason but he didn’t question it too long. He glanced at Mishima as he passed him by. He was still bandaged and forlorn. Kamoshida hadn’t changed by the looks of things. As he passed Ann by, she looked up. Then she gave an amused smirk. Ren didn’t say anything, just sitting behind her. “ Fate’s funny.” She mumbled.
“ Hmm?” Ren felt something hit his foot. Glancing down, he saw his umbrella.
“ Told you I’m no thief.” As the morning went on, Ren found his mind drifting. He’d already learned all of these things from living through the year once before, even if the morning lessons specifically were new. Instead, he thought to his friends. Ryuji, no longer in the school after assaulting Kamoshida. Ann, now abrasive yet strangely more sure of herself. Neither of them remembered him or the palaces but yet both had changed. He thought back to Kawakami’s warning to stay out of Makoto’s way. He wondered if she changed as well. He wondered how it could have happened. One event couldn’t have changed all his friends' lives in such a major way. Even if it could, what caused it? It made no sense.
When lunchtime hit, he was no closer to figuring anything out as he was when he started. He kept going in circles with the information he had. He needed new information. He decided to take a break. Grabbing his lunch, he made his way up to the rooftop. The very first base the Phantom Thieves had. It was nostalgic. After Makoto had reported them, they hadn’t been able to come back up here. He looked down at the school yard from above, chewing on some Yakisoba Bread. “ That fence is old. Don’t lean too far into it.” Ren was shocked to hear someone else’s voice. Turning, he saw a girl sitting on the old plastic chair, looking over the plant pots. She pulled a red lolly from the pocket of a large grey parka, removing the plastic wrapping and putting it in her mouth. “ Good wind today. Always tends to be after rain. Don’t even need to bother with my duties. It’s a good day.” Ren’s eyes widened as he finally recognised the girl. He should have from sight but the fact she had a coat over her uniform and her voice sounded so dead he didn’t connect the dots.
“ Haru…” He whispered. She glanced up.
“ Yeah?” She asked. “ Do I know you?”
“ Uh. No.”
“ Hmm.” She looked back down. “ Sounds like you do.”
“ Uh…”
“ Aren’t you that transfer student they put in Takamaki’s class?”
“ Yeah.”
“ Careful with her.”
“ Why? What’s wrong with A… Takamaki.” He caught himself.
“ You’ll find out if you haven’t heard already.” Haru said. “ It’s her and Makoto you want to look out for. They’ve become really annoying to deal with lately. Kamoshida’s on the warpath as well. Probably cause of what Sakamoto did to his arm. He hates delinquents cause of that.”
“ Uh, does he… hurt the volleyball club?”
“ Hmm… Interesting question.” Haru glanced back up. “ He’s competitive. The reason Sakamoto snapped is cause he was running the track team into the ground. Everyone saw it. After that, he worked the Volleyball team harder. Thinking about it, Mishima is in your class too.”
“ That’s right. He’s covered in bandages so I was worried.”
“ Not all of those are from sports.” Ren knew what she meant. So Kamoshida was still abusing the Volleyball team. That wasn’t good. He’d need to put a stop to that. Before he could continue, he noticed something from below.
“ What’s going on?”
“ Hmm?” Haru walked over to him, staring down. She hummed. “ Looks like… a first year this time.”
“ What do you mean this time?” Ren asked.
“ Look closer.” Haru gestured to the middle of the crowd with her lollipop stick. “ One girl’s on the ground. Three girl’s are surrounding her. One girl’s hanging back. Everyone else is pretending to go about their business but they’re keeping close to watch. Takamaki’s making a show of it.” Ren stopped. Ann? He turned and headed out of the door, racing down the stairs. She couldn’t mean what he thought she meant surely. He burst outside into the courtyard.
“ Hey. What are you doing?” He shouted. Ann turned to face him.
“ Oh, hey. It’s Ren, right?” She said, waving. She looked down at the student at her feet. “ Don’t mind us. The theatre club is full of thieves and Nagamori is one of them so I thought we’d come and collect. I was nice enough to give her shitty club some props but they never paid me back like they promised.” Ren grimaced as Ann pressed her foot down on the poor girl’s back, keeping her stuck on the ground. “ Just cause she’s a first year doesn’t mean she gets a free pass. Seriously, Nagamori. Why do you have to be like that?” Nagamori flinched but whether it was Ann’s words or actions Ren couldn’t tell.
“ You're hurting her.”
“ She hurt me. Just like everyone else. Thieves don’t deserve rights.” Ann looked back at him. “ Aren’t we friends, Ren? You lent me your umbrella and I gave it back. I’m no thief. But these people. They spread rumours about me in my first year. Just cause I have foreign blood, they thought they could call me all sorts of things and spread all these nasty rumours. My friends are the same. Don’t treat me like a bad guy, Ren. I’m just cleaning up trash.”
“ Just because you were hurt in the past doesn’t mean you can hurt others now.”
“ Careful with your words. It almost sounded like you were calling me selfish.” Ann stepped towards him, glaring down at him. Ren didn’t turn away. Ann may be his friend but that didn’t excuse what she was doing now. They’d fought bullies together. He wasn’t about to let her become one now. “ Whatever. You’re new. You’ll learn who to stand with. Shiho, girls. Let’s go. Catch you around, Ren. And don’t steal from me again, Nagamori. Make sure Yakumo and the others from your club understand that too.” The girls followed Ann as she walked off. Ren looked over at Shiho. Unlike Mishima, she didn’t look hurt. She gave Nagmori a worried look before catching Ren’s eye.
“ Sorry.” She muttered before running after her friend. Ren grit his teeth before turning back. He knelt down next to the girl, Nagamori. His heart shook. The girl had white hair, a black and grey striped hat lying on the ground next to her. Ren was sure he’d never met her before and yet, despite that, he still sensed a strange feeling of familiarity with her. He offered her his hand.
“ Hey. Are you alright?” He asked gently.
“ Leave… me…” The girl said, her voice weak.
“ Not in the state you're in. Come on. Let me take you to the nurse.” He gently lifted her up.
“ No…” She groaned. “ Don’t…”
“ What are you doing?” Ren stiffened under the sudden harsh tone behind him. Hikari flinched, pulling away from him. “ Leave her be.” Ren stood up and turned. Standing behind him was Makoto. Despite the calm smile on her face, her eyes shone with anger. Ren noticed a pin attached to her school vest, a white prism with a black cross inside of it.“ Let Hikari fight her own battles.”
“ She’s hurt. Takamaki-”
“ I’m aware of what happened. I’ll talk with Takamaki later.” Makoto sighed. “ It’s a horrible thing, hurting someone. It goes against the teachings. However, if you’re going to get hurt then you should at least save yourself.”
“ Teachings?” Ren furrowed his brow. “ Who teaches it’s wrong to help other people?”
“ Are you insulting us now?” Makoto narrowed her gaze. “ That’s quite enough. Come with me. I’ll make sure that-”
“ That’s enough, Makoto. You’re going too far.” Makoto turned as Haru walked up to them, hands in her coat pockets. “ That’s the transfer student. Of course he doesn’t know your stupid rules yet. Give him some leeway, alright?” All at once, Makoto’s entire body language shifted. She looked back to Ren and bowed.
“ Ah. I’m sorry. I didn’t realise.” She said, “ You’re Ren Amamiya, aren’t you? Forgive me. I wasn’t thinking. That was a horrible first impression.” She stood up straight, the smile never once dropping from her face. “ My name is Makoto Nijima, the Student Council President. I was just trying to enforce the rules of the school.”
“ There are rules against helping others?” Ren asked, unamused. Makoto gave a small chuckle.
“ You must understand, as a follower of the Church of Control, our beliefs take priority over other rules. Upholding one means upholding the other. Causing harm is strictly prohibited under our doctrine but so is distracting others from their worldly mission. Pain is a trial given by our God and Hikari must overcome hers on her own. Principal Kobayakawa already gave the go ahead for these rules to be enforced.” Ren wanted to argue further but bit his lip. There it was again. The Church of Control that was mentioned on the news.
“ Kobayakawa is a member of the Church?”
“ Not yet. But as one of its founding members, believe when I say it’ll come in time. If you’re interested, you can ask me at any time. Same goes for you, Haru, if you’re sick of your life at home.”
“ I’ll pass.”
“ Hmm. A pity.” Behind him, Ren heard a pained gasp. “ Well done, Hikari. I knew you could do it. I’ll tell Ms Usami you won’t be in so please don’t worry about the next lesson.”
“ Th-Thank you… Ms Niijima.” Ren watched helplessly as Nagamori limped away, holding herself up on a nearby fence.
“ Well, with that being said, I need to deal with things. Again, sorry about the way I acted, Ren. I hope the next time we talk, it’ll be a lot more cordial.” Makoto outstretched her hand. Ren went to take it but recoiled. He felt as though he'd been shocked. Makoto shook her hand. “ Hmm. Static. Well, no matter. Until we meet again.” She bowed again before walking away.
“ What… was that?”
“ Told you.” Haru sighed. “ She didn’t used to be like that. She’s been struggling with the loss of her father for years though. Guess that Cult of Control just gave her a way to escape.”
“ Cult of Control?”
“ That badge she’s wearing? The cross and the prism? It’s the sign that person is a part of that cult. Just stay out of their way. This school is no place for a hero.” Haru started leaving.
“ Maybe I’ll change your mind.” Haru shook her head at Ren’s reply, chuckling softly, before continuing to walk. Seeing it made his heavy heart lighter. It was the first bit of emotion he’d seen from her. Ren took a seat in the middle of the courtyard.
“ Just remember. You’re not the same. Don’t expect anything else to be.” He remembered Nyarlathotep’s last words to him. So this is what he meant. Somehow, Yaldabaoth had managed to alter the past. It probably realised he’d arrived and altered the pasts of the Phantom Thieves in order to stop him from ruining its plans. He looked up at the grey clouds. It all seemed so bleak. Despite that though, a faint beam of light pierced through it, rebelling against the grey. There was still hope. He knew there was. He just had to find it.
Notes:
I promise all the chapters won't be this long. I just couldn't find a good place to cut it so it was either going to be too short or too long.
Either way, welcome to my newest Fanfic born from a desire to write biblically accurate Kuudere Haru and then it spiralled. I'm not sure if anyone has read my other fics like Venality or The Insider but I like to talk in the end notes about my thoughts and writing progress and what not. Thanks for reading and I hope everyone enjoys what I've got planned.
Chapter Text
April 11th
At the press of the app, Ren felt the familiar distortion of the world shifting from reality into the cognitive world. He leant against the alleyway wall, watching as the air rippled, clearing Shujin away for Kamoshida’s castle. It was almost nostalgic to be returning. It was the first palace he’d ever conquered. He’d not done it alone, of course. He arrived here with Ryuji and had met Morgana soon after. Thinking about it, this was the first Palace he’d arrived at alone. Despite that, he felt the familiar presence of Arsene greet him as the world solidified, his appearance shifting back to the familiar mantle of rebellion he wore as the Phantom Thief Joker. He looked up at the castle and hesitated.
The Kamoshida’s castle in his memory was towering and imposing, much like the aura of the PE teacher himself. Its walls were dark, demanding obedience from all who looked upon them. It even made the sky darker. However, inside it was lavish, showing off the majesty of its king. In a sense, the dark walls were like Kamoshida himself. They hid his colossal ego behind a mask of protection just like he outwardly acted as the caring teacher and coach before abusing his students and lording his past over everyone to be given special treatment. His reputation really had made him Shujin’s king. Not even Kobayakawa went against him.
But this castle was different. It shared the mediaeval look but it was brighter. It shone like a jewel, glittering in comparison to the more boring looking buildings surrounding it. Looking up, it shone spotlights into the clouded sky, drawing even more attention to it. It was still towering and demanded respect but in a different way that he remembered. It made him hesitate. Was he remembering it wrong? He knew Kamoshida liked attention. Maybe his injury had just exasperated that aspect and caused it to leak out of the castle itself? Something about it made him uneasy. He’d used the right keywords. Kamoshida. Shujin. Castle. He remembered them vividly and the palace had appeared before him. He gathered his nerves and slipped in through a familiar low window.
The inside of the castle was just as gaudy as Ren remembered. The walls and floors practically glittered with how lavish it all was. Chandeliers hung from the high ceilings and everything was covered in some kind of red. Red marble. Red curtains. It was either that or gold. As Ren stepped out of the side room, he paused, placing a hand on the red curtain ahead of him and pulling it, revealing a stone wall. Wasn’t there a door here? He shook his head. No time to worry about that now. The prison was beneath them. Morgana should be there. Everyone else may have changed but that cat wasn’t a normal person.
He snuck into the grand hall. Thankfully, it was empty. No knights waiting for the ambush or Kamoshida addressing his subjects. An easy shot to the prison. As he dashed through the hall however, he glanced up at the large painting hanging on the wall. The painting of King Kamoshida, lording over his subjects the second they entered the castle. However, he quickly came to a stop. “ Oh no.” He muttered. The painting was there, clear and massive as he remembered it had been. But the painting wasn’t of Kamoshida. All of a sudden, the changes to the Palace made sense. The brighter appearance of the outer walls. The missing door. He had thought the red was a bit much too but seeing this everything made perfect sense and he hated it.
She was dressed in a fine red robe and ball gown adorned with black roses, a glistening golden crown adorning her head, a single red rose alongside it. Her blond hair flowed down her back and her make up was done perfectly, making her seem all the more regal. Behind her were her closest subjects, two girls kneeling and another, head lowered in reverence but still allowed to stand at her level. It was a picture of perfection. The Empress of Shujin, Ann Takamaki. Ren could hear the beating of his heart in his chest, unable to turn away from the sight. This wasn’t how it was meant to be. Turning his head, he only saw a door at the far end. Pushing it open, he stopped, pressing his back against the wall in a daze.
Everything made sense now. His friends hadn’t just changed. He got in here with Kamoshida’s key words after all. His castle once stood here. But because Ann was in charge here it could only have meant one thing. The Church of Control proved that Yaldabaoth had decided to act on its own, without the use of him or another persona user to do its work for it. Whatever game it’d been playing, that was over now. Yaldabaoth must have sensed what Nyarlathotep had done and gone even further back to alter things. Ryuji attacking Kamoshida. The Church of Control’s founding. Ann turning on her bullies. It had all happened around six months ago. That was when everything had been altered. He punched the wall next to him.
“ Damn it.” He growled. When did it do it? If he sensed it when he was sent back, why not just stop Sojiro from taking him in? Why not just have Shido have him thrown in prison instead of put on probation? He let out a sharp breath. Unless it didn’t know when he was sent back. He didn’t dream of the Velvet Room on his first night. Yaldabaoth must have sensed what Nyarlathotep had done and altered it that night. It couldn’t suddenly put him in jail or have Sojiro toss him out on the street at that point or it would have been a dead give away that it had known. But now it was too late to do anything about it. He didn’t even know where Nyarlathotep was to send him back six more months. Even if he did, what then? Would Yaldabaoth just alter things even further in the past? He had to fix this and he’d do it the only way he knew how. He’d steal Ann’s heart.
He stared at the stairs in the room. They led up. Of course, if Ann was in charge of the school then she wouldn’t know its exact layout. Kamoshida would have known if there was a basement but Ann wouldn’t. That meant that if Morgana was still here, he could be anywhere. He was flying blind and he was alone. With a grimace, he opened the door and left the palace, slipping back through the halls and out the window he entered, returning to the real world. If it was Kamoshida’s palace, he would know where to go. He knew where the prison was, where the students being tortured were, where he kept his vision of the female students, the chapel to his glory, his throne room. He knew where all of it was. But this was Ann’s palace now. Things had changed. And besides that, there was a bigger problem now.
He looked through his phone as he headed to the train station. Madarame, Kaneshiro, Futaba, Okumura, Sae, Shido. Those were the palaces he knew of. If they were changed to his friends then he had to check them to see what he was dealing with. Then there were his old confidants too. Sojiro and Kawakami seemed the same but he couldn’t say the same about everyone else. Mister Yoshida. Ohya. Iwai. Hifumi. Any one of them could have had their pasts changed too just to mess with him. He had to know what was real and was altered. After that, he could keep going. But right now, he needed information. He decided to head back. He had a lot to research tonight.
***************************************
The first thing he found was that Madarame was in prison. Six months ago, his student had found he had been forging art and had reported it to the police. Yusuke Kitagawa was taken in by one of Madarame’s old friends and a familiar name to Ren, Akio Kawanabe. Apparently, the studio was bought by Kawanabe. He was willing to bet Yusuke still used it. Yusuke himself was still working as an artist prodigy. Despite that, he still worried about what he’d find if he went into Madarame’s old palace, assuming it was even still there.
He’d checked on his way home but Kaneshiro’s palace was missing entirely. Unlike Kamoshida, who had his palace stolen by Ann, there was simply no Shibuya palace. He couldn’t find anything online about the man. There wasn’t any arrest warrant so it wasn’t like he’d been in prison as well. However, there was no flying bank. No people turned into cash machines. It was just gone. However, there was one story he’d found online that may explain it. The Hashiba gang had been showing up a lot more in the news for some reason. It made Ren worried about Iwai, seeing as it was his old gang.
Ren found that Futaba’s palace was still standing and a quick look inside showed that it was thankfully still the exact same as he remembered it. He couldn’t get into the actual place. He remembered to get in before, they needed a special artefact from a special shadow that was found around the same place Leblanc was in the desert town Yongen Jaya had turned into. Since Ren didn’t have a key to the Sakura residence and he knew he couldn’t handle the Shadow alone as he was now, he left. Still, at least it meant Futaba was the same. For better or for worse.
Okumura hadn’t started his bid to become a politician yet but he remembered that was a pretty recent announcement when they had gone after him. He was more worried about what he was like behind closed doors due to how Haru was acting. He wouldn’t be surprised if he asked someone to find out that she’d given up six months ago and had become resigned to her fate. It had hurt to see someone usually so full of life and love reduced to such an emotionless shell. Despite that, he saw through her actions that his friend was still in there. He really hoped it wasn’t too late to save her.
Finally, there was Shido and really nothing had changed with him either. No new backers in the last six months or unexpected trips. He’d even denounced members of the Church of Control when he was asked about them, claiming their views, while they could be seen in some ways noble, was foolish if it robbed people of their rights and personal beliefs. It was strange to hear something Ren agreed with coming from the man’s mouth. However, he was also sure Akechi was under his employ. Old victims remained, like the train driver and Wakaba Isshiki. He was still there in the shadows, killing for the man he was building up to kill himself. Shido knew about it as well. He was being used and was soon to be discarded and Akechi was completely unaware.
He went to bed with too many things rushing through his head. His dreams were filled with memories of his friends and how they used to be. He remembered them hanging out together, helping Yusuke with his art and Haru with her gardening. Working with Makoto to help out Eiko and with Ann to take care of Shiho. Helping Ryuji to save his old team mates and saving Futaba’s online friend from her abusive parents. He felt closer to them than to anyone. That’s why he knew he had to save them. If he could steal Ann’s heart, maybe it would let her come back to what she was before. Currently, that was only step two of his plan. He was still at the drawing board for how to handle this new world. He couldn’t just gather his old friends and destroy palaces to reach Yaldabaoth by summer like he originally wanted to. He had to take this slower now as he was dealing with new threats. That meant learning what the threats were.
*************************************
April 12th
Entering Shujin the next day, he found everyone was noticeably wearier around him. At first, he assumed it was due to his record getting leaked again. However, hearing the mutterings, it wasn’t the case. Instead, they were talking about how much of an idiot he was trying to stand up to both Ann and Makoto. They weren’t scared of him for his past. They were scared of him for what he’d shown he was capable of. At least it wasn’t due to rumours this time.
“ Hey Ren.” Ann smiled at him as he walked past her desk, smiling as rested her head on one of her hands. Suddenly, all conversation stopped. She looked back at them. “ Was I talking to any of you?” The air seemed to freeze before conversation resumed, slower and more hushed this time. “ Vultures. People need to mind their own business. You hear them? They’re spreading rumours about you already.”
“ Because of lunchtime?”
“ Yeah. You were pretty bold Ren but I forgive you. That bitch Nijima gave me an earful for what happened with Yakumo’s new bitch, Nagamori. Or was it Nagamasa? Ugh. Who cares? All that’s important is that Niijima needs to stay in her own lane. It’s not like she helped when I was in trouble. Why’s she bothering me now?” She scowled. Then she looked back. “ Well, never mind about all of that. You’ll figure it out eventually. I’m the only one you can really trust.”
“ Because everyone else is hiding a dagger behind their back, right.”
“ You get it. Everyone’s out for themselves in this world. I get you might not think highly of me but I’m just trying to defend myself and Shiho. I can help you too, if you’d like.”
“ Since your dagger is always visible?” Ann’s smile fell. Her eyes narrowed.
“ Careful. That tongue will get you in trouble.” Ren decided to back off. She was a palace ruler, after all. If she thought he was her friend, he’d probably be able to get through it smoother.
“ Sorry. I just meant I prefer people like that. It’s easier to get along with someone when you know who they are.” Ann looked surprised.
“ Ha ha ha. Right.” She smiled brightly. “ I like you, Ren. Just stick with me.”
“ I’m not going to attack people with you.”
“ Oh please. A few people like Yakumo or Mishima do sometimes try and pull one over on me but I’m not a bully.” This caught him out. He glanced over to Mishima, who was currently looking down at his desk as if investigating the woodwork.
“ Right.” Ren said slowly. “ Out of curiosity, what do you think of Kamoshida?”
“ Kamoshida? He’s a sleazeball. Used to walk around like he was the king of a castle. Ha ha. After Ryuji broke his arm and sent him to the hospital, he started pushing the Volleyball team pretty hard. My best friend Shiho plays on it and she’d leave constantly exhausted. That’s no way to live. Nijima did the one good thing she’s ever actually done by stepping in and getting him to slow down. He’s lost his spark a bit since then but he’s still a creepy perv. Speaking of which, the Volleyball Rally is tomorrow. Urgh.”
“ And Mishima? He’s on the team right?”
“ Clumsy idiot. Don’t know why Kamoshida keeps him around. Just last week he hurt Shiho during practice. Heh. I think he’ll remember not to do that again.” Haru’s voice echoed in his head. Not all Mishima’s injuries are from volleyball. Ren swallowed a bit. It wasn’t Kamoshida who’d hurt Mishima this time. This was worse than what he thought. Before he could ask further though, Kawakami arrived and the school day officially began.
He was distracted for the entire rest of the morning. Reaching lunchtime and making it to the roof before screaming was an achievement. “ Problems?” He flinched at Haru’s voice.
“ Are you always up here?” Ren asked.
“ I like being up here. It’s peaceful.”
“ Sorry for disturbing you then.”
“ Eh. I don’t care.” She shrugged. Ren paused for a few seconds, thinking of what to say next.
“ It was Takamki wasn’t it? Who hurt Mishima?”
“ They say he accidentally hit Suzui in the face with a ball during practice and gave her a nosebleed. Next day, Takamaki and her posse cornered Mishima in the halls. He just came back from the hospital yesterday.” Ren grimaced.
“ Why?”
“ Some people are just like that.”
“ Not her. She wasn’t…” Ren sat down, holding his head in his hands. “ Everything’s wrong.” Haru just hummed slowly.
“ Did you know her before now?” Ren didn’t answer. He wanted to explain everything right there and then. About who he was to not just Ann but to her and Makoto too. Everything about the past and the metaverse. Everything about what they’ve been through about how she was asking was wrong. The words died in his mouth. “ I won’t pry. It’s not my business. But… Takamaki hasn’t been nice for six months now. Neither has Makoto. It’s best to accept that and move on.”
“ What? Because you gave up six months ago too?” Haru just stared at him. Ren sighed. “ Sorry. That was out of line. I’m just… frustrated is all.”
“ No. You’re right. I gave up six months ago.” Haru admitted. “ Makoto was a close friend. But she changed. Like the world swallowed her up. If someone as strong as her gave up, I knew I didn’t have a chance. Ann’s never given up but her fight turned her into the thing she started fighting against and she doesn’t even see it. I think it’s because, if she does, she’ll break. She doesn’t want to see it so she just doesn’t. It’s just easier to surrender to fate than it is to fight against it.”
“ The easiest option is never the right one.”
“ Occam’s razor.” Haru countered. Ren huffed. “ You’ve got a strong moral compass but there’s always a point where you’ve got to accept you can’t change anything. Childishly rebelling against that is pointless. I don’t know how you remember Takamaki but she’s not going to change back. Life changes things.”
“ Rebellion is not pointless. I’ll prove it.”
“ What?” Haru raised an eyebrow.
“ I’ll change Takamaki. I’ll stop her from being a bully and I’ll make her apologise. She’ll speak her crimes with her own mouth.”
“ Heh. You’re bold.” Haru nodded. “ OK. Change her. But… Please give up before you change yourself. You’re a good person, Amamiya. Stay that way.” Ren smiled.
“ Of course I will.” And I’ll bring you back as well, Haru. He promised that silently. I’ll bring you all back. I promise.
*************************************
Ren got off the train and headed off to the outskirts of Shibuya where Madarame’s shack was. He had two places he needed to check before he could plan ahead. Madarame and Okumura. While Madarame was in jail, he had a sinking feeling that hadn’t closed the Museum. He decided to take a few shortcuts to reach it. He still didn’t have permission to be out for that long after school yet so he needed to be quick. Jump in, scope the place out, jump out, apologise for Sojiro for missing his train and having to wander around Shibuya for half an hour. Simple plan. Unfortunately, the Phantom Thieves never had succeeded in their simple plans. He was stopped by three men in one of the side paths he took.
“ Eh? Who’re you?” One of them, with a shrivelled, rat like face, sneered. “ Ya made a mistake comin’ onto our turf punk?
“ Ah. Sorry. I was just returning home from school.”
“ Shujin uniform.” The second, wearing sunglasses and a large coat, huffed.
“ Not a rich kid then. Ah well. Sure his mommy has something in the bank.” The third, with greasy shoulder length hair, smirked.
“ Let’s not be too hasty.” Ren said, stepping back slightly, his hands raised. He just needed one to rush him and he could get past them. The three followed him, slowly walking towards him.
“ Ya gotta pay the right toll to get through here, brat.” Greasy hair laughed.
“ You entered Kaneshiro’s territory.” Sunglasses told him. “ Payment is required.”
“ Curse your luck, punk. Heh heh.” Rat face’s mouth twisted with glee. Ren grimaced. Kaneshiro moved this far out? He lowered his body slightly. Move forwards to spook them, jump off the back wall and kick the rat faced one in the back before running. He could make Madarame’s shack in a few minutes. They couldn’t chase him into the Metaverse. “ Well, punk. What are ya gonna- GAH!” Ren was just as shocked as the other two men as a figure leaped down from above, landing boot first into his head and dropping him to the ground. Ren couldn’t make much about them but they had incredibly long dark blue hair and wore black clothes, splattered with paint.
“ Kaneshiro?” They said. “ Are you fucking kidding? Don’t tell me he’s fallen so far he’s sent his mooks out this far to penny pinch.”
“ What?” Greasy hair scowled. “ Who the fuck is this bitch?”
“ Come find out.” They challenged. The greasy haired man took that challenge. Ren’s saviour dodged to the side with an annoyed sigh, slamming the bottom of some kind of can against his temple and sending him to the ground. Without missing a moment, she pointed the can at the sunglasses wearing man and sprayed it into his face, painting his face purple. The man shouted, covering his face before running off down the street. “ Ha. Wimps.” The figure took a glance backwards, revealing a red eye. “ You good, man?” She asked.
“ Y-Yeah. Thank you. I’ve… erm… I gotta be somewhere. Like fast.”
“ Huh?”
“ Later.” Ren ran past her. It was rude, yes, but he really didn’t have the time to thank her properly given his circumstances. Next time he ran into her, he’d apologise properly, assuming they ever meet again. He was sure he’d have remembered someone like her if they’d ever met in his original timeline.
Arriving outside Madarame’s shack, it was like nothing had changed. It still looked old yet well kept. Perhaps better kept than ever now. It was that sign it was still being used that caused Ren to fish his phone out of his pocket all the faster. If Yusuke really did still use the place after Madarame’s imprisonment, this was almost certainly where his palace would be. He input the keywords. Madarame. Shack. Museum. The app locked on immediately. The world rippled and warped as the world was replaced. But it wasn’t a museum that met him.
Ren looked up at the marvellous structure in front of him. It was like a modern art sculpture in and of itself, growing into the sky and branching out like a tree made of metal and glass. The walls swapped colours, becoming a mosaic. It wasn’t Madarame’s museum but a whole new structure. This was Yusuke’s palace. It was like some kind of art gallery. A major difference Ren immediately noticed was the lack of people. Madarame’s museum had lines of people just begging to get in through the door. It spoke to the man’s dreams of being known throughout Japan and the world at large. The next Da Vinci or Picasso. Despite the building being completely insane, the gallery didn’t have that. No-one was camping the doors for the grand opening. Yusuke was still humble in some ways in this world, even with a palace of his own.
Ren made his way to the doors, peering in through the glass. On the other side, he saw it wasn’t just the outside that was strange. The interior was just as alien, a testament to the way Yusuke saw the world. Even something so mundane had become an art piece. A statue stood in the entryway. Yusuke, a paint brush in the air as if scanning the horizon for a good landscape, stood looking towards the door. At his back was a woman he recognised from the painting he had donated to Sojiro’s cafe. The Sayuri. His mother. He must have found it before he reported Madarame. He didn’t know if Madarame told him who she was or if he’d figured it out on his own but whatever happened, he knew enough to put her on a pedestal for anyone to see.
Ren turned to try and found an entrance more suited for a thief. If he could find a way in, he’d waste less time later. That’s when he saw her standing there staring up at the building, slack jawed at the insanity of it. Ren sighed. In his haste, he’d gotten sloppy. Now it was time to deal with the consequences.
Notes:
I wonder how many people have actually played Tactica. It's not that I didn't like it but I also never reached the first boss. That being said there's a certain character with a design too cool to be relegated to a DLC of a Spin off game. If you know, you know.
Chapter Text
April 12th
Tao watched the glasses kid run away from her dumbfounded. She knew she was intimidating, sure, but she expected a little more than just running by with a wave. It was weird. Suspicious. She looked down at the two sad saps that she’d knocked out. Kaneshiro’s morons were really stretched thin to be traipsing around out here. She was just spray painting a government minister’s building. Asshole worked for Shido’s new party. Tao just wanted to show him how little she cared for their policies. She heard the argument, saw the idiots picking on a kid and cut in. Maybe it was more than just a shake down like she’d thought.
Her curiosity caused her to follow behind the kid as he ran along the path. He stopped after a few minutes and she hid behind a pole as he raised his phone. She looked at the building across the road. It looked like some old house. A shack if she’d ever seen it. She was local so she knew something was special about this place but didn’t really care enough about the news to know what. All she knew is that, about half a year ago, the cops had swarmed it, pulling boxes out and arrested some old guy from inside. She’d watched it from the rooftops. It was pretty crazy. And now, this kid was here. Maybe whatever that had happened didn’t quite stop. He spoke into his phone as she watched him. Talking to someone no doubt.
All of a sudden, the air around her changed. It seemed to ripple as her vision warped. She shook her head, raising a hand over her eyes. Did she get found? Was this some kind of drug or something? As her mind came back into focus she opened her eyes again and gasped. Everything about the world had suddenly changed but she knew she hadn’t moved from her spot. The boy was gone, replaced by a figure in a black coat and a white mask. He approached a building that had replaced the shack. It twisted into the sky, its proportions insane and the colours coating it were incredibly gaudy. It was like a spire. Maybe a weapon a demon was using to try and impale heaven. It was unlike anything she’d ever seen before. “ What the fuck?”
“ Yeah, that’s about the right reaction to seeing the Metaverse for the first time.” She looked back. The masked man was approaching her again. Tao raised her fists. “ Hey. I’m not going to hurt you. It’s my fault you’re here anyway. I… was rushing.”
“ Rushing? Wait a minute.” Tao’s eyes widened. “ You are that kid. How the hell did you change clothes so fast? You look like a fucking clown.” The boy laughed.
“ A friend of mine called it my proof of rebellion. It’s supposed to be what I think a rebel looks like?”
“ And you chose… what? A James Bond villain?”
“ That’s more suit and tie. I’d say it’s more Phantom Thief.”
“ That’s incredibly stupid.”
“ I never chose it myself. Anyway, let’s get out of here. I… guess I’ll have to explain it. Hmm. Could be trouble though. I have a curfew.”
“ Shit. What did you steal?”
“ I haven’t stolen anything. Not yet anyway.” The boy smirked. “ I’m here cause I punched a guy for harassing a woman.” Tao laughed.
“ And they call that a crime.”
“ Hey. I didn’t actually do it. Wish I did though.”
“ Ha. I bet.” She looked around. “ So… how are we meant to get back anyway?”
“ Just walk a little bit more this way.” The boy shrugged. Tao hummed but humoured him, following him back down the path. As she did, she suddenly felt light headed again as the world twisted around her. She turned back around to see the shack back to normal.
“ You’ve gotta explain what the fuck just happened.” Tao said.
“ Uh. Mind if we exchange contact details? I’ll call you after school and I’ll tell you everything then. I promise.”
“ You better.”
“ Oh, but one thing before I go.” Tao raised an eyebrow. “ Uh. Don’t… mess with the new app on your phone.”
“ New app?” Confused, Tao looked at her phone. Just as the boy said there was a new app there. A black eye on a red background. “ What the hell?”
“ Again, I’ll explain everything. Don’t bother deleting it though. It just comes back.”
“ Just comes… Who the hell even are you?”
“ I’m Ren Amamiya and I guess you can call me a Phantom Thief.”
********************************
April 13th
The volleyball rally was even more boring than it was the last time he had to do it. The rally back in the original timeline was just a backdrop. He and Ryuji had found the torture chamber in Kamoshida’s palace, where the cognitive version of the Volleyball team were subjected to horrific training and punishment on King Kamoshida’s orders. They spent the rally talking to members of the Volleyball team while Kamoshida was in the sports hall, showing off. They didn’t get anything out of it but it gave the day some kind of gravity. It was the first investigation into a palace ruler that they’d done. It was slow, it was sloppy but it was their start. Without that though, it was just sitting around waiting for either a game he had to play, which came early in the morning against a class of first years that his class easily won, or for the day to end.
He watched Kamoshida and the teacher’s team play a match. Despite his injured arm, Kamoshida was still front and center. He still showed why he was an olympic gold medalist though it was obvious from remembering what he had been like, spiking a volleyball into Mishima’s face so hard he got knocked out, that he was being hindered by it. Looking at the annoyed look on his face when he was forced to take a break after his team's second round, he felt it too. This wasn’t King Kamoshida, pride of Shujin and ruler of lust anymore. He’d truly been overthrown. Ren could tell he knew it and he hated it.
He ended up back on the rooftop before lunch had even started. As per usual, Haru was hiding up there, her gray parka over her PE kit and a lollipop in her mouth as she watched the other students from above. “ Not wanting to play either?”
“ Nope.” Haru admitted. “ No point. This is just a day where the sporty kids get to show off. I’d get more out of today if I was at home but Father would never go along with that.”
“ Your father?” Ren hummed. Now was probably a good time to see how Haru’s life was in this timeline. “ Isn’t he some big shot businessman?”
“ He founded Big Bang Burger.” Haru said. “ Though he’s looking for a more serious position now though. Politics. Boring.”
“ Which party?”
“ I think it’s that new independent group Shido set up.” Ren gave a bitter laugh. “ Not a fan?”
“ Remember when I said some guy said I punched him and he had connections?” Haru nodded. “ Well, it was the middle of the night so I couldn’t see him. I heard his voice on the news when I was looking up the Church of Control though.”
“ You punched Masayoshi Shido.”
“ Yeah…”
“ Can’t blame you. He sounds like the type of person who’s hiding things. He says what people want to say but he’s completely insincere. If I could choose, I’d tell Father not to bother but he never listens to me.”
“ You have to have some place you feel comfortable though?”
“ Home.” Haru admitted. “ It’s… a reminder of certain things and sometimes it feels like a prison tower, sure, but my room is comfy at least. I don’t have to go out if I don’t want to, at least not on school days. I also have all my plants there.”
“ You have a garden at home too, huh?”
“ We live in a high rise but I made a garden on our balcony. It’s the one little bit of freedom Father lets me have. He… was the one who taught me how to do it in the first place.” Haru sighed. She looked down, fiddling with her fingers. “ It’s… weird. I’ve never really talked to anyone about this. You have a pretty interesting aura, Amamiya.”
“ You can call me Ren if you want.”
“ Too personal.” Haru shrugged. Ren chuckled. Still, knowing Haru felt most comfortable at home meant it was a good place to look for her palace. Okumura’s palace was at his company’s headquarters though. If Yaldabaoth really had gone around overriding the palaces of his old targets, he assumed it would be there. Both were in Roppongi so it wouldn’t be too hard to check both. The real problem came if Haru had a new palace instead of it being replaced like Kamoshida and Madarame’s had.
The door creaked open, catching the two’s attention. Careful footsteps approached. Ren was surprised to see Shiho. Judging by her jumping upon realising she wasn’t alone, she was just as surprised to see them. “ Ah. Sorry. I didn’t know other people were up here.”
“ Surprised to see you skipping too, Suzui. Thought you liked Volleyball.”
“ Well, my game finished rather quickly. I just wanted to get some air.” Shiho admitted. “ This is our first time really meeting, isn’t it? Amamiya, right? I’m Shiho Suzui. Ann’s been speaking about you.” Ren offered a hand and she shook it. “ Sorry about your first day. Really. Ann… goes a bit too far sometimes. She’s a good person but… I don’t know. Nagamoto didn’t deserve that.”
“ She changed in the last six months?”
“ Yeah.” She nodded. “ I don’t know what happened. Rumours have been spread about her for a long time, since middle school. They just got worse when we entered high school and… well, after Ryuji almost killed Coach Kamoshida and it got out they were pretty close in the past… I think you can understand the rest.”
“ I never believed them.” Haru admitted, spinning her lollipop stick around her fingers. “ But people do like the idea of the pretty blond girl sleeping with the school delinquent. Doesn’t matter how baseless it is.”
“ Ann… just snapped one day. After that, she gathered a few other girls that were being picked on and hit the bullies harder. At first, I thought it was a good thing. She was fighting back against people who hurt other people. People who went after her, me and other people like us.”
“ You were bullied, Suzui?” Ren asked.
“ Nothing more than nasty comments. All of us girls in the Volleyball team get it. Just people who like Kamoshida claiming that we sleep with the coach to keep our spots.” She grimaced at the thought. Ren had to wonder if the coach was still up to his old tricks even now. “ Ann went after them all but… she went too far. She started thinking that everyone was out to get her because more people were talking about her. So she started going after more people. I don’t even know if Ann realises what she’s become. It… hurts seeing it but I’m her best friend. I can’t just abandon her. I just try to stop her but… as you saw, I’m not that effective.” She sighed. “ I can’t even try to help the people Ann’s hurt either because of Nijima. I… just feel so useless sometimes.”
“ I’m sure you’re doing your best.” Ren reassured her.
“ Being there is helping more than you think.” Haru told her. “ I think if you turned on her, she’d burn the school down. Probably figuratively. Can’t be too sure.”
“ Yeah. She confided to me that she doesn’t trust Amari or Yuzuki at all. But she trusts me. I think she wants to trust you as well, Amamiya. You… didn’t move out here under normal means, right?”
“ She figured that out?”
“ Pretty quickly.” Shiho nodded. “ I’m not sure what happened to you but Ann figured you were an outcast just like she thinks she is. She does like you. Hee hee. She said what you told her about being able to trust people who bare their knives instead of hiding them behind their back.”
“ Ha. Yeah. I probably could’ve worded that a lot better.” He admitted. “ I think Takamaki’s a good person deep down. She’s just misguided.”
“ Right. I wish there was a way I could help her. I just can’t think of a way how.” Ren opened his mouth to answer but closed it again. He knew how, of course. And he wanted to help her. He didn’t know Shiho well but he knew she was a kind girl stuck in harsh circumstances. It could have very easily been her instead of Ann who joined the thieves had Ann given into Kamoshida and tried to take her own life instead. But, while he needed allies, he also didn’t want her to end up in more trouble.
“ Amamiya said he was looking into it.” Ren flinched under Haru’s abrupt statement. He looked over at her, a semi betrayed look on his face only to find a cat-like smirk on her face.
“ Really?” Shiho asked, shocked.
“ Uh. Well. I… just wondered how she could end up this way, that’s all. Thought I could help.” Ren was flustered. Shiho beamed.
“ You think you can?” She asked excitedly. “ Please, do what you can for her.”
“ Of course. I promise.” Ren nodded.
“ Thank you.” Shiho said. “ If you need anything from me, please don’t hesitate to ask. I’ll do whatever I can for Ann. Anything at all.”
“ I’ll keep that in mind.” Ren said, smiling. Below them the bell went. Another match had finished.
“ Well, I should go and show my face for a little bit.” Haru said, standing up. “ I’d recommend doing the same once in a while so it’s less obvious we’re skipping. Amamiya, if I’m not back in time, can you water the plants in ten minutes? Only the ones up the top of the roof need it.”
“ Sure thing.”
“ Thanks.” Haru waved before closing the door behind her. Shiho and Ren stared out among the sea of red students wandering about while waiting for their time. He knew there were some rooms open for students, mostly third years preparing for their finals, to study and others some teachers were using to teach in for anyone who wanted a crash course of maths or science or something. Other students hid in the library, hoping they wouldn’t be missed when it was their classes turn to enter the hall. Ren glanced over at Shiho as she leaned against the fence. He dug his fingers into the palm of his hands to stop himself pulling her back. She was up here with himself and Ann the last time she came to Shujin before leaving it forever. It wasn’t like she was going to jump here and now. Even still, he couldn’t help himself. It was a vivid memory watching her fall from here. That was the event that really formed the phantom thieves, a memory of what people like Kamoshida do to their victims and why they needed to stop them. “ How’s Volleyball practise?” Ren asked.
“ It’s alright.” She said. “ I’ve… kinda lost a lot of interest in it. In my first year, it consumed my life so much I ended up collapsing in the halls. That was when Nijima stepped in to make Coach Kamoshida stop pushing us so hard. He has done that. But… I dunno. Since that day, I’ve never seen the game the same way. Then after the thing with Mishima… I’m thinking of dropping it in all honesty”
“ Is he still a tough coach?”
“ He’s a bit of a creep but he’s a good coach. You can tell he used to be a gold medallist. He knows every aspect of it. Honestly, I’ve never seen someone so passionate about something. But that passion makes him a bit of a perfectionist. It’s why he pushed us so hard. I think cause Sakamoto broke his arm and stopped him from playing himself, he was so stuck in making us relive his glory days. He’s backed off but… well, I just don’t feel safe alone with him sometimes.” Ren hummed.
“ Hey. This may sound weird but… if Kamoshida asks you to go to his office after school tomorrow, run.”
“ What?” Shiho looked alarmed. “ W-Why?”
“ It’s… nothing. Just a bad feeling.” Of course it made no sense to say it but he couldn’t help himself. This wasn’t the first timeline. Kamoshida didn’t seem to be abusing the volleyball team. He didn’t have a palace anymore. He didn’t have any of his former power. Even if he did, Shiho was under the protection of the second most feared student in school, probably the most feared by some people. She was safe. Despite that, he couldn’t help himself. He couldn’t let her jump again. No matter what. Before she could dig deeper, his alarm buzzed. “ Ah. That’s ten minutes. I better water Haru’s plants. Do you want to help?”
“ Uh. No. I’ll… I’ll leave you to it.” She said, hesitantly. “ I better go and see if Ann is alright. Don’t want her to miss me too much.”
“ Right.” Ren nodded. “ Sorry if I made you feel uncomfortable. That was… weird to say.”
“ Yeah but… Thanks for looking out for me and Ann, Amamiya. It’s… nice of you.”
“ Of course.” Ren smiled. “ You can call me Ren if you want, by the way.” Shiho laughed softly.
“ Alright, Ren. Call me Shiho then. I'll see you later.”
“ Right.” Ren nodded. He watched her leave, his smile falling. He had a long way to go before he could help them both the way he wanted too.
*********************************
He met Tao in a familiar cafe in Shibuya. He used the place all the time after he found it. Leblanc was their main hang out but, if he wanted to meet someone for lunch or talk over food, he came here. Sojiro’s curry was out of this world but that didn’t mean he wanted curry all the time. It would lose the specialness. “ Before we start, let me say I’m from the future, as strange as it sounds. I was sent back to send the god the Church of Control currently worshipped.”
“ You're shitting me.” Tao gave him a disbelieving look.
“ Just hear me out, alright?”
“ Fine. Go ahead.”
“ The metaverse is a place outside this world. Think of it as a mirror.” Ren began. “ It reflects how humans think and feel and is inhabited by shadows, which tend to be physical representations of things. For us, it was usually manifestations of how people view myths and legends. Justine did once say they could take the form of emotions though.”
“ Justine?”
“ She was a friend of mine who knew a lot about the Metaverse. She and her sister also served the God of Control. I was tricked into serving him for most of the year.”
“ Discarded when you weren’t needed anymore huh?” Tao asked. Ren nodded. “ Figures something from the human mind would use that pain is that ass tactic. So what are these Palace things then?”
“ They’re what we called the manifestation of someone’s distorted desires. Not everyone has it. The general public have something that works as a palace for everyone called Mementos. We access it through Shibuya station. Yaldabaoth is at the bottom of it.”
“ Why not go kick the shit out of him then?”
“ We can’t. They’re blocked by barriers. We unlocked those barriers before by destroying palaces though who knows if that’s the case now.” Ren told her. “ We had to take seven out before. I don’t know how many palaces there actually are though. I’m sure we didn’t just happen to stumble on the only seven palaces out there. Akechi would know more.”
“ The detective prince?”
“ He’s the cause of the mental shutdowns, working for Shido. I’m planning on trying to get him to work with me later. I want to try and get through to him. He died saving our lives in the last timeline.”
“ Troubled kid doing bad things cause he thinks he has no other choice.” Tao nodded. “ Seen that before.”
“ As I was saying though, the palaces are manifestations of what a person thinks of an area. Palace is the general term for it. In the past, we dealt with a castle, a museum, a bank, a pyramid, a space station, a casino and a cruise ship.”
“ A fucking space station? Who was that?”
“ Kunikazu Okumura. His palace was the HQ of his business.”
“ Oh, Big Bang Burger. How funny.”
“ Their truest self manifests there and their shadows can’t hide who they really are. It’s not in their nature. For better or for worse, we see what a person truly is, both from them and the palace itself. We found out our PE teacher abused the volleyball team due to finding a torture chamber in his castle’s cellars.”
“ Bastard. You taken him down yet? I wouldn’t mind punching such a sleazebag.”
“ He… doesn’t have a palace anymore.”
“ Huh?” Ren frowned, spinning an ice cube in his water around with his finger. “ What’s wrong? You look dead all of a sudden?”
“ The palace that replaced his is one of the people who helped me take him out.”
“ Your friend?”
“ It’s not just him either. The gallery you saw? It belongs to another one. Somehow, the God of Control has made my friends the new Palace Rulers.”
“ Shit. Are you serious?”
“ I don’t know the details but… six months ago, my friend Ryuji broke our PE teacher's arm. He’d attacked him before and Kamoshida broke his leg. This time though, Ryuji won. Ann became more selfish. Haru gave up. Makoto joined a cult. I don’t really know what happened to Yusuke. He messed with their lives because he sensed I came back in time. That’s my theory at least but…” Ren shook his head.
“ Having to fight your friends. That sucks. I can't even think about what would happen if I had to fight my sister.” Tao sighed. “ OK, Ren. I… can’t say I really believe that you came back in time but I know you believe it yourself so what do I know? I get we only met yesterday but if ya want my help, I’m fine punching some sense back into your friends with ya.”
“ Really?” Ren smiled. “ Thanks. I appreciate it, Tao. I’ll figure out all the plans later but I want to try and look into Ann’s palace. Do you know where Shujin is?”
“ Yeah. Decently.” She shrugged.
“ Good. I’ll text you when I’m ready. There’s an alleyway across from the school gate so I’ll text you when It’s last period and we can meet there.”
“ Gotcha.” She nodded. The two paid for their drinks and left. She offered to walk to the station with him. However, Ren stopped as they passed by a certain alleyway. “ What’s up?”
“ Uh. Give me a second.” Ren walked around the corner and his eyes widened. There, next to Iwai’s shop, was a door. It wasn’t the one he recognised. Instead of metallic and blue, it had a red glow to it. The door itself was wooden with a stone arch around it, looking like it came from old Tudor buildings he’d seen in pictures of England.
“ What’s taking so… what the?” Tao looked surprised as she followed his gaze. “ The fuck?”
“ Wait, you can see it?”
“ The door? Yeah, it’s pretty hard to miss. What the hell even is it?” Slowly, Ren approached. “ Ren?” He reached for the metal knocker on it. Before he could, the door slowly creaked open. A figure stepped out.
“ Come on in, you two.” Nyarlathotep grinned, leaning on his cane. “ We’ve got a lot to discuss.”
Notes:
Yes, I was talking about Guernica aka Tao last chapter.
It feels wierd to add actual dates to a story like this but for Persona it makes sense. Admittedly, I planned on deleting them in the final draft and using them as markers for me so I know where I was in the story and what happened in the actual game but I decided against doing that. As I said, it just makes sense for a Persona story since days are so important to how the game works.
Chapter Text
April 13th
Ren and Tao entered into Nyarlathotep’s room. The walls were made of black stone, separated by stained glass windows of four figures. A woman with butterfly wings, the first form he’d seen of Nyarlathotep back when they first met, A figure with a white face, black wings and a large sword and a figure with long, flowing hair atop a many armed corpse. On the roof was a mosaic of Nyralathotep’s human form fighting a man in blue wearing a butterfly mask. Nyarlathotep took a seat at a desk, rocking back on his chair. “ Welcome to my… uh… well, I haven’t decided a name for it yet. Crimson room, perhaps? I don’t really know. Nyarly’s Persona Fun Room didn’t really have the right dramatic flare. Just thought I’d touch base now I’m prepared. Must feel nice entering a room like this and not being locked up, hmm?”
“ That was due to my own psyche, I seem to recall.”
“ That’s also true but I really didn’t like the idea of someone else dictating what room I’ll be stuck in for the next year so I made one myself. Like it?”
“ It’s…” He looked up at the stained glass windows. “ Something.”
“ I thought the religious theme made sense given what you’re facing.”
“ Who the hell is this guy? Where are we?” Tao asked.
“ Nyarly’s Persona Fun Room.” Ren said dryly. “ I’m guessing you’ll help me with fusion?”
“ I have the means to do that, yes. It’s not like you’ll get far with just Arsene, after all. Wild Cards always do tend to have very weak base personalities. Likely due to how malleable you are.”
“ Ya still ain’t answered me. Who the fuck are you?”
“ Language.” Nyarlathotep put his chair back down on four legs, resting his elbows on his desk and putting his hands together. “ My name is Nyarlathotep, the Crawling Chaos. I am the one who saved this young man and sent him back to the past to give him another shot. I also warned him about things changing but some people are slow on the uptake. Three days? Seriously?”
“ I just thought you meant I should be careful how I acted since I knew what would happen. I didn’t think Yaldabaoth would turn my friends against me.”
“ Of course it would. It’s the embodiment of humanity's desire for control. Did you really think it would just sit around and let you act freely?” Ren looked away, an annoyed look on his face. Admittedly, how it would respond never really entered his head. It should have, after all it spent the entire year controlling his moves in a game played for its own amusement. The fact it could have picked up on what happened and altered things was never something he thought about. He couldn’t say Nyarlathotep didn’t try and warn him either.
“ How did it do it?”
“ You figured it out yourself. Well, your methodology is wrong but it went back six months and altered history. Just far enough back that it could still enact his takeover without Philemon noticing anything was amiss. It made your blond haired friend more feral, your other blond haired friend less resilient and then made a cult involving your rule keeper friend. It implanted a dream into your artist friend leading him to his mentor’s secret and encouraged your fluffy haired friend to give up.”
“ And Futaba?”
“ Your surrogate sister was a palace ruler already. It didn’t need to touch her.” Nyarlathotep shrugged. “ Not that I wouldn’t put it past it to make other alterations as the year goes. What you’re up against hates losing and isn’t above altering reality itself in order to cheat. Watch your backs.” Ren watched as the Crawling Chaos stood up. “ Now then. For the other reason I called you here. Tell me. How were you going to give this one a Persona?”
“ Uh. Well. I… didn’t think that far ahead.” Ren admitted. Admittedly, he just expected it to happen. It always had in the past. Something happened that triggered an awakening, one way or another. But it had always been some personal issue. Makoto was the furthest removed from the target of the palace she awakened her persona in but it had been something that triggered a personal weakness that caused her awakening. Maybe it was cruel to expect Tao to go through that too but he couldn’t think of another way.
“ Of course not. I’m surprised you lasted as long as you did. The God of Control must have really pulled some strings to get you and your friends all the way up to his doorstep.” Nyarathotep gave a creepy chuckle as he slowly walked over to Tao. Tao raised her fists, ready to defend herself.
“ The fuck do you want you-” Before she could finish, the Crawling Chaos struck her forehead with his finger, stepping forwards with such speed neither Ren nor Tao could react. Tao stumbled backwards. “ Grk. Gaaah!”
“ Tao!” Ren looked at Nyarlathotep. “ What did you do?”
“ Wait a second.” Tao grabbed her head. With a powerful shout, the air around her seemed to explode along with the sound of shattering glass. As she panted, Ren’s eyes widened. Above her was a figure carrying a large paint brush as if it was a spear. A black shawl covered its face and it wore a black and white yukata that was splattered in a multitude of colours from paint like splatters. The figure spun its brush around before bowing and vanishing into the air.
“ What? How did you…”
“ Not every awakening needs to be so dramatic as pulling someone’s face off or fighting against their own shadow, you know? Back in my day, people just had them if their will was strong enough. For people like your friend, all it takes is a slight nudge. For others, it may require a stronger approach but it’s all the same so long as you have the potential.” Nyarlathotep folded his arms. “ The will of rebellion is a unique trait for persona wielders. It’s what forms those costumes of yours. Your artist friend here has a strong one and it makes it easy for me to awaken her persona without her needing to awaken it your usual way. I could do the same to anyone who joined your initial gaggle. However, not everyone can awaken a persona. It does take a specific mindset or strength of self. I can’t pull a random guy off the street and pull a persona from them. Even if I did, they wouldn’t become a phantom thief like you. They’d just… have normal clothes. The truth seekers or SEES were like that. No matter. All it means is that, if you have a friend that wants to help out, just bring them to me instead of throwing them in one of the palaces and expecting them to get one.”
“ Thanks.” Ren nodded before turning back to Tao, who was still holding her head, grimacing. “ Are you alright Tao?”
“ No fucking clue. My head feels like it just split open. But… I feel different. That… Persona thingy you mentioned. Is that what it feels like to get one?”
“ Yeah.” Ren nodded. “ You’ll probably feel exhausted in a few minutes too. That’s how it was for the rest of us.”
“ Brilliant. Urgh.” She stood up. “ Though I guess that means I can… do whatever it is you do. Heh. You’re stuck with me now.”
“ Ha ha. I guess I am.” Ren smiled. “ You’re a true phantom thief now. Hmm. Change of plans. How about we visit Mementos instead tomorrow? I can show you the ropes.”
“ Sounds good.” She nodded.
“ I am thou. Thou art I. Thou hast established a true bond.” Nyarlathotep said mockingly. Ren looked back at him.
“ Social link?”
“ What do I look like? Your minder? Unlike Igor, I don’t care about your social credit score. Hang out with whoever takes your fancy. Make new friends or reconnect with old ones. Spend time feeding stray cats for all I care. I don’t see how it’s any of my business. ” The demon shrugged. “ Truth be told, I can’t connect to souls the way my counterpart can. Friendship and the power of love is Philemon’s thing. Though, when I was the one they were fighting, I never gave people the time to build bonds strong enough to enhance fusions so I’m sure you can do without. That being said, due to my connections with the other side of the sea of souls, I may be able to fish some new power for you to use in my own way. I’ll see what I can do.”
“ You’re going a long way for a simple tool.”
“ So did Yaldabaoth if you recall. Remember your place, human. When that egotistical moron is dealt with, I’ll happily throw you back. Not that you’ll need either of us after that point anyway.”
“ Nice guy, ain't ya?” Tao rubbed the back of her neck. “ Ya done with him, Ren?”
“ For now.” Ren nodded, turning to leave.
“ Unless next time, Phantom Thieves.” Nyarlathotep’s snickers followed them as they left, the old wooden door snapping shut behind them. Ren hoped the demon’s charity was just as free as he claimed.
****************************************
April 14th
Thursday was a surprisingly normal school day compared to the other three. Ann welcomed him with a smile, lessons passed as slowly as ever, he talked with Haru on the roof during lunch and made it out on time. He hesitated as he looked back to the school before gathering his nerve and leaving. Shiho would be fine. He had to believe that. As much as he wanted to wait for her just to make sure she made it out, he had to trust she’d be fine. He saw her in the halls over the day and she’d given him a wary look before moving off with Ann and her gang. Ren knew he scared her with what he said yesterday but, if it did anything to save her, it would have been worth it,
He found Tao leaning against the entrance to the station when he got there, a bag slung over her shoulder. “ Ready?” He asked.
“ Sure am. You?” Ren nodded, pulling out his phone. Then two made their way down to an alleyway close to the station before Ren entered the familiar keywords that dragged them into the palace of Tokyo. Passing down the stairs towards the station, Ren felt his clothes change from his school uniform to his phantom thief attire. Beside him, Tao whistled. “ Well, this is crazy.” She looked down the escalators at the twisting labyrinth that had opened up beneath them.
“ It goes down deep. Careful.” Ren took a look at Tao as she turned to face him. He had to assume she was smirking since he couldn’t see her face. She now wore a black gas mask, the eyes glowing red. Her clothes had remained mostly the same but her jacket, now tied around her waist, had turned white and showed off her sleeveless shirt. The biggest change, other than the fact her purple hair had also gone white, was that her arms were now covered in sprawling, multicoloured tattoos that started at the shoulder and went all the way down her arms, even covering her hands. “ Can you even see in that thing?”
“ What? The gas mask? Surprisingly, yeah. It’s like I’m not actually wearing anything despite how it looks. I was worried I’d end up looking as edgy as you but I’m digging the tats.”
“ What’s with all the white?”
“ Blank canvas, I guess. You said these forms were meant to be how we think a rebel is like yeah? A blank canvas can turn into anything ya want. The potential is limitless with no way to tie it down. White’s the colour of freedom, y’know? It’s every colour at once. At least that’s how I imagine it.”
“ I suppose I can understand that.” Ren nodded. “ Did you bring anything with you?”
“ Yup.” Tao reached into the bag around her shoulder and pulled a large gun from it. It looked like a water gun but with a large cylinder locked to one of the sides.
“ What is that?”
“ What? Never seen a paint gun before? I use it when I want a bit more paint in a certain area than with a spray can.” She smirked. “ Not very good with any weapon really so I just figured I’d punch things. Is that an issue?”
“ Brass knuckles it is.” Ren said. From his pockets, he pulled out a dagger and a handgun. “ It’s a model gun, before you ask. As long as it looks real, it becomes real in the metaverse. I bought the model from Iwai when we split up.”
“ Heh. Not bad.” Tao chuckled.
“ You’re gonna need a codename. We’re delving into people’s psyches so we figured it’d be best not shouting our real names the entire time. Mine’s Joker for example.”
“ I guess that makes sense. Well, my street name’s Guernica so let’s roll with that. That good?”
“ How well known is it?”
“ Well, not many people know I’m Guernica. I just started using it as a call sign after people started calling me some other stupid nickname. Had to get ahead of the rumours. Guernica’s my favourite painting. Picasso. You heard of it?” Ren shook his head. “ It was a piece made to protest against the bombing of a city in Spain by the Nazis and fascists in Italy. I’ll have to show it to ya once we’re done. Anyway, let’s go. I want to try this persona thing out.” Ren nodded. The two went down the escalator, reaching the edge of the subway platform. Ren was surprised to see two grappling hooks on a table off to the side.
“ Figured you’d need a quicker way down. They’re magnetic so you can just skate down the subway lines. More fun than walking, I think you’ll agree. Have fun. N.” Ren hummed. He was actually pretty glad that Nyarlathotep had thought of something. Running through the subway tunnels didn’t sound appealing in the slightest. Ren hummed before tossing the hook, latching it to the lines above. Tao did the same on the other line, smirking behind her mask. With a leap, they were off, skating down the lines as they were pulled forwards by the ropes.
“ Is this how ya usually do it?”
“ No. Before we had a van. This is a bit more engaging though. Hang right.” The two zipped past a mass of shadows.
“ What was that?”
“ A shadow mass. Their appearance changes depending on where we are. Here they’re exactly like the name implies but they come in the form of guards in other places. They’re usually multiple shadows together.”
“ Heh. Three rats in a trench coat then. I getcha.” Tao nodded. As they kept going through the lines, they soon reached the end. At the end of the path however, a Shadow Mass blocked them. “ Time to get serious, Joker. Here we go!” Tao leapt off the rope, detaching it from above before slamming her fist into one of the many masks on the Shadow Mass. It split apart, forming into three shadow’s Ren recognised from his early days. Pyro Jack, Pixie and Bicorn. “ Heh heh heh.” Tao cracked her knuckles. “ So, how are we doing this?”
“ Focus on the target, tear the mask off and channel your power at one of the shadows.” Ren told her. Tao nodded.
“ In that case, let’s see what you’ve got, Oi!” Tearing the mask off, Tao’s persona appeared overhead, spinning its spear like paint brush around and launching purple paint towards the bicorn that exploded on impact, blasting the ram shadow backwards. It was like the energy Makoto produced with Johanna, Ren realised. The Nuclear Element. Tao chuckled. “ Don’t let me do all the work here, Joker.” Ren smirked, reaching for his mask.
“ Ravage them! Arsene!” Tearing his mask off, he felt Arsene appearing over him, darkness whirling around him. “ It’s been too long.” Arsene launched a barrage of cursed flames towards the Pyro Jack before striking it down with it’s clawed hands.
“ Not bad. I can see how you’re the veteran.” Tao said, pointing her paint gun at the Pixie before blasting it out of the air. The Pixie fell to the ground. Before Tao could finish it off however, Ren put out his hand. “ Huh?” Ren walked up, his own gun raised.
“ How about you work with me?” Ren told the pixie.
“ W-What? Work with you?” It whimpered. “ Are you… being serious?”
“ Of course. Why wouldn’t I be? It’s either that or I let my friend finish you off but I know neither of us want that.”
“ That sounds like coercion. I’m not a criminal.”
“ You don’t have to be a criminal. Just… y’know. A thief.”
“ I don’t see a difference.” Pixie frowned. “ F-Fine. I don’t have much of a choice. As an aspect of the collective consciousness, I’m Pixie. Look after me.” The shadow shone before vanishing, absorbing into his mask.
“ Heh. Still got it.” Tao moved her gas mask into her hair, looking at Ren in shock.
“ The hell did you just do?”
“ Remember how Nyarlathotep referred to me as a Wild Card? Apparently, it’s a special type of persona wielder that can utilise the power of the shadows, turning them into personas and using them. I can fuse them into stronger forms with his help, or so I’m hoping.”
“ Aw, so I can’t do that?”
“ Nope. You’re stuck with… did you say Oi?”
“ Yep. That’s the name that came into my head. Katsushika Oi. She was an artist in the 1800s. Daughter of Katsushika Hokusai, if you’ve ever heard of that guy. Who’s Arsene?”
“ A fictional french thief. He was a rival of Sherlock Holmes, or at least a copy of him.”
“ Cool.” Tao slipped her mask back on. “ Well then. Shall we?” Ren nodded. They climbed up to the subway platform, moving down the stairs and surfed through the next floor, dealing with more shadows on the way. Ren wasn’t surprised Tao took quickly to a fight even against creatures like these. He’d seen how capable she was against the three thugs that tried attacking him. Compared to those, the shadows must’ve felt like punching bags. While Tao’s magical skill came from the Nuclear element, it was clear she was more at home with physical based attacks. Her persona was deft at piercing an enemy with her spear just as much as she was launching paint at them. However, more than a few times, she’d abandoned her persona entirely to punch a shadow herself. Either that or use her Paint gun like a mortar, launching an explosive blast of paint at the shadows to scatter them similar to how Haru had used her grenade launcher. Tao was a strong ally to have. Ren was thankful that fate had brought them together like this.
As Ren fought himself, he felt his old power coming back. It wasn’t much. Like Nyarlathotep had said, he was back to what he had been when he first became a Phantom Thief. Even still, he felt surges of power. By the time they reached the end of the third floor and found a distorted wall blocking their path, Ren could safely say he’d shaken off the rust. “ We won’t be able to get through here till we’ve taken down a palace.” Ren told her. “ This is as far as we go today.”
“ Shame. I was just getting into it as well.”
“ Well, we can scope out Ann’s palace tomorrow. Let’s get something to eat first. I forgot how draining all of this can be.”
****************************************
Ren drummed his hands on the table at Big Bang Burger. “ I think it's time.” He said slowly.
“ For what?” Tao asked, taking a bite from her burger. “ The Palash?”
“ Yeah. But first, I want to make a phone call.” He said. “ I said I was planning to get an old friend I know already uses the metaverse to help us out, remember?”
“ That Akechi guy, right? You trust him?”
“ Not at all. But I also know him enough to know he won’t be able to resist getting one up on Shido. Going behind his back to get stronger and gather allies he can use to bring him down? I think Akechi will jump at the chance. I’ve just got to lure him in.”
“ And if he doesn’t go for it?”
“ Then you and I will have to deal with Ann on our own.” Ren sighed. “ We need all the help we can get. For that, I’m willing to try any avenue I can. Akechi’s strong. With him on our side, we won’t have any problems. I can keep everyone’s vitality up with Pixie while the two of you put the pressure on. I think it’s worth a try.”
“ You’re the veteran here. You know him better than me. If you think about getting a detective involved in the thieving business, I won’t complain. Just make sure he doesn’t turn traitor again, alright?”
“ We tricked him before into thinking we’d fallen into his trap. I’m confident I can do it again if I have to.” Ren smirked. He looked at the familiar number on his phone he’d saved days ago. Akechi was the last person Ren expected to count on but these were strange times. He really did need all the help he could get. Putting his meal into a to-go bag, he and Tao left Big Bang Burger and headed for a more private part of Shibuya. It was time to bring Crow back into the fray.
*******************************
True Phantom Thieves
Joker: You seeing this, Tao?
Guernica: Yup.
Guernica: Ah. Other names. I see ya, Ren.
Joker: We’re not going to be alone forever. Figured I’d make it topical.
Joker: We’ll start investigating Ann’s Palace tomorrow. I’ll meet you after school.
Guernica: Not waiting for your pal?
Joker: Akechi will join us eventually. Figured we could scout the place out ahead of time
Guernica: Hey. I’m more than game.
Guernica: Just say the word and I’ll be there.
Notes:
For those of you who have only played Persona 5 and it's spin offs, Nyarlathotep is the main antagonist of the Persona 2 duology and is the evil counterpart to Philemon, who is the guy who Igor serves and is behind the Velvet Room.
Guernica's Phantom Thief design is the design you will see if you google "Guernica Persona 5", down to wielding the paint gun if you look for the cutscene where she's wearing the gas mask. If she were an actual Phantom Thief, she'd be a Nuclear/Physical based character with special abilities that increase the damage of her Firearm which does Blast damage (main target and those to either side for those who don't play HSR) and can hit elemental weaknesses at later levels so long as Tao uses a Physical Skill on them before hand. Yes, I think way too hard about these things as anyone who's read my other on going work, The Insider, already knows.
Chapter Text
April 14th
Goro Akechi sighed as he watched Sae walk off, out of the courthouse. Sushi would have to wait, it seemed. He started his walk down the courthouse steps. Life had been busy these last six months. Between his investigations and his work for Shido slowly increasing, he rarely had a moment to himself these days. Maybe it was Shido trying to get him from scheming. He couldn’t really say. Of course, dancing through the shadows of the underground railway or whatever palace some businessman or criminal formed as a black masked phantom in order to cause a mental shutdown. Not all of them were fatal, attacking random train drivers and the like was a means to an end after all, but he made quite the name for himself by solving the cases himself. He could write tired workers going off the rails as being exploited by their workplace in order to get them investigated and shut down and scapegoats were easy to find in the world of corporate espionage. No-one had any true friends that high up. Frankly, it was pitiable.
Just as he reached the bottom of the stairs, his phone started ringing. He opened up and hummed. It was an unknown number but not something like a cold caller would use. It was a traceable mobile number so it wasn’t from the Anti-social Force. Curiosity got the better of him. Who could have gotten a hold of his personal number? “ Hello. This is Akechi speaking.”
“ How private is where you are right now?”
“ I don’t see how that’s important?”
“ Well, unless you want someone to hear about how you’ve been causing mental shutdowns for the last-”
“ Who is this?”
“ I need to talk to you about something. How private is where you are right now?” Goro sighed.
“ Give me a minute.” Goro entered one of the offices off to the side and turned the lock. His mask dropped almost immediately. “ Answer me. Who the hell is this?”
“ No need to be so mad, detective. I’m not going to out you. I just want us to work together on a project of mine. I just want you to hear me out. Whatever I say, do not hang up your phone. Do you understand me?”
“ Fine. Talk.”
“ You can call me Joker. I’m from the future.” Goro couldn’t help but laugh at that.
“ You seriously expect me to believe that?”
“ Of course not but it explains what I’m about to say pretty well so for now, just play along.” He could hear the cocky smirk Joker had on his face right now. “ I’ll start with information you’d find interesting and then branch out. First of all, you’re waiting too long. Shido isn’t going to wait until he’s in power to let you take his revenge. The first thing he’s going to do the night he’s elected is kill you. You’re the one person who can expose his crimes. That makes you his biggest threat. Your plan won’t work.”
“ And what do you know of my plan?”
“ I know you’re Shido’s son and that all of this is just one big long game in order to kill him. That’s the gist of it right?”
“ How… did you…”
“ You told me. I’m from the future, remember?” Joker chuckled. “ In the future, there’s a group I lead known as the Phantom Thieves. You tried to blackmail us into taking the heart of Prosecutor Nijima and then planned to betray us to Shido. Unfortunately for you, we figured you out. We fought in Shido’s palace and then you were killed by his cognition of you. He knows exactly what you’re doing even if he doesn’t know the reasons behind it. You’re not as smart as you think.” Goro’s eyes went wide. There was no way Shido knew what he was doing. He was so meticulous in his planning. Perhaps he planned on killing him, Goro always knew the possibility was there, but to know Goro was planning on backstabbing him was absurd. Despite that, Joker somehow knew exactly what he was planning on doing. His claims of being from the future were insane and, despite that, were seeming weirdly credible. There’s no way he could have learned he was Shido’s son unless Goro told him himself.
“ What do you want?”
“ I want your help. I’m planning on raiding a palace and stealing the monarch’s treasure. It’ll cause a change of heart in them, forcing them to confess their crimes. But we need a path to the treasure first. Then we can alert the target we’re coming and force the treasure to appear.”
“ Treasure? What are you rambling about?”
“ You’ve been in palaces before, right? You might have seen weird, distorted, glowing orbs?” Goro was silent. He had a few times, admittedly, but he hadn’t given them much mind. It didn’t impact his mission, after all. “ When you alert the real world version of a palace owner you’re going to steal what’s most precious to them, their treasure appears in their palace. The threat of it being taken brings it out. It’s the cornerstone of their palace. Steal it and the entire place collapses. In a way, you’ve stolen their heart and the person will admit to their crimes themselves”
“ Hmm…”
“ I don’t expect you to trust me on my words alone. In the past, there were seven palaces we dealt with. Do you have the app?”
“ The app used to get into the Metaverse. A black eye on a red background. You’re referring to that, right?”
“ That’s the one. I can confirm three of them are still there. Shujin, keywords are Suguru Kamoshida, Castle and School, Ichiryuai Madarame’s shack, keywords are Madarame, Museum and Shack, and a house in Yongen-Jaya, the keywords being Futaba Sakura, Pyramid and Home. If you’re close to the courtroom, you check to see if Sae’s is there. Sae Nijima, Casino and Court house.” Joker explained. “ The other three are Shido’s, which I’m assuming you already know about, a mobster called Kaneshiro which I already know isn’t there and Okumura at his company’s HQ in Roppongi which admittedly I haven’t had the time to check. If you do end up checking it out, Kunikazu Okumura, Space Port, Big Bang Burger.”
" Space… port?” Goro asked incredulously. “ I know it's called Big Bang Burger but Okumura seriously sees his business as a space station?”
“ It’s also a metaphor for his leap into politics being like a launch to space.”
“ Ugh. Of course he’s planning to become a politician.” Goro shook his head. He’d taken missions from Okumura before, targeting competition to Big Bang Burger, Wild Duck Burger most recently. The man was in over his head.
“ Well?” Goro sighed.
“ I’ll check them out but you’re going to need to do more than tell me where palaces are to convince me you are actually who you say you are. I hope you realise that.”
“ That’s fine. In that case, how about this? On Sunday afternoon, a former member of the diet will be outside Shibuya station, making a speech about how the youth are struggling in society. The minister of transport will also make a statement though will end up ignoring a question about the recent incident and deny all responsibility.”
“ You don’t need to be a genius to guess that last part but… I guess I’ll keep an eye out for that politician you mentioned.”
“ Good. If you’re convinced, call me on Sunday evening. I’ll be waiting.”
“ Wait!” Goro was met with the beeping of the phone. “ Bastard.” With a sigh, Goro put his phone back into his pocket. Whoever this Joker was, he was a pain in the ass. How did he figure all of these things out? Surely, he couldn’t actually be from the future. While the metaverse itself was proof supernatural things could happen, Goro still found it hard to believe. Despite that, he couldn’t help but become curious.
He stepped outside the courthouse and crossed the street before he input the codes Joker had sent him. The world was quick to distort around him, a feeling he’d gotten far too used to at this point. He watched as the house of justice warped, growing neon billboards and expanding into a lavish casino, cognitions of various guests appearing around it, the red carpet outstretched for both the rich and important and the regular and mundane. Joker wasn’t lying about Sae having a palace. A large black set of scales hung above the entrance across a large window, a bright white light shining behind it. The scales balanced two concepts. On one scale was money. The other had two hands clasped together. The message was clear. The two things that mattered in this casino of justice were money and luck. He knew she was a jaded person who was dissatisfied with the system. To her, the very concept of justice must have seemed like a game that was rigged in the favour of the richest client. People like Shido could defeat chance by buying their innocence if they were sued and people sued against them were helpless. He remembered Shido just recently ruined the life of some student because they punched him for harassing some local woman. In that sense, this was justice for some people.
Goro left the palace, letting the casino vanish behind him as he returned home. He wrote down in his notepad the places Joker mentioned. Shujin academy, Madarame’s shack, a house in Yongen-Jaya, Okumura Foods. The selections seemed random. Shujin academy made sense. He didn’t know who this Kamoshida was but he had to assume he was the principal, lording his authority over the students. The king of a castle. He could see a palace forming in such a place very easily.
Madarame had been arrested months ago for forgery but that didn’t mean his palace didn’t still stand if the man was that egotistical. He assumed it was the same minimalistic place that he was arrested from. It wasn’t his real home, he had several of them, but it had acted as his art studio and the place his student had lived. Joker had said he thought of it as his museum. A place where all his great pieces were locked away.
The pyramid in Yongen-Jaya was the strangest one. He wondered who this Futaba was to make see her home as a crypt. He knew palaces were the form of someone’s heart becoming distorted. Thinking about it, Isshiki never theorised that it had to be through pride or greed like he was used to. Was it possible for a palace to form from a mental condition? Perhaps severe depression? It made sense seeing as it was a product of the mind.
Finally, Okumura’s Space Station. Big Bang Burger was space themed so his palace being the same did seem plausible, especially if what Joker said was true about him leaving the world of food for politics. If he was smart, he’d stay out such a cut throat enterprise but Okumura didn’t seem smart to him. If he kept his orders up, there’d come a time where he’d gain too much attention. At that point, Goro had no doubt he’d be sent to handle him just as he had the competitors the man had hired him to handle.
Goro spun his pen around his hand as he looked at the information he had been given. How did Joker find all of these people? His first point of interest was Shujin. I had been the first one Joker mentioned so it would have to be the first one he found. Solved if his claim from being from the past was true. That would assume Joker was a student from Shujin or at the very least connected to it. He knew Madarame had a student. Perhaps he went to Shujin as well. Okumura’s daughter going there as well would make sense. That just left Kaneshiro and Futaba. Could they have ties to Shujin as well? He knew gangsters used high school students by coercing them into illegal activities and blackmailing them into keeping it up but he knew nothing about this Futaba. Was she a student? A parent? Was she even related and he was theorising about the wrong thing? He sighed. Tomorrow was Friday. Joker’s proof was supposed to happen on Sunday. That gave him two days to find five palaces. Looks like he was in for a few busy days.
******************************************
April 15th
He decided to take two palaces for each day. It gave him time to scope them out, investigate their owners and still have time to take one while investigating Joker’s claims on Sunday. He didn’t believe him but he was a curious person by nature. His title of Detective Prince may have been manufactured but it didn’t mean he didn’t like solving problems. He started with the two most obvious ones. Shujin Academy and Okumura Foods.
He went to Shujin early while the students were in class and input the code. Sure enough, the world twisted, being replaced by a large castle with bright walls and a regal look. He walked up to the grand doors and, to his surprise, opened them up, revealing a lavish entry hall. A giant painting was the first thing that he saw, depicting a young woman, perhaps even a student, with long blond hair dressed in a red dress, a dark haired student standing to her right side and two others kneeling down to them as if they were royalty. So the woman was Kamoshida. He knew it was a last name but assumed it was a man. Looking closer, he saw two of the gemstones that adorned the picture frame were missing, one in each of the bottom corners. That was suspicious.
The entry hall was lightly defended, letting him enter up the stairs and enter a corridor stretching off to the right. He pressed his back against a wall as he saw a shadow patrolling it. It was a knight, dressed in crimson armour, its shield adorned with a red rose on a black background. The castle’s coat of arms. Keeping to the shadows, he avoided the knight, pressing into a room. He almost coughed from the dust. It was a library, one long since abandoned. He was leaning back to the ruler being a student now. One who wasn’t a fan of studying yet popular enough amongst the student body to be revered as a queen. Covering his mouth to stop himself breathing in the large amount of dust, he wiped a finger along the cover of some of the books. “ This is… a name?” They were all names. Old students, all with titles. The viper. The traitor. The whisperer. The thief. They were all likely students. students that had once stood against her. She compartmentalised them and then abandoned the room. Was this her trying to forget their misdeeds? Or were these people she’d dealt with?
Reaching the end of the shelves, he stopped. One book remained. Unlike the entire room surrounding it, it was clean, like the dust was avoiding it. Its colour was a brilliant yellow. Picking it up, he saw the picture of a young boy, a middle schooler, with black hair and a wide smile. Ryuji Sakamoto, the Fallen Hero. He placed it back down. He was wrong. This was a room full of people she wanted to forget. This boy, the Fallen Hero, was one such person. However, the fact it was still pristine proved something. No matter how much she wanted to forget this Sakamoto boy, she couldn’t. He wondered why that was. The title fallen hero suggested that he had been someone that had been good to her in the past and had fallen from her grace. Perhaps he betrayed her trust somehow. Without knowing much about Kamoshida, he couldn’t say for certain.
As he slipped back into the corridor, ready to leave, he was forced to stop as he entered the hall. “ When is Lady Ann’s new prince to arrive?” Peering over the edge of the banister, he spotted two knights talking. One of the knights he saw patrolling and a slightly larger one dressed in black, a claymore on its back. Slowly, he snuck around the side towards the window.
“ They’ll be here soon. You can count on that. Her majesty has been hard at work convincing him to our side.”
“ I hear he’s some kind of delinquent though. A criminal exiled to the lands of Shujin. I worry for our ladies' safety with such a man.”
“ Silence your tongue. You know how much Lady Ann despises those who spread unsubstantiated rumours.” The lower ranked knight flinched.
“ Yes sir. My apologies sir. But what of Princess Shiho?”
“ Princess Shiho is Lady Ann’s greatest treasure. That shall never change. Her majesty must simply wish for a harem.” Goro scowled. So Kamoshida had her eye on someone she wanted to place under her thumb. We wondered who this Shiho was. Taking a second look at the picture, he wondered if the dark haired girl standing almost on the same standings as the palace’s ruler would be her. The knight had called her Kamoshida’s treasure, after all.
As the knights separated, Goro took his chance, jumping down and slipping back out the door and leaving the palace. He looked back up at Shujin Academy. Something was going on behind the scenes at that school but whether Joker was personally involved in it or not wasn’t something he could say for sure. He expected this to be Joker’s first target regardless. Whether or not he agreed to help him or not, Goro would be back here at some point to see him. If Joker saw him was another question.
In the afternoon, he arrived at Okumura Foods, staring up at the skyscraper in front of him. Kunikazu Okumura wasn’t here today. He’d checked. After the most recent mental shutdown Goro had done for him, he’d been hard at work absorbing the company into his own. Today was the finalisation of that. He was at their office meaning his own was open for him to check out. It’s not that he would have known he was here regardless since Goro didn’t intend to enter the building. He just didn’t want to get caught outside and spook Okumura into thinking he might be after him. He wasn’t. Not yet anyway.
Entering the codes into the app revealed Okumura’s palace. He entered through what looked like a sci-fi airlock into a large metallic room completely devoid of life. Plants were holographically projected in certain places to give the illusion of it but it wasn’t actually there. As he slipped through the shadows, he noticed the shadows were all machines. So this was how Okumura saw his people. How very corporate of him. It wasn’t the first time he’d seen something like this. He’d dealt with the palaces of businessmen before. Frankly, robots were a pleasant surprise from slaves or animals. At least he didn’t think they could feel emotions. It implied he didn’t fully understand the pain he was causing them. They were just machines to be used, thrown away and replaced without a care. It was still inhumane but in a less personal way than he’d seen in the past.
He stopped in a side room off the metal corridors and found a large window. Peering out, he saw the vastness of Okumura’s palace. A large space station, a central part of it still being constructed, likely a show of his political ambitions starting to get off the ground due to his connections with Shido. In the distance, he spotted other ships, a lot smaller than the one they were on. This was the central headquarters for a global chain. It made sense he’d see it as a fleet of ships if this was his cognition. Still, the idea of a space station brought a number of problems. He assumed Okumura was in the center along with his budding political dreams but that led to the question of how to get there. The fastest way would be to find a way on top of the ship and simply walk to it but would he be able to breathe if he did that? What were the rules regarding it? Okumura knew outside the building wasn’t actually space so it was possible he could. On the other hand, his perception of what space is like from movies could make it more real than it seemed. A question for another day. He didn’t have any reason to deal with Okumura here and now after all.
******************************************
April 16th
He decided that the museum would be his first target for Saturday. As curious as he was to see this supposed Pyramid palace, he decided to keep things grounded to start with. Madarame was a piece of news that caught Goro off guard when it happened. Hearing the full story made him decide Madarame was an idiot. One with an overblown ego if he did have a palace. He kept his student living in the same place he kept an overwhelming amount of evidence about his crimes with the only true security other than a simple lock being not to go in. Of course the one time the man left the door unlocked his student would go looking around. The boy was in his first year of high school at the time. Defiance served a teenager's most notable aspect. The student reported it, finding all the copies of paintings suspicious, blowing open an entire ring of art forgeries not only being done by Madarame but other people he sold them to. The ring was just the start. After his arrest, a large number of former students came out, talking about the conditions they lived and worked in before having their work stolen and being abandoned. They couldn’t talk out due to Madarame’s reputation in the industry, being threatened with what lives they had left being ruined. It had sparked a brief conversation about the power people could have but it was quickly forgotten.
He didn’t know if the shack was abandoned but it seemed relatively well kept for a place ransacked by the police just over six months ago. He wondered if the palace was even still here so long after its owner had been imprisoned. If it was, how would it even look? Was the shadow still there, going about its usual business? Was this museum even still standing or was it in ruins like the man’s reputation, the shadow holding on to whatever strings of pride it could hold onto? His questions were answered as he entered the Metaverse.
For one, it was a very abstract looking building. Madarame had been known for his different styles, of course. However, most of his works had been taken from former students. The man was too creatively bankrupt to have something like this be his palace, surely. A peek through the door revealed the truth. This wasn’t Madarame’s palace. Not anymore. He recognised the statue of the former student of Madarame in the center of the foyer, a woman at his back. He hummed. The palace had been taken over. It was the same palace as it had been but it had been completely conquered by someone else’s will. If it wasn’t then the keywords wouldn’t have worked. But how had he done it? Had the student somehow found the palace? Or had the palace, its ruler removed by an outside force, latched on to a new owner?
Finding there was no easy way to get inside the actual palace and a multitude of more interesting things to be doing caused Goro to leave without entering the palace. He didn’t go immediately to the pyramid palace, instead sitting inside a cafe in Shibuya and trying to make sense of everything up to this point. The most normal palace he’d seen was Okumura’s. Despite being in space, it was a normal palace. Kamoshida’s was odd. He was used to shadows referring to their rulers more business-like. Lady Ann was too personal. Then again, if she thought people either liked her or pretended to like her, having everyone around her use her first name instead of her last one made more sense. The strangest was the museum, or perhaps gallery would have been a better title for it. He’d have to ask the cognitive scientists under Shido’s employee about it assuming they could figure out how it happened themselves.
It took him about an hour to find the actual house in Yongen-Jaya that Joker had told him about. He hadn’t given him any other landmarks so he spent the time trying not to look lost by slipping into random shops as he tried to pinpoint the actual place. Wandering around, he brushed past a brunette school girl. “ Sorry.” He said. Glancing up, he noticed her uniform. Shujin again. Were there that many students that went there?
“ Not a problem. Have a good evening.” The girl bowed before walking off towards the station. Goro just shook his head. A few steps later and his phone finally locked on to the palace. No wonder he couldn’t find it. It was a plain looking place hidden down a side street. He’d probably walked past it half a dozen times. At least it was out of the way. He activated his phone and went in.
Goro was immediately assaulted by a sandstorm. Frankly, he should have expected that much from a place he was warned was a pyramid. Some palaces changed their environment. Okumura was the perfect example. Unfortunately with the sand came the sun, an intense heat bearing down on him, reflecting off the sands to make the whole thing seem blinding. He spotted the Pyramid amongst the ruins down a dune. Luckily, he didn’t have to worry about sand getting into his clothes. He’d had to deal with falling into a river before and came out of the metaverse bone dry. It was times like this he was grateful this was all in someone’s head.
It took him ten minutes of walking to reach the base of the pyramid and doing so had made him regret not packing a bottle of water. All of this may not be real when he left but it was certainly real at the moment and at the moment part of him wished he was dead. He rubbed his hands against bricks as he stepped around the outer area of the pyramid. There was one door and it was sealed shut by some ancient Egyptian security system or something along those lines. Peering across the sands, he saw the ruins of a town in the distance. If this was her home and that was meant to be the rest of Yongen-Jaya, it reasoned that Futaba lived with someone who had the key. That key would open the door and let him inside the pyramid. Goro sighed. Glorious. He immediately used his phone to leave.
All the palaces were what and where Joker said they would be. It didn’t prove he was a time traveller. It only proved he was good at finding palaces. If Goro was being rational about it, Joker was probably someone who had been using the Metaverse just as long as he had. How he got access to it was a mystery but it wasn’t like Goro had gotten it through normal means either. The key words for the Museum proved he had access to Madarame’s palace from at least six months ago, when Madarame still ran it. Unless he really was from the future. Unless the past had somehow changed when Joker came back, it was the best answer. It was the most reasonable assumption but it still had its flaws. If he had been around that long, how come they’d never met before now? Was he just that good? He also never dealt with any of the palaces he’d come across if that was the case. That didn’t make sense because he’d figured out what those strange ghostly things were. No-one from Shido’s group had been able to figure it out. How’d this outsider figure it out?
His thoughts brought him to sit across from Shibuya station that Sunday afternoon. As he sat there, he began hearing a speech. Former Diet Member Toranosuke Yoshida, a man who had opposed a minister now aligned with Shido named Kuramoto and had his name driven into the mud. No Good Tora is what he became known as. Goro listened as he began talking about the troubles of the youth of Japan. It was just as Joker had said would happen. Goro frowned. It didn’t prove anything. Just that he had connections with Yoshida. Even so, the reasonable arguments were starting to become less and less convincing. Joker knew things about him he’d never told anyone before. Knew things about palaces that only a veteran could. Knew an old passcode to a palace overtaken by another. From the future or not, he was dangerous. It wouldn’t hurt keeping a closer eye on him. He picked up his phone and redialled the number that had called him. It only rang twice. “ Hello detective.” Joker answered.
“ Very well, Joker. You’ve made your point. Let’s meet up.”
Notes:
Something about having to call Ann "Kamoshida" for the sake of Goro's POV was just as strange to write as it probably was to read.
When I was writing this story, I mentally split it into different arcs. We're now at the end of the Prologue which the first of ten, and moving on Ann's arc. I'll leave it to you all to speculate what the other arcs are going to be.
Chapter Text
April 15th
Ren was tense entering school in the morning. Today was the day. If nothing changed, Shiho would jump off the school roof. He hoped the circumstances were different enough that she wouldn’t. That he’d done enough to stop her. His warning helped in some way. He dreaded the idea of having to see it again. Watch her body fall through the air, this time knowing it would happen and not having done enough to stop it. All he could do was wait. He hated it. There was something about waiting that made his thoughts turn on him. He had this every time the thieves stole a target's heart. What if, this time, something happened? They couldn’t stop the thing they were trying to prevent happening. The fact he’d been proven right when Haru’s father had died hadn’t helped matters. There was something about him that liked feeling in control of a situation. Being helpless was never something he could stand.
The clock ticked by at a snail's place while Ren was forced to wait. He kept waiting for it. A student would look out of the window out of boredom and Shiho would catch his eye. He’d shout in alarm that someone was standing on the ledge of the roof. Shiho’s name would be on the lips of the student body. Then, oh so easily, she’d let herself go. She survived that day but in so much pain. Ren waited. Ushimaru’s class came and he did everything he could to steady his nerves as his mouth dried up, waiting for something to happen. It wasn’t until his teacher left the room did he realise nothing had. He let himself breathe. Shiho hadn’t jumped.
As he entered the roof at lunch time, he practically collapsed into the waiting chair, leaning back into it and looking at the clouds. “ You look happy.” Haru told him.
“ She’s safe.” He breathed.
“ Who?”
“ Shiho. I… Had a nightmare, I guess you could say. Kamoshida forced Shiho into his office and assaulted her. The next day, she jumped from the school roof and I could only watch.”
“ Sounds like a bad dream.” Haru nodded. “ Still, nothing out of the ordinary happened. Guess it was just a dream in the end.” Ren chuckled.
“ Yep. Just a dream.” School passed without incident and he stepped outside with a little more vigour than usual. He met Tao in the back alley. “ Don’t think I’ve ever seen you smile so widely. Guessing that girl’s fine then?”
“ Yeah. I saw Shiho in the halls after class.” Ren nodded. “ Honestly, it’s a weight off my shoulders knowing she’s alright.”
“ Glad to hear it. Right then. Shall we get a move on? Let’s see what this palace really has.” She rolled her shoulders. “ I brought your weapons like ya asked.”
“ Thanks, Tao.” Ren pulled out his phone. “ Let’s go.” Pressing a button, he watched as the world rippled and the school vanished, Ann’s Palace taking its place. Stepping out however, he was met with someone else entirely, looking stunned as she looked at the two.
“ Wha… What just…” Ren’s eyes widened as he looked into Shiho’s own. “ A… Amamiya?”
“ Suzui? What are you doing here?”
“ I was leaving and caught my name. Then I saw you and some other woman meeting in the alleyway talking about weapons.” Shiho admitted. “ What… is all of this?”
“ Uh. You’re dreaming?” Tao tried.
“ This is definitely not a dream!” Shiho retorted. “ Ren! What’s happening? Is this tied to that weird warning you gave me? Why is our school a castle now?”
“ Ok. Sit down. I’ll explain everything. Just… keep an open mind, alright?” Shiho nodded slowly, taking a seat on the wall behind her. Ren began to explain. It must have sounded like the ramblings of a mad man. A story of coming back in time only to find everything had changed. Ann, his friend who had done all she had for the Shiho’s sake, turned into one of the things she despised by a spiteful god. But he stood to oppose it and save Ann. To do so, he and Guernica would steal her treasure, destroy her palace and bring her back. Shiho listened to him quietly and intently, her face not moving a muscle to betray any emotions. When he finished, she opened her mouth and closed it a few times, trying to think of the proper response.
“ What… happened to me in your timeline?” She asked slowly.
“ You…” Ren sighed. “ Ann was being threatened by Kamoshida. She and him… Ann never wanted to talk about it so I didn’t know the details but she tried to placate him so you could stay on the team. She refused him and instead, he came to you. The next day, you threw yourself off the school roof.” Shiho gasped. “ I’m… I’m sorry. I just… I couldn’t let that happen again. Even if the circumstances were different. Even if you weren’t in danger. I just couldn’t…” The air fell silent for a few seconds.
“ And this place. It’s why Ann is the way she is now?”
“ It’s the root of her distorted desires. Usually, you gain a palace because your desires are distorted but I’m running off the theory Yaldabaoth forced the palace onto Ann and it changed her. Maybe that’s just wishful thinking but, either way, taking her treasure and stealing her heart will cause her to revert back to what she was before. It has too.” Ren said. He didn’t know what he’d do if it didn’t.
“ Then… Then can I help?” Ren looked surprised by the offer. “ I can’t just sit around knowing there’s a way to help save Ann. Please, Ren. Let me help you.” Slowly, Ren nodded. He remembered Ann being this way when she first stumbled into the Metaverse too. They’d rejected her but she got the app on her phone and it ended with her in more trouble than what would have happened if they’d just brought her along to begin with.
“ Ok. But stay out of sight and leave the battles to us. Alright?” Shiho nodded. “ Also, we’re not sure how saying our real names in here will affect Ann’s cognition so call me Joker while we’re in the palace.”
“ Joker. Alright.” Shiho nodded. “ I’m not going to pretend I get any of this but if it’ll help us save Ann, I’ll do it.” She looked to Tao, patiently leaning against the wall of the building opposite the school. “ And… you are?”
“ Call me Guernica while we’re in here. We’ll stick to that til we leave.” Tao pushed off the wall. “ Anyway, if we’re done, let’s go save your girlfriend, kid.” Shiho went bright red.
“ Ah. S-She’s not my… L-Let’s just go.”
They entered the palace through the same window Ren had before, he and Tao helping Shiho through it. Stepping into the entrance hall, Shiho stopped dead as she saw the painting. “ Is… that Ann?” She asked in disbelief. “ And… me. Satoko and Emi are there too. What is this?”
“ Satoko and Emi? Ann’s friends?”
“ Emi Amari and Satoko Yuzuki. They’re both second years but I wouldn’t say they’re her friends exactly. They were just former victims Ann helped and they decided to stick by her for safety. They’re… a lot more into the whole punishment thing than I am. Emi is the type of person to go along with anything but I think Satoko likes the idea of getting back at people since she’s untouchable so long as she’s with Ann well. I don’t think Ann really trusts them though. You know what she’s like.”
“ The only person she trusts is you.” Ren nodded. Shiho didn’t answer. She just continued staring at the Ann in the painting.
“ She looks so… regal. Just like an empress.”
“ The Lovers actually.”
“ What?”
“ Tarot cards? Lovers Arcana? It’s more based around relationships than it is anything romantic.” Ren shrugged.
“ The hell do you learn these things?” Tao asked, giving him a strange look. Ren just shrugged.
“ I got bored one afternoon.” Even with them knowing he was from the future and Tao knowing about the Velvet Room, it was way easier to explain it away as some useless trivia he learned at some point rather than go in depth about the idea of the tarot being tied to shadows and his social links. He wondered what Arcana Tao and Shiho would be if he was still tied to that room. Tao seemed like she could be Strength now he didn’t have the twins helping him out. He doubted he’d be befriending Makoto for a while if she was following the God of Control’s cult so maybe Shiho could replace her as the Priestess? No, he had to stay focused. He kept going up the stairs. “ Come on. We can’t stay here all afternoon. Let’s go.”
They managed to slip into a corridor on the left side of the entry hall. Ren used his honed thief skills to leap between shadows, scouting ahead while Tao looked after Shiho in case of an ambush. He peered into some of the side rooms. Much like Kamoshida’s castle, what he assumed to be classrooms had been changed into various other rooms. Rooms with red leather sofas and mirrors where the blackboard would have been. Rooms with wardrobes draped in red ribbons and small tables with makeup on them. A bedroom with a single bed and a stereo, some sweets on the bedside table. The palace looked old fashioned on the outside but Ann’s mind had a way to modernise it that Kamoshida’s couldn’t. He expected nothing less from her.
After handling the guards along the corridor, he came to a door that led outside. The trio entered, finding a large garden. The flower beds were filled with roses of every colour while various topiary sculptures were scattered around the place. All of them were of Ann. Some of her alone, posing as if she was modelling. One had her standing triumphantly on a faceless student, bowing to her on hands and knees as if she was a diety. One was her and Shiho sitting on a bench and laughing. “ This was last year.” Shiho said, staring at it. Ren and Tao turned to her. “ It was summer, just after my first volleyball tournament with the school. We got third place and Ann took me out to celebrate. We could forget about all of our troubles back then. Kamoshida only started being stricter on us after that and the rumours surrounding Ann weren’t all that bad at the time. Wasn’t until after summer that things started getting worse.” She sighed. “ I wish we could have stayed like this forever.”
“ If it’s here then Ann considered it a good memory too.” Ren reassured her. “ I’m sure she thinks the same.” Shiho smiled a little at that. She looked away from the happy memory and nodded to him. They kept moving through the garden, passed other hedge statues of Ann and into a tunnel made from flowers. Ren always thought Haru was the plant lover but Ann certainly had her preferences. The amount of roses on display was staggering. Then again, Ann always did like roses, thinking about it. She liked that, despite its beauty, they could still be dangerous.
Exiting the tunnel, they came to a large stone circle. It took Ren a few seconds to understand what it was from the ring of seats around it. “ Hey, Joker. Ain’t this-”
“ Yeah.” He nodded to Tao. “ This is an arena.”
“ Ann did joke once about the courtyard being a perfect stage for her punishments.” Shiho said.
“ An arena like this is more of a death pen for criminals.” Ren mused.
“ But of course it is. How else am I supposed to get the word across not to fuck with me?” The three looked up in shock. All of a sudden, shadows appeared in the seats, cognitive clones of nameless students talking in hushed whispers. The best seat in the house was also filled. Ann rose from it, the other two members of her posse, Yuzuki and Amari, kneeling down at either side. She was just like in the painting. She wore a regal, long red dress and heels, her hair untied and falling down her back, a silver tiara in her head, an ornate black rose in its centre. She truly looked like a queen. Despite that though, her golden eyes were cold. “ What do we have here? A thief and a punk here to steal away my Princess? You can’t have her.”
“ Ann?” Shiho gasped.
“ That’s her shadow.” Ren grimaced. “ Not good.”
“ What? Did you think I didn’t notice you coming and going? Where’s your brown coated friend who dropped by this morning? Not joining us?”
“ Brown coated friend?” Tao asked, confused. Akechi. So he was actually investigating. He never could turn down a good mystery. How very like him. Still, for her to know they had come and gone only meant one thing. She had cameras.
“ The painting. You use it to watch everyone who comes in.”
“ Of course. Let me guess. You snuck in through the window into my parlour like a fly. People like to claim I’m a dumbass just because I’m blond but I pay a lot more attention than people like to think. You’d think they’d learn by now. The amount of servants that try to steal from my palace is crazy. But look at you two proving my point.” Ann’s eyes glowed with anger. “ How dare you try and steal my Shiho away from me!”
“ Servants?” Shiho echoed. “ Ann. What…”
“ What else would I call them? Backstabbing little wretches they may be but they all serve me. I am Shujin’s Empress after all. There are those who would like to think they have any power in my domain but I don’t care for people with the wrong opinion.”
“ Ann…”
“ I’m just trying to protect us, Shiho. These people. All these damn cowards care about is themselves. They’ll tear everyone down around them in order to make themselves feel less pathetic. I won’t let them just do what they please anymore. But if they won’t kneel to the crown willingly I’ll make them do it by force. It’s the only thing these pathetic liars and thieves listen to.”
“ But… I don’t want to be protected like that, Ann.” Shiho told her, hand over her heart, her breathing becoming heavier. “ This… This isn’t right.”
" Of course it’s right. Because I say it is. If they’re smart, they’ll follow my word. It’s not like it’s Nijima’s insane religion. It makes sense. If they can’t follow the rules then-”
“ What rules did Nagamoto break other than being in the Theatre club?”
“ She was an example of what happens to thieves in my domain.” Ann said cruelly. “ If Yakumo had stayed in the lines and simply obeyed then her club members wouldn't have been hurt. Blame her peers, not me.”
“ That’s not…” Shiho twisted her eyes shut. She was shaking. Her nails pierced the palm of her hand from how tightly her fists were clenched, blood running down her fingers and dripping onto the stone floor. She felt cold and yet her heart was burning. These were Ann’s true feelings? She really did think everyone was out to get her. She wanted to be in control. Did she really think becoming a tyrant would make her happy? But what could she do? Ann was her only friend. They’d been together for as long as she could remember. It didn’t matter what happened or what they went through. They always stayed together. This was wrong but it was Ann. Her mind was split and she felt the pain.
Are you willing to turn a blind eye to it , a voice echoed in her head. Can you support such a person even though you know that it’s wrong? She knew it was wrong but it was Ann. She couldn’t just abandon her. Is it Ann? Is this really the Ann you remember? Shiho forced herself to look at what her friend had become. A tyrant in red, surrounded by people too scared of her to disobey her command. The Ann she knew would have died before wanting to become this and yet here she was. You can’t truly accept this. Shiho scowled. She hated this. She hated all of this. Why had Ann become this? She couldn’t believe it, even though it was right in front of her. This couldn’t be Ann. Don’t turn away from the truth. If you want your friend back, there’s only one thing you can do now. The voice was right.
“ Ann…”
“ Hmm?”
“ I won’t let this continue!” Ann’s eyes widened. Behind her, Ren smirked. He recognised what was happening but remained quiet. Shiho didn’t need that last push. She could jump all on her own. “ I won’t just stand here and let you do this to people! Not anymore! I will… I will bring you back to your senses!”
“ I see…” Ann said slowly. “ I get it now. You’re not Shiho.” Ann snarled. “ YOU’RE JUST A FAKE! KILL THEM!” Shadows appeared around them and charged.
I’m glad we’re finally on the same page. It’s been far too long you’ve spent denying the truth you saw before you daily. Shiho gasped, staggering backward as pain shot through her head. Don’t look away from it anymore. This is the truth. Fight for it. Claim it as your own. Only then can you change it for the better! A mask appeared on Shiho’s face as she grabbed her head with one hand. Her fingers grasped it. I am thou. Thou art I. Our contract is formed. Fly the banner of resistance!
“ AAAAAAAAAH!!!!” Shiho screamed as she tore the mask off herself. Ren and Tao raised their arms as a powerful shockwave blasted from Shiho, sending all the knight’s flying. Above Ann grimaced as she weathered the storm, digging in her heels as if defying Shiho’s new truth.
“ So this is your true form.” She said, breathlessly. “ Shiho… No. You’re just another Thief. Amari! Deal with them!”
“ Y-Yes, your majesty.” One of the bullies, Amari, said nervously. As she leapt from the balcony, her form shifted. Her hair grew long and blond as a black dress formed around her, a metal tool appearing in her hand as she floated in the air. Ren recognised this shadow. Leanan Sidhe. He looked back to Shiho as the dust settled.
Shiho was dressed in a white cloak, its hood going over her hair and wrapping around her neck like a scarf. Under it, he caught what seemed to be blackened armour. What stuck out the most though were the red gauntlets she wore. Thorns seemed to grow out from under them, wrapping around her arms. That was when he noticed the black roses on the back of them, an inversion of the red roses on the black shields of Ann’s knights. She looked like some kind of squire or perhaps a fallen knight. Slowly, she picked up one of the discarded weapons of the knights, a thin rapier. Her persona behind her, glowing with an almost divine aura. It held a flag in one hand, the banner flying high. It wore silver armour, a knightly visor over its face and black hair braided swirling around it, a blue cloak on its shoulders with a large golden cross on the back of it.
“ Call me whatever you want, Ann. It doesn’t matter to me. Hear my vow.” Shiho let out a cold breath. “ I will save you!” Ann sneered before she turned and left, not even bothering to witness the fight, leaving it to her pawn. Leanan raised her tool, darkness forming around it. “ Jeanne!” Shiho’s Persona swung the banner. The air chilled before ice exploded underneath the shadow, interrupting the attack. Shiho looked back at Ren and Tao. Ren nodded.
“ Arsene!” Ren’s persona appeared behind him, flying forwards and striking the shadow down to the ground. Tao took the opportunity, blasting it with a blast from her paint gun, the projectile blowing the shadow back. It rose angry, firing a blast of darkness at them.
“ No!” Shiho shouted. Jeanne slammed her flagpole against the ground, creating a barrier around the party. “ I will protect everyone!” With Shiho’s protection, Ren used Arsene once more while Tao summoned Oi. Arsene knocked Leanan into the air for Oi to launch her paint at it. It exploded into fire, sending the shadow back to the ground like a comet. Ren paused for a moment, looking back at Tao. No, he’d deal with that later.
“ It’s down! All out attack!” The other two nodded before rushing in, striking at the shadow in its weakened state. Ren and Tao backed off as Shiho summoned Jeanne, the persona spinning its flag before driving it through Leanan’s back, destroying the shadow. They breathed a sigh of relief. “ Nice work.” Shiho panted as the battle concluded before stumbling back. Ren caught her as she fell. “ Come on. Let’s get you out of here.”
*************************************
“ Welcome… huh?” Sojiro looked up as Ren and his friends came through the door. “ Who are they?”
“ Sorry. My classmate collapsed on the train and missed her stop. I thought it would be better to bring her here than leave her at the train station.”
“ Hmm. I suppose that’s fine. I’ll brew some coffee.” He looked at Tao. “ And you, miss?”
“ Not interested.” She smiled.
" That’s not what I… oh, forget it.” Ren chuckled.
“ How are you, Shiho?”
“ Sorry. I didn’t mean to worry you. But… I feel better, weirdly. Like my head’s cleared.”
“ Yeah, that tends to happen.” Ren admitted. “ I’m guessing you’ll be coming the next time then?”
“ You’re not going to be able to stop me.” She said. “ But… what about Ann? Will she know?”
“ It’s not that immediate. Don’t worry.” Ren told her. “ That being said, you’re going to need a codename.”
“ Flag girl?” Tao offered.
“ How can an artist be so uncreative?”
“ Screw you.”
“ Hmm. Songbird?” Shiho offered.
“ I’d rather stick with one bird. Crow has that covered, assuming he comes back.”
“ Was he the brown coated guy Ann mentioned?” Ren nodded.
“ What are you kids talking about?” Sojiro asked, placing a coffee cup down for Shiho. “ You’re not making trouble are you?”
“ It’s just a game. Don’t worry. I joined a club at school.” The man hummed.
“ Thank you sir.” Shiho bowed her head slightly before sipping her drink.
“ No problem. Just take it easy.” Shiho nodded. “ What kind of game is it?”
“ It’s a fantasy game. We play as adventurers.” Ren told him.
“ Hmm. And you’re thinking of… codenames? Hmm. I suppose adventurers do go by them sometimes. I remember one book I read in my youth where a mercenary went under the title strider. What type of character is it?”
“ I want to protect my friends.” Shiho said. Sojiro hummed.
“ Guardian? Warden? Paladin?”
“ Paladin. Like a holy knight.” Shiho hummed. “ I like it. Thank you, sir.”
“ Ha. It’s pretty generic but if that’s what you want to go by then I’m happy to help. Keep this one on the right path, would you?”
“ I’ll try my best.” Sojiro smiled before walking away.
“ Paladin then?”
“ Right. Leave it to me. I’ll protect you all.”
***************************************
April 17th
Ren downed an entire bottle of soda. He forgot how foul Takemi’s medicines could taste, especially when she was trying to make it taste bad. He’d have to get some coffee when he was back. A bitter taste to counteract the horrible one. As he walked down the past towards Leblanc, his phone started ringing. He looked down at it and smiled, answering it. “ Hello detective.” He said.
“ Very well, Joker. You’ve made your point. Let’s meet up.” Akechi said.
“ Glad to hear it. In that case, how about the Shujin Palace? I happen to be looking into that one. I know you’ve been there too.”
“ How did you-”
“ 4PM tomorrow outside the Shujin Palace. Is that fair to you?” Akechi hummed.
“ Alright. 4PM. Don’t waste my time on this, Joker.”
“ I would never do such a thing. We’ll be waiting.”
“ We?” Ren hung up. Tomorrow was going to be an interesting day.
*********************************
True Phantom Thief Chat
Joker: Akechi’s coming.
Guernica: Cool. Second Noob.
Paladin: Is there a reason you made a second group chat for this Ren?
Joker: Just cause I invited him doesn’t mean I trust him
Joker: Akechi’s a strong persona user. Figured we could use the back up.
Guernica: Use him before he uses us.
Paladin : I’m not sure about this
Joker: He did try and kill me in my timeline
Joker: We used it to pretend I was dead so we could catch Shido out.
Joker: He’s not as smart as he thinks he is. Just leave him to me.
Notes:
Shiho Suzui... Oh, you poor, neglected child. I think Atlas really dropped the ball when it came to Shiho. She's Ann's best friend and the driving force for her social link however, as a character, she's just a plot device. Which is a shame cause I like what little we saw from her. I feel she could have made a good social link herself. Still, missed potential serves as great inspirational points for writers like myself so here we are.
As for an in game unit, Shiho would be less like a healer and more like a tank. She can taunt enemies into attack with a personal move while raising her allies defences and focusing on keeping them in the fight. She's also an ice unit for obvious parallels with Ann. I forgot to mention it back when I was discussing Tao, but the new thieves do have Arcana. Tao and Oi are Strength while Shiho and Jeanne are Fortune.
Chapter Text
April 18th
When Akechi arrived inside Ann’s Palace that Monday afternoon, the Thieves were waiting for him. “ Welcome, Detective.” Ren smirked. “ Nice to meet face to face.”
“ Yet again for you, right time traveller?” Akechi scoffed. “ I expected a dangerous felon. Instead, I seem to have met the circus. What are you three wearing? It’s a little early for Halloween.”
“ You have a costume yourself, don’t you? Your black masked form?” Ren retorted.
“ I do but I only use that if I don’t want people recognising me. I don’t wear it all the time.” Akechi sighed. “ You do know you don’t need a costume to summon a persona, yes?”
“ It’s a brand.”
“ So you don’t know. And here I thought I was dealing with a veteran. Unless of course you’re just an idiot.”
“ Glad to see you aren’t pretending to be nice. I wish we could have opened with this in the other timeline. You played the good detective. Even mentalised a fake costume to throw us off along with another persona. Robin Hood ring any bells.”
“ Of course I am. That’s my-”
“ Loki.”
“ Tch.” Akechi grit his teeth. He’d been planning to hide Loki from the thieves while using Robin Hood in order to play down his strength. “ Do you have any idea just how irritating you are, Joker?”
“ You made it quite apparent last time, yes.” Ren grinned.
“ I do not believe you are from the future.” Akechi said plainly. “ I don’t quite know how you figured out so much about me but I’m guessing you want my help with this.” He gestured to the palace. Ren nodded. “ Who is Kamoshida anyway?”
“ Our gym teacher. He also doesn’t own this palace anymore.”
Like Madarame and his student. Yusuke Kitagawa, correct?” Ren nodded. “ Hmm. I see. So this palace latched onto… who owns this?”
“ Ann Takamaki. She’s a student at Shujin.”
“ Takamaki then.”
“ What do you mean latched?” Shiho asked.
“ It’s a working theory. I’m guessing that this Kamoshida had a sudden shift in personality. Like something shocked he viewed the world. Am I right?” Ren and Shiho shared a look. Shiho nodded.
“ He was injured by a student. After that, his authority was undermined by the student council and the principal.”
“ He took a hit to the ego and realised he wasn’t the ruler of the school he thought he was. His control over the palace dissipated as the shadow weakened and vanished. However, the castle remained. In order to preserve itself, it latched onto a person with a similarly distorted heart as Kamoshida. That’s how Takamaki and Kamoshida could share their palace. It’s the same one, just altered to the current monarch’s wish. That’s just my theory, of course.” Ren hummed. He’d assumed that Ann having Kamoshida’s palace was due to the machinations of Yaldabaoth. Despite that, Akechi’s theory made sense. It explained how Kamoshida and Madarame’s palaces were under Ann and Yusuke’s control while Kaneshiro’s had just vanished instead of being replaced with someone like Makoto or Ryuji. This God of Control had altered their lives to create the distortion into their hearts. The Metaverse had done the rest on its own. An empress replaced a king. A gallery replaced a museum. The world kept turning.
“ I’ll admit. I hadn’t thought about that.”
“ What was your theory?”
“ The God of Control.” Ren shrugged.
“ What?” Akechi laughed.
“ How do you think I ended up back in time? After we beat Shido, the public couldn’t accept such a major shift. The God of Control had spent the entire year building power and influence by using us, it was able to control the public after this major upset. Because of it, nothing changed. Even with his crimes admitted, Shido was still going to become the leader of Japan. We went to the depths of Mementos and found it. We lost.”
“ But why would it send you back to the past?”
“ That was another power. However, upon doing it, the God of Control sensed the change and altered things six months before I got here. I’m guessing, since it’s an aspect of the collective unconsciousness, it just wasn’t affected by the time travel.”
“ Great. So you’re telling me you’re trying to overcome something more powerful than when you lost to it initially?”
“ Kinda. Yes.”
“ And I’m guessing your old friends include Takamaki and Kitagawa?”
“ Yeah…” Akechi burst out laughing.
“ I’m only here because you’re scrambling for whatever persona users you can.” Ren didn’t answer that. “ Ha ha ha. I can’t believe you fooled me into thinking you were some trickster.”
“ But to acknowledge that, you have to admit to me coming back through time, right?” Akechi stopped. “ So do you believe me? If so, you have to admit this goes further than Shido. That’s why I called you here.”
“ I… Did you just… you drew me in and let me talk myself into a corner.” Akechi scoffed.
“ Yeah, you’re good at that. The whole reason we figured you out the last time was due to delicious pancakes.”
“ Pan…cakes? That’s a story you’ll have to tell me some other time.”
“ So you’re going to help us?” Akechi sighed.
“ I suppose I must. Don’t get me wrong. You haven’t convinced me about your story. However, supposing it’s true, giving you a hand won’t hurt me.” Ren offered his hand and he shook it.
“ Welcome to the team, Crow.”
“ Crow?”
“ Well, you need a codename. You chose it last time so I figured you’d choose it again.”
“ Hmm. It has a good ring to it, I’ll admit” Akechi nodded. “ Very well. Crow then. I suppose it is for the best that we keep our identities hidden. Especially since you know her. Classmate?”
“ I’m not going to deny that.” Ren shrugged. “ Are you gonna change? She knows what you look like already but later targets may not.”
“ Who said I’m going to help you later? Haaaa.” Defeated, Akechi raised a hand to his face. Shadows wrapped around him, forming a familiar black armour and sinister looking mask. Behind him, Tao laughed.
“ And you called us clowns. Ha ha ha. What are you? An Feather Ranger?”
“ Hmm. Actually, that does seem to be the inspiration.” Shiho noted. “ Maybe… an anti-hero feather ranger?”
“ It’s still somehow better than the first outfit. Even if it is overly edgy.” Ren chuckled. “ Less of an eye sore in black than in orange and white.”
“ Please tell me I never stoop so low.”
“ You had us raid Sae’s palace and joined us wearing the ugliest thing known to mind in an effort to trick us into thinking you weren’t going to betray us. Seriously, you looked like a band conductor got their head stuck in a traffic cone. We knew the entire time and laughed about it in our private chat.”
“ I’m not believing a word you say.” Akechi folded his arms. “ Let’s just go in before I change my mind.”
***************************************
Ren waved to the painting as they passed it by. Knowing Ann knew they were there didn’t really bother him. If the palace rulers didn’t know they were there by the time they sent the calling card, they sure as hell knew afterwards. They’d introduced themselves to Ann’s Shadow already. Her knowing they arrived was essentially them telling her the game was on. The thieves she hated so much had arrived. His wave was a dare for her to stop them and a show of confidence he believed she had no chance. “ Stop being so cocky, Joker.” Akechi berated him. Ren just laughed.
He decided to check out the Library after Akechi told him just to see it for himself. He knew Ann wasn’t the most studious of people so the Library being her room of abandoned things made a lot of sense. He recognised a few names on the books from people he’d helped. Mogami, the stalker girl, was a standout. It reminded him to check on her after the situation with Ann was sorted. He’d probably have to change her heart again.
Ren picked up Ryuji’s book from the side and frowned. “ Sakamoto?” Shiho asked. “ His book’s still clean.”
“ I imagine this is a place for forgotten souls.” Akechi said. “ But this boy is someone Takamaki simply cannot forget.”
“ He was… well, I wouldn’t call him a friend. Closer than a classmate to Ann but not close enough to be a friend. He was the one to break Coach Kamoshida’s arm as well. It was the first domino that changed everything in school.”
“ Interesting. A boy like that certainly must have made an impact. I’m assuming he was arrested?”
“ He’s in juvie, last I checked. He may be out on probation but he’s obviously not allowed back here.” Akechi hummed. “ Planning on looking into it?”
“ If he’s connected to your God of Control then it’s best we do, correct?” Akechi said. Ren nodded before returning the book. He hoped he would get the chance to help Ryuji later.
Leaving the Library, they kept heading down the right corridor. The arena in the garden had been a dead end. While the garden itself could have had a separate path they didn’t find, this was the closer route. It made sense to explore it first. As they passed through corridors and different, fancy looking rooms, dealing with shadows as they went, Ren kept an eye on his team mates. Tao was interesting. She preferred a more hands on approach over using her persona, squaring up to shadows with her fists or blasting them afar with her pain gun. She reminded him of Ryuji with how in the enemies face she liked to get, squaring up against them much like she had against those thugs the day they met. Despite her strength, she was surprisingly agile as well. That being said, she also didn’t rely on her persona. She’d pull Oi out to deal with things she couldn’t easily hit or was reminded she even could. He supposed she was simply more used to doing things herself
On the other side of things, there was Akechi. It was weird to be fighting alongside Akechi in his true form. Just like Joker did, he utilised multiple personas, swapping between Robin Hood and Loki depending on the situation. He was more composed than when he fought them. Then again, he also forced himself to go berserk with his powers in order to increase his own power. Ren could tell he wasn’t used to working as a team. However, his raw strength was good at creating openings. Despite being a lot colder, he was still just as good of a strategist. Meticulous in a way Ren hadn’t understood before seeing who he truly was under the mask. It was strange in a way but he enjoyed fighting alongside the real Akechi. He preferred it when people were being themselves.
Finally, there was Shiho. He knew Shiho was a brave person deep down. Even back in his own timeline, she’d returned to the place that caused her incredible harm in order to face her demons head on. Even so, the Shiho he knew now felt like someone entirely different. She was driven, not afraid to stand on the front lines in order to protect the others. Ren had to assume Ann being in trouble had a lot to do with it. Shiho and Ann were the exact same in a lot of ways. They’d both do anything for a friend, especially if that friend was the other person. It made his heart warmer knowing that both of them cared so much about each other they’d throw themselves into danger for the other’s sake.
After a while of climbing the castle, the eventually entered a large chamber, looking down on it from a balcony above. It looked like some kind of training room an army may have used. Cognitive students crawled under what looked like a volleyball net, tried to avoid balls fired at them at high speeds from the knights and leapt high into the air to avoid flaming vents. It was clear this was the gym. Unlike the church it had been for Kamoshida, here it was more like the torture rooms from the prison. On the stage stood Kamoshida himself, arms folded and barking orders.
“ Come on, you whelps. How are you gonna defend the princess in battle if you can’t even complete some simple training?” He shouted. “ Her majesty doesn’t take kindly to weakness for her guards. If you can’t protect her, you might as well go see Nijima now!”
“ Coach Kamoshida?” Shiho said in surprise. “ Wait, that’s the Volleyball team. Are they… meant to be training to protect me?”
“ Well, you are part of the team. She probably sees you as its star. All the rest are just there to support you.” Ren said.
“ That’s not… We’re a team. We support each other. I’m nowhere near the best we have.”
“ It’s her view of the world, ain’t it?” Tao said. “ If she cares about you more than them, of course she’ll see it that way. Even if she’s seen ya play, she’d probably brush it off as them stealing your glory.”
“ Cognition is a complicated affair.” Akechi nodded. “ So, that’s the previous ruler of the castle? I expected him to be the school principal.”
“ Coach Kamoshida is a former Olympian. He won a gold medal for our country.” Shiho told him. “ When he was hired on, the Principal treated him with incredible respect since he figured he could help their sports teams claim national success. He only really cared for our team though and he pushed us incredibly hard. He even got the track team shut down after running them into the ground with his coaching.”
“ But then his arm got broken to the point he couldn’t play as well and the council stepped in against his harsh training. Hmm. I see.” Akechi looked back to the coach. “ Takamaki turned him into a drill sergeant. She mustn't see him as a loving person.”
“ He takes volleyball seriously.” Shiho laughed nervously.
“ So what now?” Tao asked. “ There’s no way the coach is gonna let us past.”
“ Nothing else for it.” Ren said. “ It’s not like this is the first time I’ve had to fight him.”
“ Ah. Another story for later. Incredible.” Akechi shook his head. “ If we’re doing this, let’s get it over with. It may just be another shadow but ones formed from actual cognitions are usually a lot tougher than the rank and file.”
The thieves leapt down, taking out the group of knights that were launching balls at some of the students. “ What the… Who the hell are you?” Kamoshida shouted.
“ Clearly, we’re a rival team here to steal your training secrets.” Tao joked.
“ Tch. You're those damn thieves that threatened her majesty. Well, you came to the wrong place if you were looking to bother someone else.” Kamoshida smirked before casting a glare at the Volleyball team. “ The hell are you morons waiting around for? An invite in the mail? Form up. We’ve got some live training this time.” The volleyball team scrambled together, forming together ready to face the thieves.
“ Not fighting us yourself, Coach?” Ren asked.
“ You don’t deserve my might. Play with someone your own skill level first.” He jeered, walking off the stage and behind the players. With a snap of his fingers, the nervous players began to transform into shadows. The female players' uniforms turned into red dresses, their eyes closing and their hair turning blond, transforming into what Ren recognised as a Silky. The males meanwhile shrunk, their skin turning red and their hair spiking. Ren didn’t recognise that shadow. It looked like an imp or maybe a Goblin. Regardless, they began their attacks.
The Goblins charged them while the Silky hung back, muttering chants that empowered the front line. Shiho moved in front, Jeanne creating a protective barrier that mitigated the initial assault. From behind her, Akechi summoned Robin Hood and bombarded them with a rain of arrows. As the dust settled, the Goblin’s appeared injured but still alive, a faint blue glow surrounding him. “ The shadows in the back are buffing them.” Ren said. “ Crow, aim for them. Guernica, you and I will cover Paladin.”
“ Let’s go, Joker.” Tao grinned.
“ If you insist.” Akechi nodded. With a nod to Shiho, she shoved back against the attacking shadows, her persona releasing a shockwave that blew them back. In the confusion, Akechi targeted the Silky at the back, using Robin Hood to rain arrows down on them. As the blue aura around the goblins vanished, Ren and Tao were quick to follow up, launching a barrage of magic at them and leaving them on the ground, groaning in pain but not quite finished off.
“ Useless, the lot of you.” Kamoshida shook his head in disappointment. “ Do I have to do everything for you? Guess I should show you how a real athlete does things.” Kamoshida approached, shadow growing around him as he did. He started growing in size, armour forming around him as his skin turned blue and a large sword appeared in his hand. Ren didn’t recognise this shadow either but he looked like an ancient warrior. “ I didn’t give you permission to rest! Form up!” Kamoshida’s voice boomed, distorted and deeper after his transformation. The other shadows weakly rose up.
“ Uh oh. He’s really mad.” Shiho took a small step backwards. “ It’s just like before Nijima stepped in.”
“ Don’t lose your nerve now, Paladin.” Akechi said coldly. “ We’ve still got a fight to win.”
“ R-Right.”
“ Heh. The girl’s right. You should be cowering in fear. No thief can overcome me. I’ll cut you down and deliver your heads to the empress myself!” Kamoshida charged fiercely, shattering right through Shiho’s defence.
“ Paladin!” Ren grit his teeth. This wasn’t good. He was a lot stronger than he thought he’d be. Shadow Kamoshida had been strong but his cognitive commanders hadn’t been that big of a deal. Then again, Ann always did have a stronger character than Kamoshida. Tao was the first to rush in, slamming her fist into Kamoshida. He raised an armoured arm to block her. Tao’s mask vanished off her face, revealing a feral smirk.
“ Strike, Oi!” Tao’s Persona appeared next to her, driving her spear-like brush into Kamoshida’s side. He growled, staggering backwards.
“ You damn… Hey! Get to work!” Kamoshida barked at the cognitive volleyball team. The lesser shadows snapped to attention. As the three Silky began chanting, a white aura surrounded Kamoshida.
“ We’ve got to get rid of his supporters.” Ren eyed the stage. “ Crow.”
“ I’m already on it. Just give me an opening.”
“ No.” Akechi looked at him before following his gaze. Then he nodded before feigning a retreat.
“ Ha. Running already? No matter. I’ll hunt you down later.” Kamoshida raised his sword high. “ Kill rush!” Kamoshida charged forwards at breakneck speeds before swinging at Tao. His sword seemed to strike three times as she cried in pain, collapsing to one knee and coughing.
“ No!” Shiho shouted. “ Jeanne!” Tearing her mask off, Jeanne appeared, swinging her flag at Kamoshida, causing ice to explode around him. He staggered back from the freezing blow before laughing.
“ How utterly worthless. You don't deserve to feel the sting of my blade.” He pointed at her and the Goblins charged. Ren wasn’t about to let that happen.
“ Arsene!” He tore his mask off. Arsene appeared at his side, launching a bombardment of curse flames at the attacking Goblins, burning them up. Using this opportunity, Shiho supported Tao, helping her back to her feet with the help of Jeanne’s magic.
“ Why do I even try relying on these morons?” Kamoshida sighed. “ Who cares? Keep that up, ladies. I’ll handle this one myself.”
“ That’s not an option.” Akechi jeered.
“ What?!” Kamoshida turned quickly to the stage just in time to see Akechi take aim, blasting the Silky to pieces with Robin’s arrows. The aura around Kamoshida faded away. “ You rat!” He shouted, charging at him. “ Kill Rush!”
“ A weak move like that won’t work on me. Loki!” At his cry, Robin’s form began to burn away as it charged forwards, twisting into the form of Loki who clashed blades with Kamoshida. Kamoshida growled, struggling with Akechi’s true persona. With a last small push, Kamoshida was launched across the gym. “ He’s down, Joker.”
“ Then it’s time for an all out attack. Let’s go.” The thieves leapt into action, taking full advantage of Kamoshida’s weakness to bombard him with attacks both magical and physical. Ren chuckled as the smoke began to clear, fiddling with a glove. “ The show’s over.” Just like old times.
“ You whelps…” Kamoshida’s voice said weakly, his form smoking in the aftermath. “ The empress… will destroy you…” With that last curse, Kamoshida faded away. As he did, a glittering jewel bounced off the ground. Ren picked it up, curious.
“ What is this?”
“ Hmm. It looks like one of the missing jewels from the picture frame.” Ren gave Akechi a confused look. “ Don’t tell me you hadn’t noticed. There are two diamond shaped indents in the corners of the picture frame. Both look like that. If Takamaki’s cognition of Kamoshida had one I’d wager there’s another cognitive being down the other path that has one as well. Your team just messed up.”
“ Say that again, asshole.”
“ Play nice, Guernica.” Ren warned her. “ He’s probably right about the key if his hunch is right. Though…” Ren looked back to Tao and Shiho. Despite being healed, Tao still looked pretty badly wounded from Kamoshida’s attacks and Shiho looked exhausted. “ Let’s head back for now. We can continue this tomorrow.”
***************************************
True Phantom Thief Chat
Guernica: That guys a complete and utter asshole. You sure about this, Ren?
Joker: Akechi’s an ass but he’s the best we’ve got.
Joker: Take it from experience. He’s good at what he does even if he does like to think he’s smarter than he is.
Joker: Just keep all talks about him on this channel. Don’t want him to realise we’re still going behind his back.
Paladin: Sorry. I feel like I froze back there.
Guernica: Don’t worry about it, Shi. You were incredible. You can take a lot of punishment for someone so thin.
Paladin: I do train, you know. Besides, it’s mostly Jeanne’s magic.
Paladin: Well, we should get some rest. I hope we can save Ann soon.
Joker: Don’t worry, Shiho. We’ll save her. Just a little bit further.
Notes:
One of my favourite parts about this story is the fact I can just throw demons from other SMT games into the story as shadows since they could all reasonably be just part of people's cognitions. Case in point, Cognitive Kamoshida. The female players are Silky who everyone who's played P5 should recognise however the male players and Kamoshida aren't from Persona 5. The male players are Goblin who is a low level fairy demon who appears across a few of the SMT games while Kamoshida is Titan, who actually was a persona in Persona 3 and Persona 4 which is what his appearance here, using Kill Rush to deal some hefty physical damage, is based on.
One of the things I did at the start of this story is I made hypothetical boss fights to help me write the fight scenes since fight scenes are an admitted weakness of mine. I only really stuck to it for Ann's Palace but I did it for all the bosses I needed to write. Kamoshida is a two phase fight. One phase is two Silky and two Goblins, with the Silky being buffers and the Goblins using debuff or stat down inflicting physical and gun moves, and the second phase adds Kamoshida as Titan with the Silkys only buffing him as he preps Kill Rush every few turns in a cycle.
Chapter Text
April 19th
They had to climb across the hedges to reach the second floor of the palace on the left side the next day, slipping in through a window into what Ren assumed was a classroom though looked more like the dressing room of an actor instead. They travelled through the school, facing fiercer resistance. Ann must have increased the guard after they dealt with Kamoshida. It was either that or the second key holder was more important than Kamoshida was and, as such, better defended. As they went and at Ren’s urging, Akechi managed to recruit a shadow into a mask of his own. So Akechi really was a wild card. He always wondered whether it was that or it was because of his duplicitous nature. Now he knew the answer.
After Kamoshida, Ren started to wonder who the other key holder could be. It could be someone she was close to but he’d hardly call her close to Kamoshida, especially in this timeline. In that case, it was probably someone with a lot of influence in the school. Who would that be? He dismissed Kobayakawa immediately. He was the principal, sure, but Ren knew from the last timeline that the student body didn’t think favourably of the man. For good reason too. He was a greedy man, only bothered with his own reputation. It’s why Ren was even there in the first place. His next thought was Sadayo. Ms Kawakami was their home room teacher so it could be her. It could be said she was the leader of their class. Maybe she was training the servants as Ann had called them earlier.
As they approached the end of the hall, the lighting became darker and the air became noticeably heavier. A large black door stood as they approached. “ Well, that’s foreboding.” Tao said. “ Any idea where we are?”
“ I don’t remember a door like this but we’re on the third floor. Teacher’s lounge?” Shiho said.
" There’s only one way to know for certain.” Akechi said, placing a hand on the door. It slowly creaked open, releasing a rush of cold air. Looking in, Ren found a room much like the basement of Kamoshida’s palace. A prison, full of cold cells and black stone walls. Inside the cells were various students, curled up or sitting and crying. They slowly progressed deeper in. Ren scanned the cells intently as he went.
“ A prison?” Tao said, shocked. “ Why the hell is there a prison here?”
“ What’s a prison for a student?”
“ School?” Akechi sighed at the street artist’s answer.
“ For some, I suppose. But I was talking more about a specific place within the school grounds.”
“ Depends on the person.” Shiho said. “ Ann hates Math so maybe it’s Ms Usami’s room?”
“ I highly doubt that. If it was, I think we’d see more numbers.”
“ Though maths is boring. Can’t believe they lie and say you’ll need it in the real world.” Tao laughed.
“ Or you won’t always have a calculator in your pocket?” Shiho giggled.
“ Can’t you two take this seriously?” Akechi complained.
“ Detention.” The group stopped at Ren’s word. They’d arrived in a large, circular room. A bridge connected to a central platform. Below that was a steep drop. The far side of the bridge was guarded by knights with their back to them, likely to stop the students from running away and focused on that job.
“ This is for your own good.” A familiar voice called, followed by a hard sounding strike. “ Traitors to the empress must have their bodies and souls cleansed of impurity. You’ll never earn her forgiveness like this.” Ren grimaced. He didn’t have to see her to know it was Makoto. Of course it would be. Who else had influence over the student body like the student council president? With a nod, Ren and Tao charged down the bridge, sending the shadows that were guarding it plummeting into the abyss. “ Hmm?” Makoto glanced over, dropping the poor girl she was beating to the ground. Looking, Ren only saw two but they were two people he recognised. Mishima and Nagamoto, the latest of Ann’s victims.
“ Didn’t you hear corporal punishment was outlawed?” Ren asked, mockingly.
“ The only law that matters is that of our empress.” Makoto said, turning to face them fully, smiling. “ You must be the thieves that broke into the palace. I hear you’ve been making a nuisance of yourselves, defying Lady Ann and defeating Mister Kamoshida and one of our ladies personal guards. Ah, how foolish. But at least you came to me willingly. As the Palace’s Jailor, I happen to be the one to deal with traitors and thieves. Some servants just don’t know how to obey.”
“ And you teach them that?” Ren asked. “ I thought Makoto got on Ann’s back too?”
“ Reports must be given. That’s all. It’s all a show of power, after all.” Makoto shrugged, her smile becoming wider. “ Now then. You don’t seem the type to kneel but I do enjoy your type. Yuuki. Hikari. Stand up. It’s time for you to earn your keep.”
“ Y-Yes, Ma’am.” Mishima said weakly.
“ A-At once.” Hikari stumbled to her feet. “ We must… earn our forgiveness. As criminals, it’s what we deserve.”
“ Well done, you two. Don’t let me down. I’ll have to increase your punishments if you do.” Both swallowed as shadows grew around them. The trio transformed. Mishima became some kind of demon Ren hadn’t seen before, a small flying imp wielding a trident. Hikari meanwhile turned into an angel, something he recognised as a shadow that started appearing when they got closer to Kamoshida’s treasure. Standing between them was Makoto, now transformed into another angelic figure, this one with bronze wings and a helmet with spikes acting as some kind of halo, a cross shaped rod in her hand. A Principality.
“ This could be a problem.” Ren mused.
“ Not losing your nerve, are you Joker?” Akechi smirked. “ I’ll deal with this if you can’t.”
“ Assuming things is a really bad habit of yours, you know that Crow?”
“ Oh, get a room!” Tao shouted, loading her paint gun and launched an explosive glob at the shadows. Makoto just hummed dismissively.
“ Yuuki. Get in there.” The Daemon quivered at her order before rushing in, thrusting with its trident. Shiho defended against the strikes, giving the others a time to get away from the sheer drop at their backs. Ren went for his mask.
“ Cait Sith!” He called, summoning the red hatted cat to his side. Angelic figures like Angel and Principality always ended up using bless magic, something Arsene had trouble handling. Luckily, his Wild Card abilities helped him in times like this. “ Agi!” The cat’s sword glowed red before it swung at Makoto, sending a wave of fire at her. Makoto growled as she was struck.
“ Hikari! Support us!” She demanded The Angel flinched. “ Tch.” Makoto swung her staff, striking the Angel to the ground. “ I said support us.”
“ Y-Yes, Ma’am. Sorry, Ma’am.” The Angel quickly rose, casting a cleansing spell that revitalised Makoto and Mishima.
“ Good. Yuuki. Stop striking that girl. You’re not getting through her. Take on the white haired punk instead.
“ Ah. Of course. Sorry.” Mishima rose his trident, dark energy gathering into it and launched an orb of cursed energy at Tao but Tao simply punched it out of the air. “ Ah!”
“ Jeanne!” From next to the Daemon, Jeanne struck, slamming her flagpole against the ground. The resulting shock wave blew Mishima across the arena and into the pit. In a panic, he flapped his wings, desperately trying to stay in the arena only to plummet into the darkness.
“ Ah, Yuuki. What a worthless fool.” Cognitive Makoto sighed. “ No matter. Hikari. Purge them.”
“ Y-Yes of course.” Hikari placed her hands together, wings slowly flapping before she cast her spell. A beam of light engulfed Ren. He felt the searing pain but held fast. As he did, Akechi struck.
“ Pelleidh!” He shouted, pulling off his mask to summon a humanoid made of seaweed with an upside down mask, blasting the angel with a shard of ice and knocking her off balance before the spell could be finished. Ren nodded a thanks to him.
" Follow up, Cait Sith!” The cat persona did so, leaping into the air before landing on the Angel, driving its sword into her back. With a cry of agony, the angel vanished. Makoto just shook her head.
“ Such weak servants. And to think they thought they could stand against our empress when they couldn’t even put up a good fight against intruders like you.” As she talked, her staff began to glow. “ Well, it doesn't matter. I suppose I shall simply have to discipline you myself.” With a wave of her staff, a pulses of light blasted outwards. Shiho stumbled back and gasped as she realised there was nothing behind her.
“ OI!” Tao shouted. Her persona flew out, extending its spear which Shiho quickly grabbed, letting herself be pulled back into the ring.
“ Thank you, Guernica.” Shiho breathed. Tao just gave her a thumbs up. Shiho turned her attention back to Makoto as she charged up another spell. Determined not to let her get it off, she wordlessly commanded her persona, causing a blast of ice to occur under the cognition. The council president was knocked into the air.
“ Loki. Finish her.” Akechi ordered. Loki appeared above her, slashing its sword right through her. She vanished before even hitting the ground, leaving only a clattering gemstone remaining. Akechi picked it up. “ The second key.”
“ Is everyone alright?” Ren asked.
“ I’m fine.” Shiho said, sounding a little out of breath. “ Phew. Ha ha. You really saved my life, Tao. Thank you so much.”
“ Heh heh. What are friends for eh?” Tao grinned. “ Getting close to the end though. Heh heh. So, what do you think is behind the painting?”
“ Well, the painting watches people. It could be like one of those doorbell cameras.” Ren guessed.
“ So it’s her front door.” Tao nodded. “ Does this make us burglars?”
“ We’re already thieves, Guernica.” Shiho pointed out.
“ Oh yeah.”
“ You idiots” Akechi shook his head. “ You’re going to be the death of me.”
“ Ha ha.” Tao wrapped an arm around Akechi’s shoulders.
“ Gah! What are you-!”
“ Like or not, you’re one of us now, Crow. Better get used to us idiots.” Behind them, Ren couldn’t help but grin as Shiho giggled. Akechi just groaned, his initial struggles stopping as he resigned himself to his fate. As they left, Ren took one last look at the cells, his smile fading. Morgana wasn’t here either. That worried him. His friends had palaces now but Morgana wasn’t like them.
“ You better be alright, cat.” He muttered before following his new team out of the dungeon.
****************************************
They placed the two gems into slots in the painting’s frame. Doing so caused it to shake before slowly sliding open, revealing a long corridor, a red carpet leading towards an ornate, golden door. They approached cautiously. Ann’s shadow had used the painting in order to detect when they entered. She was likely aware that they’d opened the way. They needed to stay on the lookout for a potential ambush. They passed down the corridor along the red carpet. Ren knew Ann was a model and it showed. The carpet felt like a runway, slightly elevated above the black marble of the ground. On the sides of the walls were different pictures of Ann. Not paintings like Kamoshida had though. Actual pictures. Ann’s best memories. Almost all of the pictures involved her and Shiho in some way. He saw a photo of them graduating middle school and them at some posh hotel, the Wilton most likely since it was Ann who showed he and Ryuji it back when they stole Kamoshida’s heart. Others he saw were of her on set. She was proud of her role as a model even if it did cause her some problems. He stopped at one of the pictures.
“ The Former Empress of Shujin?” Ren read. “ Who’s that supposed to be?” Alongside Ann in the picture was a woman who looked to be in her early 20s. She had blond hair with blue highlights tied into a long long braid, a number of fancy bows tied into it, and was wearing quite a frilly looking pink dress.
“ That’s Alice Hiragi.” Akechi said. “ She’s a new face in the fashion industry. Started about… hmm… must be almost a year now. She’s gained a lot of traction for her fantastical pieces. She takes inspiration from fairy tales, most notably Alice in Wonderland, though her last collection was based on the Chronicles of Narnia.”
“ Didn’t realise you were big on fashion, Crow.” Tao teased.
“ I’m not. But, because we were both rising talents, a talk show I was invited to had us both on. She came out looking like an ice queen though her hair looked similar to the image. Her winter collection apparently. The White Witch Jadis. Though I don’t recall her ever mentioning she went to Shujin.”
“ She must be the idol Ann told me about.” Shiho realised. “ Just after Ryuji was expelled, Ann came back from a fashion show and told me that she met someone she liked the clothes of. I just thought it was one of her idols but… she said this person went to Shujin like we did. Something about the conversation seemed to make her realise something. It wasn’t long afterwards that she started fighting back.”
“ So Alice had a major influence on her.” Ren said. Thinking back, he did remember her. Ann brought up her clothes but it went over his head and he’d seen posters around Tokyo every now and again. They didn’t get as much spotlight as the new Risette or Kanamin album, at least not in his memory. Then again, he was always more into music than he was fashion. Maybe he just didn’t notice. Either way, if Ann and Alice had talked in his timeline, she hadn’t mentioned it.
Bracing themselves, they entered through the large door only to enter straight into Ann’s throne room, a large flight of stairs extending upwards past the throne. Ren expected something like Kamoshida’s tower, a final, distorted zone to go through but there was none of that. Her heart was laid bare. Inside the throne room however, they didn’t find Ann. Lounging on her throne, feet hanging over one of the arms, was the other bully in Ann’s entourage. “ Satokoi?” Shiho was just as shocked to see her as he was. “ Where’s Ann?”
“ Heh. Absent.” Yuzuki grinned. “ Maybe she ran off like the cowardly snake she truly is. Right into the sunset with her beloved princess Shiho. Tch. Bitches are made for eachother.” Ren narrowed his gaze. Yuzuki wasn’t speaking like Kamoshida and Makoto had. Those two held a lot of reverence for Ann as their Empress but Yuzuki was speaking showed none of that. “ Shame you went and offed Emi. She and I run this place when Ann’s not around to give us orders. Like the blond bimbo deserves it. But if she wants to be the face of everything, I’m happy to let her take all the blame.”
“ I thought you and Ann were friends?” Ren said.
“ Friends?” Yuzuki howled with laughter. “ You think Ann and I are friends with her? Of course not. She makes sure we remain safe. So long as we pretend to serve her, we get to do whatever we want. It’s heaven. Those morons who used to keep us down can’t say a damn word about us now or they’re the ones who get their stuff destroyed and stolen. It’s them who get pushed around. It’s great.” Yuzuki jumped up from the throne. “ All while the oh so regal Empress Ann rules, these servants will do whatever we want. Maybe we get another good… psh… six months? A year at best? When the dynasty falls though, who cares what we did? Ann’ll take the fall for us. Bitch is a perfect scapegoat.”
“ You can’t think that.” Shiho gasped.
“ Doesn’t matter if she does or not.” Akechi said. “ Takamaki believes she does. That’s all that matters here.”
“ If you’re fine letting her go down then let us through.”
“ And let Ann know I let thieves into her most precious place? I value my standing too highly. And if I deliver your heads to her when Emi, Kamoshida or even the great Makoto Nijima couldn’t, then I’ll become her Prime Minister. Think of the fun I could have with that.” Yuzuki grinned as shadows gathered around her. “ Do me a solid and die for me, would you?” Ren tensed up at that very familiar phrase, fearing what she would turn into. He breathed a sigh of relief upon seeing the wings. She shared Alice’s blond hair but her dark skin and wings showed she was just a Hua Po. “ Burn away, Thieves.” Yuzuki flipped into the air, sending a wave of fire along the ground. Shiho leapt in front, summoning Jeanne to take the blow but winced under the terrible heat.
“ Careful, Paladin. Fire isn’t your strong suit.” Ren warned her. “ Thanks for trying to defend us but let Guernica and I handle the front line this time.”
“ Right.” She nodded. “ In that case, let’s support them from here. Go Jeanne.” With a wave of her flag, Jeanne blasted the Hua Po with a hail of ice. As it cringed from that, Tao made her move, loading her paint gun and firing an explosive blast at the shadow. Ren leapt in to take advantage but the shadow recovered.
“ Don’t get too hasty!” She shouted, releasing a cloud of blue mist at him. Ren staggered back, a sudden wave of tiredness overwhelming him. Before he could fully succumb, he felt a hard smack to the back of his head. Looking up, he saw Akechi scowling at him.
“ Try not to fall for such tricks, Joker. It’s using Dormina to try and knock us out.”
“ Sleep magic.” Ren shook his head, fully waking back up. “ In that case, hit it from above.” Crow smirked.
“ Just give me an opening.” He said. Ren looked over to Tao who grinned.
“ Oh, I can give you one of those. Time to paint up a storm, Oi!” Tao ripped her mask off, her person appearing in the air above her. It rapidly slashed at the air as if painting an invisible canvas, sending waves of paint at the Hao Po. A number of strokes of Nuclear magic pelted Yuzuki one after another, preventing it from making another move.
“ Robin Hood! Finish it!” Akechi cried. Robin appeared at his back, aiming into the air and releasing a volley of arrows that pelted the shadow. She screamed as the arrows buried her, leaving a patch of torn carpet and shattered floor as the only evidence there had been an enemy there to begin with. “ Well that was hardly a challenge. I suppose you’re all getting a bit stronger. Perhaps I should stop holding myself back as much.”
“ You can say you’re just as weak as the rest of us, you know?” Tao said with a smirk.
“ Please. I’ve been at this a lot longer than you. I’m just testing the waters of your new abilities.”
“ Sure you are. You’ve got a stupid looking persona and an ugly looking one. Just like Joker can turn shadows into masks. Oh, though I guess you can do that too.” Tao looked at Joker. “ Where’s your stupid looking persona then?”
“ Are you calling Arsene ugly?”
“ Hmm. More edgy than ugly. Well, it’s fine. Not many are going to out do Oi. Jeanne comes close though. Dig the knight aesthetic.” Shiho rubbed the back of her neck nervously.
“ Th-Thanks. Oh, you were teammates with Ann in your timeline, right Joker? What was her persona?”
“ Ann? She wore a bright red catsuit.” He said, starting to climb the stairs behind the throne. “ Her mask looked like a cat as well. Her code name was Panther. Her persona, Carmen, was some kind of dancer or actress I think.”
“ A cat?” Shiho looked surprised by that.
“ How did her persona awaken?” Akechi asked curiously. “ You said this place belonged to that Coach Kamoshida we faced earlier, yes?”
“ Ryuji and I found this place by accident on my first day of school. We ended up walking in and getting immediately tossed in jail. I awakened, saving him from being skewered by shadows under Kamoshida’s orders. Then we came back and Ryuji awakened his. Ann accidentally entered with us the third time, after Paladin…” He trailed off. Shiho looked down, both uncomfortable with the reminder. “ She was captured and locked up. Kamoshida’s shadow went to… do things to her but she stood up against him and awakened there and then.”
“ So the three of you awoke your personas under a stressful situation?” Akechi hummed. “ Interesting.”
“ What about you?” Ren asked. “ You never told us that.”
“ Hmm. Well, since you know I work with Shido, I suppose I can tell you. It was about a year and a half ago now. I was integrating myself with Shido’s group under the guise of a young man with a love for politics who idolised Shido. At the time, he was looking into the cognitive world. I offered myself as a subject in order to get into his good graces. In doing so, an app appeared on my phone. I entered Shido’s cognition and saw him, playing about with the country like he was already its ruler. It pissed me off. I heard my own voice in my head asking me if I could accept someone like him becoming ruler of Japan, knowing what he’d done to me. That’s when I awakened to Robin Hood. However, as time went on and I got stronger, something happened to it and it evolved into Loki. However, I still was able to summon Robin Hood. Admittedly, I didn’t think much of it until I met you all. Most persona users can really only use one persona?” He hummed. “ I do wonder what makes you and I so special, Joker?”
“ Yaldabaoth called it the Wild Card, the ability to manifest infinite possibilities.” Ren told him. “ It’s what lets me recruit shadows. Surprised you never tried it until now.”
“ I had no need to. Robin Hood and Loki are strong enough. However, I suppose some diversity is never a bad thing.” Akechi admitted.
They pushed open the final door, stepping into a room Ren hadn’t expected to house Ann’s treasure. Kamoshida’s had been a treasury however Ann’s was different. It was a bedroom. Large, fancy and lavishly decorated. “ Is this Ann’s room?” Shiho asked.
“ Seems like a monarch’s chambers.” Akechi said. “ And here’s the treasure.” In the center of the room was a large, hazy looking orb, shifting and unformed.
“ Uh. How do we steal this?” Tao asked.
“ We don’t.” Ren said. “ Not yet. We’ve got to send a calling card first. When Ann learns her desires are going to be stolen, even if she herself doesn’t realise what it means, her subconscious will do everything in its power to stop us. However, in recognising there is a treasure that can be stolen, the treasure will manifest. We come back here, grab it, probably have to fight Ann and leave the palace with it and the palace will collapse, changing Ann’s heart.”
“ What was that middle part?” Akechi asked.
“ Don’t worry about it. I’ll make sure we’re prepared. Give me til next monday. We’ll send the calling card then.” He looked at Shiho. “ Do you want to write it, Paladin? Or should I?”
“ Huh? Me?”
“ Back in my timeline, we all had a turn. Ryuji did the first one.” He smirked. “ Sir Suguru Kamoshida, the utter bastard of lust. We know how shitty you are and have decided to steal your distorted desires.” He recited from memory, laughing at it. “ We posted them all over the school’s notice board. Definitely got his attention.”
“ I’ll leave that up to you. If you need help though, I can offer some words that will get to Ann. I know her better than anyone. It almost feels like a betrayal using that knowledge like this though.”
“ It’s to help her.” Tao reassured her. “ We’ll steal whatever this treasure is and save her from herself. Don’t worry, Shi. This’ll all work out in the end.”
“ I hope you’re right.” Shiho sighed. “ Right. Next Monday.”
“ That’s right.” Ren nodded. “ I know people. Uh, knew people. Will know people? They’ll help with medical supplies and new weapons. Leave it all to me. I’m pretty well practised at this.”
****************************************
Phantom Thieves
Crow: How are things on your end?
Crow: I’m concerned Takamaki may catch on.
Paladin: No obvious changes. Though, I think she’s starting to distance herself from Emi and Satoko
Paladin: Do you think it’s because of the palace?
Joker: It’s possible.
Joker: Only person we dealt with that had major cognitions like this was Shido. It’s not like we could watch his reactions to his men losing.
Crow: I suppose it doesn’t really matter so long as our mission is complete.
Crow: I’ll handle my own arsenal, Joker. Shido’s people are strangely meticulous when it comes to Metaverse instruments.
Joker: Just don’t make them suspicious. Shido’s annoyingly crafty.
Crow: Believe me. I’m very well aware of that.
Crow: I’ve had to move a meeting for this venture. I hope this is worth it.
Paladin: It has to be.
Joker: It will be. We’ll steal her heart for sure.
Notes:
Alongside this story, I'll be posting a side story called The Fool's Journey. Basically, it's the Social Link style side stories because it bothered me as I was writing that I never really gave them too much time, barring a select few. I'll mention on this fic when I add a new side chapter there so you can check them out if you want some little extra character moments. The first chapter involves Nyarlathotep.
As for the Shadows for this chapter, Angel, Principality and Hua Po are normal but Mishima's Cognition turns into Daemon who was introduced in SMTV. Crow's first new Persona is also Pelleidh, a Scottish water spirit made of seaweed in the SMT franchise. I gave Ren and Akechi a theme with their personas. Ren uses the Arcana of the former Phantom Thieves (Fool, Magician, Priestess, Empress, Emperor, Lovers, Chariot, Hermit) and all his Personas are ones you can use in game. Akechi, uses some of the darker Arcana as well as his own (Justice, Hanged, Death, Devil, Tower, Moon) and are not from Persona 5.
Chapter 10: The Rose Bound Empress
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
April 25th
Ren spent the next week doing what he considered errands in preparation for taking Ann’s treasure. He’d long since learned that the calling card was a double edged sword. It caused the treasure to appear the day that the card was sent which allowed them to change the palace owner's hearts. However, it also meant the palace ruler would pull out all the stops to make sure they couldn’t get it, even to the point of fighting them personally. As much as he didn’t want to, he fully expected to have to fight Ann’s shadow. Knowing her prowess in combat, it likely wasn’t going to be an easy battle. They had to be fully prepared.
He spent his time getting reacquainted with some of his old confidants. He re-established his old deal with Tae, agreeing to work with her in order to get access to some of her special medicine that had helped them in the past and went to visit Iwai, claiming he was a collector who moved to the city and impressing him with a few observations of his gun of choice that Iwai had taught him in his own timeline. He spent his evenings rebuilding his bond with Sojiro. He knew the man was kind and knowing about Futaba already, allegedly through his parents, helped him open a little faster. It also helped that he already knew how to make some decent coffee.
He bought some red cards and a red calligraphy pen, gluing some black paper to the cards so the message could be easily read. Due to being new, his handwriting wasn’t really known to anyone at school but he figured it would be better to at least do something to hide it. He called Shiho and the two talked through the card. It needed to be threatening enough that Ann would believe it wasn’t just a simple prank. Ren wrote their plans down in a notebook as they talked. Once they finalised it, he transferred the message to the card. He wrote about a dozen of them, planning to pin them to the school noticeboard like Ryuji had done.
On Monday morning, he got to school as early as he could. He began pinning the notes to the board, ready for the student body to see. “ Hmm…” Ren jumped at the long, bored sounding hum behind him after he’d just pinned three. Turning around, he saw Haru standing behind him.
“ Haru?!” He exclaimed. “ What are you doing here so early?”
“ Gardening.”
“ You come here at 7:30 in the morning for gardening?”
“ When I can’t stand being around my father? Sure.” She shrugged. “ What’s with these?” Haru pulled one of the cards off the board. “ To Lady Ann Takamaki, the tyrannical empress of Shujin. You have tormented the innocent students of this school because of your own paranoia and corrupted will. In response, we have decided to steal your distorted desires and force you to confess your crimes. From the Phantom Thieves. Huh.” Haru looked back up at him. “ Phantom thieves?” Ren laughed nervously. Haru stared at him for a few seconds before taking the pins from the board, holding the three cards in her hand.
“ Haru, please.” She fumbled with something in her bag. “ Put those back. I need it to help Ann.”
“ Pins are too easy to remove.”
“ Huh?” Haru pulled a plastic tool from her bag. Ren looked at her, half surprised and half confused.
“ Is that a… staple gun?”
“ I need it to put labels on my plants.” Haru leaned towards the board before stapling one of the cards to the notice board. “ One at the top. One at the bottom.” She stapled the other two on and handed the stapler to him. “ You can give it back at lunch.”
“ Why are you helping me?”
“ Dunno.” She admitted. “ I guess I’m curious how you and Suzui plan on doing this. Good luck though, for what it’s worth.”
“ Thanks.” Ren smiled as Haru walked off before turning back to his work, stapling the dozen cards he brought to the notice board.
************************************
When Ann arrived in the morning, a lot of students had gathered around the notice board, muttering about the calling cards. Upon seeing her, they stopped dead. “ What?” She glared at them. Then she saw the noticeboard. “ Some carnival flyer or something? What is this?” The crowd parted, letting her pass through. As she started reading the note, her cheeks began to flush with anger. “ Tyrannical empress? Corrupted Will? What the fuck is this?” She turned back to the crowd. “ Who the fuck put these things up?” She demanded.
“ T-They were already up before we got here.” A student meekly told her. Ann growled before storming off.
“ Should we go after her?” Emi asked. “ What’s all this about stealing hearts?”
“ Shiho. Do you mind checking on her? I’m worried but I doubt she’d talk to us about it.” Satoko asked. Shiho nodded, running on after her. She managed to catch her just before entering class.
“ Ann?” Shiho called. Ann stopped at the door.
“ Assholes.” She muttered, pressing a hand on the door.“ Selfish fucking assholes. They don’t get it. Tormenting people? I’m the one who’s being tormented here. I’m just trying to defend myself. What’s so wrong with that?”
“ Well… maybe some people think you’re targeting innocent people. Nagamoto didn’t do anything directly to you, you know?”
“ Yeah, I know she didn’t. I was just pissed off over being slighted again. People are the worst.” She sighed. “ I’m gonna find who did this and show them they can’t push me around.”
“ Ann…” Ann pulled the door open and stepped into the classroom only to pause.
“ Ren?”
“ Hmm? Oh, hey Ann.” Ren waved. “ You look upset. Something happen.”
“ Psh. Nothing but assholes playing a cruel prank. They’ll get what’s coming to them, believe me. Still, you’re here early. Wouldn’t happen to notice people messing with the notice board, would you?”
“ I came in early cause Kawakami wanted to go over something with me. Just some old paperwork sent from my old school. I was in a bit of a rush so I wasn’t paying attention. Sorry.”
“ You had your own problems to solve. It’s cool.” Shiho stepped in behind her as Ann took her seat. “ God, sometimes I wish people would mind their own fucking business, you know? Thieves are the worst. Psh. Phantom Thieves of Hearts. What sort of moron came up with a name like that? I’ll send them back to their mother’s basement with a broken arm.” As she sat there seething, Ren and Shiho watched as her eyes flashed golden. “ I’ll never let some thieves take my treasure away from me. I’ll burn them all to ashes before they can so much as think of laying a hand on what I have to protect!” She held her head in her hand. “ Ah…”
“ Ann?”
“ Sorry. Ugh. Stress headache.” She swung on her chair, resting her head on Ren’s desk. “ I know I’m doing the right thing here. You guys believe me right? I just don’t want to see my friends get hurt anymore.”
“ I know you’re a good person deep down, Ann. Even it’s hard for people to see that right now.” Ren told her.
“ We’ll help you Ann. That’s what friends are for.” Shiho reassured her. Ann smiled slightly.
“ Thanks, guys. You’re the best.” As Ann closed her eyes, Ren and Shiho shared a look. They’d help her, alright. Help her come back to her true self. Ren sent a message to Tao and Akechi. The game was on. It was now or never.
**************************************
As expected, the castle was on red alert by the time they arrived. Bursting in through the main door, they tore through a trio of knights who were guarding the door to the throne room. “ Get ready.” Ren warned them as they raced down the corridor of pictures. Tao shoulder barged the door, gun ready. They slowed to a stop. The Throne Room was empty.
“ Should we… be worried there’s no guards here?” Shiho asked.
“ Expect an ambush.” Ren said. “ Thinking about it, that’s how Kamoshida did it as well.”
“ Should be easy enough to counter if we know it’s coming.” Akechi said. “ This is why I usually just deal with the shadow.”
“ We’re not killing Ann.” Ren glared at him. “ Come on.” They climbed the stairs to the treasure room. Ren stopped at the door, hand hovering above the handle. Something felt strange.
“ What’s wrong, Joker?” Shiho asked. “ Is it a trap?”
“ I don’t know.” He admitted. “ Well, no point worrying about it now. We only have one way in. Be ready for anything.” Ren pushed the door open. The thieves were caught in a blast of distorted energy. Ren raised an arm. It felt like a strong breeze. Not damaging but still incredibly intense. He hadn’t experienced anything like this in the metaverse before. Pushing through into the treasure room, they were met with a different view.
“ This is the school roof.” Shiho gasped. “ Why are we here?” Ahead of them, standing against the fence, was the familiar figure of Ann Takamaki, dressed in her uniform and looking down on the students. Her voice spoke, echoing through the air.
When I met Alice, I was awestruck. It was only a week after Ryuji was expelled and I was in a rough place. My parents are pretty big in the fashion world though. They came home when I said Ryuji had been arrested. We’d been pretty good friends since middle school. I mean, he never returned that money I leant him but I know his home life was pretty rough so I never held it against him. When I was feeling down though, my Mom took me to a call out she got and that’s when I met Alice. She was super nice and we talked. I told her about Ryuji and the rumour mill and she told me she went to Shujin as well and she was bullied too. I was shocked when she said that. She told me not to let bullies control my life. The other Ann tightened her hands around the links of the fence. She was right. I can’t let them control me. I refuse to let them hurt me or anyone I care about anymore. They think they can steal the lives of people like me and Ryuji and Shiho just for fun. I won’t bow to them anymore. I have to protect her and myself. No-one else will. She turned around, walking towards them. No matter what I have to do. The thieves raised their weapons, expecting a fight. However, as soon as she reached them, she vanished. As she did, the treasure room turned back to what they’d found before.
“ What… was that?” Shiho asked.
" I… don’t know.” Ren admitted. “ I’ve never seen anything like that before.”
“ From the sounds of it, it’s when Takamaki’s treasure was created. Her decision to defend herself was the source of her desires. In the end however, she became the very thing she decided to fight against.” Akechi theorised. “ Regardless, we can’t change the past. Let’s find her treasure. It’s supposed to be here, right?”
“ I think I found it.” Tao said slowly. Following her gaze, the others did too. Standing at the side of the fancy bed, dressed like a princess and looking scared of the intruders with Ann’s cognition of Shiho. Of course that would be Ann’s treasure. If Futaba could be her own treasure, there was no reason Shiho couldn’t be Ann’s. She always had been on the top of the list when it came down to the people she wanted to protect.
“ W-Who are you?” The other Shiho asked.
“ Uh. I dunno how to explain that one.” Tao said. “ I mean, we are here to steal… you? Shit, are we kidnappers now?”
“ Just grab her.” Akechi shook her head. “ She’s not real anyway.”
“ This feels wrong.” Shiho admitted. “ Though, it’s kind of nice to know I’m Ann’s treasure. Eh heh.”
“ We don’t have time for you to feel sentimental, Paladin. Guernica, grab her!”
“ Who died and made you king?” Tao huffed. “ Fine. Fine. Paladin, how heavy are you anyway?”
“ I’m light… enough. I-It’s mostly muscle.”
“ That doesn’t help! Oh, whatever.” Tao approached Cognitive Shiho, bent down and lifted her over her shoulder. “ Ugh. Mostly muscle huh?”
“ Sh-Shut up.” Shiho whined. “ It’s Ann’s cognition. I’m definitely lighter than she thinks I am.”
“ Unhand me!” Princess Shiho said, rapping her fists against Tao’s back.
“ Hey! Stop that!” Tao shouted. “ Ah, that’s gonna bruise.”
“ Come on. Let’s get her out of here.” Ren said. “ When the treasure leaves the palace, it usually transforms into something in the real world. Kamoshida’s crown became a medal for example. She’s just Ann’s cognition so it’s not like we’re actually kidnapping her.”
“ Just so long as she doesn’t turn into a second me.” Shiho said.
“ Yeah. I don’t think the world is quite ready for two Paladins.” Tao laughed. The four moved back into the throne room, Tao keeping Princess Shiho steady as she struggled in her grasp. Ren tightened his grip as they headed back down the stairs. That sense of foreboding hadn’t gone away and Ann’s shadow hadn’t made her appearance. He knew something was coming. They weren’t going to take the treasure that easily. As they ran for the door, the sight of a person leaning against it slowed them.
“ What took you so long?” Shadow Ann asked, smirking. “ I was waiting for you, wretched thieves.”
“ Ann! Save me!” Princess Shiho screamed, her struggling increased.
“ Ha!” Ann swung her arm, a vine shooting out from her hand, striking Tao in the arm. Tao grunted in pain, her grip loosening from the sudden strike and allowing Princess Shiho freed herself. She wasted no time rushing to Ann’s side. “ Are you OK, my princess?”
“ I knew you’d come.” Princess Shiho beamed with happiness, hugging Ann. “ Please. Protect me from these kidnappers.”
“ Ann! Stop this!” The real Shiho shouted. Shadow Ann frowned, glaring back at them.
“ Stop what? Protecting myself? Am I supposed to just let these criminal assholes hurt us?” She asked, her tone as cold as ice. She started approaching. “ Can’t see what I’m doing is for the best? I’m keeping them all in line.”
“ You’re hurting them!”
“ Who cares?!” Ann suddenly shouted. “ Who cares if they’re hurt? They didn’t care when they hurt me! They didn’t care when Ryuji was dragged off in chains! They didn’t care when Kamoshida ran the Volleyball team ragged! Why should I care when I put them in line? They’re scared of me? Good! I want them to be! If they’re scared then they won’t attack us! Shiho and I will be safe! That’s all I care about!”
“ But that’s not what I want, Ann! I don’t want you to become a bully for my sake! I know it wasn’t right what they did to you and me and Ryuji and… so many others. But that doesn’t mean you can stoop to their level and do the same to them. That’s not the Ann I grew up with. You’ve always been so kind. Please. Just… stop this.”
“ I can’t!” Ann shouted. “ I’ve come too far. If people want to see me as some tyrannical empress, then that’s just what I’ll become. I’ll harden my heart for the sake of my dreams and I’ll keep this lonely charade up. Even if you hate it, Shiho, I’ll do it for you. Even if I have to become the villain of your story.” Ann straightened up her back. “ Even if you betray me, I’ll burn the world for your sake.”
“ I’m not betraying you!”
“ Aren’t you? You told me just this morning you’d always be on my side. That you’d help me. Both of you did.” Her eyes snapped to Ren. “ You think just because you wear a stupid mask that I can’t recognise you, Ren.”
“ We’re trying to help you.”
“ By taking everything away from me? Ha. I was a fool to think we could be friends. You’re just like all the rest.” Shadows began gathering around Ann. “ I won’t let you take Shiho away from me!” Screaming that last vow, the shadows exploded, wrapping around her and transforming her. She grew in size, a red masquerade mask growing over her eyes and her blond hair grew til it reached the ground, twisting into vines and roots and flowers bloomed from it, her tiara growing into a black crown. Blood red roses bloomed all over her dress and body. Roots dug from it into the ground as if she was a true flower. A thorned whip appeared in her hands, shimmering in the light of the room showing it was made of black metal. Her golden eyes flashes. “ I’LL TURN YOU INTO MULCH!”
“ A beautiful rose has thorns.” Ren muttered.
“ Ann… No…” Shiho looked sad.
“ Both of you get a grip!” Akechi shouted. “ Now’s not the time to feel sorry! You want to save her right? Then fight for it!”
“ As much as I hate agreeing with Crow, he’s got the right idea. Come on. Let’s take her out!” Tao aimed her paint gun at the enraged shadow. Before she could fire however, Ann struck first, lashing her whip out at the party. Akechi and Ren were able to evade the blow but it knocked Tao and Shiho back. “ You mother…” Tao grumbled as she lifted herself back up, returning fire with a blast of paint. Akechi and Tao went to work on taking on the plant monster Ann had become. As they did, Ren helped Shiho up.
“ Paladin. Are you alright?”
“ I can’t do it.” She breathed. “ I… I thought I was strong enough but… I just can’t hurt Ann. I’m so sorry. You must be so disappointed.”
“ Hey, I know it’s not easy to fight a friend. This is tough for me as well. I knew this was coming but really prayed it wouldn’t.” Ren reassured her. “ I know it’s hard but Ann’s never going to come back to her senses if we don’t prove to her what she’s doing isn’t helping anyone.”
“ I know that. But, at the same time… it hurts. She’s my best friend. I love her so much. Seeing her like this… I just… it hurts.”
“ Yeah. I know.”
“ Ann!” Behind them, Princess Shiho cast a spell on her. Shadow Ann began laughing.
“ Thank you, my princess. With your support, I can do anything.”
“ Shit! Did she just get healed?” Tao exclaimed.
“ How irritating. Joker, stop wasting time and help us.”
“ Please Shiho. We can’t do this without you.” Shiho let herself breathe. Slowly, she nodded.
“ Alright. I’ll trust you.” Shiho nodded. “ I’ll handle my other self. Just focus on dealing with Ann.” Ren nodded, helping Shiho up. He spun on his heel, tearing his mask off.
“ Arsene!” He shouted. His other self formed mid charge, slamming his boot into Ann’s chest. As she buckled, Jeanne unfurled her banner. The ground under the other Shiho froze before exploding. The princess was sent back into the door, knocking her head against the door handle and falling unconscious.
“ SHIHO!” Ann cried. “ You assholes! You’ll pay for this!” She lashed wildly around the room. The thieves moved out of its way as Shiho pushed forwards, using Jeanne to defend from the rapid strikes. Using the opportunity, Ren swapped masks and summoned Pixie, striking Ann from above with electricity. Stunned slightly from the shock, Akechi took his moment, summoning a sword wielding raven and slashing her. Ann grabbed her chest. “ Damn you!”
“ Halphas! Finish-”
“ Ah ah ah.” A figure leapt from the balcony, taking Akechi off guard and kicking him into a nearby plant pot. He landed elegantly in front of Ann and bowed. Ren’s jaw dropped. “ My apologies, Lady Ann. I do hope you aren’t too harmed.” The cognitive version of himself said.
“ Glad you could make it, my foreign knight. Tear them apart.”
“ Of course. Now then. En Garde!” The other Ren charged at the real one, striking fiercely with his rapier. Ren slid backwards, using Pixie to strike at him. He deftly moved to the side.
“ Try again.” He taunted.
“ I hate him.” Ren muttered.
“ Good. Now you know how I feel having to deal with you.” Akechi said, standing up with a groan. Behind him, Ann’s hand glowed. She placed it on one of the flowers on her dress, causing it to bloom. Shiho dodges as it spat a burning seed at her.
“ She’s growing flowers now?” She said in alarm.
“ Great. Just what we need. More thorns.” Tao took her gas mask off, summoning Oi from it. “ Get rid of it, Oi!” Oi spun her paintbrush in her hand before piercing. As she did though, the other Ren knocked it off course.
“ No-one hurts the Empress while I still stand.” He announced boldly. Ren grit his teeth. So this is how Ann viewed him. A foreign knight there to help her. He wondered if she wanted him to save her or serve her. Now wasn’t the time to think about that.
“ Crow!”
“ Finally, I get to hit you.” He said dryly. “ Come, Loki!” Loki emerged, swinging its sword at the other Ren. The knight blocked with its rapier, sliding along the ground. Tao appeared it’s way, swinging a right hook at the shadow which knocked it to the ground. Behind him, Shadow Ann bloomed a second rose, this one turning black. Along with the flaming seeds, one covered in cursed energy launched itself at the phantom thieves. In response, Shiho called Jeanne, detonating a blast of ice underneath Ann.
“ Swine!” The other Ren lunged at Shiho only to be blocked and pushed back by Jeanne. Taking this moment, Ren swept the legs out from under his copy. Akechi raised his gun. Ren flinched as Akechi pulled the trigger, putting a hole through the middle of its forehead.
“ I’m sorry… Lady Ann.” He said weakly. “ I couldn’t… save you… in the end.” The other Ren slumped before vanishing. The real Ren couldn’t help but cringe. That was the second version of Ren who’d died by Akechi’s hands.
“ Curse you.” Ann growled. “ I won’t let you defeat me!” Ann reached down and caused her third frozen blue rise to bloom. Energy gathered from the three into her hand.
“ GET DOWN!” Ren shouted. Ann launched the blast of energy, the throne room becoming torn apart with thorned roots and rose petals. The thieves were blown away from the deadly attack. Ren groaned from the pain of it, barely able to move. His blurred vision saw that Tao and Akechi were in the same position. Only Shiho was still up, on her knees and panting, her clothes torn from the vines that covered the now decimated room.
“ Ann… Stop…” She said, struggling to the feet. She staggered as she tried to keep her footing. “ Please… just stop.” She looked at her tearfully.
“ Shiho…” The Shadow faltered at seeing her friend injured. “ No… You… I didn’t want to…”
“ I know… Ann. But please… that’s enough… You’ve… done enough.” Tears welled in her eyes. “ You’ve done enough.”
“ I…” Slowly, Shadow Ann’s form began to burn away as she transformed back to her regular form. “ Shiho… I didn’t want to ever hurt you. I’m… God, I must seem like a monster. I-” Shiho cut her off with a hug.
“ You’re not a monster. You’re just lost. Please. Just come back to me. I don’t care about the bullies or anything like that. So long as we’re together, that’s all that matters to me.”
“ Shiho…” Ann went silent. Then, slowly, she hugged Shiho back. “ I’m so sorry. I was so focused on protecting you that I lost sight of why I was even doing it. I shouldn’t have sunk so far. I’ll make it up to you. I promise.”
“ I know you will.” Slowly, reluctantly, they broke the hug. As they did, Ren pulled himself back up. Using Pixie, he healed the rest of the party from Shadow Ann’s massive attack.
“ I’ll go back to Ann. I’ll make sure she changes.” Ann’s Shadow looked back to Princess Shiho, still knocked out on the ground. “ Take her and go. This palace should never have existed in the first place.” Her form started to glow. “ When I’m back to normal, let’s go to that cafe in Shibuya again. Just like we used to.”
“ I’ll be waiting.” Shiho smiled. As Ann vanished into the light, she wiped a tear from her eye.
“ You alright, Shiho?” Ren asked.
“ I will be. Thank you.” The happy moment was interrupted by a sudden shake. “ What?”
“ That palace is collapsing.” Akechi said. “ Guernica. Grab that princess and let’s get out of here before we’re buried.”
“ Don’t have to tell me twice.” Tao said. They ran for the door, Tao grabbing Princess Shiho as Ren pushed it open. The palace began collapsing as they sprinted down the corridor and burst through the front door. As the world warped back to normal, they collapsed in the back alley. “ GOD!” Tao shouted. “ Ugh. That was horrible.”
“ Where’d the other me go?” Shiho asked. Tao blinked. Lowering her arm, she found a picture in her hand.
“ A photo?” She held it out for the others to see. Shiho gasped.
“ Th-This is…” She tenderly took it, tears welling in her eyes. Two kids were sitting on the end of a park slide. The blond haired girl grinned from ear to ear. The girl with black hair was more hesitant but still offered a small smile to the cameraman. “ This is the first picture Ann and I ever had taken together. We met in first school. She’d just transferred in but was having trouble making friends. I was so shy back then but I approached her during break one day. She was drawing something and was bad at it and couldn’t help myself telling her. I was so flustered and tried to apologise but she just laughed. That was the day we became friends. My mom took this of us a few weeks later.”
“ You really were her treasure.” Ren said, smiling.
“ Yeah.” Shiho nodded. “ We did it right? This will change her heart?”
“ That’s how it usually works.” To prove his point, Ren opened up the Metanav on his phone. “ See? Location deleted. The palace and the treasure are gone. All that’s left is to wait.”
“ How long?”
“ That depends.” Ren admitted. “ I don’t know why but some of these things take longer than others. It can range from anywhere between a few days to almost a month.”
“ A month?!” Tao exclaimed. “ The fuck are they doing for a month?”
“ I guess it depends on how distorted a person is.” Ren shrugged. “ Akechi probably knows more than I do.”
“ Mental shutdowns are a different ball game though, depending on the mind set, it can be anywhere from overnight to a week.” Akechi admitted. “ Takamaki was quite accepting of her fate in the end. I don’t expect it to take that long.”
“ I hope not.” Shiho frowned. “ I hope she’ll be alright.”
“ All we can do is wait.” Ren said. “ Come on. Sojiro gave me the key to Leblanc during the week so I can stay out a bit longer. Let’s get something to eat. I think we deserve it after all the work we’ve done.”
****************************************
True Phantom Thief Chat
Paladin: Ann’s not answering her phone.
Paladin: I’m worried
Joker: She’ll be fine, Shiho
Guernica: I get your worried shi but be a bit patient
Guernica: Who knows? Maybe she’ll be back to normal tmrw
Paladin: I hope you’re right
Paladin: I don’t want to think she’s in pain because of us
Joker: This is normal. I don’t know exactly how it works but she’ll be back soon
Joker: Please, Shiho. Just give it time.
Paladin: I’ll trust you, Ren.
Guernica: Now Ann’s palace is down though, think that door will vanish?
Paladin: Door?
Joker: I’ll show you later.
Joker: There’s a palace linked to everyone. Yaldabaoth is down there but it’s blocked off by certain doors that are linked to palaces.
Paladin: I see. Strange.
Paladin: Does Akechi know?
Joker: Probably.
Guernica: Still don’t trust him.
Joker: Just don’t give him any ammo Shido can use.
Joker: So long as he’s with us, he’s still useful. Hopefully, he stays that way.
Notes:
And so Ann's Palace comes to a close. I feel like I was inspired more by SMT than I was with Persona when I was figuring out the Palace Bosses. In my notes, Shadow Ann takes a page from Shadow Yukiko from Persona 4 in that she calls in some supporters as the fight goes on. Cognitive Shiho is a pure supporter and Cognitive Ren is a fighter with the exact same move set as Arsene has. Her main gimmick is that she'll eventually start growing three roses flowers on a sash across her body. Each rose has a free action that deals miniscule elemental damage based on the colour but when all three are open, she does her ultimate attack, just like she unleashes in the story. A fight with a lot of moving parts but, then again, this is New Game Plus. Shouldn't the battles be a little tougher?
Chapter 11: Change of Heart
Chapter Text
April 30th
Ann was off school for the next few days after the Thieves had stolen her heart. It was enough for rumours to begin to spread, wondering if something had actually happened to her. All the while Shiho was more on edge than ever. She was noticeably distracted in school. Ren worried about her. From past experiences, Ann would come back. She’d have to get over her own crimes first but, seeing as she hadn’t been expelled already, she’d likely be fine to stick around the school, unlike his old targets who’d been thrown in prison for their crimes.
It wasn’t until Saturday when Ann returned. They were in the middle of class when Ann staggered in through the door. Miss Kawakami’s eyes shot open when she saw her. “ Takamaki? What are you doing here? You look horrible. Go down to the nurses office now and-”
“ No.” Ann said, breathlessly. She staggered in, grabbing the podium to keep herself steady, holding her head with her other hand. “ I… I won’t be well until I do this. Please. Just let me say my piece.” Ren could see Kawakami struggling between letting the girl talk and taking her down to the nurse's office herself. Eventually, she relented.
“ But afterwards you’ll go straight down.”
“ Yeah. Sure.” She agreed.
“ Then I guess I can’t stop you.”
“ Thanks.” She pulled herself up. “ This is hard for me to say but… I’ve been a real bitch to a lot of you. Since last year, I know I’ve hurt you, physically and emotionally. I’ve stolen from you and beaten you and said so many horrible things because I thought people were out to get me and my friends. But, I get it that I was wrong now. I can’t ask for your forgiveness. But… I truly am sorry. So please… ah… I’m so sorry.” Ann’s arm shook as it threatened to give out. When it did, Ren ran to catch her before she collapsed, barely making it to the front of the classroom.” Ren…? Why…?”
“ We’re friends, aren’t we?”
“ I don’t deserve it.”
“ Amamiya. Take Takamaki down to the nurses office right away.” Sadayo told him. He nodded, helping Ann to her feet and walking her out.
“ Why are you doing this?” She asked.
“ Because you’re not a bad person.” Ren told her. “ I know you feel like you are right now but I’ve known you long enough to know your only real crime is caring too much.”
“ Heh… We’ve only known each other for a few weeks.” Ann smiled weakly. “ How can you… tell that from that long?”
“ Trust me. I’m a really good judge of character.”
“ Heh… Idiot.” Ann shook her head. “ I bet Shiho told you a lot about me. I know she’s been hanging around with you after school.” Ann sighed. “ She must be so disappointed in me. She hung around for my sake but I know she hated what I was doing. I told myself that I was doing it for her sake. I was such an idiot.”
“ She doesn’t hate you.”
“ She should. I hate myself for all I’ve done.”
“ You just have to make it up to everyone.”
“ Heh. I guess.” Ann said. “ When I’m back to full strength, I hope we can still be friends, Ren. You’re a pretty cool guy, putting up with me like this.”
“ I’d like that.” He nodded. He lay her down on a bed in the nurse's office before heading to the office to tell them what happened. She was on the right path now. It would be nice to have another member of the old team back at his side.
****************************************
Ann lay there, staring up at the ceiling and contemplating where everything went wrong. She woke up on Tuesday morning to a splitting headache. She felt like she was dying. She slipped in and out of dreams that day as her fever spiked. As she did, she thought about Shiho and everything she’d done over the last six months. All the people she’d hurt and all the crimes she’d commited. She was a horrible person. She wanted to protect Shiho and herself from all the horrible bullies around the school. In the end, she became worse than any of them and all it did was cause Shiho to suffer. She was the worst.
“ It would seem a Sinner has become aware of her crimes.” Ann slowly sat up at the sound of the voice. At the end of the nurses office, one leg folded over the other, was a figure. Due to her blurry eyesight, she couldn’t quite make them out from the distance. “ What will you do now? Will you accept your crimes and repent them? Or will you continue your descent?”
“ I want… forgiveness.” Ann said.
“ Good. All sinners should seek forgiveness for the wrongs they have committed.” The figure said. “ In the grace of our lord, all crimes may be washed away. One can’t sin when following the will of another.”
“ Will… of another? You’re… one of those cultists.”
“ So unenlightened. Don’t worry. I understand we look like a cult from the outside but we’re a lot more than that. We’re the ones who are truly free. We follow the guidance of the God of Control. We don’t need to worry about the future because it’s all planned out.” Ann could barely make out a calm smile on the figure's face. “ We specialise in helping the lost. And you, Ann, look lost. How about it? At least come and see what we have to offer. The best way to repent is to save yourself.” Ann hesitated. The offer was tempting. She had done a lot of evil and did want to repent. The idea of the God of Control being able to cure her of sin sounded too good to be true.
“ And… this will help?”
“ Of course. You’ll be free from the burdens of desire. I know the people you love will accept you no matter the choice you make.” The figure reassured her. “ This will be the best choice you’ve ever made. Come. Allow me to show you true freedom and security.”
****************************************
News about Ann’s return and her apology to her class spread like wildfire across the school. With it came talks about the Phantom Thieves. It was nostalgic for Ren to hear the talks of whether or not the Thieves actually existed or if the cards were an elaborate prank. It was just like after they’d stolen Kamoshida’s heart. At the time, he remembered Ryuji being annoyed at them for being so easy to dismiss the Phantom Thieves as a hoax. Thinking about it, he preferred that time. There was less pressure for them at that point. Then they got their faces on the national news by taking out Madarame and things grew out of their control.
“ Well, you did it.” Haru said when they met up with her that lunch time. “ You actually changed Takamaki’s heart. Should I ask how you two managed it?”
“ How do you know it was us?” Shiho asked.
“ Cause she let me borrow her stapler when I was putting the calling cards up.” Ren shrugged. “ And you wouldn’t believe me if I told you.”
“ Try me.”
“ We delved into her mind to find the representation of her distorted desires and stole it.” Haru raised an eyebrow.
“ Alright, Psychonauts. Don’t tell me.” Haru took the lollipop stick out of her mouth and gestured at Ren with it. “ But rumours are gonna go around no matter what. Though, seeing as she liked you two more than anyone, I doubt they’ll figure it out. Probably blame Mishima or Nagamoto. I’m guessing the rumours will settle on blackmail.”
“ She was really ill looking when she came into class.” Ren told her. “ High fever.”
“ Poison then. Who really cares? People like to jump to conclusions.” Haru shrugged. “ Though, let me guess how you actually did it. You and Suzui used her trust for you to get her alone. When you did, Suzui gave her a massive dressing down about her actions. Hearing her closest friend shouting at her of how bad of a person she’s become broke something in, she had a mental breakdown, barely ate or slept at home and then came to school extremely ill from how she was treating herself because her mind couldn’t take the guilt anymore.”
" That’s… actually pretty close.” Ren admitted.
“ I figured. Still, if it makes Takamaki stop being a pain then I suppose it all works out. Maybe Makoto can finally chill out a little bit.” Haru sighed. “ Doubt it but I’m sure she believes in miracles.”
“ The Cult of Control.” Ren hummed. “ Who are they anyway?”
“ You’re not interested in joining are you?”
“ Far from it. They just don’t exist in the country. I looked them up and they seemed like crazy people. Despite that, more people are slowly joining them. I just can’t see why.”
“ Makoto tried her recruitment speech on me in the past.” Haru said. “ They accept everyone, consider themselves truly free due to not having to worry about choices and claim they are free of sin because they can’t sin if their god tells them what to do. Other than that, they have really stupid beliefs about trials and stuff like that. I do know they follow someone they call their Herald.”
“ Herald?” Shiho asked. “ Like some kind of saviour?”
“ Messenger actually but you’re not too far off. I don’t think they know who it is though. Makoto just tells me they’re the voice of their god. Probably some masked wierdo tricking a bunch of gullible people into giving them money. Well, I’d like to believe that but… Makoto is way too smart to fall for a scam like that. It’s almost like…”
“ She’s been mind controlled?” Ren asked. Haru nodded. “ Yeah, I noticed that when researching. It attracts both the general public and people with a higher status. They’re small right now but they’ve got a voice in the diet and in the media. That influence is probably how they’re recruiting people. I don’t want to sound like a conspiracy theorist but it feels like there’s more behind it than a simple religion.” Of course, Ren knew the truth behind it. The God of Control ran the cult and it sounded like they’d created another chosen one to replace him. Whoever this Herald was, he wouldn’t be surprised to hear they had access to the Metaverse. If Ren could change people's hearts and Akechi could cause mental shutdowns, he wondered if this person could force people under the control of Yaldabaoth. It was a scary thing to wonder about. Without knowing who they were though, Ren wouldn’t be able to access their palace, assuming they even had one.
“ That’s just creepy.” Shiho said.
“ Well, not much we can do about it.” Haru said dismissively. “ The future isn’t going to change just because we don’t like the outcome. Might as well just accept what comes.”
“ I dunno. I think we can change it.” Ren said.
“ Not everyone is like Takamaki, y’know.” Haru told him. “ But, if you think you can, go for it. It’d be nice if you can prove me wrong.”
****************************************
Ryuji sighed as he stepped out of Big Bang Burger, holding his hand to shield his eyes from the sudden glare of the sun. It was the middle of the afternoon. If he still went there, School would have just gotten out. He’d probably be in the middle of practise by now if it weren’t for that bastard Kamoshida. He goaded him into attacking him by spreading his past around the school. He shocked the fucker by bringing a metal pipe in from the streets in order to do it. It was a spur of the moment really. He just saw the thing on the way to school that day and something inside him told him to grab it. Using it, he broke Kamoshida’s arm and beat him unconscious. It felt good. Really good. Seeing the bastard who tormented him and the club bloody on the ground, finally given some payment for the crap he dished out. The happiness was short-lived. He knew his name was all over the news when he was dragged off to juvie. His Mom was heartbroken. When he got out, She didn’t want to see his face. Just got him an apartment and sent him an allowance every month. So, here he was. Alone and on probation for good behaviour. What a joke. Ryuji sighed before turning to head down a nearby backstreet. As he did though, a name caught his ear.
“ You’re in Takamaki’s class right?” Ryuji glanced over. Two girls from Shujin were standing outside the theatre. “ Is it true what they’re saying?”
“ Yeah. She came in looking like a zombie and apologised to the class. That transfer student she had her claws in took her to the nurses office and that was the last we saw of her.”
“ A zombie? What do you think happened?”
“ I dunno. Ha ha. Maybe those Phantom Thieves really did steal her heart.”
“ Ha ha ha. Come on. No way you believe something like that. Maybe the Drama club poisoned her for attacking that first year.”
“ You think they would stoop that low?”
“ Who else would do it?” Ryuji narrowed his gaze. Were they talking about Ann?
“ Yo, Ryu.” Ryuji looked up to see an old friend of his waving from across the street. Naoya Takeda was a strange kid. They’d let him out cause it was the end of his sentence but he’d run with a gang for a while. He’d been the one to help him out while he was in Juvie. Since then, Naoya had been his friend. He’d left Juvie two months before Ryuji had but found him after Ryuji left too. “ You alright? You look distracted.”
“ It’s nothing.” Ryuji told him. The two headed down the backstreet together. “ Just heard the name of an old friend. That’s all.”
“ Ah. I see. You tried getting in touch since you left?”
“ For real?” Ryuji scoffed. “ And tell them what? Hey, I’m out of Juvie. If you need me, ask for the Hashiba. Get real.”
“ Ha ha ha. Yeah, I guess.” Naoya snickered. “ Got word from the boss. Says he wants to see us. Guess he’s happy with how we’ve been dealing with Kaneshiro’s gang. Heh heh heh. We’ve practically flushed that bastard out of town. Few more weeks and we’ll run this place.”
“ The boss huh?” Ryuji scoffed. He didn’t like Takaretsu. Bastard liked to think he was a big shot because he was named leader after his boss was arrested by the cops. Despite that, the bastard didn’t have anything other than the title. He just gave different people orders and used his name to keep people in line. He was just as bad as Kamoshida. Ryuji paused as he went down the street. His eyes fell on a metal pipe just lying on the side of the road. Just like that day with Kamoshida. Slowly, he began to smile. “ Hey Naoya. Think Takaretsu deserves ruling Shibuya? After all, it was us who did all the work.”
“ Yeah, but he’s the boss.”
“ For now.” Ryuji told him. Naoya suddenly got what he was saying, matching his smile with a grin of his own.
“ Heh heh. There’s plenty of people who are dissatisfied with him, I guess. I know a few. But if you’re planning the thing, you’ll have to take the fall.”
“ Whatever.” Ryuji picked up the pipe, spinning it in his hand. “ Just means I get to reap the rewards.”
**********************************
Futaba watched the clip from the cafe again. The new boy, Ren, was talking to Sojiro again. They’d made quite the close connection since he arrived. Despite being some kind of criminal who punched a politician, he seemed a decent enough guy. He was nice, helpful and knew how to make a coffee that impressed Sojiro. In the three weeks he’d been there, he’d made a good impression. She sighed. Made sense why Sojiro would start replacing her with him. He was probably the son he’d always wanted. He wasn’t stuck in his room, relying on him to get him meals or new games. He could help around the cafe or get shopping when they were low on supplies. Probably was doing well in school, making friends and joining clubs. The perfect son. She slammed a hand on her desk as she watched him make Sojiro laugh. “It’s not fair.” She hissed. “ It’s not my fault I’m like this.” Her computer pinged. With a sigh, she opened Steam up but stopped. She didn’t recognise the user name.
Seraphim: Do you need help, Pharaoh? You seem to be suffering.
Futaba hesitated. Pharaoh? What did they mean by that? Despite it being such a strange way to address someone, she found it felt strangely right. In some ways, she did feel like a Pharaoh sometimes. Not an alive one though. Her room felt like a tomb some days. She couldn’t bring herself to leave it. She was trapped. Buried here. Like a Pharaoh inside her pyramid. She knew she shouldn’t reply to strangers but she was curious.
Alibaba: Who is this?
Seraphim: A friend. I want to help you.
Alibaba: You don’t know anything about me. How could you help?
Seraphim: You’re lonely, aren’t you? You feel as though you’re trapped, locked away from the world. You want freedom. I can give you it. I just want one thing in return.
Futaba’s hand hovered above her keys. She wanted to call this guy crazy and block him. It’s what any sane person would do in a situation like this. Despite that, something about his words resonated with her. This guy could be anyone but it was crazy they had such a good read on her. Despite everything inside of her telling her not to give in to them, she found herself typing before she could reason with herself why she was doing it.
Alibaba: You can free me?
Seraphim: I offer freedom and security to every person who accepts what I offer. All I want you to do is make something for me. If you do that, I’ll do everything I can to help you. Do we have a deal?
It felt like something from a movie or a game. The main villain toying with a down on their luck NPC to create a scapegoat villain to fuel conflict for the first half of the plot. A deal with the devil. Her mouth was suddenly dry. She always thought those types of people were stupid to fall for something like that but now the deal was being offered to her, she got it. This person could really save her. She didn’t care how bad of an idea it was.
Alibaba: I’m in.
***************************************
Yusuke hummed as he lazily flicked through social media. He stopped on a specific one that caught his eye. The image of a red card, a letter written in calligraphy and a drawing of a top hat and a mask on the back of it. It was stylish in its own way. Whoever drew it had a small talent for such things. It wasn’t a practised hand but it was someone who at least did well in art class. “ Intriguing.” He muttered.
“ What?” He glanced up at his muse as Hifumi pulled her bag over her shoulder.
“ Shujin academy had one of its students assaulted today.” He said slowly. “ On Monday, a number of cards were left from a mysterious group known as the Phantom Thieves of Hearts claiming that they’d take her heart for her acts of bullying. Today, said student came in looking like the living dead and poured her heart out all over the classroom floor. Ah. I wish I’d seen such a thing. It would have been… inspirational.”
“ She had her heart stolen?” Hifumi laughed dryly. “ How stupid do you have to be to believe something like that.”
“ Mysticism. Curses. Deals with the devil. Such things exist all over human history. Perhaps someone summoned a demon to torture her.”
“ I would be careful then, Kitagawa. A scumbag like you might be next.”
“ I do hope so. I’d love to meet them.” Yusuke smiled. “ Ah, speaking of meeting people, I almost forgot. Mister Kawanabe is displaying some of our works next month in Shibuya’s gallery. I’d like you to come to the opening party.”
“ Why?”
“ You are my muse.” Yusuke said playfully. “ I’ll give you the dates the next time I see you. I won’t have time to paint you anymore. Enjoy your Shogi. Heh. I’m sure you’re making your mother proud.”
“ Hmph.” Hifumi huffed, slamming the door shut behind her. Yusuke frowned. She was too predictable. He went back to her phone, scrolling through it some more. Hifumi had started as a good muse but recently she was getting boring. He understood now why his Sensei swapped apprentices so often. He was a monster but he was correct about certain things. He stopped at an account displaying a new spray painting and upturned his nose. Guernica was on his feed again. How anyone could call such scribblings art was beyond him. Looking at the account however, a small smile grew on his face. Luca Koseki. A girl in his year who was renowned as the angel of the orchestra.
“ Ms Koseki. I wonder. Will you show me misery?”
Chapter 12: Unexpected Outcomes
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 2nd
Ren didn’t expect to see Ann back in school on Monday however, upon walking into the classroom, there she was. Her head was down on the desk and her hood was up. At the sound of footsteps, she turned her head to the side. Seeing him, she sat up, her hood falling down. “ Hey Ren. Good morning.”
“ Ann. You look a lot better.” Ren smiled.
“ Eh heh heh. It’s been a busy weekend. I feel better than ever. Everything… is so clear now. I’ve been such an idiot and caused so many people a lot of pain. Shiho most of all.” She rubbed the back of her neck. “ I’m sorry. You’ve only ever known me as a bully.”
“ Hey. Don’t worry about it. We all make mistakes.”
“ I know. I still feel really bad. Still, it all worked out in the end.” Ren gave her a confused look.
“ You mean like… the Phantom Thieves stole your heart?” Ann laughed.
“ Sure. I guess. If the fever was caused by my heart being stolen or whatever, then I have to thank them. But… This may be strange to hear but… I found God.” Ren’s blood went cold.
“ What?” Ren’s eyes fell to Ann’s bag. That’s when he saw it. The white prism with the black cross. The same badge Makoto wore.
“ I met someone while I was struggling and they took me to visit the Church of Control’s compound. It was weird at first, I’ll admit. But I was in a bad place and they offered freedom and security. I didn’t know what I had to lose so I decided to check them out. Glad I did too. I don’t think I’ve ever felt so… free.” Ann smiled brightly. “ I know people say it’s cultish or whatever but it’s really not. I’m not sure I get all their teachings right now but whatever they did it made my heart feel at peace. I’ve got a lot to make up for but, with the God of Control’s help, I know anything’s possible.”
“ Congratulations.” Ren said stiffly.
“ Aw, don’t be like that. You and Shiho should come with me next. It’ll be fun.”
“ I think I’ll pass. I’m not religious.”
“ It’s fine. I won’t force you. I just hope you’ll see the light too someday.” Ann rocked in her seat. “ Ugh. Monday’s are always such a drag. I’d rather be in bed.” Ren took his seat behind her. Ann joined the Church of Control? How? He only just saw her on Saturday morning. What could have changed in under two days to make her fall in line with Yaldabaoth? Ren thought back.
“ Oh no.” His eyes widened with realisation.
“ Hmm?” Ann looked back at him. “ You alright?”
“ Uh… I just might have forgotten some homework.”
“ Oh god! We had homework! Please tell me it was given while I was off? Urgh. I hate homework so much.”
“ Don’t worry. It was for Maths.” Ren made a show of fishing through his bag and faked a sigh of relief, pulling their actual homework out of his bag. “ Nope. Got it. I was worried I didn’t pick it off the counter.”
“ You're more scatter brained than you look.” The two shared a laugh. As they did, Ren sent a message to the group chat. They needed an emergency meeting.
******************************************
“ She joined the cult?” Akechi asked. “ How?” They met up in Leblanc. Akechi put a hooded coat on and Ren said he was hanging out with friends indoors due to the bad weather. Sojiro just told them not to break anything.
“ So that’s why Ann wasn’t answering her phone all weekend.” Shiho grimaced. “ Personality wise, she’s even friendlier than before. It’s like all her worries are gone. It’s nice to see but Knowing the reason behind it… You said the Church is under the god that killed you right?”
“ I think I know why. Damn it. How did it slip my mind?” Ren scowled. “ When we went to the bottom of Mementos, we ran into the people whose hearts we stole locked away down there. They spoke just like Ann had. As if they were free despite being caged up, not having to worry about their desires. The cult is just like them. They serve their god and that’s all they have to care about. I’d be willing to bet every person in that cult has had their Shadows locked away in the depths of Mementos like they were. With Yaldabaoth stronger than he was, he’s used that connection to turn the people into as mindless drones as their shadows are.”
“ That’s fucked.” Tao growled. “ So you’re telling me anyone we take their hearts of is just another wierdo added to the cult?”
“ But we can’t reach this Yaldabaoth to free them until we deal with the Palaces.” Akechi sighed. “ This is a troublesome situation. It’s made it so we’re forced to increase its power if we want to stop it.”
“ You believe me now?” Ren asked.
“ With everything I’ve seen? Unfortunately, I have no choice. You’ve picked a dangerous enemy, Amamiya. And here I thought Shido was bad.”
“ So what do we do?” Shiho asked. “ Just… stop?”
“ No.” Ren shook his head. “ No, we can’t. If we bring it down then everyone under his control will be freed. They have to be.”
“ You understand what you’re saying right?” Akechi asked. “ We have to kill a god. It doesn’t matter if it’s part of the collective unconsciousness. A god is a god.”
“ I know that. I’m the one who’s had a run in with him before, remember? There’s got to be a way. I don’t believe Nyarlathotep would have sent me back in time if there wasn’t.”
“ That dudes a wierdo. I wouldn’t be surprised if he’s the type of guy to send you back just to laugh as you fail again.”
“ You’ll have to introduce us to your benefactor.” Akechi told him. “ For now, however, we should investigate Mementos. Admittedly, I haven’t been that far down. If Takamaki’s palace broke another layer down then perhaps we can learn something by delving deeper. Alas, I’m busy during Golden Week. It will have to be Friday at the earliest.”
“ I’ll have to remind myself of the Shadows that are there as well. I don’t think the Phansite is up yet.”
“ The what?” Akechi asked.
“ It’s a website Mishima sets up. We got requests through it. Some people up to no good who’s hearts we could change but didn’t have a palace yet. It got used against us in the end but it did serve as a way to handle things.”
“ You mean this?” The group turned to Shiho as she raised her phone. Ren’s eyes widened as he looked at the familiar red and black background. People were already debating if the Phantom Thieves were real or just a hoax.
“ That’s it.” Ren nodded. “ I guess Mishima must have made it over the weekend. Working as fast as ever.” He smiled. Mishima didn’t have a reason to believe he was a Phantom Thief in this timeline, thinking about it. He hoped that made him less obsessive. He decided to befriend him again once school came back. Before then though, they had Golden Week to go through. He planned on using it to rest a little bit. He needed to think about how to proceed next. He hummed.
“ Is there an art gallery on this month?” Ren asked.
“ Yeah. Kawanabe’s running one.” Tao said. “ He’s some bigwig art scout who focuses on youth talents. He just announced it Saturday but it’s already taking the art world by storm cause the last disciple of Madarame is taking part.”
“ What happened in your time?” Akechi asked.
“ Madarame held a gallery in the time slot. It’s where we met Yusuke. We got tipped off by one of his pupils that he was abusing his students. Yusuke made a bad first impression since he wanted Ann to pose nude for a painting.”
“ N-Nude!” Shiho spluttered.
“ She didn’t go through with it. Pretended to so she could break into Madarame’s back room so we could progress in his palace but didn’t actually do it.” Shiho breathed a sigh of relief.
“ And that’s how you found out Madarame had a palace. I see.” Akechi nodded. “ I imagine having such a public figure suffering a metaverse induced breakdown must have sent alarm bells ringing all across Shiho’s inner circle. Someone as minor as a high school teacher you can brush off but someone with as much popularity as Madarame? You’re lucky I’m here. A simple art student isn’t going to get the same traction. At best, I’ll be asked to investigate. What Shido doesn’t know can only hurt him.” He chuckled.
“ We’ll have to deal with Shido later regardless. He has a palace and a strong one at that. He’ll have to take it down in order to reach the bottom of mementos.”
“ Good. So long as he faces justice, I don’t care how.” Akechi said. “ Though I have a feeling that we’re going to have to handle the God of Control’s Herald at some point as well. You said you dealt with seven palaces, yes?”
“ Kamoshida, Madarame, Kaneshiro, Futaba, Okumura, Sae and Shido. We can leave Sae since you were the one who you made us go after. Whoever is the Herald can replace her. That just leaves one palace we have to find.”
“ Kaneshiro.” Akechi nodded.
“ Kaneshiro’s palace probably got destroyed due to his turf getting taken over over the last four months.” Tao said. “ The Hashiba moved in on him. They got a new enforcer that proved really damn effective.”
“ The Hashiba?” Ren had heard about them from his last timeline. They were the ones Iwai was a part of. Since he still ran Untouchable, that ruled him out. The four month time period was within the now seven months it had been since the God of Control had altered things. He wouldn’t be surprised if it was someone he knew. Ryuji was the only one left unaccounted for but why would he join the Yakuza? Maybe if he met one of the Hashiba while he was in juvie, it would explain it. But would that be enough to make a palace? That just left two people. Haru and Makoto. He wrote Makoto off. She was a cultist. Her heart was a part of the depths of mementos now. Haru in the meantime was weird. On one hand, her father still had his palace. It broke the formula set up by Kamoshida and Madarame. She was emotionally distant but she was still friendly. He couldn’t see someone like her having a palace. On the other hand though, Futaba did and her only real fault was major emotional trauma. If Haru was like Futaba, it was still possible.
" Yep. If we’re looking for a last palace, that’s where I’d look.”
“ It’s a big possibility.” Akechi nodded. “ I’ll look into it when I have free time. Shido has me busy preparing for a gathering of his people.”
“ Wilton hotel. 6th of May.”
“ I despise you.” Akechi sighed. “ I may have that day free however. He doesn’t want me there. I scare his investors apparently.”
“ Boy, I can’t imagine why.” Tao joked.
“ I’ll keep an eye on Ann.” Shiho said. “ We already planned a day out on Wednesday. If anything happens, I’ll text.”
“ Just don’t go getting turned into a cultist too, Shi. Would hate to lose you.”
“ I’ll be careful.”
“ Hopefully, these three days will be uneventful.” Ren sighed. “ We’ve got Midterms to look forward to.”
******************************************
May 5th
Tao called him up on Wednesday to meet in Ikebukuro. Admittedly, Ren hadn’t spent much time there. He only really went to visit the planetarium with some friends. Tao met him at the station and led him to an underpass. There he found another girl sitting down with a few cans of spray paint and some stencils. “ Got him.” Tao called. The girl sprung to her feet. She smiled widely as Ren approached. Her hair was shorter than Tao’s but the same colour. She wore a purple hooded jumper and a blue shirt with a mouse on it along with old tracksuit bottoms and scuffed looking trainers. “ Ren, this is my little sister Luca. Luca, this is the idiot I told you about.”
“ It’s nice to meet you, Ren.” Luca outstretched a fist. Ren happily bumped it with his own.
“ Nice to meet you too.” He said.
“ I’ll set up the stencils. Hope you don’t mind getting your clothes dirty, Ren. Did say to wear old crap for a reason.”
“ I know. I remembered.” He looked at the blank wall. “ Going to see Guernica in action, huh?”
“ I’m not making a statement today. I do this shit for fun. Luca’s a great help. We’ve been doing it since we lived on the street.” Tao explained. “ Don’t get much of a chance since she got adopted but it’s nice to hang out.”
“ Adopted?” Ren looked at her sister.
“ I got picked out of the hostel we were staying in by a nice couple.” Luca said. “ Doesn’t change the fact I’m a Lucatao though.”
“ Where did that name come from? I always thought it was weird. It’s your names combined.”
“ Tao and Luca Lucatao.” Tao nodded, taping one of the stencils up. “ We needed a last name so we just mashed our names together. I was ten when we did it and Luca was eight but somehow it stuck. Stupid but eh. It’s ours.”
“ Hee hee. I’m Koseki on paper though. I attend Kosei.”
“ Kosei? The private academy?” Ren hummed. “ Do you know Yusuke Kitagawa and Hifumi Togo by any chance?”
“ The artist and the Shogi Queen? Yeah. They’re school celebrities.”
“ So are you.”
“ You are?”
“ People like my singing voice. I’m not sure why but it’s nice to be praised for something I enjoy. Hee hee.” Luca smiled. “ Speaking of, Kitagawa and Togo have been spending a lot of time together over the last few months.”
“ They have?” Ren asked. That was weird. In his own timeline, they only knew of each other by name.
“ Yeah. They meet in the art room or Kitagawa's place. Togo just says he’s painting her but there’s a lot of rumours going around that they’re dating.”
“ Do you believe it?” Luca shrugged.
“ Dunno. I’ve talked with Kitagawa though and he seems nice enough. He doesn’t like Sis’ work though. Calls it uncultured. Ha.”
“ People are allowed their wrong opinions.” Tao said with a smirk. “ Can’t stop idiots being idiots or I wouldn’t need to rebel with my art.”
“ That’s true. I think Yu… Kitagawa’s art pieces are more surrealist pieces anyway, at least from what I’ve seen online.”
“ He says he tries and captures the essence of the soul, whatever that means.” Luca said. “ Heh. Togo must have a really complicated soul in that case for him to need such a detailed picture.”
“ Come on. People can date whoever they wanna. It’s none of anyone else's business.”
“ Is that your way of saying you finally got a boyfriend?”
“ Gah!” Tao turned around, letting one of the stencils hang off the wall. “ No! Wha… Why would you even think that?!” Luca snickered. With a huff, Tao turned back to her work. “ Tch. Stupid idiot.”
“ You’re from Shujin though, right Ren?” Luca asked. Ren nodded. “ Is it true that a bully got tortured into turning over a new leaf?”
“ She didn’t get tortured. She had her heart stolen by the Phantom Thieves.” Ren said.
“ Right.” She said dryly. “ What was the real reason?”
“ Her friend blew up at her then she had a mental breakdown so bad it gave her a fever.”
“ Ah, so it was a fight.” Luca nodded. “ Knew it had to be something mundane. Still, that calling card was weird. I saw it on social media. There’s even a website talking about these Phantom Thieves. A few of my band mates actually believe in them.”
“ But you don’t?” Tao asked, finishing up
“ Superheroes don’t exist. It would be cool if they did though. Hmm. Though I guess that means villains would have to exist too in that case.”
“ Assholes already exist. Shido. Madarame. Nakamura.” Tao said, saying the last name with an extra amount of venom. “ What’s the difference between them and actual supervillains?”
“ Imagine giving those assholes superpowers. That would be way worse.” Luca said, picking up a spray. “ Shall we get started then?”
“ Sure thing. This is your first time, right Ren?”
“ Yeah. Kinda.”
“ Heh. In that case, just follow our lead. Luca and I are experts at this point. Time to show you how Guernica works.”
******************************************
May 6th
Ren was surprised when he got a message from Akechi saying he was free for the day while Shido decided to pal around with the rich and famous. He gave Ren the address for a place in Kichijoji. Ren arrived at Penguin Sniper, entering to find Akechi sitting at a table with a board in front of him. “ Hello Amamiya. Glad you could join me.”
“ Didn’t expect you to hang around a games bar.” Ren said.
“ I found it has quite the nice atmosphere.” Akechi said. “ I hope you know how to play.”
“ Chess? I’ve dabbled with it. Haven’t played it in a while though. I did learn how to play Shogi pretty well last year though.”
“ Shogi? Interesting. Why did you waste tome learning that when you had more important matters to deal with?”
“ I learned a lot from some good people. Apparently, strengthening your bonds helps your persona. Not sure how true that actually is since Nyarlathotep doesn’t need me to do it but I made some good friends. I intend to remake them this time as well.”
“ I don’t understand your obsession with being accepted.”
“ It’s not that.” Ren told him. “ I just think it’s nice to talk to people. I learned a lot from different people and those bonds became my strength. You were one of them yourself, you know.”
“ Meaning I’m one of the people who you intend to befriend again?”
“ Oh, we were never friends. Our bond was more… mutual yet begrudging respect.”
“ Hmm. I can accept that for now I suppose.” Akechi moved first, moving a central pawn forwards two spaces. Ren mirrored his move. They played for a while, each player testing their opponents play style, slowly taking pieces from each other's board. A waitress approached their table, watching them for a little bit before speaking up.
“ He’s cornering you, Akechi. Look out.”
“ Hmm? Oh.” Akechi glanced up. “ Good morning, Yoshizawa. I’m not used to seeing you here so early. Don’t you usually try and get the later shifts?”
“ Yeah, but my sister has an event this evening so I wanted to be there to cheer her on.” Ren looked up from the board at the waitress, finding a girl in her late teens, long brown hair tied back into a ponytail with a red bow.
“ Ah. Wish her luck from me then. I know she’ll do well.”
“ I hope so. Sumire has been training really hard for it.” She smiled.
“ What does your sister do?” Ren asked.
“ She’s a gymnast.” The waitress replied. “ Oh, but where are my manners? I’m Kasumi Yoshizawa. Waitress. It’s nice to meet you.”
“ Ren Amamiya. Likewise.”
“ You should bring friends more often, Akechi. It’s always concerning that you’re here alone.”
“
We’re not friends, Yoshizawa. He’s simply helping me with a case I’m solving.”
“ Ha ha. By playing Chess.” She smiled. “ Don’t worry. I won’t tell anyone that the Detective Prince is just like any other boy.”
“ Don’t you have a job to be doing?”
“ So cold. Your usual?” Akechi nodded. “ And you, Amamiya?”
“ I’ll just take some soda.”
“ Gotcha. Enjoy your game. Bishop takes the kingside knight for free.” She waved before heading for the bar. Ren couldn’t help but notice the slight limp she had. Turning his attention back to the game, he smirked before taking her advice. Akechi pouted.
“ Cheater.”
“ I thought you didn’t have any friends.”
“ She’s not a friend. Yoshizawa is an acquaintance.” He said. “ She’s apparently taking a gap year so she can help pay for her own education. She was a gymnast herself but broke her ankle and couldn’t do it anymore. Her sister seems to have taken up her torch. She’s a first year in your school, come to think about it. Know her?” Ren hummed.
“ Not by name. I don’t know everyone in the school but I wouldn’t be surprised if I recognised a picture of her.”
“ If she wasn’t anything notable, perhaps Yoshizawa shouldn’t get her hopes up.”
“ Well, if the tournament is today then we were pretty busy. We had a victory celebration at the Wilton using money we got from selling Kamoshida’s treasure. After that, we discovered Mementos. Then it was Midterms before we had to deal with Madarame. It probably just went over my head. I’m not the biggest fan of sports. Why? When did you meet Yoshizawa?”
“ Within the time frame.” Akechi said. “ I was curious if there was a reason for it.”
“ Not that I know. People don’t just appear from nowhere after all. It’s like Nagamoto, one of Ann’s victims. I’ve definitely passed her in the halls because I'm sure I recognise her but I had no idea she actually existed until I saw Ann bullying her.”
“ Beneath suspicion, hmm?” Akechi nodded, taking his bishop with his queen and smiling. “ Check.”
“ Mate.” Ren said. He moved his pawn on the far side of the board, left alone until the moment Akechi forgot about it, and changed it to a Queen. His king had nowhere left to run. “ Consider your heart stolen, Akechi.”
“ From that angle? Ha. How like you to disguise the strongest piece on the board as something useless and mundane.” He sighed. “ Another game?”
“ Sure.” Ren said confidently. “ My day is open. We can play as many games as you want. Let’s see how long it takes before you finally admit defeat.”
“ Cocky as ever. I see now why your name is Joker.” Akechi smirked. “ Let’s see how you fare without Yoshizawa’s aid, shall we?”
Notes:
I think now's a good time to say that Ren's original timeline followed the events of base Persona 5, not Royal. How important that information is, I'll let you decide.
Chapter 13: The Deposed King
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 8th
As they stepped out of the elevator, Ren watched as the door shuddered open as they reached the end of the first section of Mementos, allowing them deeper below the palace of humanity. “ Looks like the first lock was broken.” Ren said. “ Good.”
“ The more palaces we tear down, the more access we get, yeah?” Tao asked.
“ Morgana explained it like it was tied to the Phantom Thieves popularity but I’m fairly certain it’s more tied to cognition.” Ren said. “ Taking a powerful cognitive location down proves to the collective unconscious we’re worth paying attention too. The more attention we get, the deeper we can go.”
“ And the easiest way to achieve that is to destroy palaces.” Akechi nodded. “ What’s usually down further?”
“ The remnants of the palaces. They’re the shadows we faced in Ann’s palace but, without their owner, they’ve lost their shape and are wandering down here. They aren’t the only ones who are here. There’s also the shadows of people with distorted desires that don’t have the power to make a palace. Tao and I dealt with one in… uh…” Ren glanced at the label on the wall, signposting where they were. ” I… can never pronounce these floors.”
“ It’s one of the Qlipoth from Jewish folklore. It’s meant to mirror the tree of life from the Kabbalah.” Akechi said. The others just stared at him like he was speaking another language. He just sighed. “ It’s easier if you call this floor Malkuth and the next floor Yesod. It’s what Qimranut and Aiyatsbus oppose.”
“ Alright. In that case, Tao and I dealt with one of Madarame’s old pupils in Malkuth. We can deal with the shadows of people like him as we go.” Ren said. “ Let me think. We had to deal with… a bully, the bully of that bully, the head of a gang of burglars and a sadist who was bad at rejection.”
“ Nice assortment of people.” Tao laughed. “ Well, the more hearts we change, the less assholes will be on the streets. Let’s get to rail surfing.”
“ Are we sure this is safe?” Shiho asked, tugging on the grappling hook that had been left for her. Ren had to wonder how Nyarlahotep could predict what they were going to do. “ I mean, skating down railway lines? I don’t know about this.”
“ Ain’t gone wrong for us yet.”
“ This is only your second time here, isn’t it?”
“ Yeah, but the first time was fun. At least give it a try, Shi.” Shiho gave an unsure look.
“ Can’t I just walk?”
“ I wouldn’t recommend it.” Ren told her, heading for the stairs. Tao chuckled as she followed him.
“ Crow?” Shiho gave him a pleading look.
“ Let’s just see what the situation is first. If this place is anything like I remember it, it may be the only option that we have.” Akechi started following along. “ I suppose you could wait by the elevator but there’s no telling where the next floor will be.” Shiho sighed before walking behind them. As she reached the next floor, staring out on the subway tunnels, she swallowed.
" How… far do these go?”
“ On this floor? Don’t know. Mementos has a bad habit of changing every time we come here. If you’re talking about down though about…. Hmm… I never actually counted.” Ren hurled the grappling hook, latching it to the wires above the rails. “ But there’s seven floors. Each one is longer than the last. I think there’s maybe… 50 floors in total? Might be more.” Shiho whimpered.
“ All that time on rails…” She muttered. “ I’m… not good with rollercoasters. Any fast rides actually. Is there really… no other way.”
“ Not unless we find Morgana in one of these palaces. We met in Kamoshida’s palace and he wasn’t in Ann’s so I’m not sure where he’d be though.” Morgana’s sudden absence really worried Ren. Did he just manage to escape Ann’s guards where he couldn’t escape Kamoshida’s and was exploring the other palaces? He mentioned being born in the depths of Mementos somehow. Was it possible he wasn’t able to escape due to Yaldabaoth’s increased alertness in this timeline? He dreaded to think.
“ Morgana is your cat friend, right?” Shiho asked.
“ That’s right. Though he could turn into a bus. Something about a lot of people’s cognitions believing cats and buses were connected or something?”
“ Oh. Like from Totoro. I get it.” She nodded. She looked back to the rail, Tao helping Akechi attach his hook to the line. “ Hmm…”
“ You don’t have to come if you don’t want to.” Ren reassured her. She sighed.
“ No. I’ll… I’ll try at least. I said I’d help and I intend to. Just… let me gather my nerves a little first.” Shiho took a few deep breaths before throwing her hook onto the line with the others. Ren wasn’t sure if her terrified screams attracted more shadows or if it scared them off.
*************************************
When they reached the bottom, Shiho fell to her knees. “ Thank you!” She shouted. “ That was horrible!”
“ Only 42 more floors to go.” Tao teased. Shiho groaned.
“ Please… don’t.” She muttered. “ I’m so drained…”
“ Hope you’ve got enough in you for one more fight.” Ren said. At the end of the corridor, banging on the closed door in anger, was a shadow. A very familiar looking one to Ren. He may not have had his crown or his robe but it was impossible to mistake Shadow Kamoshida.
“ Let me in!” He shouted. “ Don’t you know who I am? I’m god damn royalty!”
“ Coach Kamoshida?” Shiho looked up. Slowly, she rose to her feet and drew her sword. “ Let’s do this.”
“ Damn. She got her energy back fast.” Tao remarked.
“ I would assume it’s a personal affair. Regardless, let’s make this quick.” Akechi told her. The thieves approached the man. Hearing their footsteps, he turned over his shoulder.
“ Huh? Who the hell are you?” He asked.
“ Sir Suguru Kamoshida, the utter bastard of lust.” Ren smirked. “ We’ve come to take your heart.”
“ Assassins then? Heh. At least someone recognises my importance.” He turned fully. “ I was a king, you know. If it weren’t for that damn Sakamoto and that bitch Nijima, I still would be. They had no damn right evicting me from my castle. I’m the most important person in Shujin. A damn celebrity. They should be worshipping the ground I walk on. Instead, I’m stuck in here with the rest of you slaves. It’s an embarrassment! A scandal!”
“ You’re no king.” Shiho told him. “ You just abuse your power. You had no right to work the volleyball team into the ground just because your ego was hurt.”
“ I had every right! I was the King of Shujin! People should have followed my damn orders with a smile. But no. They had to cook up some rebellion. I hear that Takamaki bitch who took it over was taken out recently though. I’m guessing you people had some kind of hand in that. Good. She deserved it. Harlot should have stayed as eye candy for me. Maybe I’d have given her the king’s favour. Heh heh.” Ren felt his skin crawl at that remark. He remembered what Kamoshida had intended to do to Ann and what he did to Shiho. This Kamoshida never got that chance but it didn’t change how repulsive he was.
“ That’s enough! You’re disgusting.” Shiho told him. “ You could never have Ann. None of us belong to you!”
“ But they should’ve been. Takamaki, that bitch of a council president, that big titted gardener in the third year, those sluts on the volleyball team. It was all mine to take.” Kamoshida declared. “ And it’ll be mine again! I won’t let anyone stand in my way! I’ll take back my castle and my crown once I claim the power at the depths of this place! And I won't let anyone stand in my way!” Shadows gathered around.
“ Get ready!” Ren shouted as the ground exploded. Ren expected the demonic form he took in the past but instead he was met with something different but nonetheless grotesque. It was a demon, completely red and looked to be made of bones of different creatures merged together into some kind of armour. Its face looked like a skull, two scythe shaped horns growing from either side, the middle three fingers on its hands were unnaturally long and it had a long, lizard-like tail.
“ I am King Kamoshida! I won’t let you overthrow me!” He bellowed as he charged at the party. They were barely able to dodge his powerful opening slash, his claws dripping with poison.
“ How did you beat him the first time?” Akechi asked.
“ The first time?” Ren echoed. “The first time he was a giant man with pink skin who ate legs from a giant goblet. This is new for me too. I don’t even know what the shadow he’s turned into even is.”
“ Wonderful. So we’re going into this blindly.” Akechi scowled.
“ Heh. You say that like that’s something new.” Tao smirked, loading her paint gun and launching a volley at the coach. Kamoshida tore through the round as he charged in again, thrusting his hand like a spear at her. Shiho quickly got in the way, summoning Jeanne to guard against the blow but still ended up getting knocked backwards across the station floor. “ Add nulls paint to the list of things he can do.”
“ Ugh. And pierce Jeanne’s guard.” Shiho shook her arms. “ The last time we fought him was way better.”
“ He had a gang of evil volleyball students with him last time.” Akechi retorted. “ At least this time he’s alone. Loki!” Akechi removed his mask, summoning the black and white persona who swung its blade at the Shadow. Kamoshida grabbed it mid swing, sliding across the ground before being forced back, slamming against the wall blocking them going deeper into mementos. He snarled like an animal as he rose to his feet. He created an orb of fire in between his hands and tossed it in the air before leaping after it.
“ He’s spiking it! Get back!” Shiho warned them. The thieves hid behind the pillars as Kamoshida slammed his palm into the fireball, sending it launching at high speeds into the ground. The ball exploded, shaking the room. Dust from the ceiling drifted down from above.
“ Shit! Is he trying to bring the place down on us?” Tao asked.
“ He can’t. It's a cognition.” Akechi told them. “ I highly doubt something like the palace of the general public could cave in so easily.”
“ You say that but people know earthquakes and explosions can collapse train lines.” Ren said. “ Either way, we need to be careful of that attack. It’s like his old kill shot form back then.”
“ Coach Kamoshida’s spike is what he’s famous for. He used it to get gold and he pulls it out when he gets serious while training.” Shiho said. “ I’m not surprised his shadow uses it as well.”
“ If he’s resistant to Robin’s bow attacks… Guernica, you and I will take front. Joker, Paladin. Provide spell support. We have to keep him off balance to prevent him using that kill shot again.” Akechi ordered.
“ Right.” Ren nodded. Breaking from cover, Akechi and Tao charged in, both summoning their persona to block Kamoshida’s poisoned claws. Kamoshida hissed, grabbing Oi’s spear like brush in his left hand as his right arm struggled to hold off Loki’s strike. While he was down, Ren saw his opening and nodded to Tao. Swapping his mask, he summoned Pixie, calling lightning to strike from above while Shiho aimed low, detonating ice from beneath him. The magic strikes caused him to drop his defences for a second. Using that advantage, Oi pierced through upper body as Loki tore through his right arm. Kamoshida fell to one knee, panting.
“ You… ignorant slaves…” Kamoshida panted. “ You can’t defeat me… I’m… the king…”
“ You’re no king. You’re a tyrant.” Shiho declared. “ And tyrants must be overthrown. Everyone!” As Kamoshida rose up to attack again, the thieves were faster, rushing him down. Kamoshida cried out as he was thrown against the floor, the shadows burning away from his form. Shiho watched as his shadow fell to his hands and knees, panting from exhaustion. “ Consider this payback for all you’ve done, Coach Kamoshida.”
“ Why…” He growled desperately. “ I can’t… be wrong. I am… I am meant to be the king!”
“ Perhaps that’s how you feel, Coach Kamoshida.” Shiho said, approaching him. “ However, right now, you’re not a good king. A good king guides his subjects. Just like a good teacher should. You have a lot of passion for your sport, I felt it in your lessons.” She stood over him, looking down on the shadow of the man who caused another version of her to try and take her own life. And she smiled. “ I don’t know where you lost that passion, Coach Kamoshida. Please find it again and return to teach us again.” Kamoshida froze.
“ My passion…” He laughed lightly. “ That’s right. I never used to play Volleyball for the sake of winning. But my old man drilled into me that winning was everything. Said the only way to win at life was to take whatever you can from those weaker than you. I loved Volleyball even though he refused to believe it was a man’s game. Playing it was my personal rebellion. But, I lost that somewhere. In the end, I became exactly the man he was when I was chosen for the Olympic team. Winning became everything to me and it drove everyone else away. I buried myself in my own beliefs even as the team I led to victory threw me away. Maybe you're right. Maybe… this can be my chance to start over.” Kamoshida’s form faded into light, leaving a golden medal behind. Joker picked it up.
“ That was brave of you.” He said. “ I’m surprised you forgave him after everything he put me through.”
“ I know your Shiho suffered a lot under Coach but he never completely became that man here. I just hope this is enough for him to get better. I may not play much with the club anymore but at least they can be happier. That’s enough for me.” She smiled before glancing back. “ Please tell me there’s an elevator here. I can’t take a ride back.”
“ Ha ha.” Ren smiled. “ Back corner by the stairs.” Shiho brightened up as she went to find it, Tao behind her. Ren looked back to the barrier. “ Yusuke’s next.” He said. “ We’ll have to scout out the gallery and see what we can find out about his new mental state.”
“ Back to Kitagawa’s gallery then? The biggest hurdle at the moment is finding a way in. Unlike Takamaki, the doors locked tight.”
“ There’s always a way. I’m guessing it’ll be a vent or something.” Ren said, looking back to Akechi with a smirk. “ I’m guessing you’ve snuck into other palaces in similar ways.”
“ I had to climb up a pipe when dealing with the CEO of a rival food group for Okumura. He saw his people as domesticated animals. You could imagine the smell.”
“ Ugh. I don’t want to. I’m lucky the places we had to raid were mostly clean. Futaba’s was the worst. So much sand.”
“ I’ve been. I think the heat is going to be the worst part.”
“ The pyramid has air conditioning. Don’t worry.” Akechi hummed.
“ I suppose her tomb does as well. Come. We shouldn’t leave the girls waiting on us.”
“ Right.” Ren nodded. They could save planning for when they were out of here.
*************************************
May 10th
Mishima approached Shiho while she was about to leave school for the day with Ann and Emi. “ Suzui. Sorry to bother you but Coach Kamoshida asked me to find you.”
“ Hmm. It has been a few weeks since I last came to practise. I suppose he’s worried.”
“ It’s not that. He says he wants to make an announcement to the team and asked for all of us. Even some people who dropped out have been called it.” Shiho hummed. She wondered if this had something to do with the fact they changed his heart. She turned back to Ann.
“ This sounds important. Rain check?”
“ Text us when you’re done.” Ann told her. “ I’ll tell you if we’re still out.”
“ Alright. See you later.” She waved before following Mishima towards the sports hall. “ It’s not like the Coach to call us in like this.”
“ I know. He seems a bit different lately.” Mishima said. “ Then again, the school’s been a lot… I dunno, nicer to be at? I guess it’s cause Ann’s actually committed to her change of heart. Heh. Guess we have the Phantom Thieves to thank for that.”
“ Ha ha. I guess.”
“ Uh. Suzui? Can I… ask something?”
“ Go ahead.”
“ The reason you stopped coming to practice. It’s not cause I… you know…”
“ Don’t worry. It… Well, it was kind of to do with you but more to do with Ann. I just didn’t want her to hurt anyone else if I accidentally got hurt during practice, y’know? I know people would probably be stressed cause of what happened to you as well. I’m sorry. You didn’t deserve it.”
“ No worries. But we do miss you. You were always such an incredible player. Think you’ll come back?”
“ I’ll try. I do still really love the sport. It’s just… well, I made a commitment with some friends that I really need to keep. When I have the time though. I promise.” Mishima smiled.
“ That’s awesome.”
“ So, you believe in the Phantom Thieves too?”
“ Well, someone had to be behind it. I know there are rumours around Yakumo and the Drama club doing something because of what happened to Nagamoto but I don’t think they’re the type. I was actually planning on doing something for them as a thanks from all of us but someone beat me to it. Have you seen the Phansite?”
“ Yeah. Ren showed it to me.”
“ Yeah, he showed it to me yesterday. I think he thought I had something to do with it and I was gonna. I may not look it but I’m pretty tech savvy.” Shiho frowned. She thought she remembered Ren saying that Mishima made the site in his timeline. That was a weird thing to have changed if that was true. Then again, he was more personally connected to Kamoshida than he was to Ann. She guessed someone in the drama club probably made it instead. So long as it was up, it probably didn’t matter.
Entering the sports hall, she found a number of people gathered. Not just from the Volleyball club either. She recognised members of the track team and a few others Kamoshida had a hand in disbanding in the past along with the former members of her team that couldn’t handle Kamoshida’s intense training regiment. A few more filed in after her. Kamoshida walked onto the podium after they had. “ Greetings. You’re probably wondering why I asked you here.” He said. Then he bowed. “ I called you all here to apologise for my behaviour. After recent events, I’ve had time to take a long hard look at my own actions while I’ve been working here and, frankly, I’m not proud of my actions. I haven’t acted like a teacher to any of you. Today, that ends.” He stood up. “ Some of you are members of former teams that I’ve mentored. The Track Team, Tennis team and Baseball teams. I was blinded by my love for Volleyball and it caused me to disregard your sports as not worth doing. I’ve spoken with Principal Kobayakawa and we’ve agreed to reform the teams starting after midterms. Mr Yamauchi will handle Track and Baseball while I handle Tennis until we can hire someone else to take you properly.” The students began muttering amongst themselves.
“ Is he serious?” One asked.
“ We’re back on. Hell yeah!” One of the Baseball team members said happily.
“ What’s he playing at?” Another seemed suspicious.
“ It’s like what happened with Takamaki.” Mishima said.
“ As for the Volleyball team, I know I’ve treated you unfairly as well. After my injury, I felt like I’d lost something precious and tried to push that on you. I pushed you far too hard for kids your age. I know it drove a lot of you away and caused a few of you to get hurt. I’ll be toning it down from now on and trying to actually teach you instead of just forcing you to train. I understand if you want to leave or don’t want to return but I’m hoping you give me a chance. While I could rescind our application for the summer games, I’m hoping we can still give the other schools in the country a run for the cup. But first and foremost, I want to bring a bit of enjoyment back to the game. Midterms start tomorrow so there’s no practice today. I’ll let you go back to your studies. I’ll stick around if you want to ask me anything and the changes or if you want to use the gym to practise on your own time. But that’s all I wanted from you. Thanks for putting up with me.” Shiho stood there dumbfounded with a number of other students as he left the stage to a confused round of applause. Students began leaving the hall, questioning what reality they’d entered when they came to school this morning. Shiho watched him talking to other students, making personal apologies to a member of the track team, and smiled before deciding to leave as well.
“ Suzui.” She looked back to see Kamoshida walking up to her.
“ Oh. Coach.”
“ Just thought I’d see how you were. We’ve missed you in practice.”
“ Mishima said.” She nodded. “ Sorry. After what happened with Mishima and Ann, I was concerned about the team’s safety.”
“ You’re a good person, Suzui. Don’t know what happened with Takamaki though. Seems she’s turned over a new leaf as well.”
“ She said she got a really horrible fever and had an epiphany during it. It also made her join the Church of Control since she started thinking only God could have saved her life though.” Shiho sighed. “ Must have seen too much propaganda on social media. So long as she’s happy, I suppose. But I’m surprised, Coach. Did someone say something?”
“ No, it really was my idea. As I said, I’ve had a lot of time to think over the last few days. I hope I never did anything to make you feel uncomfortable.”
“ It's fine, Coach. I know you’re really passionate about Volleyball.” In another timeline, the one Ren described, she knew it wouldn’t have been fine. In that timeline, he wouldn’t be here to apologise and she wouldn’t be there to accept it. She thought about that Shiho sometimes, wondering what her life would have been like. It was funny in a way. Ann did end up saving her after all.
“ I’m glad. Still, my passion doesn’t excuse my actions. I hope you’ll come back. You’re an excellent player. It would be a shame to lose you.”
“ I can’t promise I’ll be here every week. I promised my friends I’d take part in a project with them outside the school and I’m committed to that. However, when I have the time, I would like to play again. Hopefully, I’ll be able to make the summer tournament.”
“ I hope you will. I’ll see you later, Suzui. If something comes up, don’t be afraid to tell me.”
“ Thank you Coach Kamoshida.” She smiled as he walked off. Stealing his heart had made him a nicer person. For the first time in a long time, Shiho looked forwards to playing Volleyball again
Notes:
Seeing as it was his boss' other name, I decided to turn Shadow Kamoshida into Asmodeus from SMTIV which, like most demons in SMTIV, has a wild design that will probably never show up again. No idea who made most of those designs but the character designer cooked with a lot of them. Unlike the palace bosses, I didn't actually design the Mementos fights though for the story I adapted some of Kamoshida's usual moves into Asmodeus' skill set. And yes. Good teacher Kamoshida is cursed and it will not be the last you see of him.
Chapter 14: Art Heist
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 15th
Midterms turned out to be a breeze when he knew all the questions ahead of time. Ren knew exactly what to look for to jog his memory and he knew he’d gotten a higher grade than he had the first time around. On Saturday, he stalled at the subway station. It was the 14th when he had first met Yusuke, getting lost in his artistic vision and following Ann in order to beg her to be his latest model. Yusuke always was a bit of an oddball. He still remembered the summer trip where he ended up spending his savings on two lobsters that he and Futaba ended up fighting over for the rest of the day. That was just one example of his strange antics. Ren wondered what he was getting up to in this timeline. Yusuke could be blunt and a little insensitive at times but he was a good person. What made someone like that get a palace and why? Worse yet, how had he changed? He hadn’t heard much about him other than a few things from Tao’s sister. How he was rumoured to be dating Hifumi Togo, one of Ren’s old confidants. He didn’t believe that. Yusuke never seemed interested in anyone in the time Ren knew him. He started wondering if he even could feel that way. He knew some people were Asexual, not feeling any sexual attraction to anyone at all. Sometimes, he wondered but he was fine letting his friend keep his privacy. He wasn’t about to ask a question someone wasn’t comfortable telling.
The Thieves met up at Penguin Sniper the day after Midterms was over, settling in for a game of darts as they discussed their plans. “ Kawanabe’s art exhibit is having its opening ceremony today. First stop of a country wide tour. It’s a lot bigger than I thought.” Tao said, watching Ren practising his aim. “ Luca’s got a spare ticket for the whole event. She said you could have it if you want, Ren.”
“ I think I’ll take her up on that offer.” He threw, humming in dissatisfaction where it landed.
“ Not good at everything it seems.” Akechi jeered.
“ I’ll get there. I’ve never played darts before. Just got to get my technique right. It’s the same for everything.” He walked up to pull the darts out of the board. “ Tell your sister I’m free tomorrow after school. We can scope the place out then. In the meantime, I’ll leave getting into the palace up to you two.”
“ Giving us the dangerous jobs while you and Lucatao get to pal around an art gallery?” Akechi asked.
“ Well, I’d invite you but I think people would start asking why the famous Second Detective Prince is hanging around a random youth’s art exhibit. Especially since it’s the type of place to attract Shido’s supporters.”
“ I’m well aware of that. I can do it myself however. I don’t need Suzui to keep me company.”
“ So long as it’s not Mementos again, I’m happy to do anything.” Shiho said. “ It’ll be nice to see some variety. I’ve never been to an art gallery before.”
“ You’re not missing anything. It’s just a place rich people go to stare at splatters on a canvas and then pretend they can understand the meaning. You could sell idiots like that a blank canvas for a hundred thousand yen.”
“ The real art is on the streets.” Tao said confidently.
“ It at least has substance I suppose. I just don’t see how graffitiing the side of a government building is meant to change anything.”
“ It inspires rebellion!”
“ Does it really?”
“ I think they say art is in the eye of the beholder or something?” The group looked up to see Yoshizawa smiling at them. “ Can I take your orders? I know what Akechi’s having.”
“ Hey Yoshizawa.” Ren waved. “ Soda again.”
“ Same.” Tao nodded.
“ Um. I’ll just have water if that’s alright. Unless you have flavoured water?” Shiho said.
“ Summer fruits or lemon and lime?”
“ The second one. Thank you… Yoshizawa, was it?”
“ Yep. It’s nice to meet you. I’m guessing they’re more business associates, Akechi?”
“ They are indeed.”
“ Strange business associates.” She smiled. “ You know, you can say they’re your friends. I won’t think less of you.”
“ They’re not friends. Colleagues at best.”
“ Is he always this sour?”
“ Yep.” Tao smirked. “ But he loves us really.”
“ I believe you may need to get looked at, Lucatao.”
“ That's gotta be the poshest way I’ve ever been called crazy.” Yoshizawa giggled.
“ Look after him. I’ll be back with your drinks in a minute.” As she walked away, Tao gave Akechi a teasing smile.
“ She’s nice.”
" Don’t insinuate anything.”
“ I wasn’t. If that’s where your mind goes though-”
“ Don't be absurd.” Akechi scoffed. “ We’re acquaintances.”
“ She seems pretty friendly with you.” Ren added, smirking.
“ This is why I prefer Suzui. You two are insufferable.”
“ Uh. Thanks? I think?” Shiho said, looking confused.
“ Regardless, we should make sure we have a plan. We need to be serious about this.”
“ I’m serious enough.” Ren said. He aimed a dart at the board and threw it. “ I’m confident we’re going to deal with Yusuke’s palace with ease.” Akechi smirked.
“ Two points. Congratulations.” Ren laughed nervously.
“ I… still have to work on my technique.”
***********************************
May 16th
Ren met Tao and Luca outside the train station, across the road from the gallery. Looking up, he saw a number of people were visiting. Seems like the youth gallery had picked up a lot of traction. Madarame’s had been a lot busier but there was still a sizable crowd. Luca handed Ren his ticket. “ Thanks for inviting me.”
" I remember you seemed interested.” Luca said. “ I asked for three when Kitagawa offered them to me.”
“ Offered?” Tao asked. “ You didn’t say you got it from one of the artists.”
“ Yeah. We happened to run into one another after band practice last week. We talked a bit, I said how my sister was into art as well and he offered me some season tickets. He seems like a really nice guy.”
“ Didn’t you have midterms too, Luca?” Ren asked. She sighed.
“ They’re this week for me. I guess this is my break from studying.” She said half heartedly, laughing nervously. “ L-Let’s just… forget about that for now and have a good time, OK?”
They made their way up to the gallery, weaving their way around the crowds with Tao keeping a hand on Luca the entire time. Seeing as the two grew up on the streets, they must have been used to crowds like this. Even after a year in Tokyo, he still hadn’t gotten used to the hustle and bustle of the city completely. He was always more used to the smaller, more local feeling of his hometown. It got busy in tourist season, sure, but it was never as bad as Tokyo. His first time in rush hour made his head spin from the amount of people and that first day to school felt so claustrophobic. He got used to most of it but seeing Tao and Luca expertly weaving through people like ghosts, quickly vanishing into the crowd, made Ren realise just how little he knew how to navigate a situation like this other than withstanding it til he reached where he needed to be.
“ Thought we lost you back there.” Tao joked, leaning against the wall next to the gallery entrance as Ren reached it.
“ Hey. I’m from the boonies. Crowds just aren’t my thing.” Ren breathed. He looked at the line of people waiting to get in. It was the second day after opening. It made sense it would still be busy. As Ren thought how best to navigate the situation, a solution arrived.
“ Luca?” The three looked into the gallery. Ren fought the urge to grin as he saw Yusuke. He was a lot more dressed up than he was used to, wearing a dark blue top and a red blazer. His smile grew a bit as he noticed that he still had his keys tied to his belt. The more things changed, the more they stayed the same. Next to him was a girl he wouldn’t have recognised if it wasn’t for her hair accessory. He only ever met Hifumi within the church in Kanda. She was usually dressed in her uniform though they’d met once in Hawaii when both Shujin and Kosei ended up in the same place due to a sudden change to Kosei’s trip plans. Her hair was done up more fancily, her fringe brushed out of her face like it usually was, and she wore a red shirt and black skirt.
“ Kitagawa. Togo.” Luca smiled.
“ I told you. You may call me Yusuke.” He looked from her to Ren and Tao. “ And these would be your extra guests, yes?”
“ Yep. This is my sister Tao and her friend Ren. Sis, Ren. This is Yusuke Kitagawa, Kosei’s genius artist, and Hifumi Togo, the Shogi Shogun.”
“ It’s nice to meet you.” Hifumi said, smiling stiffly. Ren couldn’t help but notice how uncomfortable she looked. He didn’t know why. She was used to being in tournaments and on television and she wasn’t uncomfortable around strangers since she got along with him when they first met just fine. Maybe it was the venue or perhaps it was something deeper.
“ You as well.” Ren nodded. “ Sorry, we have to get in line so can we pick this up when we’re inside?”
“ Not a worry. I assume you have your tickets.” Yusuke turned to the woman checking tickets. “ Excuse me. These three are my guests. May they come in?”
“ Of course, Mister Kitagawa.” There was some grumbling from the queue as the three walked into the gallery. The pictures were certainly different from when Madarame had set the gallery up. There were still pictures of a variety of styles but this time the actual artists were given credit. Each was sorted into their small section. One was filled with beautiful landscape paintings. Others were portraits of various people, friends and family members Ren assumed. There were some surrealist paintings, a bit of cubism and one that was a collage of various celebrities made from articles about them from magazines and papers. Yusuke stopped in front of one of them.
He recognised the style as something Yusuke had painted that was inspired by Mementos. One of the paintings was a spiral of reds and blacks, like cyclones in the middle of storm clouds. On closer inspection, they formed a shape together. It was hard to make out but it seemed to make some kind of face, someone’s face twisted in anger. It was like the manifestation of a storm god. Using the shape, he pieced it together. “ Is that meant to be you, Togo?” Ren asked.
“ Yes, according to Kitagawa.” She said tersely. “ He says that it is my inner rage.”
“ I’m surprised you noticed so quickly.” Yusuke said. “ Hifumi has been a great source of inspiration. She holds a lot of the emotions that I desired to paint. I’ve been fascinated by the darker side of humanity as of late. Emotions like sadness, anger, misery. It’s been the theme of my pieces for this exhibit. Hifumi is in a unique position as she’s a celebrity based around playing a certain game. I’ve been using her to capture things. A harsh loss, a game being called off, some rather troublesome network hosts. She has her highs and her lows. Quite the incredible muse.”
“ You give me too much credit.” Hifumi said.
“ Ha. Nonsense. You’ve shown me misery like no other.”
“ What’s the green one?” Tao said. “ I can see the others but that one seems unique.” Ren looked at the picture Tao was looking at. It was the most violent piece. Ren could see where the brush strokes bent the canvas from Yusuke pressing too hard. It was a maelstrom of dark greens, bright reds, pure whites and pitch blacks. Yusuke stared at it, his face growing dark.
“ That one is from the misery of another.” He said emotionlessly. “ A master and a student.”
“ You mean Madarame?” Ren asked. Yusuke’s head snapped violently towards him, eyes glowing coldly.
“ I would appreciate not mentioning that name in front of me, Amamiya.” He said, aggitated. “ But you are correct. This painting was one I made the night THAT MAN was arrested. I don’t even remember painting it. I woke up the next morning and there it was, a new painting in my room and my hands and clothes tainted in volatile colour. I didn’t want to display it but Mister Kawanabe talked me into it. It’s an emotional piece but at the same time, it’s personal. Showing it feels like I’m bearing my heart.” He closed his eyes. “ I am aware of the reputation I gained from that day. It was the worst day of my life. Learning my beloved teacher was nothing more than a charlatan and of his numerous crimes against his pupils and myself. That was the misery he showed me and this was the result of that. I suppose it is why I decided to try and paint the misery of another. It’s been as much therapy as it has an artistic endeavour. I am truly grateful for Hifumi aiding me for it.” Ren glanced at the girl in question as she looked at her feet scowling. Ren had a feeling there was more to it than that. He’d learned his lesson about prying into his target's personal affairs too soon.
“ Sounds like you’ve had a hard time.” Tao said. “ Painting always makes me feel better. Something about getting your emotions out helps, y’know?” Yusuke opened his eyes, looking up at Tao.
“ Of course. Luca tells me you’re also an artist.” Yusuke said. “ Street art, yes?”
“ Yep. I was… inspired by the works of Guernica. You heard of ‘em?”
“ The unknown anti-government street artist who vandalises government property to send a message. Indeed I have. I’m not exactly a fan, I must admit. Their work is quite… hmm… simple.”
" Simple?” Tao raised an eyebrow, annoyance seeping into her tone. “ What do you mean simple?”
“ The art work is quite impressive, I shall admit that. However, the message it tries to convey is too obvious for my taste. I assume it’s on purpose so the general public can understand it but I feel it needs some nuance.”
“ Not all art needs to be nuanced though.” Tao said. “It’s as ya said. The purpose of Guernica’s art is to send a message than anyone can understand and show their frustration with the system. It needs to show what she wants. That’s the whole damn point.”
“ That’s no excuse for it to be so basic. The fact the meaning needs to be understood forces Guernica to focus on the message rather than the art itself. Art should not suffer for a message. It should be the message itself.”
“ What the hell do you mean? It is the message itself. Anyone can understand that. They aren’t holding back on how they paint just to make sure every idiot on the street can get her message. Her emotions come through the art. That’s why people get it. They resonate with it.”
“ Hmm. I have to disagree. I think she makes it so blatantly obvious what she wants that she may as well spray paint the message on the wall in words. A fist in the air with a destroyed symbol of oppression behind it. A flag of the people driven into a number of suit wearing bodies. It’s all the same.” Tao growled at Yusuke’s response. Ren sighed as the two continued to bicker.
“ They’re going to be like this for a while, aren’t they?” He asked.
“ Yeah. Tao’s really passionate about her work.” Luca said before catching herself. “ And the art of her idols of course.” She quickly added.
“ Well, we’d better leave them to it. Do you want to look around the gallery with us, Togo?” Ren asked. Hifumi looked in shock before glancing back at Yusuke and nodded.
“ Sure. If you want me too.” She said, smiling for the first time since he’d gotten there. Ren, Hifumi and Luca began looking around the gallery. Ren hoped Akechi and Shiho had gotten further than they had.
***********************************
Goro tapped a finger on his arm as he stared at the glass window. “ We could try breaking the glass?” Suzui offered.
“ No, it’s likely to be alarmed. Besides, it would be fixed when we arrive next. There’s no point in alerting all the shadows in the gallery every time we arrive.”
“ Side door?”
“ Possibly we need a way around the bushes to reach the other side. That alleyway is blocked by a high wall as well.”
“ Oh. We could try those hooks to get over it.” Goro hummed.
“ Not a bad idea actually, Paladin. Let’s have a look.” They entered the alleyway, looking up to see if there was an open window to grapple into. Sadly there wasn't, however Goro did find a way to latch the hook to the wall at the far end. Pulling himself up, he dropped down behind it, his feet hitting fresh mud. Walking around, he found some kind of waste area. There were a lot of discarded things here. They all looked like old art exhibits. Paintings of different sizes, some of various people, and shattered parts of a golden statue. He stopped in front of one of the portraits, the largest one among them buried in the pile. “ Paladin, help me move this.” The two pulled it up against the wall. The parchment was torn but it was clear who it was. Ichiryusai Madarame, dressed as some kind of Japanese shogun, wearing a yellow kimono and his hair pulled up in some kind of exaggerated top knot.
“ Why is it so big?”
“ I don’t know. However, this seems to be a portrait of Madarame. I’m willing to bet not one from our world either.”
“ You think these things came from Madarame’s palace? How’d they get here?”
“ If our theory is correct, the palace was either forced on or connected to Kitagawa. This place used to be Madarame’s palace. It’s likely these things were things that weren’t overwritten and were left here to rot. It may also represent his feelings towards his old master.” Goro looked around the place, walking backwards across the old painting before pulling his foot out of one. He could enter some of these paintings. That may be the key to getting inside. Looking up, he saw it. A window on the second story had been left slightly ajar. That was their ticket inside. They just had to reach it. Looking through the moving pictures, he found a long one full of moving clouds. Placing his hand on it, he pushed it inside the painting just to make sure his plan could work “ Help me move this one.”
“ That seems too steep to climb up.”
“ The rules of the cognitive world are different to ours, Paladin.” Goro said as the two began moving the painting, leaning it so that one end of the painting rested against the windowsill. “ If my theory is correct, this should be enough.” He pressed both hands against the painting before pushing himself into it. Looking around, he was in a cloudy sky. He looked up, seeing the clouds rolling past. He threw his grappling hook, latching onto one of them and pulling himself up. Doing so a few times brought him to where he wanted to be. Walking out of the frame caused him to emerge on the windowsill.
“ Wow.” Suzui said. “ There was nothing like that in Ann’s palace.”
“ Artists do tend to have a lot of imagination. Even frauds like Madarame. Come on. Grapple up here.” Suzui nodded, stepping into the painting. As she did, Akechi slipped into the room. It looked like some kind of storage room. Shelves with old pottery and some spare paintings covered to protect them from the dust. He pushed the door open slightly. There were a few security guards patrolling the corridor. The walls were bare of any kind of art though the walls looked like they were made of different materials mashed together. Gold covered metal fused with violet stone. Combined with the alien looking exterior of the place, it was like the gallery itself was designed to be just another piece of art. Kitagawa seemed to be quite the mad artist. Hearing Suzui climbing in behind him, he clicked the door closed. “ We have our route.”
“ I’m glad. Still, this place seems pretty big. After what happened in Ann’s palace, I’m worried about what we’ll run into.”
“ As I told you, it’s this large due to his imagination. I imagine a lot of the art pieces we’ll see are just ideas he once had. Sparks of inspiration. If he’s projecting his mind as a gallery, I imagine a lot of forgotten ideas will be on display.”
“ Heh. That almost sounds like something Tao would say. Are you sure you’re not an artist too?”
“ I don’t see the point of splattering colour randomly on a canvas. It’s all critical thinking. I’ve explored the metaverse enough to know what to expect.”
“ Because you went around killing people or making them go crazy, right?” Suzui said bluntly. “ I know Ren can look past that but I want to know why. These people didn’t deserve it.”
“ The people I dealt with deserved it, believe me. Perhaps the workers that I went after did not however it got the intended outcome. The travel secretary recently resigned for example. While it was Shido who wanted him gone since he was getting in the way of his campaign, he was also running the travel sector into the ground with his dealings with third party businesses. I’ve dealt with a few rivals of Big Bang Burger. You may have heard the stories of the horrible conditions in their stores.”
“ Even so, did they really deserve to die? Wouldn’t it have been better if they got to serve their time? Coach Kamoshida’s become a lot nicer since we changed his heart. I’m sure they would have as well.”
“ The world isn’t that simple, Suzui.” Goro said simply. “ I’m not like Joker, pretending I’m on some selfless crusade for the sake of justice. I know what I’m doing isn’t right in a lot of people’s eyes. However, I didn’t see another way to accomplish my goals without doing it.” Goro closed his eyes. “ Changing hearts like this is new to me. I didn’t know it could be done.”
“ If you did, would you have done it?”
“ Perhaps.” He admitted. “ However, if you’re asking if I regret my actions, I don’t. So long as Shido gets what’s coming to him in the end, it will all have been worth it.”
“ What did Minister Shido do to you that makes all of this worth it?”
“ You have no idea.” He sighed. “ Come on. Let’s get out of here. We have the infiltration route. Now all we need to do is hope Joker got some worthwhile information while we were in here.”
***********************************
True Phantom Thief Chat
Paladin: I don’t quite understand Akechi
Guernica:
Who does?
Paladin: I asked why he did what he did and he said it was to deal with Shido
Joker: I pity Akechi.
Joker: He’s stuck seeking vengeance. I could have become like him.
Joker: I think that’s why I want to help him so much.
Paladin: You want him to change?
Joker: Yeah. I think he can.
Joker: Even if he thinks he can’t.
Guernica: I still think he’s a jerk
Joker: That will never change
Paladin: XD
Paladin: Not completely trying to change him I see.
Notes:
And so we enter the Second Arc. I guess Chapter 12 could have been the start of this arc but that was more tying up loose ends from act 1. Either way, the focus turns to Yusuke now. Making a palace for someone like him was fun. Anyway, the next chapter of the Fool's Journey is being uploaded with this one. This time, we're focusing on Mishima so you can check that out at your leisure.
Chapter 15: Imposed Emotions
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 18th
Ren stared at the pile of abandoned art work at the picture of Shadow Madarame after he leapt the wall. “ Didn’t think I’d see these again.”
“ Again?” Shiho asked. He nodded. He pointed to the fragments of a golden statue.
“ That was a statue in the entryway, similar to Yusuke's statue of himself and his mother. I forget what he called it but it represented how he saw his pupils. He took them in, claimed to cultivate their skills, stole their work and then abandoned them, claiming the art as payment for the time he spent on them and putting his own name on it. Then he’d get a new pupil and repeat the process.” He looked at the various portraits. “ These are only a handful of them. Madarame had an entire wing dedicated to portraits of his old students, as if he owned their talents.”
“ Old bastard.” Tao scowled. “ It’s a good thing he’s behind bars now. I kept up with the Madarame case since I actually used to respect him. A lot of his old pupils took their own lives or were killed trying to survive on the streets. He’s a damn blot on the world of art. By the looks of things, he’s had a bad influence on his last pupil. You hear that guy? He wants to paint misery. Tch. Shitty outlook that is. No wonder his desires are twisted.”
“ I’m hoping it’s just a case of a broken heart.” Ren said. “ I’ve said it before. Palaces don’t just form from bad people. Still, it’s strange that Yusuke kept some of his former master's belongings. We didn’t see anything from Kamoshida’s palace still hiding in Ann’s.”
“ If I had to make an assumption it’s likely because Kitagawa still can’t get over Madarame.” Akechi reasoned. “The man must be like a ghost, still haunting the shadows of his mind. This pile is like his respect for him. Thrown away and left to rot. That being said, I wouldn’t be surprised if he harbours some guilt for betraying Madarame by turning him into the police. He had been raised by the man after all.”
“ When I mentioned his name, Yusuke didn’t seem to have any love left for him.” Ren said. “ I wonder if he knew what happened with his mother.”
“ What happened to his mother?” Tao asked.
“ She suffered a heart attack and Madarame watched her die in order to steal the Sayuri. Seeing as she’s got her own statue, I’m guessing he might have learned about that. Madarame might have let it slip if Yusuke found the original but I guess we won’t know until we head deeper.”
“ Think we’ll hear his distortion like we did with Ann?” Shiho asked.
“ Only one way to know for sure. Let’s find his treasure.”
They snuck into the gallery from the second story storage room, taking out the early guards and peering into other rooms to gather their bearings. The back rooms were strange. They were clearly designed for the staff. There were some breakrooms, a lot of storage areas including a massive warehouse where they had to get around the guards by running along the top of the shelves, and some security offices monitoring other rooms. Despite that though, the usual mundane areas were twisted in some way. The walls were a collage of different styles and materials. The furniture looked more like some kind of abstract art piece. The warehouse twisted as they went through it, the area ahead of them only straightening as they approached while the area behind them distorted as they left it behind. Tao compared it to a carnival fun house at one point and Ren found it hard to disagree. But then again this was the sort of thing he expected from Yusuke’s mind.
Eventually, they emerged in a familiar looking room. Heading down the stairs, they found themselves coming out of a staff only door on the third floor of the main entryway. Walking down the stairs to the ground floor, Ren looked up at the statue he’d seen when he first arrived over a month ago. The woman, Yusuke’s mother, looked like she did in the Sayuri down to the clothing, looking down at Yusuke from a higher place with pride. Yusuke was dressed as he had been in the gallery. He looked up to her, a sad smile on his face, thinking of her fondly while obviously missing her greatly. He read the plaque in front of the statue.
“ Inspiration. The source of my inspiration has always been the Sayuri, my mother who was wrongfully taken from me before I could memorise her face. I can only hope to become an artist she would have been proud to call her son.” He frowned. “ Oh, Yusuke.”
“ Sounds like he has a lot of love for her.” Shiho said.
“ So Kitagawa’s mother painted the formerly lost great painting of Madarame huh?” Tao hummed. “ Shame about what Madarame did. It was always one of the better works he stole. Not my personal favourite though. There was this abstract piece that was in a magazine years ago back when I was… well, age wise I’d have been in my first year of high school. I wasn’t actually attending but anyway. I found an art magazine when I was first brought into the hostel. It had a bunch of pieces from that bastard. There’s one that looked so fantastical yet drawn in a style that was so modern. The mix of styles was amazing. I wonder who actually made that. Hope they’re still around. ”
“ I’m sure a lot of people are wondering who actually made their favourite Madarame works. Yusuke’s mom is one of the lucky ones in that respect.”
“ Indeed. Her name will live on. I will make absolutely sure of that.” The thieves turned when they heard that. Walking down the steps towards him was Yusuke’s Shadow. He dressed in a blue three piece suit, not wearing a tie and the shirt's collar up and holding a cane in his left hand. His eyes glimmered dimly with golden light. “ Her name was Atsuko Kitagawa. I ask you all to remember that as well, Phantom Thieves of Hearts.”
“ You know of us?” Ren asked.
“ Of course. For a gallery such as mine to survive, I must be aware of the trends of the general public. You’re an urban legend but one who’s name keeps coming up. You started with a bully in Shujin Academy however a few others have sudden shifts in their behaviours as of late. Some other bullies. A cat kidnapper. A coach. I’ve seen your site. You’re quite remarkable. That being said, your logo is a little rough.”
“ Well, a friend of mine made it. I’m doing my best to copy his style while he’s indisposed.”
“ Others would see that as plagiarism but there’s a difference between you and Him . I sense your fondness for your friend and the design was made with a certain level of care. Were they a friend?”
“ A close one.” Ren nodded. Yusuke smiled.
“ Then I suppose I can be lenient on your lack of skill.” The shadow lent on his cane. “ Nevertheless, this gallery is currently closed but when I noticed some anomalies with my security I decided to come and welcome my first guests. You’ll have to forgive me. I don’t have quite the same flair
He
once did when it comes to exhibitions but I hope you enjoy your visit.”
“ You’re just gonna let us wander around?” Tao asked.
“ Of course. You are guests after all. I’ll even make sure the door is unlocked so you don’t have to climb through that filth you must have had to have used to get in for when you inevitably return. I know why you’re here of course but so long as you're cordial, I’ll remain so as well. Please follow the rules of the gallery. No vandalization, no entering a restricted area and, as hard as it may be for you, no stealing. Keep to those rules and my guards won’t bother you.”
“ So we’re fine so long as we stay on the gallery floor.” Ren inquired. Shadow Yusuke nodded. “ If you know why we’re here, you know that won’t last.”
“ Of course not but I’m a gentleman. Hospitality is sacred or so they say.” Yusuke smiled darkly. “ Enjoy yourselves. I hope you show me misery by trying and taking what is rightfully mine. Your failure will inspire me and your successes will only fuel my drive. Either way, I see no downsides to letting you scurry about.”
“ When we take your treasure, remember that.”
“ I shall. And I shall also remind you when you fail.” Yusuke turned to leave, climbing back up the stairs. “ I’d recommend starting on the second floor. Unless you wish to visit the gift shop first.” He chuckled before pushing open the doors to the gallery, letting them swing shut behind him.
“ He’s planning something.” Akechi said. “ What’s the plan, Joker?”
“ There’s no other way we can go but forwards. Come on.” Ren headed for the stairs. “ We’ll just have to deal with what Yusuke has planned.”
***************************************
Yusuke’s shadow kept his word as the thieves made their way through the first floor gallery. It was eerily empty. No security guards patrolled the halls like they had when Ren had infiltrated Madarame’s palace. However there were also no other guests. That just left them alone amidst the crooked, bending halls of Yusuke’s gallery. They passed by a number of paintings. Some were landscapes of areas around the city, some were portraits of different people, some without faces and some line arts and sketches. Some were half painted and half drawn and others were a blank canvas with the startings of a drawing on it. Half made designs abandoned on the cutting room floor, works started but never completed. Plans of the next great piece torn away. The walls themselves seemed to be the same way. Some of them stopped halfway, looking like it had fallen into the void. The floor lost its colour half way through, turning into what looked like an unfinished sketch. At the end of it all was the room to the next floor but it, like so many others, was half finished. A sketch without colour drawn onto the wall around some windows showing their goal. Next to that was a room with another plaque.
“ Obsession.” Tao read. “ Inside a room, one can only be locked away with keys, locks and chains. A strong enough person or one with enough ingenuity can always break the lock and be freed. But the mind is a far worse prison when it becomes too focused on a certain emotion. Obsession is the misery that binds the mind in chains until it is satiated. It’s a misery I live with daily.”
“ What does that mean?” Shiho asked.
“ Hell if I know.” Tao said. “ I’m guessing we’ll figure it out in there though. Not like we have a choice.” The group entered the door and walked down the corridor as it bent and spun around them in a black and green spiral. Coming out, they found a rather mundane looking room compared to the others. It was wooden and almost bare other than painting supplies. A canvas pointed away from them, a small stool opposite it.
“ This is Yusuke’s art room at his atelier.” Ren said.
“ Are we back in the real world?” Shiho asked.
“ Look at our clothes.” Akechi told her. “This is still the Metaverse. But why is this place here?” With a hum, Tao walked over to the painting.
“ This was Yusuke’s main art studio for most of his life. It makes sense it would be here somewhere.” Ren said. “ What’s it look like Guernica?” Ren asked. Tao didn’t answer. She leaned in closer, rubbing her chin thoughtfully. Slowly, she sat down. “ Guernica?”
“ Maybe like… Nah, that wouldn’t work. But with some colour there? Hmm…” She began muttering to herself. “ This is tricky…”
“ Guernica?” Ren asked, slower.
“ Shut up! I’m thinking.” She put her hand out. “ A bit like… Nah, more like… Mix some red and yellow here, a bit of purple down… no, orange… Violet. Gah!” She scowled. “ It’s so close to being finished. It’s annoying me. I think I can finish this. Just give me a second.”
“ We don’t have time for your artistic spirit to run wild, Guernica. We need to-”
“ I ain’t leaving til I’m finished.” Tao snapped. “ I’ve got to get it right though. It’s so close to being perfect but it’s also wrong in so many places. If I can finish a piece this perfect, I might finally get recognised. If that happens, Luca can finally stop worrying about me and I can make something' of my life. It just needs one thing but what? Ah, this is doing my head in.”
“ Thinking like fame at a time like this. Are you serious?” Akechi began to approach her but Shiho put a hand on his shoulder to stop him.
“ Wait. Something’s strange here.” Shiho said. Ren looked closer and realised Shiho was right.
“ It’s the painting he said.” He said. “ The plaque outside said the title of this exhibit was Obsession, remember? A prison for the mind is far more dangerous than a prison for the body?”
“ Whatever she’s looking at is hypnotising her. It’s inducing an obsession to complete it.”
“ Right. But look at her. She’s talking about everything she can to fix it but isn’t even trying to pick up a brush.”
“ Obsession. It’s giving her a desire to finish it but also never giving her a way to.” Shiho realised.
“ The solution for that is simple.” Akechi stepped forwards. In a swift motion, he cut the painting in two, pushing both ends into the floor in case the magic worked in halves. Tao sat there for a moment.
“ What?” She sounded confused. “ What was I… just doing? Agh. My head. It’s like… I dunno… I just saw the canvas and couldn’t help thinking up different ways to finish it off. I’ve felt that way before about things but never to such an intense degree”
“ The plaque said Yusuke feels like that every day.” Ren said.
“ I can believe it. It always sucks to leave work unfinished.” The room shook violently as an alarm blared.
“ Guess that counts as vandalism.”
“ Then let’s not stick around.” Akechi said. “ With any luck, someone completed the door.”
***************************************
The second floor was entirely blue. The feeling of the floor made it feel as if they were walking at the bottom of the ocean. The walls were see-through and shuddered, revealing skeletal fish swimming around outside the room. Large shadows flew over their heads and under their feet as they walked. Looking up, the sky seemed to ripple. Wherever this ocean was meant to be, there was a storm raging above them though it didn’t affect the still waters below. This floor was full of stylised portraits. Ren recognised a few of them from Madarame’s palace. They must have been the pupils that Yusuke met while he was living with Madarame. The people he saw were thrown away and justified it was for a good reason. Once again, the door at the end of the floor was missing, revealing the stairs a long swim away from them through the wall of water. Once again, another corridor led deeper in with a plaque above it.
“ Sorrow.” Shiho read. “ Sometimes the gravest crimes are committed by those who stand back and refuse to do nothing upon witnessing injustice. If you allow a person to suffer, are you not complicit to their suffering? If you watch someone abuse and toy with others time and again, are you not just as heinous as them? This is a misery I grasp with every night in my dreams.” Shiho fell silent upon reading that. “ L-Let’s move on.”
“ Alright, Paladin?” Tao asked.
“ W-Why wouldn’t I be?” She responded half heartedly before heading in ahead of the others. Ren and Tao shared a worried glance before following in after her. They passed through the corridor, shadows of sea creatures and monsters swimming around them, before emerging into a large dome. Rain fell above them, creating ripples across the floor. Ren looked around them. They were in some kind of underwater ruin. Sky scrapers drifted around them, shattered apart. Looking down. Ren saw the shattered remains of a crosswalk. They were in the sunken remains of Shibuya. In the middle, Shiho stood, her hands over her ears and her body shaking.
“ Paladin?” Ren called to her.
“ Stop it! Stop!” She shouted. “ I didn’t want it to happen! Please! I didn’t want you to get hurt! I tried to help! I know it was all my fault but... But Ann’s free now so please… Please forgive me!” Slowly, Shiho fell to her knees.
“ What is she talking about?” Tao asked.
“ There’s got to be another painting in this room somewhere.” Akechi said. “ Find it quickly.” As Akechi and Tao searched the sunken city, Ren knelt down next to Shiho as tears ran down her fate, making muttered pleadings for the invisible voices to grant her mercy. He glanced around but couldn’t see anything. When they’d caught up to her, she was just standing there. It couldn’t have moved far. Unless… Ren looked up and saw it. A blue painting drifting in the sea. He aimed his gun up and fired, shattering it on impact. As he did, water began falling through the broken dome. Ren grabbed Shiho as the dome collapsed. Luckily it didn’t spread into the corridor.
“ I’m sorry.” Shiho said, her voice weak. “ I was looking around and I just… heard voices screaming in my ear. My old team mates. The victims of Ann’s bullying. They were all yelling at me, blaming me for things. I just… broke. I felt so overwhelmingly sad and… I’m so sorry.”
“ Don’t blame yourself. You fell under the palace’s spell. That’s all.”
“ It’s not that.” She said. “ I… felt responsible for not doing anything to stop Ann from bullying people. All that time I just stood on the side lines and let it happen because… I was just scared Ann would start to hate me. I hated what was happening but I just stood there. I understand what he means by someone standing by being just as guilty as the person committing the crime.” She took her mask off and rubbed tears from her eyes. “ I’ll be OK. Just… give me a few minutes.”
“ If you’re sure.” He nodded. “ Just remember that you were the one who stopped Ann in the end, Shiho. You already righted those wrongs. You don’t have to feel guilty anymore.”
“ I know. Thank you Joker.” Shiho managed a smile. Ren smiled back. He knew were Shiho was coming from. After all, he had his own guilt to bear and he was doing his best to make it better here and now. All both of them could do was keep going. Hopefully, it would all turn out right in the end.
***************************************
They were hit with an intense heat upon entering the third floor. The place was a raging inferno lined with broken paintings and shattered statues that made the path they had to walk to make it through the floor unburned. Around the floor was a number of charred statues that depicted two people in different situations. Yusuke and Madarame. They seemed to depict different events. A child Yusuke being taught by Madarame how to paint labelled first lie. Yusuke marvelling at a painting that a proud Madarame was standing next to labelled Falsitudes. Moments from Yusuke’s past he must have looked back on with such joy at one point now all undercut by a single moment. The floor ended with a pile of rubble and a familiar looking brightly coloured door.
“ Anger.” Akechi began reading the plaque next to it. “ Of all sources of misery, anger is the most controlling. It makes you do things you wouldn’t usually do in an attempt to satiate it. However, it’s an all consuming inferno. It blinds you to truth and rationality and only leaves destruction and guilt in its wake. A moment of violent emotion that leads to a life of endless misery.” Akechi looked over to the door. “ This is a unique looking door.”
“ It’s the door that led to Madarame’s storage room. It’s where he kept his forgeries as well as the true Sayuri.” Ren said. “ When we entered his palace the first time, this door blocked us from advancing. It was like an impenetrable security system. Yusuke opened it for us. It’s what led to him joining the thieves.”
“ It would seem opening it led to him gaining a palace as well.” Akechi said. “ Let’s see what entering it brings.”
“ Be careful. If it’s anything like the last two floors, it’s going to pull some kind of trick on us.”
“ Then keep your eyes closed if you’re worried about getting a little angry, Joker.” Akechi said before boldly opening the door. The room beyond the door was massive and in flames. Ren had never seen the room behind that door unlike Ann and Morgana but he doubted it was like this. The shelves towered above them, bending in the room while being ungulphed in flames. Around the room were a variety of pictures of the Sayuri, floating around and glaring down at them, each with a unique mistake.
“ What is… this?” Shiho gasped. As the thieves looked at the paintings around them, they all started blurring, the painting blending together before seeming to repaint themselves. When they were finished, they resembled a man Ren recognised far too well. Masayoshi Shido. His eyes widened.
“ Crow!”
“ I’m not going to fall for such a foolish-”
“ Goro Akechi.” The voices of the paintings echoed.
“ What?!”
“ To think such a failure would be running around playing thief. Are these the depths you’ll go to kill me?” Mocking laughter filled the room. Akechi scowled before shooting one between the eyes.
“ How does he know about that?” Shiho asked.
“ He probably don’t.” Tao said. “ This is as much of an illusion as the other two. Like how I saw a spray painting despite how much Kitagawa hates my work or how you heard people from your school. It’s Crow’s turn now.”
“ Such a foolish crusade you’ve found yourself on.” The Shido paintings continued. “ Did you truly think I wouldn’t be cautious around you? The only person who can use the Metaverse against me? Detective Prince the fools call you. What sort of brains do you actually possess?”
“ Shut up…” Akechi hissed, shooting another painting down.
“ All your accomplishments were granted to you by me. All your power, all your accolades, all that you are was bestowed upon you. You seek to destroy me? Without me, you’re nothing. A street rat with no hole in which to burrow.”
“ Shut up. Shut up.” He continued shooting.
“ All your life you’ve been obsessed with bringing me to justice while galivanting as a Phoenix Ranger, like a child clinging to fantasy. You have no hope in overcoming me. Someone as useless as you never had any hopes of accomplishing anything, let alone getting your justice. You heard it from your new friend. You fail in your goals and perish to a construct from my own imagination! A worthless end to a pitiable fool!”
“ SHUT UP! SHUT UP! SHUT UP!” The painting’s laughter grew.
“ I made you, Goro! You’re nothing but my tool, used at my command and disposed of when I get bored of you. Just like your whore of a mother! Ha ha ha ha!”
“ LOOOOKIIIII!” Akechi’s eyes burned golden as he screamed. The persona burst from Akechi’s will, slashing wildly at the paintings as the copies of Shido continued laughing all until the room was nothing more than scraps of painting and splinters. Akechi panted in the middle of the room. Ren approached him only for Akechi to spin at the sound of footsteps, swinging his sword with the intent to cut Ren’s head off his body. Ren blocked it with his dagger. The two stood there for a long second, quietly staring unflinchingly into each other's eyes, Ren’s calm grey into Akechi' burning red. Slowly, Akechi lowered his sword and silently left the room.
“ Crow?” Shiho asked quietly. Ren just shook his head. As much as he didn’t want to, it was better to let Crow be for now. He wasn’t the type to talk about his feelings, especially when he was frustrated. It was better to let him calm down and come to them if he wanted to talk. He felt useless when it came to people like him but sometimes he knew he had to back off.
They exited the room and passed the rubble, Akechi nowhere to be seen. As the room cooled down, they reached the stairs only to be met with a problem. The bottom of the staircase was littered with statues. They were all charred black and destroyed except for one. One that stood in the middle of the ring of destruction, pure and shining white as if it had just been newly created. Tao narrowed her gaze. “ Why is there a statue of Luca in Kitagawa’s palace?” She asked. Ren crouched down next to one of the broken statues.
“ Hifumi…” He muttered. All of the statues were of Hifumi. The faces were all twisted in certain ways. Some were angry. Some were scared. Some were focused on some unknown goal. It didn’t change the fact they were all reduced to rubble. Ren stepped back. All of a sudden, it was frighteningly clear why she was so uncomfortable at the gallery the day before.
“ What’s going on here, Joker? I don’t like this.” She said.
“ Neither do I.” Ren admitted. He frowned. “ I think we should head back for today. I want to investigate a few things. Besides, I think we all need a rest after today.” Tao and Shiho couldn’t meet his gaze. The palace was more emotionally taxing than it was physically. He’d never been in a palace like it. Some palaces were marathons and others had shown some horrific stuff but none had directly attacked their emotional state in such a way. He had a feeling that wouldn’t stop. In the meantime, he needed to talk to Hifumi. He had a horrible feeling she was in a lot of trouble.
***************************************
Crow
Joker: Akechi?
Joker: Everything alright?
Crow: You don’t need to check in on me, Amamiya. I’m not a puppy.
Joker: You left pretty fast. Just making sure.
Crow: I settled down
Crow: I’m still a little agitated though. I can’t believe I let something like that get to me.
Joker: Shido does that to people.
Crow: I suppose so.
Crow: I’ll be fine the next time we enter the palace.
Joker: We’ve got a few days. We left not long after you to investigate somethings
Joker: Look after yourself though. Like it or not, you’re our team mate too.
Crow: So it would seem.
Notes:
I decided to flex some creative liberties inside Yusuke's palace. This idea probably wouldn't work in a game but this isn't a game so I'm allowed. Well, maybe you could just do a fight where one of your party members starts with a status effect. Rage for Anger, Fear for Sorrow. That's how I designed Shadow Yusuke's boss but I'm getting ahead of myself. Yusuke's theme is Misery so I get to expand on his feelings of regret and sadness by using the other thieves and their own connection to those negative emotions to explore both him and them at the same time. Or at least I hope that's how it comes across.
Chapter 16: Muse
Chapter Text
May 21st
Ren spent the next few days looking for Hifumi at the gallery. Sadly, she never showed up. He saw Yusuke a few times talking to different patrons but Hifumi was never with him. On Saturday, neither of them showed up. He decided to check the place they’d met, the church in Kanda, however she didn’t show up there either. Just as he was giving up, however, returning home for the day thinking about advancing further into Yusuke’s palace, he saw her coming out of the cafe on Shibuya’s main street. She looked up as she finished checking her bag and saw him. “ Oh. You’re the boy who was at Kitagawa’s exhibit right?”
“ Yeah. It’s Ren. Ren Amamiya. You’re Togo, right?”
“ Correct. How are you?”
“ I’m fine. It’s been a tiring few days, admittedly.” He said. “ Uh, sorry if this is a little out of the blue but do you mind if we talk a little? It’s just… I wanted to ask you a few things.”
“ About the exhibit?”
“ That’s part of it, I guess.” She must have understood what he was talking about because she sighed, looking a little upset.
“ I shouldn’t.”
“ You don’t have to if you don’t want to. I’m just trying to help.”
“ You’re a good person, Amamiya, but you shouldn’t get involved in other people's private affairs.” She shifted on her feet. “ Though, if you’re serious, I was about to go to Inokashira park. If you want we can talk more there.” Ren nodded.
“ Alright.” He said. “ Let’s go then.”
The train ride over to Inokashira was awkward. Neither side talked, standing in an awkward silence as the train rumbled along. It wasn’t until they reached the river in the palk and sat down on one of the benches did Hifumi start talking again. “ I don’t know what you think is going on.” She said. “ But you’re wrong.”
“ I just want to know one thing. Is Yusuke hurting you?” She looked away, starting out over the river.
“ I suppose that depends on how you define pain.” She admitted. “ He’s never laid a hand on me, if that’s what you’re asking.”
“ It isn’t.”
“ In that case… I suppose so.” She admitted. “ Kitagawa told you he likes to paint misery, remember? Well, he doesn’t mind forcing that misery onto others if it gets him what he wants. He puts up a mask of being this sane, kind gentleman but in reality he's crazy. But… I have to do what he wants. I put up with it all. I don’t care that people around school think we’re dating or they give me strange looks. The mental torment he puts me through is driving me insane but… I can’t stop.”
“ Why not?” Hifumi closed her eyes. Ren opened his mouth but hesitated. He knew why. There was only one thing Hifumi could get blackmailed over. She was an incredible Shogi player but her mother rigged her fights to increase her popularity. If Yusuke found out about that, she’d be forced to dance to his tune. “ You can trust me.”
“ I don’t know you.” She sighed. “ But… I’ve wanted to tell someone for so long that I suppose it doesn’t matter. Not anymore. I’m going to be vague about my motives but I’ll tell you how it happened. After that, leave.”
“ Alright. If that’s what you want.” Ren nodded. She sighed heavily.
********************************************
Hifumi entered Kosei’s art room out of curiosity. She’d been approached at lunchtime by Yusuke Kitagawa, an artist prodigy. About a month ago, he’d been in the news after he found out his teacher had been forging his own art to sell to customers on the black market. It was a major scandle that was the talk of the school for weeks. Kitagawa had been gone for three weeks. They were both first years but they’d never spoken to each other. They didn’t have a need to. That’s why it surprised her when he asked her to come to the art room after school. Surprised her but also made her curious about what he wanted. As she entered, Kitagawa stood up from the desk he was sitting on, becoming distracted from looking at a potted plant framed with his fingers.
“ Ah. Togo. I’m glad you came. I was a bit worried you wouldn’t. I’m sorry. I know the request was rather out of the blue.” He said with a smile.
“ Your request caught my attention, Kitagawa. That’s all.” Hifumi told him. “ What is it that you wanted?”
“ I was hoping that you’d be my muse for a few pieces of mine.”
“ Like a model?”
“ In a way. However, the art I’ve been creating recently has strayed away from the human form. I’ve been using emotions as my inspiration. As a Shogi player, I’m guessing you’ve had your fair share of brilliant wins and crushing defeats?”
“ An emotional career you mean? Well, in a sense, I suppose so.” She admitted. She was curious about Kitagawa’s offer. Using emotions as inspiration? What did he mean by that? “ What would being your model entail?”
“ Admittedly, I have a few ideas of getting what I want. But all I truly need is you here so I can test my theories.” He said. “ Admittedly, I’m trying to create my own pieces. I’m sure you know He turned out to be a plagiaristic blight on the art world. I’ve decided, for myself and for all the others who were hurt by him, that I want to make works that will far eclipse his own. I know you have no stake in my goals but please. I need your help.” Hifumi stood still for a few seconds, taking in Kitagawa’s ambition. Then, slowly, she nodded.
“ I won’t be free all the time but… sure. I suppose there’s no harm in it.” She smiled. “ Do you want to start now?”
“ Yes. Let’s. And… thank you, Togo.”
In the beginning, it was fine. She’d come into the studio and Kitagawa would explain his new crazy idea in order to capture emotions for his painting. He had her tell him stories of her greatest victories and her most crushing defeats. How she trained her mind for her Shogi skills under the watchful eye of her mother. She posed for a portrait for about an hour before Kitagawa gave up. Over the course of a month, Kitagawa’s ideas went from regular things she was happy to help him with to things that started making her uncomfortable. Diving into personal topics she didn’t want to share. Trying to make her angry by insulting her friends though he wasn’t very good at it. When he started throwing verbal abuse at her, she decided that she’d had enough.
“ That’s far enough, Kitagawa. I understand that you’re trying to draw emotions out but you’re going too far now.” She said firmly. “ I’m not doing this anymore.”
“ What? After coming so far?” He asked. “ No. I’m so very close to completing my work. I can’t have my muse leaving me at such a crucial juncture.”
“ That isn’t up to you. I just came here to say that I’m done. Ask me again and I’ll report you to the chancellor.” She turned to leave but Kitagawa’s voice stopped her.
" I didn't want to resort to this." He muttered. “ It’s a shame what will happen to your Shogi career when you exit this room.” Hifumi’s hand hovered above the handle.
“ Excuse me?”
“ If you leave now, I’ll be forced to report your mother’s actions to both the Chancellor and the official Shogi board of Tokyo. If news about that gets out, then I’m afraid your career and quite possibly your life going further will be difficult to maintain.” Hifumi slowly turned, glaring at him.
“ What are you talking about? If you’re thinking of making up slanderous lies, I can assure you that we’ll-”
“ Don’t tell me you never noticed it.” Kitagawa smiled slightly. “ In some of your most important actions, a notorious Shogi player would occasionally make a mistake that not even the newest rookie would make. A free piece for you to take here. An opening that would allow you to build up a victory. A few little mistakes that eventually ensured your victory. Did you trick yourself into believing that they were nervous errors made in the heat of the moment?”
“ What are you insinuating? That my mother went behind my back to rig my games?”
“ That is exactly what happened and I’m sure you know it. Your mother paid off certain players to ensure your rise in the ranks and your growth in popularity. You’ve told me yourself. She cares more about winning than you do yourself. It’s only natural that she’d ensure those victories no matter the cost. I did some digging and was able to find a lot of evidence and more than a few players that can act as credible witnesses. It wasn’t just bribes she made. She made horrible threats against them, framing them as the villain in a newstory that would demolish their careers. What do you think would happen if I made a few anonymous tips to a few people myself?”
“ You’re doing the same thing you’re accusing my mother of.” She shouted. “ This is blackmail.”
“ Blackmail? No. I’m simply ensuring you keep your promise.” Hifumi’s expression twisted in pain. Upon seeing it, Kitagawa grinned madly. “ Yes. That’s what I’ve wanted to see all this time. Desperation. Fear. Anguish. Show it to me. Show me Misery! Come. Let me see it closer. Let me paint such emotion.” Slowly and stiffly, Hifumi walked towards him and sat back down. All of a sudden, she felt trapped. She was scared. Was all of what he had said true? Did he really have the evidence? She couldn’t take the risk. Shogi was all she had in life. She couldn’t let him take that away from him even if it meant suffering for the sake of the mad man’s art.
From that day onwards, every time she entered that room, she became the piece for whatever vile new game Kitagawa wanted to play. A pawn that could never promote. He never did anything worse than speak. Between his words and his control over her, he didn’t have to do anymore than that. She was just a tool for his art. A mannequin he could make dance at a word. It turned out that her being forced there against her will did wonders for Kitagawa’s imagination. Seeing her stressed and scared of what he might do to her next made him take some kind of sadistic pleasure when painting. She saw the works he made from her misery. They were dark, twisted. She could barely recognise that it came from other than certain features of her face and clothing she could glimpse in certain paintings. It made her sick to think such abstract monstrosities were how he saw her. If that’s what a person was to Kitagawa, she didn’t want to imagine how warped his view of the world was. When he told her he expected her to be at his gallery and listen as everyone praised his work. The very idea made her want to throw up. She was sure it was just another game for Kitagawa to play. Another source of misery for her to endure. Despite that, she still went. Still endured the pain as she waited for freedom.
*****************************************
“ If I had it my way, I’d have stopped being his muse months ago. But I can’t. I have no other option.” She looked out to the river, her expression grave. “ At least if his attention is on me then he can’t inflict his misery onto someone else. I still have shogi. I take small solace in these times.”
“ Is that really what you want though?” Ren asked. “ Why not break free?”
“ Didn’t you hear me? I don’t have a choice.”
“ You could help me stop him.” Ren said. “ I think what happened with Madarame hurt Kitagawa in some way that even he doesn’t really understand. I want to help him overcome it.”
“ You want to help him?” She asked in a disbelieving tone.
“ Yes. And to do that, we have to stop what he’s doing now before he hurts more people.”
“ I refuse to help him in any way. Not after all he’s done.” She said. “ I wish you luck, Amamiya. Really, I do. But he doesn’t deserve anyone’s help. I don’t care what happened to him in the past. What he’s doing is wrong, regardless of the cause.”
“ I’m not denying that. His desires have become distorted.”
“ Desires… Wait a minute. I recognise that phrasing.” She said. “ Are you that Phantom Thief from Shujin?” Ren didn’t answer. “ You plan to steal his heart? Is that why you’re here? Trying to blackmail him back? I don’t think that will solve the problem.”
“ That’s not how it’s done. You wouldn’t believe me if I told you.” He said. “ But you’re also not entirely wrong about me being the person who sent that calling card that’s been over soical media.” Hifumi sighed, standing up.
“ This has been a waste of my time.” She said. “ And here I thought you were just a concerned stranger. I guess I should have guessed. Everyone seems to have some kind of ulterior motive these days.”
“ That’s not what this is. I really do want to help you.”
“ But you want to help him more, right?” She shot back. Ren couldn’t answer. Of course he wanted to help Hifumi. She had been his friend before as well, just like Yusuke had. But Yusuke had also been his team mate. He didn’t want to choose between the two. He knew by helping Yusuke, he’d save Hifumi at the same time. At the same time, he recognised what Hifumi meant. He’d been the same with Ann, focusing on saving her from herself and ignoring the impact she’d had on other people. He couldn’t see his friends as bad people, even if the versions of them in this world weren’t the friends he knew.
“ I’m sorry.” He said. “ I didn’t mean to be insensitive.”
“ Just stay out of other people’s business, Amamiya. It’s for the best for everyone.” Ren turned to watch as she started down the path. However, she quickly slowed to a stop. At first, Ren thought she’d changed her mind about something. But then she saw what had stopped her. He stood up and walked to her side, looking at two people at the end of the path. Luca and Yusuke himself.
“ Ah. Well, this is an interesting coincidence, is it not?” Yusuke said with a smile. “ It’s Amamiya, yes? I wasn’t aware you and Togo had become such close acquaintances.”
“ We just met in Shibuya. He was asking me about you.” Hifumi said.
“ I was asking about your techniques. I’d have asked you personally but I can never get you alone.”
“ Well, I’m quite picky as I’m sure she’s already told you. But Togo has been a perfect muse. She really is incredible.”
“ Is Luca trying to get them out of you as well?” Ren asked.
“ Ha ha. No, I invited her out myself. She’s been quite the interesting person to talk to, you see.”
“ Yusuke’s been asking me to model for him.” Luca said with a beaming smile. “ Something about having vibrant emotions? I don’t really get it but it sounds like fun.” Ren noticed Hifumi physically tense up.
“ What?” She asked quietly. “ But why?”
“ I hope you don’t mind, Togo. I know we have a deal. However, I simply wish to try a new model. Don’t worry. I’ll still need you from time to time.” Despite his smile not changing, Ren could sense a dark intent behind it. “ Perhaps I can paint the two of you together.”
“ Hey. That sounds fun.” Luca said. “ What do you think, Togo?”
“ Y-Yeah. That sounds... great.” Hifumi said, her voice strained. “ I hope you enjoy yourself.”
“ Ha ha. Thanks.”
“ It won’t be until after the exhibit ends, of course. I’ll be far too busy until then. But I do hope the both of you will provide me plenty of inspiration.” He chuckled. “ I also hope you’ll enjoy what I create during the next exhibit Mr Kawanabe puts out. I hope to be creating masterpieces for years to come.”
“ That’s quite the noble goal. I would have thought that… event would have driven you away from creating art. I don’t think I would have been able to keep going.”
“ I love art more than life itself. I don’t think anything will change that.” Yusuke told him. “ I simply wish to show the people of Japan that art isn’t dead just because He disgraced its name.”
“ A noble goal.”
“ I’m glad you think so.” He bowed. “ Now, if you’ll excuse us, Luca and I have more to discuss. I’ll leave you two to your conversation as well. Sorry for intruding.”
“ See you later, Ren.” Luca waved before following along after him. As they disappeared down the path, Hifumi’s breath began shaking as her act fell apart.
“ Why?” She said, her voice sounding broken. “ I thought… If he was focused on me he wouldn’t… so why? Why is he going after Koseki now?”
“ Time’s up…” He muttered. All of a sudden, they had a new deadline. Change Yusuke’s heart before the gallery was over or Tao’s sister would become Yusuke’s new victim. Hifumi had said he’d slowly gotten worse with her over the course of a month but Ren doubted he’d wait that long to force Luca to show him the misery he wanted. “ I need to go.” He started walking.
“ Wait!” Hifumi shouted. Ren stopped. “ If you fail… he’s going to hurt her, isn’t he? Like he has to me. He’s going to force her to suffer so much mental turmoil… I just… I can’t let that happen to someone else. You… said I could help bring him down, right?” Ren looked over to her. “ I don’t care what you want to do. But… if you’ll let me… Help me save her.” Slowly, Ren nodded. He could already hear Akechi in his head, telling him that bringing Hfumi into the palace was a horrible idea. At the same time, she was in her right to help them. If she wanted to join them afterwards then he’d happily accept the help. He knew how driven Hifumi could be.
“ We’re meeting at Penguin Sniper tomorrow morning. I’ll send you the information.” He said. “ Can we trade numbers?”
“ Of course.” She nodded slightly, pulling out her phone. “ I’m sorry.”
“ Huh?”
“ I was harsh to you. I don’t know why you care about Kitagawa so much but I didn’t mean to insult you.”
“ It’s fine. You’ve been through a really tough time.” Ren input Hifumi’s number and put his phone back into his pocket. “ Don’t worry. I’ll make sure that it ends.”
*****************************************
“ You’re a little later than usual.” Sojiro said as he returned to Leblanc, his carer washing the last of the day's dishes.
“ Sorry. I met one of my brother’s friends when I was in Shibuya and we talked a little longer than I thought we would.”
“ Hmm. University must be easy these days if he’s got a few hours to talk to a felon.”
“ It’s not. He moved here for work. He works in Ikebukuro but it was his day off.”
“ I see. Well, so long as he’s not involved in any shady work. Too many kids come out to the big city to make it big only to be unable to amount to anything. Then they end up running with the Yakuza or some other criminal group. It’s a hard life.” Ren sat down.
“ How was work?”
“ Pretty quiet actually. Doctor Takemi came in for an hour. Mentioned you’ve been helping her with something?”
“ It’s nothing major. I’ve just been suffering from insomnia recently. I’m helping her out with some of her patients and she’s giving me sleeping pills.”
“ Insomnia? You never said.” Sojiro hummed. “ If you’re stressed out over your situation, I’ve been providing favourable reports.”
“ I know. And I appreciate it. But this year is important. I guess exam season combined with everything else has just been stressing me out.” He said. His stress was about far more than simple exams but Sojiro didn’t need to know that. “ Is Futaba alright?”
“ Yes, actually.” Sojiro said.
“ Did something happen?”
“ That’s right. It was such a shock I forgot to tell you. I got back from here on Thursday evening to find Futaba out of her room.” Ren raised an eyebrow.
“ Really?”
“ She was just getting herself a glass of water from the kitchen but it was shocking to see. She’s always locked herself away in the past. Even that was beyond her.” Sojiro smiled, drying his hands with a towel as he turned from the sink. “ But it means she’s getting better. That’s all that matters to me. Maybe we can eat some curry here together by the end of the year. I’d be happy if it happened but I’m not going to hold my breath. Her doctor said she needed to do these things in her own time. I’m just glad to see she was right.”
“ That’s great to hear.” Ren smiled. Internally however, his heart felt like it was slowly getting tighter. Maybe that was something that happened but Sojiro never said. They weren’t as close back then. He didn’t know about Futaba so there was no reason to say. Despite that, knowing the changes made to his other friends, he couldn’t help but start worrying about his sister. He really hoped the timeline wasn’t becoming even worse. Then again, Nyarlathotep had warned him that Yaldabaoth wasn’t going to stop at just changing things six months ago. He’d have to check Futaba’s palace after he was done with Yusuke.
***************************************
Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Crow: This is a horrible idea.
Joker: I’m just planning on showing her the metaverse
Joker: She deserves to know the situation we’re in before committing
Joker: Nyarlathotep can give her a persona
Guernica: Fuck the new girl!
Guernica: That bastard wants to touch my Sister!
Guernica: I’m gonna fucking kill him!
Paladin: We won’t let that happen, Tao.
Paladin: Breathe
Crow: I'm aware of your plans Joker. Just let me tell you it’s a horrible idea.
Joker: Yeah, I guessed you’d say that.
Joker: Hifumi will be there tomorrow
Paladin: I’ll keep her safe in the palace. Don’t worry.
Joker: Thanks Shiho
Guernica: I’ve calmed down.
Guernica: I’m gonna break his arms.
Paladin: I guess that’s better?
Crow: No. No it isn’t.
Joker: Let’s just see how tomorrow goes.
Joker: Hopefully we’ll have a new thief this time tomorrow.
Chapter 17: Dragon King
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 22nd
Ren met Hifumi outside Penguin Sniper and brought her inside to meet the others. “ This is your team?” She asked. “ You’re Koseki’s sister, right?”
“ Yep.” Tao said. “ Ren told us what happened. They said I can’t kill him so my current plan is breaking his arms. Possible with a cinder block. Still ironing out the details.”
“ We are not breaking Kitagawa’s arms with a cinder block, Lucatao.” Akechi sighed.
“ Fine. I don’t need the cinder block anyway. I just want to make sure it hurts.”
“ I recognise you from TV. You’re the detective prince, correct? Akechi?”
“ That’s right. Here against my better judgement.”
“ I’m Shiho Suzui. It’s nice to meet you, Togo.”
“ Likewise.” she nodded. “ And I for one am not against breaking Kitagawa’s arms, with or without the cinder block.”
“ Don’t encourage her.” Akechi sighed.
“ Ha. Based.” Tao grinned.
“ No.”
“ Based?” Shiho looked confused. “ Based on what?”
“ Please stop.”
“ Alright, enough tormenting Akechi.” Ren said, chuckling.
“ Very well. In that case, what’s the plan?”
“ It’s easier to show than it is to tell.” Akechi admitted. “ It’s not the type of thing that’s easy to believe.”
“ That worries me.”
“ It’s certainly unique where we’re going. We’ll explain when we’re there.” Ren said. “ Last chance to back out.”
“ If it means stopping Kitagawa, I’m happy to journey with you. Just please tell me it’s not something I can be arrested for.”
“ Theoretically, no.” Akechi said.
“ Good enough, I suppose.”
They travelled to Yusuke’s atelier after a drink and friendly talk at Penguin Sniper. Kasumi wasn’t there that morning sadly. Ren wanted to know how her sister had done at her tournament. That could wait for another day. When they arrived, Hifumi started to ask if this was a trick and they were going to break in and kidnap him or something along those lines. Instead, Ren opened the app. The world twisted and rippled. Hifumi gasped as Yusuke’s gallery appeared in place of his home.
“ What the… What is this?” Hifumi asked. “ Did… Did you drug me? Ah! Why are you wearing those clothes?”
“ Someone about a Will of Rebellion.” Ren said with a shrug. “ Welcome to the Metaverse. That building there is connected to Yusuke’s distorted desires. We go in, find the manifestation of those desires and steal it, forcing him to change his ways for the better. That’s what we call stealing someone’s heart.” Hifumi nodded slowly.
“ Right. I see.” She said, unable to take her eyes off the gallery. Ren couldn’t blame her with how strange it looked. “ I wouldn’t believe you if you told me. Yes, I can understand what you meant when you said that now. I can say without a doubt you’re correct. This is real.”
“ Surprisingly so, yes.” Shiho nodded. “ It’s not a dream even if Guernica tries to make you think that.”
“ It was one time. Let it go, Paladin.” Tao groaned
“ Guernica? Like the street artist?” Hifumi asked. Tao stammered. “ Wait, why did you start using nicknames?”
“ Because we’re inside the mind of the target. If we start shouting our real names in here, we don’t know the effect it will have on them.” Ren told her. “ I’m Joker, she’s Guernica, she’s Paladin and he’s Crow.” Ren pointed to the other thieves as he went. “ We’ll just avoid using your name where possible for now.”
“ I suppose I’m alright with that. Fumi works if you need to.”
“ I’ll keep that in mind.” Joker nodded.
They entered in through the front door and passed back through the main floors of the gallery. Thankfully, they didn’t have to enter the Misery rooms again as the doors remained unlocked. As they went, Hifumi couldn’t help but observe her surroundings. The unfinished floor of Obsession full of old concepts and walls that vanished into the void. The Sorrow floor made of water, skeletal fish and monstrous shadows drifting around them. Finally, the floor of Rage with its burning ruins and statues of Yusuke’s life with Madarame. Each floor, she stopped at the different plaques, reading Yusuke’s thoughts on his own different miseries.
“ Obsession. Yeah, that is how I’d describe it as well.” She said, reading the first plaque. “ He’s obsessed with his art but doesn’t get how it affects others. I guess it’s all worth it so long the work gets done at the end of the day.”
“ Sorrow. Ha. What does he know about that?” She spat on the second floor. “ If he knew something was wrong, then he should have known better than to repeat it. I guess he was probably too young to understand what his scumbag teacher was doing so I can’t blame him for that. But he’s causing sorrow with what he did to me. I bet he’s planning to do the same thing to Luca too.”
“ Rage. So he felt betrayed by Madarame?” Hifumi scowled upon reading the third floor entry. “ Who cares? That doesn’t excuse all he’s done. If he wanted to stew in his own anger and pain, he shouldn’t have tried dragging others down with him. I understand he’s mad he was unknowingly living a lie as part of a charlatan’s charade but what he’s done doesn’t help anyone.”
When they returned to the statue room, Hifumi slowed to a stop. “ What… is all of this?” She asked. She looked around at the black statues shattered in a ring around the new, pristine, white marble statue of Luca. Looking down, she recognised her own face among the rubble. “ These statues… Are they all… me?” Ren didn’t answer. “ Why… Why are they all of me? Is this… Does he truly think I’m this disposable? That he can just use me and discard me as he sees fit?” She shook her head. “ No. No, I’m more than just his tool.”
“ A valiant statement but you couldn’t be more wrong.” The thieves looked up as Shadow Yusuke slowly descended the stairs from the floor above. “ This chamber is dedicated to my muse. In the past, it was you Hifumi. For what it’s worth, you were incredible while you lasted. Ha ha. So much rage and vitriol you spat at me. In the end, however, you made your choice to become my muse. If you had chosen to leave, you would have been spared. It’s all your own doing in the end.”
“ That’s wrong! You blackmailed me!”
“ With what? It was never you who was in the wrong in the information I held. Your mother was the one I had material on and you knew long before I did she was up to no good.” Yusuke reached the bottom. As he did, he picked up one of the destroyed statue’s head, inspecting it like he was about to perform Hamlet. “ You resigned yourself to your fate out of some deluded fear you’d lose everything. Your reputation. Your beloved Shogi. All because it became apparent that your mother, your mentor, was fraudulent. In the end, we’re exactly the same. It’s why I wanted you so much.”
“ We’re nothing alike!”
“ Aren’t we?” He gave her a dismissive glance. “ Your mother is a con artist, buying your victory and riding your accomplishments to the peak. How is that any different to what He did to his pupils? She is a naught but a scammer. A manipulative fraud. If you weren’t popular, she’d abandon you and move on to another. Just as He did. I gave you a chance to understand that. To save you from yourself but no. You were so happy to be confined for your own happiness that you allowed yourself to be used by me and then blamed me for your misfortune.” He dropped the head onto the floor, letting it shatter. “ And in the end, you committed the gravest sin a muse can commit against an artist like myself. You became boring.”
“ What?”
“ Look at you. You’ve become stale. A solitary princess locking herself in a metaphysical tower, unwilling to do anything to help herself but endure it. Your misery, your anger, your fear, your despair. It all became predictable. You’ve become a marred gemstone. A scratched disk. You have no worth in my world anymore. I don’t need you.” He placed a hand on the arm of the statue of Luca. “ But Luca Koseki is different. She’s so full of life. So radiant, like the sun. Hmm hmm hmm. I cannot wait to have her show me misery.”
“ Leave Luca out of this!” Tao shouted.
“ But how could I resist her?” Yusuke’s tone started sounding more and more unhinged. “ I want nothing more than to see her reduced to rubble! I will make the greatest art from seeing that smile die! That energy fade! That life snuffed out! She will show me the greatest misery of all! The death of the Sun! She will become my masterpiece! With such misery, I shall finally be complete! The name Yusuke Kitagawa well never again be forgotten! My mother’s name will be heralded in the history books while Madarame will be forever condemned as the demon in my story! She will show the world my misery! Ha ha ha ha ha!” Tao’s face went red with anger at Yusuke’s words. Ren couldn’t believe what he was hearing. Yusuke truly had broken under the weight of Madarame’s betrayal. Despite how calm and composed he seemed on the outside, this was the real him. A broken man seeking eternal fame while obsessed with sorrow.
“ You… are unforgivable.” Hifumi’s words came as a whisper. Despite that, it cut through the room like a knife. Her breath came out like smoke from a dragon’s maw. Her eyes shone golden with anger. The air itself felt as if it was burning from her rage. “ I will… burn… everything away. You will never… claim that glory! You will never know victory so long as I am your opponent! I WILL DESTROY YOU, KITAGAWAAAAAA!” The air exploded as Hifumi was engulfed in flames. She felt as her skin began to blacken from the intense flames, hardening into a charcoal shell that made her look like one of Yusuke’s statues.
Ah, so the King has finally decided to stop playing defence, have they? An intense pain struck Hifumi’s mind as a voice echoed inside of it. Perfect. Since when has a Shogi player ever won from playing passively and bending to the enemies rule? The shell began to crack. You have bent the knee for too long, cast into servitude of a tyrant. It is high time that you rise from the ashes as the true king you have always meant to be. Cast all villains into the bell and burn them to cinders! I am thou! Thou art I! Embrace the inner dragon and rise!
“ KIYOHIME!” At her scream, the shell shattered, unleashing a fiery explosion around the statue room that sent all the destroyed statues of her flying into the destroyed ruins of the floor of Rage. In its place stood Hifumi wearing the armour of a samurai but charred completely black by flames. Ren noticed that it glowed in places where the armour cracked from the flames, such as her pauldrons and chest piece, reminding him of glowing coals in a fireplace. Red cloth was tied around her waist and over her left shoulder, glowing in places it had been scorched. Across her legs, hands and neck, growing under her armour, looked scaled to the point Ren couldn’t tell if it was armour that was meant to look like scales or was made from the actual scales of a dragon.
Her persona floated above her. Kiyohime had a humanoid face cloaked by a long mask of black hair that blew in the wind as well as a mostly humanoid body, eyes glowing yellow under it. Despite that, it was obvious she wasn’t entirely human. Her teeth were fanged, smoke streaming out of the corners of her mouth, her arms and legs were scaled claws, similar to Hifumi’s own armour but crimson opposing Hifumi’s black armour, and she had a long tail that shifted back and forth, her body hidden under a dark red yukata. The persona vanished, forming a black mask above the top half of her face. It reminded him of an oni mask with the angry expression and twisted horns. As he saw her, Shadow Yusuke couldn’t help but marvel.
“ Beautiful… Such vibrance…” He said breathlessly. “ I was mistaken. You are far more interesting than I thought. Ha. You should have shown me your rebellious side early. I wish you’d fought and screamed into the abyss instead of bowing to me. This is… exhilarating!”
“ We’ll see how exhilarated you are when I turn you into a pile of ash, you scum!”
“ I’d love to see you try.” Yusuke’s smile widened. “ I shall be inspired by the misery of your failure.” With the snap of his fingers, Luca’s statue began to crack. He retreated up the stairs as it shattered, the shadow inside slamming down on to her. She held her scaled gauntlets up to take the blow, grimacing before pushing it back. The shadow infront of them now was like a red skinned man with black hair flowing wildly from three heads, six arms growing from its torso and tattoos adorning its body. Yet another shadow he didn’t recognise
“ Get out of my way!” Hifumi shouted. She summoned Kiyohime, the draconic persona breathing a plume of fire down upon the shadow. The six armed demon withstood it however, leaping at her with a powerful kick that sent her sliding back across the ground.
“ Arsene!” Ren tore his mask off, his persona slamming its heel into one of the shadow’s heads. “ Hifumi! We’ll back you up!” Hifumi looked up to him and then nodded.
“ Thank you, Re… Joker.” Hifumi smiled. “ Let’s end this quickly. Kyusen.”
“ A quick attack it is.” Ren smiled. “ Crow! Give us an opening!”
“ If I must.” Akechi reached for his mask. “ Impale it, Daemon!” Removing his mask, Akechi summoned a demonic looking imp wielding a trident. The Daemon charged, delivering a number of thrusts into the shadow’s crimson skin. The monster slammed down with its two uppermost arms, smashing Daemon to the ground. It vanished back into a mask as Akechi growled in pain. The opening was enough as Hifumi was able to act, sending Kiyohime charging forwards and slamming it with her tail. The shadow was knocked over the statue podium.
“ Oi!” Tao called. The artist’s persona appeared above the demon, driving its spear into it. It growled, swinging up in a rage and pushing Oi off it. It cried out, bellowing in rage like a raging beast.
“ I refuse to let some animal stop me from achieving my goal.” Hifui said, voice stoic and cold.
“ Go.” Ren told her. He called upon High Pixie, strengthening Hifumi as she stepped forwards, a red aura glowing around her as she called upon her new persona again. Hifumi snapped her fingers, causing the draconic persona to charge. It spun through the air, flames glowing around it before it thrust its hand at the six armed shadow, piercing straight through it with blazing energy. The shadow fell to its knees before vanishing into shadows. “ Good. Now then, time to…” Hifumi took a step forward only for the world to seem like it had flipped. She tripped over herself, crumpling to the floor. “ Ah… What… Why do I feel so…?”
“ That’s the price of awakening a Persona” Ren told her. “ You get an initial burst of power and then you feel like all the life has been drained out of you. You’ll need to rest for a bit.”
“ But… Kitagawa…”
“ Yusuke can wait. Your health comes first. Come on. We’ll get you out of here.” Hifumi looked away, ashamed.
“ I’m sorry.” She said. “ I didn’t mean to be so weak.”
“ It happens to us all. Don’t worry.” Ren reassured her, offering her a hand. Gently, she took it, letting herself be pulled back to her feet. “ Welcome to the team.”
“ Yeah. Thanks. I suppose you have a lot to explain to a greenhorn like myself.”
“ Lunch time then?” Tao sighed. “ Damn. I was really hoping we’d finish this today. I hate the idea Luca is alone with that asshole any more than she needs to be.”
“ He won’t start til after the exhibit. We’ve got about 10 days left. All we need is two.”
“ Aye.” She nodded. “ Safety first and all that.” She looked at the podium where the statue had been. “ Don’t be too late giving the order though, Joker. I’ll come in myself if I have to.”
“ Two days at most, Tao.” Ren reassured her. “ We need to make sure Fumi’s ready.”
**************************************
“ It’s not often Mother allows me to have something like this.” Hifumi said, sipping on her milkshake as they sat in Big Bang Burger. “ She’s not too strict about my diet but she keeps stressing how I need to look good in front of the cameras.”
“ Look good for her cheating ya mean?” Tao asked. Hifumi sighed.
“ You said you’re from the future, correct?” Hifumi said, recalling Ren’s story. “ Did you ever have to change her heart?”
“ I did. You asked me too.”
“ I did?” She asked, shocked.
“ We met in a church in Kanda. You taught me how to play Shogi. I… wasn’t the best student admittedly, but I’d like to think we were good friends. In that timeline, Madarame was never arrested so my old team worked with Yusuke to steal his heart. Guess that meant you just got to keep playing Shogi.”
“ Kanda. I haven’t visited there in a while thinking about it. Not since Kitagawa began blackailing me. It was a nice place though. A good place to clear my mind before a hard match up.” She sighed. “ I always suspected someone was rigging my games. I didn’t know who it was. My mother has always been far too interested in fame and fortune and never had an issue using me to do so but I never thought she’d go that far. I suspected it was the network trying to build a narrative until Kitagawa told me his findings. I suppose it makes sense why I’d ask for her heart to change. Is it possible to change it again?”
“ Soon, yes. But she doesn’t have a palace so we’ll need to go further into the palace of humanity, Mementos. The floors are blocked off until we clear palaces and your mother’s shadow was in Ake… No, it was Azy… Akzeri… Azekri… What was it again?”
“ Akzeriyyuth. Just call it Gebura.” Akechi sighed.
“ Yeah, but it’s three floors down. After we take down Yusuke, I’m expecting the floor to Chemdah will open. Then it’s Kaitul and then Gebura. Just enough palaces that we know of to get there.”
“ I see.” She said. “ A problem for another day. What about Kitagawa?”
“ Hold your horses.” Tao told her. “ I wanna charge in as well but we can’t.”
“ That gallery is a lot more devious than it looks.” Akechi explained. “ Each floor contains a trapped portrait. If we don’t handle it, we cannot progress however the portrait also hypnotises people to feel a certain way. We don’t know how many floors are left and we certainly cannot risk it with a weakened member of the team.”
“ Obsession, Sorrow and Anger.” Hifumi hummed. “ I see. Different emotions he’s been struggling with.”
“ That’s the working theory, yes. Any idea what to look out for?”
“ I’m hardly unbiased enough to tell you. There are any number of horrible emotions I could give here. Though if we’re thinking of emotions that cause misery? Fear comes to mind.”
“ I suppose that would be an obvious one.”
“ Never mind that.” Shiho interjected. “ What are we calling Hifumi?”
“ Oh yeah. Her code name.” Tao hummed. “ Well, Luca says she’s called the Shogi Shogun so I guess Shogun works.”
“ I would rather not use that title. Though, using something related to Shogi isn’t something I’m opposed to.”
“ King’s an obvious one.” Tao said. “ Hmm. Though you’re a chick. Queen then.”
“ Taken.” Ren said. “ That was Makoto’s code name in the timeline I came from.”
“ Something like Rook or Knight perhaps?” Akechi said.
“ Hmm. No, I don’t like those.”
“ How about Dragon?” Shiho suggested. “ I mean, between those scales and her persona, she’s very dragon-like.”
“ Dragon…” Hifumi hummed.
“ Do you like it?”
“ Dragon King is the strongest Shogi piece.” She said. “ Hmm. Dragon King does seem to long to be a code name compared to the likes of Crow and Paladin. I suppose simply just Dragon works well in that case.”
“ Welcome to the team then Dragon.” Ren said with a smile.
“ Thank you for having me.” Hifumi smiled back. “ I shall try my best to be the best thief that I can be. Ha ha. Not that it’s the best thing to aspire to, I suppose.”
“ It’s not but what more can we do in these strange times.” Ren laughed. It was nice to have an old friend from the other timeline with him again even if that old friend wasn’t another Phantom Thief. Hifumi was a nice person. Fierce and he worried a little what she would do to Yusuke in the heat of the moment but she was a nice person. She also had a head for strategy. She reminded him of Makoto with the way she had her head on straight. Makoto had risen to be effectively his second in command. He didn’t want to put that burden on Hifumi but he hoped she could help with infiltration strategies. The Phantom Thieves had grown again. One more ally before they had to face the palaces again
**************************************
True Phantom Thieves
Dragon: Peculiar
Dragon: My parents support Shido so it’s worrying to think he’s quite that bad of a person
Joker: We can deal with Shido later. So long as Akechi is with us, we can track his actions.
Dragon: So we can avoid any pitfalls he throws at us along the way.
Joker: He does plenty of that, believe me. We fell for every single one.
Guernica: Not this time. That damn politician is gonna eat grass.
Paladin: Eat grass?
Guernica: Y’know. Knock his ass out.
Paladin: Oh. So his head hits the ground. I get it now.
Dragon: Your way of speaking is certainly different, Tao
Guernica: Eh. I am who I am.
Joker: Ryuji isn’t all that different. I’m used to slang.
Joker: Though Ryuji also used to refuse to say the word fuck for some reason.
Paladin: I know what you mean. Eff this and Eff that. It was pretty endearing.
Guernica: Ha. Sounds like a kid.
Dragon: All joking aside, thanks again for having me.
Dragon: I just hope I can live up to your expectations
Joker: No need to worry about that.
Joker: All you need to do is do your best. It’s all any of us do.
Joker: So long as we can take Yusuke’s heart, our best is all we need.
Notes:
Outside of Ann's chapter, I decided to theme the encounters in the Palaces after other SMT games. So here we are on a floor of an otherworldly place based on rage fighting a red skinned demon with multiple heads and four arms and if you've played Strange Journey, you know the connection. It's Asura who is infamous for spamming a move that inflicts rage on your party. It was initially Morax though due to Antlia being a similarly burning wasteland but I figured Asura fit a lot better. Play Strange Journey by the way.
Chapter 18: Master and Apprentice
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 25th
Hifumi told the thieves she was ready to go the next evening. They had to wait an extra day due to Shiho having a commitment to the Volleyball team. During those two days, Ren decided to track down Ohya again and met with Chihaya. Ohya was in her usual drunken stupor but he introduced himself as a student who was a fan of her work and told Lala that knowing she was a hopeless alcoholic wasn’t going to stop him from wanting to help which she appreciated. Chihaya was a worrying one. The Cult of Control had run the scammer she had been taken in by the last time out of town. This meant she was no longer playing fortune teller for the group. She was still working as a fortune teller when he found her though she mentioned it was something of a hobby after her old boss was exposed as a fraud and she was trying to help people, even if that meant opposing the Church of Control who didn’t view her favourably. It worried him. He’d have to make sure she didn’t change like Makoto and Ann had.
Returning to the palace, Hifumi stalled at the door. After taking the spear Ren got her from Untouchable, she noticed her armour. Now she was looking down at the black gauntlets that covered her hands. She looked down at her body, pulling at the cloth and tapping the armour before placing a hand on her mask. “ Why am I dressed like this now?” She asked.
“ You’ve been like that since you awakened your persona.” Ren told him.
“ Huh? I was like this then as well? I don’t remember that at all.”
“ It took me a while to notice my clothes had changed as well.” Shiho admitted.
“ Everyone’s the same.” Ren nodded. “ I think it’s just the heat of the moment. You end up so focused on everything else that what you're wearing becomes an afterthought.”
“ I suppose that makes sense.” She nodded. “ A scorched samurai. It’s not what I expected from my own mind but, at the same time, I like it. It’s lighter than I expected armour to be.”
“ It's simply a mental contruct.” Akechi told her. “ Your cognition wishes to fight so it made it easier for you to fight.”
“ Hmm. The mental world is a strange place. Though, I suppose you don’t need me to tell you that.” She looked back up at the gallery. “ I can’t even begin to imagine what you’ve been through, Joker. I’m sure this is nothing to you anymore.”
“ Yusuke’s mind is definitely unique, even compared to other palaces. His imagination is far above anyone else, even his own teacher. Still, you’re not wrong. I’ve been through two castles, a museum with moving pictures, a bank guarded by a living piggy bank, a technologically enhanced pyramid, space, a rigged casino and a cruise ship sailing above a flooded version of Tokyo. I can’t even begin to imagine what other palaces are out there.”
“ I’ve seen a few odd ones. Worst one was the farm where a corrupt businessman thought of his own employees as wild animals and worked them to death. The entire place was just disgusting while the farmhouse he resided in remained pristine. These places are the representation of someone’s cognition. The more twisted their desires or the more horrible a person is then the worse these places become. Frankly, as intrusive being forced to feel emotion is, at least we get to experience some fine arts this time.”
“ And here I thought you thought art like that didn’t have substance?” Tao teased.
“ I said that art created in the modern day didn’t tend to have substance. As crazed as Kitagawa, I can’t deny he has talent for what he does.”
“ Even I can’t deny that.” Hifumi admitted. “ I just wish he could paint without causing other people pain.”
“ That’s what we’re here to fix.” Ren said. “ Let’s go see what other misery Yusuke has waiting for us, shall we?”
Passing the now clear room of statues, the thieves ascended the spiral steps to the fourth floor only to be met with complete blackness and a harsh cold. As they walked through it, being careful not to stray from the faint path, pictures emerged from the blackness. They were faces Ren recognised from somewhere. It took a while for him to figure it out but eventually he realised that these were the other students. However, the paintings were pictures of death and despair. People hanging from ropes or throwing themselves off of bridges and buildings. Others surrounded with bottles, huddling in corners or having thrown themselves into crime. He realised what this was. This was what happened to them after Madarame abandoned them. Ren wondered if this is what he thought happened to them or if Yusuke had actually done his research. He shuddered to think.
Ren quickly grabbed Tao as she almost fell into the darkness, the path suddenly ending. Nearby, practically shining against the blackness, was another bronze plaque next to a stone archway. “ Fear.” Hifumi read. “ Every artist fears the idea that their work will be shunned. Every creator fears their piece will be despised. If you put your heart and soul into something, what happens if no-one else will like it? In the end, there is one thing worse than being hated however. Becoming like those who came before me. The fear of being forgotten is a great misery indeed.”
“ Hmm. I can kinda get that.” Tao admitted. “ But it’s still better to create something people won’t like than not to create at all.”
“ Even if the creation of that art will cause pain?” Hifumi asked. “ I’d rather he not create it if it meant that others wouldn’t feel pain.”
“ Hey. Art’s meant to fuel emotions. My name comes from a painting from Picasso. It’s meant to make people feel uncomfortable cause it’s speaking out against something he didn’t like. The way I work is the same way. I don’t care who doesn’t want to see my message. If I think it needs to be said then I’ll paint whatever I need to get that message across. How Kitagawa made his paintings was wrong but that was his methods that need correcting, not the art itself.”
“ I suppose you’re right. I’m sorry if I offended you.”
“ You didn’t. I’m just passionate about my work.”
“ I can tell.”
“ That’s quite enough talk of art philosophy for now. Let’s go in.” They passed under the stone arch and came across a room. Desks stood in the blackness, paintings lining the walls. Ren recognised them as the paintings Yusuke made for the exhibit. Shadows walked among the desks, clamouring over each other, making it impossible to pick out a single conversation. Hifumi took a few timid steps forward.
“ This is… Kosei’s art room.” She said. She began shaking. “ N-No. I… I don’t want to be back here. I… I don’t… I can’t go through it again. I can’t.” The noise around them started to grow louder and louder. Hifumi fell to her knees, huddling herself up in a ball. “ I don’t want to do this… Just let me go. I just want to leave… Please just let me go. Help me. God, please. Save me.”
“ Find the painting.” Ren told the other thieves. The voices kept getting louder. The shadows had stopped moving around, instead beginning to circle Hifumi as she remained huddled, pleading for it to be done, begging for anyone to help her. Her mother, her friends, God itself. Ren looked over the paintings on the wall as the shadow grew, starting to grow around her, surrounding her like a dome as the whispers grew louder and louder, mocking her like bullies surrounding a victim. Ren’s eyes fell on a picture. The painting he’d picked out earlier. The one of Hifumi made of black storm clouds, her eyes as cracks in the cloud cover. He pulled out his pistol and shot it. As it broke apart, the shadows vanished and the loud whispers stopped. The only sound in the room were Hifumi’s panicked breaths. Ren knelt down beside her. “ Dragon?” He asked gently. No answer. “ Hifumi? Are you alright?” Slowly, she grabbed his hand tightly.
“ Don’t… Don’t leave me… Please…” She begged.
“ I won’t. I’ll be here as long as you need me to be.” Ren reassured her. The sat there for a few minutes in silence. The others left the room to check the door and the stairs, leaving them alone. Slowly, Hifumi let go.
“ I’m sorry.” She said. “ You all warned me but… I never expected such an intense feeling. Fear just overcame me and I just… I couldn’t… I’m sorry.” She laughed sadly. “ Some first mission this turned out to be. I crumpled at the first hurdle.”
“ Don’t blame yourself. It’s not your fault.” Ren said, standing. “ Can you keep going?”
“ I think so.” She nodded. Ren helped her up. “ Thank you, R… Joker.”
“ I’m always happy to help a friend. Come on. Let’s not keep the others waiting.”
*************************************
The fifth floor was the grandest of all the floors that they’d seen. It was also the most normal. The walls weren’t made of water or unfinished. The floor wasn’t made of broken stone or hidden in shadow. It felt like they were back in Ann’s palace with how grandiose it all felt. The walls were a brilliant purple and all the artwork was placed in golden portraits, all lit with grand chandeliers hanging overhead. There wasn’t an obvious theme to them. They just looked like normal paintings. With how the rest of the floors had been, Ren expected some kind of issue. Like the extravegence slowly peeling away and decaying but there was none of that. Just a floor of paintings that ended in two golden doors, one bolted shut and the other with a familiar looking plaque next to it.
“ Pride.” Ren began. “ Pride is a poison unlike any other. While it is a driving force for an artist, it can also warp one's mind and perception of the world. It blinds one to reality and can twist one into a monster that acts under the belief that it can do no wrong. A monster that harms, uses and throws away others all to put up the guise of being perfect and receiving praise from the world around it. Under such conditions, such malignant pride becomes a horrid misery.”
“ That sounds like a projection.” Akechi said bluntly. “ He’s clearly talking about Madarame.”
“ Couldn’t the same be said about him?” Shiho asked.
“ He’s prideful but it’s not what drives him.” Hifumi said. “ While the outcomes become the same, his flaw isn’t pride but obsession. Though it’s easy to see how one can very easily lead into another.”
“ You know what they say. Pride comes before a fall.” Ren said. “ Just look at Shido. Incredibly prideful man. Destined to confess his crimes to all of Japan.”
“ I wait for that day with baited breath.” Akechi pushed the door open. “ Come. Let us see what pride will get us today.”
Walking in through the door, they were met by a long hall. It reminded Ren of a courtroom, people watching from the gallery above. The walls were lined with paintings. A pair of curtains were drawn over a large piece above a throne at the end of the hall. Ren recognised what this was. The throne room parallels were obvious but the room itself was set up exactly like one he and Yusuke had talked in not long ago. The gallery in Shibuya, known famously as Madarame’s favourite place due to how close it was to his home. Yusuke would have been there countless times for a new unveiling of a series or piece. Now he himself had his works displayed there, being marvelled at by the crowds. Of course it was a throne room. Now he’d taken the chair from the former ruler of the art world.
As they approached, the curtains suddenly were pulled open by an unseen force. Taken off guard, Ren tried to move in order to defend the others but was frozen as he stared at the canvas. It was a painting of him, the Phantom Thief Joker, standing tall amidst adversity. The crowd cheered and Ren felt Pride overtake him. They were cheering for him. It felt right. It felt like this is how it should have always been. He was Joker, the leader of the Phantom Thieves. He was the reason they became so popular. It was him who led them to stealing the hearts of all the corrupt assholes who inhabited Mementos and crushed the palaces of evil people with distorted desires. After everything he’d been through, getting arrested and kicked out to the big city, being betrayed by Akechi and Igor, being erased and sent back in time. All of the heartache of seeing his friends turned against him, his parents throwing him away and having to claw his way back up time and again. Now everyone cheered for him.
“ This is how it should be.” He muttered, a smile growing on his face. “ I deserve this. After everything that happened, finally I get some recognition.” And why shouldn’t he? He was the leader. Not like Morgana pretended to be or Makoto tried forcing herself into his role. Ryuji was just a hopeless moron and Ann was in over her head from the start. Yusuke was delusional at the best of times and Haru was just a ditzy rich girl with an explosion fetish. Even if his sister had been the most reliable, he still had to save her and it’s not like she could actually fight. Without him, where would they and the leeches he called confidants be? Dead? In prison? Worse? He was the reason the Thieves worked and continued to work. No-one else. Only him. What was wrong with being proud of his work and asking for a bit of recognition? This was what he-
His thoughts came to an abrupt stop. He stared forwards, watching the burning remains of the painting falling apart and crashing down over the throne. “What… was I…” His head cleared. Had he really just thought about all of that? About his friends? The people he’d fought tooth and nail with? He brought a hand to his head. It was all wrong. He knew it was all wrong. He wouldn’t have gotten anywhere without them. They worked as a team. Just because he was their leader on paper didn’t mean that he was the cause of anything. Despite that, he knew he felt those guilty thoughts before when he looked at the Phansite praising them. He’d caught himself before seeing the Thieves’ achievements as his own. He understood what the others had gone through on the other floors now. Those ugly, prideful thoughts were ripped to the surface and consumed him. It disheartened him, thinking that something like that was a side of him as well.
“ Joker?” Shiho asked slowly. “ Are you… OK?”
“ Yeah.” He said. “ I’ll… I’ll be fine.”
“ We’ve been through it too, y’know.” Tao said. “ Ya don’t need to act tough.”
“ I know but… I guess a part of me has always believed I deserved all the praise I got when we formed the Phantom Thieves. Like it was some kind of payment for all the pain that had been inflicted to me all my life.” He sighed. “ In the end, all of us got arrogant and blinded by our own popularity, especially after Medjed. I was no different. I felt like I could do anything. People made merch, weirdly enough.”
“ Who would want merchandise of you?” Akechi scoffed. “ Though I can understand how strange that is.”
“ No way people have Detective Prince merch.” Tao laughed.
“ They have one of both. Shirogane’s hat and my suitcase have replicas made of them.”
“ Why your bag?”
“ Well, it is tailor made.”
“ They made dolls and key chains of a phantom thief using our logo.” Ren chuckled. “ I bought one.”
“ Of course you did.”
“ I’ve always felt proud of what we do. But, sometimes, my thoughts do turn a bit ugly. There were times, especially around then, when we’d make certain missteps in the palace and I’d find myself mentally cursing out one of my friends. I hate that selfish part of me.” He frowned. “ As I was fading away, the God of Control made me an offer. He could save me and my friends. He promised that the Phantom Thieves would receive fame and praise. I could live my life as a hero. However, it would have meant that he would control all of humanity. I knew that and… I almost agreed to it. Not to save my friends but just so I could be someone people loved.”
“ You’re stronger than me then.” Hifumi admitted. “ If I were offered something like that, living my life as a popular Shogi player at the cost of others, I’m not sure I’d be a strong enough person to turn it down.”
“ Me neither.” Shiho said. “ If it meant Ann could live her life the way she wanted to and I could live it with her, I think I would have accepted that offer as well. You shouldn’t be ashamed for considering accepting something like that. It’s a tempting offer, especially if it was made by a god.”
“ And don’t forget what you’re doing now.” Tao told him. “ You’re fighting to save your friends and this world. That’s something to be praised.”
“ I think you’ve forgotten that you’re just as human as the rest of us, Joker. It’s only natural for people to have selfish thoughts they don’t like. The sooner you accept that the better.”
“ Ha. I suppose.” Ren smiled. “ Thank you though.”
“ We may not be your old team, Joker, but we’re still your team.” Tao told him. “ You got our backs. We’ve got yours.” He nodded. That was a fact he wouldn’t easily forget.
*************************************
On the sixth floor, Tao started complaining of sore feet and frankly Ren couldn’t blame her. Including the ground floor, they were seven stories up now, the last five of those floors being themed floors of Yusuke’s different emotional problems. This floor seemed no different. It was completely white other than a trail of red leading from the stairs down the hall. There was no space this time. Just one, long, trailing, white corridor. No paintings. No statues. Just pure white. Ren asked Tao to take the lead. He didn’t like the looks of this.
His bad feeling was proven true. What Ren had at first assumed was a carpet was a lot damper and stickier than he would have liked. As they kept going, it started to spread. It splattered the walls, eventually growing up until it covered them, running down it like a sickening stream. Then it started dripping from the ceiling on top of them. It was obvious it wasn’t paint anymore. The corridor stopped far too late. Unlike the other floors however, there was only one door.
“ Betrayal.” Tao read. “ Oh boy.”
“ I don’t believe you need to read that one.” Akechi said. “ It’s him ranting about Madarame without him directly naming him, yes?”
“ Yeah. It’s also like… three times as long as the other one.” Shiho said.
“ Can you summarise it?” Ren asked.
“ Alright. Uh… Betrayal is bad. Those who do it are the worst of the worst. It can destroy someone’s mental state. It’s the worst misery one can inflict on another.”
“ Should we send Guernica in and wait for her to turn on us?” Hifumi asked.
“ What? Why me?” Tao gawked. “ Make Crow do it.”
“ Crow scares me. I don’t want to fight him.” Shiho admitted.
“ A wise choice.” Akechi said with a smile. “ You're in front, Guernica.” She sighed.
“ Fiiiine.” She opened the door and stepped in, closing it behind her. A few seconds later it opened again. “ Rooms taken.”
“ So we get to fight normally?” Ren asked. She nodded. “ Good. I don’t think any of us can take another painting. Get ready everyone.”
Entering the room, they were met with a long table with plates. Instead of food however, they were covered in body parts, blood seeping onto the floor and running towards them, filling the corridor they came down. In the middle stood a man Ren expected to find somewhere in. He stood, hands resting on the table. Ichiryusai Madarame. “ Of course the plagiarist would be referencing a famous painting in Yusuke’s mind.” Tao snorted. “ You think you're Jesus, old timer?”
" I am the God of Art.” Madarame said. “ Why should I not be seated at this table?” He smirked. “ Are you here to pay tribute to me? Surely, you can’t be here for my worthless pupil?”
“ So what if we are?” Ren asked.
“ A wasted effort. Why search for a tool when you could be bowing before the genius artist Madarame.” He posed dramatically.
“ Genius artist, my left foot.” Tao spat. “ You’re nothing but a plagiarist! A hack!”
“ Hack? Please. It’s only right that my so-called students create for my glory. I chose them and raised them. They’re my property. They just have to pay their keep while I reap the rewards of tending to them. Ha ha ha. In a sense, it’s like gardening. Ha ha ha ha.”
“ You monster.” Hifumi hissed. “ Don’t you see what you’ve done? All the lives you’ve ruined?”
“ Done? All I’ve done is take what was owed to me. What happens to trash after they’ve been discarded is none of my concern? They served their purpose in raising me to even greater heights. I’d have killed them myself if I could have. Just like I did with Atsuko.”
“ Kitagawa’s… mother?” Shiho breathed.
“ Yes. She died quite tragically at my feet. I let her body do the work for me after she finished the Sayuri. After a work so marvellous was created, what use had I for the artist? I killed her and then stole her son and turned him into my greatest asset. If he wasn’t such an idiot he could have produced maybe three more pieces for me before I tossed him onto the street and replaced him with some other orphaned brat. The dreams of children are so much easier to steal after all. I can force them to believe me taking their work is right and them disobeying me is wrong. It’s so hilarious watching little brats begging me for their attention whenever I dump them in that shack.” Madarame grinned widely. As he did, shadows began growing around him. “ Their ambitions are mine to devour. Just as you are. Mwa ha ha! BUONO!” Madarame exploded into blackness. His new form shattered the table, sending pieces of meat flying. What replaced him was a yellow monstrosity with the lower half of a lizard but the upper body of a pig wearing a red cape and golden crown. “ What are you lazing around for? Just because you're dead doesn’t mean you're finished!” He slammed the golden staff in his hands on the ground. The body parts shuddered before merging together into a green zombie, its skin seemingly melting onto the ground. Madarame’s students given life once more.
“ This is sick.” Hifumi scowled. “ How could such a man exist?”
“ This is his cognition. He likely isn’t truly this vile.” Akechi said.
“ Well…” Ren hummed. “ The transforming into a pig necromancer is new. He did gloat about stealing the dreams of children in his palace though.”
“ You’re kidding?” Tao scowled. “ He deserves the fucking death penalty.”
“ Regardless, save your anger for another day. I don’t think he’s going to let us stand around and debate his morals.” Akechi’s point was proven as Madarame charged forwards, ramming them with his massive body. Shiho quickly stepped forwards, using Jeanne to block the blow and push him back with a heavy shove. The Ghouls didn’t give her a chance to take advantage of the situation however as the duo immediatly staggered at her, swinging clawed hands at the barrier she created.
“ Kiyohime!” Hifumi removed her mask. Her persona breathed a plume of flames at the shadows, sending them reeling in pain. Tao and Akechi pushed forwards, Tao knocking one to the ground with a punch to the head and Akechi slashing at the other's chest. Rising up from the ground, Madarame growled before slamming his forelegs onto the Ghoul that was on the ground. The shadow was destroyed, absorbing into himself.
“ Buono! Your ambitions are mine to consume! Create! Fight! Die! All for the glory of the Great Madarame!” Madarame laughed. The ground next to him began to bubble before another creature burst from the blood covered floor.
“ He can summon more?” Shiho exclaimed.
“ Of course. How many students do you think Madarame had?” Akechi said grimly.
“ That’s…” She grimaced.
“ All that means is that we have to go for the head.” Hifumi said firmly. “ If Madarame is defeated, his former students can rest in peace.” Ren glanced at her.
“ Tataki?” She hummed and then nodded.
“ Tataki.”
“ What are you two talking about?” Tao asked.
“ The Greek Gift Sacrifice.” Akechi chuckled. “ I see. Guernica. Paladin. Keep those zombies off of us. Joker, I leave the rest up to you.”
“ Gotcha. Ready Hifumi?”
“ Just give me an opening.”
“ What are you three talking about?” Tao shouted again.
“ Let’s just trust them for now. They seem to have a plan.” Shiho called upon Jeanne, creating an explosion of ice at the feet of the Ghoul Akechi had struck earlier. With an annoyed growl, Tao raised her paint gun at the other one, launched an explosive shot that swept it off its feet. Akechi thrust at Madarame but the cognitive artist dodged.
“ Ha ha ha. Worthless fool. No-one can stop me.” He pushed his body forwards, threatening to crush him with its weight.
“ You’re nowhere near as great as you think you are. Loki!” Akechi pulled off his mask, causing Loki to appear, golf swinging up at Madarame. The attacks connected, Madarame reeling from the impact. As they did, Ren and Hifumi got into position.
“ High Pixie! Garu!” A strong wind pushed Hifumi into the air. She lifted her spear up, aiming it at Madarame. Her other hand tore her mask off just before she hurled it like a javelin. Kiyohime flew around it before turning herself into fire, causing the spear to burst into flames. It pierces Madarame through the chest, passing cleanly through it and his winding tail twice before burying itself into the remains of the table. Madarame screamed out in anguish as his body burned slowly crumbling away to ash and vanishing. The Ghouls around him collapsed, sinking back into the blood covered floor. The Thieves breathed a sigh of relief as a door rumbled open behind him.
“ So what were you three on about?” Tao asked.
“ Tataki.” Hifumi said. “ Striking Pawn. It’s a move where a player places a pawn in front of an opponent’s piece, directly attacking them. It’s a sacrificial gambit since taking the piece usually opens them up for a counter attack.”
“ More like a poisoned pawn then what I was thinking then.” Akechi admitted. “ The Greek Gift Sacrifice is a way to penetrate a castled king. The bishop isn’t expected to survive but it opens an enemy up for an imminent checkmate.”
“ Ah, so you were speaking in nerd talk. I getcha. I getcha.” Tao nodded. “ Speak Japanese next time though. I don’t want to learn two board games to understand your next strategy.”
“ I shall try and keep that in mind.” Hifumi said. “ But still. I can’t believe Madarame was such a horrible person.”
“ He didn’t present himself like this.” Ren said. “ His shadow did say similar things though. I think Yusuke’s mind presented them more harshly but it’s not too far from the truth.” Hifumi looked troubled.
“ Let’s… Let’s just go. Who knows how many more floors we have left to climb. We can discuss all of this afterwards.” Akechi smirked.
“ At least someone is finally getting it.”
Climbing the stairs, they weren’t met with another corridor. Instead, they were met with a large, wide open room. A glass dome surrounded them. Taking a moment to look down, Ren saw they’d made it to the top of the gallery. In the middle of the room was a glass display case with nothing inside of it. Nothing at the moment that was. From the distorting energy around the glass, Ren knew they’d found his treasure. He walked to the back of the room and hit a button on the wall. The elevator dinged open. At least they had a shortcut for when they came back. “ What is this?” Hifumi asked.
“ If I had to guess, the Sayuri.” Ren said. “ Yusuke always said it was his inspiration and it was painted by his mother. If he treasure is going to be anything then that would be the case. Now we’ve found it, all that’s left is the calling card.”
" That was what was on social media, yes?”
“ Right. We send that and his treasure will materialise. I doubt Yusuke will go down without a fight though. He did say we’d be welcome so long as we weren’t intending to steal anything. That’ll all change when we present the card.”
“ Next time we come here, we’d better be ready for a challenge then.” Tao said. “ How are we gonna get the card to him?”
“ Don’t worry about that.” Akechi told them. “ I have a plan. However, it requires some helpers. Guernica. Dragon. May I ask for your help?”
“ For what?” Hifumi asked. Akechi chuckled.
“ We’re going to break into the gallery in Shibuya.”
Notes:
Freedom... At last. Sweet freedom. Oh, uh, sorry. Silksong release date got announced. Hollow Knight is one of my favourite games of all time so to say I'm excited is an understatement.
Madarame had to be in here somewhere and this is probably the point people who played Strange Journey will get the reference even if I didn't bring it up last chapter. He's Horkos, the area 3 boss of Strange Journey, catchphrase and all. He's the most entertaining boss in that game and I figured it made sense for a mad artist who figuratively devours ideas to sustain himself.
Also, the next chapter of The Fool's Journey is being released with this chapter. The Temperance, focusing on Kawakami and Ren's more student-teacher relationship in this timeline.
Chapter 19: The Painter of Misery
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 29th
Yusuke was called by Kawanabe early in the morning, demanding he quickly come down to the gallery urgently. Something had happened overnight. He rushed over, his head jumping between thoughts of what had gone wrong? Had there been a fire? A robbery? He arrived to see the police questioning the staff and hushed whispers from the public. Kawanabe led him in.
“ Sit down Yusuke. There’s been an incident.” Kawanabe told him. “ Last night, three masked thugs broke into the gallery.”
“ What did they take?” Yusuke asked.
“ Nothing.” He said. “ Nothing was stolen.”
“ What?” Yusuke was confused. Why would someone break into an art gallery but not steal anything? Did they trip an alarm and flee? If that were the case, why would Kawanabe want to see him? “ What happened then?”
“ I can explain that.” Yusuke looked up. A man carrying a briefcase entered the room. “ Mister Kitagawa. It’s a pleasure to meet you. My name is Goro Akechi. I happened to be free this morning so I was asked to come down and investigate this case.”
“ I believe I’ve seen you on the news before. You’re the detective prince looking into the mental shutdown cases, are you not?” Akechi nodded.
“ That I am. However, the station was short on staff so I volunteered to handle the questioning for this case.” Akechi sat down across from him, placing his briefcase on the table and opening it. “ The gallery staff arrived early this morning to find these placed in the frames of each of your paintings. We’re currently trying to track down the culprits however they’ve made it rather tricky.” Akechi slid a red card across the table to him. On the back was a sigil. A top hat and a mask. He flipped it over, revealing a letter written in blue calligraphy.
“ Mister Yusuke Kitagawa, the Painter of Misery.” He began reading. “ You have become corrupted by the will of your former master. His shadow has caused you to seek misery as a muse. Because of this, you have abused others in order to create your perfect creations, inflicting the sorrows you wish to create onto others? In order to correct these actions, we have decided to steal your treasure and take your heart?!” He looked up. “ What is this?!”
“ No idea.” Akechi admitted. “ This is the first time the police have seen something like this. Have you ever heard of these phantom thieves?”
“ Well, there is a story about a Shujin student that supposedly had her heart stolen. But I have done nothing wrong. This is… This is slander of the highest degree!”
“ Yusuke. Calm down.” Kawanabe rested a hand on his shoulder. “ We believe you. Is there anyone who would want to hurt you like this?”
“ I… Perhaps an old student of Him I suppose… but I don’t know what I’ve done to make them despise me so much.” He scowled. He looked back to Akechi. As he did, Akechi watched as his eyes flickered golden. “ Ha. Finished with the tour? Very well then. I shall treat you to the grand opening of my treasure. Come and collect it if you can pay the entry fee. I expect you to show me all the misery my heart desires.” Akechi smiled slightly.
“ If you think of anyone, don’t hesitate to let the officers know. Anything at all may help us solve this case.” He stood up. “ I hope the next time we meet it’s on better terms, Mister Kitagawa. Hopefully, I can get a break the next time you have a gallery open.”
“ We’ll hope to see you there, Mister Akechi.” Kawanabe nodded.
“ Indeed. I wish you luck with your investigation.” Yusuke bowed. Akechi smiled and nodded.
“ Worry not. I’m sure the culprit will be brought to justice before long.”
*****************************************
Despite the gallery being on high alert, there didn’t seem to be any added security as they entered the door. Ren hummed. They entered the elevator and began taking it up to the top floor. “ That’s weird. Ann had guards waiting at the door when we went to get her treasure.”
“ Perhaps he wants us to come.” Ren said. “ A part of him might recognise how far he’s gone and is letting us get as close as we can before the rest of him takes over.”
“ What was Kitagawa like when he fought with you?” Hifumi asked.
“ Calm, collected. He wore a fox mask and used Ice and physical based attacks. Incredibly evasive as well. But that doesn’t mean anything right now. The way Ann fought was different to how she fought with me. I’m not betting on past information.”
“ That’s a shame. It would be nice to have some knowledge of what we’re walking into.”
“ If it’s anything like Takamaki, expect fierce opposition.” Akechi warned her. “ We only won against her because Paladin talked her down. I highly doubt we’ll have such luck against Kitagawa.”
“ After seeing his palace, I’m worried about what he’s gonna throw at us.” Tao said. “ We’ve already run into enemies that can put us to sleep. What are we gonna do if he starts using the paintings against us?”
“ Don’t worry about that.” Ren smiled. “ I’m way ahead of you.” The elevator shuddered to a stop on the top floor. When the doors opened however, they were looking at Yusuke’s treasure and whatever defences he’d set up to handle it. Instead, they were looking out the street they’d just come in from. Slowly, the thieves stepped outside, getting a better look at the scene. It was night time. They were standing outside the Madarame Atelier. Across the street from them, three cars were parked. The street had been cordoned off, a small crowd wondering what was happening so late at night. Ren looked to the side, seeing Yusuke standing and staring blankly as Madarame was led out in cuffs, shouting at the officers to unhand him.
I had a nightmare that morning. Yusuke’s voice echoed. I opened the door my master was always so protective over. Descending down the steps, I was met with hell. A golden museum of shifting portraits where He ruled supreme. The thoughts plagued my mind the entire day until, when the sun began to set, I could no longer hold back my temptation. I stole the key from his room, unlocked the door and… Hell was right. It wasn’t the golden museum but it was a room full of the Sayuri. I pulled off the tarp and found the original. That’s when he found me. He tried to lie his way out of it. He was in debt. He painted forgeries to get himself out of a creative funk. All of them rung hollow. As I pressed him, he revealed his true form. A monster. He started to gloat after that. No-one would believe he was plagiarising and abusing his pupils. That such a respected figure would be so evil. The fact he let my mother die seemed to fall from his mouth as he got caught in his own gloating and my world froze. He told me he’d report me to his security team. I got to the police first. Yusuke walked forwards, the ranting Madarame fading as the stone was replaced by wood, a room growing around them as he walked. For days I sat staring at a blank canvas after Mister Kawanabe took me in. I still had the keys for the atelier and he bought it. I continued using it. My mind fell back on that night. Madarame screaming in anguish and desperation and misery. Yusuke picked up a brush, a twisted smile forming on his face. He began to laugh as he slashed at the canvas without any sense of reason. Misery. It became my muse. It’s all that matters to me anymore. If my own misery will not suffice, I shall drag misery from others. This path of mine was always paved in blood. It is a path I must continue to walk. No matter the cost. A door slammed shut in front of them, the door to his art room. They found themselves back on the elevator, the door opening once again.
“ There it is again.” Shiho said. “ Just like with Ann.”
“ The source of his distortion.” Ren said grimly.
“ Damnit Kitagawa…” Hifumi hissed. “ We have to take his treasure. This is our only chance, right?”
“ Right.” Ren nodded. “ Let’s save him from the misery that’s captured his heart.”
They emerged into the top floor. In the glass case, a painting had appeared. The Sayuri as it was known to the public. Of course, without entering Madarame’s palace, he wouldn’t know what it looked like. Madarame may not have told him he added his own additions to the piece. Standing in front of the cage, leaning on his cane, was Shadow Yusuke. Upon seeing them, he stood up straight, a crazed grin on his face. He opened his arms wide. “ Welcome, my honoured guests. You kept me waiting but finally you have arrived. Welcome to the grand opening of the Sayuri exhibition. My finest treasure. I won’t allow you to steal it.”
“ You let us all the way up here without a fight. Why not just give up at this point?” Tao asked.
“ Ha ha ha. Simple really. Was my gallery enjoyable? How did it feel to become marred with misery? They’re all from my own mind, you know? Obsession to complete a work of art. Sorrow over letting so much heartbreak occur under my nose. Rage over being used by my former mentor, if you can even call him that. Fear that I shall become just like him if I continue down this blood filled path. Pride over my work that blinds me from the crimes I commit to create it. Betrayal by the man I once thought of as my father. You’ve all felt one of them. You can collectively understand me.”
“ That’s why you let us through? You wanted us to understand you?” Shiho asked.
“ Because you want to be saved. Right, Yusuke? I know you can’t like that you’ve ended up like this. Someone who can only thrive off making others miserable.” Ren said. Yusuke sighed.
“ It’s not ideal, I shall say that. However, the ends justify the means. If misery is my muse then I shall follow her wherever she may lead.” Yusuke tightend his free hand into a fist. “ Art always has a cost. If mine is my morality, so be it.”
“ I’m assuming you’re not just here to lecture us. Nor did you let us come all this way to succeed.” Akechi said.
“ You’re a bright one.” Yusuke nodded. “ No. I want you to show me misery. The greatest misery of all. Behold your goal. Now watch as it vanished before your very eyes.” Yusuke tapped his cane against the ground. The bottom of the case opened up. Ren watched in alarm as the painting fell through, vanishing from sight. Yusuke laughed. “ Ah. The greatest misery of all. Being so close to your goal but having it snatched away from you at the final hour. The seventh Misery! Despair! The misery that I have become! That I live day in and day out! That I can only live by infecting others with it, like a vector for a plague! Ha ha ha ha!” Ren grit his teeth. That wasn’t good. They couldn’t destroy the palace if they couldn’t find the treasure. It could have gone anywhere in the palace, even to a place they’d never found. They didn’t have the time to search the entire Gallery for it before the effect of the Calling Card wore off. Especially since Yusuke’s Shadow wasn’t likely to let them leave.
“ Joker. Focus.” Akechi shouted. “ Don’t give him what he wants.”
“ Right. Sorry.” Ren took a deep breath.
“ No please. Keep going, all of you. I want to see you suffer. I’m not sure how much of this will translate to my true self so the more the better.” His grin grew wide and cruel. “ I want to see you crushed under the weight of your failure.”
“ Sorry to disappoint you but that won’t happen.” Hifumi retorted. “ We’ll crush you instead.”
“ Ha? Will you now?” Yusuke laughed. The shadows around the room began to bend. “ Good. Fight as hard as you can. It just makes the pain all the sweeter.” He tosses his cane away as he began to morph, becoming bulkier and growing inside. “ Show it all to me. Your anger. Your sorrow.” The shadows burst under him as his form turned from a human into a beast, his suit transforming into a black and red Yukata and a samurai’s kasa appearing on his head. His skin became covered in white fur, ears breaking through his hat and twitching. As the shadows cleared, it revealed a snow white fox, a long tail rising from behind him, the end dripping with paint. His hands were different however. They were covered in black ink, growing up his arms and making them look skeletal in comparison to the rest of his body. “ SHOW ME MISERY!” He howled, shattering the windows around them with a powerful blast of energy.
“ Careful everyone. Here he comes.” Ren raised his guard. He expected him to rush in. Instead however his tail swished, rapidly painting a sigil into the air. With a swing of his tail, he launched it at Shiho. As soon as it hit her, Shiho’s temperament changed. She began to shiver.
“ N-No… Stay back!” She raised her weapon, stepping back, stricken with fear. “ D-Don’t come near me!”
“ Patra!” Ren summoned High Pixie. Shiho’s body glowed briefly before she came back to her senses.
“ W-What?”
“ Shit. He can inflict his fucking miseries on us. I knew it.” Tao growled. “ Glad to see you thought ahead, Joker.” Ren smiled.
“ Paladin. You and I should focus on making sure the others can fight with a clear head. Everyone else, I leave Yusuke to you. Crow. Take the lead of the front lines.” Akechi looked at him, somewhat suprised before nodding.
“ Of course. Guernica, Dragon. Arc around the sides. I’ll strike the center. We’ll catch him in a triangle.” The two nodded. Before Yusuke could interrupt the plan, Akechi removed his mask. Robin Hood appeared behind him, bombarding Yusuke with arrows to stop him painting up another mental trap. Behind them, Shiho used Jeanne to bless them. A blue aura began to surround the thieves. Akechi narrowed his gaze. He grabbed the hilt of his sword with both hands, leveling it against Yusuke with a kendo stance. Then, he charged. He raised his sword and struck down with a powerful slash. As he did, Tao and Hifumi moved in as well. Yusuke noticed, blocking Akechi’s slash with one claw and thrusting his tail at Tao, catching her mid punch and pushing her back while painting a sigil on her. His attention split in three meant he was too slow to stop Hifumi driving her spear into his side. Kiyohime appeared behind her as the spear began to glow before detonating with white energy, pushing Hifumi back to safety. Akechi leapt back as well as Ren cured Tao’s confusion, narrowly letting her avoid a slash from Yusuke’s claw. With his attention on her however, Akechi took his chance. Loki appeared overhead, striking Yusuke across the back with his sword. Yusuke struck with his tail as he turned to face him. Tao took her moment, blowing him off his feet with a shot from her paint gun. He landed on the floor, narrowly avoiding as Hifumi drove her spear into the ground where he was lying before leaping onto the podium that once displayed his treasure, his eyes darting between the free, trying to keep an eye on their movements. Akechi gestured at them with their heads and began walking in a circle. The other two caught on, following his movements in order to keep the triangle in place.
“ What’s happening?” Shiho asked in shock.
“ Hmm. I get it.” Ren said. “ Do you know the biggest mistake you can make when fighting multiple enemies? Getting surrounded. We made a few mistakes in the palaces in the other timeline that led to us getting surrounded by enemies on all sides. The shadows could be rather opportunistic. I remember one time in Kanishiro’s palace that a Yaksini caught Ann, holding her with its swords against her throat. We got out of it thanks to pretending to play along and then reversing the ambush but getting caught led to some scary situations. Look at how Crow got Dragon and Guernica to position themselves.” Shiho gasped.
“ In a triangle. No matter which way he looks, he’s open to one of them.”
“ Exactly.” Ren nodded. “ Crow’s crafty. That’s why I gave him the lead. I still don’t really trust him not to betray us to Shido again but he’s incredibly smart, whether his detective position was manufactured or not. Not as smart as he likes to think but still sharp."
“ Do you think they can defeat him?”
“ Hopefully. If not, we can cut in ourselves.”
“ Right.” Shadow Yusuke let out a low, animalistic growl as he ketp his eyes darting between his foes, thinking of how to act. He tightend is grip, cracking the bullet proof glass as black ink started leaking from it. He rose up, tensing his claws before slashing wildly at the air all around him, spreading the ink all around them. Some of it hit the thieves.
“ What is this?” Hifumi called. “ Ink?”
“ Gah. It stings.” Tao grimaced. “ This ain’t like any paint I’ve got on me in the past.”
“ Black paint?” Ren’s eyes widened as Madarame’s laughter echoed in his mind. “ Uh oh.”
“ I don’t like the sounds of that.” Shiho said. “ What is it?”
“ Everyone! Don’t let Yusuke hit you where the ink is!” He shouted. It was just like the stuff Madarame used when they fought against him. An inky black paint that seared the skin, making any pain inflicted on the spot all the more painful. Capitalising off the confusion, Yusuke lunged at Hifumi. She managed to block his claws with her spear only for him to reach his tail around, driving it into the splatering of black paint on her torso. She screamed in pain, opening her up to get struck with Yusuke’s claws.
“ ASSHOLE!” She shouted, wildly thrusting with her spear. Yusuke flipped back just as Shiho managed to cast Patra, cleansing the rage from Hifumi. She clutched her side. “ God… Felt like I’d been stabbed.”
“ Just be careful about that tail. It’s even more dangerous now than it was before.” Akechi warned them. “ Can you move, Dragon?”
“ As best as I can.” She said, her voice strained from the pain. Ren hummed.
“ Paladin, assist. I’ll handle healing everyone.”
“ Are you sure, Joker?”
“ Positive. I’m assuming your plan still works as a square, right?”
“ It should.” He nodded. “ Still, of course our fearless leader takes the easy job and lets the rest of us slave away.”
“ Just letting you get some of that glory you always complain I’m hogging, Crow.” Ren smirked. Akechi just huffed, a slight smile on his face.
“ You always have to have a comeback ready, don’t you?” He said. Shiho joined the formation, raising her sword out in front with her. Her mask burned off her as Jeanne appeared behind her, her cloak flowing around Shiho protectively, banning curling in the wind. Yusuke took her challenge, leaping from his perch. He drove his claws into her barrier. Tao took her opening. Summoning Oi, her persona thrust its paint brush-like spear at Yusuke, clashing with his own brush-like tail. Using the opportunity, Akechi charged in. He used Robin to strike him from afar as he rushed in with his blade. Yusuke turned, raising an arm to defend himself from the bombardment of arrows. Akechi dug his sword into his arm only to grimace in pain as Yusuke dug his other claw into the black ink splattered across his leg. Shiho used this moment to drive her rapier into his side. With a cry, Yusuke shoved Akechi and Tao back, falling back. His foot cracked on frozen ground, his eyes widening as the ground detonated. He fell to one knee, weakened.
“ You… How interesting… ah… You’re quite… strong…” Yusuke groaned. Shadows began to stream off his claws. At first, Ren thought he was turning back. However, it was only his claws. Ren’s eyes widened. “ But you cannot… overcome… the truth of my heart! MY MISERY CANNOT BE OVERCOME!” Yusuke rose only to be met with a shot to the chest. Loki appeared in front of him, driving his sword through Yusuke’s chest before throwing him back against the podium, smashing it to splinters. As the shadows cleared, Akechi huffed.
“ The truth? How foolish.” He said emotionlessly. “ I decide the truth. Not you.” Yusuke groaned as his form returned to normal.
“ Ha…ha…ha…” He smiled. “ I see…. A defeat like this… How… miserable. This misery… How magnificent.” Before Ren could speak up, he saw Hifumi moving towards him. Her face was blank. However, as she walked towards him, her mask burned off her face as Kiyohime began floating behind her, a plume of smoke escaping from her lips. She stopped in front of him and raised her spear.
“ HIFUMI! DON’T!” Ren shouted. Hifumi plunged her spear downwards, flames surrounding it. Yusuke flinched. The whole room went silent, all except Hifumi’s deep breaths.
“ Even now… Misery is all you can think about.” She said coldly. “ Even now, it’s the only thing that exists, isn’t it? Your sadness? Your pain?” She looked down at him with a look of disgust. “There’s more to life than that. Just because you experienced a tragedy, no matter how great, that’s not an excuse to live like this! Causing others pain just so you can feel better about your own situation! Living for misery isn’t a real way of living! Get over it!” It was at that moment Ren realised what Hifumi had done. Slowly, Yusuke’s shadow raised a hand to the cut in his cheek. Hifumi had driven her burning spear inches away from his head. “ Find a better way to live. For your sake if no-one else's.”
“ Togo…” Yusuke smiled. “ Even through your rage and fear and sadness, you still show mercy? That kindness… Ha… How… beautiful.” He closed his eyes. “ I see now… You’re right. I’ve let this go on for too long. Even though he’s gone, I’ve never been able to escape Madarame’s shadow. I’ve let him continue to manipulate me and control my actions. This path I have blindly walked will only lead me to becoming him. That’s all this misery has given me. And yet, it’s the only thing I’ve known. I’m scared to let it go. A familiar despair is more comfortable than a potentially painful freedom.”
“ Even so, isn’t finding happiness worth the risk?” Ren asked him.
“ Yes. You’re right, of course.” Yusuke smiled. “ Thank you all for this. I’ll return to him now. He must learn this truth as well. I wish you luck in your future endeavours, fair thieves. As for my treasure, it lies in the arms of an angel.” Yusuke’s body began to glow before fading away.
“ What’s that supposed to mean?” Tao asked.
“ Hmm. I have a theory. We need to head for the bottom of the gallery. Now that the shadow’s gone however, I suspect that may not be a simple affair.” As if on cue, the tower began to shake. “ You need to never open your mouth again, Crow!”
“ Uh. Guys. The elevator… isn’t working.” Shiho told them. “ What do we do?”
“ Only thing we can do.” Ren said. “ We run and try not to fall.” The thieves sprinted for the exit, passing through the floors as they went as they collapsed around them. The floor of betrayal had cracks in the walls that bled, adding to the flow. Pillars fell around them as they ran through the floor of pride, forcing some narrow evasion from the thieves. The floor of fear was even worse to try and navigate as some of the floor had fallen into the void, Ren having to pull Shiho back from almost falling. The floor of rage felt like they were running through an erupting volcano as explosions blasted all around them. The floor of sorrow was flooding, water pouring down from above as the paintings floated away. The floor of obsession looked like it was being erased as they ran. Finally, they burst back out in the entryway. As they did, Ren saw something held in the hands of the statue of Yusuke’s mother. “ The Sayuri!”
“ I thought so.” Akechi said. “ Someone grab it. Let’s get out of here.” Tao leapt up, snatching the portrait, as the thieves pushed their way out of the door. The world bent and warped as they emerged into reality. It was over.
“ Phew. Good. We got the- Huh?” Tao looked down. The painting had changed. Instead of the portrait that had inspired him was a painting that looked like it had been made by a child. A landscape with cartoony trees and a smiling sun along with two figures. One was a young boy and the other was a woman. “ What is this?”
“ Could it be?” Ren breathed. “ I wonder if this was Yusuke’s first painting.”
“ Y’mean one he drew with his mother?” Tao said.
“ I suppose that would make sense.” Akechi said. “ The floor of obsession held all kinds of unfished work. He probably forgot many of them but his subconscious remembered. It’s the same with this painting. Even if that painting is lost, the memory remains. And that memory is his greatest treasure. The start of his journey as an artist.”
“ That’s kind of cute.” Shiho said. “ But what do we do with it?” Ren looked over to the Atelier.
“ All we had to do was remove his treasure from his palace to destroy it.” He said, crossing the street.. “ For something like this, perhaps returning it will inspire a change for the better. Come on. Let’s go.” He placed the picture down and rang the doorbell before turning and walking away
*****************************************
Akechi
Akechi: Are you free to speak?
Hifumi: Sure.
Akechi: I just wanted to let you know you did the right thing in not killing Kitagawa.
Hifumi: I didn’t expect that from you.
Hifumi: The others have told me about your past, you know.
Akechi: Yes. I assumed Ren hadn’t kept that to himself.
Akechi: I did what I had to do. I don’t regret it but I also believe it’s noble that you could move past your feelings.
Hifumi: I haven’t forgiven him but I don’t want him dead. Especially now I’ve seen what he’s been through
Hifumi: I don’t believe it was a reasonable excuse but I can’t hate him anymore. I want him gets better.
HifumI: Do you sometimes wish you could have spared your old targets?
Akechi: Admittedly, when Ren informed me that there was a way to handle targets like that non lethally, a part of me felt cold. But I cannot change the past.
Akechi: I have one goal in this life. If I can achieve it, I can finally find peace.
Hifumi: Your just like Kitagawa, you know. I think you and him are both trapped by misery.
Hifumi: I just hope you can find it in you to move on as well.
Hifumi: Akechi?
Notes:
I brought it up briefly before but my idea for an actual boss fight with Yusuke is he uses his tail as a paint brush and has a number of different moves that inflict different mental status effects based on the six miseries of his life. His status attacks are single target but he has a number of physical moves that strike random or all targets that, thanks to his unique passive, can inflict technical damage against mental ailments.
Also, yes. The idea of a fox who paints with his tail is inspired by Okami.
Chapter 20: A Fox's Lament
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
May 29th
Yusuke sat alone in a dark room of the atelier. Across from him sat a painting. After returning from the gallery, he spent the rest of the day in a panic, worried about the calling card. As he sat, the doorbell rang. By the time he opened the door, the person who had rang it was gone. Instead, there was a painting on the ground. He picked it up and examined it. At first, he wondered who had left him a child's painting. Despite that, the familiarity of it made him take it inside. After staring at it for a long time, he realised who the artist was. It had been him. It was the first painting he had made, sitting with his mother as she gave him loving guidance. It had disappeared after she died at some point in his life. Whether it had been thrown out by mistake or destroyed by his old master, he hadn’t known. Yet, despite that, here it was as if it had been painted yesterday. The realisation broke him.
Now he sat there, surrounded by torn parchment and shattered canvasses. All the art he’d created in the last six months that didn’t currently sit in that gallery in Shibuya destroyed. After they had been returned to him, he intended to destroy them as well. All that art was made with hatred and misery. Misery he had felt. Misery he had inflicted. All of it and for what? Ugly art that only showed his own evil. He couldn’t bear to look at it anymore. He just sat on the ground, staring up at it. The piece was horrible, created by a child. Despite that, it held such purity. Before the misery. Before Madarame. Before even the Sayuri. It brought him back to that moment. He felt such joy creating art back then. What went wrong? When had he started walking such a dark path? Could he even escape it now? He didn’t know. He wanted to escape but he didn’t know if he held the strength to do it.
“ My, what an interesting piece.” Yusuke was snapped out of his self loathing by a sudden voice. He snapped his head to the door to see a figure leaning against the door frame. He couldn’t make much out about them due to the darkness and the white hooded cloak they wore. “ Did you make it?”
“ Who are you?” Yusuke demanded. “ How did you get in here?”
“ Calm down, Mister Kitagawa. I promise you that I am a friend.” The figure reassured him. “ It seems you are troubled. Are you lost? Seeking forgiveness?” Yusuke didn’t answer. Rationally, he should kick this person out and call the police. He’d already been threatened by one group who hid their identities with hooded clothing. For all he knew, this person was an affiliate of theirs. Something about their voice made him ignore his rational mind.
“ I have done horrible things.” Yusuke admitted. “ I do not believe some of them can be forgiven. I watched from the side lines as others were hurt, turned away as they took their lives and personally inflicted hardships on another.”
“ Do you wish to repent?” The figure asked. “ Our god accepts all sinners. They can cleanse you of your soul. All you have to do is come with me and I promise you the salvation you seek.” He stared at them.
“ Are you… from the Church of Control?” He asked.
“ Indeed. Ours is the path of righteousness. Soon, all of the world will come to accept us as the one true path. But, for now, I can only offer our freedom and security in person. I have chosen you, painter. I cannot show you misery but I can show you hope.” Yusuke turned his gaze back to the painting.
“ Hope?” He smiled. “ I see. Then show it to me. The world which your god seeks to create. If he can forgive what I have become then I shall accept his mercy with open arms.”
“ I am grateful that you would take the chance. Now come. Allow me to introduce his glory to you.”
*************************************
May 30th
Hifumi told him that Yusuke hadn’t come to school the next day. That was understandable. Those who had their hearts stolen always needed a few days. What did hit the news rather quickly was that Yusuke Kitagawa wouldn’t be continuing the gallery tour that Kawanabe had planned and his pieces were being removed from it on Yusuke’s own request. Kawanabe released a statement. Yusuke had asked the paintings be removed and he was pulling back due to personal health concerns. Ren assumed it was probably a cover story. Yusuke may not have made it public but he guessed he’d confided in Kawanabe after his heart had been changed about what he’d done and his new mentor had quietly had him step back for the time being. Yusuke would be back in the art world someday. He was never the type to back down. Ren just hoped his next piece would be one that inspired happiness instead of misery.
“ What did the artist do?” Haru asked him at lunch time, picking at the wrapper of a lollipop. It was just them today. Shiho had decided to have lunch with Ann and her other friends.“ People were pretty quick to report that you dropped calling cards off. The website’s on fire. They’re wondering what Kitigawa did. All sorts of theories.”
“ He was abusing his model, Hifumi Togo.” Ren told her. “ Though he wasn’t a bad guy. After what happened with Madarame, he was in a depressive state. Hifumi asked us to talk with him and we did. He realised what he’d been doing. I guess he wasn’t proud with his actions and backed out of Kawanabe’s youth gallery. I just hope he can get his head back on straight.”
“ Depressed artist, huh? Always figured that came with occupation. Wasn’t there some famous artist who cut his ear off and then killed himself?”
“ You mean Van Gogh?”
“ Yeah. Him.” She said. “ Then there’s Guernica. You heard about them?”
“ The street artist?”
“ Right. They go after politicians. Father is worried she’ll target his stores when he announces his campaign.”
“ And your opinion on them?”
“ Pretty good art. Pretty odd way to send a message.” She shrugged. “ No-one knows who they could be though. Are they one of the Phantom Thieves?”
“ How do you know the thieves aren’t just me and Shiho?”
“ I could see it for Takamaki but not for Kitagawa. You had no connections but I can see an artist who’s art creates a message that inspires justice wanting to take down an artist who’s art creates a feeling that invokes despair. I’m just theorising.” Ren laughed.
“ Well, there are more than just Shiho and I.” He admitted. “ You’re right about that.”
“ That Hifumi girl, right?”
“ That was an easy guess.” He nodded. “ She’s new but she’s a good friend.”
“ Glad to hear that you’re fanning out from Shujin. There’s not many people here I’d consider genuine. You’ve noticed it too, right?” Ren sighed.
“ You mean that more of the student body has joined that cult since Ann did, right?” He asked. It was hard to ignore. He’d been focused on Yusuke this past month but it wasn’t enough for him not to notice the increase of students with the badge associated with the Church of Control. While he assumed some of them had joined due to friends or family, the one that stood out to him was Yumeko Mogami. Mogami was one of the people he stole the heart of in Mementos, a girl who was stalking the boy she loved. Part way through the month however, she suddenly stopped doing her usual antics and corrected her actions without him having to interfere. Along with that, she started wearing the pin of the Church of Control and talked about finding God. It worried Ren because of what it may have meant. A persona user was a part of the Church and were changing hearts for the worse.
“ That’s right. Makoto is happy with herself, I’m sure. It’s just making it harder to get around without getting preached too.” Haru huffed. “ At this rate, we’re going to be living in a church school. I could get father to transfer me out but you’re stuck here, right?”
“ Sadly.” He nodded.
“ Well, just promise me you and Suzui won’t change like Makoto did.” She said. “ It’s nice having normal people to talk to.”
“ Why not join the Phantom Thieves then?” Ren offered. “ We’re always looking for reliable people.”
“ I appreciate the offer but I don’t think so.” Haru said with a wink. “ I don’t think I’d make a good criminal.”
“ Ha ha ha. I suppose not. But… If you change your mind, the offer’s open.”
“ Heh. Maybe one day then.” She said. “ Til then, keep up the good work. I’m happy cheering you on from the side lines.”
*************************************
“ Did you guys hear?” Emi asked. Shiho looked up from her lunch. The four of them were sitting in a quiet corner of the school. It was strange being together like this at first. Usually, Shiho hated these meetups. All Ann and the others would do was laugh at the people they were putting down. It took a while before Emi and Satoko joined her and Ann for lunch again. Emi was sheepish about it while Satoko, after a few days of trying and failing to keep up the charade, eventually fell back into her old ways before she was Ann’s lackey and joined them too.
“ About what?”
“ The Phantom Thieves.” She smiled. “ They raided that youth gallery in Shibuya.”
“ Huh? The art gallery?” Ann asked. “ Why?”
“ No-one knows. But one of the workers put a picture up. Apparently, one of the artists was abusing his model. Apparently he dropped out of the exhibit this morning.”
“ Yeah right.” Satoko said. “ I bet he was dropped by the organisers but made it seem like it was an amicable decision. It’s a better look with the media.”
“ I just hope he gets a happy ending out of this like I did.” Ann said with a smile. “ Maybe our God can help him too.” Shiho bit her lip at the reminder of Ann’s newly found religion.
“ You’re still going on about that, Ann?” Satoko asked. “ Thought you’d have given it up by now. Why would you seriously join a cult called the Church of Control? Don’t you like choosing things, Ann?”
“ That’s not what the Church is about. We just trust in the will of our god. It makes things so much easier. I haven’t felt any anxiety in weeks and my test scores came back better than ever.”
“ But you studied more than usual. That’s the natural outcome when you study.”
“ I… don’t know.” Emi said nervously. “ Is it really so bad that Ann found peace of mind? I think it’s a nice idea.”
“ Hee hee. Thanks, Emi.” Ann smiled. “ What about you Shiho? What do you think?”
“ Uh.” Shiho glanced down. “ I’m… not so sure about it. Nijima and all those weird cloaked people on the street make it seem so scary. But if it makes you happy, Ann, I guess it can’t be that bad.”
“ Right?” Ann nodded. “ Hey. Why don’t you three come with me next time I visit the compound? I can show you just how wrong you are, Satoko.”
“ Not a chance.” Satoko laughed. “ I’d rather think for myself, thank you very much.”
“ Uh. I don’t mind.” Emi said. “ Some other people around the school have been talking about it and they seem pretty happy too. I… wouldn’t mind seeing what it’s all about.”
“ Uh, I’ll pass too. Sorry Ann but it’s just… I don’t know. The concept worries me.” She couldn’t admit the truth. According to Ren, the Church of Control was worshipping a god that was trying to force humanity into ignorant servitude. What Ann said matched up with that. Trying to take away people's freedoms by only doing what their god commanded them to do. Perhaps they were happy leaving their lives in the hands of someone else but knowing the truth behind made Shiho uncomfortable.
“ No worries. Take your time. The church accepts everyone whenever they’re ready, after all.” Ann said, offering her a reassuring smile. Shiho returned it. If the cult was as bad as they seemed, she was sure that she’d have to enter the compound one day but not in the way Ann wanted. She and Ren would go in with the rest of the Phantom Thieves and dismantle the cult from the top down. She hoped doing so would finally save her friend. She’d been a slave to fate for far too long.
*************************************
June 1st
Ren stepped out of school, stretching. He’d spent a little bit longer than he thought he would, hanging out with Mishima. It was weird knowing he didn’t know about them this time. He was so used to him knowing he almost tripped up from time to time. Still, it was nice to see him just enjoying life. They’d run into Kamoshida and the man had just smiled at them, told them to enjoy their evening and hoped Mishima could make it to practise later in the week. Mishima had happily said he’d do his best. Kamoshida being a good teacher wasn’t something he was over yet.
“ Oh. Ren. Good evening.” Ren stopped at the bottom of the stairs. Turning around, he looked up to see Makoto at the top of them. “ Are you just leaving as well?”
“ Yep.” He said. “ I was helping a classmate with a project. President things keeping you here late?”
“ Indeed. I have to do my best for the student body. There have been less reports of bullying since Ann stopped her crusade however. It’s quite the relief.” She walked down the steps, stopping as she reached him. “ Would you like to eat with me? I know of a nice café nearby.”
“ Around here? Seriously?”
“ Don’t tell me you’ve never explored the school area?” She asked, surprised.
“ I usually just head to Shibuya after school. It has everything and most places around here are office blocks. Guess it never crossed my mind.
“ Admittedly, there isn’t much to see. However, there’s always some gems if you’re willing to look. Do you want to join me?” Ren hesitated at the offer. He really did want to spend some time with Makoto again but knowing what she was compared to what she had been was painful to witness. The first day had made a bad impression. It wasn’t the first time he’d seen her controlling side either. She was a very stern person in this timeline. He’d seen her in the halls, showing no mercy to rule breakers, both for the school rules and the rules of her supposed church. Despite that, she never dropped her smile. It was eerie. However, she was still his friend once.
“ Alright. Lead the way.” He said. Makoto smiled even more brightly. The café was only ten minutes away from the school. Ren was surprised he’d never been before. It’s not like it was hidden or anything. He’d just never really thought to wander around Aoyama-Itchome before. They sat down and ordered. The man behind the counter was friendly with Makoto but was dismissive of her wishing god’s blessing on him. At least this wasn’t some kind of cult run business.
“ How have you been finding school? Have you settled in alright?”
“ Yeah. Sorry again about that first day. I didn’t mean to be so rude to you.”
“ Oh, it was my fault. If I knew who you were, I would have been a lot kinder from the outset. I’m glad Haru was there to clean up that misunderstanding.”
“ How do you and her know each other?”
“ She and I have been classmates since middle school. We’ve been friendly with each other for a long time. However, she seems to have suffered from some kind of depressive episode. It’s a shame. She used to be so bubbly.” She sighed. “ I can only hope God can save her too someday.” Ren tried not to grimace at that. “ Ah. You’re not a believer, are you?”
“ Not at all.”
“ A pity. The god of Control offers freedom and security to all who are willing to accept him. Do you not have anything you seek forgiveness for? I know why you came to Shujin, you know Ren?”
“ You know the official story. Not the actual one. I was framed by Minister Shido for stopping him drunkenly assaulting a woman. It’s not me who should be seeking forgiveness for that.”
“ Ah. My apologies for assuming. But even still, there must be things that you aren’t sure about. We can help reassure you of them. The weight of an unjust crime must be a heavy burden. It’s not one you have to bear.”
“ It’s one I’m fine with. Besides, it’s only for one year.” He shrugged. “ I can take that. I’d rather not be forced to obey the whims of a god I don’t know exists just for an easier ride.”
“ A noble view, if flawed.” Makoto said. “ I cannot force you to join us and nor do I plan to. But our doors are always open.”
“ You don’t have to take me out to tell me that you know?”
“ I know.” Makoto nodded. “ But… I don’t why but there’s something special about you. I can’t help but feel there’s something between us.”
“ I don’t like you that way.”
“ You’re quite funny, Ren.” Makoto chuckled. “ It’s nothing romantic, don’t worry. I don’t understand what it is though. There’s just something familiar about you. I can’t place the feeling. It’s… unique.” Ren’s eyes widened slightly. Something familiar? Did Makoto remember something somehow? He didn’t want to trick himself into hoping.
“ I feel something similar, admittedly.” He said. “ It’s strange.”
“ Isn’t it? I’m sure it’s a sign from our lord. You’re going to do great things, Ren. I can already tell. I just hope you can do it with us.” Ren sighed.
“ I’ll think about it. That’s all I can promise.”
“ That’s all that I ask.” Makoto nodded. “ I do hope we can work together someday.” Ren wished for nothing more but he kept that dream to himself.
*************************************
June 2nd
When Ren got back from school on the Thursday, the café was busier than usual. At Sojiro’s request, he put on an apron and started washing the dishes and helping make coffee. After it was over, Sojiro sighed. “ Sorry about that.” Soiro said. “ The Theater is putting on a movie marathon tonight. Bunch of fantasy fans used this place as their damn waiting room. What time is it?”
“ About half six.” Ren said.
“ Great. I’m late.”
“ It’s just around the corner. I’m sure Futaba will be fine without you for an extra hour.”
“ I know.” He said. He started putting away his equipment. “ She’s been a lot happier recently. I’m not sure why. She just said she met a friend online and they’ve been helping her through certain things. I’m too behind regarding this online mumbo jumbo but if it’s helping her, I can’t call it a bad thing can I?”
“ Depends on the person. I’d hate to think she’s being strung along by some scammer.”
“ She hasn’t told me anything. It does make me worried a little but I’m not going to be the one to stop her talking with them. I don’t want her to relapse, you know?”
“ It’s a hard situation to be in.” Ren admitted. “ I can’t imagine it.”
“ Wait til you're a father yourself. You’ll quickly learn.” Ren helped Sojiro with the last dishes and packing away. He mind went to Futaba. He wondered what had caused her to change. She was ahead of schedule for healing. Did someone else take her heart while he was busy elsewhere? His mind drifted back to Mogami and the Church of Control. He really hoped no-one had messed with his sister. As he was thinking, the door rang. “ Sorry but we’re…” Sojiro’s voice trailed off. Ren looked up. As he did, his blood ran cold. Standing in the doorway, a familiar, confident smirk on her face, was someone who should not have been there.
" You’re late Sojiro.” Futaba said. “ Ah whatever. Mind making some curry? I’m starving.”
Notes:
I never plan for cliff hangers to just so happen to co-inside with the two day break. It does happen a lot though when I'm writing longer stories. Don't know how it happens. It just does. Anyway, that wraps up the Yusuke Arc. I wonder who could possibly be next.
Chapter 21: The Butterfly Effect
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 2nd
Ren stared as Futaba took a seat in one of the booths. She rested her head in her arms, looking over at the two. “ You two doing alright? You’re staring.”
“ Fu…I… What… are you doing here?” Sojiro asked, just as shocked as Ren was.
“ You were taking forever.” Futaba told him. “ I wanted to see if you were doing alright. Busy day, Sojiro?”
“ Uh…. Y-Yes…” He said. “ Are you… alright?”
“ Yup.” She nodded. “ Yes, I know I haven’t left the house in a while. I guess it would be a shock thinking about it like that. But hungry minds do desperate things. Mweh heh heh.”
“ I suppose. Alright. I’ll make you both some curry. Be a little patient.” Sojiro walked over to the cooker. He looked like a new man, a warm smile on his face as he went to work. Ren walked over to the booth.
“ Mind if I sit down?”
“ Go for it.” She nodded. “ You’re Ren, right? Sojiro’s talked a lot about you. I’m kinda jealous. He really cares for you.”
“ That’s good to hear. I don’t want to be a burden.” He said. “ Oh, you’re Futaba right? Sojiro’s daughter?”
“ Yup. Heard your dad spoiled my existence. Not that I really care.” She shrugged. “ I’ve been stuck in my room for a while. Sorry I didn’t come around sooner.”
“ Hey. It’s alright. I heard you’ve been through a lot.”
“ I have.” She nodded. “ But some friends have been helping me out a lot. I guess you could say they taught me true happiness. Heh heh.” Alarm bells went off inside Ren’s head.
“ Who are they?”
“ Met ‘em on a forum a few months back.” She said. “ I joined it seven… No, it's almost been eight months now, thinking about it. Man, how time flies.” There it was again. The same time frame the others had changed. But Futaba’s palace was the same when he checked it. Akechi had said the same. Nyralathotep had said Yaldabaoth hadn’t changed her. Were they all wrong? No. Since then, Sojiro mentioned Futaba started getting better. It had only been a month since then.
“ Sojiro said it was only recently that you left your room.”
“ Yeah. It’s been a long journey of self discovery. Like Batman, y’know? After his parents were killed, he trained all around the world for a decade before returning to Gotham.”
“ So what you’re telling me is that you're going to become a superhero?”
“ What makes you think I’m not already?” She asked slyly.
“ You said that with so much confidence that I almost believe you.” Ren laughed. Of course, she was half right. Alibaba was a renowned hacker. She was like an urban myth herself, just like the Phantom Thieves. A Robin Hood style hacktivist, taking from big businesses and giving it to charities. No official reports were made since the money was small amounts for them and her draining their accounts was untraceable. Futaba was a genius. From just a simple computer in her room, she’d created a legend. After she joined the thieves, she became invaluable. He expected nothing less from his little sister.
“ Who knows? Maybe I’m a phantom thief.” She winked at him. Ren didn’t know how to answer that. Did she already know? He knew she figured it out last time using cameras and microphones she hacked into. He didn’t know when she started but the thieves were still pretty minor. The belief in the thieves had gone up since they took Yusuke’s heart but that didn’t matter to him. Not this time. “ Oh come on. You don’t think I’m serious, do you?”
“ Of course not. They’re a myth.”
“ I know. Still, it’s fun to believe.” Futaba grinned. “ I hear they’ve been busy lately. Some kid artist got hit over the weekend, right?”
“ That’s what they say, yes. Kitagawa, Madarame’s last pupil. A horrible man. Uh, Madarame I mean. Not Kitagawa.”
“ Yeah, I heard Madarame got arrested for abusing his students and taking their work as his own.” She hummed. “ Like teacher, like student I guess.”
“ I see Kitagawa as more of a victim. It’s likely he was just depressed and didn’t know how else to turn. Who knows? Maybe the thieves helped him out by taking his heart.”
“ Interesting idea.” She admitted. “ Well, maybe he can find happiness too.”
“ Uh, Futaba? What… is this happiness you’re talking about? You’re talking about it like it’s a person.”
“ Heh. I suppose you’re right.” She admitted. “ My friends are part of this new religion. It’s pretty strange but it’s brought me a lot of peace.”
“ The Church of Control?” Ren asked neutrally.
“ Ah. You’ve heard of them. That’s the one.” She nodded enthusiastically. “ I wouldn’t exactly call myself a believer. They have some out there views, after all. Still, they’re good people.”
“ There’s a few people in school who are a part of it. I don’t really see the appeal myself.”
“ Well, to each their own and all that.” Futaba shrugs. “ As I said, I’m not really a part of them. It’s just a nice community.”
“ I’m glad they’ve helped you at least.” Ren said. He meant as well. It was nice to see Futaba again, out and about and smiling brightly. But, at the same time, it filled him with a sense of unease. The Church of Control had their hooks In the girl he came to see as his little sister. It felt as if the God of Control had just declared war on him. Of course if Yaldabaoth knew the rest of the thieves they’d know her. Was it just waiting for the right moment? Held back on corrupting her further just so it could do it while he was helpless to watch? He wouldn’t let this stand.
“ Glad to see you two getting along.” Sojiro said, dropping two plates of curry off for them before sitting on one of the stools by the counter.
“ Ren was telling me all your embarrassing habits at work.”
“ I was not.”
“ He wasn’t. But I could totally get him to tell me if I wanted to.”
“ I know you could.” He admitted. Then he looked at him. “ Hit on my daughter and it won’t be the police you need to worry about, understand?”
“ I would never dream of it.” Ren promised him. Futaba just laughed. Ren smiled. He wasn’t going to let Yaldabaoth have its way. The next palace was already decided.
********************************************
June 3rd
Akechi was the only one missing as the Thieves met up in Shibuya. He had a meeting apparently but wouldn’t go any more in depth than that. Ren assumed it was with Shido. He wondered if had a new target. He tried not to worry about it. They took a seat in the diner. Ren twiddled his fingers as he sat down, staring at them while deep in thought. “ Ren?” He looked up to see the others staring at him. “ Are you… OK?” Shiho asked. “ You’ve been distracted all day.”
“ I…” He shook his head. “ Futaba… came into Leblanc last night.”
“ That ill sister of yours?” Tao asked. “ Ain’t that a good thing?”
“ No.” He said softly. “ She’s… apparently been talking to members of the Church of Control. While I’m happy she’s not in pain anymore, I can’t help but worry what that means.”
“ You think that god of theirs has started messing with her like it messed with your other friends.” Ren nodded. Tao sighed. “ Shit.”
“ What are we waiting for then?” Tao said. “ You said she had a palace, right? Is it still there?”
“ Yeah.” He said. “ That’s the other part that concerns me. Her palace was made from her pain of loss from her mother. The way we saved her was by tearing it down. But it’s still there even though she’s supposedly already been saved.”
“ Hmm. There’s something strange about all of this.” Shiho said. “ I hope we can save her.”
“ Hold on.” Hifumi spoke up. “ I hate being the one to say this, however we can’t just run into this blind. We should try and gather some information before going inside. If her character has changed, the Palace may be completely different than the one you experienced before. We should also wait for Akechi.” Ren sighed. As much as he hated to admit it, Hifumi had a point. Rushing into something like this was asking for trouble. Makoto gave them a first hand experience of that when they went to deal with Kaneshiro. He wanted nothing more than to charge into that Pyramid and save Futaba by any means necessary but he knew he couldn’t. He owed it to her to do this properly and ensure his victory.
“ Where is that detective bastard anyway?” Tao asked.
“ Meeting.” Ren shrugged. “ He didn’t say who with. I’m assuming it’s Shido but I don’t see why he’d keep that secret.”
“ Think he’s planning on backstabbing us?”
“ No clue.”
“ I don’t think he will.” Hifumi said. “ He’s rough around the edges but he has a good heart.”
“ I just think he’s a dick.” Tao shrugged.
“ If I may change the subject, I have more bad news.” Hifumi said. “ Yusuke returned to school today. He apologised to me for the last six months. He told me he’d been going through a depressive episode and felt ashamed of what he’d done. Apparently he’s destroyed all his paintings from the last six months.”
“ Wow. Really.” Ren was surprised by that. The Yusuke he knew was very picky about what he painted but he would never destroy art. The change of heart must have impacted him more than he thought. “ What’s the bad news?”
“ What he said after I asked why.” She said tersely. “ He found peace, would you believe it?”
“ Damn it.” Ren slammed a fist down on the table. “ Yusuke too?”
“ I guess God really does know all.” Tao said bitterly.
“ This is beyond a joke.” Shiho grimaced. “ Is there really nothing we can do?”
“ Well, there is one thing.” Ren said. “ Now we’ve cleared another palace, a new floor is open.”
“ Oh no.” Shiho paled at the reminder. “ Please no.”
“ Sorry, Shi. Has to be done.”
“ What are we talking about?”
“ Mementos.” Ren told her. “ We’ll show you it but it’s where Yaldabaoth is. It’s blocked by palaces which is why we can’t just go down now and deal with it.”
“ Hmm. I see. Perhaps we can go in on Sunday, assuming Akechi has decided whether or not he’s coming back.”
“ I promised Ann I’d hang out with her on Sunday. Sorry.” Shiho told them.
“ Hmm. No worries.” Ren said. “ We can deal with Chemdah without you.”
“ What? I wouldn’t want to put that on you guys.”
“ Eh. It’s fine. Enjoy your day out.” Tao said confidently. “ Ain’t nothing we haven’t dealt with already if the last one was anything to go by. Maybe have to punch out some dickheads along the way. No real issue.”
“ Ah. I feel kind of bad about this but if you’re sure.”
“ Of course.” Ren said. “ What’s the worst that can happen?”
“ Please don’t say that.”
********************************************
Goro sighed as he entered the office of the SIU director. He’d just had an annoying conversation with Shido. Okumura was still not happy with Wild Duck Burger hanging on even after their former head of sales had a mental shutdown. Goro decided to tell Shido he wasn’t dealing with any more stupid requests from his fringe benefactors anymore. He had enough work at the moment and enough things to deal with without having to go and break the mind of some television personality who called a politician names or getting the son of a podcast host hit by some random bus driver just because they were getting more popular than the network. It was infuriating to do that man's bidding, especially now he knew from Amamiya that Shido was already planning on killing him after he became prime minister. He could find someone else to take the trash out. Goro told him only to contact him if it was a major incident. Otherwise, he’d only talk to him with reports on the case he was working on.
Shido was the one who wanted him looking into the Church of Control. It didn’t take an idiot to see they were growing steadily. Far too steadily for it to be natural. Amamiya theorised they were forcing a change of heart in people using the metaverse. Instead of fixing corrupted shadows however, someone was spiriting them away to the depths of Mementos, turning their actual selves into mind controlled peons of the God of Control. He hadn’t told Shido any of that, of course. The less he knew about the situation the better.
After getting out of his meeting, he was immediately called in by the SIU director. At least he was smart enough to wait until Shido was making his way out of the building instead of interrupting them. He walked into the office, not even bothering to pretend to be happy to be there. Kaito Akagi was one of Shido’s outer circle, the type of person who knew about Shido’s ability to induce the shutdowns and thought he was close enough to Shido to think he was safe but was just another expendable pawn. If Shido wanted, he was just another target for Akechi to bring down. He even had a palace, a giant airship where he was the captain, ordering his people to bomb people from orbit at his command, seeing it as perfect justice. A laughable fool.
“ Ah, Akechi. How was your meeting with Mister Shido?”
“ Same as ever.” He admitted. “ We were… discussing business. I’m sure you understand.”
“ Of course.” The man rubbed his hands together. “ How are you getting on with the recent investigations?”
“ The Mental Shutdowns are as simple as ever to rectify. The Church of Control is more complicated. They’re growing at an alarming rate. Despite being just set up almost eight months ago, they’ve already eclipsed other, smaller religions in the city. How they’re managing to do so is a mystery even to me. And now we’ve got a new problem. The Phantom Thieves.” He sighed. “ I personally don’t think they’re real but the internet is starting to latch onto the idea. Two calling cards were sent out. Two people mysteriously changed. Between Takamaki’s mental breakdown in Shujin and Kitagawa’s sudden retreat from public life, it’s easy to see why.”
“ What is your theory?”
“ I believe the Thieves are connected with the Church. I wouldn’t be surpised if it’s just a red herring they’ve created to sow discord among those trying to look into them. Just ignore them for now.”
“ Well, I’ve asked Principal Kobayakawa to be on the lookout. Unfortunately, his school is being infested with Church members. The student council president is one of them so he has very little options in the way of investigation.”
“ Kobayakawa always has been a useless fool.” Goro sighed. “ I wouldn’t rely on him to find me a cow in a pasture, let alone any useful evidence for an investigation. I don’t understand why Shido lets him latch on.”
“ Ha ha ha. Well, the man is a good doner and his hold on the youth can help our party remain in power for decades to come. Fool he may but he has his uses.”
“ I suppose.” Goro admitted. The same could be said about Akagi himself, of course, but he wasn’t going to be the one to break his delusions. “ Is that everything you needed?”
“ Not quite. I have some news for you. Your workload will be coming down in a few weeks.”
“ Huh?”
“ With how things have been going, the top brass wants me to increase the manpower for our investigations in order to reassure the public. I was intending to have Prosecutor Nijima give you a hand however it appears she’s become busy with a few cases of her own and lacks the time. As a result, some other detectives have been called in to assist you regarding the two cases.” Akagi didn’t sound too happy about that. Goro understood why. If these detectives were too smart for their own good, they could figure out about Shido’s conspiracy. That would be bad for both of them.
“ A shame. No matter. If they get in our way, they’ll just have to be dealt with.” The SIU director laughed.
“ Right you are, Akechi. Right you are.” His smiled returned. “ The two they're bringing in are some big names that I’m sure you’ve heard of. Zenkichi Hasegawa of Kyoto and Naoto Shirogane of Osaka.” Goro groaned.
“ Not Shirogane.” He said. Of all the detectives Goro didn’t want to meet, Naoto Shirogane was at the top of that list. She’d made a name for herself since she was in high school. Five years ago, there had been a series of murders and a number of kidnappings in the small town of Inaba. It was at that time she’d earned the title he now held. The detective prince. She had helped the Inaba police department solve the murders, finding two of the murders had been caused by an office, Tohru Adachi, the third was a copycat killing by a troubled student, Mitsuo Kubo, and the kidnappings had been done by a disgraced member of the Osaka city council, Taro Namatame. The methods of Adachi’s murders had never been discovered and the man refused to talk even to this day, however the case had propelled Shirogane’s career forwards. Now she was the top detective in Osaka and made it no secret in interviews she didn’t see him as a worthy successor.
Hasegawa was a different matter. Unlike Shirogane and himself, Hasegawa was a police inspector with a storied past. He’d been on the force for a long time and had a long, impressive list of cases under his belt. He didn’t look like much but his unassuming appearance held a deadly level of intelligence and the experience of a hundred cases. He more than made up for the experience he and Shirogane lacked when it came to a big case like the one they’d be working on together. Still, it surprised Goro that Hasegawa would be the one put on the case. About a year ago, his wife was murdered by Jyun Owada. There was an eyewitness to the crime however he’d come to Shido for help and managed to weasel his way out of it, pinning the blame on his secretary instead. Hasegawa had been pretty quiet since then. It would seem this was to be his grand return.
“ When will they be arriving?” Goro asked.
“ Within the next two weeks. I’ll send you and Mister Shido an email with the date when I know.”
“ Wonderful. I appreciate that.” Goro stood up. “ Keep your head down when they arrive, Akagi. For your sake and for ours.”
“ Of course, Akechi. I know my place.” Goro bowed and left the room. He had no idea. Goro looked at his phone and hummed. Mementos on Sunday, was it? He sent a confirmation message back. He wondered what would collapse first in the end. Shido, the Church or Amamiya. He just hoped he hadn’t decided to back the wrong horse when the time came.
Notes:
The plot thickens. I feel like it was Futaba's palace that got the actual plot going in Persona 5 so why change that now?
Chapter 22: The Wrong Crowd
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 4th
Iwai raised an eyebrow as he inspected the items Ren bought from him. A new level of gear for the thieves. “ One day, you’re gonna have to tell me what ya need all of this stuff for.” Iwai said. “ I get you’re a collector and all but there’s gotta be more to it than that.”
“ I’m part of a group of cosplayers.” Ren lied.
“ Kid, this ain’t the right kinda stuff for cosplaying.”
“ The more realistic it looks the better, right?” Ren said. “ Looks more authentic for our costumes.” Iwai scoffed.
“ Well, whatever bullshit you’re playing at, make sure it can’t be traced back to me.” He said, bagging the items up. “ Have enough shit to deal with recently without you bringing the cops to my door.”
“ Problems?”
“ Yup.” He said. “ The damn Hashiba won their little turf war with Kaneshiro so I’ve had to deal with an old friend pestering me to help him out. It’ll never happen but he just won’t stop. I’m worried it’s gonna start driving off customers.”
“ I think your locals know how shady you are, Iwai.”
“ Can it, brat. I ain’t priced your shit yet. Don’t make me mark it up.”
“ Ah ha ha. Kidding. Kidding.”
“ Yeah. That’s what I thought.” The door ringing interrupted their conversation. Ren looked up, seeing a boy in a middle school uniform coming in. “ Why’re you coming through the front?”
“ There’s some strange looking men in the alleyway and I didn’t want to take my chances.”
“ Hoods or tattoos?” Ren asked.
“ Tattoos.” Iwai rolled his eyes.
“ Steer clear of either of them, the both of you. They're all crazies.” The boy stopped in front of the employee gate next to Iwai’s counter. He outstretched a hand.
“ I’m sorry. I don’t think we’ve met. I’m Kaoru Iwai. It’s nice to meet you.”
“ Iwai’s son, right? Nice to meet you too. I’m Ren Amamiya. A cosplayer of sorts.”
“ Cosplayer? I didn’t realise you sold weapons like that, Dad.”
“ I don’t. But this kid doesn’t seem to care.” He scoffed. “ Well, so long as he’s paying and not doing anything illegal, I don’t really care.”
“ As hands off as ever, huh?” Kaoru laughed. Iwai rubbed the back of his neck.
“ Don’t you have homework to be doing instead of bothering your old man?” He asked.
“ I suppose so. I hope we can speak again some other time, Amamiya.” Kaoru bowed before heading around the back and up to his apartment. Iwai sighed.
“ Dumb kid.”
“ You care for him a lot, don’t you?”
“ Of course I do.” He nodded. “ Which is why you better not get him involved in your ‘cosplay’ crap. If you do, it won’t be the police you’ll have to be scared of.” Ren laughed. “ Think I’m not serious, Amamiya?”
“ No, I understand completely. It’s just that Sojiro said the same thing about his daughter recently.”
“ Sakura has a daughter?” Iwai raised an eyebrow. “ Interesting.” He handed the bag to Ren. “ Regardless, here’s your stuff. You should be grateful. Normal cosplay stuff is far more expensive.”
“ Don’t worry. I am.” Ren turned to leave.
“ Oi. Forgetting something?” He flinched before laughing nervously, pulling out his wallet. Iwai rolled his eyes. Sometimes, he wondered why he put up with such a scatter brained brat.
***************************************
June 5th
Shiho sent the other thieves a good luck message before meeting Ann in Harajuku. Her eyes shone with glee when she saw her, waving Shiho over. “ I hope I’m not too late.” Shiho said.
“ Don’t be silly. I only finished my shoot half an hour ago. I barely just got here myself. Come on.” Ann led Shiho to a corner café down the main street. It was nice to be there, just the two of them. Everything had been so hectic in her life lately. From working with the Phantom Thieves to starting Volleyball again, she didn’t feel like she had much time to relax. She had too much on her mind. She still felt bad letting Ren and the others delve into Mementos without her but it had been too long since she and Ann just hung out for an afternoon alone together. It had been longer since she’d done it with the old Ann. At least she could pretend with this one. She’d tried with Empress Ann but found it harder and harder to look at her without remembering what she’d done, even if she knew she’d never hurt her.
Ann laughed as she discussed her day modelling. Apparently, her rival Mika had tried overshadowing her and had completely failed. The director had chewed her out for being too focused on being perfect that she’d ironically made herself look unnaturally stiff. They had to waste time redoing some of her shoots while she got congratulated for her natural poise. Ann saw it as fitting karma for someone like her. Shiho then got a chance to talk about how her volleyball training was going. Coach Kamoshida had kept to his word. He was far lighter with them now, showing them techniques for them to try but otherwise focusing more on getting them to have fun than the harsh training regiment he’d used before. Ironically, that approach was working a lot better. Some of the old members had returned to the court and, due to their new found enjoyment and enthusiasm, the team's morale was higher than ever. Shiho was sure they were going to crush the regionals in the summer but none of them really seemed to care so long as they did their best when the time came, a mindset Kamoshida promoted now.
They had a look around some clothes stores after lunch. Shiho was never the fashionista that Ann was but she still humoured her friend, trying on some dresses and shirts Shiho was never going to buy. They were all far too expensive anyway. Ann picked up a few things for herself. Shiho had to wonder where she kept everything. Her parents were wealthy though. Maybe they bought her a new wardrobe recently. It wouldn't have been the first time. She was a model and the daughter of fashion designers, one of which had been a former model himself. It only made sense that she was absolutely obsessed with fashion, for better or for worse.
“ Where should we go next?” Shiho asked.
“ Hmm… How about… Oh.” Ann’s eyes focused on the crowd. Shiho followed her gaze. A trio were standing by the end of Takenoko street. Ann seemed happy to see them, walking over. Shiho followed close behind, her heart twisting in her chest. She recognised two of them and not for good reasons. One of them was Council President Niijima and one of them was Yusuke Kitagawa. The last was a girl with bright orange hair and glasses who looked pretty overwhelmed by the crowds. “ Makoto. Hey. What are you doing here?”
“ Oh. Ann. Shiho.” Makoto said, smiling as ever. “ How nice for our lord to have brought us together like this. Yusuke and I were just showing Futaba around.”
“ H-Hey.” The orange haired girl waved. “ Sorry, I’m just a little… I’m not used to crowds.” Shiho frowned. This wasn’t good at all. That must have been Ren’s surrogate sister that he was so worried about. He wasn’t going to be happy to find out she was out with Nijima and Kitagawa.
“ It’s alright. Are you from the country?” She asked. “ Oh. I’m Ann, by the way. Ann Takamaki. This is my best friend Shiho.”
“ Shiho Suzui. Nice to meet you both.” Shiho said.
“ Nah. I’ve just been a level 100 NEET due to… a lot of personal issues. People from the Church have been helping me out with them though. It’s thanks to them that I'm even out of my room.”
“ That’s awesome. So cool to meet someone else our God has helped.” Ann beamed. Shiho was starting to feel uncomfortably out of place.
“ Would you and Shiho like to hang out with us for a while, Ann?” Makoto asked. “ Admittedly, this isn’t a part of Tokyo I’m all too familiar with.”
“ Sure. I come here all the time. Is that alright with you, Shiho?” Four sets of eyes looked at her expectantly. Shiho smiled nervously.
“ Sure.” She said, trying not to show her nerves. “ Sounds like fun.”
“ Nice.” Ann grinned. “ I’ll give you all the grand tour.” Shiho trailed behind the others as Ann showed them around. She wasn’t kidding about the grand tour. Shiho hadn’t even known some of the places that Ann showed them even existed. As she did, she ended up forced to talk with the others. Makoto forced her to use their first names. They were all friends, apparently. All equal under the eyes of Yaldabaoth. She didn’t mind it but it was a little weird. Yusuke told her to forget his appearance at the gallery when she mentioned friends going. His last pieces were misguided. His next piece would be perfect as the lord guided him. Futaba thankfully didn’t say anything about their god. It gave Shiho some hope that they could stop her going fully off the deep end but she wasn’t going to hold onto it. She knew Ren wanted it more than anything else but seeing this made Shiho less sure. Makoto meanwhile was a lot warmer than Shiho saw at school. She supposed this was what she was like around friends. Or perhaps around people she was trying to get to throw their lives in with the cult. She hoped it was the former.
They ended up at the Jingubashi bridge, staring out at the entrance to the shrine. Yusuke raised his hands, staring at the gate framed with his fingers. “ Beautiful.” He said. “ It’s been a long time since I visited the Meiji Shrine. I shall have to take some time to do so soon.”
“ It’s a lot nicer looking in person.” Futaba agreed. “ So this is the bridge cosplayers used to hang out at. I was born in the wrong century.”
“ Why? Think of all the things you wouldn’t have if you weren’t living right now.”
“ It’s a cultural thing, Ann. You wouldn’t get it.”
“ Are you a cosplayer, Futaba?” Shiho asked.
“ Nope. But I want to be. I want to get better with crowds so I can dress up and go to conventions. I’ve seen videos. It looks so fun.” Futaba smiled. “ What do you do as a hobby, Shiho?”
“ Volleyball. Though I’ve picked up a little fencing recently.”
“ Seriously?” Ann said. “ You never said.”
“ It’s nothing major. One of the theatre club had a spare plastic rapier from an old production and was giving it away. One of the volleyball team got it and somehow I was the one who left training with the thing. I just got interested from there I guess.”
“ Hee hee. Won’t have to worry about being robbed with you by my side, huh Shiho?” Ann joked.
“ I’m impressed. You’re quite the athlete, Shiho.” Makoto said. “ I hear Coach Kamoshida has also turned over a new leaf lately. I’m glad things have gotten back to normal. Something else to praise our god for.”
“ Ah yes. I noticed you aren’t wearing a pin, Shiho. Are you not a member of the church?” Shiho tensed at Yusuke’s question. She was worried about that fact being pointed out.
“ No. Sorry.” She said nervously. “ I’m... erm... I'm just not really… interested in the idea.”
“ She’s nervous.” Ann told him.
“ I suppose that’s alright.”
“ Why not visit the compound, Shiho?” Makoto offered. Her eyes felt colder but her smile remained the same, “ Even if just for a visit.” Once again, Shiho felt four pairs of expectant eyes on her. She shrunk under their gaze. Despite all their talk of being fine and acceptant of people not joining, their eyes told a different story. She swallowed to try and stop her mouth from drying out. She felt trapped, scared of what they’d do if she refused at this point. It was a strange fear. It’s not like they could hurt her in any way, after all. Not with so many people around. Even so, the air felt cold under their stares.
“ I-I suppose there’s no harm in that.” She said meekly.
“ Wonderful.” Makoto’s smile widened. “ You're welcome anytime. Though, I do suppose it’s a little late for today. I promised to escort Futaba home. It’s the culture trip this week as well so I suppose we’ll have to put it off. How about… hmm… next Sunday perhaps?”
“ Sure… Sounds great.” Shiho said, trying her best to sound enthusiastic.
“ Then I hope to see you there. Perhaps we can convince you to accept our lord’s freedom and security.” Makoto bowed. “ I shall see you both at school.”
“ See you Makoto.” Ann waved. Once the trio had left, Ann looked back to Shiho. “ You don’t have to feel forced, you know? I know Makoto can be a bit overwhelming but she means well.”
“ I know.” She sighed. “ I just couldn’t turn down her offer. She’s really intense. Maybe I should back out.”
“ Oh come on. You promised, didn’t you?” Ann said, changing her tune. “ It’ll be fun. Promise.”
“ Sure. If you say so Ann then I’ll trust you.” Shiho said. Her heart felt like it had been caught in a vice. This was a horrible mistake. Unfortunately, she was stuck in this mess now. In one week's time, she’d enter the belly of the beast. She just prayed that she left that place with the same mindset that she’d enter with when that day came.
***************************************
June 6th
“ This is getting worse by the day.” Akechi sighed, moving his pawn forwards. Ren was surprised to get another invite from him. He’d been getting a few more recently. It was weird to see Akechi starting to open up. “ I feel like everything we do, that damn cult finds a way to mess with us. I sincerely hope we don’t lose Suzui to this nonsense. We don’t need them learning who we are and how we operate.”
“ I trust Shiho.” Ren jumped over his line of pawns with his knight. “ She won’t fall that easily.”
“ We don’t know their method yet.” Akechi moved his bishop out. “ All we have are theories. Suzui may not have a shadow but that doesn’t make her safe.”
“ All of us are aware of that. We just have to trust her.”
“ I’ll leave trusting people to you.”
“ Don’t you trust your friends?” Kasumi asked, pulling out her notebook. “ Same as usual?”
“ Indeed.” Akechi nodded. “ And I told you that they’re work colleagues. Not friends.”
“ You can trust them too.”
“ Hey Kasumi.” Ren said. “ It’s been a while.”
“ Too long.” She nodded. “ How’ve you been?”
“ Pretty good. You?” She shook her hands. “ Not too good then?”
“ I’m fine personally.” She reassured him. “ My sister’s been a little down in the dumps ever since her event last month. She… didn’t do too well.”
“ Oh no. What happened?”
“ She misjudged her balance, her hand slipped and she fell to the mat. She wasn’t the only one to do it and she got up pretty well but she just got a participation trophy. A bottom half contender. Not last place, of course, but it still hurt her.”
“ I can imagine. It’s always crushing when you lose something major like that.” Ren nodded. He knew that feeling far too well.
“ I’m worried she's going to push herself too hard now. She took a small break but she’s going back at it again. I’m worried she’s pushing herself for my sake.”
“ Because of your injury?” Akechi asked.
“ Right. I’m worried she’s using herself to achieve my dreams. I don’t want that for her.” She lamented. “ I don’t want to be the reason she’s suffering.”
“ Have you talked to her about it?” Ren asked.
“ I’ve tried. I’ve warned her that she’s been working too hard lately. I’ve said she should take a break but she just won’t listen to me.”
“ Just give her time. She’s probably just going through a hard time.” Akechi reassured her. “ So long as you’re there for her, I’m sure that’s all that she needs.”
“ I guess.” Kasumi sighed. “ Sorry. I shouldn’t be offloading my worries onto customers. My boss is going to get really angry at me for just standing around. Eh heh heh. I’ll go get your drinks.” She left with a wave. Ren hummed.
“ That doesn’t sound very healthy.”
“ It doesn’t, no.” Akechi admitted. “ But you fix everyone by changing their hearts, Amamiya. The metaverse isn’t a cure all.”
“ I know that.” He said. “ That doesn’t mean I don’t want to try and help.”
“ Why are you so obsessed with helping people?”
“ You’re the detective. You tell me.” Akechi hummed. He leaned back in his chair, bringing a hand to his chin. “ Uh. I was just joking.”
“ Oh, I’m aware of that but that doesn’t mean I’m not up for the challenge.” He said. “ Let’s see… Well the obvious answer is hero complex. That much is painfully obvious. You want to help anyone you can and used your Phantom Thieves to live out that dream. You’ve already mentioned that you got used in your original timeline so I imagine you got carried away with it. You wanted to help people and people asked for your help so you just couldn’t say no and there’s a lot of people who want others to solve their personal problems. Shido has a habit of abusing people's weaknesses like that.”
“ I… guess I can’t deny that I like helping people. I wouldn’t call it a complex though.”
“ Oh really? When was the last time you put your own happiness above someone else?” Ren didn’t answer. “ When was the last time you turned down someone who was asking for your help? Not a stupid, inane request on the phansite. Someone you saw who needed help and gave you the option to help? Because I’m willing to admit every crime I’ve commited here and now if you can tell me of one example.” Ren thought about it. He was sure there were times he didn’t help people. Put on the spot though, he had trouble thinking of one. “ Your problem is that, despite having absolutely no stakes in someone elses life, you will still insert yourself into a situation just to play the hero. Perhaps Shido personally sleighted you and you can call that revenge. But Madarame? Okumura? Kaneshiro? You did those because they were being villains and you just couldn’t help saving someone.”
“ We were blackmailed into Kaneshiro.”
“ But can you confidently say you wouldn’t have done anything if you found out he had a palace from someone on that site?” Ren couldn’t meet his gaze. He was starting to get reminded of being questioned by Sae, all his thoughts and actions under a microscope. The major difference was all of that was part of his plan. He was in control. Here it was different. He wasn’t trapped. He could stand up and leave at any time. But that also felt like admitting defeat. “ You’ve been like this before coming here though, haven’t you? After all, you were sent here because you saw Shido assaulting a young woman and couldn’t help yourself. I wonder. Have you caused any problems just so you could be the solution?”
“ Never.”
“ Really? Cause that’s usually how people like you operate. Though perhaps it was just a bit of an itch… right until you became a Phantom Thief. You’ve had no lack of people to save after all. You already admitted to becoming narcissistic as your little group became popular across the country. Then there was the deal from the God of Control. I wonder. If you didn’t see him as a bigger villain than you could create, what would you have done?”
“ That’s enough.” Ren told him coldly. “ You’ve made your point.”
“ I suppose I have.” Akechi nodded. “ An ego is a dangerous thing, Amamiya. I’ll trust you to keep it in check.”
“ Here’s your drinks.” Kasumi announced cheerfully, placing two glasses down on their table. She looked between the two, noticing the tense atmosphere. “ Uh. Are you two OK?”
“ Of course.” Akechi said. “ Our game is just getting fierce. That’s all.”
“ Don’t worry, Kasumi. It’s just a friendly rivalry.” Ren said. Despite that, neither dropped eye contact. Kasumi laughed nervously.
“ Right. Well. I’ll… leave you to it then. Just try not to kill each other, alright?”
“ No promises.” Ren joked. Akechi just smiled. Unfortunately, he’d found a button to press. Ren didn’t think he had a hero complex but he had a feeling that wasn’t going to stop Akechi. Ren smirked. In that case, he’d just have to find another weakness of his own to exploit. He wasn’t about to let his rival win this game just yet.
Notes:
Hey. I can finally add the cult tag to the fic. Took long enough. I'm not doing the mementos segments unless I feel I can add something using them since even in game it's just the area you grind and do side quests in between palaces. They dealt with Shadow Madarame this time around though it's not really important to the overall plot.
Chapter 23: Alibaba
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 8th
Over the next few days, Ren started looking into a pseudonym of Futaba’s in order to figure out what she was doing online. He knew Futaba had a few for looking through different anime forums but there was one that stuck out in his mind. The first name that she introduced herself. Alibaba. Alibaba was a name that had been around for about a year now. A hacker known for targeting rich people and airing their dirty laundry online. It was usually quickly buried but some of the files she released circulated. She was rumoured to steal money from the rich and donate them to charity. Futaba had admitted to doing it once or twice but the number was exasperated.
It was Haru that tipped him off to the fact that someone in school was a fan of Alibaba. Most of the rumours about her came from the Theater club. Then again, so did most rumours in the school. The unfortunate thing about people with too much imagination is that they often made things up when retelling stories and those got around. He remembered some of the rumours about himself that came from the theater club. All of them conflicted and none of them were even close to the reason he was put on probation. One rumour said that he stole classified documents from the police but got caught escaping. Another said he’d murdered someone with a box cutter in the middle of the street, stabbing them over and over like a deranged maniac. Somehow the wildest rumour was that he was part of a smuggling ring, trafficking the horns and tusks of different animals from deer to elephants. Despite how crazy the rumours got, someone still somehow believed them.
On Wednesday lunch time, he went down to visit the Theater club’s meeting room in Class 3-B. A few of them were there, talking about their upcoming summer performance. Ren knocked at the door. A few of them turned to look. “ Oh. Hello.” Their leader, a girl in the third year with scarlet hair, greeted him with a smile. “ Do you need someone?”
“ Actually, I was hoping you could answer a few questions for me.” Ren said. “ I’m doing a report on modern celebrities. I figured a lot of my class is going to be doing something on the Phantom Thieves so I wanted to look at another online celebrity.”
“ I see. Are you here about Alibaba then?”
“ Yeah. I heard the theater club knew a lot about them.”
“ Well, not the club exactly.” The president said. “ You’d want to speak with Nagamoto about that. She’s the one who knows all about them.”
“ Nagamoto?” Ren had heard that name before. “ Hikari Nagamoto?”
“ That’s her. She’s a first year who’s the newest member of our director team. Got one hell of an imagination as well. I think all of this stuff is just research for her scripts.” She chuckled. “ Honestly, part of me is shocked she’s still here. After the incident with Takamaki at the start of the year, I thought she might drop out. I’m glad she didn’t though. She’s really talented.”
“ That was a nasty event.” Ren nodded. “ It sounds like she’s doing alright though.”
“ Yep.” The theater club captain laughed. Then she gasped, her eyes widening, as she realised who she was talking to. “ Hang on. You’re that transfer student, right? The one who stepped in and helped Nagamoto, right?”
“ It was no big deal.”
“ No need to be so modest. You did a really incredible thing. It was my fault she got in that mess to begin with anyway. I’m friends with Satoko Yuzuki, one of Takamaki’s lackeys. I got some help from her for a project over the winter break. She borrowed some money from Takamaki to get a prop, one thing led to another and… well, you saw the fall out.” She sighed. “ Oh. Sorry. Name’s Yakumo. Risa Yakumo. My dads a cop and my mom’s an actress. I guess you can figure out the side of things I’m following. Ha ha.”
“ Ren Amamiya. It’s nice to meet you.” The two shook hands. “ Do you have any idea where Nagamoto is?”
“ Right now? She’d be with her friend having lunch. Hmm… You could try the library I suppose. If not there then I know some of the athletics kids have a spot behind the gym so you can try there.”
“ Nagamoto is an athlete?”
“ Not at all. She’s as scrawny as they come. But she’s friends with someone from one of the sports teams. Forget which one off the top of my head.”
“ I’ll have a look around. Thanks Yakumo.”
“ No problem. Hope you find her.” Yakumo sent him off with a wave. Ren chuckled as he headed to the library. It was strange how the world worked. There were times like that in the past as well. He’d seen Toranosuke’s speech when he first went to Shibuya with Ryuji or his teacher happened to be the one who showed up to a maid call. Coincidences like that that shaped how his life went. Fate was a funny thing.
He couldn’t find Nagamoto in the library but did find her behind the gym along with a few other students. He approached her with a friendly smile. “ Sorry to bother you but you’re Nagamoto right?” A few people looked over as the white haired girl looked up.
“ Oh. It’s you.” She gasped. “ You’re the one who helped me when Takamaki attacked me. Sorry. I meant to come thank you personally but I never got the chance.”
“ It’s alright. Don’t worry about it.” Ren said. “ I came to ask you something. According to Yakumo, you’re the one to talk to about Alibaba. Is that right?”
“ Yes.” She said with a smile. “ I’ve been paying attention to their exploits for a few months now. They’re pretty cool.”
“ What have they been doing recently?” That caused her smile to falter a little.
“ Ah? Recently? Uh… Well…”
“ What’s wrong?”
“ Well, recently, someone using Alibaba’s name has been active in the Cul- Erm, the Church of Control’s circles. I hear they hacked the account of a major critic on social media and began flooding their feed with propaganda for them.” She frowned. “ I think it’s someone using Alibaba’s name though. They’ve never been malicious in the past so it’s a major shift if it is them.”
“ They attacked someone?”
“ Not just one person. A few critics of the church were shut down by someone claiming to be Alibaba. Alibaba themselves haven’t made a comment on it but I guess they can’t given who they are. Still, it does worry me. Alibaba was a hero. I hope they haven’t gone rogue.” She stiffened up upon feeling a few eyes on her. “ N-Not that the church are bad people are anything. I’m just concerned about what Alibaba is doing. Eh heh heh.” Ren eyed the other people. He figured out Nagamoto’s sudden backtracking when he saw a familiar pin on some of the students' jackets.
“ Hmm. I see. Thanks Nagamoto. That was really insightful.”
“ I’m always happy to help you.” She said. “ After all, I owe you quite a lot. If you need anything else, please don’t hesitate to come and find me.”
“ Hikari.” One of the girls said, standing up. A girl with long, dark red hair, glasses and noticeable bags under her eyes. “ We should get going. Ushimaru hates it when we’re late.”
“ OK Sumire.” Nagamoto stood and bowed. “ I hope we can talk again, Amamiya. Goodbye.”
“ See you.” He waved. He noticed the other students packing up as well and headed to class himself. Something pulled at his mind though. Had Nagamoto called her friend Sumire? Was that Kasumi’s sister? He hummed. She did look pretty tired. If that was the same Sumire, he could see why Kasumi worried about her. He’d need to look into that further later. Right now, he had some of the information he wanted. It seemed that Futaba was more integrated in the church than she led on. Meeting with members in real life and using her skills to shut down critics. The situation was getting worse. He wanted to dive in immediately but he couldn’t. Unfortunately for him, the school made sure of that.
*************************************
June 9th
Ren completely forgot about the Culture days until they were announced a week before it happened. He didn’t know how he managed to forget. It was during their forced visit to the TV station that they first met Akechi and he accidentally revealed that he knew about the metaverse through his love of delicious pancakes. Ren had completely forgotten the circumstances that had happened though. Unfortunately, the timing couldn’t be worse. He couldn’t plan anything if he was trapped like this. The more he thought on it though, the more he realised he could use this to his advantage.
The trip was for all second years. The first years had a trip of their own and the third years were on a study trip to the university. This left Ren with Ann, Shiho and their friend Amari when they broke for lunch. “ Urgh.” Ann collapsed onto a park bench outside the TV studio. “ I’m so bored. Could that woman get any more obvious? Talking about advertisers and marketing like that stuff wasn’t something everyone knows. God. I can’t believe I’m saying this but I’d rather be in school. Maybe I should have done what Satoko did and pretended to be sick.”
“ It’s not all bad.” Amari reassured her. “ At least we might meet a celebrity.”
“ I doubt that.” Ren said, taking a seat at the other end of the bench. “ They seem to be trying to keep us together in a space where they can easily control us. It’s probably specifically to prevent us from bothering someone famous.” Shiho sat between the two.
“ Um. Do I not get a seat?”
“ Sit on the grass.” Ann shrugged.
" It was raining this morning though.” Amari pouted. “ I guess I’ll just think of this as a trial.”
“ Another member of the church, huh?” Ren asked.
“ Not officially.” She admitted. “ But… Ann does make it sound really nice so I’m open to the idea.”
“ Welp, I’ll take you and Shiho together on Sunday.” Ann said. Shiho and Ren shared a glance.
“ A-Actually, I’ll have to take a rain check on that." Shiho said apologetically. "Something came up. Family plans. Sorry.”
“ Don’t worry about it. We’ll just do it next Sunday instead. There’s no rush.” She shrugged.
“ I hear your group has hired a hacktivist.” Ren said, seeing his chance now they were on the subject of the church. “ Alibaba?”
“ Yeah, she’s pretty cool.” Ann nodded.
“ She? You know them personally?”
“ Yep. Heh. But that would be telling.” Ann winked. “ I promised I wouldn’t say anything. Even slipping up with the gender is too much. I’ll have to apologise later.”
“ You can’t even say what she’s like?” Shiho asked. Ann hummed. Then she sat up.
“ Only cause you asked, Shiho.” Ann smiled. “ She’s nice. A bit weird but nice. She had an issue in her life but she was able to get through it with the help of the Church.”
“ What sort of issue?” Amari asked.
“ Now that’s too personal.”
“ Sorry.”
“ Do you know who helped her out?” Shiho asked
“ She’s actually trying to find that out herself. Someone reached out to her first. Their username was… I think it was Serif or something like that?”
“ Do you mean Seraph?” Ren said. “ Like the highest level of angel?”
“ That was probably it.” She nodded. “ It is a bit weird though. One of the core teachings of the Church is not to distract yourself from God’s mission. Helping others who are going through their own trials is frowned upon. Despite that, someone from the church specifically went out of their way to help her.”
“ Why?” Ren said. “ Were they a family friend or something?”
“ Nope.” She shook her head. “ People have started joking that it was God itself that helped her.” Ann laughed. Ren tensed. God itself, huh. An unknown member of the cult who broke their code all to help some random young girl that they didn’t know. Maybe it wasn’t too far-fetched to think that Yaldabaoth truly did get involved personally after it realised Ren was still pushing despite his team being corrupted. Another option did come to his mind though. He didn’t know if they truly existed yet but if there was someone who was working as Yaldabaoth’s new champion, it’s possible they could have contacted her in order to get deeper into her pyramid. That led him back to a title.
“ What about the Herald?”
“ You know about them?” Ann’s smile widened. “ That’s a shock. Are you interested in joining us, Ren?”
“ Not exactly. It’s just that it’s the talk of the city. I’ve been doing some research. It was actually how Alibaba came up.”
“ You're so studious. I struggle with the stuff we’re forced to study.” Ann nodded. “ Yeah. I guess if the Herald learned of her plight, she could have done it. They’re the voice of God after all. If God tells her to do something, it doesn’t really matter if it breaks our rules. Actually, that’s a nice thought. Our God might have seen Alibaba’s plight and pitied her enough to save her soul.”
“ That's a nice thought.” Amari smiled. Ren held back a scornful laugh. That would be its excuse. In the end though, the God of Control was nothing more but a corrupt egotist trying to control the masses to achieve its desire. It wasn’t looking out for anyone but itself. Still, he got his answer. Whoever it was, someone got in contact with Futaba to join the church. She didn’t just randomly stumble into them on a forum one day from sheer happenstance. This was all happening for a reason. This Sunday, they were saving his sister. He dared Yaldabaoth to try and stop him.
*************************************
June 10th
As before, Akechi served as a guest in the TV studio during their second day for a live news broadcast while they sat in the audience. Instead of the Phantom Thieves however, they talked about the Church of Control. Akechi was publically dismissive of the church, calling the leaders radicals and the people following them innocent people just getting suckered in by a trend. Ann took offence to that. They were given the afternoon to do whatever they wanted. When Ren was about to go back to planning their infiltration of Futaba’s palace, he got a message inviting him and Shiho for lunch. The two arrived only to get stopped by a bodyguard.
“ No guests past this point. You kids better go elsewhere if you know what’s good for you.” The large man said, folding his arms.
“ Let them in, Takeshi. They’re my guests.” Akechi appeared in the doorway. “ I invited them to have lunch with me.”
“ Really? My apologies, Mister Akechi.” The man stood aside and bowed. “ Apologies for my rudeness. Enjoy your meal.”
“ Thanks.” Ren nodded. They two followed Akechi inside.
“ Sorry for the short notice. I saw you in the crowd and remembered you would be here. There’s a few things I’ve been meaning to pass on. Besides, as much as I hate getting interviewed, I do like this place.”
“ I didn’t know a place like this existed.” Shiho remarked. Walking up a brief flight of stairs, they came to a place with an extravagant atmosphere. A large fish tank served as the main light source against the dark walls and floor. It reminded him of an aquarium the way everything felt underwater. Despite that, it was peaceful. The music that played added to the atmosphere. Not many people were seated. Akechi picked them a table in the corner away from the others, ordering some drinks as they passed the bar.
“ I’d be surprised if you did. Only the rich and famous are allowed to dine here. It’s only open for those who are under the employ of the TV studio. Actors, directors, news casters. As someone being interviewed, I am included.” Akechi smiled. “ It makes me glad my interview was pushed forward from the afternoon. I’d likely have missed lunch otherwise.”
“ Oh yeah. It was the afternoon, wasn’t it?” Ren remembered. “ What happened?”
“ You did.” He said. “ I have a meeting later this afternoon with the SIU director and the Chief of Police to discuss the Kitagawa incident. Because I volunteered to look into it, I have to be there. That means I had to get Samewara to push the interview forward.”
“ The TV Station President? He’s part of Shido’s conspiracy right?”
“ Of course you know that.” Akechi sighed. “ Yes. The Antisocial Force. Ha. It’s a stupid name. But that’s not what we’re here to talk about.”
“ Is it the Church?”
“ Hmm Mmm. Shido is getting rather antsy about it. Apparently, a few members of his staff suddenly joined them. He went to the Metaverse team about it and they ran some tests. They concluded that something occurred to their shadows but couldn’t say what. Of course, they don’t have access like I do so they only know about mental shutdowns and how to kill people using it. They have no idea about treasures and changes of heart. Downplaying your actions at the gallery has managed to keep his eyes off you for now. Especially since Kitagawa didn’t go public.”
“ It was Madarame that tipped him off.” Ren said. “ Though Kamoshida also made the news, that could be written off as a teacher who broke down from guilt. Madarame making a big deal over it with a live press conference through the thieves into the limelight. Let’s just say that poll was a lot higher than 10% the first time around by now.”
“ That’s a good thing. So long as your friends haven’t wormed their way into a public position, we should be fine. However, there is one complication that may ruin that.”
“ There is?”
“ The Church has gotten the higher ups scared. Even those outside Shido’s influence. They’ve called in the big guns. Two other detectives are coming from outside Tokyo. One to focus on the Mental Shutdowns and the other to focus on the church.”
“ Anyone we may have heard about?” Shiho asked.
“ One most definitely. They’re called Hasegawa and Shirogane.” Akechi accepted his drink from a waiter. They ordered their meal, Ren thinking about the two names as he did.
“ I think I’ve heard of Shirogane.” He said after the waiter had gone.
“ She was the first Detective Prince.”
“ Oh. I always wondered who that was.” Shiho said. “ They call you the second after all. It only makes sense.”
“ Indeed. They became famous after a case out in the country five years ago.” Akechi sighed. “ The problem is that both of them are very good. I’m concerned.”
“ What? That they’ll figure Shido out?”
“ No. Us.” He said. “ I could care less if they unearth Shido’s little scheme. From what it sounds like, he’s no longer the God of Control’s favourite in this timeline unlike your own. It means he’s not an important piece in the game. I still intend to crush him myself but if they open the path for me to do so, I won’t complain. But if they find out about the Phantom Thieves and think we’re the ones making people into cultists then we are going to be in serious trouble.”
“ I didn’t think about that.” Ren admitted.
“ But we’re not involved though. We’re innocent.” Shiho exclaimed. Akechi just shook his head.
“ I doubt they’ll care. If they think we’re a threat, that’s how we’ll be treated.”
“ Do you know when they’ll arrive?” Ren asked.
“ Sometime this month Akagi tells me. Likely next week or the week after.”
“ Just great.” Ren sighed. “ This isn’t what we need right now. Even if we do help Futaba quickly, there’s no saying what will happen the next time.” This was a completely new problem that he didn’t even think would happen. Was this part of Yaldabaoth’s plan or was this a surprise for the supposed God of Control as well? Ren couldn’t tell but he didn’t like the idea. Though that did give him one question. “ What about Sae?”
“ Prosecutor Nijima was the director’s first option to stop outsiders snooping about. However, she’s become busy with a few urgent cases. She’s also the one in charge of the Madarame case though I doubt that will last much longer.”
“ You changed his heart?” Shiho asked.
“ We fought him at the bottom of Chemdah, yeah.” Ren nodded. “ You didn’t miss much.”
“ He turned into a snake-armed beast man riding a snake horse.” Akechi told her. “ He wasn’t all too different from what Kitagawa imagined him to be. He didn’t seem too happy to be in Mementos though. He called it the slums.”
“ Coach Kamoshida wasn’t happy to be there either if I remember right.”
“ They probably remember their former glory.” Ren theorised.
“ Regardless, whether Nijima becomes available again or not doesn’t change the facts.” Akechi told them.” Shirogane and Hasegawa are coming and when they arrive, things are going to become a lot harder.”
“ Then we’d better be ready for them.” Ren said. “ Don’t worry. It won’t be my first time outsmarting a detective.”
Notes:
I must have gone through this story a dozen times and I keep forgetting about Culture Day. Maybe it's my fault for naming this chapter "Alibaba". It sounds like a part one of Futaba's palace but no. TV studio trip. I'd like to say it was forgettable in game too but it's also the part of the story where Delicious Pancakes comes from so I can't really say that, now can I.
Chapter 24: The Sphinx's Monument
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 12th
Ren decided meeting in Leblanc was a bad idea. Ren didn’t want to tip her off by suddenly destroying the cameras she had hidden all over the cafe. He had already removed them from his room after he realised that his friends weren’t the same as he remembered them, not wanting to risk it. However, seeing them start appearing in the cafe for as long as it took to save her may have set off too many alarm bells. Instead, he met them in the station and they entered the palace from the end of the street, out of view from the Sakura household’s windows. He calmed his nerves and entered the key words, watching as the world around them twisted and sand appeared beneath his feet. Upon seeing what met him, his blood ran cold even under the desert sun.
The pyramid was gone. In its place was another place that retained the Egyptian theme. It was a shrine. A vast, sprawling complex from what Ren could see from atop the sand dunes. He could see parts of it that went beneath the earth and a large temple at the back. This wasn’t the palace he knew. It proved what he’d feared. Futaba wasn’t the same person he knew anymore. He fiddled with his glove nervously.
“ This place has changed.” Akechi said, frowning. “ At least it’s easier to get into now I suppose.”
“ Shame. I always wanted to visit the pyramids.” Hifumi said. “ What’s the plan, Joker?”
“ Same as ever. Get in, find the treasure, send the calling card, take her heart. I don’t think she’ll be as happy as Yusuke to let us find it without resistance either.”
“ This is gonna suck.” Tao sighed. “ Why is it so damn hot?”
“ It’s a desert.” Hifumi sighed. “ Of course it’s hot.”
“ Futaba’s pyramid had air conditioning.” Ren told her. “ Hopefully her shrine is the same.”
“ Fucking better be. I’ll die from heat stroke faster than I will from any shadows in here. And I’m mostly dressed in white. Can only imagine what the rest of you are feeling.”
“ We’ll manage.” Ren said sternly. “ Come on. We’ve got no time to waste.” Ren headed down the dunes towards the palace. The others lingered a bit.
“ Welp. He’s pissed.” Tao said.” Hope he doesn’t do aything stupid.”
“ Our job is to make sure he doesn’t.” Akechi said simply. “ Let’s go do that, shall we?”
“ I hear ya.” Tao nodded before the thieves followed their leader.
The outer walls of the shrine rose high and shone with white stone against the shining sun. Two large doors stood in their way. A message was carved into them. “ These doors shall only open to those who show faith.” Ren clicked his tongue. “ Doesn’t sound like we’re getting in this way.” Just in case, Tao tried opening the door. She pushed with all her might but it didn’t budge.
“ Nope. No dice.” She groaned. “ So how are we getting in? We’d need a siege ladder to scale these walls.”
“ The last time we needed a key but the town that key was in doesn’t seem to be there anymore. I don’t know enough about shrines to know if there’s a window either.” Ren scowled. “ Damn it. There has to be some way.”
“ Show faith…” Shiho said slowly. Then she approached the door and pushed. The door creaked open.
“ I didn’t think you were that weak, Guernica.” Akechi snarked.
“ Shut up!”
“ Futaba saw me with Ann and the others agreeing to visit their compound.” Shiho said. “ If a cultist has to be the one to open this door, I guess I count in her eyes.”
“ I suppose your day trip has some benefits after all.” Hifumi smiled. “ Now then. Let’s get out of this heat. Hopefully, you’re right, Joker.”
Ren did turn out to be right. As soon as they stepped into the shrine, they were met with a wall of cool air. They hid in the shadows of the numerous columns that lined the entryway as they saw two shadows approaching, dressed in large hooded robes that covered their entire bodies other than the white mask they wore over the hole in their hoods. Ren ambushed them, removing one of their masks while Akechi took the other. Ren expected the same things he faced in Futaba’s palace before. Animals based on deities, coffins and monuments. Instead, what they revealed looked alien. A silver and pink thing, floating off the ground with the bottom half of it forming into a drill-like shape. It was like nothing he’d ever seen before. The things moved just as unnaturally as they looked, drilling into the temple floor, burrowing under them and exploding into a pillar of ice. They were able to take them out surprisingly easily but it was still odd to see such alien creatures. He was worried about what that meant regarding the cult.
They continued to pass through the halls. Unlike the dark and claustrophobic rooms of the pyramid, the shrine was wider and brighter. That didn’t do anything to stop the eerie feeling though. Robed shadows slithered through the hallways while others knelt at large shrines depicting the all too familiar symbol of the Church of Control, a black cross in front of a white prism. The place was still a maze of stone. They had to turn the corridors at certain moment to progress, slipping into secret areas where wires covered the walls, making it feel like the veins of a living creature.
Eventually, they came to a wall. The picture on it reminded Ren of the ones that depicted the three great tragedies of Futaba’s life in the Pyramid. This time one was different however. It didn’t depict a moment that contributed to her depression. Instead, it showed Futaba in her room, mouth open wide. A light shone from above over her computer as a large, robotic hand broke through the heavens, outstretched to offer her help. In a mixture of shock and amazement, Futaba reached back. It was a dramatized version of the moment Ann mentioned. When Futaba was messaged by a member of the cult, offering her aid. “ Why didn’t I come here sooner?” Ren didn’t expect an answer for that. He was asking himself not anyone else. He had two months to enter Futaba’s palace. She could have been the very first person that he’d saved. Instead, despite knowing how much she was suffering, he left her just because she’d been alright in his timeline. Because of his negligence, she was in even bigger trouble than she had been originally. “ This is all my fault.”
“ Don’t be so hard on yourself.” Tao told him. “ This place would’ve been way too rough for you on your own. Ya said as much yourself.”
“ I should have found a way. You wouldn’t have abandoned your sister. Why did I abandon mine?”
“ That wasn’t what happened.” Shiho reassured him.
“ You can’t change the past, Joker.” Hifumi told him. “ If you had come in here and you’d died, what would have become of us?”
“ Yeah.” Tao nodded. “ We can change things now. Focus on that.”
“ I… You’re right.” Ren nodded. He needed to remain calm. He couldn’t save Futaba without a clear head. He knew that. Despite knowing it though, he felt it hard to think straight. Especially now he was in the thick of it, seeing how her mind had been altered. Before he’d just treated the cult as an example of Yaldabaoth’s influence leaking into the world. He hadn’t thought of them as too much of a threat. If anything, they were a timer showing him how much of the public Yaldabaoth had taken over and how much longer he had til the God of Control had won. Their leader may have a palace but they didn’t truly matter in the end. Now he saw how stupid he was thinking that. The cultists weren’t just people lost under its sway. They were its army, enforcing its will on whoever it deemed a problem, assimilating each foe they defeated like a horde of zombies. It couldn’t be too late for his sister. He had to have time left. “ Come on. We don’t have time to waste.”
************************************************
They descended down beneath the shrine, entering a crypt. Ren realised what the place was the second they descended the stairs. The walls were made of red sandstorm and the corridors were claustrophobic. Moans from undead creatures echoed in the distance. “ This is her old palace.” Ren said. “ At least part of it.”
“ Hmm. Her new cognition likely repurposed it in some way.” Akechi reasoned. “ If I had to assume, buried emotions. Perhaps the remnants of what she was going through before.”
“ So the tomb got converted into a crypt. Wonderful.” Tao shuddered.
“ We’ll be fine right?” Shiho asked. “ We can’t like… catch a disease? Right?”
“ Don’t be ridiculous.” Akechi sighed. “ Besides, you know that as soon as we leave the cognitive world that all our injuries are converted to mental fatigue. Scars, bruises, viruses. Anything short of an untimely demise.”
“ What about a zombie virus?” She asked. Akechi rolled his eyes.
“ Even if there was some way one of us turned into a zombie, all we’d have to do is drag them out of the metaverse. That would solve the issue.”
“ How would you know?”
“ Because I have been bitten by a rabid dog in the past. I got checked out immediately on my return and I was given a clean bill of health.”
“ But to become a zombie, ya have to die.” Tao said. “ So wouldn’t we be fucked?”
“ How am I supposed to know?”
“ Can we stop talking about this? Please.” Hifumi said with a shaky voice. “ W-W-We should focus on what’s ahead.”
“ Heh. And here I thought dragons were meant to be fearless?”
“ Shut up!”
“ Stop messing around.” Joker told them. “ Come on. We should find something down here that will let us progress.” He started moving ahead of them, not waiting for them as he walked down the narrow corridors of the old palace. As expected, the enemies were the same as he remembered them. Shambling corpses, dried out and twisted much like embalmed mummies without their bandages. They limped along the thin corridors, blocking them off. These were the shadows he remembered, down to their animalistic forms. It was a contrast between the bright and new shrine above them that made his embers of hope kindle all the more. Her old self was still here, beneath all the enforced brilliance above.
The palace below was in ruins. He recognised a few old puzzles and places now forcibly remade. The binary room, the boulders, the stairway. They were still there but they’d been changed. The binary devices were broken, the boulders were shattered, lying around the different rooms and the stairway had been blocked by heaps of sand flowing down from the desert above. The palace had almost collapsed but it had been stopped. That confirmed the theory about the cult having access to the metaverse at least. What method they were using was a mystery but they didn’t seem to be stealing treasures like they were. They also weren’t using the same method Akechi had been using either. Whatever it was, that was something he’d worry about later.
What finally made him stop was when they reached a large chamber deep in the crypt. Ren remembered climbing out from here after Futaba’s Shadow had dropped them down a pit on their second time entering it. Now, the room had changed. Large paintings covered the walls, one Ren recognised as the three images they had to find the last time to progress up the Pyramid. Wakaba throwing herself infront of a car, the forged suicide note and Futaba begging her mother for attention. The most striking feature was what was hanging there as the statue to this shrine of her mother. “ The Sphinx…” Ren muttered. The beast was hanging like a trophy, its front paws pressed together and its legs forced to kneel despite being strung up as if in prayer with its wings outstretched wide. Despite that, its head hung limp. The guardian of the Pyramid was dead.
“ Wakaba… Isshiki….” Akechi was shell shocked at the mere sight of the woman. “ This girl… is the daughter of Wakaba Isshiki?”
“ Yeah.” Ren confirmed.
“ Why didn’t you tell me that?!” Akechi turned on Ren. “ You knew! Why didn’t you tell me?!”
“ Why would it matter?” Ren’s voice was cold.
“ YOU KNOW WHY IT MATTERS, JOKER!” Akechi bellowed, his eyes flashing golden.
“ What’s wrong? Who is that woman?” Hifumi asked. Akechi growled, turning his body so he didn’t have to look at the shrine.
“ A former researcher into Cognitive Psience.” He said bitterly. “ She used to work for Shido but became uncomfortable with his work. She was nothing short of a genius. Her research serves as the backbone of the conspiracy.”
“ It looks like she committed suicide by jumping in front of a car.” Tao said warily, looking at the murals. Akechi grew angrier.
“ This isn’t important. Let’s leave.” He said.
“ Wait, you’re telling me that a former member of this mad man’s inner circle discovered a means to use the Metaverse, left and then killed herself in front of her daughter?” Hifumi said. “ That doesn’t add up. She could have been run over and that’s her pushing Futaba away.”
“ It’s not.” Ren said emotionlessly. “ She jumped.”
“ But why? That makes no sense.” The pieces slowly formed in the others heads. Shiho was the first one to reach the right conclusion.
“ Crow.” She asked slowly. “ Did you…” Crow twisted his eyes shut, trembling but what he was trembling with the others couldn’t say. “ Crow?”
“ Fine!” He shouted. “ Yes! It was me! I ventured into Mementos, found her shadow amongst the rabble and put a bullet in it! The death of the shadow robbed her of all desires and the body couldn’t live like that so it destroyed itself due to a lack of purpose! Are you happy now?!” His breathing became heavy as he began to pace.
“ But why?”
“ Why?!” Akechi laughed madly. “ WHY?! Are you serious?! What else could I have done?! Besides, how was I meant to know what it did?! She was…” Suddenly, he stopped as she caught his gaze again. He stared up at the Sphinx silently for a few moments. “ She was the first person I killed. At the time, it broke me. While Shido and his disgusting loyalists all celebrated the success of the Metaverse experiment, I lay on my bed alone. I felt cold at the realisation of what happened. That I had killed an innocent woman with my own two hands. I heard what happened next and it sickened me. Someone had gone ahead and planted a forged letter.” He pointed to the men reading a note to Futaba. “ They made it look like she’d had enough with her life. She couldn’t live as a single mother anymore and blamed her daughter for being despised by the people around her. I couldn’t stand being around the people joking about her death while profiting off her stolen work.”
“ Why did you keep going then?” Ren asked him.
“ You know why.” Akechi turned away from Wakaba’s shrine. “ To bring down Shido. The more crimes are laid at his feet, the deeper his fall into hell. I needed evidence and so I needed him to commit crimes. He needed to commit crimes so I acted as his weapon. In the end, when his name is besmirched, he lies in jail, his life broken and his dreams destroyed. Only then when his life is destroyed beyond repair will I tell him why I did it before putting a bullet into his shadow and watch as his fate ends the exact same way all of his victims did. That’s why I did it. That’s why I killed all those other evil wretches as I was ordered too and put an end to so many other’s careers. Why Wakaba Isshiki died. As payment for my revenge.”
“ Was it worth it?” Hifumi asked.
“ Ask me again when he’s dead.” Akechi began walking off.
“ Where are you going?”
“ To find a Shadow to kill.” Then he disapeared deeper into the pyramid, leaving the other thieves in silence.
“ Yo Joker.” Tao asked. “ Did you… know?”
“ About him killing Wakaba? Yes.” He admitted. “ The rest… actually caught me off guard. I didn’t expect him to be so angry by seeing her here.”
“ It was aimed at himself.” Hifumi stated. “ I wonder if he regrets it.”
“ Crow always was a strange person. In the end though, I got that feeling as well.” Ren said. “ The last time we met, he lamented that we couldn’t have met years earlier. That under different circumstances, we may have been friends. Seeing that side of him was why I contacted him in the first place.” Ren frowned. That last time they’d met though was a few weeks before the plan he had been working for years on could be completed. Knowing they could stop it drove him to desperation and insanity. He wondered just how much that Akechi told him was what this Akechi believed. One day, he wanted to learn the truth. But that wouldn’t be today. “ Come on. We shouldn’t let him go off on his own.” He took one look back at the Sphinx before he continued. With the guardian gone, he wondered what took its place.
************************************************
Akechi didn’t say a word to them for the rest of their journey through the crypt. Emerging back into the light of the shrine and unlocking a door that led them closer to the entrance, letting them bypass the Crypt, they found themselves at a large gate. Beyond the gate they saw the main temple up a flight of white stone steps. However, there was a problem. The gate was broken. It looked like some kind of computer glitch. The gate was twisted and broken, poles snapped in half, the parts floating in the air. In front of it was a red barrier and a familiar Icon. “ Alibaba.” Ren said. As he approached, a screen appeared. “ Password?”
“ The gate has an entry code?” Shiho hummed. “ You know her better than any of us, Joker.” Ren hummed.
“ Alright. Brace yourself in case we get ambushed.” Ren typed in a code. Alibababa. Nothing happened. The password vanished, telling him he was wrong, but no shadow appeared to stop them. He tried again. Sojiro. Nothing. Leblanc. Nothing. All the feather rangers code names. Nothing. Her online friend that they’d saved from her abusive parents. Nothing. Her mother’s name. Nothing. Medjed. Sphinx. Pyramid. Nothing. Yaldabaoth. Church. Control. Nothing. He stepped back with a scowl. “ Damnit. Nothing?”
“ What now? We’ve scoured all over this damn place and didn’t see a single hint about a damn password.” Tao said.
“ It has to be something to do with Alibaba.” Akechi said, causing Shiho and Hifumi to jump, not expecting him to talk again that day. “ It’s a hint. What do you know about Alibaba?” Ren hummed.
“ Surprisingly little.” He admitted. “ I only knew her under that name briefly. I never really bothered looking it up after I knew who she was. I know she’s a hacktivist but other than that, I can’t say.”
“ Hmm. That’s unfortunate. Perhaps you should pay more attention to the people you care about, hmm?”
“ Now really isn’t the time for your games, Crow.”
“ Guys. Please.” Shiho stepped between them. “ Focus. We both want the same thing here. Perhaps for different reasons but it’s the same result. Fighting won’t help us, alright?”
“ Fine. Fine.” Akechi sighed. “ All I’m saying is we likely won’t run into a shadow with the code to this gate. We need to leave and figure it out from there.”
“ No.” Ren said defiantly. “ I’ll find a way around it.”
“ We both know there is no way around it. This gate defends her inner temple. Just because it’s only physical here doesn’t mean that its protection isn’t universal. Even if you can get around it in some fashion, that temple isn’t opening until this gate does. For that, we need a password that is not here. You of all people should know how the cognitive world works.” Ren growled. “ You know I’m speaking sense here, Joker. Don’t let your personal feelings cloud your judgement.”
“ I get it. I get it. You’re right.” He hated to admit that because it meant he’d have to leave. He knew he’d have to leave eventually. He knew he couldn’t save her today. He knew all of that. Despite that, he didn’t want to leave with his goal in sight. Somewhere in the main temple was Futaba’s treasure. Somewhere was the key to saving her. Taking her heart, reverting all the damage the cult had done and getting his little sister back. He stared up at the grand temple, sun shining from behind it and casting him into shadow. It was like it was mocking him. Ren kicked the gate. “ Damnit!”
“ C’mon, man.” Tao placed a hand on his shoulder. “ We’ll be back real quick. Just gotta find the code.”
“ We’ll just have to work together to research Alibaba.” Hifumi said.
“ Research? Oh!” Ren snapped his fingers as an idea came into his head. “ Nagamoto. She’s researched Alibaba extensively. We can ask her.”
“ You think she’d know a specific code though?” Shiho asked.
“ It can’t hurt to ask.” He said. He cast one last look to the temple beyond the gate before turning to leave. He’d be back as early as he could. If Nagamoto could help him get through here, he needed to speak with her again. He prayed that she was the key. If she wasn’t, he didn’t know what he’d do.
************************************************
Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Crow: Bad news. I got a message on my phone.
Crow: I’m needed tomorrow.
Joker: Is it them?
Dragon: Who’s them?
Crow: Ah. I forgot you and Lucatao hadn’t heard.
Crow: But yes. The detectives charged with investigating my cases have arrived.
Guernica: Can’t take the competition?
Crow: That’s not the problem.
Crow: We’re going to have to be more discreet from now on. Sakura is fine but the more public the target, the more they’ll learn.
Joker: We’ll leave them to you.
Crow: I’ll keep an eye on them. Just watch your backs. If you get arrested, I can’t save you.
Notes:
For Futaba's Palace, I knew I couldn't just leave it as a Pyramid. She was saved from her tomb so expecting her to still be inside of it didn't make too much sense. At the same time, I also wanted to keep the Egyptian theme. The other option was a Tron like computer world but I felt I could do more if I kept the central theme of Futaba's original palace instead. So now we have an Egyptian themed temple built on the remains of her original palace.
Chapter 25: Road Less Taken
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 13th
Ren found Nagamoto in the Library at lunch time, looking through some things on her computer. “ Nagamoto.” He sat down next to her. “ I need your help.”
“ Oh. Amamiya.” Nagamoto was startled by his sudden appearance. “ Is something the matter?”
“ I need to know if Alibaba has any special codes.”
“ Codes? Like messages or something?” She hummed. “ A few that I can think of. Why?”
“ I need them.”
“ W-Well, I don’t know them off hand. Are you OK? You’re a bit panicky.” Ren tried to calm himself down.
“ Fine. I’m… I’m fine. It’s just… I’m trying to help someone out. Someone very important to me. But… I’m stuck. I can’t quite explain it but I need a password that only Alibaba would know. Since you’re the closest person I can ask, I was hoping you could help.”
“ Oh. I see.” Nagamoto’s face grew serious. “ Well, I can look for you. They have a few unique signatures that they’ve used in the past but if you’re looking for a specific code, I’d need to know what the code is for I suppose.”
“ It’s a password. Security password.”
“ I’m sorry. That doesn’t help me much.” Ren paused. He couldn’t exactly describe what he and the others were going through, entering the distorted heart of his surrogate little sister and ran into a glitching gate locked behind a barrier protected by a password. Despite the seriousness of the situation, she’d think he was mad.
“ If you see it, would that help?”
“ Like if you bring it here or…”
“ That’s not possible. Sorry. But I could bring you to it.” Akechi’s voice was nagging him but frankly he didn’t care. It was selfish to put someone else in harm's way like this by exposing them to the metaverse. Rationally, he understood this. However, his impulses took over this time. Nagamoto was the key. And you couldn’t use a key unless you brought it to the door.
“ I… Alright.” She nodded. “ I suppose I do owe you.” She seemed a little uncomfortable about this and it hurt Ren more noticing that. “ I need to get my notes in order so I can’t do it today though.”
“ Tomorrow after school then if that’s alright.”
“ Alright. I’ll do my best to help you. ” She said, giving him a small smile
“ Thank you.” He said, relieved. Nagamoto blushed slightly, looking away.
“ I-It’s nothing.” She laughed nervously “I just hope I’ll be of use.”
******************************************
Goro sat in the boardroom of the SIU, bored out of his mind as he waited from Akagi to get the two investogators. Other high ranking police members were there as well. Sae Nijima sat across the table from him, reading through a piece of paper she’d taken from her bag. It was likely something from some case she was working from. He was honestly surprised she’d shown up. They hadn’t talked ever since the incident with the train worker had come to an end. She was still involved in the mental shutdown case but had taken a step back to focus on her job as a prosecutor. He didn’t blame her. He would probably have done the same in her position.
Finally, Director Akagi entered the room alongside two individuals. To his right was an older man in a black suit, shoulder length black hair and a pair of glasses. To his left was a younger woman with long blue hair under a blue cap wearing a grey coat over a dark blue suit and black tie. The woman’s eyes locked onto him as soon as she entered the room. “ Good afternoon, everyone.” Akagi began. “ As I’m sure you’re all aware by now, the cases of the Mental Shutdowns and the Control Cult have been ongoing for quite some time. The upper brass has therefore seen it right to bring in some detectives from outside Tokyo to help nip it in the bud. Please, introduce yourselves.”
“ Of course.” The man nodded. “ I’m Inspector Zenkichi Hasegawa from the Kyoto Police Department. I’ll be handling the Mental Shutdown cases. I hope we get along.”
“ I’m Detective Naoto Shirogane. I operate out of Osaka and shall be working on the investigation into the Church of Control. If there’s any relevant information, please pass on to me at your earliest convenience.” Shirogane bowed. The officers around Goro began muttering.
“ Outside investigators? What are they thinking? These cases are ours. They’re just gonna steal our credit.”
“ Hasegawa’s a legend. I hear he took down an entire Yakuza family single handedly half a decade ago. I can’t believe we get to work with him.”
“ Shirogane? Like the First Detective Prince? Ha. This job’s got to be easy with both of them together.” Akagi cleared his throat, silencing the room.
“ I hope you’ll all co-operate with Inspector Hasegawa and Detective Shirogane on the cases at hand. I’m sure I don’t need to tell you how serious they’ve become. With a little extra help, we can hopefully put an end to them and finally put them behind us. That’s all from me. I’ll leave you to it. Dismissed.” Goro pushed himself up. He noticed Sae doing the same, making a silent exit. He hummed.
“ Detective Akechi.” He looked up. Standing next to him at eye level was Shirogane, her arms folded, measuring his worth with an analytic gaze. “ It’s nice to finally meet the young man who took up my former title, as unfond of it as I may be.”
“ It’s not one I chose myself.” He told her. “ I’d much rather be considered on my own merits than I would be saddled with a legacy as grand as your own.” Shirogane made a dismissive hum.
" Director Akagi tells me that you’ve been assigned to both cases. I imagine you’ll be working with Inspector Hasegawa more than you will with me but I’ll be coming to you to ask what you’ve learned in the future. For now, may I have a run down?”
“ The cult was formed just over 8 months ago now. They operate out of an old government building in Roppongi. Their leader is unknown even to the cultists themselves it seems. Only that they’re known as the Herald. Other than that, they’ve been growing at an unnatural rate since their founding. We believe that they are coercing people into joining but we don’t know the method. However, one day people who laughed at the notion of the Church of Control suddenly joined them without any explanation, only claiming to have found God or achieved happiness, freedom and security.”
“ Drug induced mind control, perhaps?”
“ That was assumed at first however, members have happily complied with our inquiries and tests. There’s no signs of additional chemicals in their bloodstream or any unusual brain waves in their psyche. They’re all perfectly sane. Nothing about them has changed other than the fact they’ve suddenly started believing in one God and its four stupid codes of conduct. Listen to the word of their lord, don’t hurt others, don’t help others, abandon individual goals to follow the will of God.”
“ Hmm. That is strange.” She said, “ Well, I’ll get started. It was nice meeting you, Akechi. I hope we can work together in the future.” She offered him a handshake that Goro accepted. Both pulled back at a sudden jolt of electicity.
“ Static shock.” Goro laughed.
“ Long hair like mine has its downsides.” Shirogane joked. “ I’ll see you again later, Detective Akechi.” With that, she walked into the crowd of officers. He watched her go. Detective Naoto Shirogane. What a terrifying aura. He looked down at his hand. The jolt wasn’t natural either. That detective worried him. He’d have to keep watch for her in the future. The last thing he needed was someone like that bringing down all the things he’d planned, both against Shido and with the Phantom Thieves.
******************************************
June 14th
“ Why is she here?” Akechi sighed as Ren, Shiho and Nagamoto stepped off the train. “ Didn’t you say you were going to consult a friend about this? Why did you bring her with you?”
“ She needs to see the lock to know the password.” Ren told him. Akechi sighed.
“ Why do you keep doing this? This is even worse of an idea than it was with Togo.”
“ That worked out.”
“ It shouldn’t need to work out. You shouldn’t be putting people in this circumstance to begin with.”
“ Um. I-I can go.” Nagamoto said nervously.
“ Can you give us the password?” Akechi asked her. She nodded sheepishly. He sighed. “ Then I suppose you’ll have to come. But a fair warning that if you so much as breathe a word of whatever you’re about to see to anyone… Well, I suppose you’ll be committed to a mental hospital before you need to worry about anything I can do.”
“ Uh. Wh-What are we doing?” She asked. “ Is… this illegal?”
“ Nope.” Tao said with a smile. “ Only cause the law don’t have a word for this.”
“ You’re only going to scare the poor girl more, Tao.” Hifumi sighed. “ Don’t worry. You’ll be perfectly fine. Nagamoto, right?” The white haired girl nodded. “ We’ll protect you.”
“ F-From what?”
“ Don’t worry about it.”
“ Yeah, Cause that’s gonna reassure her anymore than I did.” Tao sighed.
“ Guys. Come on…” Shiho sighed. “ Sorry about all of this, Nagamoto. I promise you’ll be fine.”
“ We can’t do this without you.” Ren told her. “ Please?” The girl gathered her nerve.
“ OK.” She said. “ For you, Amamiya.”
“ Thank you.” The group made their way to the entry point. As Ren activated the app, Hikari jumped, looking around in a panic as the world rippled and changed, transforming from a cityscape to a desert. The young director’s mouth hung open as her mind tried to process what had just happened and the grand sight ahead of her.
“ Woah. I-I-It’s like something from a movie.” She gasped. Then she noticed everyone else, screamed and fell back onto the sand.“ Why do you look like that? Why are we in a desert? Am I hallucinating? Did you drug me? Am I dying?”
“ Cognition, Cognition, no, no and no.” Tao listed off.
“ She’s gone pale." Akechi sighed. " Are you sure about this, Joker?”
“ Positive.” Ren offered her a hand. “ Here.” Gingerly, Nagamoto took his hand. He pulled her up, realising how remarkably light she was. “ This is the Metaverse, the world within people's hearts. Right now, we’re in the heart of Alibaba. Her real name is Futaba Sakura and she’s like a little sister to me. I’m doing my best to save her but we ran into a wall. That’s why I need you to help me. Afterwards, you can do whatever you need to in order to make this make sense. Consider it a dream if you want. But right now, I really need your help to save her so please come with us.” Nagamoto stared at him for a few seconds. Then she closed her eyes and took a long deep breath before opening them again.
“ Alright.” She said. “ I’m not going to pretend I understand a thing that’s happening right now but I can tell this is important. I promised I would. I’ll… do my best.” Ren smiled and nodded.
“ Then let’s go. We’ll take you to the gate.”
They led Nagamoto through the shrine, Shiho making sure to defend her against the fights they got into. As they went, She found herself enamoured by the Shrine’s architecture. The murals and statues and how real yet bizzare it all was. It felt like Wonderland, being dragged into a place of madness but with its own obvious set of rules. White robed people transformed into alien looking monsters while Ren and his friends summoned their own creations in order to combat it. It was a masterful work of fantasy. Insane and brilliant all at the same time. As a story maker herself, it was incredible to experience. Like she was walking within the scenes of a film or between the pages of a book.
Eventually, they made it back to the gate. The bright red wall with Alibaba’s logo on it, the gate a floating mess behind it. “ Here we are.” Ren told her. Nagamoto approached the console and hummed.
“ I see the problem.” She said. “ There’s no hints about this?”
“ None we can find.” Tao shrugged.
“ Hmm.” Nagamoto took a few steps back. She observed the scene, taking it all in. After a minute, she slowly raised a hand, tracing the broken bars of the gate with a finger. “ Oh. Is this…” She reached into her bag, pulling out a notebook and a pencil. She flipped it to a page covered in scribbles and held it up, closing one eye to get a better look. “ And that would mean that this is…” She looked at a different part of the scrap storm. She smiled, flipping to a clean page while keeping a finger on the one she was looking at. She began drawing something. Peering over her shoulder, he noticed it was the mass of metal. He looked confused but decided to let her work without distraction. After she finished drawing, she turned back, flipping between the two pages and jotting notes down. After she was finished, she nodded to herself before stepping back to the gate and typing something in. The red wall turned green before vanishing, the gate fixing itself and opening itself wide.
“ Woah!” Tao exclaimed.
“ It worked.” Shiho gasped.
“ It was morse code,” Nagamoto said. “ The way the gate was set out. I can understand how you wouldn’t have got it though. The pieces were angled in such a way it took me a moment.” She showed her note book. On it, she’d drawn the shapes as a code. Then she’d translated it using a key she had on another page. “ The password is Babbage.”
“ Babbage? Why Babbage?” Tao asked.
“ It’s the person who invented the computer.” She explained.
“ Of course the hacker would have that as her password.” Akechi rolled his eyes. “ Well, you did a good job, Nagamoto. We’ll take you out now.”
“ U-Uh. Actually. Can I… maybe stay a little longer.” She asked. “ It’s… kinda selfish but… This world is incredible. I just want to look inside the temple a little. My director's brain is overloaded and I can’t help myself.”
“ Sure.” Ren nodded. “ For all you’ve done to help, how could we turn you down?”
“ Thanks.” She smiled. The Thieves went up the stairs and entered Futaba’s temple. Compared to the shining shrine outside, the temple was dim, lit only by the glowing, vein like wires they’d found earlier in the Shrine. In the centre of the entry hall was a stone statue of someone Ren recognised immediately as Shadow Futaba. She retained a lot of what Ren remembered from the Shadow. She still wore the same Egyptian inspired clothing, with a flowing dress, golden bangles and bandages over her chest. However, there were some differences. She now wore a hooded white cloak though the statue had the hood down. The head ware was replaced, going from something that almost looked like a crown to a more simple tiara. She looked more like a priestess now than a pharaoh. Ren rested his hand at the base of the statue.
“ Futaba…” He sighed.
“ Is that Alibaba?” Nagamoto asked. “ Your sister?” Ren nodded. “ She looks nice.”
“ She is.” He smiled sadly. “ She’s a total gremlin. Always so excited about living life after we helped her before. She’s scared of crowds and has a lot of social anxiety but she doesn’t let that stop her trying something. She’s a talented hacker and programmer and is so smart even if she doesn’t see it sometimes. She’s… really special.” His smile slowly faded. “ That’s why seeing her like this hurts me. That damn cult has messed with her head and that’s where THIS comes from.” He gestured to the entire palace. “ That’s why I needed you. To find her treasure, take her heart and save her.”
“ Take her heart…” Nagamoto gasped. “ Wait! You’re the Phantom Thieves!”
" Heh. Took you a bit long to figure that out, kid.” Tao smirked.
“ S-Sorry. I just… I never thought…” She looked at Shiho. “ But Takamaki…”
“ Ann needed to be stopped.” Shiho told her. “ She wouldn’t have wanted to become what she became. We helped her.”
“ You helped a lot more than just her.” Nagamoto admitted before catching herself. “ Ah. N-Not that I think T-Takamaki is naturally a bad person or anything. I-It’s just she w-was a bit of a b-bully. N-Not that she probably didn’t have a g-good reason for it or nothing. It’s just-”
“ It’s alright. Breath.” Shiho reassured her. “ You’re not wrong. Don’t worry. I’m… aware there were people Ann was tormenting that we helped too. I also know those people probably won’t forgive Ann for what she did either.”
“ Wait, but Takamaki also joined that cult?”
“ Yeah…”
“ Somehow, the Church of Control is using this world to alter people in our world.” Ren told her. “ The versions of people in this world are called Shadows. If they are hurt or affected by something, it also affects the person in our world.”
“ Woah. So, the cult is using this weird, imagination world to convert people? Hmm. That explains Kihara…”
“ Kihara?”
“ He’s a classmate of mine. His older brother is an independent tech consultant if you’ve ever heard of AT-LOW. Just a few weeks ago, he suddenly joined the cult. He’d mocked the idea of it even to actual believers. Then, suddenly, he completely flipped and started praising them. No-one had any idea what happened. But, if they could use something like this, it would make sense. It’s like mind control.” As the panic set in, she began pacing around the room. “ But that would mean no-ones safe, right? If the cultists can change anyone at any time, what’s to stop them changing Dad or Yakumo or… or me? Oh no. What if everyone gets taken over? All the cultists preach following Gods mission. What if that doesn’t allow for films or stories or… or… This is too much.”
“ Hey!” Ren stopped her by placing his hands on her shoulders, snapping her back to reality. “ That’s not going to happen. We’re going to stop them before any of that happens, alright?” Nagamoto stared at him for a few seconds.
“ I… Alright.”
“ Good. Now then, we’ll take you back out.” He let her go and began to walk back to the entrance of the temple. Nagamoto stood there for a second, her mind spinning as it tried to piece together everything that had just been explained to her over the last hour. The fact another world existed. The fact the cult were using it to brainwash people. The fact the Phantom Thieves went to her school. The fact they were fighting the Church and trying to save everyone. So many things she would only have imagined in movies had been suddenly introduced to her. As the facts settled, there was only one conclusion she could reach. Gathering her nerves, she turned on her heel.
“ Let me help!” She asked. The others turned to look at her. “ Please?”
“ You wanna help?” Tao asked. She nodded.
“ Are you certain? This is dangerous work.” Hifumi warned her. Again, she nodded.
“ You… don’t have a persona though.” Shiho warned her.
“ You mean those wierd... ghost monster... things?" Shiho nodded. " OK. Yeah. I don't. But I also don’t care.” Ren chuckled.
“ Looks like you’ve got another stray, Joker.” Akechi snarked.
“ Are you sure?”
“ Absolutely.”
“ Then come on. I know a guy.”
******************************************
Nyarlathotep was waiting for them as they entered his room, sitting on the edge of his desk looking at the door. “ Greetings everyone. Welcome to my domain.”
“ Still ain’t got a name down, huh?” Tao said.
“ I’m still reluctant to use Philemon’s name. I do want to but It feels wrong to call this the Crimson Room. Vermillion perhaps. Hmm. I’ll get there in the end.” He stood up straight. “ Anyway, it feels like it’s been forever since I last saw you. Two months. Twenty chapters. 154 pages. Side stories not included, of course.”
“ What are you rambling about now?” Akechi asked. “ We were just here two weeks ago.”
“ Who is this?” Nagamoto asked timidly.
“ Nagamoto, meet my benefactor.” Ren said. “ Nyarlathotep the Crawling Chaos.” The demon bowed.
“ Like… the Outer God?”
“ Precisely. Well, by all technicalities I’m the embodiment of humanity's desires for chaos and evil using a name I find funny because of how hard it is for people to pronounce it. It’s not the same Outer Gods you’re thinking of but it is what I’ve decided to call my kind.” He said. “ And you are Hikari Nagamoto. Interesting to see you in this form.”
“ This… form?”
“ Ignore him. He’s weird.” Akechi told her.
“ Rude as ever I see.” He shook his head. “ Never mind. Let’s cut to the chase. You want to help, right?”
“ Y-Yeah.”
“ Ha.” Nyarlathotep’s smile grew. “ But why?”
“ Huh?”
“ Why do you want to help?” He asked.
“ B-Because what the Church is doing is wrong?” Ren tried to interject only for him and the other thieves to be blocked from approaching by a strange force. Nyarlathotep chuckled.
“ Really. Why do you have to be like that?” Nagamoto flinched back at the phrase. Her eyes widened in fear as the demon looked down at her, golden eyes glowing. “ Dutifully obeying the whims of those with absolute power is correct. If everyone obeys one justice, doesn’t that make it correct?” The girl trembled.
“ No…” She said quietly.
“ What was that?”
“ No! If someone is wrong, they should be challenged. No matter how much authority they have.” Nyarlathotep began walking in a slow circle around her.
“ Is that right? But it shouldn’t matter if the herd is right or wrong. Isn’t it more important to just take the hint?”
“ Just because everyone decides if someone's bad doesn’t mean they’re right!” Hikari declared.
“ But what is this church doing that is so wrong?”
“ They’re brainwashing people.”
“ It’s not brainwashing. It’s merely the proper system of this world. After all, if everyone discards that unnecessary individuality and becomes the same, everyone will fit in together without a need for strife.”
“ No.” She said, grabbing her head. “ Just because I’m not like everyone else doesn’t mean I can’t express my dreams.”
“ As long as you live, you will face pain and strife. Oppose others and you will be hurt. If you don’t want that, discard everything and surrender.”
“ NO!” She shouted.
“ Then show the world your conviction!” Nyarlathotep grinned. “ Remember the rebellious will you hold so dearly and unleash it!” Nagamoto dug into, gripping hard to the mask that appeared onto her face. Energy unleashed from her, breaking through the barrier separating the thieves from her and Nyarlathotep as she tore it off. As the dust settled, Nagamoto stood there in the center of the room, panting. A glowing figure floated above her. She wore a flowing yellow dress and a black cape decorated with white flowers, a green cone speaker in one hand. In its white hair was a red bow that stretched out to look like rabbit ears, a golden mask on its face, half tragedy and half comedy, as film reels surrounded it like a helix. Nagamoto’s clothes had changed. She a black and red suit with long sleeves that split open, making them look like flower buds. Around her neck was a blue and white scarf with torn ends that blew behind her. She tried to take a step forwards, only for her to grimace. The Persona vanished, with her mask appearing, a visor attached to her cap that also reappeared alongside it.
“ Ah…” As she fell, Ren caught her. He looked back to Nyarlathotep.
“ What was that for?”
“ I needed to drag out her rebellious will. Unlike Tao, hers was a bit more buried but it’s always been there as long as she’s lived. It’s quite interesting you’d bring her to me. I suppose this is what humans would call fate.”
“ What’s so special about her?” Shiho asked. Nyarlathotep just chuckled and shook his head.
“ That’s not important. Regardless, I did my duty. I hope that she helps you. She’s got quite the strong will.”
" Ama…miya…” She said. “ My head hurts.”
“ Yeah. It always does.” Ren smiled. “ Welcome to the Phantom Thieves, Nagamoto.”
******************************************
True Phantom Thieves
Director: Wow. You’ve been through a lot, Ren.
Director: This still doesn’t feel real.
Director: Evil Cults. Other worlds. Time Travel. Super powers.
Joker: It’s a lot to get used to.
Joker: Sorry for dragging you into this Hikari
Director: I asked.
Guernica: Tomorrow we ride then?
Joker: If Hikari can handle it, yeah
Joker: We’ve got to find Futaba’s treasure.
Dragon: I’m sure we will. We’ll save her, Ren.
Joker: I know we will.
Joker: I feel like I’ve been mean to you all recently.
Guernica: Hey. We get it. Stress is a harsh thing.
Paladin: We’re here for you, Ren. Don’t worry.
Joker: Thanks everyone. I really do appreciate it.
Notes:
For those of you who have played Persona Q2, you may have picked up on this but Nyarly's lines during Hikari's awakening scene are the same lines used by the Shadow Films in the last dungeon of that game. Her Persona is also one massive reference to Persona Q in general with parts of it's design meant to call back to Zen, Rei and Hikari herself while her Phantom Thief design references Nagi in a few ways, mainly with the design of the sleeves.
Chapter 26: Vision of God
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 15th
With Hikari at their side, they entered Futaba’s palace once again. This time, there would be no roadblocks. They’d find her treasure and get ready to take it. As they walked down the sand dunes towards the shrine, Hikari started tugging on the strange sleeves of her outfit. “ I have one of these too now huh?” She mused.
“ What’s with those sleeves anyway, Director?” Tao asked.
“ They’re strange. Almost like lilies.” Hifumi said.
“ I don’t know but… it’s weird. This attire feels familiar. Like I saw it in a dream. Hmm. Maybe It’s just because it’s my… you said Cognition?” Akechi nodded. “ I guess it makes sense why it would be familiar in that case.”
“ Outta curiosity, can you see with that on?” Tao asked.
“ With what?”
“ That mask. I can’t see any eye holes.”
“ I’m wearing a mask?” Hikari reached up to her face, running a finger along the metal visor across her face. “ Oh. I am. Wow. How can I see? That’s weird.”
“ I’m surprised you’re the one asking that, Guernica.” Hifumi said. “ Your mask isn’t exactly very casual looking.”
“ I’m used to seeing through masks like this when I’m painting in smaller areas. Besides, I can see clearly with it. You’re all the same I’m guessing?”
“ It makes sense.” Akechi said. “ The masks are just as much cognition as everything else in the metaverse. It’s like how Paladin and I wear armour that doesn’t actually weigh us down. If it impeded our rebellion, it wouldn’t exactly be helpful now would it?”
“ I guess that makes sense.” Hifumi nodded. “ We can’t be running into walls due to a mask covering our faces while trying to evade shadows.”
“ Thinking about it, that would have been horrible in Kitagawa’s Gallery. That dark floor was hard enough to traverse as it was.”
“ Sounds like you’ve been on a lot of adventures already.” Hikari smiled. She pulled a notepad out of her suit pocket, pulling a pencil from inside of it and began jotting down notes. “ Dark floor. Art gallery. Sounds like a good horror movie idea.”
“ You brought that with you?” Tao asked.
“ Ah. Sorry.” She quickly put her notepad away. “ I… get distracted pretty easily. If I get an idea for a script, I find writing it down helps me focus on other things around me. If I don’t, my imagination can get out of hand.”
“ Ah, I get that.” Tao nodded. “ The amount of time I’ve slipped into daydreams and imagined a new fantastical piece. I can never quite draw it how I picture it in my head though.”
“ The trials of a creator.” Hifumi nodded. “ All I need to worry about is where my next piece goes on a shogi board. Though I do tend to think of my pieces as part of a grand Shogi kingdom. It’s how my father described the game to me as a child and I haven’t quite been able to let it go.”
“ Aw. That’s adorable.” Hikari grinned. “ What about you, Sh-Uh, Paladin.”
“ Me?” She asked. “ I suppose it’s more about watching an opponent in order to make the best move. It’s weird to say it about something like sport but it’s a lot more technical then a lot of people think just sitting on the side lines and watching. It’s not all power and muscles, y’know?”
“ I get that. My aunt and uncle are incredibly against me becoming a film director because they think it’s some pointless dream but there’s a lot of skills involved with it. Knowing the right people for the right role and how to get everyone to express themselves in order to make the best film possible. I’m lucky for Yakumo for helping me with that.”
“ I hope you achieve your dreams someday. You sound very passionate.”
“ Thanks.” Her smile brightened in a way that made Ren smile. In a way, Hikari reminded him of Futaba. They were both excitable and passionate. He was sure they’d be good friends once everything was over. It was just more motivation to save her.
As they travelled to the temple, they made a discovery about Hikari’s persona. Using the film reels that Lovelace could create, she could “see” shadows. It was likely similar to how Futaba did it with Necronomicon and Prometheus though she could use the reels to see how the shadows could move, giving them some sight that he missed having before. She could even alter the scene, using her persona to hinder enemies or help them. She truly lived up to her title of Director with how she commanded the scene. Ren had bought her a crossbow and a hatchet, expecting her to need them but she felt at home on the back stage. Despite that, she was more open than Futaba was inside her persona. It made him more reassured she had a way to defend herself when the time came.
They returned to the temple, the statue of Futaba standing in the hall. “ Does every shadow have a statue?” Tao asked.
“ Ann had a painting.” Shiho reminded her.
“ You know what I mean.”
“ Futaba didn’t used to have one.” Ren told her. “ Thinking about it, I think it was only Madarame who had one last time though Kamoshida had a lot of busts and a large painting in the main room. Shido might have but I can’t quite remember.”
“ You said that it was a boat, yes?” Akechi asked. “ It’s probably the figurehead. It wouldn’t surprise me if he has something like that made of solid gold pointing at the new future he plans.” He let out a bitter laugh.
“ I’m kind of surprised it’s a statue of her and not a statue of her god though.” Hifumi mused.
“ I guess it just means she’s not fully gone.” Akechi said. “ Someone who denies individuality can’t have an ego so grand they’d want a statue in her name.”
“ I guess getting her confidence back might have come with a bit of pride.” Ren reasoned. “ Director. Can you look ahead?”
“ Right.” Hikari nodded. She grabbed the bill of her cap and took it off, her persona appearing and surrounding her in film reels. She hummed. “ I’m sensing a powerful signal deeper in. I’m guessing it’s that treasure thing. There’s a few dead ends but I’ve got the path.” He nodded. The thieves passed through the halls of the palace. There were a lot less cultists hidden within the palace’s depths. Some still guarded places of value. Several small shrines showing statuettes of Wakaba, Sojiro and a younger Futaba that Akechi couldn’t bring himself to look at were hidden in dead end rooms. Ren recognised the layout of the building. It wasn’t quite the same but he knew some of the rooms. This was the Sakura household just distorted under the effects of Futaba’s cognition.
Eventually, they reached a door that was strange. They didn’t need to look inside in order to progress but something about it called to him. It was a large door that looked like some kind of vault. It was covered in heiroglypics with a stone cross pushed out from it. With a hum, Ren pushed it in. The lock clicked into place. With a shudder, the door pushed itself open. The thieves stepped into the room. Ren expected any number of things. Treasure. A powerful shadow. A security office. What he found himself was a large room with a single jade orb floating above the ground. There was a figure inside of it. As he got closer, his eyes widened as he recognised himself.
“ Oh. Hey.” The Cognitive Ren said. “ Intruders. Welcome to my humble abode.”
“ What the hell is this?” Tao asked. “ Joker?”
“ Who are you?” Ren asked.
“ Ren Amamiya. I was sent here from another land to be imprisoned. I’m guessing you’re not here to liberate me.”
“ We’re looking for Futaba’s treasure.”
“ The High Priestess of the Temple?” The other Ren laughed. “ I know where it is. Just let me out and I’ll take you right to it.” Ren hesitated. This was himself he was talking too, a sweet smile on his face. Despite that though, something felt wrong. “ What’s wrong? Just reach out and touch the Jade. Do that and I’ll help you out. Scouts honour.”
“ Joker.” Akechi said warily.
“ Yeah. I know.” He said. “ What are you going to do if I release you?”
“ Huh? What do you mean?”
“ You can’t just help us and then return to your cell, right? What will you do after?” His other self hummed.
“ Who can say? Come on.” He pressed the palms of his hands against the Jade. His kind smile started to become crueler. “ Release me. Hurry.”
“ No.”
“ Oh.” The other Ren pushed off the orb in annoyance. “ You circus clowns are smarter than you look.” He put his hands behind his head, laying back in orb. “ I was sent here for a purpose, y’know?”
“ Huh?”
“ My goal is to overthrow the High Priestess.” He explained. “ I’ve already been worming my way into the chief guardian’s head. Eventually, I’ll make him realise that I should be his true ward. I’m far smarter, stronger and charismatic than that stupid little girl. I’ll take over her kingdom and kick her to the curb. Who wants a shut in for a daughter anyway?”
“ That’s not what I… You think!”
“ Of course it is. Why else would Sojiro take me in? He wanted a better child. That dumbass spent so long crying her eyes out over some dead bitch who killed herself because of her. Because she was such a horrible daughter.” The other him started laughing. “ Of course Sojiro would want a better kid. Who wouldn’t? She’s just gutter trash at the end of the day. The world would have been a better place if someone as useless as her had never been bo-” A gunshot echoed around the chamber as a bullet pierced the Jade orb. The cognitive Ren slumped before vanishing, the orb crashing to the ground and shattering. Ren stood there frozen, his gun raised and his arm trembling. He couldn’t move. He could barely breathe. His body felt hot. His heart felt crushed by a vice and yet, somehow, was stuck in his throat.
“ I…. I don’t… I don’t think that.” He said, his voice barely a whisper. “ I would… I would never… Never…”
“ It wasn’t you.” Hifumi told him. “ We know you would never say such a thing.”
“ Then… Why does she think that?” Ren asked. “ Was it because I got too close with Sojiro too quickly? Did she always think this deep down? I…” Slowly, he lowered his gun. “ I’m sorry. I need a minute.” He left the room stiffly, almost like a zombie. Shiho turned to follow but Akechi placed a hand on her shoulder.
“ Don’t. Trust me. He needs time to breathe after that. He’ll be fine afterwards. I trust Joker enough to know this won’t stop him.”
“ Wow. That almost sounded like a compliment, Crow.” Tao teased him. Akechi huffed.
“ Don’t take it the wrong way. He’s just reliable. That’s all.” He said. “ He simply needs to clear his head.”
“ Like you?”
“ Like me.”
“ That was heavy though.” Hikari said. “ Futaba… hates Joker, huh?”
“ I’m not sure she hates him.” Hifumi reasoned. “ I think these are her dark thoughts surrounding him. It’s why it was sealed away in a special room. They’re her insecurities and doubts.”
“ Why would she think that though? Joker obviously loves her.”
“ Depression is a horrible thing.” Akechi said. “ It leads to the worst things you will ever think. She likely developed it after her mother died. Seeing Joker interact with her father probably led to some cruel thoughts.”
“ You say that like you know from experience.” Shiho noted. He sighed.
“ My mother died when I was very young. She commited suicide. While I was left alone, I suffered from similar feelings. Questioning why I was even alive. I found a new purpose in my mission but I know all too well the effects something like that can have on your psyche.” He frowned. Tao bit her tongue as she felt a retort forming, swallowing it. She wanted to tell him that he was the reason Futaba had become like that. It was his fault she fell into depression. But she didn’t need to say that. She could tell by his expression that he already knew. Saying it would be rubbing salt in the wound. Akechi probably saw a lot of himself in what Futaba went through. Her mother died, taking her own life. She was blamed for it and fell into depression. Now she had a new goal in life, one many didn’t agree with. She and him shared a story. Hers was just a few chapters behind. She wondered if he accepted the possibility she’d hunt him down like he was trying to deal with Shido. Tao couldn’t say he didn’t deserve it. At the same time, she didn’t think he would either.
After five minutes, Ren returned. He still looked shaken by what he’d heard. Despite that, he insisted they kept going. No-one refused him. They left the vault behind, continuing down the temple’s corridors, following the flashing, vein-like wires and candles towards their goal. Finally, they reached the end of the road. Standing before them was a grand looking door. It was golden, two pictures of angels adorning it on either side. The wires passed beyond it, under the door and around the sides. However, there was a figure infront of the door. They were dressed in the cultists robes, the hood down and his arms folded. Ren grit his teeth. He hadn’t been here last time. He was hoping his luck continued. However, instead, he was facing down the cognition of the man who took him in and cared for him all this time. Sojiro Sakura, what his other self had caused the Chief Guardian.
“ Halt. You shall go no further.” The Cognitive Sojiro boomed. “ This is the chamber of the High Priestess. Leave now.”
“ That’s not going to happen.” Akechi said. “ That room has something that we need. Move.”
“ I will never obey the orders of invaders. Especially when they threaten the safety of the High Priestess.” Shadows gathered around him as he began his advance, the man Ren loved like a second father warped into a monster. The creature that emerged from the shadows looked like a mass of tentacles making a vaguely humanoid shape. Its legs were gangly and bent under the weight of the rest of the body. Its head was flat, like the skull of an animal, with two horns growing from it, a red orb suspended between them. Its right hand clutched a large black staff with the top shaped like the head, complete with horn-like growths and a red orb attached to it, while its left hand seemed to dissolve at the end, turning into something like a scroll. It was completely unlike anything Ren had ever seen before.
The shadow didn’t wait for them to attack. Instead, it raised its staff. Electricity arced between the horns before firing out as a powerful beam. The thieves barely managed to avoid the shadow’s attack. “ What is this thing?” Hifumi asked.
“ Just another shadow. Stop complaining and get ready to fight because it’s clearly not going to wait for us.” Akechi snapped. He was quickly proven right as the shadow’s staff began taking in more energy. Instead of the crackle of ekectricity however, it started burning with flames. “ Dragon!”
“ Of course. Fly, Kiyohime!” Hifumi removed her mask, sending her persona forwards. As the monster unleashed its spell, the persona absorbed most of it before countering by striking it with its scaled tail, knocking it off balance. With a smirk, Tao followed up, summoning her persona and bombarding it with nuclear energy. The cognition growled. Ice covered its staff as it rose it up before slamming it down, shattering it. The ice covered the ground around them, exploding in a chilling blast. Shiho was able to resist it, using Jeanne to shield herself and those near her from the blast before striking back with a swing of her banner. The cognition slid across the ground but it wasn’t enough to stop it from preparing another spell. Wind gathered between the spikes in its staff.
“ Damnit! Garmr!” Akechi removed his mask, summoning the crimson dog to his side. It lunged, biting into the scroll-like arm of the creature. The Cognition growled before throwing it off, launching a wind tunnel at it. Akechi grabbed his head as Garmr was launched back, burning back into his mask. The Monster raised its staff. A white light began glowing.
“ Oh no.” Hikari gasped. “ Whatever that is, it’s big.” Akechi scowled. He turned to Ren.
“ JOKER!” He shouted. “ WAKE UP!” Ren snapped out of his daze.
“ Naga!” He quickly removed his mask, summoning the serpentine soldier. The snake was quick to react to his thoughts, spinning its spear in hand before launching it. It sailed through the air before striking the orb above the cognition’s staff. The energy it was gathering went out of control. Soon enough, it exploded. The thieves were blinded as raw energy detonated from the staff. When their vision returned, nothing stood in their way anymore. Ren looked at his feet. He started to move only to get stopped.
“ What the well happened there?” Akechi asked angrily. Ren didn’t answer. “ You froze.”
“ It won’t happen again.”
“ Really? Because I can’t trust that.” He said.
“ Crow. Come on.” Shiho pleaded. Tao raised a hand, stopping her.
“ Let him finish.”
“ What? Guernica?”
“ Let him finish.” She repeated more sternly. Ren didn’t look up.
“ What was it? The cognition of you or was it because it was him?” He asked. “ Because we’re going to have to fight her when that card is delivered. We both know that. If you can’t stomach that, then you’re nothing but dead weight. We can take her heart without you.”
“ No.” Ren raised his head in defiance. “ I’m going to save my sister.”
" Are you? Can you truly do it? Because ever since we’ve got here, you’ve been acting off. You’ve been working yourself far too hard and yet when you actually run into a major problem like that, you can’t bring yourself to act. You’re too close to this, Joker. Back off.”
“ I can’t!” He shouted.
“ Then get it together! You of all people know how dangerous this is. If your head isn’t in, you will die and, as much as I despise it, we need you if we’re going to do this. You know far more about what’s coming than anyone else. So if you can’t bring yourself to harm the girl’s shadow in order to save her then do what’s best for everyone and stay home and let the rest of us finish this mission.” Ren scowled. He was disappointed in himself. He’d been so focused on saving Futaba. He’d put the idea above everything else, including the safety of himself and his friends. However, hearing what she, or at least a dark part of her mind, really thought about him had broken right through him. Seeing Sojiro after that had made it worse. Of course he knew it wasn’t the real Sojiro. That it was just a shadow wearing the face of his second father. Despite that, he froze. He couldn’t bring himself to attack. It had been the second time since he donned the mask of the trickster that he’d felt like that. The first time had been when they’d been defeated and Yaldabaoth was erasing them from existence. He watched as his friends vanished, one by one, the God of Control mocking them as they went before dragging him back to the Velvet Room, gloating one last time before presenting him the offer he couldn’t accept and disposing of him. Now it had happened again. Just the thought of hurting the man who took him in was enough to do it.
“ I’m sorry. You’re right. I just… I don’t know.” He sighed. “ I still want to save her and I still will. I promise not to hold you back any more.”
“ Good. You’re supposed to be leading us. Remember that.” Ren nodded. It was a strange feeling like Akechi actually cared for his well being. Maybe he was just imagining it but it felt a lot different than his cheerful words of reassurance when they were together in Sae’s palace that were aways so obviously plastic. Perhaps he only cared about getting one step closer to Shido and knew he needed him to do that but they sounded genuine in Akechi’s usual sour way of speaking.
They pushed open the great stone doors that Sojiro had been guarding. The room reminded Ren of the church in Kanda just far grander in scale. The walls, floor and ceiling were covered in the glowin red wires they’d seen across the palace. They all led to the same place and greeted Ren with a very familiar sight. A large stone chalice sat at the end of the room, behind an alter where the treasure lay. Ren recognised it vividly, down the red wires feeding into it. Yaldabaoth’s Holy Grail, the treasure of humanity. However, that wasn’t all. It was in the hands of something, a giant stone machine. Its head and body were prisms, its arms massive and raised to the sky while its wings bent around the room. A smaller pair of arms held the Holy Grail. “ What on earth?” Ren muttered.
“ I’m guessing you don’t know what this is then.” Akechi asked.
“ I recognise the cup. It’s the Treasure of humanity. Yaldabaoth’s Holy Grail. But the statue? I have no idea.”
“ A machine god.” Shiho breathed. “ It’s… terrifying.”
“ Yo Joker. Do ya think that thing is the God of Control.” Tao asked.
“ I never saw its actual body.” Ren admitted. “ It could be. Or at the very least it’s how Futaba sees it as.”
“ This isn’t good though. If the room with her treasure in it has something like this, doesn’t it mean their influence is rooted deeply.” Hifumi asked. Ren didn’t want to answer. As the thieves discussed it, Hikari pulled her notebook out of her pocket and sketched the statue.
“ God of Control… Robot angel… Alien god… Hmm…”
“ What are you thinking, Director?” Ren asked.
“ Just thinking about what it’s meant to be.” She said as she continued to draw. “ You said it’s just another cognition, right? So what is it meant to be a cognition of? If it’s God, why is it a robot?”
“ Perhaps it’s a show of how little people believe in a god in this day and age.” Hifumi suggested.
“ Ooooh. I like that idea.” She smiled.
“ You’re not making a story now, are you?” Akechi asked.
“ I’m being serious.” Hikari shook her head. “ If I was a god, I’d choose to look human, like Nyarly. But if this thing has to look like something like this, it just proves that it’s still bound to human thought. It’s only as strong as we think it is.” She flipped her notebook closed.
“ Which is why it’s trying to change how we think.” Shiho realised. “ The more people that believe that it’s almighty, the stronger it gets. That’s why it made the Church.”
“ And to do that, it created a messiah it can control.” Akechi mused. “ It knew the both of us couldn’t be controlled like that so it took someone else and used them to form a church. Using the metaverse, they can alter how people think using their shadows. With enough followers, it can become the very idea of God itself instead of the idea of Control.”
“ We’ve gotta stop it before that happens.” Tao said. “ Starting here.”
“ We have a path to her treasure. Now we just have to steal it.” Ren said. “ Give me a day to prepare. I’ll make sure she gets the calling card.”
Notes:
The Shadow theme for Futaba's new palace is Shin Megami Tensei IV. It was going to be the Defence Divinities in general, with Cognitive Ren turning into Koga Saburo, but that made the chapter a bit too long sadly. Cognitive Sojiro turns into Omoikane, usually a wierd brain squid like it is in Persona 4. As a boss fight, I imagine it cycling through the elemental Ma-Ra spells in order and ending with Megido, changing it's weaknesses and resistances depending on the last spell that was used.
Chapter 27: The Priestess of Control
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 17th
When Ren returned home, he had the calling card in his pocket, placed in a small red envelope. He pulled it out, pretending he’d only just found it and told Sojiro it was for Futaba, asking if it was alright for him to bring it around to her after dropping off his bag, claiming he was back briefly before meeting up with friends til late. He hesitated for a few moments before agreeing to it. Ren entered the Sakura residence, knocking on Futaba’s room. She opened. “ Hear you have a letter for me.” She said with a smirk.
“ That’s right.” He handed it to her, leaning on the door frame as he watched her open it. Her face became confused.
“ To Futaba Sakura, the imprisoned Priestess of Control. You have attacked and defaced the lives of others who speak out against an unjust god. Your heart has been stolen once and we have decided to bring you to your senses. We shall take the source of your distorted desires and offer you true salvation. Sincerely, the Phantom Thieves.” Futaba looked up at Ren. “ The hell is this?”
“ I dunno. I found it outside Leblanc when I got back from school.” She scowled.
“ They’re targeting me now.” She muttered, staring down at the orange text against the black card. “ It’s just like they said…”
“ Who said?”
“ Doesn’t matter. Thanks for the letter but I’ve got stuff to do. Busy stuff.” As she looked up, Futaba’s eyes flashed golden. “ Salvation they say. How stupid. I’ve already been saved. If you really want to see the power of our god though, come and get me. I’ll make you regret ever standing against us, you damnable thieves.” Futaba stumbled as her eyes flickered back to normal, holding her head in one hand. “ Ah…”
“ Are you sure you’re alright? I can always call Sojiro if you need me too.”
“ Really. I’m fine.” She said. “ Go on. Don’t let me hold you up.”
“ Only if you’re sure.” He said slowly. She gave him a wave before closing the door in his face. Ren hummed before walking to the door, activating the app as he went. The air bent and distorted as he stepped outside, meeting the rest of the thieves outside the palace.
“ How’d it go?” Hikari asked.
“ She got the message.” Ren said. “ Everyone ready?”
“ Ready as we'll ever be.” Tao shrugged.
“ Yup. Let’s… Woah.” Hikari’s eyes widened as she summoned Lovelace, scanning ahead. “ That’s weird.”
“ The security goes up when the palace owner gets the calling card. Don’t worry about it.” Ren reassured her.
“ You said that. That’s not it. All the shadows have just… vanished.”
“ Vanished?” Hifumi asked. “ What do you mean?”
“ As in the cult Shadows that were wandering around suddenly disappeared.”
“ That can’t be good.” Tao mused. “ Welp, if there’s a trap waiting for us, we might as well spring it, right Joker?”
“ We don’t have another chance.” Joker said firmly. “ Come on. Let’s go save my sister.”
They passed through the shrine and towards the central temple. As Hikari said, the entire place was eerily empty. Not a single hooded shadow walked the halls of the shrine. None kneeled at the small alters. Compared to their previous journeys through the shrine, the silence was eerie. Ren could only wonder where they’d gone. He doubted they’d have to wait long to figure that out.
Entering the door to the chapel, they instead came out into a small room. Ren knew it was Futaba’s bedroom from a glance. The room was dark, only lit by the computer monitor. Futaba hunched over it, typing away. Life is a cruel thing. It took everything I had from me. My mom. My happiness. My freedom. It locked me away inside this tomb of a bedroom, trapping me in a cage of my own misery. All I could find to escape was my computer. Living through online names at least let the world know that I exist in a way. I became the infamous hacker, Alibaba. I argued with other nerds about anime and featherman. I tried my best to live. But the more I did, the more jealous I got of the people I was talking to. They had the freedom to step away from the screen. Talk to their mom or hang out with friends. I only had Sojiro. When Ren showed up, I got scared. I watched from the cameras Mom set up inside Leblanc as my Dad looked like he was being taken from me too. That’s when I got a message. Futaba leaned back in her computer chair, flexing her fingers in thought before continuing to type. I thought Seraph was just a scammer but I was wrong. Through them, I was able to finally gain a life. I didn’t need to worry about losing anything ever again. I found a place to belong. I was free. I’ll do anything to protect that freedom. I don’t care who I need to shut up or what site I need to destroy. I won’t let anyone take away my life again. Futaba pushed off desk, her chair rolling back before she stood up, staring at them. The light’s flashed on, blinding them as the room turned white.
As the light faded, they found themselves back in the chapel and they quickly learned why the palace was empty. Lines of robed shadows, knelt in prayer to the statue of their god. Standing before the alter, leading the prayer, was Futaba’s Shadow. “ Welcome, venerable Thieves.” She said with a smirk. “ Have you come to pay your respects to our God?”
“ No. We’ve come to save you from it.”
“ Save me?” She laughed. “ Where were you when I actually needed saving? Where were you when I was paralysed by fear? I couldn’t even leave my room. But now I’ve been saved, suddenly you care? Don’t make fun of me.”
“ I’m not, Futaba. I’m sorry I couldn’t save you from your guilt this time. But trust me when I say I want to save you. This isn’t the right way to do things.”
“ And who are you to decide what’s right?” The Shadow Priestess shouted. “ Who are you to denounce god? Am I not allowed to have hope? Am I supposed to suffer forever, locked away in my room and forced watch as everything else I have is taken from me? I refuse to. I found my salvation. You have no right to tell me what I believe is wrong.”
“ The God of Control is just using you. It doesn’t care about your happiness. Only its own power.”
“ I don’t care about that.” She said. “ If it is our god’s will to use me then I am a tool. If it is our god’s will for me to fight then I am a weapon. If it is our god’s will for me to die then I’ll become the flame that purges idiots like you from his perfect world. I will not let you take away my freedom and security!” Ren grit his teeth. It was just like the people in the cells in Mementos' depths. Shido’s shadow had called it the exact same. True freedom. The freedom from having to make decisions. Security in having someone else choose for you and happily following it. However, by that logic, something was wrong.
“ Then why are you here?” Ren asked.
“ What?”
“ If you crave that so-called freedom, why are you locked away in this palace instead of inside the Prison of Regression?”
“ You know about the…” The shadow’s eyes widened in shock. “ If you know about it, how can you fight against it? You know it’s what we all crave deep down. How can you still say we’re all wrong?”
“ That’s dodging the question. Why are you here? If you’re still here and not there, then it has to mean even you don’t believe the things that you’re saying.”
“ You’re wrong!” Futaba shouted. “ I’m here because I’m needed here!”
“ Needed?”
“ Of course I want to go back there. But I was given a mission by the Herald. I can’t destroy heretics if I’m down there, after all.” Futaba grinned. “ Those idiots like you who oppose our god despite knowing nothing about them. False shepherds who want to lead people astray. We can’t have that, now can we?”
“ Alibaba.” Ren realised.
“ Yup. People need to learn what will happen if they try and peddle false information. Actions have consequences. I’ll destroy anyone who stands against our god. Heh. And as a reward for my action, I’ll be given a personal cell near the throne of our god. Peace for all time. Ah, I get warm just thinking about it. And of course, my real self will be hailed as a hero to the Church in the real world when our time comes. That’s why I must suffer in this place for a while longer. It’s all for our god.”
“ And here I thought you were meant to reject individuality.”
“ Eh.” She shrugged. “ There’s exceptions to every rule. The Herald is the voice of our god, after all. If they say it’s fine then it’s fine. So, are you done trying to appeal to my better nature or whatever it is you’re trying to do.”
“ Is there really no way I can get you to stand down?” Ren tried one last time. “ I really don’t want to fight you, Futaba.”
“ You could join us. Why fight when you could gain this happiness?”
“ Because, no matter how good it feels, it’s not real happiness.” Ren said.
“ If that’s how you think, then I guess we’re done.” Futaba said, raising her hand. The other thieves tensed, getting ready for battle, as Futaba snapped her hands. The red wires around the room began to glow brightly. The shadows melted into them, being absorbed by the wires, as they fed into the statue. Futaba leapt up onto the alter, pulling off the rosary hanging around her neck and raising it into the air. As she did, the statue’s chest opened, an eerie red glow covering Futaba’s shadow. “ It’s game time. No holds barred. Battle only. No mercy. Your final destination.” She flashed a wicked smile. Tendrils wrapped around Futaba’s hands and legs before pulling her into the statue. The chest locked shut. Its arms lowered as two items formed in them. One held a sword while the other held a tome. “ I am Futaba, the Great and Powerful! Come Forwards!”
“ Fine. Have it your way.” Ren said defiantly. “ I don’t care whether you want it or not. I’m going to take your heart and save you. Even if I have to destroy your god myself to do it.”
“ At least we don’t have to worry about you running.” Akechi chuckled. “ Let’s call this a warm up, shall we?”
“ The amount of shows that end with the heroes killing a god is pretty big.” Hikari said with a smile. “ Besides, all this talk about the herd always being right reminds me of some bullies from middle school.”
“ We’re with you Joker.” Hifumi nodded. “ Just say the word.”
“ Let’s break this false idol of a false god.” Tao grinned. “ It’s an eyesore of a sculpture anyway.”
“ Crow, Dragon. Hit the grail. Guernica, Paladin. We’ll distract her. Director, watch her in case she tries anything strange.” Ren drew his pistol. “ Go!” With a shot at the statue’s head, the Thieves scattered around the church. Futaba’s laugh echoed around the room as the statue swung its sword. Ren slid under the blade, tearing his mask off as he went. Arsene appeared as he rose, launching a ball of dark energy at the statue’s head, however it didn’t even crack the shell.
“ Damn thing’s tougher than it looks.” Tao remarked. “ I guess it’s made more outta belief than it is actual rock though.”
“ Then we just have to prove her god isn’t undefeatable somehow.” Shiho said as she rushed forwards, summoning Jeanne in order to defend from a bombardment of ice from the false god’s tome.
“ How do we do that exactly?” Tao asked.
“ Oh. I know.” Hikari said. “ There’s wires inside of the robot. They look like veins. Hmm. Cyborg?”
“ Focus, Director.” Ren said.
“ Right. Sorry. As I was saying, they connect to three points. Torpedo the vents and the death statue explodes.”
“ And I’m guessing those points are the grail and the weapons, right?”
“ Yep.” Hikari nodded. “ No promises it’ll bring it down for good but it’ll at least weaken it.”
“ It’s the best plan we’ve got.” Ren nodded. The statue swung down again, crashing it down on Shiho’s shield.
“ Gah…” Shiho buckled under the weight, forcing her down to one knee.
“ Leave her alone, ya colossal jackass!” Tao shouted, blasting the sword with her paint gun. Just like before however, the attack didn’t even scratch it. “ The hell?”
“ Just because it’s sturdy doesn’t mean it’s invincible. Keep trying.” Ren summoned High Pixie, striking the tome with a blast of wind. The tome answered back with a wind tunnel of its own, blowing all four of them off their feet.
“ Look upon my works, ye thieves, and despair.” Futaba’s voice boomed. “ Surrender to the will of our god. It will save you all a lot of pain.”
“ Was she always so dramatic?” Tao asked, pulling herself off the chapel floor.
“ In situations like this?” Ren hummed. “ Kinda. Yeah.”
“ Wonderful. Hey, Director? What’s going on?”
“ Uh. Give me a moment.” Hikari said, folding her legs instead of fully standing. She quickly glanced between the various film reels that surrounded her. As she did, the statue swept its sword. Hikari froze up as the blade came towards her. However, Shiho leapt in its way and took the blow, getting launched into a nearby pillar. “ Ah.”
“ Focus, Director.” Ren said. “ We need you.”
“ Right.” She nodded. She looked back at the reels. “ Ah. I understand now. The sword has a hard shell. Physical attacks do next to nothing. The tome meanwhile absorbs any spell it’s hit with and throws it back at people. They don’t seem very resistant to the other thing though.”
“ So cast spells at the sword and punch the book in the face. Gotcha.” Tao said
“ I don’t think books have a face. Oh. Unless you mean the front cover?”
“ It’s a figure of speech, Director!” The book’s pages began to turn again. As it did, Joker swapped his mask, summoning Naga to the field. As flames began to form above the book, the snake soldier hurled its spear. It sailed through the air, piercing the ball of fire mid air and detonating it before piercing through the book’s pages. Futaba wasn’t about to let them rest however, immediately bringing the blade down on them. “ Oi!” Tao summoned her persona which raised its spear. She grimaced under the pressure as her persona held it back. As it held, ice formed around it before exploding. The statue recoiled from the force.
“ Are you OK, Guernica?” Shiho asked.
“ You were the one who got golf swung into a pillar.” Guernica said, smiling. “ That armour must do something.
“ Jeanne protects me more than the armour does.” Shiho admitted.
“ The book’s coming again.” Hikari said. “ Guernica, it’s your element.”
“ Heh. Leave it to me then.” She rolled her shoulder before reaching her mask. As the book launched a blast of nuclear energy at them, Oi appeared, spinning its spear to disperse the attack. Tao then leapt. Using her persona’s spear as a springboard, she flew above the book before driving her fist into cover. The hand holding it cracked under the pressure before the book shattered.
“ Wow. She wasn’t kidding about punching it in the face.” Hikari remarked.
“ How dare you break my things!” Futaba shouted. The statue raised the blade, bringing it down on the four. Ren removed his mask.
“ Arsene!” Ren’s persona appeared, creating a wall of umbral flames. The sword passed through it only to shatter as it struck Arsene’s raised wing.
“ What?”
“ Give up Futaba! It’s over!”
“ Heh. Over? No.” She laughed. The two hands began glowing.
“ The grail’s doing something.” Hikari said. “ It’s restoring the weapons!”
“ Ha ha ha. You fool. It doesn’t matter what you do. I’m invincible so long as I have God’s favour.” Futaba laughed.
“ I wouldn’t be so sure.” Akechi said.
“ Huh?” Ren looked over. As they were fighting, Akechi and Hifumi had been busy with their own mission. They tore the wires connected to the statue in order to weaken it. With its power source reduced, Akechi removed his mask, summoning Loki, sword in hand raised.
“ Wait!” Futaba cried in vain as Loki swung, splitting the cup in two. Explosions detonated across the statue's body as the shadow shouted in anguish. “ No! No! No! No!” With a mighty crash, the statue collapsed. Ren raised his gun to the statue’s head.
“ This is over.” He said. “ The false god you worship won’t help you anymore. Come back to reality.” Behind him, the other thieves got ready for a final attack. Ren’s shot served as the signal for them to finish it off. The head shattered into rubble
“ And scene!” Hikari cheered. “ Good job everyone.” As the battle ended, Ren approached the statue, reaching into the cockpit and gently pulling Futaba out. The last thing he wanted was for her to suffocate under the weight of a collapsed mech. He sat her down against the alter before noticing the shine from the rosary around her neck. Ren took it off her.
“ Give that back.” Futaba said weakly. “ That is the proof… that I am chosen by God.”
“ We’ll be taking this. Go back to Futaba and tell her to give up all of this. Just go back to being yourself.”
“ Myself?” The shadow laughed. “ You idiot. Don’t you get who my normal self is? So pathetic and weak and trapped within her own misery. Without the God of Control, who am I? A pharaoh locked in a tomb? I can’t go back to being that. I refuse to. I was saved. Don’t you get it? I’m happy now.”
“ You’re wrong.” Ren said. “ You’re not pathetic or weak. You’re incredibly passionate about your hobbies. No-one can surpass you when it comes to hacking. You’re kind, considerate and brave. You’re so much stronger than you think you are that strength is an inspiration. I know the real you, Futaba. It’s not this.” Futaba’s shadow was speechless for a few seconds, just staring up at Ren, eyes wide and mouth open in surprise. Then she just laughed sadly.
“ You’re a complete idiot.” She said, smirking. “ Acting like you know me. But… It's nice to have someone compliment me like that. For a thief, you’re pretty nice. It’s a shame I can’t see that.”
“ I’ll help you see it.” He smiled.
“ That would be nice.” She sighed. “ It’s a shame I can’t follow that.”
“ Why not?”
“ Because I have a mission. You seem to know a lot about our god and its plans so tell me this. Do you really think it’s the type to let an asset like me go?” Ren couldn’t answer. “ Yeah. That’s what I thought. It doesn’t matter if I go back to her and tell her to abandon the church. Once the Herald realises what you’ve done, I’ll just end up in that prison. Or maybe this place will just come back. Maybe something else will happen. I dunno.”
“ I won’t let that happen.” Ren said firmly. “ I won’t let you become its pawn. I pr-”
“ Don’t.” She stopped him. “ Don’t make promises you can’t keep.”
“ I’m a rebel. I always break expectations.” Ren said. “ Tell me one thing. Who is the Herald?”
“ I don’t know.” She admitted. “ They came in here about a month ago and broke through the palace to reach me. Everything is a blur but… I remember that warmth in my heart.”
“ What did they look like? How did they do it? Anything at all.”
“ They wore a hood. Attacked me with some... robot angel thing. As for how they did it, I guess we’ll say they stole my heart.”
“ Your treasure?”
“ Me.” The shadow said. “ They took me from my palace, down to that prison. A few days later, they brought me back with my mission. That mission is all I have left now.”
“ You have Sojiro.”
“ He has you.” She smirked. “ Your disguises aren’t really that good at hiding your appearance, Ren.”
“ I’m not trying to take him from you, y’know? He loves you too much for that to ever happen.”
“ Yeah. But I’ve caused Sojiro too much pain.” She sighed. “ I’ve got to choice but to go back now. Just remember. This isn’t over. I’d recommend you give it up. What good is that will of rebellion if you’re miserable?” With that, she vanished. Ren tightened his hand around her treasure before turning and leaving without another word.
*****************************************
Ren expected to be able to relax after dealing with Futaba’s palace. He sat in Leblanc with a cup of coffee, rolling around a pin in the palm of his hand. Futaba’s treasure had turned into one of the pins of the Church of Control. Ren assumed it was a symbol of the place that saved her. Where she thought she belonged. It was sad that’s what she thought but, now he’d taken it, he hoped she’d be back to normal. That’s when the door opened. Both Ren and Sojiro looked up to see Futaba to stagger in. Her skin was pale, her eyes were dilated and she was breathing heavily. “ Futaba?!” Sojiro exclaimed. She ignored him, looking at Ren.
“ What’s happening… to me?” She whispered
“ What do you mean?”
“ My heart… It’s on fire. What did you… ah…” Futaba clutched at her chest. Sojiro stepped to her side. He reached out gently.
“ Hey! Futaba. Sit down. I’ll call Doctor Takemi over and-” She pushed his hand aside, staggering back. “ Futaba?”
“ No… I… Agh…” All of a sudden, she broke off into a sprint, racing down the street. Sojiro ran after her in a panic. Ren was stunned, her words echoing in his mind. What had he done?
***************************************
Futaba collapsed in some back alley. She didn’t know where she was but she hurt. Her heart was burning. Her mind was hurting. She didn’t feel like herself anymore. That scared her. She didn’t know what was happening to her but she knew it had to be something involving that weird card that Ren had given her. She didn’t know what he or whoever sent that card had done to her but she was in pain. “ Oh dear. I was worried something like this would happen.” Futaba looked up, her vision blurred. A figure stood over her, dressed in a white cloak. She recognised the voice.
“ You…”
“ Come on. Come with me.” The figure offered her a hand up. “ Your role in this isn’t over yet, Futaba.” Futaba smiled faintly. With a shaking arm, she grabbed the figure’s hand.
“ Thank you.” She breathed. Her god had saved her once again.
Notes:
I designed Futaba as a gimmick fight in game. She pilots a stone mech and uses a sword and a tome that can be targeted separately. The Sword nulls physical and gun but is weak to all spells and the tome nulls all spells and is weak to physical and gun. The main body resists everything and has 10K health. Every time each of the Sword or the Tome is defeated however the main body loses 1000 health and wastes one of the main bodies turns resummoning it.
Chapter 28: The Lion's Den
Chapter Text
June 18th
Amamiya had panicked after Futaba had fled. He sent a series of messages to the group chat, lamenting the situation. The other thieves agreed to do what they could do to help him find his sister. While everyone else was stuck in the classroom, Goro sat in Penguin Sniper looking through reports. He decided to check recent police records and social media to see if anyone had found a missing girl. Goro was concerned about Amamiya’s mental state. He’d managed to snap out of his obsessive state of worry in order to take on the statue of the God of Control and take the girl’s treasure. However, with this happening, Goro wondered if Amamiya was out of the game. He sighed, leaning back in his seat as Yoshizawa dropped a glass on his table.
“ You seem busy. Another case?” She asked.
“ This one’s more personal.” He said. “Hmm. Perhaps you can help me with it actually. Has any of your patrons mentioned finding a missing girl this morning?”
“ Not that I can think of. Why?”
“ Amamiya’s younger sister has run away from home. I agreed to look for her. I’m just checking police reports from this morning.”
“ Oh no. That’s horrible.” Yoshizawa said, raising her hands in front of her mouth in shock. “ Is there anything I can do to help?” Goro hummed.
“ Just keep an ear out. After school is out, we’ll be looking more directly. I don't have much faith we'll find her but the others want to believe I'm wrong.”
“ I’m off shift then if you need an extra helping hand.”
“ What about your sister?”
“ She’s training again today. She’ll be fine without me. I hope.”
“ I’m assuming she still hasn’t slowed down then?” Yoshizawa sighed.
“ No. She hasn’t. I tried doing what you and Amamiya said but I don’t think it got through to her. She said that she’s fine. She enjoys gymnastics. She wants to do it. At the same time though, I don’t think she was telling the truth. I don’t know if it’s just me being paranoid but she didn’t sound happy. Maybe she’s just tired but she’s also refusing to stop. Coach Hiraguchi warned her about it as well. She’s doing her best to look after her.”
“ Why can’t she just order her into bed rest?”
“ Because we both know she’d practise on her own if that was the case. If she agrees to it, at least it means someone can watch her. At least that way it reduces the chance she’ll hurt herself.” She sighed. “ Sorry. I don’t mean to unload my issues when you’re busy trying to solve your own.”
“ It’s not my own issue.” Goro shrugged. His own issues were far deeper than a simple missing girl. “ Just don’t work yourself too hard, Yoshizawa. But, if you wish to help us, I can’t stop you. If I’m still here after your shift ended, I’ll show you where we’re meeting.”
“ Thanks, Akechi.” Yoshizawa smiled brightly. “ I’ll do my best to help.”
*************************************
Ren never came to school that day. Hikari didn’t know why. She hoped it was just he was out searching for Futaba and not stewing in his own despair. He wasn’t answering the group chat anymore. The others decided to meet in Shibuya after the end of school and look around for her. At lunch time, she met up with Yakumo. They were meant to meet up after school to finalise plans for the summer play but this took priority. “ Not often you come join us for lunch, Hikari.” Yakumo said. “ What’s up?”
“ I just thought you should know I won’t be able to come to the meeting this afternoon.” She said. Yakumo looked concerned.
“ Really? You never miss a meeting. What’s up?”
“ I’m helping a friend. You remember the guy who helped me when Takamaki attacked me?”
“ Amamiya, right? The transfer student. He came to me trying to find you about Alibaba. Why?”
“ Well, we became friends after that. Last night though, he said that the daughter of his carer ran away from home. It’s why he’s not here today actually. I agreed to help him and some others after school so I’ll just go along with what you guys decide. I trust you.”
“ Wait. Ran away?” Yakumo asked. “ What does she look like?”
“ Why?”
“ I’ll pass her description around to the rest of the club. Tell them to contact you if they find something out.” Hikari’s eyes widened.
“ Really?”
“ Amamiya seemed like a pretty chill guy. Besides, it wouldn’t sit right by me to hear something like that and do nothing. My dad’s a cop, remember?”
“ Thanks Yakumo.” Hikari beamed. She pulled out her notepad, turning it to a clean page and drew a small doodle of Futaba, writing down some descriptors of the girl down the side before ripping the page out and handing it to her friend. Yakumo chuckled as she looked it over.
“ You’re a bad artist, you know.”
“ I want to be a film director. Not an art director. I’ll leave that to the professionals.”
“ Ha. Amen to that. I’ll pass this around the others. I hope you find her. Pass my well wishes to Amamiya, will you?”
“ I will. I’m sure he’ll appreciate your help.”
**************************************
A group of them met up at the station. Along with the thieves were some people who came due to wanting to help Ren. Haru, Luca, Mishima and Yoshizawa each there for their own connection to Ren. The only person they were truly missing was Ren himself. Hifumi was troubled about that. They split off in smaller groups to cover more ground with Hifumi going with Tao and her sister as they headed down the main street. “ I hope we find her.” Hifumi said.
“ She’ll pop up somewhere. I just hope she didn’t come around here though. Shibuya’s gotten pretty dangerous lately.” Tao said. “ The Hashiba have really started becoming a pain in the ass. I hear they have a new boss.”
“ As in their previous leader got overthrown?”
“ Yup. They say he was a complete slave driver and his people got sick of him and got rid of him and his faction. Though I’ve heard conflicting stories of who’s leading them now.”
“ I hope Ren’s sister didn’t end up with them. That’d be scary.” Luca said.
“ As I said, she’ll pop up somewhere. Though I’m worried about the where though knowing her friends.”
“ You don’t think she went to the cult, do you? I thought… Um, I didn’t think she was that into it.”
“ Well, Shi’s going there tomorrow. Hopefully we don’t lose two to those fuckers. Ren’s mental’s probably already ruined as is.”
“ Uh. Hang on.” The three were stopped by someone behind them. Hifumi turned to see a boy in a middle school uniform she didn’t recognise standing there, a concerned look on his face. “ I’m sorry. Are you talking about Ren Amamiya?”
“ What’s it to you?” Tao asked suspiciously.
“ Sorry. Uh, I’m Kaoru Iwai. Amamiya comes to my Dad’s store pretty often. I just heard his name and got worried.”
“ Iwai? Your father runs Untouchable then?”
“ That’s right.” He nodded. Tao hummed.
“ Yeah. We are.”
“ Did something happen?”
“ We’re looking for his sister.” Hifumi told him. “ She ran away from home.”
“ Oh no.” Kaoru gasped. “ Do you need any help? I can ask around if you need me too.”
“ That would be helpful.” Hifumi nodded. “ Do you have Ren’s number?”
“ No but my Dad does. I’ll see if he’s heard anything. What does she look like?”
“ Orange hair. Glasses.” Tao said. “ Pretty hard to miss.”
“ I’ll keep that in mind. I hope you find her. Amamiya’s a good person. I don’t like the idea that he's struggling like this.” The boy nodded. “ I hope the next time we meet is under better circumstances though. See you.”
“ Later.” Tao waved as the boy disappeared into the crowd.
“ How many friends does Ren have?” Luca asked.
“ God only knows, sis.”
“ He is quite the social butterfly.” Hifumi smiled. “ Though, in situations like this, it comes in handy to have a lot of people who care about you.”
“ Heh heh. Hear that sis? Make lots of friends.”
“ What? In case you go missing?” Luca asked. “ Besides, I have friends.”
“ Really?”
“ Don’t really me! Luca pouted. “ I have plenty of friends.” Tao chuckled, elbowing her sister.
“ Siblings.” Hifumi shook her head. “ There are times when I’m glad I don’t have one. As horrible as my mother can be. Come on. We need to find Futaba.”
“ Right.” Tao nodded. As they walked, some pushed passed Luca in the crowd. Tao caught her as she fell. Turning back, she glared at her sister's assailant, a black haired teenage punk who looked like he skipped school that day. “ Watch where you’re going, asshole.” She shouted. The boy glared at her over his shoulder before he continued walking. “ Little shit.”
“ It’s alright, Tao.” Luca reassured her. “ Let’s just go.”
“ Right.” Tao glanced over her shoulder as the kid vanished into the crowd. She huffed. People like that needed their hearts stolen. Maybe it’d teach them some manners.
***********************************************
June 19th
Shiho couldn’t put this visit off another week. Ann text her early in the morning with a meeting place and they met in a café in Asakusa, under the shadow of the Sky Tree for lunch. Ann was giddy with excitement that her long time best friend was finally coming to her place of worship. Emi was also there and she seemed nervous but optimistic about the whole thing. Shiho knew Emi would join the cult even without being brainwashed. She’d always been a nervous wreck and that caused her to be a pushover, doing whatever anyone asked her to do until Ann stepped in to help her. She’d asked her in the weeks leading up to it why she wanted to come and she admitted herself that not having to choose what to do in life sounded liberating. If her last choice was to give up the right to make choices to someone who knew better, she felt it was worth it. Shiho couldn’t agree but if it gave her peace of mind then she also couldn’t blame her.
Ann took them to a gated compound in Ueno, getting picked up by a fellow member of the cult. They were let in through a large gate that shut behind them. Ann opened the car door for them, letting her look up at the imposing looking building. It looked like it had been an old school house at some point from size and shape. The security gate was new however. It seemed the Cult had made sure it was well protected from dissenters it hadn’t worked to silence yet. Ann stretched as she got out of the car. “ Man, it’s good to be out of there.”
“ We weren’t driving that long.” Shiho told her.
“ I know. I just hate cooped up places.” Ann smiled. “ I’m glad you both are giving this a chance. Shame Satoko didn’t agree to come.”
“ I-I’m sure she’ll agree to it later.” Emi said.
“ Right. Come on. I’ll show you around.” Shiho followed Ann towards the main building. She kept her eyes out for any sort of trap. While they were sure the cult was using the Metaverse to convert others, that didn’t mean that was all they were doing. They stepped inside, revealing a grand hall with white walls and a white and gold tiled floor. As they did, Makoto approached them. “ Hey Makoto. Are you going somewhere?”
“ Yes. I have important matters to attend to unfortunately. I’m sorry. I’d have happily helped show Shiho and Emi around. And after I invited you as well, Shiho. I’m so sorry.”
“ It’s fine. We’re in Ann’s capable hands after all.” Shiho reassured her. “ Are Yusuke or Futaba here?”
“ Yusuke isn’t, no. Futaba was at the shrine the last time I checked. I’m sure you’ll see her later. I know how much Ren is missing her.”
“ You heard about that?”
“ From a member of the Theatre club, yes. If Ren had been at school yesterday, I would have told him she was safe with us. A pity but it seems he’s facing his own trials. I understand wanting to help a friend, Shiho, but it’s best to leave him be in this matter.”
“ I don’t think it’s right to hide where she is from him and his carer though.”
“ I didn’t mean that. I just mean that getting over any emotional distress from his situation is his own trial to overcome. Ann understands, right?”
“ It’s a shame we can’t do anything but that’s our god’s will.” Ann shrugged. “ But Ren’s strong. I know he’ll become even stronger from this.”
“ Precisely.”
“ I’m still not sure.” Shiho said hesitantly.
“ Don’t worry. I’m sure you’ll understand by the time you leave.” Makoto’s smile widened. “ Well, I’ll see you all again later. Bye.”
“ See you, Makoto.” Ann waved as the council president left the building. Shiho gave a small hum.
“ What’s the shrine?” She asked.
“ I suppose it’s a good place to start. Come on.” Ann led the two through the facility. Shiho eyed the people around her. A lot of them wore the same beige cloaks that she’d seen people wearing around the city. A lot more wore the familiar pin she’d come to associate from the cult. There were people of all types as well. Men, women, young, old. She saw people who were probably housewives, businessmen and students. Troublingly, she noticed a few children there as well, either brought in by parents or, worse, had their hearts stolen by the cult’s Metaverse user personally.
They came out to a circular room. Some people were kneeling around an alter in the middle. Getting closer, Shiho recognised a small statue elevated on the alter. It was surrounded by flowers and ornaments but the statue was the clear center piece. A stone statue of a figure with its arms raised, wings stretched and a prism head, looking oddly mechanical. A metal cup lay under it. It was the exact same as the statue they had fought in Futaba’s palace just on a far smaller scale. “ What is that statue of?” Emi asked. Shiho already knew the answer to that but kept it to herself. It was better to pretend to be the hesitant yet clueless potential new cultist for now. Knowing too much would raise too much suspicion. Akechi had warned her about that.
“ Do you like it?” She asked. “ One of the others made it. It’s a statue of our god.”
“ That’s just one person’s interpretation though, right?” Shiho asked.
“ You’d think that.” Ann said. “ But ask anyone to draw our god and that statue is what every single one of us will show you. Any descriptions will look like that as well. It’s what proves our god is real and guides our every action. If they weren’t, how could all of us show the same thing without any difference?”
“ That… actually makes sense.” Shiho admitted. It certainly gave them some credibility. If she’d heard that without Ren telling her the God of Control really was real, it was something that would have made her hesitate. Ren had also said he’d never seen Yaldabaoth’s real body though. Then again, he also was being tricked instead of being brainwashed into being a cultist.
“ Doesn’t it?” Ann smiled. “ Still, it doesn’t look like Futaba is here right now. Let’s go see if we can find her. We need to get you both pins anyway. Come on.” They left the alter and headed back through the facility. Ann showed them a bunch of different rooms. A library. A computer room. A large chamber where people were just talking or playing games. Despite their claims of denying individuality, it hadn’t stopped a community forming. Perhaps the God of Control truly only cared that it was being worshipped and would someday rule humanity. Even if it was giving them orders through dreams or something, it just proved how egotistical it was. Even it didn’t believe what it was doing. A silver lining of that was that at least it wasn’t stopping people expressing themselves through things like art and games.
Ann stopped at one of the rooms briefly before taking them outside, around the back of the compound. Shiho couldn’t help but be amased at the garden she was met with. It was vibrant and colourful. A ring of flowers of all kinds surrounding a giant oak tree, various other large planters holding more of them around the outer parts of the garden. “ This is way prettier than the one at school.” Emi gasped.
“ I know. It’s really peaceful. A lot of the other believers come here when they want to think.” Ann told them.
“ Do you come here often?” Shiho asked.
“ Hmm. From time to time, admittedly. Though I have more personal places to think than a flower garden. Ha ha.”
“ Yeah. I… Huh?” Looking over at one of the benches, Shiho saw a familiar figure. She wore one of the hooded cloaks up and was looking down at a laptop, legs crossed on the bench, but the orange hair caught her eye. “ Futaba.” Hearing her name, the girl looked up.
“ Huh? Oh hey. I thought you were meant to be here last week.” She said.
“ My parents sprung a family trip on me so we had to take a rain check.” Shiho told her.
“ Oh, OK. Well, you’re here now.” She looked past her. “ And your friend is?”
“ This is Emi. Emi Amari.” Ann told her.
“ It’s nice to meet you.” She bowed.
“ You too, Emi. Welcome to the club. Though I can’t see our membership badge.”
“ I was gonna give them it here. It’s where Makoto gave me mine after all.”
“ Makoto was your guide?” Shiho asked.
“ Yeah. She came to see me when I was in the infirmary. Said she’d heard about my condition and wanted to help. I wasn’t sure at first but I was in such a bad frame of mind I didn’t see the harm in it. Glad I did too. Apparently, she was brought in by the Herald themselves.”
“ I don’t really remember who brought me here.” Futaba admitted. “ I mean, recently. I’ve been here on my own a few times.”
“ Ren did say you ran away from home.” Shiho said. “ He and your Dad are really worried about you.” She sighed.
“ I know. But I already called Sojiro once I was up to it. I’ve… decided to stay here for the time being. I was given one of those calling card things Ann and Yusuke got.”
“ Really?” Shiho said, acting surprised.
“ Yeah. That night… I dunno. My heart started burning, my head felt like it was going to split open. I felt like I wasn’t myself anymore. I don’t know why I ran away but… I just felt like I needed to. Luckily, one of the members found me and brought me here. After that… well, I think I just need time. Thought I was better but I guess I still have a ways to go yet.” She looked disheartened. “ I know it’s selfish. Sojiro spent all this time looking after me but… I just don’t want to put him through that again. Besides, I’ve found god now. I know they’d never harm me.”
“ I hope you find the peace you’re looking for someday.” Shiho said, offering her a small, kind smile. She truly meant that. From what Ren had told her about Futaba, she seemed like a genuinely kind and well meaning person. She didn’t deserve to be toyed with by a selfish god. None of the cultists did.
Mostly under the weight of expectations, Shiho pinned the Cultist’s sigil to her blouse. They hung around the garden a bit more, talking with Futaba and discussing more about the cult she’d apparently agreed to join without her knowledge. Shiho had come because she felt she didn’t have a choice. Then again, making people not have a choice was the goal of the Church of Control. Even so, she didn’t see the harm in coming around more often, if only to keep Ann safe and keep an eye on the Church and learn about how they were changing people’s hearts.
While she was contemplating this, a sudden pain struck her. She groaned in pain, grabbing her head in one hand. “ Shiho?!” Ann was quick to her side, holding her other arm. She and Emi shared looks of concern while Futaba stared at her in shock. “ What’s wrong?”
“ Ah. I don’t…” She said. As she did, she caught her reflection. Her eye was flickering between its normal colour and the golden hue of a shadow. “ I need to go.”
“ We have a medical facility here.” Ann told her. “ I’ll take you to see-”
“ No. That’s… That’s fine.” She waved Ann off. “ I’ll just get some headache tablets when I get- Ah!” The pain spiked. As it did, a figure flickered into her vision. They were a shadowy figure in a white hooded cloak. A larger figure stood behind her, arms outstretched and wings behind it. It looked more human than the statue of their god but it was still a robotic angel. She felt Jeanne fighting from within herself. “ I-I’m sorry, Ann.”
“ Don’t be. You can’t control when you get ill.” Ann looked at Futaba. “ Can you look after Emi for me? I’ll be right back.”
“ Sure. Go.” She nodded. With Ann’s help, Shiho made it back to the entrance of the compound. While she was walking, she could feel pain welling up inside her, catching flickers of the figure attacking as Jeanne tried to fight them off. Shiho knew she had to get out of here before Jeanne was overcome. Ann stayed within the compound as Shiho stepped out of the gates.
" Are you sure you can make it back? We can treat you here just fine.”
“ I’ll be fine Ann. Really. I’ll see you at school in the morning.”
“ Right. Get back safely.” Shiho nodded. She stumbled across the road as the gate slid shut behind her. She glanced back across the road, catching the figure standing there and staring back at her before turning and vanishing as they headed back inside. The pain in her head was already fading. She felt cold and scared. She’d come inches away from being turned into another pawn of the God of Control. If she didn’t have Jeanne, she’d be done for. She swallowed slightly before slowly making her way to the station. She changed her mind. She wouldn’t be going back there ever again.
******************************************
Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Paladin: That’s what happened.
Guernica: Fuck.
Crow: You said you felt your persona fighting off this Herald?
Paladin: It was like Futaba’s shadow said.
Paladin: A shadowy figure in a white cloak. They’re persona was like a robot angel
Dragon: Sounds like a cult leader.
Crow: There must be a Palace at the Church's Compound.
Crow: That explains one way they're gathering shadows at least.
Paladin: Emi’s joined them for real now. Though I feel she was always going to.
Paladin: So much for playing nice with them
Guernica: Ya mean you were gonna go back?
Paladin: For intel.
Crow: Brazen but a spy would have been helpful
Crow: I’m starting to get sick of how ahead they are.
Dragon: Any leads with your investigation?
Crow: Shirogane has tried interrogating some of them but with no luck
Crow: I’d be cautious. Just because we have protection doesn’t mean we’re safe.
Dragon: At least we know for certain where Futaba ended up
Guernica: Just like the other two.
Paladin: There has to be something we can do.
Crow: Perhaps there is. Perhaps there isn’t.
Crow: All we can do is keep pushing.
Paladin: I hope Ren’s alright. He’s still offline.
Dragon: We can only be there for him.
Crow: I just hope he doesn’t do anything rash.
Crow: We have enough things to worry about.
Chapter 29: Pity
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 22nd
When Ren returned to school the Monday after Futaba’s palace fell, his heart wasn’t in it. He’d spent the entire weekend in his own head. In the end, he’d failed. Shiho confirmed what Sojiro had told him. Futaba was still with the Cult of Control. Nothing had changed. In the end, it had been a dream. He’d hoped that he could save her. Hoped so hard he could have someone from the old thieves back with him. That he could see his sister happy again. Not due to being controlled by some fake god but as the person he’d come to think of as close family. But what did he have to show for it at the end? Nothing. In the end, he’d just made things worse. Even under his enemy, he should have just accepted Futaba’s new freedom and focused on handling something else. Maybe tackled Okumura’s palace and changed his heart again. Maybe trying to look into the leader of the Hashiba and seeing if they had a palace. She wouldn’t have been the same, sure, but she would have at least been there. But now, she was gone. Sojiro was more closed off than ever before. He’d caused everyone so much pain. How could he call himself a hero now?
He stuck himself in a cycle. Go to school, do classes, eat lunch alone, head home and stay in his room. He couldn’t bring himself to do anything else. He ignored the group chat and texts from others worried about him. He couldn’t bring himself to even care. Maybe he should have just accepted Yaldabaoth’s offer on Christmas Eve. Sure, it would have been under the control of another but at least he and his friends would be alive and together. At least they’d be happy. But now look what had become of him all because he tried to challenge fate.
The third day he left in this cycle, he was stopped at the gate. “ Hello, Ren. You look horrible.” Despite her words, Makoto was still smiling. “ I was just going to that cafe I showed you before. For once, I don’t have any extra work. Days like these are quite liberating.” Ren just hummed dismissively. He couldn’t bring himself to look at her. He’d failed her too thanks to his meddling with time. “ Care to join me?”
“ I was just going home.”
“ I understand you’re in pain, Ren.” Makoto told him. “ You don’t have to handle it alone. Come on. Let’s talk.” Ren sighed but nodded. Maybe talking with someone else would help even if that person was being controlled by the cause of all his heartache. He wasn’t very enthusiastic about it. Then again, he wasn’t very enthusiastic about most things this week. He just walked behind Makoto as they walked to the cafe. He sat down, ordering a plain water though Makoto overruled him with a less bland option. “ Is this due to Futaba?”
“ It is.” He admitted. “ I can’t help but feel responsible for it.”
“ How so?”
“ It’s hard to explain.” He said. “ I just saw that she was in trouble and tried to help. Instead, I pushed her away instead. I can’t help but think the panic attack she had was my fault.”
“ You mean because it was you who gave her the calling card, right?”
“ She told you everything already, huh?” Ren sighed. “ Yeah. That’s it.”
“ Hmm. I suppose I can understand that feeling.” Makoto admitted. “ There were plenty of things I felt horrible about for a long time. I’m assuming Ann and Shiho have told you about our Coach’s history?”
“ He was a prideful jerk who destroyed other clubs and abused the volleyball club.”
“ Indeed. I knew about it as well. However, I never said a word when I led the disciplinary committee. The old Council President was the same. We both feared for our own standing if we turned on a respected teacher. Kobayakawa says a lot of things with a lot of bluster but he only truly cares for himself at the end of the day. That’s why I no longer listen to him.”
“ Is that right?” Ren asked. He remembered how he and Makoto met. She was under orders from the principal to investigate the thieves. She was very meticulous about that as well. Her single minded hunt for them had frustrated them, especially Ann, and the fact she’d started stalking him after school got on his nerves. They’d misjudged her but it wasn’t a good first impression to say the least.
“ He’s called me into his office to try and get me to help him on some investigation or another. He wanted me to try and find the Phantom Thieves after the incident with Ann, for example. Despite that, I’ve turned him down. I only serve one being, after all. I can’t compromise my beliefs for the sake of someone of higher station. That would be interfering with another, after all. Kobayakawa has his own trials as I have mine. And you have yours.” Ren looked away.
“ Isn’t that what you’re doing now though?” He said. “ Getting in the way of my trials.”
“ I’m not helping you. We’re just talking about them. There’s nothing wrong with that.”
“ And here I thought you rejected individuality and yet you're exploiting a loophole.”
“ I can understand your confusion. We all follow our god’s mission. That is the ultimate goal of the Church of Control. That doesn’t mean we can’t live our lives. Jobs, hobbies, friends, family. We’re allowed freedom. We’ve just been given additional security.”
“ Freedom and security, huh?” Ren shook his head. “ Is that really what it is?”
“ What else would it be?”
“ Maybe your god is using you. It doesn’t actually care about your freedom and security. All it cares about is ruling over everyone.”
“ If that is their goal then so be it.”
“ You’re fine being slaves?”
“ I prefer the term servant but yes. It’s not truly so different from a student obeying a teacher or a worker obeying their boss. Everyone serves another in this world. We don’t need to pretend we’re doing it out of some obligation. We’re happy as we are.” Her smile widened. “ What about you, Ren? Can you honestly say you’re the same?” Ren didn’t raise his head. In the end, he knew he couldn’t. Akechi had been right to say he had an obsession with being the hero. However, all that crusade had gotten him was misery. Not just for himself but his friends, the original thieves. He’d tried to fight for what was right and rebel against an unjust fate. Sometimes, he wished he wasn’t so stubborn. If he’d accepted it, at least his friends would still be themselves. “ I don’t want you to feel the way you are, you know? Why not join us? Or at the very least you can visit our compound. We’d be happy to accept you and rid you of that pain.” For a moment, Ren actually considered it. The Church had been where all his old friends had ended up. Ann. Yusuke. Makoto. Futaba. If he did join them, he could be with them again. They could finally return to being friends again. If the others joined them, everyone could be together as a group. It was a tempting image of utopia. He sighed.
“ Thanks but I’ll pass.” He said. “ I’ll deal with my trials in my own way.”
“ That rebellion will crush you in the end. You can’t fight fate.”
“ Maybe not. But that doesn’t mean I won’t resist it til the end. That’s just the type of guy I am.” Makoto chuckled.
“ I suppose you are.” She placed some money on the table and stood. “ A pity. Well, don’t forget us. My offer for you to visit us will always be open.”
“ Maybe I’ll consider it some day.”
“ I hope you will. I’d love to chat longer however my Sister will start worrying if I stay out too long. I truly do hope you find happiness, Ren. Good luck overcoming your trial.” She bowed before leaving him sitting there. He leaned back and sighed. Happiness, she said. He was beginning to think that was the cost of this mission. If there was a light at the end of the tunnel, Ren was a long way off from seeing it.
****************************************
June 24th
Ren was sitting alone again when Shiho came to see him. “ Uh. Ren.” She asked softly. He hummed slightly in response. “ Haru wants to see you on the roof.”
“ Haru?” He glanced up. “ Why?”
“ Just… go see her. Please?” Ren sighed. Even so, he stood up and began a slow walk to the roof. He hadn’t spoken to Haru since he came back. It wasn’t that he was avoiding her, at least not on purpose. Maybe his body was doing it on instinct to not remind him what else he’d lost. He didn’t know. Regardless, he’d eaten lunch alone. Shiho and Hikari had tried getting him to eat with them but he’d refused. However, Haru was different. He knew the heiress. When she was serious about something, she wouldn’t let it go.
He arrived on the roof at mid lunch, while Haru was watering some of her plants, rolling a lollipop stick in her other hand absentmindedly. “ I was hoping you’d come.” She said, hearing the door shut. Ren took his seat.
“ You wanted me too.” He said curtly.
“ I did.” She placed the watering can down. “ What’s wrong with you?”
“ I don’t know what you mean.”
“ You do.” She stared him in the eyes with her lightless eyes. Ren remembered when they were so full of life and vibrance. He turned away.
“ It’s nothing.”
“ It’s never nothing.” She told him. “ Tell me.”
“ Why do you care?” He asked.
“ Because we’re friends. And because I’ve never known you to give up since you came here.”
“ I haven’t given up.”
“ Haven’t you? You’ve spent this last week just floating through life. I can’t stand it.”
“ I thought you said this school was no place for a hero.”
“ I also told you not to change!” She shouted. “ Did you forget that? I liked the fact you rebelled against fate. Despite everything being against you, you still went out and changed the world for the better. You stopped Takamaki! You helped that model friend of yours! Despite everything, you chose to still stand against the tide and I liked that. That’s why I can’t stand that you’re giving up! Because…. Because…” She lowered her head, a pained expression on her face. “ Because if you give up, what can I hope to do?!”
“ Haru…”
“ Do you know why I gave up?” She asked, her voice tense. “ Because everyone else around me did the same. My father lost himself to his work and went from a well meaning business man to a tyrant who sees his workers as nothing but machines after my mother died. I saw Takamaki go from someone who pushed back against bullies into a bully herself. The sports teams crumbled to Kamoshida. My father’s aides crumbled to him. Even Makoto gave up and joined that damn cult. I never thought she would. After seeing all of that, I just couldn’t keep my head above the water any more. I stopped fighting back. I hate knowing I’m just a pawn in my father’s game. Ever since he started his schemes of becoming a politician, he’s started bringing up how great it would be for me to have a husband. I know he’s planning on selling me off to the Sugimura family when I come of age. I’ve met their son.” She shuddered. Ren was speechless. It was the most emotion he’d seen from this Haru as she screamed with raw, desperate anger. He didn’t know what to say nor could he bring himself to say anything. Tears started falling down Haru’s cheeks, her voice shaking and quiet. “ I don’t want it but what can I do? Everyone else gave up around me trying to defy their fate. What chance do I have? It’s just not fair!” She hurled her lollipop over the fence in anger.
“ Haru. I-”
“ And then you showed up. So confident and full of determination to fight back against life. I thought you were just another idiot but then you actually changed Takamaki’s heart. That’s when I started hoping again. Started to think that maybe. Maybe there’s still a chance.” She chuckled mirthlessly. “ But there’s not. Even you've given up. So that’s it. What hope do I have now? Ah. Damn it! It’s not fair!” She let out an angry scream, kicking her chair before pressing her head against the fence of the roof. She started to sob. Slowly, Ren approached. Gently, he put his hand on her shoulder. She turned and grabbed him, sobbing into his shoulder. Ren smiled lightly, hugging her back and just letting her cry. After a few minutes, she slowly let go and rubbed her eyes. “ I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to get so emotional.”
“ It’s fine.” Ren told her. “ And… I’m sorry too.”
“ Huh?”
“ You were right. I did give up. There’s this girl. She’s the adopted daughter of the man who’s been looking after me and I started seeing her as a sister. But she ended up in trouble and joined the Church of Control. I thought I could help her and maybe she’d come back but… I just made things worse.”
“ That’s why she ran away from home?” Ren nodded slightly.
“ Now she’s living at the Cult’s compound trying to find herself apparently. I couldn’t find it in myself to go on after that. What’s the point in fighting fate if it’s just going to hurt people I care about? What if next time it’s Sojiro? Or you or another of my friends? I just… couldn’t live with myself. I’ve been living life on autopilot ever since. Though that’s selfish too. You and everyone else are worried about me. I just can’t win. Whatever I do, I’m causing someone pain.” He frowned. “ I’m struggling to find the point anymore.”
“ You say that like all you do is hurt people. You’ve helped a lot too, you know. Hell, your group has a fan page. Can’t be all that horrible if you have one of those.” She shrugged.
“ I guess.” Ren sighed. Below them, the school bell went. “ I don’t want to go back to class.” He sighed.
“ Yeah.” She smirked. “ Shame we cut our hands on a trowel.”
“ Huh?” Ren looked at her. Then he laughed. “ Yeah. Can’t go back to class with an injury like that. Thanks Haru.”
“ What are you thanking me for?” She asked. “ I shouted at you when you clearly weren’t in the right state of mind. I’m a horrible person.”
“ Of course you aren’t. You're amazing.” He reassured her. He dug his nails into his palms. He wanted to tell her everything. He desperately wanted to. He wanted to explain about the metaverse and personas. He wanted to tell her everything about the past and the God of Control’s plans. He wanted his friend back. The bubbly, kind if somewhat sheltered young woman who cared about everyone. The one who planned on opening a little cafe somewhere using her own produce just like her grandfather had done before her. The Phantom Thief Noir, sometimes known as Beauty Thief, who held herself with grace and elegance despite swinging around a large battle axe with sadistic glee. But he couldnt. He knew he couldn’t. She’d think he was crazy. He didn’t want to push her away. Not like he did to Futaba. He couldn’t take that. Not now. So he bit his tongue as Haru smirked, lifting her chair back up and opening another sweet wrapper, tossing one to him. “ Thanks by the way.”
“ For what?”
“ For showing me why I can’t give up.”
“ Huh?”
“ I’ve been selfish. I talk about being worried about hurting others but, in the end, all it’s doing is stopping me from doing what I have to do. But all of this is bigger than just me. I know that. I can’t let one failure stop me, no matter how big it was. I won’t accomplish anything if I give up now.” He smiled. “ I’ll rebel against fate for a little while longer. I hope it inspires you to do the same.”
“ Heh. You idiot.” Haru shook her head. “ I don’t know what it is that you and Shiho and the rest of your Phantom Thieves are doing but I hope you win whatever battle you’re facing. For both of our sakes.”
“ I’ll keep fighting for us both.” Ren reassured her. He wished he could tell her. But he didn’t and the conversation moved on. They ended up sitting up there until the final bell, just talking about various things. It was peaceful and he was surprised they didn’t get caught, even if he caught Kawakami staring a hole through the back of his head when he passed her by. It was a nice afternoon all things considered. He checked his phone and smirked before making his way to Shibuya station. It was time to delve deeper.
****************************************
“ Dragon! Under you!” Nagamoto shouted. Togo was barely able to avoid a spike of vines bursting from the subway steps. They’d managed to come all the way to the bottom of Kaitul without Amamiya’s help but they ran into a snag. None of them recognised the shadow. Just that it was a fat guy in a suit who, from his ranting, Goro assumed once had a palace. He turned into a monster made of dirt and vines and he was putting up a good fight, burrowing vines through the ground and breathing heavy blasts of wind. Goro groaned from the annoyance of it all. They were good at forcing the thieves to keep their distance and exploiting the gaps. At the same time, other than the flames that Togo summoned, was resilient to magic and was sturdy enough to withstand Lucatao’s explosive shots. He was close to calling a retreat and coming back to the door when the shadow had moved on rather than wait out its stall tactics. “ Crow!” Goro’s eyes widened as the ground beneath him rumbled, shattering into a mass of vines that knocked him to the ground. The vine lunged at him. He reached for his mask only for the vines to hit a wall of blue flames.
“ Decarbia.” A rain of fire launched from the shadows of the stairwell, pelting the shadows. As the demon withstood the blaze, a single shot rang out, smashing the shadows head. It collapsed on the station floor, fading back to the shadow. “ Ah, Kaneshiro. I was wondering where you’d ended up. I guess losing everything has an effect on even men like you.” Amamiya stepped out from the shadows, a red starfish with one eye floating over his shoulder before fading away. He smirked. “ Hey guys. Sorry I’m late.”
“ Re- Joker!” Shiho barely stopped herself. “ Are you… OK?”
“ Better.” He nodded. “ Sorry for making you all worry.”
“ You’re an idiot.” Goro scoffed. Amamiya offered his hand which Goro accepted, letting himself be pulled up. “ What took you so long?”
“ You didn’t wait.” He sighed, dropping the act. “ I know I’ve been selfish this week. I didn’t mean to make anyone worry. But I’m back now. I won’t falter like this again. After all, I still have a sister to save.”
“ Done feeling sorry for yourself?” Goro asked.
“ Yeah. Sorry.” Goro shook his head.
“ She’s not going to be the last of your old friends we face, you know.”
“ I know. If Yaldabaoth set this up then Ryuji and Haru are still left. I hope we don’t have to face them but, if we do, I’ll be ready.”
“ And if we can’t save them?”
“ I’ve accepted that.” Amamiya nodded slowly. “ Their shadows are in the Prison of Regression. So long as we make it there, we can still save them. Just like we’ll save everyone that false god has under its control.”
“ Good.” Goro smirked lightly. “ You had better not try something like this again. You're an important asset to our mission.”
“ Aw. He missed you.” Nagamoto said teasingly.
“ I did not!”
“ You’re happy to see him too. Don’t lie.” Lucatao grinned. Goro huffed, turning his head away.
“ So long as you’re alright, that’s all that matters.” Togo said with a smile.
“ The show can't go on without the lead actor, after all.” Nagamoto beamed.
“ I guess not.” Amamiya said. He walked over to the shadow, Kaneshiro. “ As for you, Kaneshiro, I think it’s about time you go and admit what you did. You’re done now. Think about how to give back to people instead of robbing them. Money isn’t really everything, you know.”
“ Heh. Stupid kid.” The shadow laughed before it faded away, leaving the thieves to look up at the closed door.
“ Who’s our next target?” Goro asked.
“ Hard to say. I guess Okumura’s the only target we’ve got left. Assuming it’s still there.”
“ The Spaceport, yes? It’s still there.” Goro confirmed.
“ Spaceport?” Togo raised an eyebrow. Nagamoto gasped.
“ We’ve got to go there!”
“ It’s not a tourist trip, Director.” Goro scolded her.
“ Eh heh heh. Sorry.”
“ Okumura’s palace was a hard one. We should make sure we’re completely prepared.”
“ In that case, let’s reconvene in a week's time.” Goro suggested. “ That should give us plenty of time to make personal preparations.”
“ Sounds like a plan.” Amamiya nodded. Goro smirked. He hated to admit it but it was nice to see him back on his game.
Notes:
This chapter. Man, this chapter. This chapter was a crossroads for me. I very easily could have changed a lot of plans here simple due to the fact that after writing the Haru segment, I seriously wanted to break my plans specifically for her. I didn't. I compromised with myself and I'll explain what I mean when we reach that chapter though that won't be for a while yet. But I very easily could have done that and it would have altered a lot about the progression of this fic. As for other things about this chapter, I wonder how many of you have noticed that every time Makoto speaks that she always says "A pity" at some point in the conversation. It doesn't really mean anything. I just thought it was fun to add. Seeing as this chapter is called Pity I thought now would be a good time to mention that. Oh, and Shadow Kaneshiro is Kuebiko from Shin Megami Tensei IV.
Man, heavy few chapters huh? I promise the next arc is a lot lighter in tone than this one was. But before that, there's a new chapter of A Fool's Journey. This time, we've got a new social link for the timeline to replace an unavailable one. I won't spoil who it is though.
Chapter 30: Missing
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
June 26th
Tao raised her hands into a finger frame as she marvelled at the newly finished work the three of them created. Ren smiled. Tao had managed to recreate Arsene in drawing and created stencils for it. They weren’t in a very public place this time, just a random back alley in Shibuya, but the place was large enough for more paintings like this. Tao had already told him that she intended to do more for the rest of the Phantom Thieves Personas in order to make a large mural. A little reminder of the Thieves that saved the world in secret. Luca hummed from her deck chair. “ We did pretty good this time, huh?” She said. “ You’ve really taken to this, Ren.”
“ It’s nice to be creative. I can see why people do this now.” Ren admitted. While he’d spent a lot of time helping Yusuke with his art work, he’d never actually tried to do too many creative things himself. Tao forced him to be a lot more hands on when he hung out with her than Yusuke had. He actually enjoyed his time spray painting as well. He couldn’t quite put his finger on why. Maybe it was the company. Maybe it was the means to express himself a little. He couldn’t quite say. “ Are you still seeing Yusuke, by the way?”
“ Nah.” Luca shook her head. “ I backed out about a week ago.”
“ You never told me that.” Tao said. “ What did he do?”
“ He just started to get annoying.” She sighed. “ I liked being his model. It was kinda fun pulling stupid poses. But it felt like every ten minutes he’d start talking about that damn cult. We’d be talking about food and he’d bring up going out with some members of the cult. We’d talk about new means of inspiration and he’d slip in a comment about God. Every time we met up, he’d invite me to his cult’s base to see what it’s all about. He made comments about it being fine I didn’t want to but I could tell from the way he kept pushing he didn’t actually mean it. So, I just told him I wasn’t going to help him anymore after our last session and we parted ways. Yusuke’s a nice guy but he’s just so preachy.”
“ I understand how that feels.” Ren admitted. “ I’ve mentioned Ann before right?”
“ The friend from your class right? The one who’s also part of the cult?”
“ Yeah. She’s the same. Then there’s Makoto, the council president who’s happy to enforce the cult’s rules on the student body. Her God forbid she finds you helping someone.” Ren shook his head. “ Otherwise, the two of them are easy to get along with. Makoto even showed me a nice cafe near the school. But they have the same issue Yusuke does.”
“ That’s just the Cult of Control in general.” Tao said. “ Some of those robed fuckers stop people in the street if they feel their being ignored. They’re way too into their beliefs.”
“ The less they ask, the less I want to listen to them. If they were less pushy, I’d at least maybe drop by their compound. I haven’t been to Ueno much.”
“ Ueno’s got some good places.” Tao admitted. “ Shame it’s infested by cultists these days. The museum’s got a lot of good art.”
“ You’re not scared of a few preachers, Tao?” Ren asked jokingly.
“ Scared? No. Annoyed? Yep.”
“ Well, it must be working though. I’m seeing a lot more of those badges around lately.” Luca frowned. “ I don’t get it. Why would you be so eager to not think for yourself?”
“ People are lazy.” Ren said with a shrug. “ I guess some people’s desire for a stable routine outweighs their desire for personal freedom.”
“ Sounds dumb.”
“ That’s cause it’s dumb.” Tao told her sister. “ People who hate their lives so much they’d willingly give it to some false god have gotta be the saddest people in the world. At least some of them are probably brainwashed. You can’t get that big that fast without something crazy going on behind the scenes, y’know?”
“ Creepy.”
“ Totally.”
“ I just hope this dies down soon.” Luca sighed. “ On one channel, you’ve got the cultists. On another, you’ve got the mental shutdowns. On a third, you have Shido making some emotional speech about how everything sucks and he’s the only answer. Not that there’s a better guy to vote for.”
“ Your folks are going for him then?” Tao asked.
“ Mainly cause there’s literally no other candidate in the race right now. Dad hates him. He sees right through that phoney good guy facade he puts on but there’s not any actual choice other than him. Everyone else either dropped out to support him, was ruined by some scandal over the last year or is so unimportant no-one even knows their names.”
“ Yoshida’s pretty nice.” Ren said.
“ Toranosuke Yoshida?” She asked. Ren nodded.
“ He’s the guy who makes speeches at Shibuya station.”
“ He also got caught in like fifty different scandals. My point stands.”
“ Surprised you know so much about politics, sis.” Tao remarked. Luca just shrugged.
“ Gotta know what’s happening, yeah?”
“ I’m sure things will get better.” Ren said. He and Tao shared a knowing look. “ We’ve just got to trust that life will change. If it doesn’t, we’ve just got to change it ourself.”
****************************************
June 27th
Hikari asked Ren to help her in the library after school. When he got there, he found a pile of paper she was looking through. “ You alright?” He asked.
“ Oh. Ren. Hi.” She smiled up at him. “ I need a second opinion. Sorry for calling you here at such short notice.”
“ Don’t worry about it. What is this?”
“ It’s a script.” She said. “ We’re finalising the script this week for the Summer play. I just wanted you to look through some of it to see what someone outside the club thinks. I don’t want you reading the whole thing. Don’t worry.”
“ I’d probably have to take it home if you did.” Ren joked. Ren looked over the part of the script that Hikari gave him as she read another part of it, looking for errors in the text. After a few pages, Ren looked up to see Hikari writing notes in her notebook again. “ You really like that thing, huh?”
“ Hmm? Oh, my notebook.” She said. “ It’s nothing special. It’s just something I use when I get inspiration. I think I said this before but if I don’t right it down, it’ll spiral until it becomes hard to focus on anything else. I’ve been like this since I was young so it’s a bit of a coping mechanism I guess.”
“ You’ve always had a good imagination?”
“ For as long as I can remember, I’ve wanted to be a director.” She smiled, spinning her pen around her fingers. . “ Something about being able to create another world that others can get lost in. It’s my dream to be able to create something like that and for people to love it. It was my Dad who actually inspired me to do it. We used to watch a lot of films together.” She giggled. “ One day, when I was feeling down, he came at me with a recorder and said I was the protagonist of my own life.”
“ He sounds nice.”
“ He is. He gets busy with work though. We haven’t done much together recently.” She sighed, stopping her pen. “ Admittedly, there was a time in my life where I was a lot like Alibaba was. I could leave my room freely but I felt there was no point in pursuing my dreams. That it was best to just join the crowd. You remember those things Nyarly said?”
“ About the herd being right and individuality being wrong?” She nodded
“ Those were things I’ve heard all my life. Those who are on a higher platform should never be questioned. What the group decides is right. Go into a safe career instead of an eccentric one. Why do you have to be like that?” She frowned. “ I had a really bad week. I tried helping a friend but the people bullying her turned on me and she ended up siding with the group. The weekend before I told my aunt and uncle my dreams and they shut me down. People hated that I was different from them. Then my Dad said that phrase and… I snapped.”
“ You thought he was siding with them.”
“ Yup. And he wasn’t. He was just worried about me and said the wrong thing without knowing what it meant to me. Either way, I spent… I think it was a month without being able to feel anything. Even thinking back to then now, it all just blends together. In the end though, I was saved by the same thing as always. Dad took me to see a movie. I don’t even remember the movie but I remember that it was the first time I felt something in a long time. It rebuilt my dream. Dad apologised to me afterwards. We just talked for a while. It’s hard on him, being a single Dad to a mad girl like me, but I do really love him.” She laughed softly. “ Sorry. I called you here to help with a script and ended up hearing my life’s story.”
“ I have that effect on people.” Ren shrugged.
“ Ha ha. Yeah, I can tell.” She grinned. “ There’s something magnetic about you. You’re true main character material. I wonder why that is.”
“ Honestly, I have no idea. Apparently, the ability to summon multiple personas makes me special in some way. I can connect to each of the arcana in some way. Last time, I made bonds with different people and I could use those bonds to strengthen the personas I created. Nyarlathotep is different though. He told me he doesn’t care how I spend my free time since he can’t tap into bonds the same way the Velvet Room did. He’s the darker side of the sea of souls so maybe if I got people to hate me he’d be able to do something but that’s not how I want to live my life. I’ve been spending my free time getting to know my old confidants in this timeline too. Just because I don’t have to doesn’t mean I don’t want to, you know?”
“ I can get that.” She nodded. “ Were we your bonds last time around?”
“ Hifumi was.” He admitted. “ She was my Star. She taught me Shogi and we hung out in the church in Kanda. You already know about Akechi. I knew Shiho as well but… well, I’m just glad she’s alright in this timeline. We didn’t get to know eachother as much as I wanted. As for you and Tao, we never met. I’m sure we passed eachother in the halls or in the street but we never actually talked.”
“ Aw. That’s a shame. I’m sure we’d have been good friends.”
“ Of course we would. But school life back then was a lot worse than it is now. People don’t know about… why I came here this time. Kamoshida was kind enough to let them know back then and that stopped any chance of me getting into a school club. Not that I think I would have with our… out of school activities.”
“ Those have been a great source of inspiration for me. Speaking of which, this spaceport…”
“ Ha ha ha. You’ll see when we get there.” He reassured her.
“ I’m sure I’ll come up with a lot of ideas from it. I probably shouldn’t be so excited though, should I? I get this is serious stuff but, after what I saw in Alibaba’s palace, I can’t help but wonder what’ll be coming next.”
“ Admittedly, we were the same too in the past.” Ren admitted. “ I think, at this time, we’d be robbing a bank flying above Shibuya run by the boss of a mafia group. In this timeline, it doesn’t exist since he was run out of town, but we were doing it to… OK, we were doing it because Makoto was an idiot and barged into his office, getting us all implicated in doing drugs, but before then we were just doing it to get famous. The consequences of what we were doing weren’t even on our mind til after we dealt with the Spaceport. For Haru’s sake, I won’t let that happen again.” Hikari’s face hardened, understanding what Ren was implying. “ I don’t care about any of that anymore though. I don’t care if no-one knows who we are. I won’t let the God of Control have his way.”
“ Right. I’m with you there.” Hikari nodded. “ I don’t want to let anyone take my dream away from me. Not again.”
“ I won’t let them either.” Ren reassured her. “ Speaking of your dream…”
“ Oh! The script! Sorry. I totally forgot why we were even here. Ah, we’ve wasted so much time.”
“ I can always read it at home.”
“ I don’t want to put that on you. Let’s speed read it.” Ren just laughed. Hikari was the type of persona Futaba would have loved. They were both eccentric in their own ways. He hoped, when they brought down the God of Control and freed her, they’d become good friends. The thought came with a tinge of sadness. There was a long road ahead til that dream became a reality.
****************************************
June 28th
“ Checkmate.” Hifumi smiled. Ren just sighed. They’d met up after school in a familiar church in Kanda. The weather wasn’t the best but listening to the rain drumming on the church roof as they played was calming in a way.
“ The Togo kingdom wins again.”
“ Of course. You’ll need to try harder than that if you want to bring me down.” She smirked. “ Thanks for playing with me. Mother has set another game up on Thursday.”
“ Another rigged game?”
“ Perhaps. I plan on asking my opponent before we go on stage and telling him not to hold back. I don’t want to think all my wins are bought.”
“ You’re the best shogi player I know.”
“ You only know one shogi player.”
“ My point stands.”
“ Be real with me, Ren. After you changed my mothers heart, what happened in your timeline?” Ren hummed.
“ You got scheduled a game with an opponent that was stronger than you and got completely dominated. You said you were happy to be able to fight someone who you knew for certain wasn’t holding back.”
“ So I’m not that good after all.” She sighed.
“ That’s not true. You’re a great strategist. I used what you taught me about shogi in battle with the thieves.”
“ How did shogi help you with that?”
“ Uchikomi.”
“ Damn it. That’s smart.” Ren gave her a smug smile. “ Well, regardless, I still have a long way to go. I’m not pessimistic enough to think all my wins were bought but it shames me knowing a lot of them were. I always hated this crafted persona that I’ve been forced into in public. The Venus of Shogi they call me. Come on. It’s such a stupid title. I’m far more than just looks. I suppose the whole idea of sex appeal selling is true but it’s ridiculous.”
“ It’s a shame that people don’t really care about real people. Just the image that they’ve been given. I’m sure people like Risette and Kanamin are a lot different than they’re presented too.”
“ I already knew that. I actually met Kanamin once you know.”
“ You did?”
“ It was one of my games last year. She was shooting something in another studio and we both happened to step outside for some air at the same time. She’s quite sweet and surprisingly grounded for the energetic idol she’s portrayed as.”
“ I doubt any celebrity shows their true face. Look at Akechi or Shido.”
“ Or me.” Hifumi nodded. “ I see your point. I wonder how many other celebrities' careers are as rigged as mine”
“ Probably a few. The media likes building up heroes for the public to root for. Just watch any reality tv show.”
“ You watch reality tv?”
“ I have with Mom sometimes. It’s pretty ironic that something called reality tv is some of the most obviously fake shows on these days.”
“ Yeah. That’s why I’m worried. I don’t want to be turned into something like that. I want to become a famous shogi player but I want to do it on my own merits. Not because some network decided I was pretty enough to give them ratings. I want to be proud of my accomplishments at the end of the day. Speaking like that, I suppose I can see how the me in your timeline felt. Losing a game but knowing she did her best without anything shady looming over the game board. It certainly would be a nice way to play.”
“ One more palace and we can find your Mom’s shadow. That’s not too far away.”
“ I suppose so.” She smiled. “ Either way, we still have time. Another game?”
“ Sure. Maybe I’ll actually beat you this time.”
“ Keep dreaming. The Togo Kingdom accepts all challengers but it will never lose to anyone.”
****************************************
June 29th
Ren eyed the pool table as he stepped around it, trying to angle the best shot. “ You’re going to be late for school in the morning if you keep this up, Amamiya.” Akechi jeered.
“ I thought patience was a good quality for a detective to have.” Ren answered back. Akechi just huffed.
“ Top right corner. 55 degree angle. Put a bit of an anti clockwise spin on the cue to slow the ball down.” Kasumi told him as she passed them by with a drinks tray. Ren smiled, taking her advice and pocketing two of the coloured balls. Akechi groaned.
“ How do you keep doing that?” He asked her on her returned trip.
“ When you work in a games bar for long enough and you pick up some tricks.” She said. “ Same as ever, boys?”
“ Same as ever.” Ren told her. She winked and left them to their game. After the game was over, Ren winning by a few points, she returned, setting their drinks on a nearby table. “ There you are.”
“ Thanks Kasumi. How is everything?” Kasumi sighed, her smile falling.
“ Touch and go, admittedly.” She said sadly. “ Sumire hurt herself in training a few days ago.”
“ Oh no.” Ren said. “ Hikari never mentioned.”
“ You’re friends with Nagamoto? She and Sumire just became friends recently but she seems nice from my brief interaction with her. Well, she’s been out of school for the week but we never told the school the reason. I guess they must think it's just general illness.”
“ What was it?”
“ Sprained wrist. Doctor said she’d be fine but she has to not use her left hand for about a week which sucks since she’s left handed. She’s just been lying in her bed the whole time, complaining about how far behind she’s going to fall. I’ve tried telling her it was that attitude that got her injured in the first place but she won’t listen. We’re all worried sick about her. I just don’t know what to do.” Ren gave Akechi a side glance. The detective caught it, nodding slightly.
“ Give her time. I’m sure she’ll get better.” Ren reassured her. “ Maybe she’ll have a change of heart.”
“ What? Like the Phantom Thieves will save her?” Kasumi laughed. “ Sure. Maybe I’ll try to commision them.”
“ I’m sure they’ll help. I hope things get better.”
“ Yeah. Well, things are pretty busy so I gotta get back to work.” Kasumi waved before heading back to the bar.
“ How did you ever keep that a secret? You’re far too obvious.”
“ Sorry, Mister Pancakes. I just want to help.”
“ Enough about the pancakes.” He sighed, pulling out his phone. “ I suppose you want to handle Yoshizawa’s sister then?”
“ If her heart is distorted, she has a shadow.” Ren took a sip from his drink.
“ Very well. Sumire Yoshizawa, Mementos.”
“ Candidate not found.” The two stared at Akechi’s phone.
“ Try that again.” Ren said slowly.
“ I can try it a hundred times. It won’t change the answer. Yoshizawa’s sister isn’t in Mementos. That only means one thing.”
“ She has a palace. Great.” He sighed. “ Well, I guess we know the palace we’re dealing with in place of Sae.”
“ It shouldn’t be too hard to find. A gymnast overworking herself can only have a few places her distortion can be.”
“ That’s true.” Ren nodded. “ We’ll have to find it quickly. Whatever's happening with her isn’t healthy.”
“ That much is obvious.” He nodded. “ I’ll have to see if Shido’s scientists have detected any distortions around the place and investigate them.”
“ Shido’s scientists can detect palaces?”
“ Vaguely. They’ve figured out how to detect places where the cognitive world is strongest, which causes minor distortions in our world. It’s nothing anyone would ever notice if they didn’t know about Cognitive Science but it can have a small effect on the mental states of those who stay in its proximity for long periods of time.”
“ Like students accepting their teacher’s rule is law or an art student becoming more willing to overlook their teacher’s shady business.”
“ Workers becoming conditioned to accept being lesser. Regular people's thoughts altered ever so slightly to believe the palace ruler is in the right.” He nodded. “ So long as the distortion is strong enough, anything like that is possible.” Akechi finished his drink and picked up the pool cue. “ Regardless, there’s nothing that can be done for today. Let’s focus on our friendly contest.”
“ Who said I’m not focused?”
“ Someone is in trouble. I know you’re not focused.” Ren scowled. He hated how right he was. Knowing Kasumi’s sister had a palace out there somewhere troubled him. Annoyingly, Akechi was right. They didn’t know where it was nor did they know the keywords to get in. They had no choice but to take it slow and search for what they needed in order to break into her palace. He hated it but he’d already seen what happened when he gave in to restlessness. Okumura came first. While they were dealing with him, they could search around for Sumire. There was nothing they could do but keep looking.
Notes:
Kinda wish my upload schedule let me put the breather, character focused chapter at the end of the upload chain rather at the beginning of it but regardless it's here. Speaking of things that are here, I've updated The Fool's Journey again. This time, we're looking at The Empress. Haru's making up for her lack of screentime in the base game.
Chapter 31: The Enforcer
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 2nd
They agreed to meet after school on the second in order to infiltrate Okumura’s palace. Ren knew they needed to be absolutely ready for this. He didn’t remember that palace fondly. Cold metal corridors, hordes of the robots he saw as his workers and a lot of shadows that were just as cold, a lot of them resisting the strikes from their weapons. At least the backdrop of space was nice to look at whenever they got the chance. Those chances were few however as they had to pass through the silver metal of the offices or across the grimy and fast paced machinery that made up the factory. The place was a brutal, long slog and they were doing it months earlier than he had with the original thieves originally.
While everyone else was doing their own preparations, Ren headed to Iwai’s in order to upgrade their weaponry. He stepped inside, expecting to be greeted by the usual tired looking, rough former Yakuza member. He was certain Iwai already knew what he was doing there was beyond a collector and that he wasn’t the cosplayer that he claimed. He didn’t know if he thought Ren was a cultist or something else but he didn’t pry which Ren appreciated. However the Iwai behind the counter was a different one than he’d been expecting. “ Ah. Welcome.” Kaoru said with a smile.
“ Hey Kaoru. Where’s Iwai?”
“ He’s handling a delivery out back and asked me to watch the counter. It’s not the first time I’ve had to do it.” He reassured him. “ So, what’re ya buyin, Stranger?” Ren laughed.
“ That’s an old reference.”
“ Ha ha ha. Dad’s been showing me a few of his old favourite games. I couldn’t help myself.” He smiled. “ More cosplay stuff?”
“ A few, yeah.” Ren nodded. “ We’ve got an important show lately so we need some better props.”
“ Well, we’ve got you there.” Kaoru assured him. “ We’ve got a lot of model weapons for your collecting needs. What do you need?”
“ You’ve got your sales pitch down I see.” Ren chuckled. He picked out a number of weapons. Akechi brought his own, Tao just brought whatever new paintgun she had in her hostel and Hikari didn’t need much but it still left Hifumi, Shiho and himself to buy for. After putting the boxes for a new rapier, spear and dagger as well as an upgrade for his model pistol in a bag, he paid for the new arms.
“ Heh. Make sure you bring more Macca next time.”
“ There’s such a thing as too many references.”
“ Ah. Sorry.” Kaoru rubbed the back of his head. “ I got too into the role.”
“ You’re not bad at it.” Ren admitted.
“ I’ve seen Dad deal with customers all the time. I hope I would be by now.” As they were talking, the door opened. Three men walked in. He recognised one immediately as Tsuda, Iwai’s former sworn brother. The other two were younger, one with fiery red hair and blue tinted sunglasses while the other who’s hair was black, wearing a hooded coat and jeans.
“ So this is the place, eh?” The red haired teen asked.
“ That’s right. Brother Iwai runs this place.”
“ That right?” The young man grinned. “ Hey kid. Where’s Iwai?”
“ Uh. I-”
“ Why? Are you new customers?” Ren asked.
“ Why’d ya think we ain’t been here before?”
“ Cause I’m a regular.” Ren said simply. “ I’ve never seen you guys before. Though I know he’s been lurking outside every now and again.” He gestured at Tsuda. “ What do you want with Iwai?”
“ I don’t see how that’s any of your business.” Tsuda said with a neutral expression. “ Kaoru, right? Get Iwai out here now.”
“ He’s not here.” Kaoru said stiffly. “ And how do you know my name?”
“ Iwai and I go way back. We’re old friends. Just brought some pals around for some business.”
“ You’re not acting very friendly.” He said cautiously.
“ Didn’t you hear him, brat? Get Iwai out here now!” The red head shouted.
“ Didn’t you hear? Iwai’s not here.”
“ You expect us to believe that?”
“ Naoya, shut the fuck up.” The black haired teen sighed. Ren’s face hardened. He hadn’t recognised the person in front of him. His face was lowered, half hidden behind his friend, Naoya, and his hair was its natural black,a silver earring in his right ear. He knew the voice immediately, even if it was a lot calmer than normal.
“ Ryuji.” Ren said. “ You’re Ryuji Sakamoto, right?”
“ What’s it to you?” Naoya spat.
“ I said shut up, Naoya. You’re being too aggro, man. No-one’s gonna give us business if you’re like that.”
“ Ah. Sorry, Boss.” Ryuji stepped past him, rubbing the back of his neck as he stood up straighter. Now he got a good look at him, Ryuji looked a lot older than he had despite being the same age. His eyes looked deader and his body was more muscular. Ren noticed cuts across his hands and arm. Another scar poked out from under his shirt. That couldn’t just be from juvie.
“ Shujin, huh? That place still as much of a shit hole as I remember?”
“ It’s not the best.” Ren admitted. “ You’re the guy who broke Coach Kamoshida’s arm, right?”
“ Yup.” Ryuji said without a hint of regret. “ That bastard still teaching?”
“ He is. He had an epiphany and became a better teacher recently though.”
“ So I heard. A Change of Heart. There's been a group doing that around the place or so I hear. Tell me. Are the rumours about Takamaki true? About her being a bully?”
“ She was. Then she had a change of heart.”
“ I see.” He sighed. “ What a pain in the ass. I bet some asshole just blackmailed them into behaving. Shujin’s just like everywhere else. Despite all their talks of justice and righteousness, this country is truly lawless. A crew without a captain. Everyone’s just out for themselves. Whatever. I know Iwai’s here.”
“ He clearly isn’t.”
“ Don’t play dumb. Let me guess. Inventory? We saw a truck pull out of the back before we came in. Waiting is such a chore so tell that old asshole this. Untouchables is under the Hashiba’s control now. He can call Tsuda here if he’s not happy about it but he knows why. I’m sure you do too.”
“ Of course we don’t!” Kaoru shouted. “ What does the Hashiba want with Dad?”
“ To settle an old score, if I’m right.” All eyes looked up as Iwai stepped out from the back. He glared at Tsuda. “ So you’re the new boss of the Hashiba right? Didn’t think you’d be just a kid.”
“ I’m a kid who gets results. Better than the old bastard running things.” Ren looked back at Ryuji with a shocked expression. Ryuji was the one running the Hashiba clan? Another change from the God of Control no doubt. No wonder they’d gotten so much stronger in this timeline. He knew something was up but just assumed they’d become a thrall of the Cult of Control.
“ I heard Takaretsu had run the group into the ground due to his own greed.” Iwai sighed. “ Do what you want. I’ll call Tsuda after the shift is over for an actual meeting. Don’t try to ambush me in my own store. You’re lucky it’s just the cosplay kid here. Next time, it could be an undercover cop.”
“ Cosplay?” Ryuji looked over at Ren, staring at the bag in his hands. “ Odd place to buy weapons for cosplay.”
“ I like how realistic they look compared to stuff in Akihabara.”
“ Oh, I get that.” Naoya piped up. “ Some of the stuff is great but they look so fake. I never thought to try...” His voice trailed off as he noticed the unimpressed looks he was getting from Ryuji, Tsuda and Iwai. “ Hey! A guy’s gotta have a hobby!”
“ Why do I rely on you so much, Naoya?” Ryuji shook his head. “ Eff this. I’ll be waiting, Iwai. Don’t keep me waiting long. As for you, Cosplay Kid, you’d better not breathe a word of this to Takamaki. If you do, your life is over.” Ryuji nodded to Tsuda and Naoya before the trio left. Iwai sighed.
“ What a fucking mess this is.”
“ Who were those guys, Dad?”
“ Guess I can’t keep it hidden any longer. In my youth, I was part of the Hashiba family myself. I left it, obviously, but Tsuda, my old sworn brother, has been hounding me to go back for ages. Now they have some man power, I guess that kid thinks he can just force me back. What’s his name?”
“ Ryuji Sakamoto. He was in the news about 9 months ago for breaking his gym teacher’s arm.” Iwai sighed.
“ So the brat’s a teenage delinquent gone from nobody to nightmare real damn fast huh? This is why I don’t trust the criminal system. Throw kids in Juvie for far too little time and they just come out worse. Should’ve kept that brat in there til he’s 18 and then let him out with a support program to help him get back on the straight and narrow. But I guess that costs too much money for the government to do. Pah.”
“ I’m friends with Mr Yoshida. I’ll pass the idea on.”
“ No Good Tora? That crackpot who shouts at crowds, pretending like he’ll actually be given a second chance one day? Please.” Iwai shook his head. “ I’ll handle this. Don’t stick your nose into my business, y’here?”
“ Are you sure? Because we can-”
“ Oh no. I am not relying on your little “Cosplay Group” for this. This is an adult problem. Don’t go getting yourself hurt for someone like me.” Iwai said dismissively. Ren gave him a determined look. “ Damn it, Amamaiya. I mean it. No.”
“ Fine.” Ren said. “ I’ve already paid for this stuff so I’ll be off.”
“ Yeah. Good luck with your next “show”, kid.” Iwai told him. Ren nodded, leaving the store. He really hoped Ryuji was just in Juvie. While it was a horrible place for his first friend in Tokyo to be in, it had to be better than this. Just another of Yaldaboath’s changes. That was everyone accounted for now. Everyone but Morgana. He was worried about that cat. If he’d gotten out of the Prison of Regression, Ren would have thought that he’d have run into him by now, one way or another. He really didn’t want to think about what Yaldabaoth had done to him.
“ Ren.” At the call of his name, Ren turned back. Kaoru was looking at him, distressed. “ Was Dad right? Do you have a way to help?”
“ I might.” Ren admitted.
“ Then please help us. I know Dad’s not telling me the full situation but I know it’s worse than what he’s making it out to be and I know how stubborn he is but please-”
“ You think I intended to let this go?” Ren cut him off.
“ Huh?”
“ Would you like to meet my cosplay group? I want to help but I think it’s best if the client pleads his case first.” Kaoru looked confused but nodded slowly.
“ OK. Lead the way.”
By the time Ren and Kaoru made it to the walkway overlooking Shibuya’s square, everyone else was present. Akechi sighed upon noticing the extra person. “ What did you do this time?” He asked.
“ What do you mean what did I do?” Ren asked.
“ Him.” He pointed at Kaoru. “ Every time you show up with someone new, something bad has happened and I have to live with the consequences.”
“ Oh hey. It’s Kaoru.” Tao realised.
“ You’ve met?” Ren asked.
“ Oh. I met her and the lady in the Kosei uniform last week. They were looking for your sister. Thinking about it, I never did learn your names.”
“ Shit. Did we not introduce ourselves? Sorry, man. Names Tao. Tao Lucatao.”
“ And I am Hifumi Togo. Apologies for the late introduction.”
“ That’s alright. So you guys are Ren’s cosplay group?” Akechi gave Ren an annoyed glare.
“ Cosplay Group, hmm?”
“ Hey. It’s a good excuse for why I’m buying a team weapons. Oh. Speaking of which.” He took the weapon boxes from the carrier bag and handed them to Shiho and Hifumi.
“ Thanks Ren.” Shiho smiled. “ How much do I owe you this time?”
“ About 10,000 yen. I’ll do what I always do.”
“ Appreciate it.”
“ Wait, if you’re not a cosplay group then who are you?”
“ Thieves.” Tao said bluntly. Kaoru’s eyes widened.
“ Your the Phant-” Ren covered his mouth.
“ Shhh.”
“ Sorry.” Kaoru winced. “ Wait. Does Dad know?”
“ He figured it out pretty quickly.” Ren admitted. “ So long as he can’t be implicated, he’s fine with it.”
“ Why did you bring him, Amamiya?” Akechi said, bringing the conversation back on track.
“ Oh right. Something happened when I was in Untouchables. Long story short, we have more pressing matters than Okumura.”
“ So no spaceport?” Hikari whined.
“ Sorry, Hikari. Later.” She pouted. “ Anyway, Kaoru asked us for help so I thought I’d let him explain his case.” He nodded at Kaoru.
“ Right.” He cleared his throat nervously. “ I was hoping you could help my Dad out of a bad situation. Well, I guess with who we’re talking about, it’s not really just my Dad we’re talking about here. Ren already knows this but today we got a visit from the leader of the Hashiba clan.” This caught the others' attention.
“ The fucking Hashiba?” Tao groaned. “ Great.”
“ Are they major?” Hikari asked.
“ They’re the largest criminal group in Shibuya at the moment.” Akechi told her. “ They’ve taken over the city’s underworld surprisingly quickly over the last nine months.”
“ Nine months. Go figure.” Ren sighed.
“ Is there something that happened nine months ago?” Kaoru asked.
“ Yeah, but continue.”
“ Oh. Right. Well, my Dad may not want your help but I do. I don’t know how you do it, but please handle the boss.”
“ We need a name.” Akechi said.
“ We have a name.” Ren told him. “ Ryuji Sakamoto.”
“ No way! Ryuji?!” Shiho exclaimed. “ I thought he was in juvie for breaking Coach Kamoshida’s arm.”
“ Not anymore. Somehow, he’s got a position of leadership amongst the clan. At least the guys with him called him Boss.”
“ And he was another of your…” Ren nodded at Akechi’s question. “ Hmm. That’s irritating. Though, I suppose this means we’ll have to put our previous plans on hold for the time being.”
“ I’m cool with that.” Tao said. “ Especially if it means getting those clowns off the streets.”
“ Ryuji was an old schoolmate of Ann and mine. I’ll gladly help him.” Shiho nodded.
“ I suppose we’re all in agreement then.” Hifumi said. “ Right, Hikari?”
“ Aw… I was looking forward to seeing space.” Hikari sighed. “ Well, if everyone else says so then I won’t argue.”
“ Then it’s decided.” Ren smiled. “ We’ll help.”
“ Thanks.” Kaoru smiled. “ Is there anything I can do to help?”
“ Well, I guess-”
“ Now this is a surprise.” The group were startled at a sudden tired sounding voice. Turning, Ren saw a man in a black suit, shoulder length black hair and glasses. “ I didn’t think I’d see you today, Akechi.”
“ Inspector Hasegawa.” Akechi said tersely. “ What a surprise.”
“ Working hard I see.” The Inspector smiled.
“ Well, I am a student as well, as hard as it may be to think. I have a social life of my own.”
“ So these are your friends, hmm? I was worried a kid like you was working too hard but it’s nice to see you have a work life balance.” The man nodded approvingly. “ But where are my manners? My name is Zenkichi Hasegawa, an Inspector for the police in Kyoto. I was asked to come here to handle a certain case.”
“ Nice to meet you, gramps.” Hikari said cheerfully.
“ G-Gramps?”
“ She’s right. You’re old.” A young girl walked next to Zenkichi, a small frown on her face. “ Better get used to it.”
“ Betrayed by my own daughter.”
“ Just stating the facts.”
“ Hello, Hasegawa.” Kaoru smiled at the girl.
“ Hey Iwai. Funny coincidence that you’re friends with my Dad’s colleague.”
“ I’m more friends with Ren. But… well, he forgot something at Dad’s shop so I came to find him.”
“ What sort of shop does your Dad run?” Zenkichi asked.
“ It’s a model shop.”
“ Model? Like toy figures?”
“ Something like that, yes.”
“ I suppose if you’re with your daughter it means you’ve been given some time as well, Inspector?”
“ Just the afternoon.” He admitted. “ I’m not at liberty to share details about a case with the general public but I have a feeling Detective Shirogane is faring far better than I am. With how limited evidence we’ve got for this case, I can see how you had trouble solving it. Still, there’s been less of them recently so maybe the case is solving itself.”
“ Don’t be so optimistic, Inspector. You and I both know cases like this don’t just solve themselves.”
“ That’s not entirely true. After all, Jack the Ripper simply vanished.”
“ We’re not dealing with a Victorian boogeyman however, Inspector.
“ I suppose not. Regardless, I don’t think it’s the main issue here.” He admitted. “ We’re looking too deeply into methodology when we should be looking for a culprit.”
“ We cannot find a culprit without evidence of a crime.”
“ In that case, why is the Church of Control a major issue? They haven’t committed any specific crime yet.” Zenkichi folded his arms. “ You’re not stupid, Akechi. You know what this is. The upper brass has you chasing your own tail. Either they’re involved or they think it’s the Church. I don’t see why we’re running two separate investigations and I’m sure you’re the same.” Akechi didn’t answer. Ren knew why. Despite how he presented himself, this Inspector was sharp. Dangerously sharp. It reminded Ren of his initial impression of Akechi. Someone to be careful around. Who could find out about them if given enough time and information. He just hoped the others watched what they said. They’d been careless enough the first go around.
“ What do you expect me to do about that, Hasegawa? If you think you’re on the wrong investigation team, you’ll have to talk to the director about that. Unfortunately, he’s rather obstinate at the best of times. You’d have better luck getting blood from a stone. I’m looking into things in my own way. I’d recommend you do the same.” The inspector hummed.
“ Alright.” He said. “ Well, I’d better be going. I’ll see you around, Akechi.”
“ Have a good evening, Inspector. And your daughter as well.” With a nod, the two walked off into the crowd.
“ The Inspector from Kyoto.” Ren mused. “ What a dangerous man.”
“ Shirogane’s worse.” Akechi admitted. “ Regardless, shall we get back to business?”
“ Right. You said you wanted to help?”
“ That’s right.” Kaoru nodded.
“ We need to find Ryuji’s base.”
“ The main compound of the Hashiba?”
“ Not necessarily. It’s likely it may be there but it could be another location he frequents or has a close relation to.”
“ Hmm. That could be tricky.” Kaoru admitted. “ I suppose we could question the other members.”
“ Leave that to me.” Tao smirked, punching the palm of her hand. “ I know where a few suckers hang out.”
“ We also need to know… a specific place he may associate with it.” Ren said. “ Like… I dunno. Some people who rule a place of work may see it as their castle.”
“ Metaphorically?” Kaoru hummed. “ If he comes back into the shop, I’ll see if I can talk with him. Perhaps if he sees the world in a certain way, that may help. But why do you need these things?”
“ Just helps us to get to know who we’re targeting.” Ren shrugged. Truthfully, he didn’t want Kaoru involved. Sadly, he also knew how determined the kid could be. He truly cared for Iwai. If someone was threatening his father, he wasn’t going to sit idly by. It was the same the last time. Iwai was against asking others for help so it was Kaoru who requested the thieves to help him. Just like now but this time it was on a far larger scale. They were facing Ryuji now. His first friend was now his enemy. Ryuji was always steadfast and aggressive. He had a sinking feeling his shadow wasn’t going to just roll over and let them take his treasure. He also knew what would happen after. The cult would find a way to swoop in and take his shadow down to the depths of mementos. Despite that, he couldn’t leave Ryuji like this. This was the furthest thing from what he’d have wanted for himself. For Ryuji’s sake, he’d take his heart.
***********************************
“ You’ve got that face again.” Akane said. Zenkichi looked down at her.
“ What face?”
“ Your work face.” She told him before mimicking it, a small frown on her face as her eyes darkened and her brow furrowed.
“ I don’t look like that.”
“ Yes you do. What? Did something that Akechi guy say get to you?”
“ You could say that.” Zenkichi admitted. Something about him saying he was looking into things in his own way didn’t sit right with him. The people he called his friends looked normal on the surface but there was something strange about the picture. Three students from Shujin Academy, where the rumours of the Phantom Thieves began, and another from Kosei, where the student of Madarame who had his gallery vandalised went too. Then there was the older girl, her jacket having splatters of paint on it, and the young boy who was Akane’s classmate. Even if he was there by chance like he claimed, that still made Akechi’s friend group rather odd. It could be him thinking too hard into it. Perhaps they were some online club that met up after school to go to the arcade or something. None of them had any symbols of the Church of Control either. But it all didn’t sit right with him. His intuition was never usually wrong. “ It’s nothing important. What do you want to eat?”
“ Beef bowl.” Akane said. “ People in class said there’s a good shop on Shibuya’s main street.”
“ Right. I just hope it’s not too expensive. Ha ha.” His investigation could wait for one afternoon. Right now, he had to deal with the most important thing in his life. For her sake, he hoped this investigation wrapped up sooner rather than later.
Notes:
The next arc begins. This time, it's Ryuji. I wonder how many people forget he dies his hair blond, similar to Kanji from Persona 4. He naturally has black hair and I'm having him keep it this time around.
Also, because these things tend to come in threes, another chapter has been added to The Fool's Journey looking at another old party member of Ren's. This time, it's the Lovers, focusing on Ann. Hope you enjoy.
Chapter 32: Salamander
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 6th
After school for the rest of the week, the thieves got to work investigating the Hashiba clan. Akechi used his ability as a detective to look through the files they collected and Tao visited a few of the members she had run ins in the past in order to get information out of. Eventually, they found their main base. However, it wasn’t what they were looking for. Ren sighed as he took a seat on a bench opposite the station. “ What next?” Tao asked. “ If it’s not the Hashiba’s base, where is it?”
“ It would have to be a place he feels he has command over. A place where his cognition is highest. However, I asked Shido’s people and they haven’t detected any major anomalies in Shibuya recently.” Akechi said.
“ So it’s in another district?” Shiho asked. “ Tokyo’s a massive place though. We can’t possibly search the whole city.”
“ Ren. You knew Ryuji, right?” Hifumi asked. “ Do you know where it would be?”
“ I’ve tried the school and his place. That’s all I could think of.” Ren hummed. “ A place he has control over. Or…” His eyes widened. “ A place the Hashiba has control over. Of course. He took over Kaneshiro’s operation.” Ren raised his phone. “ Ryuji Sakamoto. Shibuya.”
“ Candidate Found.” His phone called back.
“ All of Shibuya is his fucking palace?” Tao gawked.
“ Kaneshiro was the same. His gang ran Shibuya so naturally his palace was Shibuya itself. Ryuji’s in the same position. If Yaldabaoth put him in Kaneshiro’s position in this timeline, then it only makes sense. His palace is Shibuya. Now we just need to know what he thinks it is.”
“ Then shall we ask Kaoru?” Shiho asked. “ He may have learned something.”
“ No.” Ren said. “ I don’t want him involved.”
“ I assumed the job you gave him was more busy work than anything else.” Akechi admitted. “ In that case though, what are we going to do?” Ren hummed.
“ A way Ryuji thinks the world is like, huh? Well, he did say that the country is lawless.”
“ But if it’s lawless, why are there cops?” Hikari asked, confused.
“ It’s likely he sees the rich as the only benefactors of such things and sees people like himself as having to fend for themselves.” Akechi mused.
“ Wasteland?” Tao guessed.
“ No Candidates found.”
“ Why that?” Akechi asked.
“ Mad Max? I dunno.”
“ What about a prison?” Shiho asked.
“ No candidates found.”
“ Hmm. I was thinking of one of those lunatics have taken over the asylum scenarios but I guess not.”
“ Wild West.” Hikari asked.
“ No candidates found.”
“ Darn.”
“ Wild West huh…” Ren muttered. “ Port.”
“ Candidate Found. Please begin navigation.”
“ Port?” Hifumi looked confused. “ I don’t get it.”
“ I should have known.” Ren smirked. “ What’s the other most lawless time in western history?”
“ The golden age of Piracy.” Akechi realised. “ I see.”
“ Ryuji’s persona was Captain Kidd.”
“ So we’re going to a Pirate’s port? Like Tortuga?” Hikari smiled widely. “ Cool.”
“ I don’t think real pirates are as cool as they are in movies, Hikari.” Hifumi sighed.
“ But these aren’t real pirates. They’re the cognition of pirates. That means they should be as cool as they are in movies.”
“ They’re likely going to be pirates based on a Yakuza gang full of criminals.” Akechi reminded her. “ So they’re not movie pirates. They’re real criminals.”
“ Way to take the fun out of it.” Hikari pouted.
“ Welp. What are we waiting for?” Tao smirked. “ Let’s make tracks. Heh heh. Hoist the colours.”
“ Aye aye.” Ren saluted. Akechi sighed.
“ You’re all hopeless.”
***************************************
Kaoru left his father’s shop, telling him he was meeting up with friends at Inokashira Park. He felt bad lying to him but he promised Ren he’d help and he intended to make sure he did. He’d made sure to stick around the airsoft shop in case the Yakuza returned. Unfortunately, he wasn’t so lucky. Either they hadn’t come back or they had and his father never told him. Instead, he decided to do some sleuthing of his own. They weren’t the only people getting threatened by the Hashiba on the main street. So, after he’d changed out of his uniform, he decided to ask around.
He dropped by the beef bowl shop and talked to the owner there, who lamented the situation of having the cater to thugs but knew the police couldn’t do anything about it. Workers at the cinema had been coerced into giving them free tickets. The girl behind the counter was just thankful that’s all they’d done, unlike Kaneshiro’s goons who constantly hit on them. Kiku, the owner of Rafflesia, the flower shop in the main street, had told him that most of the owners of the stalls in the underground had been threatened by the goons led by Naoya, Sakamoto’s second in command, and had come together to help each other. They didn’t bother her too much personally but Tsurukame Diamond was another matter, being a jewellery shop. Despite that, none of them knew anything either.
He emerged from the underground mall dejected. He hadn’t learned anything new to help the others with. As he turned to head back to the main street however, he saw them. Ren and his friends were talking. Maybe they’d learned something. As he moved to join them, they started to leave. He moved faster, pushing through the crowd. They turned into an empty alleyway. As he approached, he heard the sound of an VI Voice. Suddenly, the world around him began to ripple and distort. He looked around in shock as the stone skyscrapers became wooden houses. The cobbles beneath his feet became sand and dirt. His eyes widened as, in the far distance, he saw a massive ship rocking on the waves. “ What the…”
“ Woah!” As Kaoru stood there in shock, a girl raced past him, dressed in a shirt with sleeves that looked like lilies. “ Look! A pirate ship!”
“ Calm down.” A tired voice called to her. Kaoru watched as more people emerged, each in their own strange outfits. One in a black helmet with a cape eyed him and shook his head before walking over to his comrade, followed by a white haired person who shifted a gas mask into their hair before taking a deep breath through their nose.
“ Ah. Smell that sea air. Been forever since I’ve been down to the harbour.” The person laughed.
“ We can swim later. Right now, we have a job to do.” A young woman in a hooded white cloak told them.
“ Paladin is right.” A woman in charred black armour emerged from the alleyway next. “ Well Joker?”
“ Right.” The white masked leader emerged last, placing a hand on Kaoru’s shoulder and smiling at him. “ I was really hoping you’d get lost in the crowd.”
“ Wait. Is that you R-”
“ Joker.” Ren cut him off. “ I’m Joker. That’s Guernica, Paladin, Crow, Dragon and Director. As long as you're here, that’s who we are.”
“ This is… a lot stranger than I thought.” Kaoru admitted. “ Where… are we?”
“ Shibuya.” Crow told him. “ Specifically the view of Shibuya within the warped heart of Ryuji Sakamoto. We call these places palaces usually however… this is far different than what a palace usually is.”
“ How is that possible?”
“ Now that would take a deep, long winded explanation of cognition and the powers that be.” Crow told him. “ It would be best for you to leave and forget this ever happened.”
“ The palace is all of Shibuya though. He can’t just walk out of its sphere of influence.” Dragon stated.
“ Just send him back with the app.”
“ I don’t want to leave.” The thieves looked at Kaoru. “ What you’re doing is helping to bring down Sakamoto, right? It’s not just my Dad that’s been affected by the Hashiba. I’ve spoken to other store owners around the main street. This is something that all of them are being hurt by. If you’re taking him down, I want to help.”
“ It’s too dangerous.” Ren told him.
“ Suddenly you care about danger.” Guernica asked. “ We’ve done it before. What’s so different this time?”
“ Bringing Dragon and Director was needed. I don’t want to bring other people if I don’t need to.”
“ Wasn’t your reasoning for Paladin that she’d just come back in?” Guernica smirked. “ After all, if the kid’s here now, that means the app is on his phone.”
“ She does have a point.” Paladin admitted. Ren groaned.
“ I promise. I won’t get in the way.” Kaoru pleaded. Ren sighed.
“ Alright.” He said. Kaoru smiled. “ But you’ve got to stay back and listen to us when we tell you to do something, alright?”
“ Of course. I won’t let you down. I promise.”
“ This is a horrible idea.” Crow sighed.
“ You say that about every idea we have.” Guernica chided him.
“ Yes. Because they’re usually horrible ideas.”
“ I don’t have to take that from the king of poor life choices.”
“ Should I… ask what that means?” Kaoru asked.
“ Probably not.” Paladin laughed nervously.
“ I’ve done a preliminary search of the area while you were all complaining.” Director said cheerfully. “ The layout is similar to Shibuya but it’s a lot more spacious. Buildings are in the same place but they’re older. There don’t seem to be a lot of shadows patrolling but there’s a few cognitions nearby.”
“ Then let’s gather some intel.” Ren said.
“ The people in the underground mall are more deeply affected then the people on main street.” Kaoru told them. “ Assuming this place has an underground.”
“ Nope. But the place where it would be has a sort of market area. I’m guessing that’s them.” Director said.
“ Then we’ll start there.” The group began to walk. Despite that, their conversation continued.
“ So what are we calling this place?” Guernica asked.
“ Hmm? What do you mean?” Dragon said, confused.
“ Well, that big ass pirate ship has gotta be the palace right? So what about the rest of this place?”
“ She has a point.” Paladin said. “ The last three palaces didn’t have such a large exterior to them after all.”
“ This is a first for me as well, admittedly.” Crow hummed. “ Usually, palaces only distort a small area. A building. Perhaps a small group of buildings at most. Never an area this large.”
“ Welp. I’m going to call it Palace World.” Guernica said, proudly.
“ Palace… world?” Dragon asked.
“ Just call it the Metaverse.” Ren shrugged.
“ But the whole thing is the Metaverse. This is different. So it’s Palace World.”
“ I like it.” Director said. “ It’s easy to remember. We steal treasure from Palaces and Palaces are in Palace World.”
“ See. Director gets it.”
“ I’m not sure that’s a good thing.” Crow sighed.
“ Hey!” Director whined.
“ What is this place?” Kaoru muttered. They stepped into the station square. Kaoru looked around. The buildings were older as though he’d been transported back in time. However, that didn’t make them unrecognisable. The signs were the exact same as the ones he passed by every day. Instead of the large monitor overlooking the square, there was a large clocktower. The stairs down the station were gone. Instead, there were a myriad of market stalls. Grimly, where the overpass should have been, was a bridge that crossed deeper in, heading towards the galleon. In front of that was a scaffold. Kaoru’s body felt colder when he noticed three bodies swaying in the wind. A larger man with a blue striped suit, a muscular dark haired man and a blond haired young man with his arms covered in tattoos.
“ Oh my god.” Paladin covered her mouth. “ Coach Kamoshida.”
“ What the fuck?” Guernica gasped.
“ Calm down They’re not real bodies.” Crow told them. “ At least not here.” The group entered the market. Several people, dressed in old fashioned clothes shopped at the stalls. Director huffed.
“ Those clothes are Georgian.” She said.
“ So?”
“ Piracy was practised in the Stuart era? I blame Disney. Pirates of the Carribean was Georgian too but it was basically over by then. You have to get these things right as a director or people will chew you out in reviews.”
“ We’re not on a movie set.” Crow sighed. Trying to keep their eyes off the scaffold, the group spread out around the market. Alongside Ren, Kaoru visited a flower stall manned by Kiku. “ Good afternoon.” She said. “ How may I help you?”
“ We’re from outside the port. I was wondering if you could tell us a few things.” The woman tensed but nodded slowly. “ Who were they?”
“ Ah. They would be the vile criminals who once tormented Captain Sakamoto.” She said. “ Rear Admiral Kamoshida of the Shujin Marines, the former captain of the Hashiba Pirates, Captain Takaretsu, and Takaretsu’s vice captain. Takaretsu used to be the one in charge of these waters. However, that was before the mutiny. Now, Captain Sakamoto rules this port. We’re grateful for his protection.”
“ Is it really protection?” Kaoru asked. “ Or are you just being taken advantage of?”
“ We’re… grateful for his protection.” Kiku averted her gaze. “ Without the captain, we wouldn’t have a business. He makes sure we can live afford to feed ourselves and live with a roof above our heads. All we need to do is give him his fair share. It’s right.”
“ It’s tyranny.”
“ If the Captain says that it’s just, then it’s just.” Kaoru clicked his tongue.
“ Calm down.” Ren told him. Kaoru scowled. How could he be expected to remain calm? Even if this wasn’t the real Kiku and these weren’t the real people who ran the Underground Mall, they still looked like the people he knew. The local owners around Shibuya all helped each other when they needed too. Major brands like 777 or Big Bang Burger were commonplace on the high street. They’d accepted that. But the local businesses made sure they weren’t over taken by them. His dad’s airsoft shop who no-one told the cops about the shady people who hung around it cause they knew the past Kaoru was only recently told. The small shops in the Underground Mall who supported each other through thick and thin. The beef bowl shop which often struggled for workers but the other store owners were frequent visitors of. This was the community that had raised him. Seeing them like this, viewed as defeated and bowing to the whims of a vile criminal, frustrated him.
“ I’m calm.”
“ I hope so. Because you won’t be able to help them if you’re not calm.” Before they could continue, the clock tower behind them rang. The people around immediately became tense. Kiku left them, rushing to her stall and gathering some things before running to the bridge. The thieves followed them, watching from the shadows as they gathered in front of the scaffold, on their knees as a figure walked across the bridge. Flanked by ten men, Kaoru recognized the scowling face of Ryuji Sakamoto. However, just like everyone else, he was dressed to the period. He wore the black long coat of a corsair over a white shirt and black vest along with a dark red tricorn hat. His eyes glowed yellow as he looked over the offerings made by the different shop owners. He paused in front of Kiku.
“ Flowers?” He asked dryly.
“ I-I’m sorry. I didn’t make as much today but-”
“ But?” He scoffed. “ Are you fucking stupid trying to make an excuse?” She flinched. “ I don’t want effing excuses. I want money. Money you’re supposed to make for me. I know you didn’t do this for that bastard up there.” He gestured to the old captain creaking in the wind. “ If you did, you’d be in the river.”
“ I’m so-”
“ Sorry don’t mean shit in this world!” The captain snarled. “ You think sorry will materialise money? You think it’ll heal the sick or punish the guilty? No. I am the only justice in this world. Maybe you’ve gotta learn some respect.” Sakamoto snapped his fingers. Two of the pirates behind him started heading for her, chuckling.
“ N-No! Please!”
“ Stop it!” Kaoru shouted, breaking cover. Time seemed to stop as all eyes fell on Kaoru.
“ Hmm. Iwai’s kid, huh?” Sakamoto said. “ What’s your problem?”
“ Stop this. This isn’t right.”
“ Right?” He shook his head. “ It’s right because I say it’s right. The strong rule in this world. They make the rules. They decide what’s right. A weakling like you just has to accept that.”
“ No.” Kaoru scowled. “ Just because you found yourself in a position of power doesn’t mean you get to decide what’s just.”
“ Justice now? You fucking idiot. Do you hear yourself? Justice is just one of those pretty words people throw around to convince other people what they’re doing is right. There is no justice in this world. Only one person's word against another. You wanna be the guy who defends the weak? Then you’ve gotta be strong enough to take what’s yours.” He snapped his fingers again. The shadow pirates around him sunk into the ground, becoming a vortex on the bridge before emerging as a massive monster. Eight serpetine heads coiled together in a mass, eyeless and grinning with forked tongues flickering. It reminded Kaoru of Yamata-no-Orochi or the Greek Hydra. Sakamoto smirked as he saw the fear in Kaoru’s eyes. “ What’s the matter? I thought you were fighting for justice.”
“ Kaoru! Get down!” Ren shouted. But Kaoru couldn’t move. He was frozen under the beast’s eyeless gaze as its mouths sparked. Time slowed as flames burst from them, rushing towards him. His heart beat in his ears.
Is this where you die? A voice asked him. Dying like a dog to a monster like this? What of those you leave behind? Will you allow them to suffer without you at their side? “ I won’t die.” Kaoru whispered as the flames rushed towards him. Then stand and fight. A true warrior never lets his men fight alone. Justice is meaningless on the battlefield but there are things that you alone can claim. The flames whirled around him, carried on a fierce cyclone from the force that gathered around them. As they did, Kaoru felt the beating of his heart surrounding him like the beating of a war drum. If there are things you wish to claim then take the shield, raise the spear and defend it. Let no words hide your intent. Defend your kin to the last. I am thou. Thou art I. Call the name of the warrior within and never forget in who’s name you fight. Kaoru smiled. He placed a hand where his glasses usually were, instead feeling cold bronze. “ Let’s go, Hektor!” He tore the helm off his head, unleashing a powerful tempest, snuffing the fire out. A spear flew from within the dying embers, piercing through half of the snake monster’s heads. Sakamoto looked up in alarm as they crashed down on the bridge, one landing at his feet.
“ What the fuck?”
“ You’re right, Captain. Justice. Righteousness. Who cares about things like that?” Kaoru said slowly as the flames petered out. “I fight because I want to protect someone. No matter what monsters I have to slay or how long I have to fight, I’ll do so unflinchingly!” Sakamoto stared at him for a while.
“ Then prove it.” He finally said before walking away, passed the monster that guarded the bridge. As Kaoru prepared to fight it, three more of its heads came crashing down. Ren and Crow stood beside him, the rest of the thieves with them. The remaining head loomed over them, poison dripping from its maw.
“ How are we doing this?” Kaoru asked.
“ Simply. It only has one head left.” Ren shrugged.
“ Don’t be so optimistic, Joker.” Crow shook his head.
“ It doesn’t matter how we do it.” Kaoru said firmly. “ So long as we win, that’s all that matters.”
“ Heh. I like that idea.” Guernica smirked. The monster roared. Kaoru raised the shield on his arm, ready to fight back as the beast lunged.
***************************************
After slaying the Hydra, they returned to the real world. Kaoru felt exhausted but there were still things he needed to do. They agreed to meet up outside the station in the afternoon and head back in. When he got back, Kaoru looked through some of the old merchandise in the store room. He stumbled on a replica sword and smiled. “ Roman Gladius, huh?” He tensed at his father’s dry tone. “ Lightweight and decently balanced. Easy to use. Easy to sneak around with too.”
“ U-Uh. I can explain.”
“ No need. I already know.” He said. “ You joined the Phantom Thieves, right?”
“ You knew?”
“ Cosplay group was always a shitty excuse.” His father chuckled. “ Yeah. I knew. I figured him out when I heard about the gallery getting vandalised. I dunno how they do it but they are changing people for the better. I’m guessing that you’re going after Sakamoto now?”
“ Yeah. For everyone’s sake, we’ll bring him down.”
“ Just don’t go getting arrested.” He warned him. “ Come back in one piece. That’s all I want outta you.”
“ I promise.”
“ I don’t want you to promise. I know how this life works. I was a member of the Hashiba at one point so I know how dangerous a life like that can be. I just want you to do it. You, that stupid kid and everyone else in that cosplay group. You understand me?”
“ Yes sir.” Kaoru nodded.
“ Good.” He smiled. “ Then go give that brat hell.” Kaoru grinned and nodded. He’d make his father proud.
Notes:
This chapter is later than I usually would post cause I was finishing Hollow Knight Silksong and the final boss kicked my ass for four hours straight. Incredible game. Just not for anyone looking for a fun casual experience cause it's the most difficulty with a game I've had in a long time.
Anyway, Kaoru joins the team. His persona is Hektor from the Illiad, a man who fought and died for his family and home. I just thought that was a fitting choice. The actual attire, which gets fully described next chapter, is based on Scruffy Turtles design for Phantom Thief Yoshida in the Adult Confidant AU. I liked the idea of a helmet being used in place of the traditional mask the thieves used and it fit with the persona. Ryuji's dungeon bosses are based on SMTV, starting with the Hydra. While I skipped the fight here due to page constraints, but the Hydra fight in game would be a slightly upgraded version of the one in SMTV, packing hard hitting AOE Fire and Curse attacks, an HP draining physical move and the ability to inflict fear.
Chapter 33: Pirate's Cove
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 7th
“ Uh. What am I wearing?” Kaoru asked, looking over the crimson armour he now wore. It reminded Ren of a spartan, his mask being a bronze helm, a large, round shield attached to his arm and the cape at his back torn. His persona, Hektor, wasn’t too different, wearing a large helmet, shining golden with red eyes hidden in the shadows beneath it and wielding a powerful spear, the mark of a salamander emblazoned in the front of its black armour in silver. A few of the others snickered at his question. “ W-What?”
“ Don’t worry, Salamander. It’s nothing.” Shiho reassured him. “ It’s just that everyone seems to have the same reaction when they first realise their clothes have changed.”
“ Really?”
“ It’s not the first thing you think to check in the heat of the moment.” Hifumi said. “ These clothes also feel natural. I’m assuming your armour doesn’t weigh you down either.”
“ It doesn’t, no. It feels like metal but it’s like a second skin with how it wears.” Kaoru agreed. “ My mind hasn’t been clearer since yesterday either. That’s due to Hektor, right?”
“ That’s right. It’s because you accepted yourself.” Ren nodded.
“ The process behind personas is complicated.” Akechi told him. “ I don’t think any of us truly understands how it works.”
“ I decided to put my ideals above everything else and I got super powers. It’s like something out of an anime.” He put on the pose and voice of one of the Pheonix Rangers. “The power of justice gives me strength.”
“ Didn’t you say justice didn’t matter though?” Hikari asked. Kaoru gave an embarrassed laugh.
“ I did, didn’t I?” He admitted. “ I stand by that though. I want to help people, my Dad and friends especially. If that puts me against justice, then so be it.”
“ With how justice is these days, I can get behind that.” Tao smirked.
“ There’s a difference between justice and the law.” Akechi told them.” The law is what is used and abused by people with power. Justice, on the other hand, changes between the individual but is generally what is considered right.”
“ What Crow means is that the law may not agree with us but we’re still trying to do the right thing in our own way. Stealing hearts and defeating villains are the basics of being a Phantom Thief after all.” Ren said, smiling.
“ Not at all what I meant but I suppose that works as well.”
“ Thanks.” Kaoru smiled.
They crossed the bridge beyond the scaffold and began exploring the Palace World and headed for the distant ship, passing through the shadows of the streets and down the back alleys. The town itself was as much of a mess as Ren expected a pirate’s port town to be. Things were broken and smashed all over the place. The Hashiba Pirates walked the streets, laughing, shouting and sometimes already fighting. Some tormented shop workers or civilians, forcing them to hand over their money and belongings. They saw one carry a poor woman over their shoulder and run off before they could stop it. The shadows and the cognitions blended together well, both of them dressed as pirates but the shadows were a lot more keen to patrol then the cognitions. Closer to the ship, they came across an inn called the Mother’s Rest. “ Hmm. Don’t remember this place.” Tao said.
“ That’s because it’s not a bar.” Ren said. “ This is the apartment complex where Ryuji lives.”
“ The Mother’s Rest. Subtle.” Akechi said. “ Let’s keep moving.” Ren nodded.
“ Isn’t it weird that it’s called that.” Hikari said.
“ What do you mean?” Ren asked.
“ Well, if it was his place, wouldn’t it make sense for it to be called something like the Captain’s Rest? Or for it to not be an Inn but a guarded fortress where the captain lives?”
“ Hmm. That’s a good point actually.” Hifumi admitted.
“ That’s because he doesn’t live here.” Akechi said. “ I looked into Sakamoto. His posted address is in Shinjuku. It was housing supplied by the government after he left juvie and his carer refused to take him back in.”
“ What? That’s not like…” Ren growled. “ Yaldabaoth. Of course.”
“ You think the God of Control had something to do with it?”
“ Of course it did. It wanted this place to form so it had to push to make it happen.”
“ Or perhaps the woman isn’t as kind as you think.” Akechi shrugged. “ Regardless, after he was convicted, she didn’t take him back in. That led him into the Hashiba’s hands.”
“ That’s not fair.” Shiho said. “ It wasn’t his fault. Coach Kamoshida wanted the track team gone. He wanted one of them to give him that excuse. Perhaps what he did went too far but that doesn’t make Ryuji a bad person.”
“ Life is simply unfair, don’t you think?” Hifumi sighed. “ Bad things happen to good people all the time.”
“ We’ve wasted enough time here. Unless you're planning on booking a room, we should get moving.” Akechi started heading off down the past. After a last few moments of staring at the sign, Ren followed him. They’d spent enough time in the Palace World. It was time to see what the real palace had to offer.
********************************************
After knocking the guards off the gang plank and into the ocean, the thieves entered the ship’s hold from the dock. The ship was massive up close. Not quite at the size of Shido’s cruise ship but still dwarfing the buildings around it. The hold itself was huge. It was filled with barrels and crates of a number of supplies. Treasure, food, alcohol, medical supplies, weapons, ammo. Everything a gang needed to stay on top and everything a crew needed for a successful voyage. It made Ren think though. Ryuji’s palace was a pirate ship, one that was well stocked and ready for a long voyage. Unlike Shido’s cruiseship, which had the purpose of sailing around the destroyed Tokyo as entertainment for its guests, pirate ships had a history of raiding other ships and pillaging ports, taking what they wanted no matter who they had to kill to do it. This ship was anchored right now but it looked ready to set sail. Ren’s face became grim. If his hunch was right, they had to deal with Ryuji fast.
They wove their way through the maze of boxes and barrels and climbed up to the next floor. While below they only had to worry about the patrolling shadows, this floor brought back the cognitive pirates as well. From the hammocks swaying around them, this was the crew quarters. They avoided the cognitions, listening in for any relevant information as they went. Most of them were just complaining of their comrades cheating at cards or talking about parties they were going to later that night. One however caught their attention. “ Seems that old bastard is the last hold out.” One of the crew said.
“ That Iwai always was a stubborn old dog.” The mention of his father’s name caused Kaoru to stop as the thieves snuck through the darkness.
“ Yep. Still, it won’t be long now. Then this whole port will be under Captain Sakamoto’s control. Ha ha ha.”
“ After that, we can finally set sail.” The second pirate grinned. “ I hope the rest of the seas are ready.”
“ Who could be ready for us?” The first laughed. “ Time for the Hashiba Pirates to rise.” They continued forwards until they reached a safe room. When they did, Akechi took a seat, drumming his fingers on the table.
" You're thinking pretty hard there, detective.” Tao said.
“ Is it about what those pirates were saying?” Hifumi asked. He nodded.
“ We can finally set sail. Time for the Hashiba pirates to rise.” He recited. “ I do hope that doesn’t mean what I think it does.”
“ I was worried about that.” Ren admitted. “ They're really well stocked. If this is a mirror to the real Hashiba Clan then Ryuji could be in over his head.”
“ A fucking gang war across all Tokyo.” Tao sighed. “ I’d heard rumours they were plotting something but this is so incredibly stupid. Ain’t no way they’d win but they’d cause terror across the whole damn city.”
“ But that’s insane. Why?” Shiho asked.
“ Distorted desires make people do insane things.” Ren said.
“ And yet insane things are what create distorted desires. It’s an unfortunate cycle.” Akechi remarked.
“ Ryuji…” Shiho looked downhearted.
“ We can’t just let Sakamoto have his way.” Kaoru declared. “ I don’t care if he was your friend once. He clearly isn’t that person anymore.”
“ I know that.” Shiho said sadly. “ This isn’t anything like the Ryuji that Ann and I knew in middle school. He used to be so kind. What went wrong?”
“ Excluding outside interference? I suppose being imprisoned for defending himself likely did that.” Akechi reasoned. “ Of course, breaking someone’s arm with a pipe goes beyond self defence though it’s likely that’s why Kamoshida goaded him into attacking. He couldn’t be blamed as the instigator if Sakamoto threw the first punch. People lose hope in the system helping them if they’ve been sleighted by it. Maybe this is his attempt at getting back at it for betraying him. Without asking him, we can’t know.”
“ Then let’s go find the captain. I need to know why he changed.”
“ I agree.” Kaoru nodded. “I won’t let him hurt my father. If he’s planning to take action against him so he can go on this stupid crusade, that’s all the more reason to bring him down.”
Leaving the safe room, they climbed to the next floor. While the hold was full of weapons and the crew quarters was full of pirates, this floor was full of both. Canons lined the walls, ready to fire when they ran into an enemy ship. The pirate cognitions on this floor were ready for a fight, sharpening swords and maintaining pistols, gleefully attacking at a moments notice. It was a push but they broke through, emerging on the deck. That’s when they saw it. A distorted mass around the mast of the ship.
“ I see ya finally made it.” Standing above them, next to the door of the ship’s cabin, was Ryuji’s shadow. He looked down at them, arms folded. “ After ransacking your way through my city, I had a feeling you’d end up here.”
“ Ryuji.” Shiho looked up. “ Is it true? Are you really planning on attacking other parts of Tokyo?”
“ Yep.” The captain nodded. “ You don’t build an empire by stopping at the first port. If the rulers of these seas are gonna play dirty then why shouldn’t I answer ‘em back with full force.”
“ You’re going to bring chaos by doing this!”
“ A little chaos is what this world needs. You’ve heard those freaky cultists right? Professing that true freedom comes from obeying a higher power. Ha. Screw that! I’ll tear all of that down and give people a true choice on how they live their life. They’ve all had their chance. The law. The government. The emperor. Fuck ‘em all! The Hashiba Pirates will tear ‘em all down!”
“ And then what?” Kaoru shouted. “ People suffer under you instead? All you’re going to create is a state of anarchy where the strong prey on the weak, just like what you claim to fight against.” Ryuji huffed.
“ I would’ve expected an orphan to understand what it means to be abandoned better than anyone. Whatever. Naoya. Earn your keep.”
“ Aye Cap’n.” From the shadows of the ship’s upper level, Naoya vaulted the upper rails, landing on the deck and looking at them with a feral grin.
“ Get ready.” Ren warned the others. As shadows gathered around him, his first mate cracked his neck, turning it to an unnatural degree. His body began to morph, becoming more dog-like. His face began to shine golden and flatten into a grinning mask. The bestial shadow lunged at Kaoru but Shiho was quicker, blocking its claw with her spear before Jeanne launched him back. Tao followed up, blasting the beast with an explosion of paint. As the smoke cleared, the shadow rose from the ground snarling.
“ It looks angry.” Kaoru said warily.
“ Heh heh. So it’s a salty sea dog?” Tao grinned.
“ If we weren’t fighting, I’d slap you.” Akechi grumbled. The beast crouched low. Then, it vanished.
“ Huh?” Tao’s eyes widened in shock. A second later she growled as a claw tore her side. “ Gah! It’s fucking invisible?!”
“ Director. Can you sense it?” Ren asked.
“ I’ll try.” Hikari nodded. She summoned Lovelace, film reels swirling around the two of them. Hikari’s eyes darted between the different reels. Around the thieves, the boards of the ship creaked as the creature darted around them, looking for another opening to launch an ambush. Glancing around, Akechi caught a flicker on the mast.
“ Saburo!” Akechi quickly removed his mask, sending a snake skinned samurai with floating arms forwards, catching the beast as it lunged before launching it back against the mast. The monster briefly became visible again, snarling before leaping away again. The thieves kept watch. That was when Hikari smiled.
“ Gotcha. Dragon! On your left!” At her order, Dragon summoned Kiyohime, launching a wave of fire across the deck. The creature was caught in the blaze but leapt away again. “ Paladin! Above!” Jeanne appeared, blocking a claw strike from above before hurling it to one side. Hikari’s eyes glanced between the reels as she tried to detect the beast. Her eyes widened. A second later a claw slashed at her side. She fell to the floor, holding her bleeding wound.
“ Director!” Ren shouted.
“ Tch. That’s enough.” Kaoru growled, removing his helmet. “ Hektor. Hit the deck.” As the helmet vanished, Kaoru’s persona appeared, spear raised as a powerful gale raged around its tip. The thieves braced themselves as it drove the weapon into the deck of the ship, causing a powerful blast that knocked up everything not nailed to the deck to get launched in the air. Ren saw a distorted flailing mass go flying.
“ Decarbia!” Ren removed his mask, firing a ball of fire at the beast. It returned to visibility long enough for them to watch it falling off the ship and into the ocean with a heavy splash. Ryuji scowled.
“ That useless…” He muttered.
“ That’s enough, Ryuji.” Ren shouted. “ Just surrender. I know this isn’t you.”
“ Then you don’t know me at all.” Ryuji retorted. “ You think losing one man is gonna stop my goals? Don’t be fucking stupid. After all, I have a lot more pals than you do.” With a snap of his fingers, a number of pirates emerged from the upper decks, surrounding them. Ren tightened his hand around his dagger. The leader of the Phantom Thieves and the Captain locked eyes, each waiting for the next move of the other.
“ What now, Joker?” Tao asked.
“ We know where the treasure is. We have no reason to stick around.” He said. “ Retreat.” The pirates charged as Ren dropped a smoke bomb, shrouding their movements. When the smoke cleared, the thieves were gone.
“ Should we go after them, Captain?”
“ Don’t bother. Ya won’t catch ‘em.” Ryuji’s shadow hummed. “ When those thieves return, I want them hung from the mast. Prepare to set sail.”
“ Aye!”
********************************************
Akechi left them when they returned, decidin to check something about the Hashiba clan in the police records. The rest of the group sat in the diner after returning from the palace. Hikari held the side that Naoya had cut open. The wound had vanished upon returning to the real world, just like all the other cuts and bruises the thieves had collected over their many ventures into the metaverse, but the stinging pain remained. “ You alright, Hikari?” Tao asked.
“ I’ll live. Sorry. I got careless.”
“ Not being able to dodge an attack from an invisible foe isn’t carelessness.” Hifumi reassured her. “ Still, Kaoru, your tactic was interesting.”
“ Sorry if I hurt anyone.” Kaoru said. “ I just figured that, if we don’t know its exact location, hitting everywhere was a better way to go about it.”
“ It worked and we’re alive.” Tao shrugged. “ I don’t see a problem.”
“ Though a better warning than get down might be nice.” Shiho told him.
“ Ha ha. I’ll keep that in mind.” He nodded. “ So what’s next?”
“ That’s easy.” Ren said. “ We’ve found the treasure. We just need the calling card.”
“ How are ya gonna get it to him though?” Tao asked. “ It ain’t gonna be as simple as pinning it to a notice board or handing it to them in person this time. Heck, I’d rather break into that gallery again than the Hashiba’s main compound.”
“ You broke into the gallery?” Kaoru asked.
“ Not important.”
“ I have a plan.” Ren told her. “ It… may not be a good one but it’s the best I can think of right now. Though I’ll need your help, Tao. I don’t know where he is.”
“ He?”
“ Yeah. I’m going to ask the devil for a favour.”
Notes:
In hindsight, I probably should have done one palace for the Port Town part of the palace and another for the actual ship. That would've made it equal to the rest of the palaces so far in this story. One chapter for the awakening, two for the exploration and one for the boss. Despite that, I could not for the life of me figure out a way to either extend the port town segment or extend the pirate ship in a way I liked. I played with a few concepts, like a bar that a cognitive Ann run for example, but none of them stuck. Honestly, the Ryuji part of this story took me the longest to write. Couldn't tell you why. Burn out? Writer's block? Something along those lines. I just hope it didn't detract from the story.
Naoya's boss form is Glasaya-Labolas from SMTV: Vengeance. Initially, I was going to use Hayataro but that felt a bit too heroic of a demon to use for a salty sea dog. In boss form, he summons Loup-Garou and Airvaras, who I imagine are basic shadows in the area, with the three using Dizzy, Fear and Burn respectively with them focused on getting Technical hits. The idea didn't quite work for the story but Glasaya is a fun demon to write doing things.
Chapter 34: The Chaotic Captain
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 10th
It took a little bit of time for Tao to track down where Kaneshiro was hiding now he’d been removed from the district. They found him in Shinjuku, having taken up residence in a safe house he’d prepared long in advance that masqueraded as a club. Ren and Tao entered, finding the man in the private area, overlooking the entire club. With Tao distracting the bouncer, Ren was free to walk up to meet him. Kaneshiro looked up at him as he did. “ You’re in the wrong place, friend.” He said. “ This is my box.”
“ I’m in the right place, Mister Kaneshiro.” Ren told him. “ I have a business proposal.”
“ Ha.” Kaneshiro gave him an amused look. “ A teenager thinks he can come up here and offer a trade deal. I can't tell if you’re gutsy or stupid. Either way, you’re a little late. I’m not a part of that game anymore. I’m simply an investor now.”
“ What if I told you it would destroy the Hashiba?” This made him and the other men around look up in interest.
“ YOU think you can destroy those Yakuza bastards?” He asked. “ I was leaning towards gutsy before but perhaps you’re just insane.”
“ Not insane. Just… a thief.”
“ Thief, huh? Hmm.” The former mafia boss took a sip from his drink. “ You took out Makigami’s little locksmith con. You also put a stop to Odo’s money laundering and Kishi’s plagiarism scheme.”
“ Are you a fan?”
“ Hardly. But I know they suffered sudden changes of heart. Men like that don’t change naturally. But I know their names showed up on that little website shortly before they handed themselves in. How’d you do it?”
“ Trade secret, I’m afraid.” Ren smirked. “ But men like you don’t change either. Funny that you’ve gone clean.” Kaneshiro hummed, giving him a cold, analytical look.
“ Take a seat.” Ren complied, sitting across from his former target. “ What do you go by, kid?”
“ Joker.”
“ The boss asked your name.” One of his men asked. Ren looked over and recognised the sneering, rat like face of one of the guys Tao beat up the first time they met.
“ Don’t talk out of turn, idiot. I didn’t expect him to give me his real name.”
“ Ah. Sorry boss.”
“ Joker, hmm? What do you want?”
“ I need you to deliver a message for me.”
“ A message? I told you that I’m not in that business anymore.”
“ And I wasn’t being figurative.” Ren pulled out a bundle of cards. He pulled one out and slid it across the table to him. Kaneshiro picked it up, reading the yellow words written in calligraphy.
“ Sir Ryuji Sakamoto, the chaotic captain of the tyrannous Hashiba. You have become consumed by your own goals and have become a threat to the safety of Shibuya. Through your gang, you have caused harm to the people of this city in your misguided attempts to destroy order. Because of this, we have decided to take your distorted desires. Sincerely the Phantom Thieves of Hearts.” He read. “ I see. I heard that something like this was left in that youth gallery shortly before one of their artists stepped down from some art tour. Despite that, no-one else has received these.”
“ They’re for special people. Maybe, in another timeline, you’d have gotten one.” Ren shrugged. “ If you still ruled Shibuya yourself, maybe they’d have been found all across the city. Sir Junya Kaneshiro, the money devouring sinner of gluttony. You indulge in scamming others with horrendous methods that target minors exclusively. We have decided to make you confess all your crimes with your own mouth. We will take your distorted desires without fail. Sincerely, the Phantom Thieves. Does that sound good?” Around them, the men in the room started to move, ready to attack at a moment’s notice. However, Kaneshiro raised his hand calmly.
“ I was on your list, huh kid?” Kaneshiro remarked. “ I didn’t exclusively target minors though. I called their debts off now anyway though I suppose such things don’t matter anymore. Still, the money devouring sinner of gluttony. I’m surprised. Most people would call it greed.”
“ Greed requires hoarding it. You said it yourself. You’re an investor.”
“ Not bad. You’ve impressed me. Imano.”
“ Boss?” The rat faced man asked.
“ Take some guys and a few of these down to the Hasiba base at 1AM and pin ‘em to the walls. Make sure they’ll see it. Just to make sure to put one on every notice board you know of across Shibuya. Print more if you need to. I want to see that calling card on the news by 10 in the morning.”
“ Y-Yes sir.”
“ And as for you, Joker, I expect something in return for this.”
“ I knew what I was getting into.” Ren admitted. It was weird getting into a deal with a former palace ruler. Knowing what an improvement Kamoshida had made, he knew it wasn’t impossible for even them to turn over a new leaf. It sounded like Kaneshiro was blaming his removal from Shibuya for his new outlook on life. Ren hoped it worked out alright. So long as Kaneshiro could do some good in the world.
************************************
Whatever Kaneshiro’s men had done, it had worked. By the time lunch came around, the news was everywhere. The Phantom Thieves had declared war on Shibuya’s Hashiba Clan. It was the talk of the town. Pictures of the calling card pinned to notice boards were all over social media. It even got a brief mention by the local news. The people of Tokyo waited with baited breath, waiting to see what would happen. Perhaps it was a good thing for them that they wouldn’t get to see how the war played out.
Entering the palace, they found the town was quiet. Other than the cognitive versions of the people of Shibuya, there was no-one. They found out why when they reached the ship. The pirates were hard at work loading the last of the cargo into the hold. “ Put your backs into it!” The cognitive version of Iwai’s sworn brother shouted. “ If you’re not done before we set sail, we’re leaving you lazy bastards behind.”
“ They’re planning on setting sail now?” Shiho gasped.
“ Then we don’t have time to waste. Come on. Up there.” Ren pointed to the rooftops of the warehouses that were next to the ship. Thanks to the moving of the devices around the place, a crane was perfectly positioned for them to reach the ship’s gun deck. They snuck above the Hashiba pirates, watching as they carried the last of the cargo before climbing aboard. The ship’s anchor was pulled up as the thieves leapt in through one of the cannon holes. The entire ship was alive as it pulled out of the harbour, cognitive pirates rushing around, stocking weapons and supplies to prepare for the long voyage Ren was determined to sink before the day was up.
After pushing through the pirates on the gun deck, they returned to the deck. Reaching the top of the stairs, Ren’s foot stepped onto grass. Looking around, the thieves found themselves back in Shujin academy. In front of them was Ryuji, the other members of the track team standing by as he stared down Kamoshida. Running used to be how I coped with all the shit that was going on in my life. Funny, isn’t it? Running being an escape? But then that asshole Kamoshida showed up and took over our training. He wanted us to break. I knew that. Everyone did. What broke me was when he told the team about my Dad. I was pissed. On the way to school the next day, I saw an old pipe just lying around. I don’t know why I did it but I took it and threw it in my bag. I never meant to actually use it but then Kamoshida started getting pissy while we were doing some personal practice and I snapped. The thieves watched as Ryuji rushed Kamoshida, striking him in the head to knock him to the ground before striking him over and over with his weapon. It felt good. I broke the bones in that spiking arm he was so damn proud of. He got to see what it was like having his hobby stolen from him. It ruined my life but it felt so damn good. After that, I was tossed in juvie. Mom didn’t want anything to do with me so I took Naoya up on his offer and joined the Hashiba. I learned that justice ain’t for normal people. Law and Order? What a joke. So when I saw another tyrant sitting on the Hashiba’s throne, I decided to give a little back to the little guy. Ryuji stood up, a wild grin on his face as he turned to them, resting the bloody pipe against his shoulder. If this world ain’t gonna save me, then fuck it. I’ll save myself.
Lightning struck the field, the world flashing white before returning to the deck of the Hashiba Pirate’s ship. Storm clouds had formed overhead as the seas turned wild. The Captain leaned against the mast. A sword was stuck in the wood. A cutlass with a black steel blade and a gilded handle. “ Finally came back, huh?” He asked. “ You think you can steal my treasure? I dunno if you’re all gutsy or stupid.”
“ We’re here to save you from yourself.” Ren said simply.
“ Stupid. Gotcha.”
“ We’re not going to let you cause any more harm to the people of Shibuya.” Kaoru declared. “ We’re going to take your treasure and destroy the Hashiba here and now.”
“ Just stop, Ryuji.” Shiho pleaded. “ I know you want to get back at the world but this isn’t right.”
“ And what is right exactly? Turn the other cheek and just let ‘em walk all over us? Nah. My boys and I are gonna resist to the last. Against you or anyone else that tries to get in our way!” Ryuji grabbed the handle of the cutlass tightly before wrenching it free with a hefty tug.
“ We don’t want to fight you.” Ren said warily.
“ Shame. Cause you don’t have a choice if you wanna take my treasure. Isn’t that right lads?” Around them, a chorus cried out in agreement. A number of pirates vaulted down from the upper sections of the deck. “ Did you really think just because you ran away they’d just disappear? What’s the plan now, thieves? Gonna swim away this time?”
“ No. This time we’re going to end this.” Ren promised the captain. He grinned in response.
“ That’s more like it!” He shouted as he charged forwards. The pirates followed suit. All of a sudden, the deck had turned into a chaotic battleground. Shiho moved between them and Hikari, defending against the intial assault, pushing them back with Jeanne’s barrier and letting Hifumi and Akechi to rush forwards, slashing through them. On the other side, Tao rammed her fist into one of the cognitive pirate’s faces before striking another in the temple with the butt of her gun. Kaoru went low, sweeping the legs out of a pair of pirates before blowing them off the ship with Hektor.
Ren and Ryuji clashed, locking blades in the middle of it all. Ryuji was just as relentless as Ren remembered. He realised just how lucky he’d been to never be on the receiving end of his fighting style before now. Each blow came hard and fast as the shadow of his first friend relentlessly swung at him. Ren held fast, summoning Arsene in a small gap in the attacks, lighting the ground beneath him in umbral flames. The Captain dodged back, giving Arsene the opening to kick him back against the ship’s rails. With a roar, Ryuji got back on his feet by charging back in with a rising slash. Ren tried blocking it but was knocked back by the force of the blow.
As the fight raged on, the ship entered the storm. It felt as though the entire world was turning on them as cold rain lashed at the thieves. Despite that, Ren refused to let a bit of water stop him. He owed it to Ryuji to stop his madness. Ryuji was his first friend. He was there at the beginning and stood by him right up until the very end. For all the jokes that were made at his expense from time to time, Ren really did appreciate that Ryuji had always been there. He was someone he could turn to when he needed someone to rely on. That’s why he wasn’t going to let him cause the chaos he’d fought adamantly to stop.
Shadow Ryuji raised his sword high. Seeing his opening, Ren drew his gun and fired, striking him in the shoulder. The captain cried in pain, staggering backwards before collapsing to his knees. “ Damn it…”
“ Give up, Ryuji. It’s over.”
“ Over? Ha… ha… It’s not over… It’s never gonna be over.” Placing a firm hand on the ship’s rail, he pulled himself up. “ I won’t yield. You won’t ever make me bow.” Leaning backwards, Ryuji grinned madly. “ You don’t get to decide when it’s over, you piece of shit. Only I get to decide that.” Ren’s eyes widened.
“ Ryuji! Wait!” He rushed forwards but he was too late. The Captain fell backwards, laughing as he plummeted into the seas below. With their captain gone, the pirates vanished. Ren was frozen in place, hand grasping air. “ No…”
“ I see. So that was his rebellion.” Akechi mused.
“ Ryuji. No…” Shiho covered her mouth in shock. “ Did he… Is he…” Ren couldn’t believe it. Ryuji’s shadow had thrown itself to its own death rather than let his heart be changed. He felt a hole in his chest, knowing what that meant. When a shadow dies, it was only a matter of time before the person would follow. Ryuji was going to suffer a mental shutdown.
“ Why…” Ren’s voice was a whisper, barely audible above the howling wind. Before his mind could fully realise what was happening, the ship shook. Ren fell to the ground.
“ What was that?” Tao asked.
“ Perhaps we hit a reef?” Hifumi replied.
“ No. Don’t say that.” Hikari whined. “ Nothing ever good happens after someone says something like that in the movies.” The sea churned and the storm grew wilder, thunder rumbling and lightning flashing as the ship turned. Rushing to the ship’s rail, Hikari, Kaoru and Tao watched as a whirlpool formed, dragging the ship into its current. “ See? What did I tell you?”
“ I’m assuming this isn’t because the palace ruler was defeated.” Kaoru said.
“ Nope.” Tao said. “ That’s definitely new.” Ren pulled himself to his feet, looking out at the raging ocean. He breathed a sigh of relief.
“ He’s not done yet after all.” Before the others could ask what he meant, laughter echoed around them. As the ship got closer to the whirlpool’s center, a towering figure burst from it. The thieves quickly dodged as a sword made of coral and water smashed a hole in the side of the ship. Standing there was something Ren could only describe as a sea god. A towering humanoid being made entirely of water, coral and sea life made into the form of Ryuji Sakamoto.
“ Foolish thieves.” He boomed. “ You can’t stop me! My movement is a force of nature! I will bring absolute freedom! I won’t let you stop that!” The giant shadow raised his blade to swing again. The thieves ducked as he swept across the ship, tearing everything above the main deck into the ocean.
“ I dunno about the rest of you but I didn’t sign up to fight Poseidon.” Tao shouted.
“ You signed up to fight God.” Akechi retorted. “ Call this practice.”
“ Alright, smartass. How do we hit him? Cause I don’t think shooting seawater is gonna go well.”
“ Then we freeze it, evaporate it and everything in between.” Ren said, reaching for his mask. “ So long as we win, we do whatever we can. Naga!” The snake man appeared beside him, pulling his arm back and hurling his spear at Shadow Ryuji’s chest. The giant recoiled from the impact before angrily responding by slamming a fist down onto the deck. Ren barely managed to dodge out of the way as the deck bent from the impact. Shiho was the first to act, using Jeanne to freeze the hand. The captain struggled to pull it free. Hifumi took the opening, lighting her weapon ablaze with her persona’s power and slashing upwards at the giant’s wrist. The frozen hand exploded, sending the shadow stumbling backwards. Ryuji growled angrily. The water at his new stump churned before forming into a hook.
“ You damn rats!” He shouted. “ What is it you’re even trying to do?” Lightning struck around the deck. Tao huffed.
“ Takin’ our city back from thugs like you.” She declared. Oi appeared behind her, slashing twice with her brush like spear and sending waves of nuclear energy at him. Steam erupted from his chest as it detonated but it did little to deter Ryuji’s next attack. He struck the ship’s center with his hook, cracking it down the middle and splitting the boat in half. The thieves were separated by the new chasm.
“ What do you think would happen if I wasn’t here? Kaneshiro running drug rackets on high schoolers? The cops abusing their power? All I asked for was a little financing to protect everyone. Ain’t nothing wrong with that.”
“ Nothing wrong?” Kaoru shouted, removing his helm. “ Do you know what you’re doing? Your gang is ruining people’s livelihoods and destroying their business if they don’t comply. You're just as bad as Kaneshiro was.” Hektor appeared behind him, javelin in hand. As the persona hurled it, a powerful gale followed behind it. It pierced straight through the shadow’s right eye. Ryuji growled from the pain as the water formed an eyepatch over the wound.
“ That’s not… I wouldn’t expect you to get it.” Ryuji shouted. “ I’m the fucking hero here! I’m gonna be the one who frees this city even if I have to show a little ruthlessness to do so! And if I have to destroy you along with all those assholes abusing their power, then so be it!” The sea began to writhe as Ryuji gathered power within himself.
“ Oh no.” Hikari gasped. “ Something big’s coming. I’m not sure we can survive if it hits us.”
“ Then we’d better not allow it to hit us.” Akechi stated. “ Joker. Salamander. If you would.” The two nodded. As Akechi explained his plan, water began to rise from the ocean and merged with Ryuji’s saber. It grew in size, casting a shadow across the shipwreck. As he was ready to strike, Kaoru summoned his persona. A powerful blast of wind launched Ren and Akechi into the sky. The two removed their masks, summoning Decarbia and Koga Saburo. Ren commanded Decarbia to cast its flames into the serpentine samurai’s swords. Saburo spun forwards like a drill. As Ryuji made to bring his sword down, Koga tore through his chest. Ryuji howled in pain. The sword fell from his hand as the body fell. The thieves on the left half of the ship quickly leapt across the gap before the colossal body collapsed onto the deck, smashing the wreck. The sea calmed as the water receeded, leaving the shadows' true form lying defeated on what was once his flagship, now a shipwreck sinking beneath the waves.
“ I… lost?” He said, his voice weak. “ How… can that be? My plans… Our freedom…”
“ What you called freedom is just chaos.” Ren told him. “ You know that’s not the right way to handle things.”
“ You’re better than this Ryuji.” Shiho told him gently. “ I know what happened to you wasn’t fair but that’s no reason to take it out on everyone around you.”
“ You can be better.” Kaoru nodded. “ Help others the way they need to be helped. Not by making their lives harder.”
“ Yeah. I really fucked up didn’t I?” Ryuji sighed. “ I was just so angry at everyone. I thought the world abandoned me the day I broke that bastard’s arm. But maybe I was the one who lost faith in the world.” He closed his eyes. “ It's time I face reality.” His body faded, leaving his sword behind. Kaoru picked it up.
“ This is his treasure, right?”
“ It should be.” Ren nodded.
“ How do we get out though?” Hifumi asked. “ I highly doubt we can swim back to shore now.”
“ It’s fine. Just use the app.” Akechi said. “ It’ll take us out.”
“ So long as we don’t get dropped in the middle of the Hashiba’s base.” Tao sighed. “ Cause that would fucking suck.” Ren nodded, activating the app. The world rippled around them, returning them to the real world. Ren looked at the skyline, seeing the Tokyo Tower in the distance.
“ This is Roppongi.” Hikari realised. “ Better than a Yakuza base. That’s good. It’d be a one sided shoot out.”
“ I’m fairly certain that wouldn’t happen. They’d be more likely to beat us to death. It’s far quieter.” Akechi shrugged.
“ The sword’s gone.” Looking over at Kaoru, Ren saw that he was right. The sword had transformed. Instead, it had turned into a metal pipe.
“. It must be the one he used against Kamoshida.” Shiho realised.
“ That would make sense. That was the day his fate changed. The source of Ryuji’s distortion.” Ren surmised. “ Toss it.”
“ Are you sure?” Kaoru asked. He nodded.
“ No point hanging onto it. It’s just the source of tragedy now.” Kaoru obeyed, tossing the pipe into a nearby alleyway and leaving it to be forgotten as they walked towards the station.
“ What’s next?” Akechi asked.
“ Space station!” Hikari cheered.
“ Before that, you idiot.”
“ Ryuji’s going to join the cult.” Ren said. “ I hate it but it’s not like we have a way to stop it. Even if we never see him again, we just have to assume that’s what’s going to happen. Until then, we have finals.” There were a few groans at the reminder of real life. Tao laughed at them, earning her a few scornful looks.
“ Well, at least I’m safe for another year.” Kaoru joked.
“ Enjoy life before high school, Kaoru.” Hikari told him. “ Some things are worse than shadows.”
Notes:
If you couldn't tell, the idea behind Shadow Ryuji turning into a Poseidon like Sea god made of the ocean itself took inspiration from many animations of Ruthlessness from Epic: The Musical since everyone loves doing that with him. Another piece of inspiration came from God of War 3's depiction of Poseidon since he also does that just with more hippocampi. In game, Ryuji is the first two phase fight with his first phase being his base shadow who summons Pirates in an attempt to swarm the player before turning into the Sea God form as his actual boss where he triggers a Storm that deals almighty damage to that party at the end of Ryuji's turn while Ryuji himself has a lot of attacks that can debuff the party's stats, making him a lot harder if your not prepared with Dekunda which feels more SMT-esque in design more than Persona thinking about it. Not the last time I do that either.
Additionally, The Hierophant is no up in The Fool's Journey. Admittedly, I was meant to upload this with the last chapter but forgot. In my defence, I was rushed for time.
Chapter 35: Sinking Ship
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 10th
After the excitement with the calling card resulted in nothing, Ryuji headed home early. Over the afternoon, he’d developed a killer headache. He didn’t know why but he just felt wrong. Maybe he’d been poisoned. Wouldn’t that be a shitty way to go? While Naoya had wanted someone to go with him, he insisted on going alone. He wanted to be alone tonight. He needed the cold air more than he needed the people. He was starting to think joining the gang had been a mistake. So many things had happened too fast after he left juvie. He was desperate and in a dark place, his life in ruins. Where else could a guy like him turn? Now he stood at the top, everything felt so lonely. While he had plans, realistically there was nowhere else for him to go. Where can someone go from a position like that? When you’re at the top, you can only go downwards.
While his mind was consumed by thoughts, he stepped down an alleyway and then stopped. Predictably, two people followed him in. “ I guessed I was being followed.” He said, turning. Behind him was a figure in a white hooded cloak and a young girl with orange hair and glasses. “ The fuck do you want?”
“ Ryuji Sakamoto.” The figure said. “ We came to see you.”
“ Obviously. So are you these Phantom Losers that sent that card? Here to take my heart or whatever bullshit you threatened me with?”
“ No, that is someone else. They’ve already worked their magic. Whether you realise it yet or not, your desires have already been taken from you.”
“ Bullshit!”
“ Can you not feel it? That sense of emptiness seeping into your heart?” The orange haired woman smirked. “ The pain as your body tries to understand what it’s lost. It’s not a comfortable feeling is it?” Instinctively, Ryuji held a hand over his chest, scowling.
“ Don’t talk like you effing know me.”
“ Our God knows all.” The robed figure said. “ I know you, Ryuji Sakamoto. An abused youth turned convicted criminal for an unjust reason turned yakuza boss due to a strange set of circumstances. I know what you were, what you are and what you will be.”
“ You’re cultists.”
“ That is how some would classify us as. I would call us a group offering freedom and security for those who seek it.” The word freedom stood out to him. Ryuji stared at them for a few moments. “ Ah. I’ve caught your interest, have I?” “ Don’t be stupid.” He huffed, turning to leave.
“ It’s fine if you don’t need us now.” The robed cultist told him. “ But know, when you seek forgiveness and salvation in the coming few days, we’ll be waiting with open arms, Ryuji.”
“ See you at the base.” The orange haired girl waved. He frowned, leaving them behind. A growing part of him hoped that offer would be open when he needed it.
*********************************************
July 11th
“ Did you win?” Haru asked Ren as he joined her on the roof. She tossed him one of her lollipops.
“ Yeah.” He said, catching it and fiddling with the wrapper. “ I doubt we’ll hear much of the Hashiba clan anymore.”
“ Cool. I know people who work at the Shibuya Big Bang Burger. They never tried anything cause we were a big chain but it didn’t stop those thugs walking in and acting like they owned the place.”
“ With them and the other gang gone, hopefully Shibuya can be a bit more peaceful.” Ren hummed, sucking thoughtfully on the sweet he’d been given. “ Though I do worry the cult will take the opening and expand there.”
“ Go to war with them.” She shrugged.
“ Ha ha. Maybe one day.” Little did she know, Ren thought. “ I hope Ryuji’s alright though.”
“ Was Sakamoto really the leader of the Hashiba clan?”
“ Sadly.” Ren nodded. “ I guess that’s what happens when you get a criminal record. No school or job will take you. Where else can you go?”
“ I suppose that’s true. It’s a sad fact about reality.” Haru looked out at the students below, rolling her lollipop stick between her thumb and finger. “ As much as we’re all told we can achieve anything, the sad fact is that most people here won’t amount to more than desk workers or housewives.” She sighed. “ Me included.”
“ What’s wrong?”
“ Sugimura came around again this weekend. He acted polite but I know when someone’s lying. You can change your speech and body language but the eyes tell the truth. That lecherous gaze.” She scowled. “ He spoke with father behind closed doors. I’m stupid. I know it was about me. I imagine an engagement will be announced by the end of the year. My life is being decided for me all for the sake of my father.”
“ Why not rebel?”
“ Ha. You make it sound so simple.” She smiled sadly. “ I told you already. I’m not that strong.”
“ I think you’re stronger than you think.”
“ I’m happy someone thinks that. Wish I could think the same.” She glanced over at him. “ So who’s next on your list for heart changing?”
“ Who knows? I’m expecting a busy summer. We can change your Dad’s heart if you want.”
“ I’d like that but… A man like father has a lot to make up for. I’m worried it’d cause an incident. Big Bang Burger would survive. The board members are just as bad as father is so they’d lay all the blame from it at his feet. I’m more worried about what would happen to him… and me. I hate to admit it but I’m not sure how I’d survive without him. I want him to go back to how he was in my childhood but I’m not sure if your methods would do that. I’m not even sure what your methods are.”
“ That’s complicated.” He admitted. “ But I still want to help if I can.”
“ I appreciate that. But I’d worry about yourself first. Exams are Wednesday. God help us all.” She laughed. Ren remained determined. “ You’re not giving up, huh?”
“ You told me not to.”
“ I did, didn’t I? Fine. But… can I have your number? I need to think about it some more.” Ren nodded. He understood. In his timeline, Haru had accidentally slipped into the metaverse when Morgana left them and went after Okumura on his own. He hadn’t been around to see her deliberation to go after her father. Here though she had no idea how Ren was doing what he was doing even if she knew he was a part of the Phantom Thieves. Letting Ren go after her father by what could easily be blackmail or coercion was a hard thing to commit too. He’d need her to get the calling card to her father when the time came. But that time wouldn’t come until she decided.
“ Take all the time you need.” He said. “ When you need us, we’ll be there. Just say the word.”
“ Thanks, Ren.” Haru smiled. “ I appreciate it.”
*********************************************
Shiho recognised the card in Ann’s hand when she met her in her classroom for lunch. A calling card. She was staring at it intently. “ Are you alright?” She asked.
“ Yeah. Just thinking.” She put it down on her desk. “ It’s addressed to Ryuji. I didn’t even realise he was out of juvie. Do you really think he’d join the yakuza?”
“ People are driven to desperate means when they’re in trouble.” Shiho said simply. “ Maybe he didn’t have another choice.”
“ That idiot. He could’ve just asked. My parents know him. They have connections. I could have helped.” She sighed. “ That damn idiot.”
“ Well, you know what Ryuji’s like. He’s very head strong and probably just didn’t want to impose.”
“ I know.” She sighed. “ Though it’s another calling card. Just like the one that was given to Yusuke, Futaba and me. These Phantom Thieves…” She chuckled. “ They must be agents from our God. I suppose, if that’s the case, I’ll be seeing Ryuji again soon.”
“ How did you reach that opinion?”
“ Everyone who receives one of these is considered a bad person in need of saving, right? I was a bully, Yusuke did some awful things to a muse, Futaba was a hacker and Ryuji joined a Yakuza clan. Then we were targetted, our sins were revealed and the Herald found us, leading us to salvation.”
“ But Futaba was a part of your church before the thieves targeted her, right?”
“ She was but she admitted to not being fully invested until afterwards.” Ann told her. “ The pattern fits.”
“ Hmm. I dunno. If that were true, wouldn’t someone have told you?”
“ I’m guessing it’s the Herald’s secret force. It’s why normal members have no idea.” Ann laughed. “ It’s a theory but it makes sense, right?”
“ Maybe your Herald just found people because they were targeted by the thieves?” Shiho reasoned. “ They saw that they’d be in a fragile state and so went to see them in their time of need.”
“ Hmm. I guess that could also be the case.” Ann admitted. “ But either way, it’s thanks to the Phantom Thieves I was saved. They’re doing God’s work even if they don’t realise it.” Shiho couldn’t deny that. Even Ren himself admitted Ryuji would likely get picked up by the cult of control now that they’d taken his heart and destroyed his palace. While she trusted Ren when he said he knew how to revert it, she also couldn’t deny a small piece of her worried that they were being strung along and used by the cult. That, at the end of their journey, the rug was going to get pulled from under them and everything would be for nothing. Maybe Ren was the Herald. Maybe it was Akechi. She hated doubting her friends but everything felt against them.
“ So, has your God helped you with the exam answers?” Shiho asked, deciding to change the subject. Ann groaned.
“ I hope so.” She said. “ Otherwise I’m screwed.”
“ As usual then?”
“ Don’t act like I’m alone here. Unless you’ve suddenly become good at maths and geography this year.”
“ H-Hey. Don’t turn this around on me.” The two laughed. It was nice talking like this. Just the two of them as friends, joking around about unserious matters. Ann was still Ann. It was nice to be reminded of that despite the way she acted now. In the end, despite her doubts, she’d never stop fighting. Stopping now would be the same as giving up on Ann. She would never give up on Ann. She’d save her from that cult one day. Until then, she’d enjoy the quieter moments.
“ So this is where you both were.” Of course, the quiet moments never did last.
“ Emi. Satoko. What took you so long?” Ann waved at the two as they entered.
“ You didn’t exactly say where you were.” Satoko said. “ You better not be giving Shiho the sales pitch again.”
“ It’s fine. Don’t worry.” Shiho reassured her. “ Just talking about finals.”
“ Psh. I’m not worried. Only exams that really matter are next year. I’ll just cram for them if I need to.”
“ You really should take these seriously.” Emi told her. “ They may not be the real things but they still matter.”
“ She’s right.” Shiho said. “ They may put on summer school if we don’t do well enough.”
“ If that happens, I’ll see you both here too. Only person who’ll pass everything here is Emi.”
“ I-I’m just studious.”
“ Never said it was a bad thing. Calm down.”
“ Think Ren will get top marks again?” Ann asked.
“ Ren did?” Shiho asked. “ I never realised.”
“ Yeah, he’s crazy smart. He answers every question a teacher throws at him in seconds in such a casual way. It’s like he knew the question before it was asked.” Seeing as he’d done this year onace before, that was probably exactly the case.
“ Copy his work then.” Satoko suggested
“ He sits behind me. That’d be way too obvious.”
“ Come on guys. Take this seriously.” Emi whined.
“ Cheating’s bad, Ann.”
“ I wasn’t going to cheat, Shiho. Have a little faith in me.”
“ The fact I know you is why I don’t.”
“ Et tu, Shiho?” Ann faked a betrayed swoon. Shiho just giggled.
“ Why don’t we study together after school then.” She suggested. “ Training’s off due to finals so I have time.”
“ Sounds like a good idea.” Satoko nodded. “ Unless you two have places to be.”
“ I’m more than happy to lend a hand. Maybe I can help you three escape summer school.” Emi smiled.
“ But I hate studying.” Ann pouted.
“ If you want to be a sloth, you’ll never pass your exams.” Emi told her.
“ I guess.” She said, “ But it’s not my fault if I die of boredom.”
*********************************************
July 12th
Ren sat in the student council room after school. He didn’t mean to come here but he’d met Makoto in the halls on his way to the library. He knew what was coming up from his first time taking these exams but he decided to do a little skim reading just to make sure he had everything right. That was when he ran into Makoto and she offered to study with him. He had no reason to decline so he didn’t. That’s how the two of them ended up studying in private together.
“ I hear the Phantom Thieves are in the news.” Makoto said as he was looking through a book on their national history. He glanced up.
“ The Hashiba clan, right? Ann tells me that the target was a student here. I heard about the story from my carer. The one who broke Coach Kamoshida’s arm.”
“ Ryuji was such a spirited student.” She lamented. “ I was the head of the disciplinary committee back then. I knew Kamoshida was up to something though I didn’t know the specifics and the last council head was firmly in our principal’s pocket for the sake of his own future. Nothing could be done. Ryuji took matters into his own hands that day. It was a brave action but one that ruined his future. I can only hope he finds peace now the thieves have stolen his sins.”
“ Stolen his sins?”
“ The act of stealing their distorted desire as the calling cards said. I’ve seen the one you gave to Futaba. It’s quite eloquent.”
“ I didn’t write it.”
“ I didn’t mean to imply you did. Regardless, I think I have an understanding on how the thieves work. While I don’t understand their methods, Ann, Yusuke and Futaba told me they felt a sudden pain and emptiness before finding clarity. They didn’t receive any kind of blackmail other than the card so I believe it was probably a mental change.” She shrugged. “ My personal theory is that the cards are a form of hypnotism. The name on the card allows it to be targeted and it alters their mental state. Things that they may view as regretful come to the surface and those regrets consume the mind, forcing the target to face them. This leads to a path of redemption. This is what is meant as stealing one's heart or, rather, stealing the negative parts of one’s heart. Stealing their sins.”
“ That’s quite the deduction.”
“ Well, my sister is the district attorney. She helps the police out on a lot of cases. My father was also a police officer himself. I’ve inherited a line of deductive reasoning.”
“ You’d make a good police detective.”
“ Ha ha ha. Maybe when I’m older.” Makoto’s smile brightened. “ Right now, I have a lot of responsibilities. As one of the earliest members of the Church of Control, I have a lot of tasks that need to be done.”
“ So much for not getting in the way of others' lives.”
“ This is for our God so it’s a trial.”
“ How did you even come to join them anyway?”
“ Would you believe a divine vision?”
“ That depends on how you explain it.”
“ Well, it was just before Ryuji attacked our coach. I was questioning my purpose in life. My sister was drifting further and further from the person I loved and I found myself with power yet powerless to change a thing. I was beginning to wonder if everything I’d done to secure a good life was worth it. One night, I dreamt I was talking to our God. I can’t even describe such a being with words but his presence alone was intense. I followed his directions and came to a building in Ueno. I’m sure you know the one.”
“ God himself gave you directions to your church.”
“ I know it sounds strange but it’s the truth.” Ren hummed. It certainly felt strange but as someone who had also had interactions with the God of Control in his dreams, he believed her. It also confirmed his theory that the God of Control had targeted his former allies on purpose. With that being said, he knew it had to have a form. It was Igor the Velvet Room attendant for him. Assumedly for them, it was the Herald.
“ If you’ve been a member of the church for so long, does that mean you know the Herald?”
“ Physically, yes. They are our leader, after all. However, the Herald is a secretive person. In order to protect themselves and us, they cannot reveal their identity to the rest of the church. However, they’ve been chosen by our God. Their word is the same as theirs. I understand if that sounds like a shady cult leader but it’s the simple truth.”
“ I can see why people would believe that.” Ren nodded.
“ If you come by the church, perhaps you’ll be introduced to them if you’re so curious.”
“ No thanks. I still don’t like the idea of worshipping a God of Control.”
“ Entirely fair.” Makoto nodded. “ Ah. But look at the time. This was supposed to be a study session. I hope I didn’t get in your way. I know that Finals are a major trial.”
“ Don’t worry. I’m pretty confident in my knowledge. I did top our year last time.”
“ So I saw. You’ve been gifted with quite the intellect. I hope we can meet like this again sometime in the future. I don’t know why but I enjoy talking with you.”
“ Sure. I enjoyed this talk. It was interesting.” Ren nodded. The more he talked with Makoto, the more he could learn about Yaldabaoth’s cult. It also let him get closer to one of his closest friends. Both were more than enough of a reason to continue meeting with her. Every meeting was a step closer to freeing her and everyone else from the mad god’s influence.
Notes:
Ryuji's arc comes to a close. As I said before, this segment was my least favourite to actually write. Admittedly, that may come to the fact that I don't really care for Ryuji all that much. That's nothing really to do with him. I think his actual social link is well done. It's just the fact he's the "WE'RE THE PHANTOM THIEVES" guy gets old really fast. I compare him to Yosuke a lot since Yosuke does a lot of what Ryuji does, like being the butt monkey in a lot of situations, but he does it a lot better and he's a lot more than just that. Ryuji has his moments, don't get me wrong, but I feel a lot of his characterisation after Kamoshida's palace is just comic relief, stuff happening because he's stupid (Makoto's blackmail and Morgana running away, not that I like Morgana either) and sometimes even the game is too mean to him, like when the girls beat him up after Shido's palace for the horrible crime of not actually dying saving their lives.
I also updated the Fool's Journey again. This time it's a double feature. One involving Iwai and the other involving a new comer in the role of Justice. Hope you enjoy.
Chapter 36: Togo System
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 18th
Ren gazed out at the night sky from the top of the Sky Tower. Today was the day of the Summer Festival and he’d learned from past mistakes. A sudden rainstorm ruined that night for them the last time. This time, he’d used the money he’d gotten from the palaces and brought his friends to a far better and, more importantly, drier view point. They could see the fireworks from all over the city from here. Not everyone could make it, sadly. Akechi had taken the opportunity to catch up on his work for the police and Ren suspected Shido. Shiho had decided to meet up with Ann for the festival. She made sure to warn her about the rain and they were planning on going to a covered rooftop restaurant in Shinjuku. Finally, there was Hifumi who said she’d love to have come but her mother had booked a special match as part of a Shogi Festival event.
“ Woah!” Luca gasped, pressing her hands against the window. While some of the thieves couldn’t come, Tao asked if Luca could. Ren didn’t mind it. After the time he’d spent with the Lucatao siblings, he felt comfortable calling her a confidant. “ We’re so high up.”
“ So long as the window doesn’t break, we’ll be fine.” Tao joked.
“ Could the window break?”
“ It’s not happened in the past.” Kaoru reassured her. “ Though I suppose there is a first time for everything.”
“ Don’t scare us like that, Kaoru.” Hikari whined.
“ Ha ha. Sorry. I couldn’t help myself.”
“ Meanie.” Hikari stuck her tongue out at him. “ How long until the fireworks anyway?”
“ About fifteen minutes or so.” Ren said. “ We’ve got time to marvel at the sights.”
“ You think we can see our house from here?” Luca asked her sister.
“ Hmm. Nah. Though… Hmm… If the Nanjo Group’s firm is there then I think we spent a week down in the underpass a few years ago. Right there.” She pointed at a small side road close to the Sumida river.
“ Oh, I think that was where we painted the mice running up that politician's trouser leg. Ha ha. He was so mad when he was interviewed about it on TV.”
“ Ha. Now that was a fun weekend. Must’ve meant we were sleeping… ah ha. Underpass. Right down there.”
“ Hey. You’re right.”
“ Underpass? You lived on the streets?” Kaoru asked, shocked.
“ Oh yeah. Guess I never told ya, did I glasses?” Tao said, rubbing her shoulder. “Formerly homeless artists, yeah. We’ve got a lotta stories from those times but life’s gotten better for us now so don’t worry about it. Can’t change the past, after all.”
“ I suppose not. But it’s a shame we didn’t know each other back then. I’d have gotten my father to give you a job.
“ In the airsoft shop, y’mean?” Tao chuckled. “ Well, it wouldn’t have been a boring gig I guess.”
“ It never is at Untouchable. Believe me.”
“ What’s Untouchable?” Luca asked.
“ It’s an Airsoft shop. It sells model weapons for collectors.”
“ Cool. Though I don’t think my parents would let me get one.” Luca laughed slightly. “ The Kosekis are nice people but they’re a little too into health and safety regarding me.”
“ As they should. No way in hell I’d let you have a weapon either.” Tao said sternly.
“ I can get you one if you want.” Hikari offered. “ Though it’d probably be a prop weapon we don’t need after the theater club’s summer performance.
“ You act, Hikari?”
“ No. I don’t have the confidence for that. Eh heh heh. I’m a director and scriptwriter. I want to be a movie director when I’m older so I thought it’d be a good idea. You can come watch us if you want.”
“ Sure.” Luca nodded. “ I’ll make sure to get you a good ticket for our summer band concert in return.”
“ Awesome. It’s a deal.”
“ Sometimes I forget they’re older than you, Kaoru.” Ren smirked.
“ Ha ha. They are quite excitable, aren’t they?” Kaoru smiled.
“ Just how Luca is. Bundle of positive energy, that one.” Tao chuckled. “ I’m just glad she's making friends.”
“ You look more like a proud mother than a sister.” Ren joked. She huffed, poking him lightly in the side of the head.
“ Gotta live up to that codename, now don’t you?”
“ Amamiya?” The group were distracted from their joking around by a familiar voice. Looking over, Ren saw Kasumi approaching him. Behind her was a tired looking older man in a smart pair of glasses and the girl Ren had seen with Hikari when they first met, Sumire Yoshizawa. “ What a coincidence to see you here.”
“ Oh. Yoshizawa. Good evening.” Ren greeted her with a smile. “ Here to watch the fireworks too?”
“ That’s right.”
“ A friend from work?” The man asked, his voice tired.
“ That’s right. He’s a frequent customer. He often comes in with Akechi.”
“ Sumire!” Hikari cheered. “ Hey.”
“ Hey Hikari.” The girl gave her friend a meek wave, her voice quiet. Ren took the time to look Sumire over. She hunched into herself a little bit, bags under dull, lightless eyes and looking slightly uneven in the way she was standing. She shared her sister’s hair colour but not her eyes. Glancing at the father, she had his instead. From their previous investigation, he knew she had a palace somewhere. It was definitely closer to Futaba than it was to Shido though. “ I didn’t realise you were going out too.”
“ Well, Ren invited me. This is a really nice view.”
“ Quite the coincidence you all ended up here.” Mr Yoshizawa said. “ It seems you know both my daughters, young man.”
“ I only really know your eldest. Hikari and I are friends through a club outside school.”
“ Club?” Kasumi asked, curiously.
“ Cosplay.” He shrugged.
“ Cosplay?” Kasumi looked at the four of them. “ Hmm.”
“ Problem?” Tao asked.
“ Oh, I just didn’t think Akechi was the type is all. He always displays himself as so cool on TV but is a little cold in person. It’s just surprising to hear that’s his hobby. Ha ha ha ha.”
“ He’s a jackass but he’s not a bad planner.”
“ I think that’s the first compliment you’ve ever given him, Tao.” Ren smirked.
“ I give credit where it’s due. He just never shows anything I think he deserves credit for. That’s all.” Kasumi giggled. The two looked at her.
“ Sorry. I didn’t mean to laugh.” She said. “ It’s just… You’re pretty good friends, huh?”
“ I like to think we are.” Ren nodded. “ We’ve only known eachother a brief period but we’ve been through a lot together.”
“ Must be fun. I wish I had a hobby like that.” From the corner of his eye, Ren noticed Sumire stiffen.
“ I’d have thought working in a games bar would have given you plenty of new pass times.”
“ I’m just the waitress. I’m assuming it’s the same for arcade workers. The last thing you’d want to do after getting off work, surrounded by games, is play a video game, y’know? Or read if you worked in a book shop. Maybe it’s just me but it all just feels like part of the job.”
“ I guess I didn’t see it that way.” Ren admitted.
“ Heh. You’re not the only one. I think the first thing that happens when I tell people I work at Penguin Sniper is joking how I must be good at darts.” She giggled. “ Maybe I should pick up cosplaying too.”
“ Ha ha. Well, I’d say you’re welcome to join but I’d have to convince Akechi and the others.”
“ Sorry to interrupt but the fireworks are starting.” Mr Yoshizawa said. Everyone in the sky tower looked out of the windows. Rain was beginning to splash onto them. In the distance, the sky exploded into colour. They watched in amazement. Ren didn’t get a good look at them before as they were hidden behind a lot of the buildings but they were pretty impressive. The sudden downpour outside meant they didn’t last long. Below, people were being ushered into buildings to get them out of the rain.
“ That’s it?” Luca scowled. “ Why does it have to rain now of all times?”
“ The weather is fickle, isn’t it?” Kaoru sighed. “ Well, it’s not like this wasn’t expected.”
“ Was it forecast?” Kasumi asked. “ I forgot to check.”
“ Yes but it said light showers.” Her father said. “ You can’t trust anyone these days.”
“ Maybe the Phantom Thieves could change the weather’s heart and give us clear skies on night's like this.” She joked.
“ The thieves don’t work like that.” Tao sighed.
“ If only they did.” Kaoru said. “ Perhaps we wouldn’t be getting wet on our way home.”
***************************************
July 19th
The next day brought the Medjed threat and Ren couldn’t care less. He knew what it was this time. Shido trying to raise them up even higher. They’d managed to stop it the last time thanks to Futaba but learned later they’d planned on having Medjed defeated at the last second anyway. Hifumi asked for them to meet up after school so he planned on talking about it then. In the meantime, he just laughed about the threat with Haru and Shiho on the school roof.
When they reached the cafe, they found a very distant looking Hifumi. Ren knew she had a Shogi game the night before. He assumed it didn’t go that well. Before anyone could ask, she spoke. “ We need to steal Mom’s heart.”
“ What?” Shiho looked shocked. “ What happened?”
“ I won my game last night but the guy I was playing at was so sloppy. He made so many obvious blunders and I couldn’t take it anymore.” She sighed. “ Backstage, I told Mom I knew she paid him off. We got into an argument about it. She eventually snapped and said she made me and if only I’d listen to her, she’d make sure I was rich and famous.” Hifumi scowled. “ I’ve had enough.”
“ Does she have a shadow?” Kaoru asked.
“ Yeah. She does” Ren nodded. “ The place she was in the last time should’ve just opened. Akazari… Okehazama… Akkyiz… uh…”
“ I told you last time to just call it Gebura.” Akechi shook his head. “ But yes. Joker confirmed in the past that Hifumi’s mother does have a shadow. It’s in Mementos.”
“ The subway you mentioned. It’ll be interesting to see it in person.”
“ What about the other matter?” Tao asked. “ Those hacker weirdos.”
“ Medjed you mean.” Hikari nodded. “ They’re rivals of Alibaba but they’ve never done something like this before. It’s kind of scary. What are we going to do, Ren?”
“ Oh, that’s easy.” Ren smirked. “ Nothing.” The others looked at him in shock. However Akechi just sighed.
“ So you know. I was curious since it’s quite the plan Shido cooked up. I assumed you never went after his inner circle. Just cut the head off the snake.”
“ Yeah. That’s exactly what we did.” Ren said. “ His cognition told us everything we needed to know.”
“ What are you talking about?” Tao asked. Ren and Akechi shared a look before the detective sighed.
“ To put it simply, Medjed is a false flag operation. It’s not the real Medjed. It’s Shido’s inner circle playing. They’re going to use an elaborate hoax in order to boost the Phantom Thieves popularity to its peak. It doesn’t matter if we act or not. The Phantom Thieves will save the day at the last moment. Then, at that height, they're going to execute a major threat after flooding the phansite with messages, tricking them into taking their heart. They haven’t decided on who but there’s a few top names though I’m assuming it’s going to be Okumura, yes?”
“ You’re right. We fell for it hook, line and sinker. We went above Shido’s expectations and actually shut Medjed down thanks to Futaba. Then we took Okumura’s heart only for you to kill his shadow, causing him to have a mental shutdown live on air. The country turned against us, you tried tricking us into taking out Sae and then getting me arrested but we figured you out, turned the tables and took Shido down in the end.”
“ Yes, yes. You’re a true genius. Congratulations.” Akechi said dryly.
“ You’re just mad you ain’t as smart as you think, huh Defective Prince?” Tao said in a mocking tone.
“ That’s not… I’m sorry? What did you just call me?”
“ So, if we do nothing Medjed will take care of itself?” Hifumi asked.
“ Right. But I won’t let Okumura die this time. We need Haru on board.”
“ I hope it’s soon.” Tao huffed. “ More I hear about that bastard, the more I want to punch him.”
“ She said she’d call us when she’s ready. All we have to do is get a route to the treasure and wait for her. Before then, it’s time for another dive.”
“ May the gods have mercy on my soul…” Shiho mumbled.
***************************************
Poor Shiho was on her knees by the time they reached the bottom of Akzeriyyuth. Ren told her a few times she could head back but she just held tightly to her grappling hook and shook her head. To her credit, she wasn’t screaming as much this time but Ren couldn’t tell if she was getting used to it or if she was just keeping her jaw clenched. From how pale she was rushing around the subway, he assumed it might have been the latter. They found a few of the usual portals where specific people they entered were, changing the three targets he remembered from before, but they didn’t find Hifumi’s mother. Not until they reached the gate.
“ Here was me thinking your childish tantrum was finished now, Hifumi.” Mitsuyu Togo scowled at her daughter as they approached. “ But to think you’d come to me dressed like a circus clown. A samurai indeed. It would seem that you are just as stuck in the past as ever. Even with your father gone, you still cling to his shadow.”
“ Mother.” Hifumi grimaced.
“ I hope you aren’t surprised I can recognise you. You are my daughter and I am your mother. I can recognise you no matter what juvenile disguise you decide to put on. If you spent time training your shogi and making yourself look presentable, you’d be far more popular.”
“ I don’t want to be popular. Not in the way you're trying to make me popular.” Hifumi declared. “ I won’t stand for you rigging my games any more, Mother.”
" Rigging? Ha. How foolish. It’s simply a price to move you up the ladder. For our success, I’ll do anything. If I have to rig a few games, I’ll do it. If I have to hire a private investigator and sell smear stories to the press, I’ll do it. So long as we end up rich, with your name plastered in lights across all of Japan, I’ll do it.”
“ For us? Don’t lie and say this is for us. This is all for your sake! You’re using me as a tool for your success!” Hifumi’s mother went silent at the accusation. Then, she chuckled.
“ And so what if I am?” She said. “ I birthed you. I raised you. You are my child. So what if I want a little back from my investment?”
“ Your investment?” Tao echoed in disgust. “ She’s your fucking daughter.”
“ She’s also my ticket to riches.” Hifumi’s mother snapped. “ Once Hifumi is a famous Shogi player, I can finally be happy. She owes me that much for everything I’ve done for her. Shogi is the only thing she’s good for. Just like her worthless father.”
“ My father was not worthless!” Hifumi screamed. “ He was everything to us before he died! Don’t you dare say anything against his memory!”
“ What’s there to say? He was a dreamer who abandoned us both and all he left behind was your shogi skill. It would have been better if I never met him.” Before she could continue, the body of the shadow was blown back by a fiery explosion, rocketing her across the train tracks. Ren looked up in alarm to see Hifumi, her face twisted in rage as her eyes glowed in anger, her persona at her back.
“ Dragon!” He shouted.
“ I know.” She growled. They didn’t have time to talk as a giant snake shot from the smoke towards Hifumi. She dodged it as the shadow remerged, now in the shape of a middle aged woman with pink hair, naked other than strange black markings and craters in her skin. The snake coiled around her as she stepped back onto the platform.
“ Ignorant brat. Where did I go so wrong? I suppose it’s up to the parent to discipline her children.” Shadow Mitsuyu gestured at them. The snake raised its head, its throat bulging before spewing poisonous, black smoke at the thieves. Kaoru made a move before Shiho could, using Hektor’s winds to blow the smoke away. This gave Akechi the perfect opening to send Loki rushing forwards with a sweeping slash. The snake slithered around her, lifting its tail to block the blade. Lightning crackled around the shadows hand before it blasted Loki with an electrical beam.
“ She’s stronger than she was before.” Ren noted.
“ Mother never was one to admit she’s wrong without a fight.” Hifumi said. “ Perhaps me being here made her willpower stronger. It doesn’t really matter in the end.” She spun her spear in her hand as her mask burned off her face.
“ Don’t go too far. If you kill the shadow-”
“ I told you. I know.” Hifumi reassured him. “ I won’t go that far. No matter what, I don’t want my mother to die. Please, leave this to me.” Ren nodded slowly. He trusted Hifumi. He wanted to believe she wouldn’t go too far. Hifumi leapt at her mother, her spear burning as Kiyohime traveled with her. Spear struck scales as smoke filled the air. “ I won’t let you do this anymore, Mother.”
“ Since when was the choice yours?” She asked as the snake pushed her off. Hifumi dodged a blast of lightning before snapping her fingers, causing Kiyohime to launch a wave of flames at the shadow.
“ It’s never been mine.” She admitted. “ Despite how much I wanted something, ultimately I’ve never had the right to choose my destiny. Not until I met Joker and the other thieves. But that ends now. I’ll steal my future from you if I must.”
“ Ridiculous.” Her mother scoffed. “ You cannot claim what has never been yours. I won’t let you take my happiness away from me!” The snake lashed out again. Hifumi caught its jaws on the pole of her spear.
“ Everything I did was because I wanted you to be proud of me.” She said. “ After father died, I wanted you to be happy because I thought doing so would make me happy. All the theatrics. The stupid, uncomfortable dresses and over the top makeup. I did all of that for you. But did you ever stop and consider if it was what I wanted to do? What about my happiness?” Mitsuyu hesitated.
“ I… Everything I did was for your sake. How can you not understand that? I wanted both of us to be happy. Do you know what it’s like being a single mother in this society? The pain? The looks? Everything saw me as nothing and I was left with nothing. Not until you won that tournament and became something. I didn’t want you to have to live the pain of being poor like I had. Of being an outcast like I was after your father past away. I refuse to return to that misery. Just listen to me. I will ensure we’re both successful in this world.”
“ If your success comes at the cost of others then I don’t want it.” Hifumi told her. “ I want to win on my own merits. You using deceit to force my wins shows you don’t think I have what it takes. How could I accept that my own mother doesn’t believe in me? How could I be happy with that?!” The words looked like they’d stabbed her mother in the heart. Darkness leaked off the shadow as her form returned to its original self. Mitsuyu looked pained. Disappointed. Not in her daughter this time but in herself.
“ I… You’re right.” She admitted. “ I… I never thought about how all of this could affect you. I just wanted us to be happy.”
“ No. You wanted us to be rich.”
“ I wanted to make sure we’d never have to want for anything ever again. But… I see now I went too far for that goal. For your life, I ruined other people’s lives. In return, all I’ve done is put yours at risk. If it became publicly known what I’ve done…” She sighed. “ You’ve grown up, Hifumi. I can’t believe I never saw it.”
“ Every little girl has to at some point. How else can the Togo Kingdom rise if its empress keeps dreaming?”
“ Ha ha. I suppose so.” With a last, sad smile, Mitsuyu Togo vanished into light. Hifumi stood there silently.
“ Are you OK?” Ren asked.
“ Can I… ask you something?” She said slowly. “ In your timeline, did I forgive her?”
“ I… don’t know.” Ren said truthfully. “ You never brought her up after her change of heart and I wasn’t going to ask.”
“ I see.” Hifumi was silent for a few more moments, contemplating everything. “ She’s my mother. After my father died, it was just her and me for the longest time. She struggled so hard to raise me. She went too far in the end but am I meant to blame her for that? But… How can I forgive her? I didn’t ask for this. I didn’t want this. She’s made my life hell. Maybe it was for me. Maybe it was so we didn’t have to struggle anymore. And… even if her heart changes and she tries to make up for what she did I… I don’t know what to do. I can’t decide…”
“ That’s a burden for you to bear.” Akechi told her. “ She’s your family but she hurt you deeply. Whether you forgive her and try to move on or snub her and leave her behind. We can’t make that choice for you.”
“ I know that.” She said. “ You made your choice, after all. Was it hard?”
“ No.” Akechi admitted. “ When I chose to burn Shido, it was a simple choice. But it was a choice that has had heavy consequences. That’s why you must be ready whenever you make your own choice, Dragon, for what happens next.”
“ Right.” She said, sadly. “ I get it.” She turned around. “ Let’s just get out of here.” They watched as Hifumi walked past them. Despite her mother’s shadow being defeated, she looked more troubled than ever, lik she had the weight of the world on her shoulders. Hikari and Tao ran after her with Shiho and Kaoru walking behind. Ren just looked at Akechi.
“ That felt out of character for you.”
“ I can be kind sometimes.” Akechi said. He closed his eyes. “ She reminded me of myself from back then. On the cusp of doing something incredibly stupid. Her anger is a familiar one as well.”
“ Do you regret what you chose?”
“ Some days.” Akechi admitted. “ Do you regret standing up to Shido?”
“ Some days.” Ren told him. “ What we’re doing here is necessary. I know that. But… after losing to Yaldabaoth, losing Futaba, knowing I’ll lose everyone else if I keep going. Some days I wish I was a normal high school student.”
“ But who would you save then?”
“ I helped people with their homework before. With their studies or in sports. I was a popular guy back home. I was going to join the student council.”
“ That doesn’t surprise me.” Akechi said. “ It’s a shame none of those people you were so popular with stood up for you in the end. Justice is a thankless mission.”
“ You’re right.” Ren nodded. “ But that doesn’t mean I’m going to stop.”
“ Of course not.” Akechi said. “ But my warning goes for you as well, Joker. You must be ready for the consequences of your choices.”
“ Are you ready for yours?” Akechi didn’t answer.
“ I believe we’ve left them waiting long enough, don’t you?”
“ I guess so.” Ren nodded. As the two walked out, Ren couldn’t help but notice the pained look in Akechi’s eyes. Ren knew Akechi wasn’t ready. Just as Ren knew he wasn’t ready either. The consequences were coming up on the both of them. Whether they liked it or not, the two thieves would have to get ready. If they didn’t, Ren wasn’t sure they’d survive what came next.
Notes:
Knowing the future is beneficial some times.
Mitsuyu Togo is SMTV Lilith since she fits both the idea of motherhood and the theme of Ryuji's dungeon, where all the side bosses are SMTV demons in case you forgot. I ran out of old palace rulers for the Mementos bosses already which is unfortunate since they made the Mementos sections easier to plan. Kamoshida, Madarame and Kaneshiro were perfect, even if I skipped the Madarame boss to do a Shiho chapter. Mitsuyu was a Gebura boss so she made perfect sense. I don't think I mention it often but the Mementos shadows from the main game are all dealt with as the thieves go through Mementos since Ren remembers that they're there, along with a few new ones from the Phansite. On the days I don't write, the Phantom Thieves are doing Mementos side content or Ren's doing social links. If I wrote every day then we'd be here for at least an extra two years. There's someone out there doing a Phantom Thief Nanako fic that's doing something like that and the fic is currently 402 chapters long and they're around the same date I'm currently on, funnily enough. I promise I didn't plan that when I brought it up. I just checked while writing this. The fic's called "Steal the Truth, Reach out for your Heart" if anyone's interested. It's pretty good despite the length.
Chapter 37: The Pierrot's Stage
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 22nd
Goro approached the head scientist involved in Shido’s Metaverse experiments. He knew he was taking an unnecessary risk but, at this point, he’d exhausted all other avenues of investigation. He knew Kasumi’s sister had a palace however he couldn’t find out where. He’d looked at all the places he had assumed could be her trauma location. Her home, her school, the arena where she’d failed her last competition. None of it had been the location. Even then, he didn’t know the distortion. A colosseum? A stage? A torture chamber? He didn’t have this trouble with corrupt CEOs. Their empires were always their businesses. The place they commanded. But Sumire Yoshizawa didn’t command anywhere. It was just like Amamiya’s foster sister. She treated her room like a tomb because she felt trapped there by her personal issues. What did Sumire fear and why?
“ Ah. Akechi. I wasn’t expecting you.”
“ Apologies for dropping in unannounced, Kanamasa. I understand you’re busy. I need to borrow your sensors.”
“ Oh? A mission from Mister Shido?”
“ A personal favour, actually. I didn’t want to worry anyone about this but I need a palace found. Sae Niijima.”
“ The prosecutor? Are you sure she has one?”
“ Positive. She’s gotten too close to the case. I was hoping to time her out in mementos but she’s one step ahead of me in that regard. I never thought someone as uptight as her would have a palace but this world keeps surprising me.”
“ Doesn’t it surprise us all?” Kanamasa chuckled. “ Are you sure it’s wise though? Going after the Prosecutor? If something happens to her…”
“ I’m more well versed with dealing with shadows than you are, Kanamasa. Perhaps I’ll try.. What was it? Steal her heart?”
“ The Phantom Thieves. Ha ha. To think that another group may be using similar methods to us. What’s the deal with Medjed by the by? I know it’s one of Takeshi’s ploys but I haven’t heard the full plan.”
“ Takeshi proposed a false flag operation. He faked a takeover from the hacker group Medjed. If they don’t respond, we can artificially increase the thieves' popularity and then make them the scapegoat for the death of another thorn in our side killing two birds with one stone. If they do, then we don’t have to worry about anyone else using the metaverse to work against us. It’s a simple plan but an effective one. Surprising as it may be from Takeshi.”
“ Hmm. Fascinating.” The scientist began working on his computer. “ I suppose it’s for the best. Once Shido becomes Prime Minister, the metaverse is going to need to be locked down. I guess you’ll be in charge of keeping an eye on it.”
“ On that side, yes. I imagine your team will still be busy.”
“ Won’t we just? I feel out of my league sometimes. It’s a shame that Ms Ishiki had to turn her back on us.” Goro tensed. “ She was my teacher and a genius. Too many morals.”
“ A poor man’s quality.”
“ Yep. Can’t make an omelette without breaking a few eggs. I guess she was just one of those eggs in the end.” The man sat back, spinning on his swivel chair to face him again. “ I guess that makes you the spoon, huh?”
“ That sounds like an insult.” Goro said through gritted teeth.
“ Hey. I’m only joking. Sorry if it sounded like that.”
“ Just do your job, Kanamasa. We’re both spoons for Shido. Don’t forget that.” Goro told him. “ Also, I use the bowl to break eggs. It’s less to clean.”
“ Noted.” The man said tersely, turning back to the screen. Goro assumed he took that as a threat. Good. Maybe he’d say something less stupid the next time he opened his mouth. The room fell into silence as the two waited for the results. Shido had hidden devices all across Tokyo. They did a few things, all of them illegal, but one of them was detecting distortions caused by the metaverse. While Mementos was something he stumbled onto by chance thanks to the Metaverse app, the locations and identities of the rest were found by Kanamasa’s team from this room and the others like it. It was easy accessing palaces when two thirds of the access code had already been found for you.
“ Here we are. All the distortions currently in Tokyo. Let’s see.” Goro looked at the screen. A map of Tokyo was displayed, certain areas flashing where the sensors had detected anomalies. A lot of them were old. City Hall, owned by Shido. Okumura’s palace at Big Bang Burger’s headquarters. The cultists had one, likely owned by whoever their supposed Herald was. Akagi had one in the SIU building. Shujin didn’t have one anymore. He wondered if Kobayakawa had in Amamiya’s timeline. There were a few others, mostly inconsequential. “ Hmmm… Now you mention it, there is one at the courthouse. I just assumed it was some crooked judge but it would make sense for it to be Niijima. She has been called the Queen of the Courtroom by a few tabloids.”
“ I suppose so. Hmm. I forgot there was one there, I’ll admit.” He said. “ Are there any new ones that have appeared since I last checked in?”
“ There’s always new ones. They pop up and vanish even without your intervention. Three popped up this month though.”
“ Where?”
“ The docks, I’m guessing some fishery or factory owner or something is getting a big head. There’s another in the financial district. Nothing new there. Finally, there’s one here.” He pointed at a small ping in Shinjuku.
“ What’s there?”
“ Some sort of gym is what it looked like. Athletes must practise there. Maybe an Olympian thinking he’s the leader of his team. The Rio Olympics start in two weeks after all. Stress and anger probably made a temporary palace. It’ll be gone by Autumn.”
“ I see.” Goro stood up. “ I appreciate your work, Kanamasa. I’d appreciate it more if you kept it out of Shido’s attention.”
“ He’ll learn soon enough if you’re doing the usual.”
“ I don’t always kill people, Kanamasa. There are subtler ways to take down people. I employ them a lot more often than you may think.”
“ Well, you’re the expert. Good luck on your mission. Try not to make a mess.”
“ Worry not. I’m a clean cook.”
***********************************************
July 24th
Ren looked up at the small gym. Aratani Gymnastics wasn’t a grand place but it was where a lot of young gymnasts got their start under the tutelage of various instructors, notably Ms Hiraguchi who Kasumi had mentioned.. Akechi had called him here. It had surprised him. He hadn’t expected Akechi to be looking into Sumire on his own, let alone find an actual lead. He sat on a bench in a small grassy area across the street from it. “ I’ve already confirmed the name and location.” Akechi said as Ren sat down beside him. “ All we need is the key word.”
“ I never thought to check her training grounds.” Ren admitted. “ How’d you find it?”
“ I have contacts.”
“ You used Shido’s men? That’s risky.”
“ I pretended to be looking for Sae’s palace under the excuse that she was getting too close to the conspiracy. I’ll deal with it if I need to. I don’t expect this to need more than the two of us to handle.”
“ Don’t be so confident. You never know what dangers could be in a palace.”
“ She’s a stressed gymnast.”
“ And Futaba was a depressed shut-in. You saw what was in there.”
“ Hmm. I suppose you have a point. Well, we can at least see what it’s like and plan from there, yes?”
“ Assuming we can get in.” Ren said. “ Tried anything?”
“ The obvious. Dance hall. Colosseum. Torture chamber. Jail. Things of that nature.”
“ Places she can perform or things that hurt her. I see.” Ren hummed. “ A person pretending to be someone else… Movie studio?”
“ No Candidate Found.” The app blared.
“ Taking that route, hmm? Alright. Cinema”
“ No Candidate Found.”
“ Hmm. If her obsession with her sister is like Kasumi worries it is, it’ll likely be a lot grander than that. A place she can truly show that she’s accomplishing someone elses goals. A place where she can hear the praise herself for achieving that.” The two figured out at the same time.
“ A Theater.”
“ Candidate Found. Beginning Transportation.” The world began to ripple around them. For veterans of the metaverse, such a sudden transition didn’t even cause them to flinch. Ren was almost amused by how casual it all felt. It was like any other meeting between friends. Like they were going to the cinema or getting a meal. Just a simple activity that, to anyone else, would be a life changing experience. It was strange to think he’d reached a level of familiarity with the young man he once thought of as his greatest rival.
As the world came into focus, their eyes were drawn upwards. The small and simple gym was gone now. In its place was a grand theater, shining like a star amidst the city. Spotlights shone into the air, becoming a beacon that brought people in. Everything about the building seemed like it was trying to become as eye-catching as possible. People flooded the entryway. Ren read the name of the theater, shining with bright lights. “ Aratani Theater. Home of the great Pierrot.”
“ The fool, huh? It would seem you have competition, Joker.” Akechi remarked snidely. “ Regardless, it would seem we’re not considered threats seeing as we haven’t changed forms.”
“ Keep your mask close.” Ren said, standing. “ I don’t think we’re getting in through the front door.”
“ Breaking through the crowd wouldn’t be a fitting entrance for a thief, would it? Let’s see what we can do.” The two approached the theater. It reminded him of Madarame’s Museum. Cognitive figures blocked the entryway to the theater, stretching down the path so far the line went out of view. The doors were completely blocked. They weren’t getting in that way so it was time for another approach. They found a fire escape next to a neighbouring building that let them get onto the roof of the theater with some usage of their grappling hooks. Finding an open window in the sky light, they descended down into the attic of the theater, finding it filled with old, dusty boxes of previous props. Notably to Ren was a costume tossed carelessly onto the ground. It was a gymnastics uniform.
The inside of the theater was even more glamorous than the outside. Every wall was painted gold and decorated with velvet carpets, bronze pillars and plant pots made of fancy china. They were five floors up but there was no security to be found. It was as if Sumire wanted them looking around. To see her inner workings. By now, he’d have expected the shadow to see him as a hostile presence but he and Akechi were still in their normal clothes despite breaking in. It was strange. They were able to make it all the way down to the first floor without incident.
They peered downstairs but found nothing. Despite the grand theater seemingly waiting for an audience, the doors were barricaded shut, preventing them form entering. Despite that, they still piled against the glass, trying to get in. “ They look like they’re waiting for something.” Ren said. “ Star actress?”
“ I’d imagine so. Unless Yoshizawa is the theater’s director.”
“ From what Kasumi has told us about her, I doubt that. She sounds like she feels pressured into becoming her sister before she was hurt. This theater is a good representation of that. I doubt she’d be pulling the strings of other actors if she’s being forced into becoming one.”
“ That does make sense I suppose.” Akechi admitted. “ In that case, I believe I know where the Shadow may be. Come on.” They retreated up a few floors and entered the main theater, entering into one of the top boxes. It looked like a fancy stage theater. There were countless seats for a massive audience with the stage itself looking like something he’d only seen in movies. All of that however wasn’t what caught the two thieves’ attention however. On the figure was a stage and above her, a center piece to the decor, was her treasure. “ That’s too easy.” Akechi mused.
“ We’ll need to find a route to get up there.”
“ Perhaps we can shoot it down.”
“ I don’t know what’ll happen if the treasure is broken. At best, her heart gets stolen. At worst, she has a mental shutdown and dies. I’d rather not risk it.”
“ Hmm. Very well.” Akechi relented. “ Let’s get out of here then. We can plan our next move when we’re out.” Ren nodded. However, as they turned to leave, a small chuckle stopped them in place.
“ The good thing about grand halls like these is that sound carries.” The Shadow on the stage called. “ An early audience leaving before the curtains have even raised? Won’t you at least listen to my play?” Ren walked towards the end of the box.
“ Sorry. No time today. When we come for your treasure, maybe we’ll give your show a watch.”
“ Pah. A heckler. How drole.” The shadow turned with a wicked grin. She stood in an elegant dark blue dress, the same shade as the discarded gymnastics uniform Ren had seen before. Her red hair was tied back into a ponytail and her eyes glistened in the spotlight above. Ren and Akechi shared a troubled expression. Looking up at them was not Sumire Yoshizawa like they had assumed. Instead, it was the face of her sister Kasumi, the same face Ren considered a friend. “ Never mind. So long as you come to watch, I’ll accept anyone. Come and witness the great Kasumi Yoshizawa.”
“ Kasumi? Or is Sumire Yoshizawa?”
“ Hush.” The Shadow’s voice burned with tranquil anger. “ There is no part for a talentless actor such as she. The failure’s part is over. Now the star has taken to the stage. Do not waste my time with such trivial nonsense.”
“ Shame. That was the actor I was hoping to meet. I can’t steal the heart of someone I don’t know, after all.”
“ The part of the daring thief, is it? Is that the mask that you wear? You seem to be quite the storied actor to show such confidence in front of the heroine with such ease. Or is that another mask you wear? Tell me, daring thief. How many masks do you have?” Ren didn’t answer. “ Hmm hmm hmm. I see. A storied actor indeed. I do hope you come and watch my show. All are welcomed so long as they witness me.”
“ Why do you want to be seen?”
“ What is an actress without a captive audience? I am Kasumi Yoshizawa. I shall play my role to perfection. So witness me. Praise me. Adore me. All as I deserve.”
“ Heh. It’s a date.”
“ Ho ho. Don’t cause a scandal now.” She winked playfully. “ I shall be waiting for when the curtains rise. Until then, dear watcher.” The shadow bowed before leaving the stage.
“ It seems you were right about Sumire playing the part.” Akechi said. “ Though did she get under your skin back there?”
“ I don’t know what you’re talking about.” Ren started to leave. Akechi chuckled.
“ Oh, I’m sure you don’t.” He said, following him as they retreated back up the gilded stairs. “ The mask of the perfect student. The mask of the good friend. The mask of Joker. I wonder if anyone knows your real face.”
“ You’re the last person I want to hear talking about wearing masks and pretending to be someone else.” Ren shot back. “ Detective, murderer and now thief.”
“ At least I’m honest about not being who I say I am.”
“ You really think I’d go through all of this if I didn’t want to save everyone?”
“ Of course not. But I also think that you need to be more truthful with yourself. After all, the altruistic hero you love to show off that you are isn’t the real you either, is it?” Ren didn’t answer so Akechi kept going. “ That hero complex of yours has a purpose after all. If people need you, you get to feel good about yourself and they can’t get rid of you. Not again.” Ren spun, slashing at Akechi with his dagger. The detective didn’t flinch as the blade struck inches from his chest. “ Did I strike a nerve?”
“ Are you finished?” He asked coldly.
“ For now.” Akechi nodded. “ But one day, I’m going to make you admit it. That the great heroic thief stealing the hearts of vile criminals everywhere is just as selfish as the rest of us, doing everything he does just to satisfy his own distorted desires.”
“ Do what you want.” Ren said. “ So long as you help us defeat the God of Control, I don’t really care.”
“ Of course. And maybe one day I’ll be privee to your group's little secrets.”
“ What do you mean?”
“ I’m not stupid. I know you have a separate group chat where you and the others discuss your real plans. I know you still don’t trust and, frankly, that’s smart. I wouldn’t trust someone like me either. I would just hope by now you’d stop pretending like you do.”
“ You’re right.” He admitted. “ I don’t trust you. But I know you want to be better than you are.”
“ Ha. Don’t be absurd.”
“ Now who’s not being honest with themselves, Crow?” Ren smirked. “If you didn’t, why are you even here? You used Shido’s people to find this place. There’s no benefit for you helping Kasumi. Using the methods you did was a risk for you. You did it on your own. There’s only one reason someone like you would suddenly be so altruistic. And you’ve already shown how much killing Wakaba had on you.”
“ Tch. How about you shut up too and we agree to drop this?” Akechi scowled.
“ For now.” Ren said snidely. He watched as Akechi used his grappling hook to leap back through the sky light and chuckled. Perhaps Akechi was right and he had started being a thief for selfish reasons. Perhaps he was right and Akechi wanted to change. Right now, none of that mattered. He hurled his hook up and pulled himself out of the sky light before returning to the small park below. Tomorrow, they’d find the path to the treasure. But first, they had to make sure they could get a card for her. As the world warped around them, he decided to make a call. He wondered when Kasumi’s next day off was.
Notes:
So, about this arc. The Sumire Arc was actually the last arc I planned for this fic, to the point I was 12 chapters deep before I decided to include it. You can tell that from early on because this fic doesn't touch on any of the Royal content. I think I mentioned this earlier but Ren's original timeline is the one from the base Persona 5, not Royal. This means he never met Kasumi or Maruki. Initially, Kasumi was actually just going to be a side character that was used in the scenes with Ren and Akechi with Ren basically back seating Akechi through a social link with her. Sumire wasn't even going to appear unless I needed a mementos shadow for that arc. That was all their role was initially. Then I started planning date ahead of the chapter I was on and you can blame Futaba for this because her dungeon lasts an entire god damn month and that's not just a problem I have with her. For a game that makes sense since it gives you a few days for the palace and one for the boss with a chance to grind in Mementos or get Social Link abilities between then. Maybe an ultimate persona for some party members. For a story though, it's a pain cause I had to figure out a way to fill August and I can't do Haru until September for various reasons. So, Royal managed to sneak up on me despite my attempts to avoid it and now we have Shadow Sumire. Hope you enjoy.
Also, The Tower is up on The Fool's Journey where we get to see what new friends Shinya's made in this timeline
Chapter 38: Keep Your Faith
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 25th
As luck would have it, Kasumi was off the day after their first visit to the palace. Ren agreed to meet her in Inokashira Park in the morning, Akechi coming along. They didn’t want to get the other thieves involved for all of this. While they’d met, Kasumi was mainly Ren and Akechi’s friend and the palace seemed simple enough to deal with. They just had to find a way to get backstage and onto the catwalks above the stage. They could pull the treasure down from there. With Sumire seemingly wanting them there, they didn’t expect any hostility until they delivered the calling card. And, while Hikari was Sumire’s friend, they decided it would be easier to have Kasumi be the one to give it to her. After all, with how Sumire was right now, it was likely she wouldn’t respond to a meet up with her friend.
“ I was surprised when you called.” Kasumi told them. “ Not often I get to meet with friends outside of work anymore.”
“ Why’s that?” Ren asked.
“ Everyone’s so busy these days. Most of them are off in different cities attending college or working like I am. Getting everyone’s schedule to line up is awkward.”
“ I can understand that. Taka’s always says he’s too busy.”
“ Taka?”
“ Oh. Ishitaka. He’s my brother. He’s training to be a surgeon at the university in Sendai.”
“ That’s cool.” Kasumi smiled. “ So what have you two been up to?”
“ Finals.” Ren shrugged.
“ Cases.” Akechi sighed. “How about you?”
“ Work.” Kasumi deflated slightly. “ Life sucks, huh?”
“ It’s not getting any easier.” Ren admitted. “ How’s Sumire?”
“ Not… getting any better.” Kasumi said sadly. “ I wish she was but…” She shook her head.
“ Sorry to hear that.” Ren said, trying to sound like that was a surprise.
“ Yeah. Well. What can you do? I’m doing my best. We all are. I just wish there was a better way, y’know?”
“ What if there was?” Akechi said. “ Ask the Phantom Thieves to change her heart.”
“ Are you making a joke?” Kasumi asked in an annoyed tone.
“ Just a theory.” Akechi said neutrally. “ There’s nothing saying that only bad people can have a change of heart, after all. Perhaps they can fix a broken one.”
“ I thought you were investigating them. Why would you suggest that I ask them for help?” Kasumi’s eyes slowly rose as she put the pieces together. “ Unless you know for sure they’ll help. This… isn’t just friends hanging out, is it?” Akechi sighed.
“ Not anymore, it seems.”
“ You need to learn to be more tactful.” Ren told him.
“ And how many of your friends figured you out, hmm?”
“ That’s not what we’re talking about right now.”
“ Exactly.”
“ So both of you are members of the Phantom Thieves?” Kasumi asked, shocked. “ All this time?”
“ Since the beginning of the school year.” Ren nodded.
“ That’s crazy.”
“ It gets a lot crazier. But all we need you to do is give your sister the calling card.”
“ So… you can help her?” Ren nodded. “ How?”
“ That… is complicated.”
“ I have time.”
“ It can’t really be explained either.”
“ Then show me.”
“ That’s a bad idea.”
“ Now you’re suddenly worried about bad ideas.” Akechi snarked. “ This wouldn’t be the first time we’ve taken someone unrelated in there. Didn’t you want to take Nagamoto in just so she could get through a door?”
“ That was different. We had no other choice.”
“ So you’re saying we had no other choice with Togo as well, hmm?” Ren grimaced. He couldn’t argue against that one. “ I say she has the right to know. This is her sister after all.”
“ Since when are you the one to push for these kinds of things? Aren’t you the one who says that it’s a bad idea and complains whenever I try this?”
“ Horrible idea, yes.” Akechi nodded.
“ Then why?” Akechi smiled.
“ Because the way I see it, now that she knows who we are and that we can help her sister become well again, she’s not going to let us walk away until she gets answers.”
“ You’re right about that.” Kasumi confirmed. “ Whatever it is you’re going to do, I want in. This is my sister you’re talking about. I’m going to save her, no matter what.” Ren sighed. That determination was far too familiar.
“ Fine.” He relented. “ Just… prepare yourself, Kasumi. You may wish you stayed out of this when we show you how we’re going to save Sumire.”
“ I promise you that won’t happen.”
“ And don’t make promises you can’t keep.” Akechi added. “ Believe me. Amamiya is already horrible when it comes to that.”
“ What’s that meant to mean?”
“ A story for another time.” Ren said tersely. “ Come on. We’ve got a train to catch.”
*************************************
“ What?!” Kasumi exclaimed as the world came into focus. “ I… What is… Why is Coach Hiraguchi’s gym a Theater now?! What just happened?!” Ren and Akechi watch as she stares up at the lights shining from the theater’s spotlights.
“ I’m curious. How often does this happen?”
“ The surprise you mean? You’d be surprised.” He admitted. “ I was like her and so was Ryuji. Ann was too mad to care. Yusuke was a mix between shock and sadness. Makoto rolled with it. Futaba acted like it was normal. Then Haru was shown by Morgana so I didn’t get to see her reaction.”
“ Hmm. I suppose it depends on how well someone can handle the unknown in that case.”
“ Hey! Stop psychoanalysing me!” Kasumi turned on her heel. “ Seriously, what is happening? You just messed with your phone and… This.”
“ We’re inside your sisters’ heart.” Ren explained. “ This is the result of her distorted emotions. Inside, there’s a treasure. When we give her a calling card, it manifests. We were going to find out how to reach it today but we know where it is.”
“ Usually, we’re dressed up in silly costumes but your sister welcomes us here.” Akechi said. “ Assumedly, it’s because she wants to be seen.”
“ Wants to be seen, huh?” Kasumi said, her tone somewhat distant. “ Why? I… I tried to be there for her.” She grit her teeth. “ I can find answers in there, right?”
“ Don’t charge in. It’s dangerous. There’s things in here only we can fight. If they appear, please stay back.” Ren told her. Kasumi closed her eyes, pulling herself away from her sister’s mental world. She nodded slowly.
“ OK. So long as we save Sumire by the time we’re done.”
“ By the way palaces work, it won’t be today. We need to reach her treasure and then give her the calling card. We do that and her treasure appears. Then we steal her treasure, this place vanishes and the people have their hearts changed.” Ren explained.
“ I guess it would be too easy to ask for something simple.” She sighed. “ FIne. I’ll be right behind you.” They climbed back up to the roof and down into the sky light, once more heading down to the bottom floor. Kasumi looked around the gilded halls in awe. It was all so brilliant. So eye-catching. She couldn’t help but wonder if it was the riches that Sumire secretly wanted or if it was what she thought people wanted of her? Fame and fortune. Kasumi felt her heart being squeezed inside her chest. She would prefer her sister to be happy rather than famous.“ What are we looking for?” Kasumi asked, trying to get her mind off
“ The treasure.” Akechi told her.
“ Yeah, but what is it?”
“ A glitching mass of distorted energy. Right now, it’s hanging above the stage. Our mission is to find a safe way to reach it.”
“ Can’t you just… I dunno. Throw something? You have those hook things.”
“ See, that’s what I said. But Joker is worried.”
“ It’s a valid worry.” Ren said. “ We’re inside her heart. One wrong move and she could die. I’d rather not risk that.”
“ She could die from us being here?!”
“ Only if we kill the shadow. Joker is worried breaking the treasure will have a similar effect but we don’t actually know that will happen.”
“ And Crow enjoys disagreeing with me even though I’m usually right.”
“ You’re usually lucky. That doesn’t make you right.”
“ Why are you calling each other those names?”
“ Oh. Code names.” Ren said. “ It’s just so the person’s consciousness doesn’t pick up on us being here. A safety precaution.”
“ It’s juvenile but arguably needed.” Akechi admitted.
“ Oh. What’s mine?” Kasumi asked.
“ Just like that?” He said in an exasperated tone
“ Gymnast? Waiter?” Ren offered. Kasumi gave him a dissatisfied stare.
“ Come on. Something with a bit more flair.”
“ What would you like then?”
“ Hmm. Well, Sumire’s favourite colour is Violet. Hmm. No, I don’t like how that sounds. Orange’s a bit too weird for a code name.” Kasumi folded her arms. “ I need something with a little more… punch. Oh. Dancer.”
“ I would have thought Dancer would have more of a kick then a punch.” Akechi snarked.
“ Shut up.”
“ I like Dancer.” Ren said. “ If that’s what you want to go by, we can call you that in here.” Kasumi nodded. “ Well, I’m Joker and he’s Crow.”
“ Ah. Now his remarks of you being a Joker makes a lot more sense.” She said. “ And here I thought you were just funny. Unless that is why you’re called Joker.”
“ It’s actually referencing the card. You know, Joker’s wild. Though I like to think it’s both.”
“ Stop flirting, you two. We have a job to do.” Akechi said dryly as they reached the bottom floor. Kasumi blushed.
“ W-We’re not flirting.”
“ Good. He already has a girlfriend.”
“ He does?” She sounded almost disappointed.
“ Futaba is my sister, Crow.” Ren huffed.
“ I was talking about Okumura’s daughter since you seem so fond of her.” Akechi smirked. Ren clicked his tongue.
“ Let’s just find a way to the treasure.” He pushed the doors to the stage open. Stepping out to the aisles, they saw the treasure still sitting above the stage. They also found that Shadow Sumire was also still standing there on central stage, as if waiting for their return.
“ Ah. The audience returns. Have you decided to stay this time and watch my performance?” Ren cursed silently. He was used to the palace rulers vanishing. In both worlds, it was rare to find them out and about, only consistently appearing when the treasure was sent. Madarame had guarded his treasure room so he could have anticipated this but he was the rarity. He’d met the others around their palace by chance for the most part. But there she was, still standing there and waiting for her performance to start. For the audience waiting outside the barricaded doors to get in. They walked down the aisles towards the stage. That was when Ren noticed an odd fact. There were no stairs to get on to the stage from the audience’s seats. No way to even get backstage from here. The stage was raised higher than normal as well to make climbing up hard as well. It seemed built to prevent an intrusion.
“ What the…” Kasumi gasped, looking up at the shadow in horror. “ Why… do you look like me?”
“ Because I am you. I am the Star Actress, Kasumi Yoshizawa. Only I command this stage. The greatest actress, the star of the show. All wish to see me and all shall see me and sing my praises. Adore me. Worship me. For I am Kasumi Yoshizawa.”
“ That’s not what I think.” Kasumi said. “ I’m a horrible actress anyway.”
“ Oh contraire.” The Shadow shook her head, smirking confidently. “ Kasumi Yoshizawa is the star of any stage. Who would not be entranced by her routine? Her leaps! Her spins! Her flips! Flawless. No-one can disagree on that. Everyone loves and adores her. Adores me.”
“ I’m far from perfect.” Kasumi disagreed. “ Besides, I can’t perform now anyway.”
“ Don’t be silly. Kasumi Yoshizawa never leaves the stage. Bows may be taken and the curtains fall to rapterous applause but the show does not end. Kasumi Yoshizawa returns to the stage and performs again and again. Her spirit shall never die.” The shadow laughed dramatically. “ And who knows that better than I?”
“ No…”
“ For I am eternal! I am the greatest actress of all time! Perfect, without flaw!”
“ That isn’t…”
“ My name shall echo across the land! The world shall bow to me! The great! The almighty! I am Ka-”
“ YOU’RE NOT ME!” Kasumi declared. The theater fell silent. Everyone else looked at Kasumi, panting with a pained look on her face. “ You’re… You’re not me, Sumire. Just stop. Please. Just. Stop.”
“ Sumire…” The shadow scowled. Her face grew darker, her yellow eyes flashing with anger. “ No. Such a wretched failure of a novice that doesn’t deserve the title of actress. That name does not deserve to be spoken or remembered. It should be burned and buried and forgotten for all time. There is no such person as that!”
“ That’s not true!” Kasumi said desperately. “ You aren’t me! You shouldn’t try to be. I don’t want you to be me. I don’t want you to suffer just because I couldn’t achieve my dreams. I want you to achieve your own. Don’t try and justify yourself because of me. Please, Sumire. I… I just want you to be your own person.” The shadow stalled, a shocked look on it’s face. Ren stood silently, wondering what would happen. However, when it looked like she’d gotten through to her, the Shadow spoke again.
“ No…”
“ What?”
“ No!” She shouted. “ There is no place in the world for the actress. No hope. No future. No life for one such as she. But the role is eternal. The role is all that matters! So, while I stand upon this stage, I am Kasumi Yoshizawa! I shall play the part to perfection and I will make the world remember that name! May my body bleed, my bones break and my soul burn until that name is written in the stars! NO-ONE will get in the way of that!” Ren sensed as power gathered in the Shadows fist as she pulled it back.
“ ARSENE!” The Persona shot at Kasumi, knocking her to the ground before a wave of cursed energy shattered its way across the rows of seats, smashing them to pieces. “ We’ve got to get out of here!”
“ But Sumire-”
“ Won’t come around like this. Please, Kasumi.” Kasumi’s face twisted in pain. Then she nodded. Ren grabbed Kasumi before latching onto one of the boxes with his grappling hook, pulling them up with Akechi close behind. As they flew, Ren felt as his thief attire finally formed around him, that welcome feeling from the Shadow finally gone from her realm. He shoved her through the door before leaping forwards as the box was blown to pieces by the actress on stage. The group ran to safety, feeling as the shadows began marching towards them. They returned to the attic, feeling the distortions lessen, before they could breathe. When they did, Kasumi began sobbing.
“ Why?” She finally asked, the happy voice Ren was used to hearing now sounding broken and worn.
“ I don’t know.” Ren said.
“ I don’t want this.”
“ I know.”
“ What do I do?”
“ You fight.” Akechi said. “ For the memory of your loved one, you fight.”
“ Right.” She nodded slowly. Slowly, she calmed her breathing before wiping her eyes. “ You… said that you two had the means to fight in this… whatever this place is, right?”
“ That’s right.” Ren said, already predicting what she was about to ask.
“ Is there a way I could learn to fight like that?” She asked. “ It’s just… I can’t let her suffer like this. I need to get her to understand that… I don’t want her to be me or to feel she has to be me because my dream ended so suddenly. And if that means beating her inner self senseless, so be it.” Ren smirked.
“ If you’re sure, I know a way..”
“ I am.” She nodded. “ Heh. It’s strange though. I didn’t think I’d become a thief today.”
*************************************
“ Ah. Another guest.” Nyarlathotep welcomed them. “ You’re growing your collection, aren’t you Ren?”
“ It’s bigger on the inside.” Kasumi said, surprised. “ How do you do that?”
“ It’s more of a portal than a police box I think you’ll find, Ms Yoshizawa. So, I'm guessing you’re here for a Persona? Here to help your sister out of an unfortunate fate?”
“ Don’t act like you don’t already know.” Ren told him.
“ A bit of drama never hurt anyone. Either way, I can do whatever you wish. Just don’t be too disappointed with the end result, eh?”
“ What’s that supposed to mean?” Akechi asked. The Crawling Chaos just laughed as he walked towards Kasumi.
“ This should be a simple task.” As walked forwards, he pulled a deck of cards from the air.
“ What are you?” Kasumi asked. “ A stage magician.”
“ Heh. In a sense.” He stood opposite her, eyes locked with hers as he shuffled his deck, throwing them this way and that, the cards always arcing around back into the deck as he performed a number of shuffling techniques. Ren couldn’t even see the man’s hands with how fast they were moving. The deck split open and reformed multiple times in multiple ways. Then one card flew into the air and froze. Kasumi looked up at it as it hovered there motionlessly. Then, in a flash, it launched itself at Kasumi. The air shattered in front of her with the sound of breaking glass before the area around her erupted in blue light. A shape appeared above her. A small figure with long hair burning red wrapping around the figure. She wore a large, frilly, forest green dress and an ash gray scarf, her arms looking like they were made of wood as she held a lantern burning bright and blue as she floated behind her. In her other hand was a long staff that was blooming with branches and leaves.
“ Gretel…” She gasped as her persona faded. “ What was that power?”
“ Persona.” Ren said. “ It’s the power that allows us to fight in the other world.” He hummed lightly. “ But… there’s something different about yours I think.”
“ Uh. Did I do something wrong?”
“ No. You’re perfectly fine. The power of Persona was awoken within you. However, your power is simply different from theirs.” Nyarlathotep explained.
“ Different how?” Akechi asked.
“ I explained it before to Ren however the Phantom Thieves are different to how Persona users usually manifest. It’s tied to Ren’s power as a Wild Card. He’s able to awaken powers within those he’s close to, manifesting as powers unique to him. However, it also awakens the Will of Rebellion in his allies that can utilise that power. That’s where your difference lies.”
“ She doesn’t have the Will of Rebellion?” Ren asked.
“ No. Her life is something she’s content with. The only thing she has to fight for at the moment is her sister but that’s rescue not rebellion. For your purposes, it doesn’t change all that much. Just that she won’t have a mask nor a costume. Just a regular persona user. Perhaps you could buy her a Halloween mask if it means that much to you?”
“ I get it.” Ren hummed.
“ Is… that a problem?” Kasumi asked, looking troubled.
“ It shouldn’t be.” Ren shook his head.
" Unless, of course, faces can affect the subconscious like you’re worried names can.” Akechi interjected. “ Regardless, this situation has become more complicated.”
“ You’re right.” Ren admitted. He had wanted this to be a small mission. One he and Akechi could handle on his own. However, with Sumire’s new hostility, it was likely security had just ramped up no matter how much she wanted to be seen. “I’ll send a message to the others. Let’s deal with this properly. And introduce Dancer to everyone else, of course.”
*************************************
Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Joker: And that’s the gist of it
Guernica: You went palace hunting without us?
Guernica: I’m hurt
Dragon: So long as everyone’s alright
Director: Not Sumi too
Director: I didn’t think it was this bad
Crow: We can meet up and discuss this on Wednesday
Crow: I have a meeting tomorrow. Unless you wish to organise something on your other group chat, that is
Guernica: Wow paranoid much
Crow: You’re bad at being coy, Lucatao
Joker: Wednesday is fine.
Dancer: I hate to drag this out but I also have work.
Dancer: Not a good look from the new hire, huh?
Salamander: Personal matters are important too
Paladin: It’s nice to have you on board, Kasumi
Guernica: One more person to help deal with Crow.
Crow: And at being charming as well it seems.
Salamander: Please don’t fight, you two
Dancer: How often does this happen?
Joker: I’d get used to it if I were you.
Notes:
As I mentioned before, Kasumi becoming a Phantom Thief wasn't in my original plans but I did enjoy what I came up with here, making her a regular Persona User, akin to the Investigation Team or Tatsuya's group from Persona 2. As for Kasumi's persona, I felt Gretel was a perfect match here. I wanted it to be a fairy tale character like Sumire has Cendrillon, better known as Cinderella, as hers. And, when it comes to fairy tale siblings, the first and best answer is Hansel and Gretel, which ends with the sister saving the brother from a witch, much like Kasumi wants to save Sumire though Sumire's "witch" is her own shadow.
Chapter 39: An Inspector Calls
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
July 27th
“ Wait, so you don’t have to wear a stupid costume?” Hifumi asked. “ Can I opt out as well?”
“ Only if you can learn how to suppress your will. It took months for me and it’s impossible during combat. For you, It’s not meant to be.” Akechi said with a shrug. They were currently all sitting in a booth in Penguin Sniper. Kasumi was on shift but she spent a lot of her free time with them, standing off to the side of the booth as they talked. She’d been welcomed into the team with open arms. The only thing some of them, mostly Tao, had gotten annoyed with was Ren and Akechi trying to solve problems without them.
“ If you wanna do something stupid, we do it together.” Tao had told them both. “ That’s why we’re a team.” She had a point as well, as much as Ren hated to admit it. He remembered the trouble Morgana had when he tried to go it alone for a few days after his fight with Ryuji. He’d have died if not for Haru and they wouldn’t have gotten far, something the cat admitted in the end himself.
Ren and Akechi explained what they were up against. Sumire had a grand theater she was hiding in where her shadow masqueraded as her sister, likely due to the immense pressure she was under where she felt like achieving her sister’s dreams was all she could do in life. Hikari expressed sorrow at that. She felt she let her friend down by not seeing how much pain she’d been in but was determined to help in any way she could. The others agreed as well. “ What’s the plan then?” Kaoru asked. “ Because, if she’s always going to be on that stage, we won’t be able to access the treasure from there, right?”
“ No, that won’t be a problem.” Hikari said. The others looked at her. “ I’m part of the theater club, remember? If anyone knows how a stage works, it’s me. If we can get backstage, we can get around her. Besides, the catwalks are usually used for lighting and effects so you can't get there from the main stage anyway. We’re gonna have to get back there and climb up. We can always close the curtains on her if we need a moment to strike.”
“ Heh. A true curtain call.” Tao smirked.
“ Hmm. But this is a palace.” Shiho said. “ Are we sure the stage is going to be a one to one with a real life stage?”
“ Well, the stage is higher in the front and doesn’t have any stairs leading up. I’m assuming that’s to stop… well, people like us I guess.” Ren said. “ It’s based on her perspective.”
“ So there might not even be a way up to the catwalks.” Hifumi hummed.
“ We’ll cross that catwalk if we get to it.” Hikari said, smiling widely. Hifumi groaned, shaking her head.
“ Really?”
“ That was horrible.” Akechi sighed. “ We’ll find out when we get back there. Though, due to Yoshizawa’s work schedule, doing so in a timely fashion might be hard.”
“ We work around yours fine enough.” Tao said.
“ I don’t have a work schedule as much as I have a work suggestion.” He shrugged. “ Not like she does.”
“ I’m off Mondays.” Kasumi said, placing a tray down on their table and serving them their drinks. “ Every other day, I’m lucky if I find out my hours the evening before. You’d be surprised how little people stick around a games bar like this. The whole open rota thing is a major problem. Still, it’s an income. How’s the plan coming along?”
“ Hikari is a theater kid so we know the general layout of what a theater should be.” Ren said.
“ So long as she keeps the bad jokes to herself.” Hifumi added
“ I’ll act on that right away.” Hikari said. Hifumi growled at her which she just answered by sticking her tongue out at the Shogi player. Kasumi just giggled.
“ Come on, you two. Please.” Kaoru said, trying to mediate.
“ Are you gonna wear a mask?” Hikari asked. “ Ren said you don’t have a costume like we do.”
“ I’ll think of something. I think we have some old Halloween costumes in storage that might have one. I’ll see what I can do.”
“ Don’t feel too pressured. We all look out of place as it is so you being in normal clothes is probably stealthy enough.” Tao said. “ After all, they’ll be looking for some crappy looking stage magician and his friends. You could probably just wander around freely.”
“ Not in this palace.” Akechi stopped her. “ However, perhaps in others that may work.”
“ I’ll leave you guys to it. I should get back before the boss complains I’m talking to customers too much.”
“ That happen often?”
“ Only to you guys. You’re my favourite customers.” She winked before walking back to the bar.
“ I bet she says that to all her regulars.” Ren said jokingly. They continued talking for a few minutes. Talking about palaces died down, turning into more general conversation about the summer, Medjed, Mementos and how to deal with everything. With Sumire added to the list, that would mean they only needed one more palace. If everything went well with Haru, Okumura would be that palace. They could be done by the end of the summer. He doubted Yaldabaoth would go quietly though.
“ Everyone shut up.” Akechi hissed.
“ Huh? Why?” Hikari blinked. Ren followed the detective’s gaze. Unfortunately, they’d already been spotted.
“ What a surprise.” Inspector Hasegawa said tersely. “ Hellow, Akechi.”
“ Hasegawa. What brings you here?”
“ I had a day off so I decided to check out this games bar I’d heard so much about. Some of the others tell me you frequented this place. I suppose that means the rumours are true.”
“ It’s a nice place.” Akechi said.
“ You better not be talking about work again.” A young girl said, appearing at Zenkichi’s side with a pout. “ You promised.”
“ Ah. I know I did, Akane. Don’t worry.” Zenkichi said. “ Though if any of your friends want a game first, we can wait.”
“ I’m alright with her joining in.” Shiho said. She glanced at the others. Ren smiled.
“ I’m fine at the moment. Hikari, Kaoru. Didn’t you want to go?”
“ Hmm? I didn’t say I-” Kaoru cut her off by clearing his throat.
“ Yes. That’s right.” He said quickly. “ Would you like a game while your father is talking?”
“ Uh. Sure. I guess.” Akane said. “ If that’s alright with the old man.”
“ Hey, I’m not that old.” Zenkichi protested. “ But, if you want to, go ahead.”
“ Eh. I’ll come too.” Tao said, standing with the others. “ Keep count and everything. No offence, old man, but I hate the police.”
“ How am I not supposed to take offence to that?” The man sighed as the others headed for the dart board. The young girl glanced back at her father, sighed and followed. Zenkichi took a seat in the booth. “ So, is this a summer gathering between friends?”
“ That is the case, yes.” Hifumi said. Zenkichi hummed. “ Why do you act like that’s so hard to believe? Don’t tell me you were a friendless loser or something?”
“ Hey. I never said anything. Why’re you all so hostile?”
“ Because this isn’t a pleasure call.” Akechi said. “ You didn’t just so happen to show up here coincidentally.”
“ Sharp as ever, Akechi.” Zenkichi nodded. “ I’ll cut to the chase then, shall I? I’m sure you’ve heard of Medjed and their little war against the Phantom Thieves, right? Well, since I’m the one looking into the Changes of Hearts in people, it’s become my job to put that little contest to rest. A lot of things are at stake, I hope you realise.”
“ Why tell us?” Ren asked.
“ Because you’re the Phantom Thieves.” He said. Ren tensed up.
“ Don’t be absurd.” Akechi said. “ You have no evidence of such a stupid claim.”
“ No concrete evidence no. But I’ve done some digging. Three calling cards have been sent out. One to a student in Shujin Academy, one to the former student of Ichiryusai Madarame and one to the leader of the recently disbanded Hashiba clan. And the strange thing about those three targets is that they were witnessed hanging around the cult of control within weeks of that card being given to them. And you have a very interesting friend group, Akechi. Students from Shujin, one from Kosei and two who just so happen to have been in the targeted area of the Hashiba Clan.”
“ You're grasping at straws.” Hifumi told him.
“ Your investigation is on the Mental Shutdowns, Hasegawa.” Akechi told him coldly. “ The first case was a long time before the Phantom Thieves sent that first card.”
“ Very true. However, not very long since that cult formed, right?” The man said coyly. “ I don’t believe you’re behind the mental shutdowns, or at least not all of them, but my current theory is that you’re doing something to people. What I don’t know but it’s influencing them to join the Church of Control. I’m currently on blackmail. How close am I?”
“ No-where close.” Ren told him.
“ Which part is it? The cult or the blackmail?”
“ All of it.” He said. “ Unless you have actual evidence other than conspiracy theories.”
“ Of course. I’ve been asking around about you.” Zenkichi said. “ The politician outside the station, the owner of Leblanc, the journalist in that seedy bar in Shinjuku. You’ve got a lot of friends in different places, don’t you Mr Amamiya?” Ren narrowed his eyes. “ They didn’t agree to talk about you though so I had to get creative to figure out your movement patterns. I got access to local CCTV cameras around the gallery about the time Kitagawa got his calling card. You were down a few of your friends there but you did visit it quite a lot.”
“ Maybe we like art.” Ren retorted.
“ That’s an option, of course. But you hung around there another time a lot more recently. Then you all left together and just vanished. In one camera, you entered an alleyway. In another, nothing. And yet, there’s no hidden doors or ways out of that alley without being seen by a security camera. You’d need a friend for that. And the bookstore owner just so happens to be a member of the Cult of Control as well as someone being threatened by the Hashiba Family and he wasn’t alone, was he? The Cult is known for attacking critics. Alibaba’s online crusade is a good example of that. You were doing the exact same thing, weren’t you?” Ren chuckled, shaking his head.
“ You don’t know anything.” He said. “ We’re not members of the Cult of Control. A lot of my friends are involved with it. A lot of my friends have changed. I’d like it more than you if they closed tomorrow.” Zenkichi hummed. Then he sat back in his booth.
“ You’re not lying.” He admitted. “ Then who are you then? You’ve only become active recently so you can’t be responsible for the Mental Shutdown cases. However, you are responsible for the changes of heart. It’s not just people who’ve had calling cards who’ve received them. Plenty of other people have been reported to have suddenly started amending for past crimes. That was still you. And I will admit that a lot of them didn’t suddenly become cultists. It was a small ripple in the theory” Ren didn’t argue against that. “ But the people who you gave the calling cards too did join the cult even if others you changed didn’t. Why?” Ren sighed.
“ The calling cards were a lot more public than the other people who had a change of heart. Because of that, the Cult was able to easily target them and force them to join it. That’s the connection.”
“ Hmm. So they’re using your work in order to pinpoint worthwhile targets. How do you determine who to send the calling cards too?”
“ I never said we were the thieves. I was just using your line of logic. I have no clue how they’re targeted.” Ren said. “ Though, if you’re so sure, why not just have us arrested?”
“ That… is more complicated.” He looked across the room, seeing Akane playing darts with the others. She looked like she’d beaten Hikari from her triumphant expression, beaming up at her proudly with her hands on her hips. “ She’s a fan of yours.”
“ Your daughter is?” Hifumi asked, surprised.
“ Yeah. To her and those other people on that site, you’re all real life superheroes fighting injustice at every step. Before that stunt you pulled a few weeks back, people had written you off as an urban legend. Heh. It’s caused a lot of panic since they’re convinced Medjed is threatening Japan over a myth. Right now, the general consensus in the force is that people used that to strike against the Hashiba. They don’t know if it was the shop owners, Kaneshiro or someone else entirely but they’re convinced that people pretended to be the Phantom Thieves that change the hearts of evil doers so they could raid the family’s compound at night and force them to back down. But I figured there was something more to it. When I saw you all together just before the calling card was sent, my intuition went crazy. But I wanted to give you the benefit of the doubt. Cause you’re doing some good in this world.” He looked back at Ren. “ I’ll keep this under my hat for now. But if something happens that I can’t excuse, I’ll be at your door with cuffs.” Ren smirked.
“ Catch me if you can, Inspector.”
***************************************************
July 29th
Ren entered the Nyarlathetep’s Chamber on his way back from helping Kaoru and Iwai out at Untouchables, watching the store as Iwai collected a new delivery. When he entered, he saw Nyarathotep sitting at his desk, a black covered book in his hand. “ It’s odd seeing you coming in alone. Usually it’s before or after one of your escapades.”
“ I have time before the next one. I just thought I’d get things out of the way now. I’m not interrupting, am I?”
“ No.” He slipped a bookmark into the book, resting it on his desk. “ Necronomicon. I assume you’ve heard of it.”
“ I’d say more than you know but I think that’d be a lie.”
“ Good. You’re learning.” The Outer God chuckled.
“ Got a name for this place yet?”
“ Not at all and it is annoying me that I still can’t decide what to call it. I’m trying to expand out. Chaos Chapel or Pheonix Chamber.”
“ Could still use Nyarly’s Persona Fun Room.” He laughed
“ That I could. So, what’s on the agenda this time?”
“ Actually, there’s something that’s been on my mind.” Ren admitted. “ Can I ask you something?”
“ Go on.”
“ Are we really in the same world?”
“ Hmm. What an odd question? Why do you ask?”
“ Well… I don’t know. It’s just… some of the people I’ve met this time around. I feel I should have already met them. Hikari and Sumire especially. Yusuke never mentioned Guernica despite being a fan of art. Akechi never mentioned Penguin Sniper. It’s just… it feels there’s more to this world than there used to be.”
“ Ah. I see.” He nodded. “ The world is a tricky thing. For you, it is wider. After all, you’re experiencing it a second time with the parts spinning in different ways. But yes. This world is the same one that you lived through before.”
“ This world?”
“ Picked up on the phrasing, hmm? Yes, this world specifically. It is funny though. You did meet Hikari in your world but not the Hikari of your world. You won’t remember either. It’s a strange thing when timelines connect because, once they untangle, reality corrects itself and anything that happened during that time is erased.”
“ What are you talking about?”
“ Oh, last year, shortly before you sent Sae Niijima her calling card, you and the original thieves fell under the sway of a rift in reality, joining yours with two others in order to help a Hikari who’d lost all hope in the world. Enlil did it. She’s another Outer God, a representation of humanity’s desires like Philimon and myself. Never liked her very much. She’s the Outer God of Escapism. She represents pain and humanity’s paradoxical feelings towards it, both requiring it for advancement and trying so very hard to escape it. Of our, you won the day and Hikari was saved from her grief and you carried on none the wiser.” Ren was taken aback by this knowledge. He had met Hikari in the past but had forgotten? It sounded like a lie and yet lying was something that Ren had never known Nyarlathotep to do. For better or for worse.
“ What about Tao?”
“ No, you never crossed paths. You have in another universe however.”
“ Another universe?”
“ Yes. In that universe, the crux of the matter is Sumire strangely enough. Kasumi died and Sumire, wracked with grief, became her sister quite literally due to the help of a therapist with connections to the cognitive world. In this world, he’s just a normal therapist and never got into the field but, because of a few simple changes, Sumire became a Phantom Thief and you and that child detective ventured into the realm of Salmael, the Outer God of Self Preservation, and rescued her from herself after Luca’s demise. Her rebellion spurred a certain politician’s own emotion but that is a story for another time.”
“ How many worlds are there?”
“ Plenty. And they connect at the seams, like a tapestry. And a loose thread can let people cross over from time to time. There are many versions of you but there is only one version of me. For you, I see you taking Yaldabaoth’s deal and ruling over the enraptured sheep, destroying the god atop a mountain of bones and falling dead at its feet. I see you fighting a man who made himself a god or bowing to his will for a dream of eternal happiness. I see you facing a mechanical god made by mankind’s avarice while aided by the companion of all humanity. And that’s just the you who became a phantom thief. There are times where the incident never happened. Where you miss the call by miraculous happenstance or become the black masked killer in vengeance for an unjust fate. I’ve even seen that caretaker of yours take your place though that one is a strange rarity. There are even worlds without personas. I believe, at this time in another one, Tokyo is getting eaten by a void made from the stars, a soldier is fighting for his life in a vortex in the north pole and a half fiend is searching for a candlestick to slay god. Humans are all many and their stories are vast but there is only one sea of souls that stretches between it all. Ah, but I’m getting poetic.” He smirked. “ Just know that not all Outer Gods are as kind as myself and Philemon. The ones behind me are testament to that.” Ren looked up at the silhouettes in the windows.
“ Which ones are they?”
“ Pandora of Dreams, Nyx of Death, Izanami of Truth. You’ve met Yaldabaoth of Control.” He pointed to each window in order then pointed to the floor. “ And, as I explained, Philemon of Humanity and Nyarlathotep of Chaos. There’s a lot more of us. Chronos of Time and Kagatsuchi of Rage have had their moments before your time in any world. Erebus of Nihility is my favourite tale at the moment. They are currently locked in an eternal war with one of Philemon’s attendants, aiming to free Nyx from her captivity by the hero who stopped her. Each of us is the representation of an aspect of humanity hidden within the collective unconsciousness. From time to time, we perform our own tests on humanity. In some worlds we win. In others we lose. Heh. So that means any one of us can upturn your efforts at any moment, no matter which one of us you temporarily banish. Does that scare you?”
“ Perhaps a little.” Ren admitted. “ But it won’t stop me from saving this world.”
“ Ha. Good. I’d be worried if a few words could fell the great Phantom Thief. Now then?” Nyarlathotep swiped his arm in front of him, summoning a selection of glowing red cards. “ Let’s get to fusing, shall we?”
Notes:
To sum up Nyarly's conversation, Q2 is canon, timelines are wierd and any lore discrepancies in this fic are the result of small changes in the universe. The overall lore of the Persona universe doesn't tend to be touched on much. All the games happen in the same timeline, unlike most SMT verse like the main line games or Devil Survivor, but, other than a cameo or two, they don't really crossover too much so everything can be played independently unless we're talking about the Arena games and only the Arena games for some reason. The Personas and Shadows aren't really mythological figures but more parts of the collective consciousness which I take to mean they combine how other people view said creatures and deities and tie them with certain human emotions while the Outer Gods as I've decided to call them are the personification of emotions. This is just the stuff I got from background research so I'm not sure how close I am to the actual lore. I just made up something that I thought fit.
And things like how Ren's dad suddenly knows Sojiro instead of them being connected by a random customer of Sojiro's because I thought it was a better idea can now be written off but that's a footnote at this point.
Chapter 40: Rehearsal
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 1st
The eight Thieves gathered in the small park outside Hiraguchi’s gym in the early afternoon. Kasumi was the last to arrive, jogging towards them with a small shopping bag in hand. “ Sorry. I wasn’t sure what to bring.”
“ Just bring yourself. It’s enough.” Ren said. “ I handle the weapons. Speaking of which, staff, axe or crossbow?”
“ Where did you get a staff, an axe and a crossbow?”
“ Dad’s shop.” Kaoru told her. “ We sell model weapons. They’re not real but they work well enough on the shadows.”
“ How’s that work?”
“ Something about cognition. Anyway, which one?”
“ Staff I guess.” Ren pulled a collapsible staff from a bag of his own, tossing it to her. “ Anyway, I still brought lunch. I figured it would be useful to keep our strength up. Oh, and I also bought this for myself.” She pulled a dark green hooded cloak from the bag. “ I didn’t like how any masks looked so I thought the cloak would work. It’s cosplay stuff so it’s good quality.”
“ Well, a cosplay group is how I explain what we do to those not in the know.” Ren said. “ It’s fitting.”
“ Ha ha. Maybe I’ll make a full costume next time.”
“ Heh. Maybe we all could. Cosplay our metaverse selves and confuse everyone at the next anime expo.” Tao suggested.
“ You’ll not catch me dead in those clothes outside the metaverse.” Akechi said. “ Speaking of, shall we enter?”
“ Right.” Kasumi nodded. “ Let’s save my sister.” The thieves triggered the app, vanishing into the Metaverse. As the world came into focus, Kasumi threw her coat on. The other thieves stared up at Sumire’s theater. Tao let out an impressed whistle.
“ Damn. You weren’t kidding about the golden theater. Looks like something you’d see in Hollywood.”
“ The place or the industry?” Hifumi asked.
“ Both.”
“ Neither. You’re thinking of Broadway.” Hikari told them. “ They say the best theater productions in the world take place there. Haaaa. I wanna go to both one day.”
“ Take a week trip to America when you’re in college then.”
“ Um, so has anyone else noticed only Joker and Crow are in costume?” Shiho asked. The others looked at them.
“ That’s strange.” Kaoru said.
“ Not particularly.” Akechi admitted. “ We weren’t in costume initially either. It was only when we annoyed the one in charge.”
“ We only transform when the person in charge sees us as a real threat. While that usually is right out of the gate, some shadows take a while. Sumire wants people to watch her though. She wants people to be here. Unless they’re hecklers like I guess she sees us as.”
“ So, if Sumi doesn’t have a mask then how does she summon her persona?” Hikari asked.
“ Like this.” Kasumi raised her hand. As she did, a pale blue card spun slowly in the air above it. Kasumi closed her hand. The card broke as energy rushed around her before Gretel formed in the air. “ I… I may have come by after work one evening. Sumire didn’t want to speak with me so I… kinda figured it out on the fly.” She laughed nervously.
“ Don’t do something so stupid again.” Akechi scolded her.
“ I… won’t.”
“ That didn’t sound very sincere.”
“ I’m not going to. Promise.” Akechi gave her a disbelieving look. “ I mean it. Have a little faith.”
“ Oh, faith is the last thing we have.”
“ Oh. Right.”
“ The entry point is on the roof, right?” Shiho asked. Ren nodded.
“ Just up these stairs. Come on.” With Ren’s guidance, the thieves entered through the roof of the theater. Ren made sure to give Kasumi the grappling hook Nyarlathotep had prepared for her. Just like before, the gilded halls were bare of any security trying to stop them. Even if Ren, Akechi and Kasumi weren’t welcome, Sumire still wanted people there. He wondered if there was some kind of internal conflict between that need and the danger her treasure was in. Regardless, they had free reign to explore. A peek into the theater proved what Ren had assumed. Sumire’s shadow was still center stage. At least they didn’t have to worry about her for the time being.
They decided to start from the top and work down. There wasn’t a way for a member of the audience to reach the theater from the fourth floor, Ren doubted they’d be allowed up here if this was a real one, but that didn’t mean they didn’t find anything. The top floor ended on a large, double set of doors. Opening it, they were in a completely different location. It was jarring, warped from the wondrous halls of Sumire’s Theater into an old looking school gymnasium with wooden walls and cheaply plastic ground. He could see the age of this place. However, Kasumi looked at it with a sense of fond familiarity. “ This is… our middle school’s gym. We spent so many hours here, me and Sumire. But… why is it here?”
“ Depends on the person really.” Akechi explained. “Kitigawa had places significant to emotions he felt inside key rooms in his palace. In contrast, Takamaki was the school she’d taken over. This is a replica of a memory changed by the palace. Look closer.”
“ The cameras…” Ren saw them too. The place was built to look like a movie studio set. Filming equipment was set up around the room, pointing towards the center. Various shadows were working the cameras, rushing around with props or were standing on set, a script in hands. He noticed they wore different masks that seemed to depend on their roles. The people manning the cameras wore pale blue face masks with a neutral expression etched into them. The directors wore dark masquerade masks with the top shaped like a crown poking over the top of their heads. The assistants rushing about had red masks with a sorrowful expression on them. It made it easy to figure out who was meant to be doing what.
“ Why is there a film set in a stage theater?” Shiho asked.
“ Because, internally, Sumire doesn’t see a difference between stage actors and movie actors. I’m guesing this theater is a mix of both kinds.” Ren said. “ Though, to be fair, where else do most people see a stage performance than as a set piece in a film?”
“ Psh. There’s so many differences between the stage and the set.” Hikari huffed. “ Normies wouldn’t get it.” Ren looked around the gymnasium. As with the rest of the dungeon, the shadows didn’t do anything about them being there. They just kept running around doing their jobs. The thieves were able to walk among them, observing the area with only a few words about not touching the equipment and how the audience members shouldn’t be on set. They did nothing to stop them from watching however. Looking at the cast members, most of them looked like the type of generic background extras he’d expect from a tv show. They all wore the same mask, yellow with a single hole in the middle of it. There were only two exceptions. The main two actresses didn’t wear any masks. One was a younger Kasumi dressed in a gymnastics uniform. The other one he assumed was meant to be Sumire, still in her middle school uniform, but it was strange. The younger Kasumi looked perfect but the younger Sumire was off. Her hair was Futaba’s shade of orange instead of the usual reddish brown and her nose was turned up, making it pig-like.
“ Action!” A director shadow shouted.
“ You want to try out for gymnastics?” The other Kasumi asked.
“ Yeah.” The Actress Sumire nodded. “ You make it look kinda fun so…”
“ It’s pretty taxing. Are you sure? I don’t want you doing it to copy me”
“ I won’t steal your spotlight. I just wanna try.”
“ Of course. But no-one can steal my spotlight. I’m the greatest gymnast of all time. Just don’t tread on my heels.”
“ That’s not how this went.” Kasumi said. “ I was supportive when Sumire asked to join in. I was just happy she was trying new things. I was such a mess in middle school. Wasn’t until I met Coach Hiraguchi that I actually got better.”
“ Her current feelings are distorting her previous memories.” Akechi surmised. “ She wants to be you because she doesn’t see herself as worthy. She’ll put herself down at every moment she can.”
“ So she’d even remember it as her chasing a shadow. We were both novices working hard together. Just because I’m the older one doesn’t mean I was any better than she was. We worked hard for a year in the club before I graduated. I was the one who convinced the coach to let her join her gym in the middle school classes. It was all about fun for us back then. It still was for me until I couldn’t do it anymore.” Kasumi scowled. “ Can we go?” Ren nodded.
They found another set of double doors on the floor below. Using a key card Tao had taken from one of the directors, they entered into it. They found another gymnasium like the last but it was a lot more professional. The old floors were replaced with sleek ones with blue rubber mats covering most of the floor. Seats had been set up to encircle the room. It reminded Ren of some of the Olympic stadiums he’d seen on TV. Like before, more cameras had been set up, focusing on the center stage. Extras filled the seats, watching the central event. Ren looked back to Kasumi to see her frozen to the spot. “ It’s… that day.” She said.
“ You mean… the day you got hurt, right?” Kaoru asked. She nodded.
“ It was two years ago in my second year in high school. The Under 18s Winter Tournament. Tokyo Regionals. If I won this, I’d have a place in the Osaka nationals that summer. Aaaaah. Osaka was beautiful that year.”
“ You went?”
“ Yeah. Even though I couldn’t practise, I helped out the others. The Coach took us to watch.” She sighed. “ Still, this… is a memory that’s hard to see again even though I’ve made peace with what happened a long time ago.”
“ Action!” In the center of the stage, the cognitive Kasumi began her performance, perfectly moving to the music.
“ The routine starts well enough. I made some missteps here and there. I was so nervous.” She chuckled.
“ You don’t look it.” Shiho said.
“ Oh please. This is Sumire’s memory. I was nowhere near this good.”
“ I bet you’re just being modest.” Hikari smiled. “ I’m sure you were a brilliant gymnast.”
“ Thanks Director.” Kasumi smiled. “ But… It was about midway through. They figured out after the performance that the mat had shifted due to another gymnast and they didn’t catch it before I got on stage.” The cognition leapt in the air. Her foot shifted unnaturally. She fell in slow motion, her foot bending before her body fell on it. A painful scream filled the air. Kasumi closed her eyes. “ And that’s how my career as a gymnast ended. I blame myself for it a lot. I trained a lot for this event. Just like Sumire, I ignored Coach Hiraguchi when she told me to stop. I was more tired than I should have been. I keep thinking… if I had only listened, would I have noticed? I was never going to win. There were people there leagues above me. It doesn’t matter what other people say. It was my carelessness that ended my career. I just don’t want Sumire to have the same ending as I did.” She said sadly. The cameras turned, focusing on the stands. Another Sumire sat there in shock, a cognition of her father rushing down to the stage as medics gathered. Just like the one on the floor above, this one was also off. Her hair was right but her eyes were bright blue and her lips were comically large and puffy.
“ Are you alright?” Tao asked, gently.
“ No.” She admitted. “ It was the worst day of my life. Even now, I limp slightly when I walk. It’s not noticeable to most people but I notice it. That’s enough of a reminder. But, like I said, I made peace with it. I… accept what happened that day. I was never good enough to make it my life. I never intended to. Even still, it still hurts to remember what happened. I never realised how much seeing that affected Sumire. Maybe I have been selfish.”
“ Dealing with your own issues isn’t selfishness.” Hifumi reassured her. “ Trust me. I may not have been hurt but I think my career as a public icon is up in the air as well. I play Shogi but my Mom rigged a lot of my games so people have built me up as the Venus of Shogi. Recently, we changed her heart so my games are going to be my own. Every win but probably a lot of losses. You’re gonna have to teach me how you made peace with it all.”
“ If you want. But I think you’ll be fine so long as you love your game.” Kasumi reassured her. “ Come on. Let’s get moving. Any more key cards?”
“ Snagged one while you guys were moping.” Tao smirked. “ I’m guessing there’s another of these stages another floor down.”
Tao was right. Entering the double doors on the second floor, they were met with another different gym but this one Ren recognised. It was the gym from Shujin academy. The cameras were set but instead of looking at the center, they were looking at the back wall near where the students would head outside. Through that door would be where Ren formally met Hikari for the first time. It was also where he first saw Sumire even if he didn’t know it at the time. He saw who the actors were this time. Hikari gasped as she saw them too. Like before, the Sumire actor was wrong. Her hair was bright blue and far too short compared to the real deal. However, the cognition opposite her was Hikari herself. “ That’s… me.” She said.
“ You’re her best friend, right?” Tao said. “ Would make sense we’d find you somewhere in her head.”
“ Well, yeah but… I don’t like this.”
“ Worried about how she truly thinks about you?”
“ A little.” She admitted. “ Th-Though I’m more worried about the poor casting choices. I mean Sumi with blue hair? C’mon.” Hikari laughed nervously.
“ You’re not wrong actually.” Kasumi admitted. “ Why does every stand in for Sumire look so wrong?”
“ I have a theory about that.” Akechi said. “ Image issues.”
“ You mean why her Shadow appears like Dancer?” Shiho asked. Akechi nodded. “ Hmm. So.. she doesn’t see herself as perfect so every cognitive copy of her in her memories has to have some imperfection?”
“ If she’s casting herself in different parts while thinking like that, it makes sense.” Hikari said. “ An actor makes a role after all.”
“ Oh, Sumire.” Kasumi frowned. While everyone else went to find another key card, Hikari stood, waiting for the next scene to begin nervously. Ren, Kasumi and Shiho stood with her, waiting to see how Sumire viewed her best friend.
“ What’s good, Sumi?” Cognitive Hikari asked happily. “ We’ve made some good progress in the script for the theater club.”
“ Oh. I’m fine. Just worried.”
“ Ugh. You’re not still moping around about gymnastics.” The cognition sighed in an exagerrated way. “ You should just give up. You’re never going to be able to compete with what Kasumi was. She was the best and you’re just horrible. But all you do is fail and complain, making it everyone else's problems. Why do you have to be like that?” The real Hikari gasped. In the background, all the extra shadows laughed and cheered in approval of Hikari.
“ I know I’m worthless. I’m just trying my best.” The Sumire actress lamented.
“ Well, your best isn’t good enough. Ha ha ha.” Hikari turned to leave the scene. “ Well, I’m gonna go hang out with the second years. At least they don't make me listen to their constant complaining.” With that, the cognition exited stage left, the others leaving her alone in the school hall where the scene ended.
“ No! I don’t think that Sumi! None of us do!” Hikari shouted. “ You’re such a good friend! Why would I ever say THAT line to you of all things?!”
“ Calm down, Director.” Shiho said softly, holding her hand gently. “ That’s just the distortion talking. I’m sure she knows you care.”
“ But… But she just…” Hikari growled. “ Damn it. Why? Why didn’t I see how badly she was suffering? I’m such a horrible friend.”
“ You’re not.” Kasumi reassured her. “ Sumire always tells us about you. I can tell she sees you as a close friend. These aren't her real thoughts. I think it’s more what she fears everyone secretly thinks about her.”
“ She’s wrong.” Ren said. “ She just can’t see it yet.”
“ That’s why we’re here.” Ren said. “ To make her see it.”
“ Right.” Hikari nodded. “ Then we don’t have time to lose.”
Making it down to the first floor, they noticed the layout was different from the last two. Instead of the end of the corridors reaching to a room behind the stage, this time both sides stopped with the doors entering where the stage should be. Hikari assumed entering them would put them behind the stage. To the dressing rooms where the actors got ready for their grand performances. Unlocking them, they pushed on. However, instead of a dressing room, they were met with yet another gym. This was another Kasumi recognised right away. “ Coach Hiraguchi’s gym.” She said. Ren looked around the room. At the back, he noticed stairs going up to an observation area above. If there was going to be a way onto the catwalk, that was it. Between them and it was another group of actors. This time there were no cameras however.
“ I’d have to assume this is a rehearsal.” Akechi surmised. Ren nodded. The actors were strange. They weren’t wearing the masks the back up actors had but they also didn’t look familiar. All looked similar but had different imperfections. They had the wrong hairstyles or hair colours, eye colours, skin colour, mistakes in their outfits. One had a crooked nose. One had a lazy eye. Another was fatter. Another taller. Each was the same but wrong in one aspect or another. But, from what they’d seen before, it was obvious who they were trying to be. They were the actors trying out for the role of Sumire Yoshizawa. And in front of them stood someone with dark hair and a cold gaze. Ren guessed from Kasumi’s uncomfortable expression that was Coach Hiraguchi. Instead of a gymnastics coach however, she was dressed in a fancy suit and leaned on a metal cane.
“ Begin!” The coach commanded. At once, the copies began reciting lines off a script. At first, they were in unison, reading the familiar lines of the scene they heard on the fourth floor as an echo. However, it wasn’t long before one stumbled over their lines. Hiraguchi clicked her tongue. “ Slow.” Swiftly and brutally, she moved her cane, smashing it across the poor copies head. They fell to the floor, unmoving before fading away into shadows. “ Again!” More nervously, the cognitions began again. One made the mistake of continuing from where they left off and was immediately knocked off her feet. “ Worthless. To think these is the replacements I’ve been given for my star actress.”
“ This is horrible.” Kasumi gasped. “ The coach isn’t like that. She can be stern, sure, but she cares for everyone she trains. Sumire included.”
“ Wasn’t it Hiraguchi who told Sumire to stop practising though?” Hikari asked..
“ Yes, but that’s because she hurt her wrist. If she kept going, she’d end up like me and none of us wanted that. I know she was upset but it was for her own good.”
“ Her own good, you say?” The Cognition of Hiraguchi said as she brought her cane down on another actress. “ Don’t be absurd. I told her to quit because she wasn’t good enough for my stage. Too talentless to perform.” She swung her cane. “Too ugly to be admired.” Another shadow fell to the floor. “Too stupid to know when to quit. A worthless trifecta of disappointment.”
“ My sister is not worthless nor a disappointment.” Kasumi retorted angrily.
“ Compared to you, she is all of that and so much more.” She glared at the surviving actresses. “ Out. We’ll continue rehearsals later.” They fled as their instructor stepped forwards. “ There was only ever one star that deserved the stage. Beautiful, bright and majestic. She was the sun in human form, lighting the world as she danced across the stage. For a star so bright to fall so suddenly was an unimaginable tragedy. In the ashes, we were left with nothing but kindling. A broken shadow of brilliance not worthy of applause.”
“ She’s brilliant in her own right. I don’t want Sumire to be compared to me. It’s not fair.”
“ She carries your name. She must be judged against perfection and she will always fall short.”
“ She will become even better than me. She just needs to believe in herself and stop listening to her inner critic.” Sumire pointed her staff at the cognitive coach. “ I can help her with that last point.” The coach smirked, shadows gathering at her feet.
“ You can’t.” She told her as they wrapped around her, her form changing. The cognition shrunk down as the skin fell from her body, leaving her a meer skeleton dressed in a red tunic and hat. Her staff changed too, forming into the bow of the violin that appeared in her hand. “ But you’re welcome to try, cully.” In an instant, the phantom thief attire they’d grown used to returned to everyone. It seemed they’d finally worn out their welcome. The skeleton began playing its violin. Shadows pulled themselves from the ground, beaten and broken. The different versions of Sumire that had been slain in the pursuit of her craft rose once again at the call of the fiend.
“ Good. I was getting bored. Too much walking in this place.” Tao chuckled, reaching for her mask. Oi appeared behind her, thrusting her spear through one of the zombies. “ Didn’t have zombie movie pegged as Sumire’s thing though.”
“ I don’t like zombie movies. They’re all pretty cliche and zombies just aren’t scary.” Hikari said. Her eyes darted between the film reels surrounding her. “ Two on your left, Salamander.”
“ Thank you.” Kaoru dodged back as he removed his lance. Hektor hurled its spear at them, causing a massive tempest to launch them across the gym, shattering against the wall. “ Though I’m not a horror movie fan. My dad’s shown me a lot of spy thrillers in the past though. I also like war stories. Is that strange?”
“ Too depressing.” Hifumi said, watching as Kiyohime burned a hole through one of her attackers. “ So much death and bloodshed. War is hell, I get it. At least make it entertaining to watch. Do something like Indiana Jones.”
“ That’s not a war movie.”
“ Well, he punches Nazis but I meant the more action adventure sort of thing.”
“ Ah. Sorry.”
“ I’m glad you all have gotten so used to combat you can casually talk about films.” Akechi said snidely. “ Kudlak!” Akechi removed his mask, causing a black cloaked phantom to spin through the air, its claws tearing through one of the Fiend’s minions.
“ Oh hey. Vampires. Another horror movie classic.” Hikari smiled.
“ Not helping, Nagamoto.”
“ Are they always like this?” Kasumi asked.
“ You get used to it.” Shiho smiled. Jeanne appeared between them and the Cognitive Coach, blocking a blast of cursed energy from reaching them. “ Personally I’m more of a comedy girl. Ann likes romantic movies but… well, they get predictable. Especially if it’s a Christmas movie.”
“ Oh, I know that feeling. My mom loves watching them in the Christmas period but they all follow the same formula. Someone is too busy with life then meets the partner of their dreams who teaches them the spirit of christmas and they fall in love.”
“ Bonus points for them being a single parent.” Shiho laughed. Kasumi smiled before taking her mask off. Gretel raised her lantern. A powerful force bore down on the Fiend, causing them some obvious discomfort before they shrugged it off and launched a wave of sound from their violin.
“ And here I was hoping you’d be sane, Yoshizawa. I guess I’m still the only one. Come, Loki!” Loki charged through the air, sweeping the skeleton off its feet and into the air.
“ Don’t say that, Akechi.” Ren swapped his mask after Arsene finished off the zombies attacking him. “ We’re all mad here. Hariti!” The cloaked woman appeared behind her, giggling softly as she raised the pomegranate in her hand. The air around them crackled before a flash of lightning struck the skeleton.
“ No discipline…” The skeleton muttered.
“ That’s not true.” Kasumi said. “ But you won’t get anywhere just working all the time. You’ve got to let yourself have some fun sometimes.”
“ Heh. Staying true to yourself even now. How very like you, Kasumi.” With that, the shadow faded away.
“ Goodbye, Coach.” Kasumi said, a sad smile on her face.
“ Are you alright?” Ren asked.
“ Yeah. Come on. One last door.” They climbed the stairs and exited out, stepping out onto the catwalks high above the stage. Different technicians were up there as well, ready to change the lights when Sumire needed them. Shadow Sumire herself was still on stage. Looking up, Ren saw it. It was outside arms reach but it would be so simple to latch on to whatever the treasure was and take it with the tools they had. They’d found there path to the treasure. Ren nodded to the others. Time to go. As they were leaving though, Hikari hummed in thought.
“ You’ve been looking really serious for a while there, Director.” Tao said. “ What’s up?”
“ It’s… probably nothing. I don’t think.” She said. “ It’s just… Well, there were no doors on the stage.”
“ What do you mean?” Kasumi asked.
“ Usually, there’s a door on either side of the stage. It’s how actors come and go from their dressing rooms or whatever. But the only door was for the effects team above the stage. There’s no way to get there from the stage either. The stage is also really big. It’d be hard to get on stage from there without a lot of effort. I was just wondering how actors were meant to get on such a stage.”
“ She sees herself as the great actress Kasumi, yeah?” Tao said. “ Probably ain’t a way on purpose.”
“ But how did she get there then?”
“ Hmm. I think that’s the wrong question.” Akechi said. “ It’s not how can anyone get on. It’s how can she get off.” The others looked at him. “ No doors, no stairs. She can jump down, yes, but then getting back on becomes impossible. I believe the stage isn’t designed to stop people getting on it. It’s designed to stop her from leaving.”
“ And force her to play her role.” Kasumi sighed. “ A role meant for me.” Akechi nodded. “ All we have to do is send this calling card, right?”
“ Right.” Ren confirmed. “But we have to send it the same day we want to go into the palace. That’s the only way we can reveal her treasure and take her heart.”
“ I don’t want to wait longer but…”
“ Work?”
“ Work.” She sighed. “ I can’t do anything until next week. I… feel like I’m failing her.”
“ It just gives us time to get prepared. We’ll save her. Don’t worry.”
“ I’ll try not to.” Kasumi said. “ But these days worrying seems to be all I do when I think of my sister.
Notes:
Anyone who's done even a little bit of early game side content in SMTIV knows David. He's a pretty infamous early game optional boss and, seeing as he's one of the infamous Fiends, it makes sense he'd be as tough as he is. While the design is the usual skeletal fiddler, the actual theme for Kasumi's dungeon I went with was Devil Summoner, which has a completely different version of David as the final boss as something called a Zoma, something that comes back in Soul Hackers 2 which is where I know them from. This one of the meaner fights I designed which makes me thankful I don't design video game bosses. The in game fight I made up has David fighting with Kinnemon and Setanta, two demons that the Zoma from Soul Hackers 2 are based on. Kinnemon only uses magic and redirects multi target attacks to it while Setanta only uses Physical and redirects single target attacks to itself. David initially just supports the other two shadows however, when one goes down, starts using moves that inflict Despair and instantly killing those who have it if he has no allies with the idea that you bring down one of the supporting actors before going for the main boss.
As for the designs of the Shadows inside Sumire's palace, each of them have a mask based on the mask designs of the shadows in Persona 3 and 4 with each role having a mask type. So the Cameramen are Strength, the Directors are Emperor, the Assistants are the Lovers and the supporting actors are the Hermit. The Security Guards would be the Hanged Man but they don't ever show up.
Chapter 41: The People Pleasing Performer
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 8th
Ren delivered Kasumi the calling card and told her to wait until the morning to give it to her. As the sun rose, she sat on her bed spinning the card between her fingers. Today was the day. The day she finally helped her sister, stopped her being consumed with the idea she had to follow Kasumi’s dreams due to her injury, took the world from off her shoulders and let her be herself again. She’d been warned of what happened to people who had their hearts changed as well. They came under a large amount of mental distress due to their warped desires being taken as they came to terms with what they had done. It could lead to a few things. Illness, depression, even a two week long coma in one case. In the end, they’d repent for their crimes however they felt they needed too. For the criminals in Ren’s timeline, they asked to be arrested and imprisoned. For Ren’s old allies in this one, it was less severe though Ren didn’t know how much of that involved interference from the Church of Control. Regardless, she was convicted in helping Sumire through the aftermath.
She left her room a little earlier than she was used to on her days off and faked checking the mail, pulling the card from her jacket as she made her way back. Her parents had already gone off to work so it was just the sisters. “ Mail, Sumire. Didn’t realise you were into fantasy.”
“ Fantasy?” Sumire looked up at Kasumi, her tired eyes dull with confusion. Sumire handed her the calling card, written in black calligraphy on a red background. “ Sumire Yoshizawa, the Actor of Isolation. You have devoted your life to an illusion, pretending to be someone you're not by living the dreams of another as your own? In order to shatter your false reality, we have decided to steal your distorted desires? Sincerely… the Phantom Thieves?!” She looked up, fear in her eyes. “ Where did you get this?!”
“ In… the mail. Why? What’s wrong?” It hurt Kasumi to have to lie to her sister while she was clearly distressed by the message.
“ The Phantom Thieves are that group that’s really popular right. B-But why me? I haven’t done anything wrong? They should be after that hacker group. What’s so important about me?” In her anguish, Kasumi noticed a sudden shift in her behaviour. Her eyes glowed golden as she seethed in rage. “ No! I refuse to surrender to this! The curtains will not close so easily on my performance! Kasumi Yoshizawa will live on! Nothing anyone can do will ever get in my way!” At that declaration, the shadow released her hold.
“ It’s probably just a prank.” Kasumi reassured her. “ Please try to relax. No-one will hurt you. I’ll make sure of that.”
“ You… promise?” Sumire asked hesitantly. Kasumi nodded.
“ No matter what, I’ll save you from anything. I’ll protect you. That’s my promise.” Even if the thing she needed to protect her from was herself.
******************************************
The first thing Ren noticed upon the thieves' return to the theater was that the lights shining into the sky had turned red and the massive line had gone. Seeing as everyone was in their proper attire once more, it was fair to say Sumire was preparing to greet them. Since the door was open, Ren was happy to let himself in. They headed for the catwalks. The place felt darker than when they were here before. While there had been no-one around before other than the film crews, the lights still shone brightly, causing the whole place to feel like it was shining. Now however it was like everyone had left for the day. The lights were dimmer, casting the halls into an eerie shadow. While it had always felt like they were intruding, never had Ren explored a palace that felt more abandoned. Even Futaba’s crypt was crawling with shadows, peering at them from the cracks in the pyramid’s stone walls. They had never felt empty. Not until now.
They climbed up onto the catwalk. Ren looked down from above. Instead of the stage however, he was met with a wall of hazy blackness. “ What is that?” Shiho asked. “ I’ve never seen something like that.”
“ No. You’ve not seen it from the outside.” Akechi said. “ Whenever we’ve approached the depths of a palace after sending the calling card before, it’s always been through a door. We stepped straight through that fog without knowing. That must be the palace's origin point. Where the distortion is strongest. It’s not just the treasure we’ve been awakening.”
“ It wasn’t like this the last time.” Ren said. “ How’d it change?”
“ If I have to imagine, it’s because these palaces have a distinct lack of Will Seeds.”
“ Will seeds?”
“ Oh. Something you don’t know about a palace? I’m shocked.” Akechi gloated. “ They’re crystalline seeds I’ve found in a few palaces. Usually, they’re very well hidden and locked in abandoned rooms within a person's psyche. I suppose someone who doesn’t know about them wouldn’t know where to look but I’m assuming you’ve probably heard echoes in places where the cognition is strongest?”
“ A few times.” Ren admitted.
“ Then they were closer than you realised. The rooms containing the Will Seeds are similar to this. The rooms echo with voices from the past. With all their powers combined into one place, they must flower into… well, that.” He hummed. “I do wonder why these palaces lack them however. I imagine it may have something to do with how they came to be. Perhaps it’s because they’re more recent and the seeds haven’t had the time to emerge or it’s due to how the God of Control has constructed them, assuming it has a hand in it. Cognition is a strange thing.”
“ If you’re done talking philosophy, we have a bigger problem than some Will Fruit.” Tao told them. Ren and Akechi followed her gaze to where the treasure should have been. But it wasn’t. The wall was empty. Ren scowled.
“ Damn it. Why is it never easy?”
“ Would you prefer easy?” Ren chuckled at Akechi’s question.
“ Only one way to go now then.” He said.
“ You’re gonna jump?” Hifumi asked, shocked.
“ Well, we established how hard getting on stage is any other way. Besides, we are on a timer. What’s a little risk?” Before she could argue further, Kasumi leapt over the rail, falling into the fog below. Ren shrugged and followed her. Hifumi growled.
“ Idiots. The lot of you.”
“ You should be used to that now, Togo.” Akechi said with a sigh as Tao and Shiho followed them. Akechi then jumped the rail himself.
“ Are you scared of heights?” Kaoru asked as Hikari followed everyone.
“ Not at all.” Hifumi said, placing a hand on the rail. “ Let’s just hope the stage didn’t shrink since we were here last.” The two fell together.
Ren hit the ground. Looking around, he and the others found themselves back in Hiraguchi’s gym. There, finally, they found the real Sumire. She was dressed in her gymnastics uniform but was lying on the ground. I couldn’t do it in the end. Her voice echoed. I idolised my sister. She was always so graceful when she was doing gymnastics, dancing across a room so elegantly. I didn’t care if she won or lost. She was the greatest in my eyes. I wanted to be just like her. That’s why I asked if I could join in. It was fun but, the longer we trained, the larger that gap between us felt. I could never live up to her. That was when her accident happened. I decided I’d do my best for the both of us. Reach the heights Kasumi could now only dream of. But… It was a useless endeavour. I’m clumsy. I’m ugly. Even after her accident, I was only a shadow trying to immitate greatness. When I hurt my wrist in training, I could see it in everyone’s eyes. Silhouettes surrounded her fallen body. Her coach. You’re not talented enough. Her parents. You should just give up. Kasumi herself. You’ll never be your sister. As the silhouettes faded, Sumire slowly pushed herself back up. But I can’t stop now. I need to get better. And if getting better kills Sumire Yoshizawa so that Kasumi Yoshizawa can reach the stars, then I’ll gladly burn all that I am. It’s all I’m good for anyway. As she roses to her feet, a spotlight fell on her. The room around her faded to white as she turned to face them, her form changing from Sumire to Kasumi. When the room faded back in, they were back on stage, the shadow staring them down.
“ It seems I’ve attracted some hecklers.” She said. “ Trying to bring the curtains down on me. I don’t think so.”
“ Sumire. That’s enough.” Kasumi told her. “ Please just give us your treasure. We can stop all of this. Here and now. I just want-”
“ What’s best for me? Yes, I’ve heard it all before. I understand the meaning behind those words as well.” Shadow Sumire narrowed her gaze. “ Don’t practise so hard. Focus more on your studies. Leave the stage. We just want what’s best for you. Ha. What you truly mean is that you’re not good enough, yes? Give up. Take a bow. Sing your swan song. Leave the stage. That’s what you all truly mean.”
“ No. That’s not true. We all really care for you, Sumire.”
“ I am not Sumire.” The shadow snapped. “ I am the star of this show, Kasumi Yoshizawa. I shall never falter in this role. I shall play it and become it completely, now and for all time!”
“ Please don’t. I don’t want you to become me.”
“ I don’t care what you want! This is what I have to do! Can’t you understand that! This world needs Kasumi Yoshizawa more than it needs a talentless hack job like Sumire. Everyone loves you! Everyone adored you! The star! The idol! The lead actress! That light can’t burn out! The star of this stage must be you! Must be Kasumi! There’s no room for anyone else! Your star won’t fade! I won’t allow it to!” She raised her hands above her head, lifting a bronze, grinning mask. “ Behold, the might of the stage!”
“ Sumire! Don’t!” Kasumi shouted. But she didn’t listen, putting the mask on. As she did, the shadows around her exploded. The mask seemed to fuse with her face, growing in size and becoming golden and jagged. Her body bent unnaturally as her limbs seemed to pop, becoming stiffer as her joints became doll-like. Her skin contorted before strings burst from her back and arms, spiralling into the darkness above the stage. Robotically, she snapped into place, spun around three times like a ballerina before bowing. The theater erupted into cheering and applause from an invisible crowd. She stood up, catching two swords that were thrown at her from either side of the stage. Her head snapped to the side slightly before rushing. She moved like she was floating, gliding across the ground as she was pulled by the strings before slashing at them with a spinning sweep. Hikari shuddered.
“ Oh, that’s creepy.” She swallowed. “ Sumi’s gotten serious. But… something’s off. Gimme a few seconds.”
“ I refuse to let you suffer like this.” Kasumi growled. “Come, Gretel!” Kasumi’s persona appeared behind her, raising its lantern. It flashed, increasing the gravity around Sumire’s shadow. The shadow’s torso slowly started bending towards the ground. It stabbed the stage with one of its swords. The ground shook as fog burst from off stage. Kasumi’s concentration waned as the smoke began suffocating the thieves. At the same time, the back curtain opened, revealing an artistic backdrop of a starry sky. Paper mache hills rose behind them with the shadow lifted off the ground and landing on one. The invisible crowd roared in applause.
“ She’s attacking us with fucking props now?” Tao growled. “ Is she mocking us?”
“ This is just another show for her I suppose.” Akechi said. “ It's a shame it’s not going to have a happy ending. Shoot her down, Robin!” Robin appeared, an arrow of blessed energy in its bow. The arrow flew but the Shadow shifted its entire puppet, catching the arrow with a sword as she spun and redirecting it up into the air, harmlessly vanishing into the darkness above.
“ That was awesome.” Hikari remarked.
“ That was absurd.” Akechi grumbled.
“ This is a problem.” Hifumi corrected them both. “ How are we going to be able to do anything if she’s- Down!” Sumire floated into the air before lunging forwards, spinning like a vortex as she tore across the stage. Shiho was quick to defend Hikari as the other thieves braced themselves, Kaoru and Akechi getting blown into the seats. The invisible crowd roared with laughter as Shadow Sumire stiffly bowed. Hifumi huffed. “ Ugh. If she’s so agile.” Ren hummed.
“ Hikari. What’s above us?”
“ Above?” Trusting her leader, Hikari focused Lovelace’s attention upwards. She gasped. “ What? There’s a major power source above us. So far away yet… The strings!”
“ I had a feeling.” Ren admitted. “ A marionette can’t move on its own.”
“ How the hell do we hit something that high up?” Tao asked before stumbling backwards, narrowly avoiding a slash across the chest. “ My paint gun don’t shoot that high.”
“ We don’t need to hit it.” Hikari told them. “Those strings are acting like cables, connecting her to it. If we cut them, she should be unable to fight us anymore.”
“ Cut the strings. Drop the puppet. I’ll leave that up to you. I’m a blunt force fighter after all.” She smirked. “ But I’m happy to keep her eyes on me.” She charged forwards, throwing a strong left hook at the Shadow. Sumire spun out of the way only to be met with the barrel of her paint gun. The shot blew her across the stage, bouncing across the ground as the strings tried to regain control. Ren took his moment, leaping in with his dagger and slashing at one of the strings. It was tougher than it looked, resisting the slash. Ren dragged the knife free, fraying the wires.
“ Tougher than it looks.” As the puppet recovered, a powerful shot was launched from the audience, severing the three strings burrowed into Sumire’s left arm and shattering the backdrop. It hung limply, the sword falling from its hand as the shadow looking at it, its head leaning slightly in confusion. Using his grappling hook, Kaoru leapt back onto the stage with Akechi right behind him.
“ Well, our weapons aren’t really made for cutting, especially not rope. Dad should’ve explained that to you, Joker.”
“ Yeah. You’d think I’d learn to listen to his descriptions by now.” Ren said with a wink. “ Are you two alright?”
“ My back hurts slightly. Nothing major though.” Kaoru shrugged.
“ We’ll live. If we want to keep doing so, we’d better act quickly.” Akechi advised. Sumire’s Shadow flipped through the air. The shattered backdrop lowered into the ground, becoming replaced with a new scene. It depicted a number of skyscrapers raised high into the air. Shiho pulled Hikari out of the way as a wooden car sped across the stage. The Shadow landed on it, letting it move her around the arena. It tossed its sword away before catching a 1920s style tommy gun from off stage.
“ Get behind me!” Shiho shouted. The thieves complied, diving behind Jeanne as she defended from a hail of bullets. Shiho strained under the weight before striking back, calling Jeanne to retaliate with a powerful blast of ice. The blast knocked the car off course, sending it spinning off stage, and the shadow was knocked down. Seeing their opening, Akechi and Hifumi struck.
“ Strike, Kiyohime!”
“ Saburo!” The two struck from opposite sides, Kiyohime slashing the strings connecting to Sumire’s right arm while Koga Saburo tore through the ones above her shoulders, leaving her dangling from one string directly above her head, swaying helplessly. Kasumi closed her eyes and approached.
“ Please wake up, Sumire.” She said softly before swinging. Her staff connected with the weakened wire, snapping it. As Sumire fell to the floor, the invisible crowd began murmuring with discontent. Kasumi fell to her knees, trying to help her sister’s shadow up. “ Sumire. Are you-” Kasumi was cut off as she knocked off her feet by a heavy uppercut.
“ Dancer!” Hikari shouted. Sumire’s Shadow rose from the ground on its own two feet. It raised a hand to the back stage. A rapier was thrown at her from the curtains. The crowd laughed and applauded as the shadow raised its head. The mask had changed. Instead of the smiling mask of joy, it was the loathing mask of Tragedy. Despite that, something about the mask felt wrong. It looked angry.
“ Kasumi…” The shadow’s voice echoed. “ Why…”
“ Sumire?” Kasumi looked up only to get the blade of Sumire’s rapier in her face.
“ Why?” She repeated. “ Why is it that I had to suffer in your place?” Ren narrowed his gaze. Sumire had finally dropped the act.
“ I don’t want you to suffer.” Kasumi reassured her. She moved her head as Sumire thrust, feeling he cold metal graze her hair line before flipping back to her feet, wincing slightly as she landed on her old wound.
“ Liar!” Sumire shouted. “ I saw you after your injury. After I took your place, you acted as if nothing had ever happened. Acted so free while I was shackled by this!” She pierced rapidly. Ren moved to intercept but was stopped by Akechi’s hand on his shoulder. He looked back.
“ They need this.” Akechi said. “ Trust Kasumi.” Slowly, Ren nodded. The thieves stood by as the Yoshikawa sisters duelled, Sumire aggressively advancing as Kasumi deflected her blows with her staff.
“ I never wanted this from you! I wanted you to make your own path!” Kasumi shouted. She thrust her staff forwards, knocking Sumire backwards. Her sister growled before rushing forwards with a powerful stab that pierced Kasumi’s cloak off her back.
“ And what did you expect?! You were Kasumi Yoshizawa. Everyone knew your story and they knew how it ended. When they looked at me, they saw you. It doesn’t matter what you wanted, that was the reality that you left me! I was always compared to you!” She twirled her rapier, sending the cloak flying into the seats. “ The more I trained, the more I began to realise that I’d never be seen as me. I hated you so much. I hated you because no matter what, I felt I needed to live up to you. Mom and Dad wanted it, Coach Hiraguchi wanted it and so did all my peers. They didn’t want Sumire Yoshizawa, the sister left behind. They wanted Kasumi Yoshizawa, the gymnastics prodigy. That was the role I was forced into. Whether you wanted it from me or not, that’s what I had to be!”
“ I… I never realised…”
“ Of course you didn’t. You moved on. Focused on your school work, graduated but decided to work at some stupid sport’s bar where I never saw you. How could you have realised when you had no time for me?” Sumire struck again but Kasumi snapped out of her shock and blocked the blow.
“ Any moment I had, I would have been happy to listen. I was there, Sumire. Sure, maybe I was running away from what happened. I don’t know what I want to be now that I can't be a gymnast and I’m still trying to figure that out. I was too focused on myself that I didn’t see what you were going through and I’m sorry I didn’t see it before it was too late. But just because I was working doesn’t mean I didn’t have time for you. If you’d just talked to me-”
“ And what would I say?” Sumire interjected. “ Your dreams died. How could I have even begun to explain that I wanted to give up when you didn’t have that choice? How could I ever face you being so selfish?”
“ I understand.” Kasumi reassured her as the deflected each other’s attacks. “ I know how stressful it can be. You never should have been compared to me. I wish it never had to happen. But there were times where I felt like you do. Pressured to be the best. This superstar that could carry the weight of everyone’s expectations on her shoulders. It’s tiring and it drains you. I loved gymnastics but there were times where I wanted to give up. But I kept going and going and all that trying and all that training was meaningless because I couldn’t understand my own limits. I don’t want that for you. So please Sumire!” She knocked her sister’s blade upwards before thrusting her staff forwards. “ Rest!” The staff struck the mask, shattering it, revealing Sumire’s face, no longer hiding behind the guise of her sister, golden eyes wide in surprise as she fell forwards. Kasumi tossed her weapon aside as she rushed forwards, grabbing Sumire’s shadow in a tight hug. Darkness began to fade from her body.
“ I’m sorry.” The shadow sobbed. “ I… I didn’t mean to…”
“ Shhh… It’s alright.” Kasumi smiled softly. “ I know you did your best for all of us. But please. Just rest now. You can start again when you’re ready. We’ll do it together. I promise.”
“ Kasumi…” The shadow smiled, slowly letting go. “ Thank you.” She looked to the thieves. “ You too, Hikari. I’ll… make it up to you. Or… my real self will.”
“ Hey. Summer shows’ coming up. I’ll show you a real performance.”
“ Right.” She nodded. “ The Phantom Thieves… You guys are really special. I hope, whatever your next performance is, it’s a show stopper.” With a nervous wave, the shadow faded away.
“ Did… we do it?” Kasumi asked.
“ Looks like it. But… her treasure…” Even the fragments of the mask had vanished now. The ground rumbled around them.
“ Her shadow changed. I think that’s all that matters.” Akechi reasoned. “ Either way, we can’t stay here. The job’s done.” As if to prove him right, the shaking began to get wilder.
“ That’s the curtain call. Exit’s stage left, right Hikari?”
“ Normally, though I think just jumping off the stage will be faster.” Ren smirked before the thieves followed her lead. He could only hope Akechi was right. Futaba had become her own treasure but that felt like a different circumstance. Regardless, there was no reason to stay in a crumbling theater. This show was officially over.
Notes:
For not being planned from the start, Sumire's shadow is one of the ones I liked designing the most for the story. The Sumire in this story may not physically have become Kasumi but the emotions still remain. Mainly her Imposter Syndrome and her Inferiority Complex. Sumire compares herself to Kasumi in what she's doing, feeling a pressure that she has to achieve what her sister can't anymore. She expects that of herself and believes everyone else expects that of her even if that's not true. Sumire Yoshizawa doesn't matter. Her dreams and her wants are secondary. However, how can she ever emulate perfection? The two ideas led to an internal conflict that caused her to spiral endlessly, leading to the Palace.
The version of this fight I designed for in game follows Ryuji as being a two phase fight though both phases are as threatening as the other. The Comedy Phase has Sumire swapping between different sets which changes her moves up as well as gaining a new buff if certain conditions are met, such as evading an attack or hitting a weakness on your party. Each set gives her a different move named after a famous musical song, such as Look Down from Les Misérables or Memory from Cats. Phase 2, the Tragedy Phase, gets rid of the stage swapping and has Sumire attacking more relentlessly, gaining access to all her musical named songs and prioritising attacking Kasumi if she's on the field.
Chapter 42: Sisters
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 9th
When Kasumi got home after the palace, her sister was already in her room. Her mother said she had come down with a sudden fever in the middle of the afternoon. She hoped it was nothing serious, god forbid a Mental Shutdown. Kasumi prayed for the same. Sumire’s treasure had been destroyed in the battle against her. While Goro had reassured her that the shadow had changed so her sister would too, Ren didn’t seem convinced. Kasumi sat worried that she’d screwed up. It could take a while for people to get over their heart being changed. She’d been told that. Despite that, she couldn’t help but feel the pain in her heart getting worse when she woke up the next morning only to find Sumire still unconscious. Her father had ushered her to work. No point worrying about things she couldn’t change. Despite that, her mind was stuck on her sister all throughout the day.
Upon returning, she sat and watched her sister sleep. If it wasn’t for her cheeks flushed red, she could believe it was just a normal, peaceful sleep. But Kasumi knew the truth. Kasumi knew she was to blame for this. She wasn’t experienced in the metaverse and trusted Ren and Goro’s word on the matter but that didn’t mean it didn’t hurt to see her sister suffering again. “ There’s so many things I want to tell you.” Kasumi said. “ So many things I need you to hear. So please, Sumire. Get better soon.”
“ It’s not your fault.” Kasumi was startled by the voice behind her. Glancing up, she saw her father standing next to her. “ You know that right?”
“ That’s… not true.” Kasumi sighed. “ This… It’s because she’s been pushing herself too hard in her training. The only reason she’s doing that is to make me proud. That makes it my fault, doesn’t it? I was careless back then. I know what that leads to. If I didn’t injure myself, Sumire wouldn’t be here right now.”
“ Thinking about what ifs isn’t going to help.” Her father reassured her. “ You can’t change what happened. It wasn’t your fault what happened. It’s not like you asked for a broken ankle.”
“ I was careless.”
“ The venue overlooked something. It’s not your fault.”
“ I should have noticed. Not just the mat that day but Sumire’s troubles too. I’ve been through this before. I should have seen the signs. I should have been there for her. I… I…” The words died in her throat as tears welled in her eyes. She wanted to explain herself, the real reason she felt so responsible, but she knew it would sound mad. Even if he accepted it, he wouldn’t understand. It was her fault because she’d caused it. She was the one who broke Sumire’s treasure and defeated her shadow. That meant whatever happened was on her. She knew it, she hated it but she accepted it.
“ Oh, Kasumi.” Her father pulled her into a tight hug. “ She’ll be OK. So don’t put this burden on yourself. You’re not the only one who missed things. We’ll make it through this together as a family. Alright?”
“ Alright.” Kasumi said quietly. “ I’m sorry.”
“ You're a good sister, Kasumi. I’m sure Sumire would tell you the same thing if she was awake.”
“ I hope so. I just… don’t feel like it right now.” Her father gave her a sympathetic smile.
“ Come on. We won’t help her by moping around like this. Sumire would hate it as well. When she wakes up, let’s greet her with a big smile, OK?”
“ Right.” Kasumi managed a small smile of her own before standing. She looked over her sister’s sleeping body. Sumire would get better. She had to believe that. Then they could start again. Whether she wanted to continue gymnastics or drop it entirely, Kasumi would support that decision. What good would she be as a big sister if she didn’t support her little sister’s choices after all.
************************************
August 11th
It was a quiet morning. Her mom had gone to work early as usual. Kasumi, placed on the lunch shift, was able to see her off. She was a busy woman, working as a contract lawyer. It meant she’d never had much time to herself or her family, always away to some meeting with a client or another. She had a side room filled with paperwork that she used on the rare days she was home. Despite that, her love was unquestionable and their father was always there for them, working a simple job as a cashier at a local store. It didn’t stop Kasumi missing her some days though.
After her mother left, she made herself some coffee and sat down. The summer sun was already high over the city skyline. People were bustling in the streets below. It was another busy day. She thought of her work at Penguin Sniper and sighed. She’d only started working there in the winter. It was a lot quieter in the winter. But now, with all the tourists in Tokyo for the summer, it was packed and she found herself getting more and more exhausted working uneven hours six days a week. That wasn’t even getting into her new activities with the Phantom Thieves. In texts, she’d been told about the Palace of Humanity, Mementos. They’d be going down there eventually. The fatigue was setting in again. Something was going to have to give or she’d end up back in the hospital. She’d been so focused on Sumire overworking herself and here she was back in a familiar situation. Everything that happened recently had really put everything in perspective.
As she was thinking, she heard someone else entering the room. She half turned her head to greet her dad but stopped as she saw Sumire walking to the kitchen sink, pouting herself a glass of water. “ Sumire?”
“ Morning…” Sumire said, her voice sounding croaky. “ My throat is killing me.” Before she could take a sip, Kasumi rushed her with a hug. “ Ah! Careful. I almost dropped the glass.”
“ I was so worried.”
“ Huh? I was only asleep, Kasumi.”
“ Yeah. For two days.”
“ Wh-What?” Sumire pushed back from the hug in surprise. “No it’s… Wait, what day is it?”
" Thursday.”
“ Thurs… Oh man.” The two took a seat at the table. “ I… I just thought it was a brief fever but… I was really out that long?” Kasumi nodded. “ Wow. OK. That… long dream makes more sense now.”
“ Dream?”
“ Yeah. I… I’ve made everyone worry a lot, haven’t I?” She sighed. “ Sorry.”
“ You can’t help when you get sick.”
“ Not that. It’s just… I’ve made a lot of mistakes. And those mistakes have hurt you and our parents and everyone else around me more than they’ve hurt myself. I’ve just been so preoccupied on trying to succeed at gymnastics for you that I lost sight of everything else.”
“ Sumire. I don’t want you to push yourself just because I lost my dream of being a pro gymnast. I’ve never wanted to live through you so please don’t hurt yourself for my sake.” Sumire looked down guilty.
“ It’s not your fault.” She mumbled.
“ Even so, please. Slow down and do it for yourself. You’re running yourself ragged.”
“ I know.” She sighed. “ I just don’t know what else to do sometimes, y’know? I’m in high school now but I don’t feel like I have anything else. Hikari has her dream of being a director and everyone else seems to have their lives sorted. That’s when I remembered your dream and… I guess I just decided to take it on for you. Like if I don’t know what I want to do, maybe I can just do what you wanted to do for you. But I lost myself in it and everything else just happened too fast. I never meant to make you worry. I’m sorry.”
“ Don’t be. And, if you want help deciding what you want to be, I can help with that. If it’s not gymnastics, I won’t be mad. I’m sure Mom and Dad won’t either.”
“ I… Are you sure?” Kasumi nodded. A small smile crept onto Sumire. “ Then… maybe I’ll take a break.”
“ Hee hee. Go for it.” Kasumi smiled. Unfortunately, the tender moment between sisters was interrupted by her phone’s alarm. She mentally cursed. “ Damn. Is it that late already? Urgh. I really don’t want to go to work.”
“ Don’t stop your life for me. I… still have a bit of a headache and Dad’ll be here for me.”
“ If you’re sure. If you need anything though-”
“ I’m not a child, Kasumi. Go on.” Kasumi sighed but the chuckled.
“ Alright. Alright.” She nodded. “ I’ll see you later.” Her sister waved her off as she rose from the table. Her steps felt lighter as she left her home. It had been the first time in a long time Sumire had been open with her. The change of heart was meant to do that. Confess their sins with their own mouth. But where Ren’s targets had been high profile in his original timeline, here they were a lot less major. But her sister had been saved. She could deal with the finer points later. For now, that was enough.
************************************
Kasumi returned home exhausted. She had to stay a few hours later than intended due to someone calling in sick. She had wanted to finish up for the late afternoon so she could spend the evening with Sumire but she was late and she was tired. She entered and collapsed on the sofa. “ Ha ha. Rough day I see?” Her father asked.
“ Ugh. You don’t know that half of it. Got some American moron who didn’t speak a line of Japanese complaining about something. I could tell by his tone. I think he just expected everything to be in English or something. Some old lady ordered the wrong drink and blamed me. That was after I was forced to stay late. I told them I wanted to get home but they refused to listen.” She glanced up. “ Where’s Sumire?”
“ A friend came by a few hours ago. I think she was worried Sumire wasn’t answering her texts or something.”
“ Hikari?”
“ No. Um. She was older than Sumire and wore this weird hooded cloak. Odd choice but I guess it’s fashionable these days.” Kasumi sat up, furrowing her brow.
“ Never heard of her.”
“ Neither have I. Still, Sumire recognised her. They talked for a bit and Sumire went out with her. I was worried due to what happened but she insisted.” Kasumi felt colder. Ren had warned her about this but it had slipped her mind in her excitement to see Sumire alright and then panic she might be late for work. Every person who Ren had given a calling card too had ended up joining the Church of Control. “ Are you OK? You’ve gone pale. Please don’t tell me you’re getting that fever too.”
“ N-No. I just… realised something I meant to do. I need to call a friend.”
“ Alright. Did you eat?”
“ No. I’m not really hungry right now. Sorry.” She stood up.
“ Alright.” He nodded. “ Tell your friend I said hello.”
“ I will. Bye.” She rushed to her room. Her first thought was her sister. She rang her phone but there was no answer. She scowled. Then she called Ren. It rang three times before she heard that familiar voice.
“ Hey Kasumi. How’s Sumire?”
“ She woke up this morning. But… I think she might have been recruited while I was at work.”
“ Huh? How?”
“ Dad said a friend of hers came by. Older girl? Hooded cloak?”
“ Definitely a cultist then.” Ren sounded annoyed. “ Damn it. That’s not good. What happened?”
“ They went out together.” She growled. “ Damn it. This is because work made me stay late. If they hadn’t, I’d have made it back in time. I could have stopped her.”
“ Don’t worry. We can help her.” He sighed. “ Add it to the list. I don’t understand how the Cult is always one step ahead of us.”
“ Do you think one of the thieves is a spy?”
“ No. I think the God of Control or their Herald are tracking us somehow. We know they can use the Metaverse. It’s possible they knew Sumire had a palace and just waited for it to disappear from the Metanav. That way, they’d know who to target. It’s a working theory but it would make sense.”
“ So what now?”
“ The same plan as ever. Reach the bottom of Mementos and defeat the God of Control. Hopefully, that’ll free everyone from his influence. We just need two more palaces now we’ve saved Sumire. I’m trying to get a friend of mine to prepare a calling card for her father but I’m not going to rush her though. When that’s done… We’ll figure it out, I promise. Can you keep an eye on your sister? Anything we can get on the cult could be worth it.”
“ I will.” She sighed. “ Damn it. I feel like such a failure. I just got her back. I can’t lose her again.”
“ You won’t. Don’t worry. I promise.
“ Alright. I’ll trust you. In the meantime… I need to make sure I’m not going to make everyone hate me with my next decision.”
“ What do you mean?”
“ What I mean is the Summer season is killing any enthusiasm I have to work at Penguin Sniper. It’s a disorganised mess. I’m gonna quit. I’ve got enough savings. I can pitch in to help my parents still. If we’re doing this, I want to stay focused. Maybe I can get another job that’s less demanding.”
“ I used to work at the flower shop in the other timeline. You could see if they’re offering. Kiku worked around you since she could handle everything on her own most days. She’s a sweet person too.”
“ Hmm. I’ll look into it. Thanks Ren.” She smiled. “ Oh. And Dad says hi.”
“ Ha ha. How nice of him. See you later, Kasumi.”
“ You too, Ren.” She hung up and sighed. She found herself looking out the kitchen window again, watching as the light began to fade across the city. Nothing had changed with the people. The same sounds from the morning of rushing traffic echoed from the streets below their apartment. For everyone else, nothing had changed from the morning to the evening. But for her, it was like the sky was falling. She knew she could be worrying over nothing. That Sumire could return and nothing will have changed. Sumire wasn’t a Phantom Thief from another world. Maybe that god would leave her alone and it was just someone from her class in a strange jacket. But it wasn’t good to lie to herself. She’d agreed to help Ren and the others explore the metaverse and their opponent had taken its entry fee, just like her boss took fees for a place in a tournament. The prize was equal to how much other people put in. Kasumi would have to claim that prize.
Sumire came in an hour later. Her mom and dad were in the living room, dinner had been served and Sumire was somewhat nervous around the level of concern their mother had, leaving the morning after she’d just recovered and scolded her as much as she scolded their father before grabbing her in a tight hug. They sat at the Kitchen table after that. “ Where’d you go?” Kasumi asked.
“ Oh. Y’know. Out.” Sumire said evasively.
“ With someone wearing a white cloak?”
“ It was more… Yeah, it was a cloak.”
“ Please don’t tell me you went off with a cultist.”
“ It’s not a cult.” She pouted. “ They have some… abstract views on personality and freedom, sure, but they’re good people. Some of my friends are part of the church. It was… nice to be checked up. Made me realise other people really do care about me. Outside the house, I mean.”
“ Like Hikari?”
“ I mean… Hikari’s great, don’t get me wrong. But I just feel she’s been preoccupied with some things recently. Between the theater club and this cosplay club she’s joined outside the school, we haven’t talked as much as I’d like. I mean… It’s not like it’s just her either. Oh, that reminds me. The theater club is doing their play through next week. I need to text Hikari and see if there’s any tickets left.”
“ Ask to meet over the weekend. I’m sure she’ll make time for you.”
“ I’ll ask.” Sumire nodded. “ I… need to appologise to her too after all.”
“ You still haven’t answered where you went.”
“ Ugh. Don’t get mad.” She said. “ I was invited to visit the Church’s main compound.” Kasumi narrowed her eyes. She’d suspected as much but hearing it confirmed reignited her flames of hatred for the cult. “ I said don’t get mad. It’s fine. I’m not hurt.”
“ They’re dangerous.”
“ They’re normal people. They just want different things.”
“ They’re attacking people who insult their beliefs. There’s a hacker who’s destroying accounts on social media. The news has reported them interfering in businesses that refuse to bow to them, blocking their doors with cult members.”
“ It’s peaceful protesting.”
“ It’s not right.” She sighed. “ At least tell me you didn’t agree to join them.”
“ I’m… not going that far. Some of what they said made sense and I enjoyed the sense of community. They gave me a nice pin.”
“ A nice pin doesn’t make up for what they’re doing.”
“ I’m not a child, Kasumi. I know that. I just think there’s more to them than everyone says. They seem to want what’s best for everyone.”
“ I’m sorry but I can’t see that.”
“ Well… they’re having a gathering in two weeks time. If you like, you can come with me. Everyone’s welcome.” Kasumi sighed.
“ No. But… if you’re certain about this, I won’t get in your way. I don’t like it but I promised as much.” She managed a smile. “ Can I see your nice pin then?”
“ Alright.” Sumire nodded, the tension slowly lifting as she fished through her jeans pocket for it. She placed it between them, a small pin depicting a black cross over a white prism. Kasumi lifted it up, humming thoughtfully.
“ Well, it is nice.” Kasumi admitted. “ I’m surprised the cult has such good craftsmen.”
“ Right?” Sumire nodded. “ They have a statue of their god as well. A stone mason made it.”
“ Those still exist?”
“ Yeah. They’re mainly hired to upkeep statues in the city though. Not a lot of use for garden statues in the big city.”
“ I guess that makes sense.”
“ It’s an impressive complex. They’ve made a garden, a library and Futaba made a tech lab. Uh, she’s the main computer person in the church.”
“ I think I’ve heard that name before.” She said. “ One of my regulars said someone by that name went missing a while back. Ran away from home or something?”
“ Well, I don’t know everyone's stories but everyone there seems happy.”
“ I guess if you’re happy, I can’t complain too much. Just promise not to go in too deep, alright?”
“ Don’t worry. I’m sure their god won’t lead me astray.” Kasumi gave her an unimpressed look. “ I-It’s a joke.”
“ Right.” Kasumi said neutrally. Knowing what was going on, she didn’t truly believe that. She had a feeling Sumire didn’t either. Regardless, there was nothing she could do about it now. One day soon, she’d help Ren take down the God of Control and punch its herald in the face. But that wasn’t today. At least she seemed over her obsession of fulfilling Kasumi’s former dreams. For tonight, that was enough.
************************************
Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Dancer: I’m officially free
Dancer: Any time you guys want to go to a palace, I’ll be there
Guernica: Yeah. Screw the system.
Crow: As part of the system, believe me. It’s already screwed.
Guernica: Don’t I know it.
Dragon: It’s weird seeing you two agree
Dragon: Eh. Broken clocks, I suppose.
Dancer: Sumire said she’s going to contact you about meeting up later Hikari
Director: Already got the text. Want a ticket to our show too?
Dancer: No thanks. I’m sure it’ll be great but I think it’ll be better to let you and Sumire spend more time together.
Dancer: Better you than the cult
Director: I’ll do that then
Joker: Next week seems pretty busy.
Paladin: Between the play and the tournament, I don’t think we’ll be getting much thieving done
Guernica: Good for you, eh Shiho?
Paladin: I’m getting better in Mementos.
Paladin: Sorta.
Dancer: What’s wrong with Mementos?
Salamander: It’s on rails and Shiho isn’t a fan of roller coasters
Dancer: Oh.
Salamander: Ah. Same?
Dancer: It’s not the speed. It’s the motion.
Joker: I’ll bring mints next time then.
Crow: Always the hero.
Notes:
Alongside this chapter, I've got another chapter for The Fool's Journey after a little break on that front. It's a new character who is taking the Priestess role from Makoto. I hope you'll enjoy.
Chapter 43: Relaxation
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 15th
The volleyball tournament was a three day event with high schools from across the region taking part. Ren arrived at the Tokyo Dome in order to support Shiho. It was easy to notice Shiho had become more into Volleyball again after they’d dealt with Kamoshida’s shadow in Mementos. While she always had time for the thieves, she also used her free time to train with the team. She complained about being too rusty for a game like this but she’d still made the starting line up. She was beaming with pride when she’d told everyone that.
Ren entered a coffee shop across from the Dome. The place was busy with people entering for the event. He’d already made plans with Ann to meet her in a quieter place an hour before the event started. He took a seat and waited for her to arrive. Yuzuki arrived first, wearing a pair of sunglasses in her hair and a fancy red blouse. “ Sup, Amamiya. How’s your summer been so far?”
“ Not bad. I visited a theater.”
“ Didn’t take you for a theater kid?”
“ I was invited by a friend.”
“ Oh yeah. Ann did say you’re doing favours for the theater club. They must be busy too, running their show this week. Wednesday throug Saturday, right?”
“ Right. Are you planning on going, Yuzuki?”
“ Me? Nah. I don’t do school events. I’m only doing this cause of Shiho.” She chuckled. “ Y’know, you may as well call me Satoko. It’s gonna be weird if you keep being so formal today.”
“ Then call me Ren.” Satoko nodded. “ Do you know where Ann is?”
“ She and Emi are coming together so I’m guessing they did a flying visit to the cult to do their daily prayers or whatever crap they do there.” She huffed. “ Lunatics.”
“ Not a fan?”
“ Nah. I mean, it’s nice they found something to believe in I guess. I just wish they weren’t so preachy. Shiho and I have agreed to avoid the topic all together around them. It always comes down to us versus them when the topic comes up and it gets tiring. Shiho approaches it with the whole if you’re happy mentality to keep peace but I can’t stand them. You’re normal too though, right?”
“ Not a fan either, no. As much as Makoto keeps bothering me to join.”
“ Ha. I did hear through the grapevine you and her meet up a bit. Planning on joining the council or something?”
“ I’m only here until the end of the school year. There’s no point in that.”
“ Y’know, I haven’t heard why you’re here yet.”
“ I may or may not have punched Masayoshi Shido when he may or may not have harassed a woman and he may or may not have gotten me arrested for assault.” Satoko just laughed.
“ That’s hilarious.”
“ What’s hilarious?” The two looked up to see Ann and Amari standing there. Ren stopped upon seeing they weren’t alone.
“ Futaba.” Ren said, surprised. The girl grimaced.
“ Uh… hey. Ren.” She said awkwardly. “ How’ve you been?”
“ Good. You?”
“ Good. Still not… Y’know. But good.”
“ I’m glad to hear that. Sojiro misses you.”
“ So he’s told me. I’ve… visited some days but… I’m not ready yet. But Ann invited me out and I’ve been bored stiff lately so I figured hey. Volleyball is… cool these days. Probably. Is it?”
“ Shiho plays it.” Ann said. “ It’s good enough for me.”
“ It’s nice to see you again, Ren.” Amari smiled.
“ Hi Amari.” He waved.
“ Sorry we’re late.” Ann said. “ We had to pick Futaba up from the compound. Makoto says hi, by the way. She’d have come herself to cheer the school on but she’s busy with something.”
“ Like what?”
“ Makoto’s always looking out for the other church members.” Amari said. “ It leaves her with little personal time for herself though.”
“ I thought the cult didn’t like it when people got in the way of people’s personal struggles?” Satoko said dryly.
“ Unless it’s in the service of our god.” Ann corrected her.
“ Are you looking forward to the tournament?” Ren asked, changing the subject.
“ I have faith in Shiho.” Ann nodded. “ She’s been training really hard for this. Kamoshida’s change in attitude has helped. At this rate, they might win off high morale alone.”
“ High morale increases your stats in video games. I’m sure they’ll go all the way.” Futaba nodded.
“ I don’t doubt Shiho’s skills.” Satoko said. “ The others though… Well, I don’t know them personally.”
“ I know Mishima. He’s starting on the bench though… uh…” Ren hesitated.
“ Who’s Mishima?” Amari asked.
“ That would be the guy who layed Shiho out at the beginning of the year. Ann broke his arm, remember?” Satoko remarked. Ann and Amari both cringed at the reminder.
“ Please don’t remind me of my bully days, Satoko.”
“ We all did stuff we regretted back then. Better to accept it rather than pretend it never happened.”
“ I guess.” She sighed.
“ Damn. So you were a real tyrant, huh Ann?” Futaba said. “ I can see it.”
“ What’s that supposed to mean?!” Ann gawked. Futaba snickered. Ren laughed. It felt nostalgic. Usually it was Ryuji and Ann who bickered but Futaba’s teasing was just as potent as ever. This time last timeline they were still worried about Futaba being asleep for so long. With Kamoshida’s behaviour, the volleyball team never made it to regionals. He didn’t remember what he was doing exactly. Likely helping one of his confidants out with some things. Playing games with Shinya or helping Yusuke find the inspiration to paint. “ You’re betraying me as well, Ren? Ah, everyone I thought I could trust has stabbed me in the back. Such a cruel world we live in.”
“ Oh, don’t be so dramatic.” Satoko shook her head. “ I thought you were a model. Not an actress.” Ann smirked.
“ Sorry to interrupt but we’re going to be late.” Amari interjected.
“ We’ve got a while.” Ren checked his phone. “ 40 minutes by my count.”
“ You don’t want to find good seats.”
“ Eh. Good point.” Ann nodded. “ Come on guys. Let’s go see if we can find Shiho before the games begin.”
They managed to get a good seat in the center of the half stadium set up for the school volleyball tournament. They couldn’t catch Shiho before the games started. They watched a few games. Ren was unsurprised that Kosei wasn’t on the list of competitors. For all their accolades, they were a school that focused more on the fine arts than they did on sports. Shujin’s match was against a team from Kokatsu Academy from Shimokitazawa. They played just before lunch. As they got ready, Ann stood up and shouted from her seat. “ Go, Shiho!”
“ Ha. Seems like you’ve got a fan, Suzui.” Kamoshida chuckled. “ Do your best.” Shiho nodded. After all, if she couldn’t win a simple volleyball game, how could she defeat a god? She smiled.
“ This is for you, Ann.” With a determined smile, she tossed the ball up and served.
*********************************************
August 17th
“ Semi finals, hmm?” Akechi nodded approvingly. “ A bronze medal is a medal all the same. I hope Suzui feels proud of her accomplishments.”
“ Shame they couldn’t go all the way.” Ren said. “ But she looked like she enjoyed herself in the end. I hear Coach Kamoshida took the team out for dinner to celebrate. I’m still not used to him being a good teacher.”
“ I’m still not used to having Wednesdays off.” Kasumi said wistfully. The three were sitting on the grass in Inokashira Park, lunch in a bag and drinks in hand. Kasumi had insisted the three of them meet up. The opening night of the school’s play was this evening but Ren and the others weren’t going until closing night on Saturday. It was nice to have time like this, just to relax between palaces. “ Ah. Sorry. Was that insensitive?”
“ Ha ha. Don’t worry. I’m glad you’re enjoying yourself as well, Kasumi.” Ren smiled. “ I just wish we could have more days like this.”
“ With the obstacles we still have, it’ll be a long time yet.”
“ Don’t bring down the mood, you two.” Kasumi huffed. “ Enjoy the sun before the clouds roll in.”
“ Are you spouting proverbs now, Yoshizawa?” Akechi said, raising an eyebrow.
“ What? N-No.”
“ I think it’s a nice proverb.
“ Sh-Shut up.” She huffed. “ Still, why are you still using our last names, Akechi?”
“ You still use mine.”
“ Only because you’re so cold. I’d love to call you Goro. We’ve known each other for a while now, after all.”
“ It’s too personal.”
“ But we’re friends, aren’t we?” He huffed. Kasumi pouted.
“ Akechi’s a cold person.” Ren smirked. “ He’d never admit to being friends with us lowly fools.”
“ Ah. I see. We’re that far beneath him, hmm?”
“ You are fools.” Akechi said bluntly. “ Though you’re useful fools.”
“ That might as well be him calling us besties.” Ren joked.
“ Impertinent as ever.”
“ C’mon. We’ve gotta be more than just useful fools, right?”
“ Drop it.” He said sternly.
“ Well, this is a surprise.” The three looked up. Standing over them was a woman with long blue hair and a white blouse, one hand on her hip. “ Good Afternoon, Akechi.”
“ Detective Shirogane. Little far from the office, aren’t we?”
“ I don’t live there.” She looked at Ren and Kasumi. “ Are these those friends Inspector Hasegawa mentioned?”
“ We’re useful fools, apparently.” Kasumi said.
“ Ha. I see.”
“ These are my allies, yes. They’ve helped me on a few occasions while I’ve been investigating the Phantom Thieves.”
“ How in the know are they?”
" More than the public but nothing confidential.” Shirogane hummed. “ What brings you here?”
“ Nothing more than a peaceful stroll. Days like these are hard to come by with how busy everyone is. Hasegawa and I are no closer to our goals than when we started. A lot of leads that lead to a lot of dead ends. I can see why we were called in to begin with.”
“ I’m surprised to hear you say that. I’d assume the cult would be easier to get a hold of.”
“ The members are. The information isn’t. I even sent a few people I know inside to get information but they ended up joining the damn cult themselves.” She sighed. “ Then there’s this Medjed business. The Phantom Thieves are still MIA even with the deadline looming. Whether they’ve given up, gone underground or are scheming something else is unknown. Hasegawa’s got his hands full with that but tracking Medjed down is just as hard as tracking down the Thieves and that’s assuming they were even real to begin with. This is an even bigger headache than my first major case was.”
“ Which one was that?” Ren asked.
“ The Hanging Bodies Case. It was five years ago now.” Akechi said. “ Back when she held the title of the Detective Prince, she worked with the precinct in a small village called Inaba. Three bodies were found over the course of a year. A television anchor, a high school student and a teacher if memory serves.”
“ The teacher was a copycat killing. The main problem was that someone started kidnapping people and the police were convinced it was to do with the murders. It wasn’t and the murderer was a police officer himself but they’ve still been unable to figure out how he did it and he’s not exactly being helpful all these years later despite admitting to doing it.” She sighed. “ It was complicated in more ways than you know. That being said…” She shook her head. “ No matter. We’ll deal with it. Though, I am curious. How are the recent incidents affecting you both?”
“ A lot of people in school have joined the Church of Control since the school year started. Personally, it feels too fast to be natural growth.” Ren said. “ A friend of mine suddenly joined out of the blue. Though, if you’re aware of the Phantom Thieves, you’ve probably heard of Ann come to think about it.”
“ The first victim of the thieves. So she joined the cult as well.” She hummed. “ Do you think the Phantom Thieves are part of the Church?”
“ I don’t, no. I think they oppose them.”
“ Hmm.” Detective Shirogane’s gaze was intense as she looked down at Ren. He felt like she was piercing through him. The trained gaze of an investigator studying her target. Ren tried to keep his face calm. Before she could continue however, a phone ringing startled all four of them out of the conversation. Shirogane fumbled with the cellphone in her jeans pocket. “ Yes? This is Shirogane speaking.”
“ NAOTO!” The voice from the other side shouted so loud Ren could hear her. Shirogane flinched from the voice. “ Where are you?! You said you’d meet us for dinner!
“ That’s not for a few hours now, Rise.”
“ Yu and Nanako are only in the city for a week and you’ve been busy all that time! They want to see you just as well as I do! Come over!”
“ Impatient as ever.” She sighed. “ I’m in Inokashira Park so it may take some time to reach you. I can just meet the four of you at the restaurant. I highly doubt Nanako is bored of the studio yet, is she?”
“ No. But that’s not the point. Hurry and meet us here or I’ll call everyone and tell them how Naoto is too cool for us now she’s a big shot detective.”
“ What’s that supposed to mean? We were just in Inaba for Yukiko’s… Urgh. Fine. Fine. I’ll be right there.”
“ You better.” The phone went dead. Shirogane sighed.
“ Sorry about that. My friend is… not quite as patient as I am.”
“ Did you say Rise?” Kasumi raised an eyebrow. “ Are you friends with Risette?”
“ It… could be any Rise.” She tried to deflect. “ I suppose I shall leave you alone for now. Enjoy the rest of your afternoon, Akechi.”
“ Enjoy your dinner reservation, Detective Shirogane. I shall see you tomorrow when we’re both back on the clock.” With a nod, the detective walked away.
“ She’s intense.” Kasumi said. “ Do… you think she suspects us?”
“ Shirogane’s sharp. Hasegawa figured it out quickly so I wouldn’t be surprised if she has too. Still, she’s a lot busier than he is. The cult case is a lot to manage as I’m sure you can imagine.”
“ If there’s anyone who can empathise, it’s us.” Ren nodded. “ We’ll have to keep an eye on her. It would be bad if she tries to arrest us thinking we’re part of the cult.”
*********************************************
August 20th
Hifumi let out a cold sigh, flipping a shogi piece in her hand. Ryuo, the Dragon King. A piece that had won her games, or at least that’s how it felt at the time. Today though it hadn’t been enough. This battle had been a bloody affair. Her opponent was Satoru Hayashi, a professional player from Beppu. He was a sly looking man with a tricky play style that made it hard to predict his movements. He used about as many feints as actual plays, drawing her pieces in with decoys and striking from an angle she didn’t predict. By the time the game was over, both sides had lost most of their pieces but she faltered and was felled. Despite that, the man had smiled and thanked her for the close game. The might of the Venus of Shogi wasn’t just a fairy tale, he’d claimed. It made her happy that such a powerful opponent had respected her skills despite the ultimate defeat he’d given her.
“ That was a great game.” Kaoru congratulated her. Looking up from her thoughts, she saw the friends who’d come to watch her play. Not everyone could make it, most having former plans or preparing for the play later in the evening but Kaoru and Tao had managed to come, alongside Taos’s sister Luca, who had been the one Hifumi personally invited. The two of them had become good friends after their shared ordeal with Kitagawa, even if Luca wasn’t aware of the danger she almost fell victim too. “ I’m not going to pretend I understand Shogi but it looked quite close.”
“ I could have done better.” She said. “ Hayashi left so many traps I walked into.”
“ Don’t put yourself down. You did well.” Tao said, folding her arms.
“ I know I did. This was my first game without my mother looking over my shoulder. I’m glad I can say my skills weren’t all the result of backroom dealings. Still, I had hoped to win. I suppose I have a long way to go.”
“ You’re 16. I’d hope you weren’t the greatest Shogi master of all time.” Tao said snarkily.
“ Ha ha. I suppose so.” She smiled. “ It was nice to get acknowledged for my skills at least. He played ruthlessly but he seemed like a nice guy. I’d heard he was cruel, cold and calculating.”
“ Everyone in the public eye is a victim to crazy rumours. No-one even knows what Guernica looks like yet there are so many rumours surrounding me it’s insane.”
“ I know that from personal experience.” She nodded.
“ Let those idiots talk.” Luca said, smiling. “ We know who you really are.”
“ She isn’t wrong there.” Kaoru nodded. “ Though I don’t think I would ever want to live a life in the public eye. It seems far too nerve wracking. I don’t understand how you two can do it.”
“ I have anonymity on my side.” Tao shrugged.
“ And it was never the life I wanted.” Hifumi said. “ But… well, there are some benefits. I got a few messages on social media telling me how much of an icon I am and how some girls learned Shogi because of me. It feels weird knowing I’ve inspired people.”
“ Funny. I kinda do what I do as Guernica cause I want to inspire people. That’s why I wanna be an artist.” She said. “ It’s the reason I chose the name. Guernica by Pablo Picasso was my inspiration to become an artist in the first place. It’s such a surreal piece but you can tell what he wanted to say. Such a violent piece, charged with anger. A rebellion against those in power, causing that strife. Hee hee. It’s why I feel pride whenever I hear people discuss my work. I don’t really care if they like it or hate it. So long as it gets them talking, who cares? I’m having the impact I wanted when I picked up a can.” Her smile faltered. “ That’s why… people like that Kitagawa guy piss me off so much.”
“ Kitagawa?” Hifumi asked.
“ I thought you said you don’t mind people hating your work, sis.” Luca said.
“ I don’t but it’s just the idea that there are people who’d use art for the wrong reasons. That bastard Madarame exploiting his students for his fame and glory. Yusuke abusing people for his art. I’ll never forgive people like that.”
“ I can understand that. It’s why Dad’s always wary about the people he sells his models to.” Kaoru nodded. “ But still. It’s strange. I have no idea what I want to do in life but here you two are inspiring the masses.”
“ Eh. You’re young. You’ve got time.” Tao shrugged.
“ I don’t know what I want to do either.” Luca said. “ I have a few hobbies but I can’t see myself making a living from any of them.”
“ So you’re not gonna be a singer?” Tao asked.
“ Oh, I don’t have the confidence to do that at a professional level.” She said nervously.
“ Since when?”
“ I don’t do well in front of strangers! Singing on your own is a lot different than singing with a group.”
“ You’ve done solos before.”
“ It’s not the same, Tao.”
“ Luca’s right.” Hifumi said. “ Playing with your friends is a lot different than what I was just doing. The stage does matter.”
“ I guess.” Tao hummed. They stepped out into the street level. As they did, Tao stopped, glancing up at one of the black skyscrapers and frowning. “ Didn’t realise that den of vipers was so close to the studios.”
“ Hmm? Which one?”
“ The old Nakamura building. Guess it’s Saga Technologies now though after it was bought out. Shame they didn’t level the place.”
“ Do you have history with it?”
“ Not the building…” She hummed.
“ C-C’mon Tao.” Luca said nervously. “ Let’s get something to eat before Hikari’s show. Everyone’s coming, right?” Hifumi nodded.
“ We have a few hours though, right? I need a shower after that game.”
“ We’ll save you a seat. Just don’t be too late.” Kaoru promised her.
“ I won’t be. I promise.” She nodded. “ It’ll be nice to see what Hikari’s been so busy with this whole time.”
*********************************************
As the curtains closed, the school's hall erupted into applause. Ren had read bits and pieces of the script ahead of time. It was an adaptation of the story of Kaguya, the Bamboo Cutter’s Daughter. Except, instead of a princess asking others for certain items, she disguised herself as a warrior and went out to claim them for herself in order to prevent the other suitors from marrying her and then using them to be able to return to the moon where she came from. It was an interesting take on the story and one everyone enjoyed. Hikari sat with the during the play. She’d seen it from behind the scenes so many times throughout the week that she wanted to see it from the audience’s point of view. “ A director needs to know how a story is told from all angles.” she’d told them.
It was after the performance when Haru tapped him on the shoulder. He left the others, nodding at Shiho and Tao as they saw him walk off with her to a quieter place. With everyone in the gym, the roof was easy to reach and just as quiet as ever. Haru sighed, taking two lollipops from her coat pocket, tossing one to Ren. “ I’m guessing you know why we’re up here, huh?” She asked dryly.
“ You’ve made your decision?”
“ Yep.” She said, taking her usual seat. “ Hmm. It’s odd. It’s almost 9am and the sun is just now setting. I don’t like summer very much.”
“ Why not?”
“ Dunno. I like Spring. It’s where everything comes to life. But Summer is… Well, it’s not Winter. I hate Winter but Summer… Well, it just feels like a freeze. Nothing changes at all. Everything becomes colder in Autumn and then dies in Winter. I think stagnation is the word.” She glanced up. “ I’m planned to be engaged in a week's time. Massive dinner celebration between a bunch of rich people in the Wilton. He told me that on Wednesday. Told me not to worry about school. Sugimura will take care of everything.” She scowled. “ I don’t want to just be a piece to trade in my father’s game. So… change his heart. Please. You’re the only hope I’ve got left.”
“ Don’t worry. We’ll save you.” Ren promised her. “When’s the party?”
“ Next Thursday. That’s the date of the celebration.”
“ I’ll message you again on Monday then. I’ll need your help for the plan to work.”
“ Whatever you need.” She said. “And thanks. Just… don’t make me regret having hope again, will you?”
Notes:
The fourth person Naoto mentions meeting with is Kanami by the way. I actually confused myself with that one for a few minutes when coming back to edit the chapter for upload which is why I'm bringing it up here.
Like last chapter, this chapter comes with a new social link in the Fool's Journey. It's the Emperor this time, looking at everyone's favourite artist Inari. Hope you enjoy.
Chapter 44: Strands of Hope
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 21st
Haru looked out from her balcony window to the sounds of cheering. On the TV behind her, she heard the news. The Phantom Thieves had defeated Medjed. That evening, the hacker group had pulled the same trick they had in their initial appearance but the broadcast was interrupted by the symbol of the Phantom Thieves, a distorted voice claiming Medjed was just another criminal that needed their hearts changed and brought down the group's network in an instant. Japan was saved. She huffed. Yeah. A likely story. In reality, Haru doubted Ren had anything to do with Medjed’s defeat. It seemed far too convenient for her tastes. Sure, maybe they’d found some star hacker or whatever but if that was the case though then she felt Ren would have mentioned it in their talks over the summer. Admittedly, he’d said not to worry about it. Even still, it just didn’t seem to be his style. Sure, the thieves had posted calling cards all over Shibuya but waiting until the last second just to destroy a public broadcast seemed a bit too flashy to her.
Staring out over the evening sky, Haru took in the cool air, closing her eyes and letting it blow over her. It was hard to find peace these days. It had been for a while now. Her mother had died, her father had become a ruthless businessman and she’d just been left alone, forced into a fight against the tide of fate, rapid, crushing and equally as ruthless as her father had become. She tried to stay upbeat but life slowly chipped away at her. Escaping into gardening hadn’t worked. Escaping into studying hadn’t worked. She wasn’t allowed any other escape due to her father’s possessive hold over her. Despite that, she’d tried. But it just wasn’t enough.
Makoto was the one who caused her fall. There were things that caused small steps towards the ledge, Sakamoto’s uprising quelled with a swift arrest and Takamaki’s crusade against bullies quickly turning into her becoming a bully herself, but Makoto was the one who pushed her. They weren’t all that close but they’d been in classes together since middle school. Her sister was an ace prosecutor, well renowned as a just force who even helped the police in cases from time to time due to her inquisitive nature, something that had won her a number of cases. Makoto was also spirited and someone who sought justice in her own ways. She stood up to bullies, she helped people with her studying, she’d even helped Haru water some plants in the middle school garden after school just because she looked like she needed the help. That was the Makoto she’d come to know. Sure, she had her flaws. She was a bit too nosy at times and could easily mistake a situation for another. If she thought someone was in trouble, she’d try and help and that made a lot of people think she was getting in the way.
Haru noticed that behaviour slowed down in high school. It’s not as though it was gone but it was more like it had matured and become tempered. She looked before she leapt but it didn’t stop her from stopping a bad situation or helping others who needed help. She was more tactful but she was still Makoto. In her second year, she’d joined the student council as the head of the disciplinary committee. It fit her attitude. Haru always thought Makoto would become a cop in the future. She knew that’s what her father had done before the job killed him. They’d talked about their parents after Haru had lost her own mother in her last year of middle school. She had heard people complaining about her. The same complaints she’d always had. Uptight rule keeper who couldn’t keep her nose out of other people's situations and just made life harder for the student body. Haru had never believed it. She didn’t realise Makoto had.
Haru had heard that Makoto had gotten harder not long after Ryuji had gotten expelled and placed in juvie. She ignored the rumours, blamed them on the changing climate of the school. People were getting more and more on edge. The principal wasn’t helping matters. Neither was Coach Kamoshida. Haru let herself believe that Makoto was doing the same things as ever but the tension had increased the harshness behind the rumours. That was until she happened to walk through the courtyard one lunchtime. At first, it had looked as though Makoto was just dealing with a bully. A poor boy was on the ground hurt and Makoto was standing over the attacker. It was when she offered to help that Makoto turned on her. She started spouting some nonsense about, while the bully was at fault for instigating violence, the victim wasn’t blameless for getting in their bullies way. He’d have to fend for himself. It wasn’t for him to interfere in another's life if he was injured. That was a trial from their almighty God. Then she threatened her, said she’d assume she was instigating something if she went against her orders. All the while, she maintained a calm but terrifying smile that didn’t match her ice cold gaze. Haru faltered and left as commanded.
Learning Makoto was a trailblazer for a new cult explained matters but didn’t help them. Seeing Makoto, the shining beacon of justice and someone always willing to lend a hand, bend under the weight of expectations and other people’s resentment and go under had hurt her more than Haru even realised. After that, she found herself stuck. Lost. Where she had once tried to defend herself and stand against the world, now she found herself swept helplessly along with the tide. Everywhere she looked, from her life to the news, people fought against reality and lost. Ryuji Sakamoto fought and lost. Ann Takamaki fought and lost. Union groups and executives who wanted better rights for Big Bang Burger’s employees fought and lost. Makoto Niijima fought and lost. Her honorary aunt, Mariko Hyodo? Ousted from her position of Sapporo’s mayor due to an incident she wasn’t at fault for. Political opponents of Masayoshi Shido? Toppled one after another with convenient scandals. Everyone who fought for change. Everyone who had good intentions. Every force for good. They fought and lost. In the end, reality wasn’t anything like the stories of heroes that faced evil and adversity but triumphed in the end. She realised, in the real world, the bad guys won. That was when Haru folded. Haru Okumura fought and lost.
Ren Amamiya was a breath of fresh air from the cold grip of reality. He’d shown up, immediately annoyed both Takamaki and Makoto by standing up to one and refusing to bow to the other, even if Nagamoto had spared him the comeuppance for the latter. They met by chance and he seemed to already know her somehow, either through rumours or maybe one of interviews she was forced to sit in the background of in her first two years of high school. Still, he seemed alright. The more they talked though, the more Haru realised Ren was different. At first, she wrote him off as another dreamer standing against the truth of her reality. She tried to get him to stand down and he answered with a declaration of war against Takamaki. She hadn't expected much but then rumours of Takamaki's breakdown to her class emerged. An ember of hope reignited within her. Ren Amamiya fought and won.
Unfortunately for her, such a miracle proved not to last. He conquered Takamaki. He conquered Kitagawa. Then Ren Amamiya faltered. Haru saw it. The hero so valiantly full of life moving through the school like a zombie with a blank gaze and a broken will. Ren Amamiya had fought and lost. And Haru couldn’t accept it. For the first time since she’d given up, Haru felt a surge of emotion. Sadness, betrayal and, above all, rage. She was proven right but she couldn’t let her hope go. Not again. She needed it. It was like an obsession. Just as she was beginning to think she surrendered too early, her hopes were being robbed from her again and she wasn’t ready to let it go. She confronted Ren and released a lot of the pain she’d held back over the years. It wasn’t enough to make her feel much better but it had reignited the source of her hope. Ren Amamiya had fought and lost. But he’d also gotten back up and walked into the arena again. He didn’t falter from one failure. Not like everyone else. It was why she trusted him. To save her father. Maybe then she’d find the will he had and start fighting again as well.
**************************************
August 22nd
Ren messaged her later in the evening to meet early in the morning. They met in a cafe near their school. A quiet place. She knew it existed but never visited. She’d never had the reason until now. When she sat down, Ren slid a card across the table. “ Can you get this to him today?” He asked. She picked up.
“ Sir Kunikazu Okumura, the great profiteering sinner of greed. Your success and global fame exists due to the tyranny you rain over your employees. Thus, we have decided to make you confess all your crimes with your own mouth. Sincerely, the Phantom Thieves.” She read. “ Succinct.”
“ Well. Can you?”
“ Does it matter?”
“ More than you know.” She hummed.
“ You’re not telling me everything, huh?” She said. “ How do you do it?”
“ I wish I could tell you.” Ren said. “ Really, I wish I could. But right now, I need you to trust me. Can you get this to him today?” Haru sighed.
“ He’s working from home for the next few days to prepare for Thursday’s dinner.” She said. “ I can do it today. Why?”
“ All I can say is the calling card triggers a certain effect. If not exploited within the day it’s triggered, we miss our chance.”
“ Fine. I’ll trust you.” She said.
“ Thank you. But… one more thing?” Ren’s face turned grim. “ Whatever happens, your father must not make a scene.”
“ A scene? What do you mean?”
“ A press conference or a public announcement. Something like that. He can’t do any of it. Promise me you’ll stop it.”
“ Why is it important?”
“ Because I’m worried he’ll be killed if he does.” Haru’s eyes widened in shock.
“ What? Why?”
“ If he has a change of heart, he might try revealing Shido’s secrets. Shido won’t let that happen. Only you can stop that.” Haru furrowed her brow. She hated feeling left out of all this. All of Ren’s scheming against the cruelty of reality. He was meticulous and she couldn’t see why. She trusted him to get the job done. But it didn’t mean she liked being locked out of the loop.
“ How do you know all of this?” She asked.
“ Ha. You wouldn’t believe me if I told you.” He said, smiling sadly. “ But please. I know It’s a lot to ask but I need you to do this for me.”
“ I asked you to change his heart. I’ll do it. But one day, I hope you trust me enough to tell me what your team is doing.” Ren winced at that, looking hurt. Haru didn’t know if her words hurt him or something else did.
“ I do trust you, Haru.” He reassured her. “ I know it doesn’t make sense but… it’s because I trust you that I can’t tell you. I’m sorry.”
“ You’re right. It doesn’t make sense.” She admitted. “ I just hope it does some day.”
**************************************
August 23rd
She knew Ren had accomplished his task when Haru heard a crashing in her father’s office in the early hours of the morning. Rushing in, she found her father sitting at his desk, hands clutching his head and a few of the drawers that held his paperwork on the ground, paper spilling from them. He was panting heavily, looking horrible. “ Father?” Haru asked. “ Are you alright? You’re pale.”
“ I… cannot say that I am.” He admitted, glancing up. “ Haru I… My heart feels cold. I don't know what's come over me but… I have reached a sudden epiphany and… I’ve made so many mistakes.”
“ Father…”
“ I need to set the record straight. I’ll organise a press conference. Blow the whistle. Admit everything. At least that way I can-”
“ Wait!” Haru said, slightly panicked. If Ren’s warning was right, a press conference like that would end in tragedy. “ You don’t need to ruin your reputation over a guilty conscience. I know you’ve done a lot of harm. To others. To me. But the way to atone for that isn’t a tell all exposé and house arrest. Actions speak louder than words.”
“ Actions, hmm?” Her father sighed. “ You’re… just like your mother. She was always so delicate but that never stopped her from striving to be more. She was never content with living for the day and instead striving for tomorrow all the way until illness claimed her. That memory was my driving force to push onwards and reach the stars. But my ambitions caused me to fly too high. How could I ever face her like this? Especially with how I mistreated her greatest gift.”
“ Father…”
“ I suppose I should solve the mistakes I’ve made here before I start fixing my company. Tell me, Haru. Is there any real connection between you and the son of the Sugimura family?”
“ Not a single spark.”
“ I see.” He nodded. “ In the case, I shall call off our dinner plans this week. And any other plans I had with that family as well.”
“ Really?” Haru’s eyes widened slightly in surprise.
“ If I am to make a real difference, I cannot distract myself from that goal now. All my planning with Shido and his people will have to be done away with as well. I don’t think politics is something I can focus on right now.” He smiled. “ While tomorrow is a grand idea, it will come no matter what course is taken. I used to think of my venture as a voyage into an unknown space. Perhaps it’s time I take a page from my father’s book and find peace keeping my feet on the ground. Ah, I’m rambling. It’s strange. Despite this tremendous sense of guilt I feel, a small part of me feels more at ease than I have been since your mother was alive. I wonder why that is.”
“ Maybe it’s because you feel like you can rest?”
“ Rest. Yes, I suppose I haven’t done that in a long time either. Then I suppose I shall take your advice. I shall rest.” He smiled. “ Perhaps you could show me how you relax.” Haru was surprised. Then she smiled. Seeing her father acting like this so suddenly made her conflicted. What Ren had done had been a success but she didn’t know how he did it. The calling card opened some kind of weakness according to him but she’d been awake until midnight the night before and her father had been home all day. No-one else had come. No-one had called. As far as she knew, Ren hadn’t had any contact with her father. So how had he changed? Part of her was worried but a larger part of her was just glad to have her father back. Her old father. The one who she’d grown up with when her mother was alive, had lived with such care despite the hardships he faced continuing to build his company and the one she’d long believed had died alongside her mother.
“ I hope you don’t mind getting your hands dirty.”
“ Gardening, is it? I’ve never shared you and your mother’s green thumb. I’ll try not to kill anything.”
“ Like I’d let you.” The two shared a laugh. It was interrupted by the door bell ringing. “ Were you expecting someone?”
“ No.” He admitted. “ Can you get the door? I… seem to have made a mess in my anguish.” Haru nodded before heading to the door. The doorman must have let them up. She found that strange. While some common guests were exempt from being stopped in the foyer, they were guests that were expected. An unexpected guest coming up and knocking on the door wasn’t something that happened. Bracing herself, Haru opened the door.
“ Hello, Haru.” She was met with the ever smiling face of Makoto Niijima. “ How are you?”
“ Makoto?” Haru gave her a distrusting look. “ What are you doing here? No. How did you even get up here?”
“ Oh, one of your doormen is a church member and he was happy to help me. I hope you don’t mind. I was just in the neighbourhood and wanted to know how you were doing.”
“ I’m fine.”
“ No sudden changes?”
“ Why do you ask? Not like there’s a summer flu wandering around.”
“ I suppose not. I guess you could call it a hunch. Perhaps a paranoid one but a hunch all the same.” Haru hummed dismissively. There was something strange about Makoto being here. She doubted it was just a wellness check like she claimed. From the way she was talking, it was as if she expected Haru to be sick. Or in emotional turmoil like her father was. When Ann was given a calling card, she’d ended up a part of the Cult. From talking with Ren, the artist he’d targeted was the same. Now her father had received a card and here Makoto was. How did she know?
“ Sorry you came all this way for nothing. I’ve got something on this afternoon so I can’t hang out either.”
" A pity. Never mind. The church is having an event in a few days time. Would you be interested in coming?”
“ And hang around your preachy friends? No thanks. I’d be happy to meet for tea some time though.”
“ I’ll hold you to it.”
“ Call next time.”
“ Very well.” With a wave, Makoto left. Haru hummed lightly. She walked across the apartment and looked down at the street. She watched as Makoto stepped out of the building, crossing the road to where a car was waiting for her, several of her cult members dressed in their white cloaks standing by. She talked with them briefly before glancing back. She could feel her gaze before she got in the back seat and the car drove off. Haru couldn’t help but feel ice growing in her chest.
She tried to get it out of her head as the day went on. She spent time with her father for the first time in years. What should have been the happiest moment of her life was slowly overshadowed by a realisation. She felt cold. The embers of emotion were there. Happiness. Sadness. Anger. They flickered inside of her. But as she lay in bed that evening, she realised that those flames, just like the flames of her rebellion against fate, had faded away. She didn’t remember how to be happy. How to be truly happy. It wasn’t just that. How to be angry or how to be sad. How to cry out in a violent rage or mourn and cry the loss of a loved one. She remembered that she’d done them. A moment of joy in her youth with her parents. Her mother’s funeral, weeping over her tomb. Her defiant rage against Ren’s will faltering. She’d done them. She’d felt them. But she couldn’t feel it. At one point, she could look back and feel something but now? Her father was saved. Things would finally get better. So why did she still feel so hollow? Makoto had come expecting to see her as the one who’s heart was changed. It dawned on her why. She was broken like her father had been.
“ After all of this, this reality claims more from me.” Haru muttered. “ Even my heart.” A way to change a heart. She wished she knew how Ren did it. It pained her that she couldn’t save herself. Perhaps it was time to change that. She didn’t have the means to save herself but someone she knew did. Maybe it wasn’t reality that needed to change. Maybe she only needed a change of heart.
Notes:
Okumura's palace is the exact same as it is in Persona 5 so I didn't want to actually show it though Hikari did fan girl over the idea of being in space and the Okumura Boss fight is the Royal version. I also decided to make this a Haru focused chapter instead of just skipping over it entirely and making the aftermath a scene in another chapter. Haru deserves her screen time.
Chapter 45: Festival
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 25th
Ren was surprised to get an invite to meet Makoto in town that morning. The initial reason was due to not giving her his number but he quickly learned Ann had given it to her some time ago. The second was it not being to the compound like he feared but as a casual meeting in a cafe as friends. Ren was slightly suspicious but decided to go anyway. She was already there when he arrived. “ Good afternoon, Ren.” Makoto said, the same soft smile on her face. “ I was worried you wouldn’t come.”
“ You asked, right?” He said. “ It’s been a busy summer but I always have time for a friend.”
“ I’m glad.” She nodded. “ What have you been doing?”
“ A few things. Hanging out with friends. Visiting local events. If not for personal matters, I’d have taken a trip back home. It’s a shame that I couldn’t.”
“ For such a long period, there’s always more that people want to do.” Makoto nodded. “ That’s a major peace of mind from being a part of the Church. I don’t need to worry about doing too little. I know what I do is the best thing I was meant to do so longer as I follow our lord’s guidance.”
“ I almost envy that feeling.” Ren admitted. “ What have you been doing anyway?”
“ As a founding member of the church, I’ve been organising certain events across the summer. Partially for the children of our members however we’re having a gala tomorrow evening.”
“ A gala?”
“ Indeed. All our members are invited and they’re free to bring whomever they like, outside the church or not. One of the reasons I invited you down here today was to invite you along. It’s going to be a great event and I know some of our members would be happy to catch up with you just as well as I would.”
“ Sorry but no. As grand as I’m sure it’ll be, I’d rather not attend.”
“ An expected answer but still a pity.”
“ Do you like not having to choose?” Ren asked. The question seemed to take Makoto off guard.
“ A strange question.” She admitted. “ Why do you ask?”
“ I’m not the type of person who will ever throw away their free will. But that also made me curious. Does it make you happy not having to choose?”
“ I see. You can’t understand it because you’re not a part of our group.” She hummed. “ How do I describe it? It’s complicated for me as I have slightly more independence in the church as a nessacary evil. But those who join us do find happiness by surrendering control in their lives. I’ve heard of many telling me how thankful they are that they no longer have to worry about meaningless things just by letting go and letting Him take them by the hand and guide them.”
“ Are they actually happy or do they just act happier?”
“ What’s the difference? If someone believes they are happy, is that not the same as happiness?”
“ If someone believes they’re free, is that the same as freedom?” Makoto narrowed her eyes slightly, her faint smile turning harder and colder.
“ For us, yes. You may see us as caged but we are freer than you will ever be. That is the nature of our God’s rule.” That certainly sounded familiar. People locked in cages, refusing freedom and getting angry at those who tried. He was reminded of the shadows inside the depths of Mementos. Kamoshida and Shido transformed into husks of their states as the rulers of the palaces, scolding themselves for their ambitions and thanking the thieves for allowing them to return to the prison where they could be happy. The true prisoners were those outside the bars.
“ I can’t agree with that.”
“ I know you can’t. I admire your strength of will, Ren. I think it’s a pity that you won’t join us but I think it would be an even greater shame if you did. Though, since we’re on the subject, I have to ask. Are you happy the way you are?”
“ Not really.” Ren admitted. “ I had a lot taken from me. Everything I’m doing here is trying to take it back. It’s hard and, honestly, it would be a lot easier if I were to just give it all up. But I can’t. Because such a peaceful world wouldn’t be real.”
“ It could be.”
“ It can’t. No matter how much you want it to be, a world like that made by giving up your right to decide your own path isn’t a happy world. It’s just a convenient one. No matter how happy you are, you’d never be free. That’s more important to me.”
“ Your freedom over everyone else's happiness? That’s quite selfish.”
“ I won’t deny that. But that’s still where I stand.”
“ No matter the offence, you stay true to your ideals. I can’t help but admire such conviction, even if it will eventually be destroyed in the end.” Ren smirked.
“ Keep watching. I’ll prove you wrong.” Makoto chuckled, taking a sip from her drink.
“ Of course. I’ll be watching with great interest.”
***********************************
August 26th
Sumire tugged at the shoulders of the white cloak she’d been given at the door. The sacred garb of the Church of Control she’d been told. It made sense why Makoto and some of the others she saw wore it with such pride. Everyone had been wearing one that was made for their size. It fit well. She just didn’t want to make someone upset by wearing it wrong. Then again, if the Church was right, how she felt was right was their God telling her she was right. It was nice to let go and not worry about making a stupid mistake.
The entire compound was crowded. She knew not all the members of the church could make it but most of them had. She was nervous. As much as she’d reassured her sister that she hadn’t joined the Church of Control, deep down she knew she was a member the second they’d handed her a pin. Everything had just become clearer after she’d visited the compound. Repeated visits had set that feeling in stone. Despite being new however, the church members were kind and welcoming. Those she knew greeted her with a smile. Those who didn’t were welcoming. Her worries faded in a matter of moments. After everything she’d been through and her current state of trying to find who she really was, it was nice to feel accepted and like she had a place to belong.
“ Sumire.” Reaching the second floor, she was greeted by a grinning Futaba, the hood of her cloak up and shading her eyes. She put an arm over her shoulder. “ Glad you could make it.”
“ Hey Futaba. I’m glad I could convince my parents to let me come. They’re not keen on it but I think they know they can’t really stop me if it’s what I want to do.”
“ It must be nice to have open minded parents.”
“ It’s nice. I just wish my sister was the same. I’ve tried bringing the church up these last few weeks and I even invited her tonight but…” Sumire sighed. “ She was adamantly against me coming to this.”
“ I’m sure she’s just worried about you. Sojiro is the same. I’ve called him a few times since I got here but I can tell he doesn’t like that I’ve decided to stay here. I’d love to go home too but… I have a role here. Tech advisor to the entire Church. I can’t just abandon that, y’know?”
“ You have an important mission. I only wish I was so special.”
“ It’s not about being special. No-one’s really special here. We’re a single unit striving for peace under the guidance of our god. You, me and everyone else are the same under that ideal. Someday, your sister will realise she’s just like everyone else.”
“ I hope you’re right.” She said. “ Is there a schedule for tonight?”
“ Not really. It’s just a gathering for most of the Church but… Ah, that’s not for me to say.”
“ So something is planned?” Futaba smirked.
“ The Herald has an announcement.” She said. “ But only for select members. Even I don’t know who they are but… Well, I can guess. I might be wrong so I won’t waste your time with speculation.”
“ How do you know? Have you met the Herald before?”
“ Well, I’m not one to brag. But…”
“ Wow. You’re so lucky, Futaba. What are they like?”
“ Surprisingly down to earth.” She admitted. “ They were the one who asked me to manage the church’s tech in the first place. I’ll admit. It was wierd to be recognised for my skills by someone so important though.”
“ I can’t imagine that.”
“ Hey. Don’t be so down. This is a party.” Futaba reassured her. “ I’ve never been to a party before so… I’m a little nervous.”
“ I’ve been to a few after some events. Though never one with so many people.”
“ I don’t know how Ann does it. She’s such a social butterfly. You were a gymnast right? How did you manage?”
" By tuning out the crowds and focusing on my routine. Kasumi is a lot more used to the praise. I was just a poor imitation. Not anymore though. I may not know who I am but I’m glad I have our god to help guide me along that path.”
“ We’re all lucky for that.” Futaba nodded. “ Come on. Let’s go celebrate that luck. Tonight is in honour of Him, after all.”
“ Indeed it is. And a lovely night for it as well. The sunset makes for a picturesque moment.” Sumire and Futaba looked up. Dressed in a waistcoat and suit tie under his own white robes was a tall young man with blue hair.
“ Hey Inari. What took you so long?”
“ Inari?” Sumire asked. The boy groaned.
“ Please do not start calling me that too. Futaba had decided to annoy me with that name ever since the Shibuya Incident.”
“ You mean when the Phantom Thieves destroyed the Hashiba clan right?” He nodded.
“ The Phantom Thieves are strange people, are they not? They don’t seem to have any real connection between the people they target. I assume they must be servants of our God. After all, they did save me.”
“ Did… you receive a calling card too?” The young man’s eyes widened.
“ Oh? You received a card as well? Hmm. That makes five of us now.” He hummed.
“ Inari. Aren’t you forgetting something?”
“ Hmm? Oh. Of course. Where are my manners?” The young man bowed. “ I am Yusuke Kitagawa. It’s nice to meet you.”
“ Sumire Yoshizawa. You too.”
“ I assume you received yours recently?”
“ A few weeks ago. I was obsessed with achieving my sister's dreams for her but suffered a sudden fever and realised I was being stupid after talking with her.”
“ I was the owner of the paintings that had cards attached to them in the art gallery. I’d become consumed with my despair after I discovered the truth of his crimes, stealing the hard work of his pupils. I almost fell into a similar state, harming others for art. I’m… glad I was stopped before things went too far.”
“ Aren’t we a trio?” Futaba said, trying to sound happy before sighing. “ My story isn’t like yours. I was stuck in my room since my mother died years ago but it was the church that saved me. I got a calling card after I joined due to my actions as Alibaba shutting down those jerks slandering us online.”
“ Your story has always confused me.” Yusuke admitted. “ Ann and Ryuji have similar stories to myself and Sumire. You’re the outlier.”
“ Maybe it was a fake group?” Sumire reasoned. “ If everyone else was saved by the Thieves, maybe some fake thief group tracked you down somehow and used them to spook you?”
“ Dunno. But the effects of the card match everyone else.” Futaba said. “ Still, the Herald always knows who is in need of help. With us or against us, the Thieves saved you all and helped me get to where I am. Our God works in mysterious ways it seems.”
“ Indeed they do.” Yusuke nodded. “ Speaking of which, are Ann and Ryuji around? I know Ryuji doesn’t like coming here.”
“ Ann and Emi came about twenty minutes ago. I think Ryuji’s here too, brooding somewhere.” She chuckled. “ I’m sure they’re fine. A party like this is a cause for celebration after all.”
***********************************
Ryuji sat off to the side of the grand hall, watching the other church members mingle and enjoy the night while sipping from a glass. It had been a long time since he’d been to a party like this. Then again, if he didn’t count school discos and the like, he hadn’t really done one. Sure, the group he’d led for a bit went to get drunk but he never joined them. It all seemed so pointless. In a sense, it still did. If it wasn’t for getting saved by the God of Control, he wouldn’t have been here either. His views on their belief differed from the rest of them but he still was loyal to the cause. He owed them that much.
“ When did you become such a loner?” Ann asked, sitting down beside him.
“ I’ve been an outcast for a long time now.” Ryuji reminded her. “ Crowds ain’t my thing anymore.”
“ Crowds or people in general?” He didn’t answer. “ How long has it been since we could do this?”
“ Middle school graduation.” Ryuji admitted. “ You were the outcast back then.”
“ Yeah. But I had you and Shiho. I don’t care what outsiders think. I have people who know the real me. That’s all that really matters in the end.”
“ Where is Shiho anyway?”
“ I invited her. She just didn’t want to come. Can’t say I blame her either. Last time she was here, before you joined, she was hit by a major dizzy spell. She said it was just a sudden headache and she was fine by the morning but… Well, I can see why she might think we might have done something to her given all the rumours surrounding us.”
“ Cult of Control, right?” Ryuji smirked. “ People always did label people they don't like with demeaning titles. Fucking morons.”
“ Don’t we know it?” Ann laughed. “ They… called you a lot of bad things. After what you did to Kamoshida.”
“ Let them talk. I don’t care anymore.”
“ Why did you do it?”
“ He revealed to the team my Dad left and I was alone with Mom. He used it as a point to attack me. On top of everything else, I just snapped. Grabbed a pipe from the street, stuck in my bag and struck out the next time he had a go with me. I was angry.”
“ You had every right to be angry.”
“ I still pushed it too far. Mom still won’t talk to me.”
“ She will in time.”
“ I hope you’re right. But she has every right to be angry too.” He sighed. “ Enough depressing crap. You must be a senior member at this point, yeah? Know any reason this party was called?”
“ I’m not that senior. Though I know Makoto and Futaba are a little more important than the rest of us. Maybe they know.”
“ I haven’t seen Makoto around thinking about it. Futaba too but I’m guessing she’s hidden in her tech lab.”
“ I’d love to refute that but she doesn’t like crowds.” Ann admitted. “ I did see her when I arrived though.”
“ So long as that tech head stays out of her room, I guess that’s all that matters. She’s a lot closer to all this than I am.”
“ Aw. Are you worried about her?”
“ Not at all. Shut up.” Ann chuckled. “ Tch. You really haven’t changed a bit. It’s nice to see at least. I heard you were quite the tyrant while I was away.”
“ The Phantom Thieves saved both of us. Unless you’re saying your own tyranny was justified?”
“ You don’t have to remind me.” He sighed. “ It was a rough spot and a bunch of bad life choices. I’m past that now.”
“ We both are. Even if a lot of people don’t want to accept that. I’ve gotten used to the glares from a lot of people now.”
“ Does it matter what they think?”
“ Not really. All that matters is what our God thinks. If they accept me, that’s all I need.”
“ Not Shiho?”
“ Shiho accepts me. She always will. It goes without saying.”
“ Y’know, it’s so weird seeing you without her by your side. I’d expect her to have joined when you did.”
“ Well, she’s always been nervous about the idea. I can’t really blame her with all the rumours going around about her. I know how they can affect people’s views from personal experience. She’ll come around. I’m patient enough to wait.”
“ It always inspires me with how good of friends you and Shiho are.” The two jumped as Makoto entered their conversation. “ Ha ha. Sorry. I didn’t mean to startle you.”
“ Geez. Where’d you come from?”
“ Sorry. I saw you both over here. How are you enjoying everything?”
“ It’s nice.” Ann said happily. “ These cloaks are really comfy as well. You’ll have to tell me who made them. My parents are always on the lookout for amazing talent.”
“ I’ll introduce the two of you later. What about you, Ryuji? Everything alright?”
“ Eh. It’s not my type of atmosphere.” He shrugged. “ Cool for what it is though. I can’t deny that.”
“ I’m glad to hear it.” Makoto nodded. “ Admittedly though, I came for another reason than to check up on you.”
“ Huh?” Ann looked surprised. “ Something wrong?”
“ Nothing is wrong. I’ve been asked to invite you to the inner sanctum.” This made the two’s eyes widen in surprise. The Inner Sanctum sat at the back of the compound. It was a small building that no-one was permitted to enter unless they were invited. The Herald resided there. The only people any one knew was allowed in were founders like Makoto.
“ For real?” Ryuji asked.
“ That’s… incredible. It’s such an honour.” Ann said grinning. “ It’s just us, right?”
“ No, it’s not just you both. Futaba, Yusuke and Sumire are also invited. The Herald wishes to speak with you. I believe they have a special task for the five of you but I cannot say what. I can take you now if you’d like.” Ryuji stood up at the invitation.
“ Yeah. Can’t leave someone as important as the Herald waiting, now can we?”
***********************************
When the five entered the Inner Sanctum and the doors slammed shut behind them, the building was completely dark. As soon as the doors shut, Sumire felt something shift. She didn’t know what it was but there were a few seconds where something felt wrong. She swore her vision was blurred but couldn’t tell if that was from the darkness or something else. A long hallway stretched out in front of them. Sumire brought her cloak closer into her. “ Uh. Am I the only one creeped out by this?”
“ It’s… not the most appealing. I’ll admit.” Ann said. “ But we’ve been invited. It can’t be a trap.”
“ We’ve just gotta trust the Herald.” Futaba said, boldly stepping forwards. “ Come on.”
“ Brazen as ever I see.” Yusuke said, starting to follow behind.
“ Ain’t nothing to worry about.” Ryuji said.
“ Y-Yeah. I guess you’re right.” Sumire swallowed before walking with the others. The corridor felt longer than it should be. It was unnerving. Even so, none of the others stopped so neither did she. Even as her mind screamed at her to run for her life, she couldn’t stop her feet from moving. Eventually, they came to a large door.
“ Ryuji. Open the door.” Ann told him.
“ Why me?”
“ Because you're the strongest and it looks heavy.”
“ Ain’t there a rule about not bothering others with your own trials?”
“ It’s a joint trial. It’s fine. So come on. Be a gentleman.” He sighed.
“ Fine.” Ryuji stepped forwards and shoved the door open. The five were in awe of what they saw past it. The room was glowing with white. A large golden statue of the God of Control stood in the back, its arms raised to the sky. From the door to the statue was a lavish red carpet, marble pillars on either side, wreaths of flowers hanging from each one. In front of the statue stood an alter. In front of the alter was a figure in a hooded white robe. The Herald.
“ Welcome.” They said. “ I am glad you could make it. You have all been chosen by our Lord for a very specific reason. You shall be granted the same power I was granted and become my Apostles.” The five stood in stunned silence for a few moments.
“ For real?” Ryuji said, shocked.
“ B-But that’s such a great honour and I only just got here.” Sumire muttered.
“ Relax. You were chosen for this spot.” Futaba said. “ That was the point of the cards, right?”
“ The calling cards?” Yusuke hummed.
“ So they really are part of the Church?” Ann asked.
“ The Phantom Thieves are not part of the church. They are the enemies of our Lord.” The Herald said. “ As such, because they chose you as the evil in this world, our God has refuted them and forgiven you. That’s why you have been chosen. Don’t doubt your worthiness. You being here is proof enough.” As they outstretched their arms, Sumire felt a strange warmth filling her, like something was prying her mind open and letting something out. Something about it felt wrong but it filled her with a strange power she didn’t know she had inside of her. “ Let the strength of Lord Yaldabaoth fill you. We have much to do tonight.”
***********************************
August 27th
The news came on as Ren was washing dishes. Sojiro had left the store in his hands for half an hour while he went to quickly grab something from the shop. He knew how to make curry and coffee to a degree Sojiro found acceptable and he’d done it a few times before in the other timeline. He was glad this Sojiro let him do the same. It showed he trusted him. When he heard Shido start speaking, he scowled and tuned him out. He wasn’t interested in what he was trying to say. He’d heard enough of his speeches the first time around. There were a few new ones he’d heard from second hand sources. He demonised the Cult of Control just as much as he persecuted the Phantom Thieves. Not just them either. His usual shtick was alive and well. Japan is in turmoil. We need strong leadership to steer this country to a brighter tomorrow. All he wanted was more and more power. Ren wasn’t sure he’d know what to do with it if he did become Prime Minister.
A scream broke him out of his thoughts. He quickly turned around, moving around the counter to look at the screen. His eyes widened as he saw him, Masayoshi Shido, leader of the Conspiracy, convulsing at his podium. His hands went white as he clutched the podium, liquid dripping from his face. One hand, shaking and weak, covered his mouth. When he looked up, his eyes and nose were bleeding a familiar black sludge. “ Not… like… this…” He groaned. He coughed madly then fell forwards, his body hanging over his podium live on air as liquid slowly poured down the wood. The screen quickly cut to a panicked news anchor and Ren was left in stunned silence. Masayoshi Shido was dead.
Notes:
This is the only time the real Shido has appeared in this story. The Shido in Yusuke's palace was from Akechi's mind and he gets talked about a lot but I never gave him an on screen appearance until now. He's not really important for Second Chance so I didn't feel the need. Being forgotten is probably something Shido would never be able to accept so it's a fitting way to handle him, I figure. If I had a choice, I'd have made this Monday's chapter but, alas, this fic doesn't suffer from the Cliffhanger Curse that Venality had.
Maybe it's a bad time for it but there's also a new chapter in The Fool's Journey. It's Chihaya this time. Thinking about it, it's a bit ironic I chose Fortune of all things to co-incide with this chapter, isn't it?
Chapter 46: Fallout
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
August 27th
Goro sat alone in his office at Shido’s Headquarters. The realisation that everything was over was a horrifying sensation. Not just to Goro. Everyone had gone into panic mode after it had happened. Some were fighting over power and trying to be the one to succeed Shido’s empire. Some were trying to hide everything. Some had already run for the hills, planning on escaping to another part of the country or another country entirely. Shido’s cruise ship was sinking now its captain had fallen overboard and the rats were doing what they could to escape it. But Goro couldn’t move. He just sat there, lifelessly cold and ignoring the rush around him as he stared at the news.
Masayoshi Shido, his father, his target, the man that everything he’d done was in the goal of destroying, was dead. Killed by a mental shutdown in front of the world he wanted to command. It was ironic and fitting. And it left Goro feeling cold. Everything he’d done was for nothing now. Building himself up to get into Shido’s inner circle, accessing the Metaverse, killing people at his order. Every crime. Every sin. Everything he told himself was for a righteous cause was pointless. The lives he’d taken, Wakaba Ishiki and everyone else, died for nothing. Goro didn’t know what to think about that. Was he meant to move on now? Call it a failed venture but at least Shido was dead now so mission accomplished. No. How could he just do that?
This wasn’t what was supposed to happen. What was supposed to happen was Shido becoming Prime Minister. Then Goro would bring him down, right as he got everything he wanted. He had all the files. He’d throw it all at every media station he could access in every country in the world. Ren said Shido was planning on getting rid of him. Goro knew it too. But by that time, it would be too late. His death would have been the final nail in Shido’s coffin. Detective Prince Goro Akechi told the world Shido’s secrets and Shido executed him in revenge. The world would turn on him and his empire would come crumbling down. He’d wallow in misery from his cage, thrown away in some prison for the rest of his life knowing that his own son he’d abandoned had been the one to end him.
But now the reality of the situation had caught up to him. There would be no end created by Goro’s own hands. No endless turmoil for the man he’d despised. His death had been as fitting an end as he deserved but it wasn’t by Goro’s hands. It wasn’t right. It was too clean. Too final. There was no suffering. No pain. He was dead now. Alive long enough to realise what was happening to him and then gone forever. It wasn’t how Goro wanted it to be done but, most importantly, it hadn’t been him who’d done it. Not his gun placed to the temple of his shadow. Not like he’d done to others at Shido’s order.
But maybe it should have been. If he’d done it years ago, maybe it would have been better for everyone. It would have saved a lot of people a lot of heartache. If Isshiki hadn’t died, her daughter wouldn’t have become a shut-in. If he didn’t harm that train driver because Shido and Ooe spited the former travel minister, many people wouldn’t have ended up in the hospital. If he’d just ended Shido’s life instead of spending so much time creating an ironic hell for the man, Amamiya wouldn’t have a criminal record due to a crime he never committed. In the end, his goals had come above anything else. Just like Shido, he hadn’t cared who’d gotten hurt or killed along the way. He had a goal in sight and didn’t care what or who he was climbing over to reach it. The apple didn’t fall far from the tree after all.
It was as clear as day who killed him. The Cult of Control, the only other faction he knew of that had access to the Metaverse other than the Thieves and Shido himself. The motive confused him though. Obviously, Shido was against them but they hadn’t killed anyone else. If anyone would know, it would be him. They’d destroyed businesses and harassed people that spoke out against them too much in ways that made it difficult to prove that was their intention but they had never killed their opposition. Not like this. This meant one of two things. They had gotten confident enough to increase how radical they were being or, the more likely option, they were trying to take both their opponents out in one move. Using Shido’s death as a way to pin it and the mental shutdowns on the Phantom Thieves. With Inspector Hasegawa having his eyes on them and Detective Shirogane’s wandering, it was an easy thing to do. A simple solution to a complicated problem. Knowing Amamiya though, not one that would work.
That left one thing. What was next? For years, his life was consumed with the idea of revenge against his father for everything. Abandoning him. His mother’s death. Everything he’d done and everything he thought he’d ever do was all for that one goal, his only goal. His only goal that was now lost for him. A goal he truly thought he’d die accomplishing. But now, here he was. The expected comeuppance for his actions wasn’t coming. Another had completed his only goal. He had his life back. But he couldn’t see what he was going to do now. What could he do? Did he even deserve to continue on? Clarity was a damning thing. Not a thing he wanted nor a thing he needed right now.
The final nail came from the news as he was thinking. “ Breaking News. A slough of inside information has leaked from the Shido Campaign.” The reporter said, alarmed. “ While the police haven’t issued an official statement yet, insider reports suggest the information includes a number of alleged crimes of him and a number of individuals involved with the campaign. We’ll bring you all the details as they come to you.” Goro smirked before turning the monitor off and sighing.
“ Bravo.” He muttered. So members of the Shido Campaign were members of the Church as well. Or perhaps they’d brainwashed some of the highest members. Soon, it would all come crashing down. Investigations. Arrests. It would be a media firestorm for months if not years to come. What would happen when it was discovered their beloved detective prince was the perpetrator that they had been counting on to save them? He expected the police to be combing through the leaked documents in great detail. He’d be questioned on it soon enough. He was sure of that. After that, who knew what would happen? The Inaba incident proved those who used the Metaverse couldn’t be tried properly in a court of law. While Adachi was in prison, having confessed to the crimes, no conclusive proof other than his own word could be found. Even now, five years later, he refused to admit how he did it. Kanamasa had figured out it was to do with the Metaverse after Goro had gotten him a copy of the autopsy report of his first victim. For him, it meant if he refused to admit his guilt, he wouldn’t do any time.
He stepped out of the office and headed for the elevator, ignoring the chaos around him. But did he want that? It would be easy to get off the hook and go back to playing detective or perhaps leave the field and focus on doing something else. He could go to University using funds amassed from his time working. Becomes something else. A doctor. A politician. A teacher. His path was open, free to do anything. Or at least it should have been. Shido was dead but his memory remained. The Anti-social Force would crumble and its people would meet punishments fitting for their crimes. But not him. Not if he didn’t want it. And the fact he had a choice stirred a feeling within him he didn’t recognise. One he’d not felt for a long time. Was it fear? Anxiety? He didn’t know but he didn’t like it. Was it that, in some way, he wanted to be punished for all he’d done? In his grand scheme, he died in the end in order to bury Shido deeper. But that wasn’t coming. So what was?
It plagued his mind as he left the building, taking a secret way out that the members of the conspiracy used on days the doors were crowded with Shido’s fans. Now it would be members of the public wanting answers. What happened to Shido? What did he do? He exited into a car park across the street and left through the back door, hailing a taxi three streets away and heading home. In a single moment, everything he was and everything he wanted had all been taken away from him. He lay on his bed and the broken pieces and wondered what to do with them as he drifted off to sleep.
*************************************
?????? ????
When Goro awoke in his room, something felt wrong. He got out of his bed covers, got dressed into his uniform and opened the curtains to see a world in darkness. Everything was wrong. Warped. The buildings bent in unusual angles. Some were on fire. Others fallen over. Down below he saw a legion of white robed people marching through the streets. “ What… is going on?”
“ Your conclusion.” Beside him, Amamiya stood by the window. “ Everything you’ve done led to this. You gave the Metaverse to Shido but in doing so, you opened the door to let the God of Control start messing with the real world. I told you that before, remember?”
“ You didn’t blame me for it.”
“ No. But you knew. And this is the end point. Shido’s gone now. The last Palace. The last lock.”
“ This isn’t real. Don’t try and spook me. I’m dreaming.”
“ No, you’re not. But you’re not wrong to say this isn’t real.” Amamiya turned to him, eyes glowing yellow.
“ So this is the Metaverse?” He asked.
“ A part of it.”
“ Ah.” Goro realised what the answer it was leading him to was. “ This is my Palace.”
“ Well, it may have been a manufactured title but you really are a detective.” Amamiya headed for the door and Goro followed. Passing through it, they found themselves on the street level. They walked along the ruined streets with the army of cultists.
“ How long has it been here?”
“ Since you learned Shido was dead. Your ego suffered a major hit and your persona turned back into a shadow.”
“ Personas. He had multiple.” Down the street, he saw Yoshizawa waiting for them, watching as a collapsed building began to rebuild itself as if it was being rewound through time. Tokyo was in a perpetual state of decay. It was how he saw the real city so it made sense that it was like that here as well. The city was broken, beyond repair. Sure, someone else could come in and save a failing business or someone like Shido could pretend to be acting for the betterment of everyone but it was all the same in the end. Greed, be it personal or corporate. Just because the face in charge of something changed didn’t mean the rot had suddenly vanished. Broken, refurbished to look new only to break again. And so the building toppled again, smashing to rubble. Then it rewound before all the bricks had even hit the ground.
“ Yeah. You’re right, Kasumi. Personas.”
“ So what are you then? You can’t be normal cognitions. Your eyes are golden.”
“ Oh, he is smart.” Yoshizawa giggled. “ Well, we’re useful idiots.” Goro rolled his eyes. “ What? Are we more than that?”
“ It was useful fools, Kasumi.”
“ Oh right. Sorry. My bad.”
“ Just as aggravating as ever.” He sighed. “ What’s the point of me being here? Am I supposed to steal my own treasure?”
“ How should we know? We’re your thoughts.” Amamiya shrugged.
“ Maybe you wanted friends to help you along the way. It was us three in my sister’s dungeon at the beginning after all.” Yoshizawa smiled. “ Unless you want to be alone with your destroyed city, Goro.”
“ If you insist on coming, I won’t argue. Let’s find our way out of this city.” The city seemed to loop as they traveled, following the path alongside the parade of Cultists. They didn’t seem bothered as buildings toppled on top of them or exploded alongside them. While they got crushed, the bodies were trampled under foot and the world kept moving. While Shido saw Tokyo as a ship he was destined to steer, Goro saw it more like a factory, similar to how Okumura had seen it in some ways. Things happen to people everyday. Perhaps someone was ill or injured or maybe even killed however one broken cog never stopped the city from running perfectly. Perhaps a more major part breaking was cause for a stir but it moved all the same. Another piece replaced them. They were all as unimportant as eachother in the end.
“ And that’s what makes you different.” Amamiya said as the thought entered his head. “ If the city is a clock, you’re the one who winds it. When a piece is broken, you find which one. That’s your role.”
“ I’m nothing special.”
“ Really?” Yoshizawa hummed. “ Why not?”
“ Because I’m not even a real detective. And I’ve caused most of the broken parts recently.”
“ Recently?” Amamiya echoed. “ How recent is recently?” Goro hummed. When was the last time he took a life? It had been a while since he’d taken any official jobs from Shido. Too busy with the investigation, he’d told him. He had the app so he could set up a taskforce if he really needed it. He’d still done some things. He had to in order to keep up appearances. It was never anything major though. He decided to use some tact and utilise the Phantom Thieves strategies. Shido had accepted the idea of using the Thieves as scapegoats. Toning down the impacts of the mental shutdowns to make it look like a change of heart instead. In reality, he was just changing their hearts on his own and explaining it away. “ You’ve changed. You just don’t want to admit it.”
“ If I have, it’s your fault.” Goro admitted. “ You told me my fate was being killed by the cognition Shido has of me. Now Shido’s dead so what’s my fate now?”
“ That’s not our choice.” Yoshizawa admitted. “ That’s yours.” Goro stopped and hummed.
“ I suppose it is.” He turned to see Shido’s headquarters next to him. When it had gotten there, he didn’t know. Maybe he didn’t want to see it. But he couldn’t deny it forever. “ I’m heading forwards.”
“ We’ll be with you as ever.” Yoshizawa smiled.
“ After all, we are your mask.” Amamiya nodded. The two began to glow. Their forms transformed briefly, Amamiya becoming the grinning vampire Kudlak and Yoshizawa becoming the avian Halphas, before vanishing. Goro pushed on, entering the building before him.
He entered a dark lab. Like the outside, the place was warped. It curled in on itself, becoming a large dome. Portals to other worlds glitched in and out. Ones he recognised. A slaughterhouse. A clocktower. A farm. A school. Different palaces with different rulers that had all fallen at his hand. Standing at a computer screen, surrounded by a number of floating lab coats flying around the space was another man with golden eyes. “ Kanamasa.”
“ Mister Akechi. Welcome back. Or should it be welcome to?” He chuckled. “ This place is the birth of many things. Are you shocked to see it here?”
“ Not particularly.” He admitted. “ I spent a long time in this room with you and your aides trying to figure out the ins and outs of the Metaverse. You were so annoying.”
“ I was. I admit. But it was all in the name of science.”
“ Your science killed people.” Kanamasa laughed, turning around with a cruel smirk.
“ Science doesn’t kill people. What we do with science kills people.”
“ People kill people.” Goro froze at the voice behind him. Turning, he saw Wakaba Ishikki, dressed as she was when they first met. In a lab coat as a scientist working under Shido. Kanamasa was her aide back then. Kanamasa nodded at Wakaba’s statement. “ You know that all too well, right Goro? Was I a good test subject?”
“ I…” Goro couldn’t meet her gaze. “ I didn’t think…”
“ You didn’t but I did. And they knew. Because I knew.” She said.
“ We always knew. You had to know you were just a scapegoat in all this. Or were you too caught up in how smart you think you are to see that you were being had?” Kanamasa asked.
“ I remember begging. You didn’ listen.” Wakaba said. “ Now you know why. And because of you, I’m dead and my daughter is living with a crazy cult worshipping a mad god that’s been playing with the world like it’s a game. How does it feel, Goro? Knowing all of this is your fault.”
“ It’s not…” He sighed. “ Yes. It is my fault. I didn’t mean to kill you but it didn’t stop me from doing it again afterwards. Again and again, all in the name of my justice. But I don’t even know what that is anymore.”
“ Struggle all you like. You’ll never escape that fact.” Kanamasa admitted. “ Turns out you’re not the clean cook you claim you are. Heh heh.”
“ I suppose not.” Goro admitted. “ But neither is the real Kanamasa. He shows no remorse so long as he can make advancements in Cognitive Psience.”
“ And you show remorse yourself?” Wakaba asked him.
“ There are things I’m not proud of. And now that all I’ve done has been proven to be for nothing, I suppose there’s bound to be a lot more as I think of them.” He sighed. “ Tell me. Do I deserve punishment for my crimes?”
“ If you don’t know, how can we? You know this is all a mental creation from your own distorted emotions. We’re creations of your heart. If you wish to be condemned, we’ll condemn you. If you wish to be forgiven, we’ll forgive you.”
“ I don’t deserve forgiveness.”
“ Then I guess we won’t.” Kanamasa shrugged. “ It’s up to you to find your own answer. You’re good at that, right detective?”
“ I suppose I am. But I haven’t found it yet. I suppose I have to go deeper into this place in order to discover what my next action will be. Will you walk it with me?”
“ Do you even have to ask?” Kanamasa asked as the two’s bodies began to glow.
“ You’re special. You have many masks willing to give you aid.” Wakaba said. “ I hope that whatever you decide, it’s what makes you the happiest.” The two flashed, Kanamasa transforming into a grinning devil wielding a bident, Daemon, and Wakaba becoming the hellhound Garmr. Goro turned, leaving the lab behind as he stepped back through the door.
“ Yes, I assumed you’d be next.” He said. Entering through the door, he found himself in a familiar office at the top of the building. Outside, the city looked flooded as the room slowly rocked as if it had been placed onto a ship. Standing at the window, staring out at the ruins beneath the waves was the target of his ire. Standing next to him, dressed in a suit and skirt as if she was his aide, was his mother. “ Father. Mother.”
“ Goro.” His mother bowed.
“ Akechi.” Shido hummed. He turned and took his seat. “ It would seem that all your dreams have come true. I have met my end.”
“ But it wasn’t by my hand. It should have been.”
“ Yes, it should have. But it wasn’t. Now that vengeance you sought out has been lost to you. Nothing but a failure to the very end.” Goro scowled.
“ Shut up!” He snarled. “ You’re the last person I want to hear talk about failures. If this incident proved anything it’s that you were never as smart as you thought. You let a traitor into your base, work your operations and-”
“ Do my bidding for as long as I needed you. Don’t act like you are the genius the media praises you as either. You who were so willing to cause death and misery to condemn one man. Don’t act like you’re innocent in all of this.”
“ The ends justify the means.” His mother said, her voice cold and clinical. “ Was that your thought process in all of this? In order to avenge me, you leave a path of bodies. Is that what you think I wanted from you?”
“ You never wanted me in the first place. You tried your best but I was a burden. I know that because you took your own life because of me. And because of him.”
“ So your repentance for your existence was to ruin the life of the man who created you and ensure the end of your own life at his hands. Mutually assured destruction.”
“ Your plan was never going to work. The people would never allow it. You forget how much I already controlled. I have politicians, nobles, business owners and police officers all in my pocket. The TV network has a pawn of mine controlling it. As does the SIU. Whatever you planned on leaking, it never would have made it to the public eye. The only reason the Cult managed it is because they have just as many pieces in play as I did. Perhaps more. Numbers and Power. You needed them both but lacked either. In the end, you were nothing more than a child throwing his toys out of his pram, injuring other people with them as you passed them by but never able to concentrate your rage at the person who hurt you the most.” Shido smirked. “ You should have killed me when you had the chance.”
“ You’re right. I should have.” Goro nodded. “ Perhaps if I wasn’t so focused on my hatred, I would have done it. A simple, forgettable death would have been much more what you deserved. For a man like you, letting history forget you would have been something you could never bear. It would have been perfect. But that’s not what I did. And I can’t change the past.” He walked up to the desk. “ Let me let you in on a secret though. It’s something I wished I could have told him to his face. Because I know that, morally speaking, murder isn’t right. It doesn’t solve anything.”
“ Oh?” Shido raised an eyebrow. Then he fell back in his chair as Akechi put a bullet between his eyes.
“ But it feels good knowing that I’ve rid the world of one more corrupt asshole.” Shido’s body glowed, flickering into the form of a being made of seaweed with a upside down mask, Pelleidh, before fading away. Goro sighed. “ I know this isn’t what you wanted of me, assuming you wanted me to be anything at all.”
“ No. But you’ve also gotten a little bit better.” His mother smiled as her body began to glow. “ I hope you find your own piece.” Her body flashed, briefly changing into the samurai with floating arms, Koga Saburo, before vanishing. Akechi turned and left the room again. One last trial.
Instead of another room of the building, Akechi stepped out into a large plain of concrete and rubble. Glancing back, he saw the door he came through was from a ruined version of Shido’s cruise ship, capsized on the rocky ground. Around him, he saw similarly destroyed palaces he’d previously gone to. Takamaki’s castle lay in ruins and was completely overgrown. Kitagawa’s gallery had crumbled to the ground with shattered frames littering the ruins. The temple belonging to Wakaba’s daughter was now covered in piles of sand with only the monument to her mother surviving the turmoil. Sakamoto’s flagship was far worse than Shido’s had been with most of it missing thanks to its owner destroying it himself in their final confrontation. Yoshizawa’s theater was abandoned, windows shattered and boarded with the brilliant lights faded and letters of the sign missing. Okumura’s space station seemed to have fallen from orbit, smashing into the ground and leaving a crater in its wake. Before him stood two figures, both of them himself. One was dressed in his detective attire while the other was the clothes of his black masked metaverse personality.
“ Robin and Loki. I expected to see you here.” Goro said. “ What is this place?”
“ A graveyard of our achievements.” The Detective Prince told him.
“ What we’ve accomplished.” Crow said gleefully. “ All the sinners we’ve purged.”
“ Righteously or not.”
“ Justice is what we say it is. That’s why you were made detective.”
“ You can’t decide justice because you say something is right.”
“ The people will go along with whatever it is we say. Why can’t we decide justice?”
“ Justice is something we deserve after all we’ve done.”
“ The ends justify the means.”
“ Would you both shut up?” Goro sighed. So that was it. The source of the palace. The split in his mind. The two paths before him now. Would he commit himself to atonement or would he carry on as if nothing had ever happened?
“ With all the crimes you’ve committed under Shido, do you really think you deserve to keep living a normal life?” The Prince asked.
“ And what of it?” Crow retorted. “ We’ve done more good than bad. So what if our methods were somewhat unscrupulous?”
“ The law cares.”
“ The law can’t catch us. Shido can have all the documents he wants on us but unless cause is established, everything else becomes circumstantial. Even if Shido believes we did it, there’s no definitive proof we actually committed the crimes. It’s not like anyone knows about the Metaverse anyway.” Goro began to pace as he listened to his other selves arguing.
“ The Nanjo Group has been investigating the Metaverse for two decades now. The Kirijo Corporation is also aware. Shido got his research from both of them. All it takes is an expert from one of those groups to testify.”
“ Ah yes. Let them testify that there’s another world out there that links to the human psyche and that secret world is what was used to cause the mental shutdowns.” Crow scoffed. “ They’ll be laughed out of the room. It’s why they’ve not intervened in the Inaba case.”
“ They didn’t need to intervene in the Inaba case. Adachi handed himself in. As should we. It’s the right thing to do.”
“ Since when was the world dictated by the right thing to do? If anything, morals just get in the way of saving the most people. The law says one thing and other people do another then pay off the law to look the other way. Every single person we dealt with for Shido was like that. And are you forgetting what we’re doing? You think Amamiya can deal with the God of Control without us? He’s already failed once.”
“ Ren is smart. He’ll figure it out.”
“ Sounds like you just want us to run away and hide. Lock ourselves up because it’s the easy thing to do. Is that not what we’re fighting against?”
“ Loki’s got a point.” Goro admitted. “ We can’t just abandon the other thieves to deal with the Cult alone. If we do, it’s like they’re winning.”
“ So you’re fine pretending what you did never happened? Like you didn’t ruin lives on a whim? Like Shido did?”
“ We’re better than Shido.” Crow interjected.
“ We’re acting like Shido. We’re above the law.”
“ Law. Justice. What does it even mean anymore? We’re doing what we believe in? Is that justice enough for you?”
“ You can’t just do what you want and call it Justice!”
“ Robin’s right this time.” Goro nodded. “ We can’t just keep going and pretending nothing’s changed.”
“ So you’re ready to surrender?” Loki asked.
“ I’m not going to give up.”
“ You have to do something.” Robin told him.
“ I know that.” Goro said. He couldn’t pretend like nothing was wrong with what he’d been doing. At the same time, he didn’t like the idea of just handing himself in. He had a job to do. A larger force to deal with before he was happy letting everything lie. So what did that mean? He couldn’t just tell Hasegawa or Shirogane that he was the one who killed people and caused the mental shutdowns but they had to wait a few months until he got his affairs in order. They’d never allow that. He hummed. “ I see.” The other two looked at him. “ I can’t go to prison. There’s nothing I can do there. But I’m not going to let myself live freely either. If I want to attone, there are things only I can do. As someone who can access the Metaverse. As a detective with police contacts. As a Phantom Thief. There are those out there who can’t be caught without a little trouble being caused.”
“ So you’re fine escaping justice?”
“ Justice. Honour. Peace. All of it has its meaning changed depending on the person. In the end, it’s a fancy excuse for people to use to justify doing what they want. There was no justice in my actions before. Perhaps there isn’t now. But I’m not going to bind myself to a meaningless concept. I can’t atone in a jail cell so I’ll atone in the field. I’ll fight for as long as I can. Capture criminals the police refuse to catch. I will walk this broken path of mine to its end.” Behind him, the two versions of himself began to glow. “ The God of Control goes first. Then we’ll see who’s next. Robin Hood. Loki. Come.” The two vanished, glowing before the lights merged together and absorbed into him. He felt different. But it was a good difference. As his vision faded and he began to awaken, he heard a voice echoing in his head like he had the day Robin had first appeared before him.
“ Justice is ever changing but the Tower forever stands firm. Walk your broken path as long as you need too, my other self. Know that I shall be with you so long as you walk it. May it lead to the peace you seek.”
*************************************
July 31st
After Shido’s death, the entire nation was in an uproar. There wasn’t any official information about his crimes released to the public but people knew that they existed from rumours released online. Alibaba was one of the people leaking them. All of this was a massive ploy from the Church of Control to destroy Shido’s group. If someone was allowed to replace Shido as the head of the Conspiracy, he knew as well as they did that everything would keep going as it had before. They’d go underground in the public sphere but the Metaverse experiments would keep going. To nip that in the bud, the Church seemed to have decided to destroy the entire enterprise in the public and private space, dropping records to everyone they had access to.
Ren kept up with it as the situation evolved both on social media and through the news. The Thieves were messaging each other with each new update. Each new person revealed to be a member of the conspiracy or that had been reported as brought in for questioning. Akechi was among the number of people questioned however, from an interview that he’d done leaving the station, he disguised his involvement with working with the police on the case but not being able to share anything. He hadn’t messaged them either. Ren was worried about him. That was when he entered LeBlanc and sat at the counter. “ Akechi?” Ren looked at him.
“ Don’t give me that look. Coffee. I’m tired and I need it.” Ren nodded, beginning to brew a fresh jug. “ I’m assuming you're wondering how I’ve been.”
“ Kinda. You’ve been radio silent since what happened. I assumed you took it hard.”
“ I did. It’s… harrowing knowing that everything you’ve done is now for nothing. I assumed if anyone could understand that, it would be you.”
“ You’re right. Failing to save everyone. It felt awful. I was glad when Nyarlathotep gave me a second chance but it’s a scary feeling knowing it might happen again.”
“ I understand that now.”
“ Are they locking you up?”
“ They questioned me about my involvement with Shido.” He said. “ I told them a half truth. That I met with Shido regularly as he seemed interested in the Mental Shutdown cases and was offering me some of his resources in solving the problem. I refuted that I had committed them however.” Ren raised an eyebrow. “ Before you judge me too harshly, I know what I did was wrong. However, I also don’t believe me being thrown in jail is a help to anyone right now. I’ve decided to atone in my own way. Defeating that false god for a start. It’s caused far too many issues to be let off the hook.” Standing up, he outstretched his hand. “ I hate doing this but I’m going to have to ask you to watch me. In case I fall back into old habits.” Ren smiled and took his hand.
“ Alright. I’ll keep you on the straight and narrow.” Akechi smirked.
“ Very well. Until our mission is complete, Ren.”
“ Until we’ve won. Goro.”
Notes:
46 chapters in but I finally get to start calling Goro by his first name. So I changed his Arcana from Justice to the Tower to go along with the new appearance and getting Hereward from Royal. I felt it made more sense for him rather than sticking with Justice. The Tower represents disaster but it also tends to symbolise rebirth as well. They face disaster that challenges how they perceived the world, change and mature because of it, able to come out of it a better person. Or at least that's what I got from reading about the tarot cards for this fic. Regardless, with Shido gone, Goro's life's goal, the in his mind just mission to overthrow a tyrant, went with him and he's left having to handle the idea that every act of evil he did for an ultimate good was pointless. Despite that, he decides to get back on his feet and keep going, abandoning the idea of his old, warped sense of Justice as he does.
Also this is I think the second longest chapter after Chapter 2. So enjoy that knowledge.
Chapter 47: Proof of Innocence
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
September 2nd
“ Hey Mom.” Ren said.
“ Ren? Honey? Why are you calling?” She asked. “ Not that I’m not happy to hear from you but… You’re not meant to have contact from people at home during your… away trip.”
“ I’ve been given big news.” He said. “ Turns out the guy who falsely sued me for assault was Masayoshi Shido. Sojiro got a letter from the police. Due to new developments in my case, my sentence has been suspended. Wiped from the files. I’ve been proven innocent.” A scream echoed down the phone.
“ That’s incredible news!” His mother shouted, overjoyed by the news. “ Wait til I tell your father about this!” Ren smiled. When Sojiro had handed him the letter on his return from school, Ren didn’t know what to expect. The letter was strange, almost too good to be true. They told him that, due to new evidence coming to light from recent investigations, his case had been looked at again. He’d been found innocent of all charges due to faulty evidence, apologised to for the wrongful judgement and any restrictions that had been put on him were lifted. Ren Amamiya was a free man. The threat of juvie he’d long since ignored no longer hung over him. “ What does this mean? Are you coming home?”
“ Ah. Sorry. Sojiro already said I could stay for the rest of the school year. And, well, it would be weird changing schools now. It might implicate my studies and… erm… I…” He sighed. “ I can’t face everyone right now.”
“ Oh, sweetie.” His mother sounded hurt. “ Don’t worry about it. As long as Mister Sakura is alright with it, feel free to stay in Tokyo as long as you want. But make sure you call more. And we’ll be visiting in the next school holiday. We’ll take you and Mister Sakura out for a big dinner to thank him and celebrate.”
“ Ha ha. I’ll be sure to tell him. Thanks Mom.”
“ Alright. Don’t forget to call more often now.”
“ I will. I’ll speak with you later in the week. Before I head off to Hawai’i.”
“ Sounds like a fantastic experience. Buy me a souvenir.”
“ Ha ha. I will. Bye Mom.”
“ Bye dear.” Ren chuckled as he hung up. It was strange hearing his mother so flustered. It must have been hard for her after he was sent to Tokyo. He didn’t think often enough about how she and her father had gone through back home or if his brother had gotten in any trouble in Sendai due to what happened to him. He’d been so focused on his mission in defeating Shido and now the God of Control that he let things outside Tokyo slip his mind completely. Not that home was a warm place. Not when he left. Being condemned as a criminal had alienated him from the people he’d called friends, neighbours and family. Now it had been confirmed he was innocent all along, he found himself not wanting to see them. He expected them to apologise profusely, play it off like nothing had happened or, worse, continue treating him like a criminal due to not wanting to feel like they were wrong. If he could choose now, he’d probably stay here until he was out of high school so he’d never have to face them again. In reality, he knew he couldn’t run away forever. He’d have to face everyone at some point. But not right now.
“ How’d they react?” Sojiro asked as he headed back down to the cafe.
“ I think Dad’s at work. Mom was ecstatic though. Though I think she’s a bit sad that I'm not immediately coming home.”
“ You can if you want.” He said. “ I know you must miss them.”
“ I do.” He nodded. “ But I don’t want to mess up my studies by suddenly swapping schools again. I’m… also a little nervous about what everyone’s reaction will be.”
“ Heh. Worried they won’t accept a felon like you?” Sojiro smirked. “ It’s alright to feel anxious, you know? Being falsely charged for a crime you didn’t commit. Something like that has got to be hard on anyone. Best you can do is your life now that your record’s clean. Stick around as long as you need to. Does that cosplay group of yours know about your past?”
“ I told them, yeah. I was worried but they accepted me anyway.”
“ That’s how you know you’ve got some good friends. Keep a hold of those. They’re priceless.”
“ I will.” Ren nodded. “ I won’t trade them for anyone.”
****************************************
September 3rd
Inspector Hasegawa tapped his finger against the sleeve of his jacket as he looked down at Ren. “ Are you going to order something?” Ren asked him. “ They serve nice drinks here if you’re not hungry.”
“ This isn’t a pleasure call.” Hasegawa told him. Ren and Hasegawa sat at a table with Akechi, who was giving Hasegawa the same cold glare he was giving Ren. The other thieves sat at tables around them, all of them having been called in by the Inspector. It seemed the man was keeping to his word. With Shido dead via mental shutdown, he was looking at his closest lead. The Phantom Thieves had been blamed for the incident, as Ren predicted they would. The same thing had happened when Haru’s father had died. He was sure the Cult was behind that as well though it was equally as likely to be the conspiracy enacting their own plans early to throw the heat off their tales. Regardless, they were getting blamed for taking their justice too far.
“ It wasn’t us.” Ren told him.
“ Do you have any proof of that? Cause we have plenty that it might have been you. Especially if you are the Phantom Thieves. Ren Amamiya, fingered as the culprit of an assault against an unnamed man recently revealed to be Masayoshi Shido. While the case files have now cleared you, that doesn’t mean you can’t still be put away for this.”
“ If it were us, it would have been a lot less lethal. We’d never kill anyone.”
“ As much as I’d love to believe you, I have to look at this as an officer of the law. My daughter is a major fan of yours and I’d hate to believe she’s collecting the merchandise of criminals.”
“ Hold up. We have merch now?” Tao asked in amusement, leaning in closer. “ Since when?”
“ I saw people selling some fan-made logos of ours at the station after the Medjed incident.” Shiho said.
“ And you didn’t tell me?”
“ I bought some if you’d like.” Kaoru told her.
“ Damn right I want some.”
“ Is now the time?” Akechi scolded them. “ Continue, Hasegawa. I assume you aren’t here without evidence.”
“ No. Are you aware of the Inaba incident? Where two people were murdered in the spring in a sleepy town in the middle of the country?”
“ It was the one Detective Shirogane was a part of, right?” Kasumi asked.
“ It was. The strangest thing about the murders in Inaba was that, anatomically, nothing was wrong with the victims. It was as if their hearts just stopped beating one day. If it wasn’t for the fact they had been hung upside down from telephone poles, they would have been considered natural deaths.”
“ What’s that got to do with us?” Tao asked.
“ Masayoshi Shido’s death was the exact same. As was every other victim of a mental shutdown. Detective Shirogane visited the culprit of the Inaba case for advice in the matter and confirmed it. It wasn’t the same method they used but it was very close. There’s a special method that isn’t poison or a weapon of some kind that causes Mental Shutdowns. If you’re not the culprits then I think you know who is.”
“ And if we don’t tell you?” Ren said.
“ I can arrest you on suspicion of murder. Admittedly, nothing will probably come from it if you keep quiet. All other evidence is entirely circumstantial. However, I’ll make sure that you’ll all be watched from now until my time in Tokyo is over. The Phantom Thieves will be disbanded, one way or another.” Ren hummed. For how the man acted, he was certainly meticulous. He looked at Akechi, who sighed but nodded.
“ Alright. But just know that if you try and tell anyone what you’re about to see, no-one will believe you.”
“ You make it sound supernatural.” The man joked. The thieves didn’t say a word. Ren just smiled. “ What’s… with that smile?” He looked around to see the others doing the same. “ N-No really. What’s with that smile?”
****************************************
“ Alright. I get it now.” Hasegawa said as he looked around Mementos. “ Where the hell are we? Why are you all dressed like that? When did you all dress up like that? Yoshizawa, back me up here.”
“ Oh, the only reason I don’t have an outfit is because it got destroyed. I just decided to save money and wear old clothes from now on.”
“ Destroyed by what?”
“ You’ll find out.” Ren said. “ Unless you want to leave now. I’d totally get that.”
“ Actually, speaking of outfits, the hell happened to you, Crow?” Tao asked. The others looked at him. He folded his arms.
“ What?”
“ You don’t look like an evil feather ranger anymore.” He looked confused before looking at his arms and then at the rest of his attire. Ren hummed. He definitely looked different now. It was like a mix between his attire as Crow and as his Black Mask suit he’d been using in this timeline. He wore a red hooded cape and black suit similar to his old Crow attire with gold highlights and red gloves with his mask becoming thinner and sleeker, also similar to Crow’s but a lot less stupid. Ren had a feeling when he visited him at Leblanc but he’d changed. This new outfit proved that.
“ Hmm. So I suppose this is what you all felt like. I understand how you’d miss the change.” Goro said, pulling at the ends of his gloves.
“ So he doesn’t usually look like that?” Hasegawa asked.
“ Nope. The rest is normal.” Tao said. “ Yo Joker. Does the old timer need a code name?”
“ Old timer?”
“ I guess. We’re going to do the next section in Mementos. Second to last one.”
“ Oh good.” Shiho sighed in relief. “ I’m not sure my heart can take much more.”
“ Heart?”
“ Oh. You can have my grappling hook if you want, Inspector. I don’t mind waiting for the elevator.” Shiho offered the inspector her grappling hook. The man looked at it suspiciously.
“ What is that for?”
“ You’ll find out.” Ren reassured him. “ Anyway, what’s his code name going to be?”
“ Gramps?” Tao offered.
“ I’m not that old!”
“ He’s not wrong. His daughter’s in my class and my Dad’s in his early thirties.” Kaoru said.
“ Ain’t you adopted?” Tao asked.
“ Wait, Akane’s in your class?” Hasegawa asked. “ We’re going to have to discuss that.”
“ Later.” Goro sighed. “ Call him Inspector. Let’s go.”
“ New outfit hasn’t stopped you taking all the fun out of things, huh?” Tao frowned. “ Fine. You coming, Paladin, or are we letting the inspector zip around the rails today.”
“ I’m happy letting him go.” Shiho said. “ I’m… not a fan of the tunnels. Just remember to open the elevators. I’ll be here if you need help with anything.”
“ You heard the lady, Inspector.” Ren said. “ Let’s get going.”
“ Going where?” The thieves ignored him, heading to the elevators. The man sighed. “ You guys are enjoying this, aren’t you?”
****************************************
Inspector Hasegawa fell to his knees as they entered the final room and saw the locked door at the end. “ What. Was. That?” Ren laughed as he sent the elevator up to collect Shiho.
“ Yeah, that’s the reaction I was expecting.” He said.
“ Well, he handled it better than Paladin at least.” Hifumi said. “ She screams. Loudly.”
“ Honestly, I can understand that.” Hasegawa admitted. “ I just hope my shoes survived the trip.”
“ I haven’t burned mine out yet but I can understand the worry.” Kasumi admitted. “ Grinding subway rails wasn’t in the job description of being Phantom Thief.”
“ We had a job description?” Tao raised an eyebrow. “ Director. What did you write for it?”
“ Why do you assume I did it?”
“ Tell me you wouldn’t if given the chance.” Hikari gave a nervous laugh. “ Exactly.”
“ If I had to guess, stealing hearts would be at the top.” Kaoru suggested.
“ What’s the difference between taking hearts and a mental shutdown?” Hasegawa asked.
“ Lethality.” Goro said simply. The Inspector hummed. The elevator opened before he could continue. Shiho stepped out, stretching.
“ Ugh. Those waiting chairs aren’t comfortable in the slightest.” She grumbled.
“ So you’d rather take the rails?” Ren asked.
“ W-Well, let’s not be too hasty.”
“ As expected.” Goro sighed. “ Now then, shall we get this over with?”
“ Get what over with?” Hasegawa asked.
“ You haven't seen him yet?” Confused, the Inspector turned around. He leaned forwards, squinting slightly. Standing in front of the door was a fat, bald man who was barely squeezed into an ugly golden suit.
“ Wait a minute. Someone else is down here?” He looked back. “ Is that the culprit?”
“ Don’t be stupid.”
“ Be nice. He doesn’t know what shadows are yet.” Ren told Goro.
“ I thought those are the things you’ve been fighting?”
“ They are. However there’s a difference between the ones we’ve been facing and these. The ones we’ve been facing up until now are more abstract. They’re emotions or thoughts given form. Those ones however are the embodiment of an actual person. Specifically, their inner thoughts and desires. Not all of them live down here but most do though most live deeper.”
“ How deep does this place go exactly?”
“ You don’t want to know.”
“ I… probably don’t, no.” Hasegawa admitted. “ So what are you going to do with it?”
“ Beat it up.” Hikari said jovially. “ Then tell it all its ideas are wrong and send it back to its real self so they have a change of heart and stop being evil.”
“ I thought you just said lethality was the difference between you and the supposed real culprit.”
“ We’re not gonna kill it.” Tao scoffed. “ Just give it a… severely deadly beating.”
“ Not helping.” Goro said.
“ Roughing it up.” Hifumi said.
“ Also not helping.”
“ Scaring it straight.” Kaoru said.
“ I’ll accept that one.”
“ Do you even know who he is?” Hasegawa asked exasperatedly.
“ He’s the principal of Shujin academy.” Shiho said. “ No-one likes him.”
“ Yeah. I honestly expected him to have a palace.” Ren admitted. Thinking about it, Kobayakawa had been killed by Goro in the last timeline, suffering a mental shutdown and walking in front of a truck. Ren barely knew the man past his thinly veiled warnings of expulsion on his first day and the few assemblies he didn’t manage to pawn off to other teachers. A forgettable man with a lot of ambitions but not a lot of actual power. Kamoshida out ranked him, he lost the one piece of control he had over the student body when Makoto turned on him and Shido had no actual plan to give him anything when he eventually became prime minister. Ren wouldn’t have even known he was part of the conspiracy if Goro hadn’t told him.
“ Palace?” Hasegawa asked.
“ Don’t worry about it. Just sit back and watch how we do things.” The thieves stepped forwards, leaving the Inspector behind to contemplate his mistakes from coming into Mementos.
“ Damn it. I was so close. Don’t leave me now.” Kobayakawa’s shadow growled. “ It was supposed to be all mine. I was meant for a higher calling than some backwater school. How dare you abandon me now!”
“ Someone ain’t happy.” Tao jeered. The man turned, red faced and scowling.
“ The Phantom Thieves.” He spat. “ You. This is all your fault. Ever since you appeared, my plans for a personal paradise have been ruined. You and Niijima. If everyone had just done as they were supposed to, I’d be having dinner with the Prime Minister as his Minister of Education by Christmas.”
“ I didn’t realise he was so deluded.” Shiho said.
“ Nobodies tend to cling to whatever relevance they can get.” Kaoru said with a sigh. “ Dad’s told me a few warnings of minor criminals who tried stepping up to the big time clans due to arrogance and got flattened. He’s the same.”
“ I am not a nobody!” Kobayakawa shouted. “ How can children like yourself know what I had to do to claw my way to where I got to? How much I scarified? The days wasted! The opportunities given up! And for what? Headmaster for a school that’s only noteworthy accomplishment is ending the career of an Olympic gold medallist? I was destined for so much more than wasting away in a school for ne’er do wells. I was promised so much more. All Shido’s people asked was that I keep an eye out for any suspicious behaviour amongst the student body and he promised me a spot amongst his top men. I would have been Minister Kobayakawa! Finally respected! Finally given what I always knew I was meant to have! But no. Now Shido’s dead and it’s all your fault.” The shadows around him began to swirl.
“ Here he comes.” Hikari warned them.
“ I won’t let this stand! I CAN STILL CLAIM MY PARADISE IF I TURN IN YOUR HEADS!” The shadows around him exploded. They reformed as a colossal, gaping jaw attached to a body of melting slime, two tiny hands at either side of it. Ren recognised this one. Kobayakawa had taken the form of Abaddon, the angel of the abyss. Despite that, something about it was wrong. Instead of two glowing eyes, the top of his head was covered in boil like growths, swords stabbing into its back. Ren didn’t know if it was another version of the Persona he knew, similar to Slime and Black Slime, or something else entirely. “ IF I CAN KILL THE PHANTOM THIEVES, I’LL BE HERALDED FAR AND WIDE AS THE AVENGER OF SHIDO! I’LL BE A DAMN HERO! SO PERISH! PERISH FOR MY GLORY!”
“ He shouts too much.” Hifumi frowned. “ Is he always this dramatic?”
“ I don’t remember much about our actual principal’s personality so no. Probably not.” Ren admitted.
“ Don’t look down on me!” Kobayakawa bellowed. He inhaled deeply. Shiho stepped in front of everyone, summoning Jeanne before the shadow exhaled, releasing a huff of foul smelling breath.
“ Ew.” Hikari whined, covering her mouth and nose with her hand. “ Gross.”
“ Don’t be such a child.” Goro sighed. “ You’ve dealt with worse than poor dental hygiene.”
“ Like what?”
“ Black Slime? Pisaca?” Ren listed off. “ Ghoul?”
“ Ugh. Don’t remind me.” She shuddered. “ Let’s just deal with this guy so I can go home and have a shower.”
“ At least your clothes vanish. I hope I can get these in the wash before anyone starts asking questions.” Kasumi sighed.
“ You guys are getting too complacent.” Hifumi scolded them.
“ I agree. Come Hereward!” Behind Goro appeared what Ren could only describe as the perfect fusion of Robin Hood and Loki. Like Akechi, the design was a combination of them both. A pitch black body and a torn black cape, a red insignia shining on its chest. In its hand was a bow almost as large as the persona was and was more modern in design made of black metal. It was his persona but something about it was different. His Arcana was justice and yet Ren could sense the power of the Tower within it. Goro grinned as he gestured towards Kobayakawa, calling on his Persona to unleash a powerful shot right into the shadow’s gaping mouth. It screamed in agony. “ If you don’t take things seriously, you’ll die.”
“ Sorry.” Kasumi frowned.
“ Actions over words, Dancer.”
“ Well, in that case, let me show you.” She smiled. “ Gretel. Follow up.” Kasumi shattered her glowing card, summoning Gretel. Her lamp shone before launching two orbs of psychokenetic energy at the struggling shadow. The shadow’s boils glowed like a dozen angry eyes as a white smoke seeped from the corners of its grimacing face.
“ Paladin, prepare yourself. Salamander, move after her.” The two looked at him, surprised. Shiho was the first to recover, raising her barrier in time to absorb a blast of icy wind that left the station floor frosty.
“ Hektor! Throw it!” Kaoru shouted, removing his helmet. Hektor appeared in front of him, launching its spear at Kobayakawa’s shadow, causing the tunnels to echo with the winds howling. Tao hummed.
“ Yo Joker I’m not going crazy, am I?”
“ You mean about Crow?”
“ Yeah. It’s just… the way he’s playing commander is odd. It ain’t like him.”
“ He knows our abilities and how to use them. He knows our personalities, how each of us operates. It’s like when we were dealing with Yusuke’s shadow, remember? He’s a good strategist. Honestly, if he was like this in the last timeline, we’d have had a much easier time with things in Sae’s palace but he played dumb the whole time.”
“ I guess. Still, the new clothes, the persona, the attitude. Something happened to him, yeah?”
“ I think he had an epiphany.” Ren told her. “ If our attire is based on our views on our personal cognitions then I’m guessing what happened with Shido affected him in a major way.”
“ Cause the guy he was trying to fuck over bit it before he could make good on his goals and he had to figure out how to move on?”
“ Yeah. I doubt we’ll ever know how but so long as Goro is committed to us, I think we should give him a chance.”
“ Are you two going to let us do all the work?” Goro shouted. Tao sighed.
“ He’s still a dick though.” Ren laughed.
“ Well, I doubt his prickly personality is going to change any time soon. Come on. Let’s get back into the fight.” Tao smirked and nodded, clicking a canister into her paint gun.
“ I’ll go high.” She said. Ren chuckled, stepping forwards and reaching for his mask. Tao launched a volley of shots as Kobayakawa began inhaling again, causing the shadow to start coughing from the paint stuck in his throat. It gave Ren the perfect opportunity.
“ Burn it up, Cerberus.” Removing his mask, a blazing inferno rushed at the shadow as Cerberus was summoned, the massive white furred dog tearing into Kobayakawa. The shadow roared in pain as darkness seeped off of him, soon returning to the familiar shape of their principal, on his hands and knees and breathing heavily.
“ No… Not like this.” He groaned. “ Why? It should have been mine… The respect I finally deserved…”
“ You can’t force people to respect you.” Ren told him. “ If you wanted to be respected, you should have focused on making what you could control better for everyone. Not trying to hoard power for yourself. You had every opportunity to make everyone connected to Shujin respect you and make that school for ne’er do wells into one that was the best in all of Tokyo. And you blew.”
“ I…” The man hung his head. “ I suppose I can’t deny that. I never wanted this. I was thrown into this position after the last principal of that damned school ran off without a word. I was in the education business, yes, but I never wanted to manage a school. That six month temporary placement became a decade long drain on me. When Shido’s people came to me with the offer of watching Shujin, I was ecstatic. I thought I’d finally found my chance at happiness. But I suppose that was a lie as well.”
“ Shido never intended to give you anything. You were a pawn to him.” Goro told him. “ If you want to get back at him for that, the police could always use another witness. For everything you’ve done, it’s the least you can do.” The shadow sighed but nodded.
“ If it’s what must be done.” Then he vanished, returning back to his original self. The thieves turned back to Hasegawa. He’d been watching the entire fight with a stern look.
“ Well, Inspector? Is that good enough for you?” Ren asked. The man sighed before walking up to them.
“ Well, you’re not wrong about no-one believing me about this. What’ll happen to him now?”
“ His shadow will return to his normal self. That enacts the change of heart. What happens after that is up to them though I expect you’ll have someone new to interrogate.” The man hummed.
“ Fine.” He finally said. “ So long as what you said actually happens then I’ll trust you weren’t the culprit behind Shido’s death. Though I’ll have to ask for your support here as well. If this is what we’re dealing with, there’s no wonder we’ve never been able to find any solid leads behind the Mental Shutdowns.”
“ We’re thinking it’s the Cult.” Hikari told him.
“ They’re high on the list along with you. After what you did to Medjed though, the cult was always the higher target.” Ren bit his tongue. He was sure the police would figure out that wasn’t them eventually but for now he wasn’t going to correct a misconception that was helping them escape the eyes of the law. “ I’ll trust you to bring them to justice. I’ll be keeping tabs on you until then. I want to trust you but I’ve still got a job to do.”
“ I can accept that.” Ren nodded.
“ Good. Your innocence is on the line here. Especially yours, Akechi.” Goro hummed but nodded. Tao looked between the two, confused.
“ What’s that meant to mean?”
“ What he means is that the police are aware I have some kind of connection with Shido from the files they received.” Goro told them. “ I was questioned but they can’t make anything stick. Officially, I’m still a member of the investigation and most people are in the dark however the senior investigators that are aware have quietly separated me from major aspects of the case while they decide what to do with me. I imagine it will be like that for quite some time.”
“ It means more work for Shirogane and I but we agreed it was necessary. The SIU is cleaning house as well since Director Akagi was proven to be in Shido’s pocket. Everyone’s more focused with that right now and is letting us handle things. I don’t like relying on kids but I guess I’ve got no choice. I’ll keep this from Shirogane. Not that she’d believe me anyway.”
“ It’s nice to be working with you, Inspector.” Ren nodded. “ Oh, and if an app appears on your phone, you may want to hide it somewhere. Deleting it won’t help so don’t even try.”
“ App?” The man sighed. “ Great. More secrets. This is gonna be a long investigation.”
Notes:
Shadow Kobayakawa is based off the Abaddon you fight with Takaya in Persona 3 Reloaded which they gave a unique design to for some reason. It's a neat design. I just don't know why the bothered for a one off enemy you fight in an interactive cutscene. They allude to Persona 4's Shadows in that game, with Takaya quoting their catchphrase of "I am a Shadow, the true self" so maybe the hint is that it's a shadow of one of his old friends that over took them since it drops an evoker and some of the P3 shadows going feral, namely Medea and Castor. I dunno.
Also, new Fool's Journey chapter. It's another old party Phantom Thief this time, Futaba of the Hermit Arcana. Enjoy.
Chapter 48: Promise
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
September 8th
Principal Kobayakawa handing himself into the police was a major incident within the school. While the teachers had obviously tried to keep it under wraps, it very quickly got out. The hated principal of Shujin Academy was a criminal who had his heart changed by the Phantom Thieves. Among the student body, it completely overshadowed any other news, even Shido’s death. People wondered what he’d done with rumours going from typical corruption like stealing money from the school’s funds or threatening people due to the myriad of incidents from the year prior to causing harm to students like causing someone to commit suicide or even raping one himself. Nothing was off the table for the rumour mongers.
Despite losing the principal, the teachers worked hard to keep things in check. During their frequent study sessions between him and his teacher, something that had quickly turned into name only affairs similar to her visiting him as a maid, Sadayo had complained about it. Everyone was being run ragged as the board of education tried to get a replacement in place quickly. Weirdly, Kamoshida had stepped up to help organise a lot of the things, helped by the language teacher Ms Chouno and Mr Ushimaru who threw chalk at him when he wasn’t listening. She was thankful to them and did her part the best she could but was really stressed about the whole thing.
Thankfully for them all, the school trip was that week. Hawai’i had been a breath of fresh air for them the last time they’d gone. Due to a storm, Kosei would also show up and they’d spend a few days in the sun and the sand. With everything going wrong at school, he assumed the teachers would just let them run wild. The social trips had been mostly optional anyway since most students just wanted to enjoy the island. Kamoshida had been on the books to come but had to give it up to his vice, Yamauchi, due to matters at school. Sadayo would be there. She said she needed the break and Ren couldn’t exactly blame her. Ren was happy for a few days not to think about Phantom Thief stuff and just hoped the world didn’t end while they were away. He trusted Goro, Tao and Kaoru to make sure of that.
He sat with Ann and Mishima on the plane ride over, Shiho, Satoko and Emi sitting behind them and peering their heads through the cracks whenever they wanted to talk. Like last time, Ann spent a good deal of the trip resting. Ryuji had done it as well and he’d spent a while staring out at the ocean as they flew over it. Shiho asked him what Hawaii was like and he told her it was nice. Everything seemed cleaner. Fresher. The natives were kind. His limited understanding of the English language came in handy but he relied more on Ann when they had been adventuring the last time. He doubted he’d be able to do the same this time around.
When they reached the resort, the teachers gave them time to wander around and see the sights while they got the rooms sorted. This left Ren and Shiho alone on the beach, staring up at one of the trees. “ So they’re real.” Shiho said. “ I always thought coconuts growing from tropical trees was just a movie thing.”
“ Where did you think they came from?”
“ Not like that. I just meant I assume they’d be… harvested? Is that the word people would use for coconuts?”
“ Don’t they just fall down?”
“ I… don’t actually know.” They went silent for a few seconds. “ Have you ever had one?”
“ No, actually. We were going to but never got around to it last time we were here. Have you?”
“ Never seen anywhere sell them. Do you think we’d get in trouble if we climbed up and got one?”
“ Probably.” Ren smirked. “ But when has that stopped us before?” Shiho giggled.
“ In that case, I’ll stand guard and leave you to do what you do best, Joker.” Ren smirked. He’d done a lot more impressive things when infiltrating palaces. How hard could one tree be?
****************************************
Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Paladin: <SendHelp.JPG>
Crow: How?
Crow: How did you get stuck up a tree?
Paladin: We wanted a coconut
Crow: And you couldn’t just buy one?
Crow: No. Better question. How do you get stuck in a palm tree?
Paladin: It’s tall and he doesn’t want to break something by jumping down
Guernica: Our fearless leader
Director: I’ll get Ms Kawakami
Paladin: Ren said not to do that
Paladin: Get Ann
Paladin: Ren said not to do that either.
Director: I’m confused. Who am I getting?
Salamander: Perhaps a ladder?
Dancer: I guess Goro’s our new leader now.
Guernica: Fuck no.
Guernica: Get his ass down from that tree, Shiho
Paladin: I’ve tried shaking it.
Paladin: I got our coconut.
Director: The gods have spoken. Coconut is our new leader.
Crow: How do any of you survive?
Guernica: Luca
Paladin: Ann
Salamander: Dad
Joker: Sojiro. It was Makoto last timeline though.
Guernica: He’s alive
Crow: Good. Now I can tell you how stupid you are to your face.
Joker: You do that all the time anyway
Crow: This time it’s justified
Joker: In my defence, I’ve done better in the Metaverse
Crow: Yes. Where the laws of physics are a mere suggestion.
Joker: It’s not that bad
Crow: We were breathing in space
Dancer: So what have we learned?
Joker: Shake the tree next time?
Paladin: Ren is a cat?
Crow: I’m regretting my life choice?
Director: We’re having coconut later?
Dancer: Man, now I want to see if they sell Coconut in Japan
****************************************
Dragon: You’re all idiots
****************************************
September 9th
Kosei arrived in the morning due to a storm preventing them landing in LA, just as Ren had told Hifumi would happen. The first thing she did upon seeing Ren was call him an idiot and then ask for any coconut they had. Unfortunately, they hadn’t been able to open it and it had turned into a puzzle for them the rest of the previous evening. Hifumi shook her head in annoyance and said she’d help them figure it out. Her plan was to head into town and find a hammer. On her way out of the hotel however, she ran into a familiar duo. “ Hmm? Oh. Hello Hifumi.” Yusuke smiled. “ Are you off to the beach?”
“ Into town actually. Some friends of mine from Shujin found a coconut and can’t open it so I was going to see if they sold a hammer or something.”
“ Ooooh. Coconut?” Luca grinned. “ Is it Ren?” Hifumi nodded. “ Tell him to save some for me. I’ve never had that before.”
“ Perhaps we can go together. I want to paint the ocean but I may need some more supplies.” Hifumi hummed.
“ If you have to.” She said reluctantly. “ Are you coming too, Luca?”
“ Sure. I was going to see the sights anyway.” The three headed off along the sand towards the city. “ So how’s everything going with you two?”
“ Well, I lost my last important game.” Hifumi said. “ Despite that, I’m not that sad. Things feel like they’re picking up.”
“ Well, I won’t bother you with my main topic since I know you don’t like when I do. I have picked up my brush again however. I’ve been trying to paint for myself. It’s not as easy as it sounds but I’m making do with what I can.”
“ I’m glad to hear you’re both doing well.”
“ What about you, Luca?” Hifumi asked.
“ Ah. Same as ever. The Koseki’s just want me to do well and my sister is as free as ever. It’s kind of weird being a part of two worlds. Heh. Though I guess you two can relate to me on that one.”
“ I can indeed.” Hifumi admitted. She was a part of three worlds. The Venus of Shogi, the Phantom Thief Dragon and Hifumi Togo. Each lived a life that was similar but different. The celebrity. The hero. The school girl. She didn’t know which she preferred. One she thought she’d hate but wanted to give more a chance. One she enjoyed but knew couldn’t last forever. One seemed boring in comparison but was at least peaceful. Sometimes she wondered how other people handled it. Akechi had spent a lifetime stewing in anger and hiding his real emotions while she wasn’t even sure she knew Ren’s true face, especially after seeing him break when his sister was converted into another pawn of the God of Control.
“ The lines between worlds will always blur. I don’t see them as separate worlds. More like different roles.” Yusuke said. “ Every emotion, a new painting. Happiness. Sadness. Pain. Joy.”
“ Misery?” Hifumi asked, giving him a dirty look. Yusuke looked pained.
“ I suppose so.” He said grimly. “ Regardless, I view it all as simply my life. One feeds another.”
“ Hmm. I guess I can see that.” Luca nodded. “ You’re so mature, Yusuke. Though I guess it shouldn’t be surprising that an artist sees the world in such an abstract way.”
“ Ha. I suppose that is one way of describing it.” Yusuke smirked. “ Still, my maturity comes from turmoil. After my former master’s arrest, I had to learn to be self-sufficient. I hope you have time to grow instead of being thrown into maturity as I was.”
“ What’s it like being an adult?”
“ I’ve had to learn to manage my finances better for one. I used to spend it all on things that captured my fancy and lost my pocket money within moments of getting it. Without anyone to make sure my place of residence is stocked with food and resources, I’ve had to cut back on such frivolities.”
“ What he means is he bought a crab to school one morning due to seeing it and buying it on a whim on his way there in his first year.” Hifumi said. “ What did you even do with that?”
“ I tried to paint it but couldn’t find the inspiration. I feel a live crab would have been better. Madarame knew someone who could cook crab however so it at least made for a decent meal. I should have questioned why such a poor man knew someone who cooked something as luxurious as crab meat back then thinking about it.” Luca laughed.
“ Yusuke?” Looking up, the three were met by a surprised blond sitting on a bench, two other girls at either side of her.
“ Ah. Ann.” Yusuke smiled. “ Of course if Shujin was here, you would be as well.”
“ What are you doing here? I thought your school was going to LA.”
“ A storm redirected the plane so we’re staying here instead. It would seem fate has brought us together once again.” He looked past her. “ Good to see you as well, Emi.”
“ Hi.” Emi said with a wave. “Who are your friends?”
“ These are friends from school. Meet Luca Koseki and Hifumi Togo. Luca, Hifumi. This is Ann Takamaki, Emi Amari and… hmm… I don’t believe your other friend.”
“ Satoko Yuzuki.” She offered a lazy wave. “ Aloha.”
“ Nice to meet you.” Hifumi smiled.
“ Yeah. You two.” Ann smiled. “ Our God works in mysterious ways. It’s a pretty chill place so I’m sure you’ll all enjoy it. You going into town?”
“ Indeed. I was looking for art supplies but I believe Hifumi said she wanted a hammer.”
“ A hammer? For what?”
“ A friend of mine from your school got a hold of a coconut and doesn’t know how to open it. I just figured it was the simplest solution.”
“ Oh. Do you know Ren?”
“ Yes. We play Shogi together some days.”
“ Shogi? Huh. Never took him for the board game type.” She hummed. “ Well, when you crack that coconut open, come find us again. Shiho promised me some.”
“ I’ll leave that to her assuming my idea even works. We might be eating back in Tokyo if it doesn’t.”
“ I know a good place that sells coconut cake if it all falls through.”
“ Heh. Trust you to know where to get exotic food, Ann.” Yuzuki smirked.
“ It does appear to be her specialty.” Yusuke admitted.
“ Hey. I’m more than a foodie, y’know?” Ann whined.
“ So if you could make a living eating good food, you wouldn’t do it?” Satoko raised an eyebrow.
“ Of course. I’d get fat if I did that. I can’t model if I’m fat.”
“ There are fat models.” Emi said.
“ I know. I’ve worked with them. I’m saying I can’t model if I’m fat. I’d be too self conscious.” Satoko rolled her eyes.
“ Typical.” Hifumi laughed.
“ I almost envy someone with such a simple mindset.”
****************************************
As the sun began to set, Ren stepped outside with a small bowl in hand. It had been an endeavour but they’d managed to get the coconut open and, with the help of a friendly member of staff, got it ready to serve. They’d shared pieces of it around with others. Friends, both in this life and the other. One person was missing from that though. Walking down the beach, he found Haru in the same place they’d first met, sitting on a bench in the shade of the trees. Sitting down next to her, he offered her the bowl. “ Coconut?”
“ Sure.” She nodded, taking a piece. Then she looked back up. Ren followed her gaze to the beach side branch of Big Bang Burger. “ Father’s reach extends even out here. I’m actually impressed with his business sense.”
“ How has he been?”
“ Better. He’s pulled back all his plans for politics, offered the police information on Shido’s operations and been working on improving standards in his company. He’s getting some push back from the board of directors and the police will probably want another word with him since he apparently made deals with Shido to weaken competitors. I haven’t talked with him about it but I think he knew Shido was behind the mental shutdowns and kept quiet. I mean, I did that so I bet he did too. But, overall, it’s just nice to see him back to his old self again. Haven’t seen him in such high spirits since Mom died.” She sighed.
" But you’re still not happy?”
“ I should be.” She admitted. “ I know I should be. Despite that, I can’t help but be in the same rut I’ve been in for almost a year now. I just… I can’t feel anything. I should be happy. I should be overjoyed. And yet… It’s there but I can’t quite grasp it. I know what I’m meant to feel but…” She shook her head. “ I can’t even feel sad about this situation. It’s pathetic. I’m…” She sighed.
“ You’re not pathetic.” Ren reassured her.
“ What else would you call it? Stupid rich kid can’t feel happy with what she has. I didn’t realise everything had hurt me so much. I trapped myself so deep inside that, now it’s safe to come out, I can’t find the path out. Not alone.” She looked at him with a pained expression. “ Whatever you did to my father, can you do that to me too?”
“ What?”
“ I want you to change my heart, Ren. I… I can’t fix myself. I don’t care what you do or how you do it, just… help me. Please. I just… I can’t live like this. Not being able to feel more than a slight pulse of something whenever something happens. I can’t do it.” Ren gave her a sympathetic look. He hated seeing anyone suffer but it being someone he saw as a close friend in both timelines made it harder. He’d already done his research on Haru enough to know she had a palace somewhere. He intended to help her but was worried in case he handed Yaldabaoth another of his close friends. But now he couldn’t wait any longer.
“ Of course we’ll help you.” Ren told her. “ I promise you. We’ll free your heart.”
“ Free my heart, huh? That… sounds better than having it stolen, admittedly.” A small smile appeared on her face. “ Sorry. I dunno why but you’re the only one I feel I can be open with.”
“ I’ve been told I have that effect on people.”
“ I bet you have.” She laughed. “ But still. Did we… know each other before you came to Shujin? It feels like I've known you longer than this one school year, y’know?”
“ Really?”
“ It’s stupid. I know. But… I dunno. Sometimes, I have these dreams. Flashes of something I can’t quite grasp. I know dreams are meant to be otherworldly but these ones seem almost real. A lot’s happened this year but… it always seems to come back to you.”
“ Heh. A coincidence, I’m sure.” Ren rubbed the back of his neck. “ But… what were your dreams like?”
“ Crazy. Like… I dunno. I never remember anything concrete. Like I said, they’re flashes but… There are figures I can’t make out. They’re dressed in weird costumes. I’m with them and I think my clothes are like theirs. Different places like… some room made of metal or a kind of ship or train tracks. Monsters. Rationally, I know it’s just my stress making my dreams weird but… it also feels real. Like a forgotten memory.” She shook her head. “ What do you think a psychiatrist would say it means? You’re fighting inner demons or something.”
“ Something like that, I’d bet.” Ren said with a smile. “ Uh, did you know the hotel has a games room?”
“ Like pool or whatever?”
“ Yeah. Do you want to play a few rounds?” Haru hummed.
“ Sounds nice.” She nodded. Then she ate the coconut in her hand and recoiled. “ Ew. It’s so… grainy.”
“ Well, I’ve heard it’s a love it or hate it food.”
“ I hate it. Let’s get something good when we get back. I’m not sure if my family discount would work in the Big Bang Burger over here.” Ren laughed as they both walked back together. Ren’s heart felt lighter. She remembered. Perhaps it was only a hazy memory, an echo of her time before, but she remembered something. He didn’t want to believe there was hope of his friends remembering like he did. But the embers were there. That was enough for right now.
****************************************
As the two walked back to the hotel, a figure stepped out from behind the trees, a small smile on her lips. She took out her phone and dialled a familiar number. “ Hello. It’s me. It looks like they haven’t given up yet.”
“ Did you expect them too?” The voice on the other end asked. “ If there’s one thing Ren never seems to do, it’s give up.”
“ I know. Get ready. It looks like it’s time we take matters into our own hands.”
Notes:
The first part of this chapter is inspired by the Idiots in Inaba AU where Ren and Shiho both spend there third year of high school messing around in Inaba. Specifically this image.
https://retrodynamics. /post/167128420864/mangopops-pitched-an-au-where-both-akira-and
Idiots in Inaba is a fun AU. Maybe I'll write a shorter fic based on it if I feel like writing a more comedic story. Then again, making something shorter than 72 chapters is easy. Or at least it should be but I'm known for getting carried away.
Chapter 49: The Forest Tower
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
September 14th
They used a few days to prepare for the upcoming palace and shake off the jet lag before meeting at Leblanc the next Wednesday after school. Sojiro was surprised to see Ren come in with so many people but let them go to his room. He knew about Ren’s so-called cosplay club. Sojiro was always smart enough to put things together. He’d probably figure out there was more to their group eventually if he hadn’t already. He figured it out before but needed one concrete piece of evidence to act on those suspicions. Ren was trying not to give it to him this time around. It wasn’t that he didn’t trust the man. He just didn’t want to get him in trouble especially if the Cult figured out who he was.
“ It’s strange to admit but I didn’t think Haru would have a palace.” Shiho said. “ I mean… I know you said a while ago she did, Ren, but I was hoping it was another Haru. She’s always been so nice.”
“ Remember. Just because you don’t act distorted doesn’t mean you don’t have a palace. It’s not always greed that fuels them.” Ren reminded her.
“ I know that. But still…”
“ She asked for our help.” Tao said. “ That’s weird right? Like, who knows they have a palace?”
“ It’s not that she knows she has a palace but she recognises something is wrong with her heart that a normal person cannot fix.” Goro said. “ It’s an incredible level of intuition to figure that out though. I suppose it’s because she recognised the same signs in other people we’ve dealt with in the past.”
“ Takamaki and her father.” Hikari nodded. “ Well, we can’t turn down someone who asked for our help. What sort of heroes would that make us?”
“ It’s all fine asking but we need more than good wishes to break into a palace, yeah?” Tao said. “ Any ideas Ren?”
“ I already have the where and who.” Ren admitted. “ It’s her place. The only place it can be. ”
“ Couldn’t it be school? I feel like she was happier there than at home.” Shiho reasoned but Ren shook his head.
“ We’re not looking for a place she controls, remember? It’s not like the others. Last time we did this, it was a tomb. It has to be something similar.”
“ Like what?” Hifumi asked. “ A crypt?”
“ Let’s check.” Ren took his phone out. He input the person and the place, getting a hit on both, before entering Hifumi’s suggestion.
“ Candidate not found.”
“ Haru’s not that kind of person.” Shiho said. “ A garden maybe?”
“ Candidate not found.”
“ I’m at a loss.”
“ What about you, Ren? You know her better than anyone here.” Kasumi asked. Ren hummed. Something that Haru thought her home was. Was there somewhere like that? He thought back, remembering their older conversations. No. There was somewhere like that. Something she’d said in one of their earliest conversations.
“ Prison tower.”
“ Candidate found. Pleaase enter a closer range to begin transmission.”
“ Prison tower?” Kasumi’s eyes widened in shock. “ She thinks her home is a prison?”
“ Why? She could leave at any time?” Tao asked.
“ No. She couldn’t.” Kaoru said. “ We saw what Okumura viewed her as. Just another useful pawn in his climb to political stardom. I highly doubt a man like that would have simply let her leave, especially if she was his key to a deal that was going to fuel the venture.”
“ I can understand living with a parent who’s out for personal gain.” Hifumi admitted. “ I wanted to run away sometimes too but… well, she’s family. Even if she didn’t treat me the best, I remembered when she did and couldn’t bring myself to do it. She might have been the same.”
“ Haru felt like she couldn’t save herself the last time too. While we helped prove the idea wrong there, this time it’s different. With how things went this time, if she feels trapped then she’s going to keep feeling trapped until someone helps her. Whether she knows it or not.” Ren told them. “ That’s why we’re going to be the key that unlocks her cell.”
“ Rescuing a princess from a tower?” Hikari giggled. “ Classic fairy tale.”
“ We’re not shooting a movie, Hikari.” Goro sighed, rubbing the bridge of his nose.
“ I know and I’m committed. But I can always use inspiration for a new script.” This caused Goro to sigh even harder.
“ If we know where it is, let’s scope the place out.” Tao said. “ Before Akechi loses any more brain cells.”
**************************************
They found a spot close to the fancy apartment building where Haru lived in an alleyway behind a sushi restaurant across the highway from it. Loading in, all of that faded away, replaced by ruins that had been overgrown with plants and vines. Stepping out, they found that the concrete jungle of Tokyo had been taken over and transformed into a massive forest. Trees stretched high into the sky above them, the ground covered in grass and bright flowers. In front of them, joining the trees as a monolith of the forest, was a massive crumbling stone tower, covered in moss and vines. Recent events had caused the tower to begin to fall but the vines wrapping around it kept it from fully toppling over. In front of the tower was a garden that was like a larger version of the one in Ann’s Palace. They couldn’t see much from the hedge wall ahead of them but they’d have to go through it to reach the end.
“ Wow.” Hikari gasped. “ It’s so pretty.”
“ Haru always did love her plants.” Ren said. “ Despite everything, she still holds the same beauty in her heart as she always has.” Tao gave him a coy look. “ What?”
“ Nothing. Nothing. You truly care about her.” She said. “ She must care about you as well. We’re suited up but you two ain’t.”
“ Huh?” Ren looked down. Sure enough, he was still in his school uniform. Looking over, he noticed Shiho was the same.
“ Is it because we’re her friends?” She asked. “ But I was always in costume when I was in Ann’s palace. What changed?”
“ You awakened your persona right in front of her shadow. She assumed that the you who entered her palace was fake.” Goro told her.
“ And we weren’t close when I entered. While we built up our friendship during the time we were exploring, she never truly trusted me. Not like Haru must.”
“ It’s like how Sumire welcomed everyone which is why you didn’t start in costume.” Kasumi said. Ren nodded.
“ Just because you’re welcomed by the shadow doesn’t mean we won’t still get attacked while we’re moving.” Goro said. “After all, the shadow is a prisoner here. The shadows will try and stop a jailbreak.”
“ True.” Ren admitted. “ We’ve got to be careful. A lot of plants means a lot of places to hide. Good for us but good for them too if they’re smart.”
“ Since when are shadows smart?” Tao scoffed.
“ Don’t get complacent.” Hifumi warned her. “ There’s a first time for everything.
Entering the garden, they were immediately forced into a hedge maze. They snuck carefully to avoid the patrolling shadows. As they went, Ren noticed a number of old statues around the maze, marking the right way for them to go. All of them were the same but missing different parts of itself. It was an angel statue but a few were missing arms or legs while others had smashed wings and shattered torsos. All of them were missing the face, either caved in or missing its head entirely.
Escaping the maze put them right in front of the tower. A large statue stood in front of them, hands open as if waiting for a hug. Like the ones in the maze, its head was gone along with a number of other pieces. A mural lay in front of the statue. “ Architect of the Winter Tower.” Kaoru read. “ That’s odd. The name’s missing. Something Okumura, 4th April 1974- 12th December 2012.”
“ That’s Haru’s mom.” Shiho realised. “ Is that who this statue’s meant to be? But why is it broken?”
“ Architect of the Winter Tower.” Ren mused. “ The reason that Haru feels trapped is because her mother died. She left her and her father alone. Her father’s climb to power only started after she died as well. Maybe Haru feels that her death was the beginning for all the bad things that happened in her life.” Her mother died in winter. Haru did say it felt like the season when everything died. No wonder she hated it so much.
“ That’s sad.”
“ We’ve got another problem.” Tao said. “ This door has no handle. We can’t get in.”
“ Well, Director. Is there another way in?” Goro asked. Hikari hummed, summoning Lovelace and exploring the environment.
“ No.” She said. “ There’s one window in this place and, if you’ve read Rapunzel, you know where it is.” They all looked up.
“ So what now?” Hifumi asked. “ I doubt she’s going to let her hair down for us.”
“ There has to be a way to open this door.” Ren said. He looked around. A small stone path led around the tower on both sides. Then he looked back at the statue. “ Maybe if we fix the statute, it’ll open the door.”
“ Like her mother coming home or something?” Tao asked. “ Well, I suppose it’s worth a try.” They walked around the perimeter of the tower, stepping through the overgrowth, before they came to a large pond at the back of the tower. Ren took a few steps towards it. The lake was crystalline, so clear it was like looking into a mirror. He tested the water, waving a hand across its surface. Even through his gloves, he could tell it was cool to the touch. Like a lot of other things in this palace, it was like something that someone could only find in a fairy tale. Looking past the water’s surface, Ren saw it. At the bottom of the pond, past a number of multi coloured fish, he saw it. The head of the statue around the front of the tower.
“ So who’s diving in?” Hifumi asked. “ Dancer?”
“ I don’t think I can swim that deep. Hmm. Well, maybe once I could. How about you, Crow? Detectives are meant to be spry.”
“ I refuse.”
“ Because you can’t or because you don’t wanna get wet?” Tao jeered.
“ Is that you volunteering, Guernica.”
“ Hell no!”
“ I’ll do it.” Kaoru offered. “ I’m a pretty good swimmer.”
“ Only if you’re sure.” Ren told him. “Not sure how heavy that head is going to be.”
“ Shame we don’t have a crane.” Hifumi said. “ Unless someone has magic that can move something like that.” The other thieves looked at each other. Kaoru and Kasumi stepped forwards.
“ I’ll take left. You take right.” Kaoru told her.
“ Gotcha. I’ll tell you when Gretel has a good grip on it.” The other thieves watched them work.
“ Y’know, it’s easy to forget we have magic when it comes to something mundane like this.” Tao said. “ If only we could use it in the real world?”
“ You want to blow people up with paint?” Goro raised an eyebrow.
“ Could be useful. You never know.”
“ I think ice magic would be against the rules in Volleyball.” Shiho mused.
“ It ain’t a rule if it ain’t been thought up yet.”
“ You always surprise me by the insane things that come out of your mouth, Guernica.”
“ Shut it, Crow!”
“ If magic were real, you two would be ridiculous.” Hifumi said.
“ Not arguing against that.” Ren admitted. Then he glanced back. Behind them, he saw Hikari looking up at the palace, lost in thought. “ Everything alright, Director?” Hikari jumped.
“ Oh. Erm… I’m fine. Don’t worry.” She said, rubbing the back of her neck nervously. “ It’s just… well… Isn’t it weird that the one window Haru has leads to a pool with her mother in it?” The others looked at her. “ I mean… if she jumped…”
“ You… don’t think she ever…” Shiho started.
“ I… well, when I was in my own emotional rut I did consider doing something like that. You stare off a high place and you feel the urge to jump. The worse your mental state then the bigger the urge, y’know? And… well… She does live at the top of a really tall building.” Ren looked up. He didn’t like that Hikari was right. He never thought Haru would be the type of person to consider taking her own life. If she was like that in their original timeline, she hid it well. He shuddered to think what would have happened had they not been able to stop her father when they did in either world. He was thankful that they had.
It wasn’t long before Kaoru and Kasumi pulled the statue’s head from the pond, Hektor parted the water to let Gretel to lift it with psychokinetic energy. The thieves struggled to lift it back off the ground after Gretel dropped it on dry land. In the end, Ren, Kaoru, Tao and Shiho picked it up on all four sides and began to slowly begin walking back to the statue, Goro, Kasumi and Hifumi defending them from any shadow that they came across as they moved. It was a quiet walk. Hikari’s realisation hung heavy in Ren’s mind. Haru wasn’t that kind of person. But then again, Ann wasn’t a bully. Yusuke wouldn’t make people suffer for his art. Futaba wouldn’t abuse her gift for programming. They weren’t that kind of person and yet they were. It made Ren wonder. If Yaldabaoth had gotten his hands on him, what type of person would Ren have become?
With a heavy thud, they dropped the statue's head on the grass beside its body. “ Urgh. My arms hurt.” Tao groaned, shaking the pain out of her arms. “ Everyone else holding up alright?”
“ My body’s hurt worse before.” Shiho said. “ Give me a few minutes and I’ll be fine.”
“ Same here. I’ve carried heavy boxes for Dad before. I just need a moment and a drink of water. We do have water, right?”
“ I bought some.” Kasumi said, fumbling through the satchel on her waist and tossing him a bottle.
“ Much appreciated.”
“ So what now?” Hifumi asked. “ Are we meant to glue it on?”
“ Just use a fire spell.” Tao shrugged. “ Weld it on.”
“ Hmm. I suppose I can do that. Crow, can you place it?”
“ I suppose I can try.” He nodded. “ Hereward.” The black armoured persona appeared behind him, grabbing the statue’s head and lifting it up. “ Get ready. We don’t know what will happen when we do this.” Ren nodded. Hereward placed the head on the neck. Hifumi got prepared to seal it on but the statue locked in place without her. The thieves prepared for something to happen. At first, there was nothing. Then the ground began rumbling. Petals grew from the neck of the statue as a flower grew, merging with it. Other parts began separating as more purple roses began growing from it. Soon enough, they were looking at a monster, a merger between statue and plant. Ren couldn’t tell if this was a shadow or a cognition. He didn’t have the time to question it either and a wave flames at the thieves. They ran for cover as the field in front of the tower was set ablaze.
“ What flower can spit fire?” Tao shouted. “ What even is that thing?”
“ Does it matter?” Goro asked. “ Whether we know what it is or not, we’ve got to move it regardless. Preferably before it reduces outside the tower to a burning wasteland.”
“ Fire’s weak to ice, right?”
“ Not always. Shadows make no sense when it comes to strengths and weaknesses.” Ren reminded her. “ Director. Anything you can tell us?”
“ Buy me some time.” Hikari told them.
“ I’ve got it.” Hifumi said. Breaking cover, she summoned Kiyohime who charged at it, clawing one of the flowers with its draconic talons. The flower that held the creature’s mouth grit its teeth as the flower holding an arm swung from the side. Hifumi held the side of her head as her persona was struck and vanished. “ Tricky.”
“ It can control all those flowers independently.” Goro mused.
“ All we gotta do is blast it all at once then.” Tao said, loading her paint gun. “ Oi. Let’s smoke ‘em.” Tao’s mask burned off her face as Oi appeared behind her. It spun the brush like lance in its hand before thrusting at the flower monster’s main face. As it did, Tao open fired, blasting the smaller flower heads with an explosion of paint. The main head wilted before one head closed. As it did, the main head exploded in a burst of flame before rising again. “Uh. Director.”
“ Got it. It’s sharing its life force between the different heads. So, when the main head takes too much damage, it drains another head to restore itself.” Hikari told them.
“ Well, it seems you were right Tao.” Ren said. “ Blast them all at once.” Tao grinned as she reloaded. Goro sighed.
“ Great. She has even more of a reason to cause chaos.” He said, shaking his head. “ Well, while we could double up on one head, I suppose mass destruction is a viable option here.”
“ Stay outta the blast zone.” Tao raised her gun high. As the statue lunged, the thieves launched an all out attack. Flames from the flower met a myriad of elements, the resulting clash causing a massive explosion. The thieves dug in their heels and continued the assault, powering through. All at once, the statue was struck with the thieves power and exploded, sending chunks of marble and burning petals around the area.
“ Did we get it?” Shiho asked, panting.
“ I believe so.” Kaoru nodded. “ Phew.”
“ Ugh. Did that at least open the door?” Hifumi asked. As the smoke cleared, they were met with the door as closed as ever. However, Ren noticed the tower changing. The vines wrapped around the tower were burning. Slowly, pieces fell off. The sudden lack of support caused the old stone tower to rumble. It shifted slightly, threatening to topple over, pieces of brick and tiles from the roof falling and smashing against the ground. Suddenly, the tower flashed and stopped. The cracks inside of it glowed dimly. Another power had prevented its collapse. Ren approached the door and pushed. Slowly, the door creaked open.
“ Mission accomplished.” He nodded.
“ Great. But if there’s gonna be a lot of stairs in there, I need to get my energy back.”
“ Perhaps we went too overboard there. Heh heh.” Tao smiled.
“ And who’s fault is that?” Goro shook his head. “ Well Joker? What’s the plan?” Ren hummed.
“ We’ll stop here for today.” He said. “ We can’t do anything if we’re not prepared for it.” Goro nodded approvingly.
“ In that case, let’s take our leave. Preferably before Guernica destroys anything else.”
Notes:
Continuing my trend of the mini boss shadows being based on other SMT games, this time we've got Devil Survivor. Devil Survivor Overclocked was my first non-persona SMT game and it's the reason Okuninushi is my favourite demon in the series, mainly because he was my first final boss in a SMT game since I never actually beat Persona 4 when I was younger. Well, not properly at least. Anyway, the statue is Jezebel, a flower monster than uses fire rather than being weak to it. In game, the boss has three targetable points. Two flowers, one that buffs and another that debuffs, and the man head that uses an array of fire and curse moves, including Judgement, a move taken from Jezebel in Devil Survivor that halves the HP of the entire party.
The next Fool's Journey chapter is also out. This one is the Chariot, focusing on Ryuji. Hope you enjoy.
Chapter 50: Prison Keeper
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Septmber 16th
They re-entered Haru’s Palace a few days after the fight against her mother’s statue, ready to climb the tower properly. “ How many floors is that?” Kasumi asked, stretching.
“ I don’t know.” Ren admitted. “ I have been to her place but I only ever went once and I wasn’t really paying attention. 40 maybe?”
“ Hmm. That’s about double my floor at home. I’m not expecting an elevator either.”
“ Have you ever taken the stairs up to your place, Dancer?” Hikari asked. “ I never have. It looks exhausting.”
“ Twice. Once as a challenge and once when the elevator was broken. Both times wore me out. 40 floors with shadows… I’m not looking forward to it.”
“ Eh. I’ve done harder.” Tao said. “ I learned parkour to reach some difficult spots for my art. Worst I’ve done was… hmm… Well, I climbed four stories using only windows once. That hurt like hell.”
“ Why is everyone so sporty?” Hikari frowned. “ Joker and Crow are veterans, Paladin is a Volleyball player, Guernica climbs, Dancer is a former gymnast, Salamander weight lifts.”
“ I only lift cargo.” He defended.
“ Still lifting a heavy weight. Dragon. Please tell me you're not a secret kung fu master or something.”
“ I’m not. Don’t worry. The only thing I exercise regularly is my fingers. Though I do some general exercises thanks to my mother wanting to keep me in shape. Mainly just cardio and yoga though.”
“ Now I’m starting to feel bad.” Hikari pouted.
“ Don’t worry about it.” Ren reassured her. “ Most of the old thieves weren’t too into exercising either.”
“ Yeah. Ann just has naturally high metabolism so she’s in great shape no matter what she eats.” Shiho told her. “ Sometimes, I get kinda jealous.”
“ I can see why.” Hifumi admitted. “ Wish I could do that.”
“ It would be helpful.” Kasumi agreed, finishing her stretches. “ Alright. I’m warmed up. 40 floors should be nothing now.”
“ A few stretches and you can climb a skyscraper?” Hikari looked surprised. “ Damn. Maybe I should start exercising.”
“ If you’re serious, I can give you some beginner tips.”
“ Really?”
“ Sure thing. Just give me a call if you want to train. I’ll help the best that I can.”
“ Plan your training exercise later.” Goro told them. “ We need to be ready for whatever is in that tower.”
“ Fairy tale towers are just a big tower with a girl at the top.” Tao told him. “ What’s gonna be different?”
“ This is Haru’s home.” Ren reminded her. “ Anything she thinks happens there will be in here. It might not just be stairs.”
“ I hope that means there’s an elevator.” Hifumi said. “ Just because I can climb stairs doesn’t mean I want to.”
“ We’ll just have to take a look, now won’t we.” The thieves entered the tower. The lowest level of the tower was weirdly large. The old stone gave way to a sleek, metal interior similar to the things they saw in Okumura’s space station. However, where all of that was new and modern, the metal here was older. Cracked and rusted. As they stood, observing the room, they heard a loud creak as dust fell from the ceiling.
“ Is this place stable?” Kaoru asked.
“ You saw what it looked like from the outside. It lost some vines and almost toppled over.” Hifumi said. “ It feels like it’s held together by string and well wishes.”
“ Right now, that’s all it needs.” Goro said.
“ Oh hey. An elevator.” Hikari beamed. Pressing the button, the old bronze doors struggled before slowly opening with a loud scraping across the floor. However, no lift waited for them. “ Ah! Get back!” The thiefs leapt away as the elevator flew past the open door before exploding further down the shaft. Ren looked down at the fiery wreck burning at the bottom of the stone shaft.
“ So much for that.” He said before looking up, using the flames below as light to see above. “ If I could see better, I’d see if we could use the grappling hook.”
“ And what? Take bricks out of the wall?” Tao said. “ We’ll fall to our deaths if we do that. Rough as it is, I’d rather take the slow way.”
“ That means…” The thieves looked at the stairwell behind them. Hifumi sighed. “ This job is never easy, huh?”
“ It would be boring if it was.” Ren told her, patting her on the shoulder as he headed for the stairs. Hifumi sighed.
“ Let’s just get this over with.”
*****************************************
Ren had been wrong. It took them 43 floors before they reached close to the top. Thankfully, not every floor just lead them to another flight of stairs. Most did but others were more expansive. The 8th floor looked like a jungle. The 14th floor was a restaurant. The 38th floor had a pool. They went through a few themes before they finally reached their goal. Arriving on the 43rd floor, they were met with another change in the environment. It reminded Ren of Futaba’s temple. However, where the temple was lit up by the light of the sun above, the 43rd floor was dark, lit only by dim braziers attached to the pillars. A sudden sense of foreboding bore down on them. Nevertheless, the thieves walked forwards only to be met by familiar booming laughter.
“ So the Prince and his legion arrive. How quaint.” The braziers burned, lighting the hall up. Before them, lounging on a metal throne, was Kunikazu Okumura. Not as the emperor of the Big Bang Empire like he saw himself. Instead, it was how Haru saw him. An evil king, dressed in black armour and cape, sitting on a throne in the tower she was held captive in. The one keeping her caged. “ Here to rescue the princess from her tower?”
“ That’s the plan. And I’m guessing you’re her prison keeper.”
“ I am the Emperor of these lands. Calling me a simple warden is blasphemy against my noble name.” The man scoffed. “ I am Kunikazu Okumura. All that is in sight of this tower belongs to me. All that is in sight of my enterprise belongs to me. Soon, I shall let this kingdom know who is in command. If you wish to get in my way, I shall crush you like any other rebel cur.”
“ I’m getting deja vu here.” Hikari said.
“ He really is just like his shadow.” Hifumi agreed. “ But she knows he had a change of heart, right?”
“ It’s hard to let go of an image that’s so ingrained in your mind, no matter how much that person may change.” Goro explained. “ Even if she knows her father is a better man now, this is still what she remembers him as when she looks back. The emperor of Big Bang Burger still shooting for the stars.”
“ Maybe if we kick its ass, she can move past this as well.” Tao suggested.
“ Kick my ass, hmm?” The cognition laughed. “ How vulgar. As expected from peasants like yourself. I would have thought my daughter's chosen prince would have surrounded himself with better people. Once again, I find myself disappointed in her. How can one who constantly makes such foolish mistakes be allowed any freedom? Kindness for others. Caring for nature. What drivel. Taught by one who abandoned us all, leaving behind only this tower of misfortune, pain and misery. If she was wise, she would have abandoned those lessons like I did and entered the real world. The ruthless world where one must climb on the corpse of another to progress. Kindess does not exist in my world.”
“ The world isn’t as cruel as you think it is. Just because it took something from you doesn’t mean you should take everything from her.” Ren declared.
“ I am protecting her!” Okumura shouted. “ This world is cruel and she is not ready to face it yet!”
“ Haru is far stronger than you think.”
“ I raised her. I know precisely how strong she is. Besides, if she was truly strong, she wouldn’t need you to break her free from this place.” Okumura rose from his throne and walked down to meet them. As he did, shadows wrapped around him, changing his form. His black armour and hair was bleached white, chains rattling as they wrapped around his body, as his skin was dyed black. A crown grew from his head, a silver sideways oval like some kind of warped halo. “ And if you wish to save her, you must go through me!”
“ Here we go.” Ren told the others.
“ This guy looks tough.” Hikari warned them. “ I can’t find a weakness.”
“ Eh. We’ve faced tougher.” Tao shrugged.
“ That isn’t any reason to underestimate an enemy.”
“ Goro’s right.” Ren said. “ Want to take point?”
“ Yeah. Sure. Causing problems is what I’m best at.” Tao winked. She loaded her paint gun and launched a blast at the cognition. The tower shook from the blast, dust falling from the ceiling.
“ Might want to be careful, Guernica.” Kaoru warned them. “ This isn’t the right building to be using explosives in.”
“ Tch. Yeah, I-” Before she could finish, Okumura launched out of the smoke, slamming a fist into Tao’s stomach, sending her flying backwards.
“ So fast.” Shiho gasped.
“ Ha ha ha. Was that supposed to harm me? Such foolishness.” Okumura chuckled. Ren scowled. The martial technique of the cognition had reminded him a lot of Shido’s shadow.
“ Paladin, get ready.” Ren warned her. “ Director, tell us whatever you can. Salamander, Crow. Hit him from range. Dancer, make sure Guernica is alright. Dragon, with me.” Ren tore his mask off. “ Arsene!” Rushing in, Arsene struck the cognition, who blocked it with his forearm. Using the opening, Hifumi rushed in, driving her spear towards his torso however it was caught with his other hand. Hifumi smirked as her mask burned away. Kiyohime slashed her claws into his face. The impact caused the cognitive emperor to stagger briefly. “ Switch.” The two broke away. As Okumura moved to follow, Shiho moved in, blocking the blow with Jeanne’s barrier and creating a thunderous echo. She groaned under the force.
“ Salamander… Crow…”
“ Let’s go, Hektor!” Kaoru shouted
“ Herward!” Goro followed up. The two personas appeared, sending a high powered arrow of light and spear carried by gale force winds at the shadow. THe combined blows sent Okumura hurtling backwards, shattering his throne. However, he simply walked forwards again, dusting himself off.
“ What? He hasn’t taken any damage?!” Hikari said, alarmed.
“ Nothing?” Shiho asked. “ How?”
“ Hmm. If she sees her father as unstoppable then it’s no wonder.” Goro mused. He glanced around the room, his eyes stopping on a nearby wall. “ Hmm…”
“ What are you thinking, Crow?” Ren asked.
“ Simply using the age of this place against him. Pride comes before a fall, after all.”
“ Did you just make a pun?” Hifumi asked, incredulously. Goro didn’t have time to answer as Okumura shot forwards again. Shiho winced as he struck Jeanne’s barrier again. Ren could hear it slowly cracking under the force.
“ Switch…” Shiho breathed. Ren nodded to Hifumi. She leapt in as Shiho’s barrier dropped, summoning Kiyohime once again. Claws and fists clashed as the draconic persona and the cognition met. Ren took advantage of the situation, moving around the side and tearing his mask off. Cerberus leapt into the fray, using its large body to ram Okumura, causing him to stumble back.
“ Salamander! With me!”
“ On it.” Together, Goro and Kaoru unleashed a joint barrage, striking in turns forcing Okumura back. The cognition growled as it stumbled, catching itself by placing a hand on the back wall.
“ Pathetic. You cannot defeat me! I am Okumura, the Emperor of-”
“ Oh, shut up.” Suddenly, the wall behind the cognition exploded, the floor under him giving way. Okumura shouted as he fell before hitting the ground with a loud thud. Ren looked back to see Tao back on her feet, an annoyed look on her face. “ Bastard fathers like you are the worst.”
“ Are you alright, Guernica?” He asked.
“ Yup. Dancer’s healing magic is a wonder.”
“ You may still have broken ribs. I’d be careful.” Kasumi warned her.
“ Eh. Even if I do, it’s not like I’ll have more than phantom pain in the real world. Nothing a night’s sleep won’t cure.”
“ Even still…” Kasumi began before the tower began shaking violently. The lights around them flickered. Whatever power that kept the tower up after the vines were destroyed slowly vanished. The tower seemed to slowly lean, a few roof tiles falling past the new hole in the wall.
“ Ah crap. It better not be coming down now.” Tao growled.
“ Hold on.” Goro told them. After a few moments, the shaking stopped. “ As I thought. It won’t come down until Haru leaves it.”
“ Then we’ve got to get her out. Come on.” Ren led the others to a path past the throne room. The stairs were thinner, pressing them against the wall more. As they climbed up, they came to one last door. Ren turned the handle but it wouldn’t open. The door was locked.
“ You’re not coming in.” A muffled voice from the other side said.
“ Haru?” Ren asked, surprised.
“ Yep. And you’re not coming in, Ren.”
“ You asked me to come.”
“ She asked you to come. My real self may want to be saved but I know better. Come back with a battering ram or something.” Faint steps moved away from the door. Ren frowned before looking back.
“ I suppose we go no further.” Kaoru stated. “ Is it time?”
“ Yeah. Give me a few days.” Ren said. “ It’s time we unlock her heart.”
*****************************************
September 20th
Ren found Haru under the cover of an overhang on the roof, staring out at the pouring rain. Wordlessly, they traded the items in their hand. Ren unwrapped the lollipop as Haru read the calling card. “ Haru Okumura, prisoner of grief. Open the door of your heart and we shall rid you of your distorted desires. Sincerely the Phantom Thieves of Hearts.” She read. “ A lot simpler than the one you had me give father.”
“ It doesn’t need to be so inflammatory. I’m just hard on those who deserve it.”
“ Well, I can’t deny father didn’t.” She admitted. “ So what? You show me this and my heart changes? How does it work?”
“ That’s a secret. I just need you to open the door to your heart. We’ll do the rest.” Haru nodded.
“ Alr- ah.” Haru grabbed her head with her hand. She glanced up, eyes glowing gold.
“ This is a bad idea. I told you I wouldn’t let you change our heart.”
“ That won’t stop me. I promised to save Haru and I intend to.”
“ Then come and try it. But don’t say I didn’t warn you when you don’t like what you find.” Haru’s eyes faded back to normal
“ What… was that?” She asked. “ I felt a sudden pain in my head and… like my heart was burning.”
“ That just means it’s working.” Ren told her.
“ I’ll trust you.” She looked back out at the rain. “ Such a miserable day. Summer’s over and now Autumn’s here. Death and Decay in preperation for Winter to bury everything as usual.”
“ Why do you hate Winter so much?”
“ My Mom died in Winter.” Haru admitted. “ That was the start of everything really. Every Winter since then, everything feels so draining. I’ve learned to dread Autumn because of what comes after it. It was Winter that I started feeling like this too, thinking about it. And then you came along in Spring. Everything keeps on moving. I know mother would have wanted us to do the same. But… we couldn’t.”
“ You’re trying now.”
“ Yeah, and look how well that’s going for me. I could never do anything alone. Honestly, there are times where I can understand why Makoto decided to sign away control to some imaginary god. Give away all your worries. Have peace knowing our lord knows what’s best for you. Freedom and security. Heh. If only life was really that easy.”
“ I could never choose that life.” Ren admitted. “ Maybe it would make life easier, letting someone else decide what to do for you but I don’t think something like that is really living. It’s more like… being a player controlled character in a video game. Sure, you have some personality but it’s not you living that life. You just become a vessel for something else. Sorry. Does that make any sense?”
“ Kinda.” Haru nodded. “ Honestly, I don’t think I could do it either. The Church of Control always sounded tempting but it’s just another idealistic fantasy at the end of the day. They’re just closing their eyes and letting the blind lead each other.”
“ But… what if changing your heart changes that?”
“ Hmm. You mean how everyone else you’ve changed joined that cult? Like Takamaki and Yoshizawa?” Ren nodded. “ Do you think it could happen?”
“ I’m not sure. And that’s what worries me.”
“ Well, if Makoto tries abducting me again, I’ll tell Dad to answer the door and tell her I’m not home.” She chuckled. “ It won’t happen. But, if it does, we’ll make it work.”
“ I’ll just save you again.”
“ Ha. Sure. Though I hate having to rely on you.”
“ Fine. Then if the Cult takes me at some point, you can save me. Then we’ll be even.”
“ Saving you, huh?” Haru smirked. “ Yeah. Sure. I guess I can do that.”
*****************************************
It was still raining when Ren left school. He was about to open his umbrella when a voice stopped him. “ Heading home, Ren?” Ren looked up, seeing Makoto standing by the school entrance. “ I was hoping we could study together. They say rain makes it easier to focus.”
“ Sorry but I have plans.”
“ Your cosplay group?” She asked.
“ Didn’t realise you knew about that.”
“ You’d be surprised what I know. But Ann told me about it since Shiho mentioned it. Sounds interesting. Got a story planned?”
“ Knights saving a princess from a tower.”
“ Ah. Classic fairy tale. How chivalrous.” She walked past him. “ Princess Okumura truly is a tragic soul, don’t you think?” Ren turned sharply.
“ How…”
“ You’re too predictable, I’m afraid. Haru’s emotional turmoil is something I was hoping to help her with but she’s remained closed to me for a good while. Of course, it’s no secret she’s opened to you instead. How will you proceed?”
“ I’ll save her.”
“ Will you?”
“ And I’ll save you too.”
“ Oh?” Makoto’s smile widened. “ Will you? Well, I am sorry to disappoint you but I don’t need a knight. No dragon keeps me caged.”
“ Maybe not a Dragon.” The two stared each other down for a few more seconds. Then Makoto closed her eyes.
“ Do whatever you feel like you need to do, Ren.” She told him. “ And when you fail, allow me to save you instead. Your rebellion is fun to watch but you’re starting to gaze too high. Or perhaps you always have.” She began to leave. “ Enjoy your cosplay games while they last.” Ren frowned. Makoto was always a smart one. It made sense she’d figure out who they really were. Still, the way she talked bothered him. He walked out of the school, using his umbrella to protect him from the rain. One more palace and he could finish this game with the God of Control. But first they had to save Haru. It was time to bring her tower down.
Notes:
Following the Devil Survivor boss references, this time we have Cognitive Okumura as Beldr, usually known as Baldr but Devil Survivor messes with names so they have Bel in them, like calling Beelzebub "Belzaboul". In game, I'd make it a gimmick fight. He takes next to no damage normally but, if he's inflicted with a status effect, his defences drop drastically. Nothing overly complicated this time.
The Fool's Journey has also been updated. This time it's Fortune so... wait, didn't I do that one already? Oh well, I'm sure it's not important.
Chapter 51: The Imprisoned Dryad
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
September 20th
Storm clouds gathered around the tower as the thieves returned. It was as if the rain outside was leaking into the palace. The tower itself was still tilted slightly from after they had defeated the cognition of her father. Wordlessly, Ren entered, the other thieves at his back. They climbed back up the tower and returned to the door. Ren took a deep breath and turned the handle. Slowly, reluctantly, the door creaked open. The climbed into the room. It warped, transforming into a copy of her room. A visage of Haru stood at her balcony, leaning against the rail. I hate Winter because it always takes something from me. Ever since Mom died, it’s been like that. First it took her. Then it chilled my father’s heart. Then it killed the career of a close family friend. Finally, it took my heart. Winter takes everything I love and cherish and kills it. I never found it fair. The day my heart died came after a string of tragedy. Haru picked up a flower from a pot beside her. Takamaki’s bullying campaign. She picked a petal. My father committing to his political career, with me as just another bargaining chip. Another petal. The strongest woman I knew losing her career. Poor Mariko. Another petal. Makoto becoming one of the first members of that damn cult. She dropped the flower off the balcony. Some days I wonder what the point of it even is. I look down from my balcony while watering plants and I see my mother’s face. Winter always takes something from me. She took a step back and turned. But this Spring gave me hope.
“ Hope she says.” The room faded back to normal, revealing a wooden floor, a king sized bed and another Haru looking out of the tower's one window. Unlike the other shadows however, this Haru still looked like she would have outside her mind. Dressed in her raincoat over a black woollen jumper similar to the one she always wore in Ren’s timeline, slim black trousers and boots. “ That’s what she sees you as, y’know. Hope. Heh. That's something she hasn’t had in a long time.”
“ Haru.” Ren started. She cut him off, turning around and resting her elbows against the window sill, rolling a lollipop from one side of her mouth to the other.
“ What good is hope anyway? All it does is create more pain in the future. You’re gonna leave eventually, right? Go back to where you came from. What’ll happen then? We’re helpless, Haru and I. She can’t save herself and she knows it. That’s why she likes you so much. You’re her prince, coming to save her from being locked away in this tower and showing her a better life.” Shadow Haru shook her head. “ No. I won’t allow that.”
" Haru. Please. I just want to help.”
“ No. What you want is this.” The shadow lifted a necklace from under her jumper. “ This is the treasure you’re looking for. Take this and you take my heart and unlock her emotions just like she thinks she wants. But she doesn’t know what she wants. All you’re going to do is let her be hurt again and I refuse to let that happen! I will not let us be hurt by another loss or another betrayal! Never again! This tower will remain standing forever. If you really care for us, Ren, then you’ll leave me behind and go away. Please. Just let me keep her safe.”
“ I understand what it is you’re trying to do, Haru.” Ren told her. “ But this isn’t the way. You’re not helping by keeping her heart locked. Maybe she won’t feel pain again but she also won’t feel any happiness. Are you truly alright with that?”
“ I am.” The Shadow said firmly. She pushed off the window, walking towards him. Ren stepped forwards to meet her. “ I am thou. Thou art I. If anyone knows what Haru needs right now, it’s me. She’ll accept my protection in time. She’ll get used to this. Just like she got used to everything else that happened in her life. Mariko. Our parents. Makoto. You. I won’t let her hurt ever again.”
“ I’m sorry. But I can’t let you do that. Haru deserves happiness.” Shadow Haru grit her teeth. Cracking filled the room before the lolly in her mouth shattered from the pressure.
“ You think I want her to be like this?!” The shadow shouted. “ Of course I want Haru to feel happiness too. We deserve everything! Happiness! Success! Love! But the world keeps taking it all from us! The world won’t give her happiness. It’s cold. It’s cruel. It’s evil. She can’t handle it! That’s why I’m doing this. Why can’t you understand that?”
“ If there’s anyone who understands that, it’s me! I know a lot more about Haru than you think! I’ve seen her strength with my own two eyes which is why I know that she can handle whatever the world throws at her and throw it all back with a smile on her face! You need to have faith in yourself. Shutting yourself away from the world, emotionally or physically, is no way to live.”
“ We’re not strong! If we were strong, you wouldn’t be here right now!” The shadow snarled. “ This entire domain wouldn’t be here! I wouldn’t need to be here! All of this because you opened her heart to an ideal she could never attain!” From the shadows, a battle axe formed in her hands. She swung it at Ren, who dodged back quickly. “ Leave us alone! You’ve already made everything worse!”
“ Ren! It’s happening!” Hikari warned him. Ren narrowed his gaze, stepping backwards as a black mass of shadows grew around Haru’s own. The shadow's panting deepened as she began to grow larger.
“ All of this… If you hadn’t come to Tokyo, then we’d never have started to hope again. Perhaps life would have remained miserable but we’d never have to feel pain!” She shouted, her voice growing more and more distorted. “ I will protect her! From you! From the God of Control! FROM EVERYTHING!” The shadow exploded, shattering the walls of the room and destroying the top of the tower. The thieves braced themselves for battle as Haru’s monstrous form emerged. She towered above them, now wearing the torn remains of an old black and pink ball gown, the axe in her hand growing larger and bulkier, the shaft being replaced with an old hunting rifle in such a way it made it look like the axe head had been crudely welded on. In place of her legs however was the lower end of a doe, its fur the same shade as her hair and dotted black with hooves large enough to crack a coconut with ease. She slammed her forelegs down hard, cracking the wooden floorboards as her eyes shone with rage. “ I’M GOING TO DESTROY YOU!”
“ So much for diplomacy.” Tao said.
“ You should expect as much by now, Guernica.” Goro told her. “ What’s the plan, Joker?”
“ It hasn’t changed. We save Haru.” Ren told them. “ Haru’s persona knew a lot of psychic and gun based attacks and that axe looks deadly. Keep out of her way and strike from her blind spots. I’ll keep her attention as best as I can.” He glanced back. “ Guernica, Salamander. You’re our back line. Crow, Dragon. We’re the front line. Dancer, Paladin. Keep the others protected. Don’t worry about me. Director. Watch everything. This tower is frail. We need to know if it’s going to come down.” The others nodded. As Shadow Haru charged, they scattered. She barreled past them, using the axe as an anchor to stop her flying off the tower and turn around, pointing it at them and launching an explosive shot towards Ren, exploding at his feet and blowing a hole in the floor, sending him down to the throne room below.
“ Joker!” Kasumi gasped, leaping down to help him, wincing as she landed on her bad ankle. “ Ah…”
“ Careful. Urgh.” Ren groaned as he pulled himself out of the rubble. Kasumi summoned Gretel to heal his injuries. Above them, more of the roof was falling down as the battle against Haru’s shadow raged on.
“ I’m worried that she’s going to bring this tower down herself.”
“ So am I.” Ren admitted. He knew Palace rulers were a lot tougher than cognitions or the lesser shadows that wandered their domains however that didn’t stop Ren worrying that a fall from 45 floors up could still kill Haru if they weren’t careful. Knowing what would happen to a real person if a Shadow died, Ren would not let that happen under any means. Before he could head back up to continue the fight, the ceiling above them exploded. The other thieves fell down, some more gracefully than others, before Haru’s Shadow slammed into the concrete floor below her, cracking the stone under her weight.
“ Yes. Just break everything, why don’t you?” Goro groaned, standing up. “ Hereward!” Removing his mask, Goro’s persona appeared behind him, launching a black arrow into Shadow Haru’s side. She growled before firing back. Goro dived just in time as the wall behind him exploded into rubble.
“ So much for wanting to protect this place.” Hifumi said, helping Hikari up to her feet.
“ She’s so enraged right now I don’t think she really cares.” Kaoru told her. “Besides, her mind can likely just reform the tower whenever she wishes.”
“ It won’t matter if we stop her here.” Ren said. “ Shock her, Hariti!” Energy channelled into the object in Hariti’s arms before she blasted it at the centaur. Haru blocked it with her axe, gritting her teeth as she was struck by the static, before pushing back, sending a shockwave of psychic energy outwards, knocking the thieves away.
“ It’s all your fault!” Haru shouted, her eyes firmly locked on Ren. She began grinding her axe along the stone floor as she approached him. “ If you had never arrived, everything would have been better. You turned our lives upside down!” She raised the axe, slamming it down where Ren was lying. He rolled out of the way, letting it shatter a hole in the stone floor. “ The Will of Rebellion you’ve implanted in her will only bring grief and turmoil! You should understand that better than anyone!”
“ I won’t let that happen.” Ren said, leaping to his feet. Haru aimed the rifle at him.
“ When was that our choice?” The shadow launched a barrage of rockets at him, forcing Ren to start running. Each shot blew part of the walls around them apart but Haru didn’t care, lost in a rage. “ Since when have you saved anyone? All you’ve done is feed that damn cult our friends! I won’t let that happen to us!”
“ Arsene.” Ren sent his Persona flying into the air as he dove, avoiding one last rocket before Arsene descended, slashing Haru’s hide. The shadow screamed in pain. “ Whether you want her to or not, Haru wants to be saved. So I’m going to save her. If she wants to rebel even against herself, that’s her choice.”
“ Rebellion.” She hissed. “ Your rebellion was always destined to fail. If you really cared, you’d spare Haru that fate again!” She stopped. “ Again? What…. Gah!” The shadow recoiled in pain. “ Why… What is… Grah…” The axe fell from her hands as she clutched her head. Beneath them, the tower began to shake.
“ Haru!” Ren started moving towards her only to be stopped by a hand on his shoulder.
“ We have to get out of here.” Goro told him. “The tower’s coming down.”
“ But Haru-”
“ I understand. But in that form, she’ll survive. You did say she’s tougher than she looks.” Ren looked back at Haru, clutching her head in agony, the shadows around her writhing. Ren grit his teeth.
“ Fine. Where?” Goro pointed to one side of the tower where the other thieves were. Running over, Ren looked over the side. “ The pond?”
“ The water should break our fall.” Hifumi said. “ With any luck.”
“ I’m not sure about this.” Hikari said. “ I mean, we’re 44 floors up right now.”
“ Then stay in the falling tower then.” Goro told her. “ In that case, you’ll almost certainly die instead of only mostly.” Hikari pouted.
“ Then you go first!”
“ If I must.” Goro nodded. He took a few steps back and then leapt off the side diving into the water below. Ren saw a small figure emerge from the water.
“ It worked?!”
“ Good enough for me.” Kasumi said before leaping off. “ Here I go.”
“ Kasumi!” Hikari shouted before sighing. “ I’m gonna die. I’m gonna die. I’m gonna die.” Holding her breath, Hikari leapt after them. Kaoru and Hifumi followed. Ren turned, looking back at Haru, watching as the ground cracked and shook.
“ I know what you’re thinking, Ren.” Shiho told him. “ But I don’t think we can do anything for her. If Crow and the others survived the fall, I know she will as well.”
“ Paladin’s right, Joker.” Tao told him. “ After Futaba, I know what’s goin through your head but we’ve gotta get out of here. Can’t help anyone if we’re dead.” Ren grimaced but reluctantly nodded. Then he closed his eyes and leapt from the tower, Shiho and Tao following behind him as the entire building came tumbling down. When Ren burst from the water’s surface and returned to dry land, he sprinted into the rubble, ignoring the sudden bitter chill from his soggy thief uniform. Moving through the dust and the stone, he tried not to let panic overwhelm him. Not like what happened when Futaba ran away. Not like what happened when Haru saved him.
He found her in the middle of it all, the axe and her centaur body gone, back to the black jumper and the rest of her normal attire. Ren knelt beside her, lifting her up. “ Haru? Haru?!” He shouted, desperation seeping into his tone. She groaned and coughed.
“ You’re… too loud, damnit.” She coughed. “ Why?”
“ Cause you’re my friend. I can’t lose you.”
“ Heh. Stupid.” She smirked. “ I just tried to kill you.”
“ You were protecting her. I don’t blame you.”
“ And so were you. Urgh. I feel like I’ve been hit by a train.”
“ Well, you were in a collapsing building.”
“ Yeah… That’s about right.” She coughed again. “ I can’t move. Guess you win.” Weakly, she pulled the necklace out from underneath her jumper. “ Take it. It’ll free our emotions. Just like she wants. Don’t make me regret this.” Ren smiled, taking the necklace off of her.
“ I won’t.”
“ Good. You better. I’ll haunt you if you do.” The two laughed.
“ Before you go, can I ask you something?”
“ Go for it.”
“ Did you… remember something just then?” The shadow hummed.
“ Kinda.” She admitted. “ You… We knew each other before this year, didn’t we.”
“ We did.”
“ I’m not gonna pretend to understand what’s happening but… Do what you need to do. We’ll support you as best we can.”
“ Thanks.” Ren smiled.
“ Joker!” Goro’s voice distracted Ren. Looking out, he realised the entire ruins was still surrounded in a massive cloud of dust. As he looked around, a shadow began to appear in the dust. Slowly, he lay Haru’s shadow so she was sitting up against the rubble and stood up.
“ Crow. I’m over-” A flash of light and sudden feeling of pain cut him off. Looking down, he noticed a hole in his stomach before falling back to a knee, clutching the wound. “ Wh-What?”
“ Ren!” Haru’s Shadow gasped.
“ Sorry. Am I interrupting?” A voice asked. From the dust, a new figure emerged, a white cloak swirling around them. “ I got pieces of what you two were saying. Quite a heartfelt conversation. You and Haru clearly care for one another.” Ren’s eyes widened as he looked up. Looking down at him was the smirking face of Makoto Niijima. “ This was a long time coming, Ren.”
“ Makoto? What…”
“ Sorry. I’m not here for you.” She turned her head, looking at Haru. “ Change her heart all you like. Just like Ann or Yusuke or Ryuji, this was always going to end the same way. No matter how much you rebel.” Ren struggled to his feet.
“ Don’t touch her.” Makoto glanced back. Then she snapped her fingers. Beside her, an angel appeared. It was completely metallic, a white body with its arms outstretched a black face mask inscribed with the face of a woman, her eyes closed and a serene smile on her face, wrapped in white robes. Bronze wings were attached to its back, completing the angelic look of the Persona. Despite that, it felt wrong. This wasn’t Johanna or Anat. It was something completely different. Makoto couldn’t use multiple personas but this wasn’t a persona natural to her. It reminded Ren of some of the stronger Justice Personas, like Melchizedek. It was wrong and alien. Even the air around it was warm yet unwelcoming to someone like him. That air only grew harsher before his body was engulfed in a pillar of light. Ren cried out in pain from the searing light as Makoto picked Haru’s shadow up. When Haru struggled, Makoto silenced her with a palm strike to the head.
“ He’s had enough.” Makoto told her Persona, causing it to vanish. “ I really hoped we could be allies, Ren. I gave you countless attempts to join us. To give up this foolish crusade. I offered mercy and guidance in your darkest hour. I offered friendship and support to you and Shiho. I even cleared your criminal record and freed you from such an unjust fate. And yet you still stand against us. It’s a pity, but you’re out of chances.”
“ You… It’s you..” Ren realised. “ You’re Yaldabaoth’s Herald. All this time, you’ve led the Church of Control.” She chuckled.
“ You’re right. Of course, I’ve known for a while you were the leader of the Phantom Thieves of Hearts. Your use of the Metaverse in some misguided attempt to be a saviour was quite hard to ignore. But there’s only one saviour this world needs. And it’s not you.” She walked off into the dust. “ Farewell, Ren. Let us not meet again.”
“ Wait!” Ren ran after her, stumbling through the smoke. He wasn’t going to let another friend go. Not like this. However, as he emerged from the ruins, he was met with something else that made his blood run cold. Across the field, floating above the hedge maze, was a familiar UFO. Like Makoto’s new persona, it was wrong but Ren recognised it in an instant as Necronomicon. However, where Futaba's original persona was sleek and black, covered in gold etching that made Ren feel like he was looking at the code of a computer, this Necronomicon was pure gold. The demonic ornament on top was replaced with a white angel with golden wings and the etchings were gone, replaced with images that looked like an Egyptian wall painting of various people worshiping angels and the God of Control. A metal claw descended which Makoto hopped onto. With a small wave, Makoto was taken by Necronomicon before the ship flew off outside of the palace, Haru’s shadow along with them.
“ What was that?” Tao asked.
“ That was the Herald.” Ren said angrily. “ Makoto.”
“ Niijima?!” Hikari gasped.
“ I suppose it makes sense.” Goro admitted. “ If all your friends had a palace, it makes sense she’d be included in that. Her palace has to be on the grounds of the cult of control’s compound. It explains how she was able to capture the shadows of those who enter and convert them to their cause.” Ren scowled.
“ Damn it. I should’ve seen it. I should've... ah!” Ren clutched his side in pain
" Easy there, man." Tao said, taking his arm. " Don't push yourself."
“ All you knew is that Niijima was an early member of the Church.” Shiho told him. “ There was no way you could have known.”
“ We can talk about this later.” Goro said. “ But with the Shadow gone, this world is going to come down around us. More than it already has at any rate.” Ren nodded. Goro was right. There was no time to think about this right now. If Makoto wanted a war, he’d give it to her in time. Right now, they needed to plan their next step. They couldn’t do that here. However, as they moved to leave, they suddenly realised something. No matter how far they walked, they weren’t leaving. Returning to the clearing as the forest began to crumble, Ren looked at the app only to be met with an error.
“ Error?” Shiho asked.
“ Futaba’s fingerprints are all over this.” Ren realised. “ They’re trying to bury us in the metaverse.” The world began rumbling as the palace started to collapse.
“ B-But what are we going to do?” Hikari asked, panicking. “ If we can’t leave, what’s going to happen?”
“ I’d like to say we’d just end up in Mementos but that wouldn’t fix the app.” Goro admitted.
“ Then what the hell do we do?” Tao shouted. Ren scanned the clearing. His eyes came to rest on a familiar old stone door.
“ There! Nyarlathotep’s room! Run!” The thieves didn’t have any time to lose. They broke into a sprint as the grounds began crumbling around them, Tao practically carrying Ren as they went. Hifumi shoved the door open with her shoulder, letting the other thieves quickly break in. The door slammed behind them, leaving the palace behind to fall into the depths of the metaverse.
“ Cut it a little close there, didn’t you?” Nyarlathotep asked, turning a page of the Necronomicon.
“ We need your help.” Ren told him.
“ The room exists beyond mind and matter, dream and reality. I’ll open it back up in your world. The app’s a little trickier since I didn’t make it but I shall see what I can do. I should be able to get it back up and running. I’ll take a little trip to the server room.”
“ It has a server?” Tao asked, raising an eyebrow.
“ Of course. It’s the same server that runs the Demon Summoning App.”
“ The what?”
“ Don’t worry about it. Polaris is too scared of the Outer Gods to do anything in this reality anyway.” He shrugged.
“ What happened to them, Nyarlathotep?” Ren asked. The outer god hummed before putting a bookmark in the ancient book and resting it on his desk.
“ He’s stolen a page from my playbook.” He said slowly. “ Personas are not only created from a strong, upright will. When a person displays strong connection to a reversed state, then they can produce a Reverse Persona. Usually, they’re red and glowy. There was a trio involved in the Nyx incident who used them actually. An Outer God, as you’ve seen, can bypass the usual rules of a persona gaining a persona by awakening their will; however we can also corrode said will with a bit of our own power. That’s why the personas of your friends are a lot more divine looking.”
“ But Makoto’s persona isn’t hers.”
“ You’re correct. That, I have to assume, was a gift. An override. Instead of her normal persona, they were given a new one. I did that as well, come to think of it.”
“ Wait, if he got Ren’s sister, doesn’t that mean…” Shiho’s voice trailed off as the realisation came to them all. Ann, Ryuji, Yusuke, Makoto, Futaba and now Haru. All his old friends had been taken by the God of Control and were now being used to fight against him as its own private Persona user army. All they were missing was him and Morgana. Maybe they had Morgana. It’s not like he’d seen that cat around in this timeline.
“ What do we do now?” Tao asked.
“ We can’t just give up.” Hifumi said. “ They may have been veterans once but now, they’re like us.”
“ Even so, they’re backed by a God that’s taken over a good portion of Tokyo’s population.” Kaoru reminded them. “ It may not just be Personas that it’s granted them.”
“ Sumire…” Kasumi muttered. “ My sister… Do you think… y’know, cause I’m here that…”
“ We can’t rule anything out.” Goro admitted. Kasumi looked down heartened.
“ Do we… really stand a chance?” Hikari asked.
“ Of course we do.” Ren said firmly. The other thieves turned to look at him. Now was no time to be doubting themselves. “ I’m not going to let the God of Control get away with this. Haru’s palace is gone. That means the last gate has as well. If it wants to take my friends, fine. We’ll just take the fight to it as well.”
“ Oh? Have you decided then?” Nyarlathotep asked.
“ I have.” Ren said. “ We’re gonna destroy the Holy Grail and free the people of Tokyo from Yaldabaoth’s control. And this time, we’re going to win.”
Notes:
Wow. Makoto was the main villain the entire team. Yeah, I feel like the foreshadowing has been getting gradually more obvious the closer to this reveal came though that was intentional.
Shadow Haru went through a minor design change when I was writing her. Mainly I added the torn dress and altered the weapon from an axe into a hunting rifle with axe parts welded on because I have tried incorporating parts of the Thieves personas into this but I didn't have anything linking to Milady at first. I wasn't compromising on the concept of Deer Centaur though. I liked the idea too much. The game design I came up with is that Shadow Haru has the single highest HP of a single boss HP bar in the game except the final boss. She lacks any mechanic that other bosses had and is just a straight forward fight between the Phantom Thieves and a powerful enemy. The fight ends when she reaches 0 health, revealing an endure and immediately moves, using a move that instant kills every phantom thief except Joker before begging him to save her, forcing him to take the final blow.
Chapter 52: Beautiful Betrayal
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
September 20th
When Haru awoke, she found herself on cold, black stone. She pulled herself to her feet, her eyes looking around as she took in the site before her. Cages surrounded her on all sites, floors upon floors of them all surrounding a room beneath her. Red wires spread upwards, connecting to a large, golden chalice below like veins tied to a heart. The place was alien and yet strangely familiar. “ Beautiful, isn’t it?” Looking beside her, she saw a young woman sitting on the edge of the stone circle, her legs swinging gently over it. Brown hair over a white cloak, looking out at the strange site like she was having a quiet moment in a large field, taking in the beauty of nature.
“ Makoto.” Haru said slowly. “ That is you, isn’t it?”
“ That’s right.” She nodded. “ What do you remember?”
“ I remember… Ren just beat me. I gave him the treasure to take my heart. I should be back with her now. Yet here I am with you.”
“ Of course. You were chosen to be granted salvation. This is the deepest refuge of the Prison deep within the Palace of the collective unconsciousness. Only the most important souls rest here. It’s a great honour.”
“ I don’t care about that. If this is some induction ritual for your cult, I’ll pass.”
“ Most say that at the beginning.” Makoto admitted. “ You should have seen them. Ann, so prideful and bitter. Ryuji almost took my head off for the suggestion. Futaba wanted to be left alone. Sumire just wanted to be with her sister. Yusuke was the only one who accepted it out of we chosen few. His heart was tired of misery and accepted our God’s freedom and securty.”
“ That’s what you’re calling it? Freedom and security?” She looked out into the sea of cells. “ Doesn’t look very free to me.”
“ Ask any of them. It’s the greatest freedom. The freedom to live without regret. Without having to wonder if a choice you made was right or wrong. After all, how can a choice be wrong if it was made by someone who sees and knows all?”
“ So your god locks you in cells and pretends that’s what’s best for everyone.” She scoffed. Looking down at the chalice filled her heart with a cold hatred. She’d been here before. She knew she had. At some point, she’d visited this place. She’d been down there, right next to that chalice. The pain in her head returned. It was all so blurry but she remembered it vaguely. “ What is that?”
“ That’s the Holy Grail. From what I understand, it’s the culmination of mankind’s dreams and prayers for salvation.” She explained. “ If it’s destroyed, it’ll ruin our gods plan for saving all of mankind. It’s what Ren and the Phantom Thieves seek.”
“ Bold telling me all of that.”
“ The Shadow can never inform the body of the information it gains.”
“ I guess not.” Haru hummed. “ So what happens now?”
“ Now? Our god shall embrace you and you shall be saved.”
“ And my real self joins the Cult of Control.” Makoto nodded. Haru felt a thumping in her chest as she continued staring at the grail. “ So what? I’m gonna get locked away in one of these cells.”
“ No. Our god has a higher purpose for you. A power that transforms shadow into a fighting force. A persona like the thieves you saw wield.”
“ I’ll transform into…” Haru grabbed her head again as the pain in her head increased. “ Persona…” The word was familiar on her lips. Visions of another world flickered behind her eyes. A world that Haru knew only in dreams. A world that caused them both pain. Memories of joining Ren within her father’s palace, fighting alongside him and Makoto as they fought through its metallic halls. Memories of grief as her father was struck down by the hand of another, dying live on television. Memories of her overcoming that tragedy, fighting to bring down the man who had ordered that act and the assassin who had pulled the trigger. Then they came down here. Slowly, she stepped towards the edge.
“ Well?”
“ I see now. It’s all become so clear.” Haru said wistfully.
“ I’m glad to hear that. Now, if you return to-”
“ I remember now. Ha. How foolish I was.” She smirked. Makoto stopped.
“ Huh?”
“ We’ve been here before, Anat. Don’t you remember?” Haru looked over at her, golden eyes flashing. Makoto’s smile seemed to waver for a moment.
“ Anat? What do you mean?”
“ Ah. You don’t. Then again, you’ve been controlled by that… lesser being inside of you now, haven’t you? Hmm. Disappointing. Other than Arsene, you were always the strongest of us. Now look at you. A puppet to the being we once sought to slay. Ah, but I suppose if it knew that then you would be the perfect choice since Arsene was not available. Oh ho ho. You call yourself a Herald but you were merely the back up choice. How amusing. How very amusing.” Makoto was taken aback. Something inside of Haru’s shadow had shifted. Her attitude had completely changed. This hadn’t happened with the others. They’d gazed upon the grail and been envelope in His glory, no longer able to resist. So why was Haru different? She scowled. The Will of Rebellion Ren instilled inside of her. It must have awakened something in her shadow the others didn’t have.
Makoto shielded herself from a sudden explosion of power. When the shadows cleared, Haru’s form had changed. She wore a hat with a feathered plume on her head, a black mask appearing on her face like those of the Phantom Thieves. Her clothes had a pink blouse under a black vest, a frilly cravat around her neck, dark purple shorts, black leggings and fancy shoes. In her hand, she held a large battle axe, spinning it as if it was a parasol. “ In the absence of dear Haru and the rest of the Phantom Thieves, allow me to formally greet you. I am Astarte, Queen of Heaven. You look tense, Anat dear. Perhaps you should rest. Allow me to assist you. It’s time for another beautiful betrayal!”
“ What?” Makoto muttered. She didn’t have time to question it as Astarte leapt forwards, slashing at her with her axe.
“ While I would love you to accept my graciousness, Anat, I’d love it if you’d fight back as well.” Astarte laughed. “ I do love the thrill of battle, don’t you? Oh ho ho.”
“ Serve me, Merkabah.” Behind her, the angelic gift from her god appeared. With a gentle movement of its arms, beams of light began bombarding the area around Astarte. With graceful movements, she danced around the attack before responding with a blast of psychic energy. Merkabah protected Makoto from harm, blocking the blow with its wings and causing the two to slide back against the black stone.
“ Hmm. Merkabah, you say? What have they turned you into?” Astarte shook her head. “ Hmm. No. I can sense the differences in your auras. It’s not what you’ve been turned into but more what have you been replaced with. A seal for your true persona. How mischievous of the God of Control.”
“ You’re speaking nonsense.”
“ Hmm. To you, perhaps. But being one with psychokinetic abilities allows me to sense more than an average persona. For you however, it’s just another curse I’m going to have to beat out of you.” Astarte slashed the axe in front of her, sending a slash of psychokinetic energy at Makoto. She dodged a few of them before getting clipped by one and hit dead on by another as she tried to recover. Using this opening, she advanced. Makoto rolled on instinct to dodge the axe striking down on her only to find herself falling. A sudden panic overcame her as she found herself hurtling to the ground. That was when Merkabah appeared, floating around her. Its body seemed to fold in on itself, the wings folding. As Makoto grabbed for it, she found the handlebars of the bike that skid along the ground before the holy grail.
“ What is…” Slowly, she smiled. “ I see. Another gift. Very well.” She leaned forwards in the driver's seat. Something about the seat of a motorbike felt calmingly familiar somehow. She knew how to operate it. As she put a foot to the pedal of her new chariot, Merkabah blazed to life. It flew, driving onto the walls and began driving around it, rising back up the room. Above her, she saw Astarte breathing a sigh of relief. As drove around the arena, she took a step back and removed her hat.
“ Back into the driver's seat, ey Anat? Some things never truly change. I suppose then you won’t mind a rockier road.” Makoto watched as from out of her hat, multiple gun barrels emerged. They began to spin around before firing a wild barrage of bullets at her. They trailed behind her, riddling holes into the stone and bouncing off the barriers set around the cages, sparing their inhabitants from harm. All the while, Makoto drove on, rising higher. As she looped towards the shadow she leapt off Merkabah’s back, falling quickly down as she pulled a fist back, driving it hard into Astarte’s face, smashing her into the ground. She sat up, straddling her body to keep her pinned down and ready for another strike.
“ Brutal as ever, oh Queen.” Astarte laughed weakly. “ Now I see why you were the second strongest of us all. But, word to the wise, even you fell just like the rest of us. Playing pawn to that despot won’t save you from falling once again.”
“ That’s quite enough. I vowed to make Haru see the light. If you’re done struggling, I suggest you co-operate.”
“ So noble yet so deluded.” Astarte sighed. “ I suppose I have failed in my rebellion this day. No matter. Do what you must but know Arsene and Joker are waiting to finish what I have started. Your god has succeeded once, it’s true. However, I don’t believe they will fair as well this time now he knows your tricks. Let’s play a game, Anat. Which one of you will falter first? I look forward to seeing the results.” With one last laugh, Astarte faded into a dark mist and flowed into the Holy Grail. Makoto stared down at it, unnerved.
“ No. Our lord will succeed.” Makoto muttered before turning and returning to the world above. Despite what she said, she couldn’t help but feel a tiny hole in her heart. For the first time since she started her crusade, she felt uncertain she had made the right choice.
****************************************
September 22nd
Ren stood outside the council room, arms folded as the president opened the door. “ Sorry. But we meet again.”
“ So it would seem.” Makoto said. She stepped aside, letting Ren in. He took his usual seat acoss from her. They were silent for a few long seconds, staring at each other from across the table. It wasn’t all that long ago since they’d been in her last, studying together, debating about their views or just chatting. Back then, Ren didn’t know who she was even if she knew his secret. Now, for the first time, both sides had removed their masks. There were no secrets between them now. Not any that mattered. “ Haru dropped by yesterday.”
“ She’s with you now? Persona rangers of the God of Control?”
“ Of course.” She nodded. “ There’s no real point hiding anything at this point. Though only Futaba knows the full extent of the Phantom Thieves at the moment. I’d hate to break up Ann and Shiho’s friendship or drive a wedge between Kasumi and Sumire.”
“ So Sumire is with you.” Ren hummed. “ That was the one I was uncertain about.”
“ Oh? How so?”
“ I suppose you don’t get the connection? Between all of us? Ann? Ryuji? You and me?”
“ Other than everyone else being given calling cards?”
“ I suppose it makes sense your god wouldn’t tell you that part.” Ren admitted. “ A pity.”
“ What’s your next move, Ren?”
“ A visit to your God. I suppose I’ll see you down there.”
“ Amusing you think you can reach it.”
“ The Prison of Regression?” Ren shrugged. “ I know exactly where it is and exactly what’s inside of it. The Holy Grail still as oversized as ever?” Makoto narrowed her eyes but didn’t drop her calm smile.
“ That isn’t information you should know. Not unless our god once favoured you as well.”
“ In a sense, it did. But that was another time.”
“ Well, I won’t wish you luck. This only ends one way. You know that, don’t you?”
“ I do.” Ren nodded. “ But I don’t think we’d agree on which way this is gonna end.”
“ Hmm hmm. I suppose not.” Makoto admitted. “ It’s strange. Despite us being enemies, I still can’t help but enjoy our time together. It doesn’t have to end, you know. Midterms are coming up.”
“ Fraternising with the enemy, huh?” Ren said dryly. “ Ask me again after we’ve dealt with your god. It shouldn’t be long now.”
“ Don’t set yourself up for disappointment, Ren.” Makoto warned him. “ The door is always open, both here and to the compound. For now, at least.”
“ Until we meet in the next palace.”
“ Until it’s time to end things.” The two nodded and Ren stood up, glad to know where they stood. Perhaps Joker and the Herald were at war but, at least for now he could pretend he and Makoto were still friends. It wouldn’t last. He knew that. She knew that. There would come a time where they’d have to separate in this life as well. But, for now, he’d allow the illusion of peace to stand. “ Tell Haru I said hello.”
“ I won’t.” Ren promised her, smirking as he stepped out of the room.
Returning to the roof, he saw Haru as she always was. Sitting on her usual chair, her coat hanging over the back of it as she overlooked her garden. Ren sat opposite her, crossing one leg over the other. “ I hear you’ve joined the church.” He said solemnly.
“ Yeah.” She admitted. “ Funny thing is that I don’t even know why. It’s odd I still don’t like the idea of it but Makoto asked and something inside me demanded that I go. So now I have this stupid pin. At least it’s stylish.” Ren laughed.
“ If you’re into cubism.” He said. “ I think it’s cubism. Ask Yusuke for me. He’d know.”
“ That’s the blue haired artist guy, yeah? I met a few people. Odd ducks.”
“ Sounds like them. Then again, so are we.”
“ Yeah. Can’t deny that.” She laughed. “ Well, whatever you did, it kinda worked. I can laugh again. It’s… hard to express it still. I think I just sound bored but I do feel something now. It’s not all there but it’s a start. You kept your word.”
“ No I didn’t.” Ren sighed. “ I promised I wouldn’t let you join the cult. I broke that one.”
“ You got the main one. I don’t blame you.”
“ I blame me.”
“ I wouldn’t. I’m not worth it.”
“ Of course you are.” Ren reassured her. “ You’re more than worth it.”
“ I don’t see how. You shouldn’t have to put up with me.”
“ Hey. We’re friends. I’m happy to. As far as I’m concerned, our promise is still on. I’m going to save you. It’s just from the Cult now instead of yourself.” Haru closed her eyes and smiled.
“ Heh. You really are a hero. Never change.” She said. “ In that case, I guess I’ll be waiting. It’s wierd being a cultist.”
“ I’d imagine. No free will. You must feel like a zombie.”
“ It’s not as freeing as Makoto claims it is. I’ll say that. Community’s nice though. People are welcoming. It’s hard to believe you’re in some weird cult that frowns on people helping others when you’re sitting in the garden with people talking your ear off about this, that and the other.”
“ They have a garden?” Ren hummed. “ Makoto should have said. You’d have joined earlier.”
“ Yeah. Like I’d sell my soul for any garden. It’s gotta be top tier fertile land. If I can build a greenhouse and get good produce, then we’ll talk.” Both of them started laughing. “ Still, they have this massive statue in some big alter. Weird robot looking angel. They claim it’s what their god looked like.”
“ A statue of God, huh?” Ren was reminded of their fight against Futaba’s statue back when they tried to steal her heart. The looming stone statue that looked completely alien with a prism for a head and a completely angular body.
“ Artists interpretation I think. Thinking about it, you’re right. It’s probably cubism. I don’t know where they hired a mason though. If Father was still interested in politics, he’d probably want to hire him and make a marble statue of himself.”
“ Shido might have, if he didn’t already before he died.”
“ Yeah. I can totally see Shido doing that. He’d have put it in front of the diet building if he won.”
“ Ha ha. Absolutely.” Ren’s smile slowly faded. “ You don’t seem that attached to them, y’know?”
“ I’m not.” She admitted. “ At the same time, every time I think about leaving, something feels like it stops me. I don’t quite understand why. Maybe the conspiracy theorists are right and it’s just magic binding us to the grounds. Makoto says she wants to show me something sometime soon so maybe I’ll figure it out then.”
“ Does the name Milady mean anything to you?”
“ Milady de Winter?” She asked. “ Yeah. It does actually. I can’t tell you why though. It’s… weird. You say the name and it resonates within me as if you’re asking about an old friend.”
“ I’m magic too.” Ren said jokingly.
“ Right. Is that how you steal hearts? You magic them out, dust the evil off it and put it back in?”
“ Maybe.”
“ I’ll believe it when I see it.” Ren fought back a grimace. If Makoto was right, it wouldn’t be that long until that happened. He might have to explain himself if she asked him about that later. They may have to cut their hands on a trowel again if it came down to that. But for now, he was happy to let these matters lay. He was just happy Haru was happy, at least as far as her emotional state was concerned. For now, that was all that mattered. He could worry about the rest another time.
****************************************
September 25th
The thieves arrived on the final floor of mementos, bracing themselves for what was to come. Ren felt tense as he walked down those stairs. The last time he’d entered the Prison of Regression to face the God of Control, he’d lost everything. His friends, his world, his very existence. All of it was taken by Yaldabaoth. However, this time would be different. It had to be different. This time, he’d win. There wouldn’t be a third chance at this. He had to get it right, no matter who would stand in his way. “ Here we go.” He told the rest of them. They stepped onto the station platform and stopped. “ W-What?” Before them was another wall, just like the others that had blocked them before. But this one was different. It wasn’t black like the other gates had been. This one was golden, marked with the symbol of the Cult of Control. Ren scowled. “ Coward…”
“ Hmm. I see.” Goro sighed. “ How troublesome.”
“ Another one?” Shiho asked, confused. “Didn’t you say that Haru was the last palace?”
“ She should have been.” Ren told her. “ But I guess the games changed.”
“ So they sealed themselves behind a new palace.” Kaoru mused. “ I suppose we don’t need to ask which one.”
“ Niijima.” Hikari frowned.
“ Looks like we’re going into the lion’s den after all.” Tao clicked her tongue. “ And here was me ready to bring down a god.”
“ But we don’t have any clue on how to access it.” Hifumi reminded them. “ I highly doubt she’ll just let us in.”
“ Dragon’s right. She attacked Jeanne directly when I went there. We don’t have to be in the palace for us to get attacked.”
“ What’s the plan, Joker?” Goro asked. Ren hummed.
“ I’ll think of something.” He said. “ Right now, let’s get out of here.” As the others turned back, Ren glared at the wall. “ Just you wait. I’ll be back for you later. And when I do, I’m taking that grail. Mark my words, I’ll take the heart of all of Tokyo. And I’ll take my friends back along with it.” Ren promised before turning around and leaving Mementos.
Notes:
In chapter 29, I said I made a compromise with myself to not break my plans around Haru. This chapter, Astarte vs Makoto, was the compromise. There are more reasons for the fight then wanting a fight between Makoto and the Persona of her former friend but that'll come later.
Chapter 53: Eye of the Storm
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
September 27th
Goro stared down at the Shogi board, humming in thought. It was strange being invited out to the Kanda church. Usually, late night Shogi was Ren’s thing. However, he was busy and Hifumi had said she wanted a new opponent. She’d given him a run down of the pieces and they’d played a few rounds. This was their fifth but he didn’t feel like he’d gotten any closer to understanding anything than when he started. Now, he was trapped. Pinned against the Togo Kingdom’s deadly forward push while aware of ambushes from the side. He was penned in. He hated being this vulnerable. “ I yield.” He sighed. “ How do you and Ren manage to play this game?” He asked.
“ Time and patience. He had the experience of knowing how I played from another timeline, of course, but he was still new to the game all the same. You’re not going to become a master in one night, Goro.”
“ I am aware.” Goro said tersely. “ Even so, I would have hoped to have gotten a little better. I took to chess a lot faster than this.”
“ People call Shogi the chess of the east. I’m sure you’ll get it soon.”
“ Hardly. There are similarities, yes, but this is a completely different game than I am used to. There are too many pieces to keep track of.”
“ I can understand that. Believe it or not, it was overwhelming for me too when my Dad introduced it to me.”
“ Didn’t you say you started Shogi when you were six? Simple maths is overwhelming to a child that young.”
“ That’s also true. Even still, after a few night's of playing it, I started getting the hang of it. It took me almost a year before I could beat him though. It was a major uphill climb.”
“ It tends to be, learning a new skill. Everything I learned, I had to learn it fast. It may not have been for a noble purpose but it spurred me on nevertheless.”
“ Yeah.” Hifumi trailed off. “ Are you… OK, by the way?”
“ Hmm? What do you mean?”
“ I mean… after Shido… y’know.” Goro sighed. “ Sorry. It’s just… well, I remember after I spared Yusuke. The message you sent that I did the right thing by not killing him? I spent a while after that just… wondering how you managed it. Then I saw what you were like when we saw that monument and realised you didn’t. Now he’s gone too… Well, I was just worried.”
“ I appreciate the worry, Hifumi. But you’re right. I suppose Ren has rubbed off on me but these last few months have really had me reconsidering everything I’ve done on the path for revenge.”
“ Well, we are in a church. Perfect place to lay your heart out, y’know?”
“ Ha. Forgive me mother for I have sinned?”
“ Speak, my child.” Hifumi said in a peaceful tone before cracking up. “ I don’t get how priests can do that.”
“ They take faith seriously. Much like the followers of the church of control do, I wager. Though at least the followers of this church are doing it of their own voalition.” Goro went silent, looking up at the cross. “ But… I do have a lot of regrets. Now Shido is gone, I honestly don’t know how to make up for what I did. Defeating the God of Control, freeing Tokyo, ending the mental shutdowns once and for all. I’m hoping at the end of all of this that I can feel a little bit better about myself. It sounds selfish, doesn’t it? I’ve made more lives miserable than just my own and yet it’s my own life that I wish to maintain.”
“ I think that’s fair.” Hifumi admitted. “ You want to attone for your actions in your own way. Not for anyone else but for yourself. You want to look yourself in the eye and tell yourself you finally did the right thing.”
“ I suppose so. I don’t think it will ever be enough but what we’re doing is at least a start. And after that… I haven’t decided. I may just turn myself in once we’re through. Or maybe I’ll continue on as the detective prince, solving crimes for the police. Perhap, I’ll just… vanish someday. I can’t say.”
“ Don’t vanish. We’d all miss you.”
“ All of you?”
“ All of us. As much as she’ll never admit it, Tao likes you as well. Who else would she bicker with?”
“ Ah yes. My noblest purpose. Arguing with Lucatao for everyone else's enjoyment.” He rolled his eyes. “ I won’t do anything until this mission is over. You don’t have to worry. I just know it will never be enough. That’s all.”
“ With all you’ve done, I guess it wouldn’t be. I just hope one day you can forgive yourself. Everyone deserves a little peace so long as they’re willing to earn it.”
“ I’m not sure it will ever happen. But, until I get proven wrong, I suppose all I can do is keep trying.” Goro pulled back a piece to its starting position. “ Now then. Another game.”
“ If you want. Next time, you can teach me chess.”
“ Hmm. Now that does sound like a better time.” Goro smiled. Hifumi was happy to see it. She wasn’t lying when she said Goro deserved peace. She hoped that, in time, he could find it. If she could help him along that path, then she’d be happy to do so. Just so long as he wasn’t too hesitant to accept the offer.
************************************
“ Oooooowwwww.” Hikari wined as she fell onto her back, lying on one of the practice mats in Protein Lovers. She’d taken Kasumi up on her offer in Haru’s palace and came with her to the gym, Kaoru meeting them there for some training of his own. She’d started determined. Perhaps a little too determined. Now everything hurt. “ This was a mistake.”
“ You’ve got to learn to pace yourself, Hikari.” Kasumi told her. “ Build up to the tougher challenges.”
“ Yeah. Cause you guys do that all the time. Though I guess shadow to evil overlord cognition to rampaging centaur is building up in some way.”
“ Well, it’s hard to build up properly in a palace.” Kasumi admitted. “ But, when we have control, you have to pace yourself. If you don’t warm up, you’ll hurt yourself. Trust me. I was the same when I started out and I learned that from experience. The Coach was so mad at me.”
“ I didn’t take you as the type to rush into things, Kasumi.” Kaoru said. The former gymnast laughed nervously.
“ Well, I’ve done a lot of growing since then. I was just so excited when I was younger to get into gymnastics, do all the professional routines I’d seen on TV and just have fun that I often just kinda ignored what I was meant to do those first few weeks. And that’s when I got my first injury. Wasn’t limbered up, tried to do something I wasn’t ready to do and cracked my forehead open on the gym floor.” She raised her fringe for a few seconds, showing the two younger thieves the small white scar above her right eye. “ It wasn’t anything major but it did get me to start paying attention to what I was doing.”
“ Yikes.” Hikari said, eyes widening in surprise. “ Yeah, I think I’ll skip that.”
“ Good answer.”
“ Sorry.” Hikari sat up, crossing her legs. “ It’s just… I want to get stronger. I see all the things you guys do from the backline and I can’t help but want to do more. It’s frustrating just sitting back and watching your friends do all the heavy lifting. Everyone just seems so much better than I am. I feel helpless sometimes, y’know?”
“ You say that like all you do is sit back and watch.” Kaoru told her. “ You’re our director. You see things we don’t, command the actors, control the scene. If not for you, we’d be lost out there. I’m not entirely sure how Ren and the others managed before you joined the team.”
“ Knowing Ren and Goro, blind luck and warm wishes.” Kasumi joked.
“ Please. Those two would be fine without any of us. They’re… so much stronger than I’ll ever be.” Hikari said.
“ It does feel like they’re levels above us at times. Sometimes it’s hard not to feel overwhelmed when they show what they can really do.”
“ I understand that feeling. Even so, when the chips are down, we’re a team. Even so, they are only human. Things are only going to get harder from here. We’ve got to make sure we have eachothers backs. We each have our own strengths. We’ve just got to play to them.”
“ I can’t believe you’re younger than me.” Hikari sighed. “ You’re so mature.”
“ Ha ha. Well, my father never coddled me about how harsh this world can be. Despite that, I can’t help but want to do what I can. I was intent on making little changes and just helping the locals in Shibuya where I could as I grew up but this is a lot bigger than just the neighbourhood.”
“ Yep. Definitely super mature. I mean, everyone calls my dreams impossible. Not many think I’ll be able to do it. But that doesn’t mean I’m ever going to give up.” Hikari grinned. “ I’ll become a great director someday. And I can’t do that if everyone has their individuality stripped away from them.”
“ Now I’m jealous.” Kasumi told them. “ You both seem to know what to do when you grow up. I’m still figuring that out.”
“ Maybe you could become a trainer.”
“ A trainer? Like Coach Hiraguchi?” Kasumi hummed. “ I never thought about doing something like that.”
“ I think you’d be good at it. After all, you’ve given us a lot of good advice.” Kaoru smiled. “ Besides, Ren said our personas mirror who we are. You care a lot about other people. If you didn’t, why are you our support?”
“ Ha ha. I never thought about it that way. I… might ask Coach Hiraguchi about seeing if I can help her in the studio. It always did make me feel better to help people out.”
“ Yeah. Go for it.” Hikari nodded before standing up. She jumped in place, slapping her cheeks. Kasumi laughed.
“ What was that?”
“ Huh? Do people not do that? I saw it in a movie.”
“ I would have thought you of all people would know not to believe everything you see on the screen.” Kaoru remarked.
“ Shut up…” Hikari whinged, blushing from embarrassment.
“ Alright then. Let’s get back to it. I’ll help you as best as I can.”
“ I am in your care, coach.” Hikari grinned. Kasumi blushed lightly.
“ That’s going to take some time to get used to.”
*********************************************
September 28th
Zenkichi sighed, resting his on his fist as he looked over more reports. The Cult of Control was starting to get too large for them to ignore. A few hundred people were part of them now. Not too large for a city like Tokyo but, for a new religion, it was growing steadily. Far too steadily for it to be natural. Knowing how the Phantom Thieves operated had been a little chilling for the inspector. Knowing that someone with the right abilities could enter the minds of another and mess around with their desires didn’t sit right with him. It was mad, of course. He hadn’t mentioned it to anyone because they’d never believe him. So, he sat on the information, occasionally talking with Akechi about it to keep tabs on the thieves' progress. He had a feeling something major occurred recently due to Akechi’s recent behaviour when asked about the Metaverse but the young detective had remained tight lipped. It annoyed him. Perhaps it would have been better if he’d never accepted this trip. Sure, he was getting paid well for it and Akane was in a good school but he felt like he slept better at night not knowing these things. Ignorance was bliss or so they said.
Across from him, he heard the door click shut. With a sigh, Detective Shirogane took her seat from across from him. Sometimes, it felt like they were the only two on the case. Recently, she’d cut her hair short just like she was in her old interviews. Apparently, she’d gotten roped into it by an old friend who lived in Tokyo. He only knew she meant Risette because the idol had called her on a few occasions while she was at work. Shirogane wasn’t one to talk about her personal life. He didn’t blame her. He’d known people for years and didn’t know too much about them outside their life on the force. She was sharp, diligent and experienced despite her young age. Sometimes though he wondered if she also knew more than she was letting on. It always felt like she saw an angle he didn’t. While Akechi knew about the Metaverse, he wondered if she had insider information from another group.
Zenkichi wasn’t an idiot. A lot of the younger officers liked to pretend he was a dinosaur, someone past his prime. He was split between being a cop and raising a daughter and neither of them were easy tasks. Despite that, he made a point to know about world events. That’s why he knew who all the hottest celebrities were. Idols like Risette or Kanamin who felt like two halves of a whole sometimes due to how close they were off stage, the media reporting on the two like a teacher and a student that had both grown into a powerful pair that dominated the idol world. Fashion designers like Alice who was liked for her clothes based on different stories, her summer collection from this year being based on Princess Kaguya. Award winning writers like Ango Nastume, grandson of another famous author, who recently was under fire for plagiarism. Famous food critics like the Katana Tongue Hiromu Miyazawa who had recently returned from a brief hiatus and was revisiting restaurants he once deemed failures and so far had given them glowing reviews. Sports personalities like Hifumi Togo, the Venus of Shogi, who had a lot of online rumours of rigging matches and who Zenkichi was surprised to learn was a phantom thief. Then there were the two kingpins of the business world. The Nanjo group and the Kirijo Corporation, both of whom Shido’s own group had been wary of for some reason. He hadn’t missed the surprise Shirogane had expressed seeing the name SEES in the reports they’d gotten after Shido’s death.
“ Any new information?” Shirogane asked him.
“ Niijima just sent me the final report from the Kobayakawa case. He’s getting 1 year in prison due to his guilty plea and confession about Shido’s crimes. Thanks to him, we have a better case against that conspiracy. All we really need is the means they used for the mental shutdowns but no-one is willing to say and the files we got sound like a fantasy novel. Portals into other worlds. Reports on creatures tied to the human psyche. It’s all pretty ridiculous if you ask me.”
“ We still don’t have any real proof tying Akechi to the murders either, other than their word. Any word from him?”
“ He’s keeping an eye on the cult situation. Their numbers are getting a little too high for my liking.”
“ Indeed.” She agreed. “ However, without probable cause, we can’t truly do anything. I don’t think the growth is natural but we need to know how they’re doing it or catch them in a major incident to raid that compound. Even so, there’s spies in the force that will likely sweep anything like that under the rug. It’s frustrating but patience is our only option. Perhaps if we could determine who the Phantom Thieves were, we’d have a better chance.”
“ Nah. The Phantom Thieves aren’t with the cult.” Zenkichi said.
“ Why do you believe that?”
“ It’s too convenient, don’t you think? Hundreds of people are tied to the Church of Control and yet the only through line we can find is some of them received a calling card from the Phantom Thieves? My guess is the Church wants us to think the thieves are invovled with them, just like Shido tried raising them up as heroes so he could pin their crimes on them later.”
“ An interesting theory.” Shirogane said slowly, a hint of suspicion in her tone. “ You’ve certainly changed your tune.”
“ Well, call me an idealist but I don’t want to think that the people my daughter idolises are bad guys.”
“ You’re right. That is idealistic. We can’t just throw away potential suspects because your daughter likes them.”
“ I know that. I’m just saying that, if it does turn out to be them, a lot of people are going to be very disappointed. People don’t like being disappointed.”
“ Yes. I am aware. It’s an unfortunate truth of this world that people won’t accept the facts because it goes against their own personal view of the world. Even so, I made a vow that I would never turn away from the truth no matter how unsightly it is. If the thieves are doing something against the law then they aren’t exempt from judgement, no matter how much they’ve helped people.”
“ Justice is blind or so they say.” Zenkichi sat back in his seat. “ So, assume the Phantom Thieves are involved, why make such a big show of them?”
“ To gain the public’s trust. If the church created a vigilante group that could win over the people then make a pretend show of them endorsing the Church of Control, it would be the perfect way to legitimise themselves in the eyes of the civilian. Like you said. Your daughter is a fan of the Phantom Thieves. She’s not the only one. Cleaning Shibuya of the Hashiba Family really helped their image. Could you imagine what would have happened if they revealed to everyone Masayoshi Shido was the culprit behind the mental shutdown cases?”
“ Their popularity would hit its peak. Shido would have dug his own grave by giving them legitimacy with the Medjed incident. The Phantom Thieves are heralded as the saviours of Japan. Then they reveal the source of their power was given to them by the God of Control. All of Tokyo would be begging the Cult to let them join. Hook, line and sinker.” Zenkichi hummed. “ Alright. I’ll admit. It’s a compelling theory. But you're missing a key factor.”
“ That Shido did not receive a calling card. I know. However, we also don’t know if the calling cards are a warning or a publicity stunt. Consider this. They go after Shido, intending to steal his heart in whatever way they do it. However, something goes wrong. Perhaps Shido found them or struggled in some way. They push too far.”
“ Shido has a mental shutdown. Panicked, the thieves salvage the situation, leaking his records to us to salvage the situation. Shido still goes down as a villain. However, they can’t exactly admit to murdering someone so they don’t display the calling card due to public backlash.”
“ Precisely.” Zenkichi exhaled deeply.
“ That… does add up, I hate to admit. But we have no concrete evidence proving that. It could equally have been that the thieves weren’t involved in that incident.”
“ Your theory?”
“ Hmm. Well, if I had to guess, it could be something along these lines. Obviously, the thieves are a new group. Perhaps they were some kind of splinter group from Shido, the church or maybe a completely independent group. Either way, the figured out how to change people. It’s probably something like blackmail or something. That’s what the calling card is. Change your ways or we’ll change them for you. They use their method and the person backs down from whatever they were doing.” He sat up. “ We know, whoever they are, they have ties to Shujin academy. They started with a bully. Takamaki. Then they moved up, targeting who they heard was a bully from another school. Kitagawa. Then… hmm…”
“ It does seem like a big jump, moving from a bully in another school to a yakuza clan.”
“ Well, this theory is on the spot. Maybe there’s people we don’t know about. Maybe a friend got targeted. Who knows. But they hit the Hashiba clan and, somehow, win. The clan disbands and Shido decides to use the momentum to build up a scapegoat. However, he’s not the only one doing that. The church kills Shido. It gets rid of their most famous vocal critic and the blame lands at the feet of the people most known for changing hearts.”
“ Your theory is full of holes.”
“ I told you. It’s on the spot. Give me more time and I’ll give you a better one. Thinking about it though, there’s one possibility we’re overlooking.”
“ And that is?”
“ The Phantom Thieves aren’t one group.”
“ It's a moniker that different vigilante groups are using. Yes, I did think about that. It would explain how each situation a calling card has been sent has been wildly different. It's an outcome that is possible but I don’t think it’s something we should be considering.”
“ Agreed.” Zenkichi nodded. “ I hope it is just one group. It’d take til next Christmas if we had to-” The buzzing of a phone cut the inspector off. He fished through his trouser pocket, looking at the number. “ Oh. Sorry. It’s Akane. I gotta take this.”
“ I’ll check the files in the meantime.” Zenkichi nodded before stepping out of the room, answering the phone as he pushed the door open.
“ Hey, Akane. I know. Late shift. Is everything alright?”
“ Your daughter is fine, Inspector.” Zenkichi’s heart missed a beat at the soothing tone that definitely wasn’t his daughter answering.
“ Who the hell is this?”
“ Please relax. While it's a pity we and the police don't have good relations right now, trust me when I say that I have no intention of doing anything. Your daughter is in good company with us right now.”
“ Us?” Zenkichi gasped. “ You’re… from the church?” The voice chuckled.
“ We need to talk, Inspector. I have a proposition for you.”
Notes:
Not sure how many people actually read these "Delta's Thoughts" segments but a random question for those who do. Would anyone be interested in What If scenarios for this story? I did some for Venality, the last big fic I finished, but I've got a few ideas in my head, namely based on Haru and Astarte, Futaba being brought into her palace again as someone suggested back when I uploaded that part and a "What if the old Thieves didn't join the church" thing. Dunno if I'll actually write them but eh. Might be fun.
And before I forget, the next Fool's Journey chapter is out. This time it's the Star though not the one that became a phantom thief
Chapter 54: Casino of Faith
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 2nd
The thieves gathered in the attic of Leblanc on Sunday morning. As rain began pattering on the window, Ren gave them all a determined look. “ I know what our next action is.”
“ Are we taking the fight to the cult?” Hifumi asked.
“ Not yet. We need information. Luckily, I happen to know the perfect place to get that. We’re going to go and see the closest person to Makoto.”
“ Sae Niijima.” Goro smirked. “ I see where this is going.”
“ Well, do you mind sharing with the class?” Tao asked. “ We’re not all mind readers like you apparently are.”
“ Niijima’s sister happens to be one of the greatest prosecutors in the city. She often works with the police on a number of cases, offering a unique view on difficult situations. She also happens to have a palace overlapping the court house. Ren telling me about it was one of the reasons I agreed to hear him out in the first place.”
“ I don’t want to take her heart like we’ve been doing. In the other timeline, she was the only palace we left standing. We’re going to use the palace to investigate Makoto without Makoto knowing we’re doing it.”
“ What’s the palace?” Hikari asked.
“ A casino.”
“ Hmm. Casino heist. That’s new.”
“ Really? I thought spy thrillers did that all the time.” Shiho asked.
“ It feels like it, yeah, but it’s also surprisingly rare for casinos to be the main target in heist movies and the like. It happens, yeah, but they usually just appear as set dressing as minor targets to build up to a major incident like a thief war or a bank heist or in action pics as a fun and colourful place to blow up.”
“ Well, we’re going to try not blowing it up this time.” Ren told them. “ We get in, find out where Sae’s memories involving her sister are and get out. Simple job.”
“ When is a job we do ever simple?” Tao rolled her eyes. “ This is totally gonna turn into a shootout.”
“ So long as we get what we need, that shouldn’t matter.” Kaoru said. “ We should focus on getting in first. I assume you know how to do that, right Ren?”
“ Yep. Sae’s palace was the crux of our plan to get the jump on Shido. I just hope I don’t need to fake my death to get into Makoto’s palace.”
“ Don’t be ridiculous.” Goro shook his head.
“ Knowing what Makoto is like, she might just invite us in.” Shiho suggested.
“ I hate that I can see that.” Hikari admitted.
“ I’d rather not bet on her charity. After all, she did try to trap us in a collapsing palace.”
“ Ren’s right.” Goro said. “ It’s better if we can ambush her. I highly doubt she’ll remain unaware that we’re there for long but the bigger head start we have, the better. We need to be careful here though. Causing too much havoc will affect Prosecutor Niijima.”
“ Makoto will notice if that happens. That’s why we need to be careful with how we act here. The less attention we get from the shadows the better.”
“ We’re plenty stealthy.” Tao said confidently
“ Lucatao, you’re the last person I want to hear about being stealthy.”
“ What do you mean?”
“ Your weapon is a grenade launcher. It is the opposite of stealthy.”
“ Goro has a point, Tao.” Kasumi admitted. “ I mean, you did blow quite a few holes in Haru’s tower.” Tao pouted.
“ But it’s cool.”
“ How old are you?” Goro sighed. “ I understand you’re our point man and your job is to shatter the enemies defences but you need a little tact every now and again.”
“ Yeah. Yeah. I can show tact if I want to.” Tao said dejectedly. “ Let’s just get in there already. Sooner we get in, the sooner we can get out.”
“ Agreed.” Ren nodded. “ We’ll do a supply run and then it’s off to the courthouse. With any luck, we’ll be done in a day.”
**************************************
Staring up at the casino, Ren could already tell it wasn’t going to take one day. The place was as grand as he remembered but there was something off about the whole thing as well. The courthouse still looked the part ofa casino but it had changed. Not in major ways. If he hadn’t been forced to run the entire length of the place for the escape plan then he wouldn’t have noticed. But it had changed. Walking around to the front entrance, Ren figured out why. He looked up, seeing the entry sign. A large black set of scales hung above the entrance across a large window, a bright white light shining behind it. The scales balanced two concepts. On one scale was money. The other had two hands clasped together. “ That’s not good.” Ren muttered.
“ What do you mean?” Hifumi asked. “ You said this was a casino right? The law is won by money or luck. That’s the mindset here.”
“ No. It’s not luck.” Ren told them. “ It’s faith.”
“ A cross in front of a prism.” Shiho realised. “ That’s the sign of the church. She’s a member.”
“ Crow. When you came here before…”
“ Yes.” He said. “ It was here back then but I didn’t know much about the Church of Control back then. Damn it.”
“ So Niijima corrupted her sister that far back.” Kaoru mused. “ They must have been using her as a spy in the justice system.”
“ That explains how they knew about our investigations. Sae has top clearance. She excused herself from most cases by claiming to be busy with trials of her own but she did drop by the station every now and again, when she said she had a free moment to help with the investigation into the Church and the Mental Shutdowns. She was playing us from the start.”
“ I was hoping Makoto would have at least left her sister alone. Then again, if she really thinks she’s saving everyone, I guess Sae would have been her first target.” Ren said. “ Though it’s odd. Futaba’s palace changed completely but Sae’s is the same as I remember it with a few changes to the decorations. I wonder why.”
“ I’m sure we’ll find out when we go deeper in.” Kaoru said. “ I think my father would kill me if I told him that I went to a place like this.”
“ Gambling is a bad habit. Especially when the games are rigged.” Hifumi told him. “ That’s what’s happening in there, right? A rigged system?” Ren nodded.
“ She’s not wrong. Justice is a rigged system. Despite our evidence, there will be members of Shido’s conspiracy who will get away with what they’ve done simply because they have the money to do so. That’s something I’m already anticipating.”
“ Meanwhile, I’ve known people living on the streets stealing bread for their starving kids just to get thrown away for years.” Tao said. “ Though I’ve also seen people willingly get caught just to have a roof over their heads and three meals a day. Both show that the elites prefer hiding issues than fixing them.”
“ Well, we can’t solve everything. Let’s just focus on what we can solve.” Kaoru told them. Ren led them up the same back ladders and catwalks that he’d used to break into Sae’s palace the last time he was here. Looking around, everything was the same. The neon lights still burned his eyes as the climbed over the rooftops, shining in every colour of the rainbow displaying words like Casino, Justice or Loser. Figures made of flickered, welcoming patrons in to win big. They were different from what Ren remembered. One held a set of scales just like the one at the main entrance. Another was praying over a slot machine, hoping whatever gods would listen would offer them their help in claiming riches beyond their wildest imagination. The idea of faith had been fully integrated into Sae’s casino, latching onto it like a parasite. But, unlike with Futaba, it hadn’t overtaken it. Ren wasn’t sure if that was due to Sae’s force of will or if something else was at play.
Entering the cat walks above, they were met with music blaring. Looking down at the clients from above, Ren saw a few people in white cloaks. The cultists were mingling with the regulars. Waiters walked around carrying glasses of champagne around the people wearing suits on the upper levels. Down below, normal people played slot machines, losing their earnings yen by yen. The suits looked down, laughing and mocking the people. They were playing the rigged games. The suits had already won. “ From here, one shot and I could blow the balcony.” Tao told them, annoyed at what she was seeing.
“ Didn’t you say you knew how to be stealthy?” Goro sighed.
“ I know. I’m just saying. But all those rich fuckers looking down on the poor. They’d deserve it is all I’m saying.”
They slipped into the back rooms, descending from above into the casino below. Slipping into a security room and dealing with the shadows inside, Ren observed the casino from the cameras. Through them, he saw a lot. Old things, like the poker tables, the dice games or the large slot machine that Ren had dealt with in their first run through. Then there were areas they hadn’t visited but Ren guessed had always been there. A banquet hall for the rich, where the victors languished and made bets on the poor, and a prison area where debtors who ran out of money were tossed. The place where the guilty resided. Finally, there were the new areas that came from Makoto’s meddling. A shrine where people prayed to a god of luck, the god of control under a more suitable name for Sae’s casino. A chapel that seemed exclusive to the worshippers, kneeling at altars or sitting in pews. “ It’ll be there.” Ren reasons, pointing at the chapel. “ If we learn anything about the Church of Control, it’ll be in their base within the palace.”
“ What’s all this other stuff?” Hikari asked. “ Is that a colosseum?”
“ Yeah. People bet on who won. I fought in there once. Wouldn’t like to do it again.”
“ And they have a prison?”
“ Well, it is a courthouse.” Goro reminded her. “There are holding cells. But, in the end, the vision is the same. You lose, you go to jail. A prison within Niijima’s scope of influence makes sense.”
“ Admittedly, I didn’t actually know about the prison. Or the banquet hall.”
“ One shot. That's all I’m saying.” Tao said.
“ No.”
“ You too, Dragon?” Tao huffed, slipping her gas mask on to hide her disappointment. “ Whatever. What’s the plan?”
“ Hmm.” Ren began searching for a floor plan. “ Looks like we’re going to be taking a completely different route than what I did last time. Ah. Here we go.” He brought up a map of the casino. “ The chapel’s on the lowest level, past the prison in the depths of the place. To get there, we’re going to have to get to the bridge of judgement to get below. We don’t need to worry about actually crossing the bridge which saves a lot of time.”
“ Why? It’s just a bridge.” Hifumi said.
“ Crossing it was fine but the bridge itself needed to be lowered. That cost 10 million credits and I’m sure you can imagine how annoying that was when all the games are rigged.”
“ Alright. Glad we’re skipping that.”
“ Quickest way to do that… Hmm… Through the slot machine room, into the winners area, up a floor and through the shrine. Then we can head to the arena. There’s a transport elevator to the basement levels from there. After we’re out of the prison, it’s an easy walk to the church. Simple mission.”
“ Simple, he says.” Goro rolled his eyes. “ There’s a fleet of guards between that elevator and us. I can’t imagine the victor's floor to be lightly guarded and they certainly don’t want us back here.”
“ We’ll manage. I believe in us.”
“ Yeah. Don’t get cold feet now, Crow.” Hikari smiled.
“ I’m not getting cold feet. I’m only saying we should be careful. For once.”
“ When aren’t we careful?” Ren asked him, sounding genuinely confused.
“ Please tell me that’s not a genuine question, Joker.”
“ We’re plenty careful.” Hikari told him. “ What could go wrong?” Some of the other thieves groaned. “ What?”
**************************************
Despite Hikari’s curse, they were able to make it past the slot machine area with little trouble, using the elevator to the higher limits area to reach higher up and enter the winner’s area. Entering through the room from the vents above, they were met with a gilded hall full of people in suits laughing and partying. Waiters and waitresses offered food and drinks to the guests. Across the tables were tablets, with large screens around the room. Names and currency were displayed on them. Some of the suits used them, betting on the people below. They didn’t need to bet on their own lives so they bet on the lives of other people.
“ Recognise anyone?” Ren asked Goro. He hummed.
“ A few.” He admitted. “ Several of these people were affiliated with Shido at one time and another. Others are people who were tried during my time with the police.” He gestured at a portly man leering at one of the waitresses.
“ That’s Jyun Owada, a chief cabinet secretary. I believe he was caught in a minor scandal about a year ago that Shido helped sweep under the rug.” He pointed at a blond haired man looking over one of the screens. “ That would be Issei Takeshi. He runs an IT company in Sendai.”
“ I recognise him. He’s the guy who was behind Medjed, right?”
“ Indeed.” Goro nodded. “ He got caught with bank fraud but Shido bailed him out so long as he worked on keeping his systems updated. He’s a master programmer and hacker. If not for him, they’d have never gotten as much intel on everyone as they did.” Ren looked around, slowly to a stop on the rafters above the room in horror.
“ Toranosuke…” Ren said quietly. Standing amid the suits, laughing with other politicians before placing a bet of his own, was Toranosuke Yoshida, a man who had been a mentor to Ren in both timelines. He knew why Tora was here. He was involved in a political scandal for embezzling funds. While he got off, he was known as No Good Tora by the public. In reality, he was innocent. Just a scapegoat. But Sae clearly saw him as just another corrupt politician who got off scot free due to money and connections.
“ Mister Yoshida is here as well.” Kaoru said. “ He sounds like he wants what’s best for our generation. It’s hard to believe someone thinks he’s like that.”
“ I don’t trust politicians.” Tao said. “ They’re all liars and con artists at the end of the day. Just say a bunch of pretty words to get people to vote ‘em in to power and then do whatever will keep them there. Businessmen are parasites but politicians are their enablers. They’re all as bad as each other.”
“ Maybe people like Shido are like that but not Toranosuke. He’s a friend. I know he actually believes what he’s saying. He wants to make that big change.”
“ He’ll never get the chance.” Goro said bluntly.
“ Maybe. But that doesn’t make him any less of a good man.” Ren kept moving. “ I’m sick of this place. Let’s go.
The shrine was a lot different to the rest of the palace. The bright louds of the casino were gone, replaced with a more somber room lit by candles. The guards were gone, replaced by praying patrons both rich and poor. The thieves were able to walk among them without being bothered. Despite the changes however, the theme remained. Murals on the wall reminded people to pray for victory. Statues of angels held the scales that Ren had seen all over the palace, money one side and faith on the other. In the center of the room was a statue of another angelic figure but this one was different. The man had short hair, his eyes closed and was smiling calmly, his hands clasped together in prayer. He wore a police uniform, neat and tidy with a badge shining on his chest. From his back grew golden wings. Below was a message. “ The Holy Father, saved by our lord. May his memory be eternally preserved in heaven.” Ren read. “ So she thinks he’s been saved by Yaldabaoth?”
“ It’s odd to see something like this here.” Goro said. “ Niijima was never religious.”
“ It’s the church’s influence, right?” Shiho said. “ Because she’s become a believer, she ratiionalised that her father must have been saved because he was a good person. Makoto is probably the same.”
“ I imagine that’d be the case.” Hifumi nodded. “ She’s the leader of their church. I wouldn’t be suprised if she’d used it as the hook to get her sister to join up with them. I can kinda understand the reason. I mean, if one of them came to me when I was still suffering under Kitagawa and told me that not only I could be saved but my father’s soul, I think I’d have listened to them as well.”
“ It would have annoyed me.” Hikari said. “ I mean… I don’t remember much about my mother before she died but I think I’d get angry if someone started using her as a way to try and manipulate me into joining something. “
“ I didn’t think you could get pissed off, Director.” Tao teased. Hikari pouted.
“ I can get mad. I just don’t like to.”
“ Makoto’s goals always came back to honouring her fathers memory.” Ren told the others. “ She wanted to be a cop to follow in his legacy, just like how her sister went into the justice system for the same reason. To use that against them in such a way…” He looked up to the statue and frowned. “ One good shot, right?” Tao smirked, loading her paint gun.
“ We’re not blowing up the statue just because you feel your friend's honour has been hurt.” Goro said, placing a hand on the barrel. “ Come. The bridge you mentioned shouldn’t be too far away now.”
“ Right.” Despite saying that, Ren didn’t move. He couldn’t help but think about what Makoto had gone through now that he knew she was the God of Control’s Herald. He knew what it was like to be under the thumb of that being unknowingly. He was led along by the thing’s shadow with everything the thieves did being just a part in a game played for Yaldaboath’s amusement. At the very least though, the God of Control had allowed him to keep his free will. He was free to act how he wanted, help whoever he wanted and stand against the god itself at the end. Makoto didn’t have any of that gifted to her. While he couldn’t prove that it was Yaldabaoth who had commanded her to capture the hearts of so many people, he also knew that it had guided her to do it. Makoto wasn’t choosing what to do. She was doing what her god told her to do. At least he hoped so. He didn’t want to think Makoto had done everything by her own free will.
Eventually, he clawed himself away from the statue and left the shrine with the others. They soon arrived at the bridge that had been the main road block to his initial visit. He stopped by the payment system set up before it. “ Pay that and the road to salvation opens.” Ren told them. “ The courtroom is beyond there.”
“ Hmm. Of course, someone playing normally could never hope to get enough credits to enter.” Goro mused.
“ We could just use our grappling hooks.” Hifumi suggested. “ It doesn’t look that far.”
“ Having them here would have been a major time saver.” Ren admitted. “ But that’s not what we’re here for. There’s a safe room nearby with easy access to the street level. I was hoping to get further today but, if it’s deeper down, we should probably head back for today. I can’t tell you what’s in the prison area. It’s better if we prepare ourselves.”
“ That’s a shame.” Tao said. “ Was kinda hoping we could just abuse your knowledge of the place like we did in the space station.”
“ Admittedly, so was I.”
“ It’s better if we pace ourselves. We can’t lose to exhaustion.” Kasumi said. “ We can come back tomorrow with a fresh start.”
“ Um. Sorry. I have volleyball practice tomorrow.” Shiho said, sounding somewhat embarrassed. “ You can go without me. I don’t mind.”
“ It’s alright to explore Mementos with a few people missing but not a palace.” Goro told her.
“ Crow’s right. We’ll take a few days to prepare and head below.”
“ Aren’t you worried Makoto will find us out?” Hifumi asked.
“ Yeah. If she decides to make another appearance and brings the old thieves along with her then we’re going to be in trouble. Still, that doesn’t mean we should be careless. Don’t worry. We’ll be fine.” He smirked. “ It’s a gamble I’m willing to take.”
Notes:
Here's some foreshadowing that was made all the way back in Chapter 6 getting paid off. 48 Chapters is definitely my new record.
Chapter 55: Dead End
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 6th
The lights of the palace felt brighter somehow when Ren and the others returned. Climbing back up to the safe room, they entered out into the corridors of the upper floors, heading for the arena. “ What happened in the arena the last time?” Hikari asked.
“ I fought shadows.” Ren said. “ Their strongest fighter is Thor but they have a few lesser fighters as well.”
“ Like from those American superhero movies?”
“ Like the Norse God of Thunder.” Hifumi corrected her. “ You said the shadows are based on people's views on myths and legends, right Joker?” Ren nodded.
“ Arsene the phantom thief. Robin Hood the prince of thieves. Jeanne the holy paladin. Oi the great artist. Kiyohime the dragon princess. Lovelace the first programmer. Hektor the Trojan guardian. Gretel the lost sister.” Hikari listed off. “ We really have a strange collection, don’t we?”
“ No stranger than last time.” Ren said. “ Ann had the dancer Carmen, Ryuji had the pirate Black Bart, Morgana had the outlaw Zorro Yusuke had the thief Goemon, Futaba still has Necronomicon, Makoto had the popess Johanna and Haru had the femme fatale Milady. I think they’re all supposed to be some kind of rebel to go along with the whole will of rebellion thing.”
“ I guess mine is more straightforward since I lack that.” Kasumi reasoned. “ I wanted to protect a sibling so my persona is Gretel.”
“ Hmm. I wonder if someone's shadow is affected by what their persona is.” Kaoru said. “ Sakamoto was also a pirate after all.”
“ Hard to say.” Goro shrugged. “ I’ve never met a person who awakened a persona after their shadow was defeated. I know Joker can.”
“ We never fought Futaba the first time around. Though, I’ll admit. I’ve noticed some similarities between the monstrous forms and their personas.”
“ Well Crow? As our expert, what do you think?” Kaoru asked.
“ Since when have I been your expert in the metaverse?” Goro asked, bewildered.
“ Cause you always act like a know it all when the matter comes up.” Tao told him. “ Hmm. No. Scratch that. Cause you always act like a know it all. End of sentence.” Goro sighed.
“ If you must know, since shadows and personas are the same entity, it’s likely that those with the potential share concepts between the two. Joker likes his upright versus reverse tarot analogy so think of it as positive traits reflected in a more negative way. That’s just my personal theory however. You’d be better off asking Nyarlathotep the next time we visit the red room.”
“ I thought it was the crimson chamber?” Hifumi said.
“ He hasn’t decided yet.” Ren said with a sigh. “ He’s quite indecisive for a being on the same level of Yaldabaoth.”
“ He’s doing it all for a petty reason, right?” Shiho said. “ I hope he doesn’t try and turn on us after we’re all finished. He could very easily stab us in the back and take over from the God of Control if he wanted too.”
“ I don’t want to think he would but…” Ren shook his head. “ Let’s just focus on what’s in front of us. If it comes to it, we’ll deal with what’s behind us afterwards.”
They entered the arena into the stands. Looking down, the thieves were welcomed by a fight in progress. Around them, cognitions of people in suits cheered as if they were watching a horse race. Looking down, they watched as a poorer patron, dressed only in a shirt and torn jeans, tried his best to dodge a charge from a Ganesha only to get knocked to the floor. The crowd around them erupted into laughter. Tao grit her teeth. “ Where are we going to get out of here as quickly as possible?” She asked tersely.
“ We’d be looking for the fighters entrance. Should be down a floor.” Ren reassured her.
“ Good. Can’t stand these people.”
“ What is your vendetta against the rich?” Goro asked.
“ They’re rich. I was homeless. What other reason do I need?”
“ It can’t just be that. You went on an artist's crusade against politicians and businessmen as Guernica because they’re rich and you’re poor?”
“ So what if I did?”
“ Nothing in the world is that simple.”
“ I don’t expect the murder tool of the worst of the worst to get it, Crow. Don’t stick your beak where it doesn’t belong.” Tao moved onwards, leaving the others behind. Shiho, Kasumi and Hikari jogged after her.
“ A tool, am I?” Goro muttered.
“ I’m sure she didn’t mean it like that.” Ren said.
“ No. She’s entirely right. That’s my past and I accept it. I just didn’t realise Guernica’s past was just as much of a touchy subject.”
“ Thinking about it, she does talk about herself.” Hifumi mused. “ I wonder why that is.”
“ She was a homeless girl having to care for a younger sibling. I wouldn’t want to talk about a dark time like that if I were in her shoes.” Kaoru said.
“ I suppose not.” She agreed. “ Let’s go after them, Joker. The depths await.”
After taking the guards at the door out, the thieves were able to enter the fighters waiting rooms at the back of the arena. The wanabee gladiators gathered just as they had in the other areas, muttering to themselves about needing to win their match. They could give their kids a good education. Clear their debts. Get married to their girlfriend. Just one win and they could enter the winners circle. Ren recalled that everyone in the lower floors said the same. It was the ramblings of gambling addicts. It also wasn’t hard to understand what they correlated to in the courtroom. Those with hopeless cases just begging to be proven not guilty. They had things they needed to do. Families to provide for. Promises to keep. Just one win and they could do it all. He couldn’t help but pity them. He knew what it was like being dealt an unjust fate. He just got lucky.
They found the elevator and rode it down. As they went, the bright lights and loud crowds of the casino slowly faded away as they descended deep below. When they reached the basement, all they found was silence and near total darkness other than flickering bar lights running across the ceiling, several of which were already broken. It was an unnerving change from the glamour above. Hikari shivered as she summoned Lovelace. “ This place is so creepy. I’s like a maze.”
“ Can you see the chapel?” Ren asked her.
“ Yeah. It’s at the other side of the prison, directly below the room at the other side of that bridge. I wonder if there’s some kind of connecting passage between the two areas.”
“ If Niijima’s shadow has the run of the place, can’t it teleport between rooms?” Hifumi asked.
“ Maybe. I’ve never seen them do that though.” Ren admitted.
“ I’ve known a few warp around their palaces.” Goro said. “ Though it’s mainly based on aesthetics. If Sae sees herself as the head of the casino then she may just wander around and watch over everything from a manager's room. In that case, she likely has some kind of private elevator to her chapel, assuming she uses it. This place doesn’t feel like a place she visits a whole lot.”
“ It’s like a vault.” Hikari said grimly. “ I’ve never felt so much bad energy in a palace before.”
“ Just like Futaba’s crypt.” Ren mused. “ All the worst emotions that Sae’s hiding under the surface.”
“ Any advice, Joker?” Kasumi asked.
“ I never went this deep last time. This is as new to me as it is for you. Let’s just be careful.” Slowly, the thieves stepped through the prison. Around them, they saw cognitions in cells. People who’d been beaten down, ran out of time and were locked away. Where the winners floor was vibrant and glamorous, this was all that awaited the losers. A dark, dank prison to be thrown into and forgotten about. The shadows were similar. Instead of the security staff or waiters, these shadows were hulking guards in ragged police uniforms, dragging a baton like club behind them ready to smash escapees for a pulp for even daring to dream of freedom.
“ Oh gods.” Shiho gasped as she looked into one of the cells. “ Th-This is… Principal Kobayakawa.” Ren looked inside the cell Shiho was looking at. Huddled in the corner of it, dressed in old prison clothes, was the former principal of Shujin. He looked as lifeless as all the other prisoners.
" Hmm. Sae was the presiding prosecutor of Kobayakawa’s case.” Goro said. “ It makes sense he’d be down here as well if all these people are those who lost in court.”
“ So Niijima prosecuted all these people?” Hifumi asked.
“ No. Some of them are but I’m assuming they’re all people Sae knows lost their case. She’s good but she’s not seasoned enough to build a prison this large on her own merits quite yet.”
“ I doubt every one of these people were truly guilty either.” Ren said.
“ Likely not.”
“ Did Prosecutor Niijima know that though?” Shiho asked.
“ Sae has always been someone who had a strong desire for justice. It’s just something that’s been worn down as she saw how cruel the world can really be.” Ren told them.
“ She can’t change the fact that justice is a tool for the powerful. No matter how much she hates it, she has to keep working within the justice system. Stepping away from it would be like admitting defeat and Sae is stubborn. At least that’s the impression I always got from her.” Goro lamented.
“ Shido’s conspiracy being toppled will alleviate the problem but it won’t fix it.” Kaoru realised. “ Hmm. Money or prayer. I see now.”
“ And those who lose end up in jail, truly guilty or not.” Kasumi said thoughtfully. “Maybe not literally but a criminal record has got to be a hard burden to bear.”
“ As I said. I got lucky. Not everyone is going to get justice because the guy who falsely claimed they punched them got proven to be a megalomaniac wanabee dictator.”
“ That’s true.” Hikari nodded. “ You regret not doing it?”
“ Oh, I did it.” Ren laughed. “ I made sure to make up for not punching him ten fold when we fought him in his palace. He didn’t make it easy though.”
“ A man like that never would.” Goro admitted. “ It’s a shame the church killed him. I’d have enjoyed punching him myself.”
“ You’d have done more than that.” Hifumi scoffed.
“ I would have tried. I’m sure you all would have stopped me though. For the sake of your justice, yes?”
“ Or you could have tried to kill us like you did the first time.” Ren suggested.
“ I don’t suppose I would have. After dealing with you for so long, it would have been too much effort.” Ren smirked.
“ Do you hear that, Guernica? Crow really cares.”
“ I never said…” Goro trailed off as his eyes fell on Tao. The others followed his gaze to see Tao staring at one of the cages, a look of angry disgust on her face. “ Guernica?” He stepped forwards, looking inside.
“ Who is it?” Hikari asked.
“ Hmm. Is that… Haji Nakamura?” He asked.
“ Yep.” Tao growled.
“ Who’s that?” Kasumi asked.
“ He was the owner of a tech company but was arrested and tried about four years ago now.” Goro told them. “Hmm… Thinking about it though, I remember other officers using it as an example for something when I first joined the force. I can’t quite remember what he was sent to prison for.” He hummed. “ But there was one rumour that the officers say about him. They say that he murdered his-” An explosion cut him off. The thieves looked up in alarm as Tao lowered her weapon and turned away.
“ Enough yapping. Let’s move.” She said worryingly emotionlessly before walking deeper in.
“ One good shot.” Hikari muttered. “ Scary.”
“ What was that about that businessman, Crow?” Hifumi asked.
“ He murdered his children. Come on.” Goro walked off, leaving Ren staring at the destroyed cell, smoke rising from Tao’s shot as the body of the cognition lay slumped against the wall before vanishing into shadows.
The darkness of the prison seemed to go on forever. It branched into different chambers. An exercise room that was just a glorified torture chamber. An interview room where the guards pounded a confession out of people. A work room where the prisoners were forced to tirelessly work heavy machinery under an oppressive heat, being hurled into the fire if they dared collapse. It was brutal, reminding Ren of how Okumura viewed his students or how Kamoshida viewed the volleyball team. In Sae’s case though, he wasn’t sure if this was her view on justice that had been twisted by the palace or something else entirely.
Eventually, they reached the end of the prison. The path was marked by candles leading to an ornate door. Pushing the door open, they were met with a chapel about twice the size of the church in Kanda. The walls were made of the same back stone the prison was with pillars stretching into the darkness above. The place was lit with braziers along the walls, similar to the shrine they’d found high above. There was only one other person in the chapel. At the back of the room, standing behind the alter, was a familiar face. At first, Ren thought Makoto had discovered what they were doing and waited for them ahead. Then Ren noticed the white dress she was wearing and realised that this was Sae’s cognition of her sister. “ Welcome, lost lambs. How may I serve you?”
“ Finally found the fucking choir girl.” Tao grumbled.
“ Makoto.” Ren walked over to her. “ We’d like to join your religion.”
“ That’s wonderful.” Cognitive Makoto beamed. “ I’m sure our deacons will be happy to hear that.”
“ Deacons?” Hifumi raised an eyebrow. “ Aren’t you in charge?”
“ Ha ha. Of course not. I’m just a simple follower. It gave me a lot of relief after my father died, you see. Sister has been so absorbed into her job. I’m proud of her but it did make me a little lonely.”
“ She’s so innocent.” Kaoru muttered.
“ Of course she is.” Goro told him. “ This is Sae’s view on her. If she knows she’s involved in something illicit, she’s happy to ignore it and pretend her sister is just going along with something she doesn’t fully understand.”
“ Alright. So where would I need to go to meet the deacons?” Ren asked.
“ At our compound, silly. Everyone goes there. It may look a little shady on the outside but it’s our cathedral. The sanctuary where we praise our God.”
“ I see.” Ren hummed. This felt too easy. Like something Sae wasn’t even trying to protect. If she was secretly a member of the church and hiding that fact, he’d have thought Sae’d have kept this place heavily defended. But, instead, Makoto was spilling everything at a question. Something was wrong. “ Has Sae been to the compound?”
“ No. I’ve asked but she doesn’t want to come. I understand of course. Sis is a busy person. She’s doing her best for the both of us.” This took Ren by surprise.
“ She’s not a part of the Church?”
“ No? Why would she be?” Ren looked at the others. No. That was wrong. Ren had seen the church imagery all across the palace. The shrine to her father. The scales all across the palace. Money or faith.
“ What?” Shiho exclaimed.
“ I know. I was sad too.”
“ Then why is there a church here?” Ren asked. The cognition was silent. “ Her palace is full of imagery from your religion. How can you say she’s not a member?”
“ She just isn’t. It’s a simple thing.”
“ But she has to be. That’s the only…” Ren trailed off. “ Oh.”
“ Oh? What’s oh?” Hifumi asked.
“ It’s never good when the hero says “Oh” mid question.” Hikari whimpered. Goro’s eyes widened.
“ You’re not suggesting what I think you’re suggesting.” He said.
“ Sae is a cultist.” Ren told them. “ But she doesn’t realise it.”
“ She’s a sleeper agent.” Kaoru said slowly.
“ So she gets the information about various investigations using her clearance and Niijima has her shadow tell her that information.” Goro said, shocked. “ Sae doesn’t tip her hand that she’s a cultist because she isn’t one. Her Shadow is. That’s… diabolically smart.”
“ It’s the reverse of Haru’s shadow wanting to protect her real self.” Shiho realised.
“ That’s right. Sae’s working under her shadow's influence. It’s probably the reason she’s refused to get involved in the cases like she did the last time. She’s been influenced”
“ So what? Do we take her heart?” Kasumi asked. Ren shook his head.
" If we try to change Sae’s heart, Makoto will know immediately and come to stop us. So long as we deal with her and Yaldabaoth, that’ll be enough. And if it isn’t… well, I’m here til March.”
“ So what now?” Kasumi asked.
“ I think we got what we’re after. Though I swear I tried Cathedral when I was looking into her before.”
“ You must have overlooked it.” Goro told him. “ I wouldn’t put it past you to be so negligent.”
“ What’s that supposed to mean?” Goro just smirked. Ren shook his head, turning back to the Cogntive Makoto. “ We’ll be going now. We’ll drop by your compound to join the church.”
“ We always welcome new followers. Safe travels.” Ren waved as the thieves left back towards the prison and out the casino entirely.
***************************************
“ Makoto Niijima. Church of Control Compound. Sanctuary.”
“ Candidate Error.” Ren clicked his tongue. They’d returned to Leblanc after they returned, heading up to Ren’s room. Sojiro had offered them curry if they wanted, which some of them gladly accepted.
“ It doesn’t work?” Hikari exclaimed
“ All that for nothing?” Tao grumbled. “ Guess it couldn’t be that easy, huh?”
“ Something’s off.” Goro mused. “ Try again.”
“ I can try a hundred times. It’s not going to change.” Ren sighed.
“ No. I’m serious. Try again.” Ren hummed before raising his phone back to his mouth.
“ Makoto Niijima. Church of Control Compound. Sanctuary.”
“ Candidate Error.”
“ What’s wrong, Goro?” Kasumi asked.
“ Candidate error?” Ren’s eyes widened.
“ Oh!” He realised. “ I see. The keywords are right.”
“ Then why isn’t it letting us in?” Tao asked.
“ Because there’s interference from another source.” Kaoru said. “Am I right?”
“ I think you are.” Ren nodded. “ I forgot. The app was made by Yaldabaoth. Or at least it gave it to me. It must have control over it.”
“ So he locked us out?” Hifumi asked.
“ I think so.”
“ But we need to get in there to breach Mementos don’t we?” Hikari asked. The room went silent. They’d run out of ideas. Both places they needed to get to were locked up tight. Unless they could find another way in, they were done.
“ So what now?” Hifumi asked.
“ I’m… not sure.” Ren admitted. “ I’ll think of something. But for now… I’m not sure.” He had to think of something. If he didn’t, it only meant one thing. Yaldabaoth had won.
Notes:
I mentioned my usual structure for palaces back when I was talking about Ryuji's Palace but I do an awakening, two exploration and a boss. So Sae's palace is only two chapters because no-one awakens and there's no need to face Shadow Sae. Admittedly, I was thinking about making it a one parter where they cut through the palace and reach the inner chapel however that was when I remembered that I haven't actually done a Tao backstory segment yet. So Sae's palace is a mini-Tao arc now but I'll come back to that next chapter.
Chapter 56: Cracks
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 9th
Ren was worried about Tao. A lot had happened that day but, among the number of problems that they suddenly had to deal with, Tao’s sudden attack on one of the cognitions had stuck with him. He knew Tao never liked the rich. Businessmen and Politicians were people she’d always treated with disdain, both in her comments about them and her graffiti as Guernica. Despite that, her sudden attack had seemed out of character even for her. Thinking about it, he realised he didn’t know that much about Tao. He knew what she was like as a person, her skills as Guernica both in and out of the metaverse, that she cared a lot for her sister and she’d been homeless in the past but how any of that came to be wasn’t something he knew. Tao wasn’t one to talk about herself. Whenever they hung out without Luca, Ren found himself talking more about himself and the news than about her. Seeing as Ren tended to help other people when he was with his confidants, it was nice to just hang out with someone without feeling that need to get involved in their life and help with their problems. Now, however, that itch was back.
He decided to invite Tao and Luca to hang out on their day off from school. When they did art, they always tended to change where they did it. It was something Tao said. Do something too much in the same way and people will catch on. Best to not have an easily recognisable pattern. It was something he knew too well. Between the Phansite and the calling cards, they ended up with a pattern, one Shido was able to abuse. They weren’t so obvious this time but that’s because no-one else knew what linked the targets. Guernica was the same. Random pieces of art made quickly and at seemingly random places. Today, however, they’d chosen to head back to the first place they’d made art. Where Tao and Luca had shown him the ropes. That piece had been scrubbed clean so Tao decided to put it back up. He met Luca just outside the station by chance. “ What a surprise.” She said cheerfully. “ Tao should be down there already.”
“ Bright and early as ever.”
“ I don’t know where she finds the energy. Maybe it’s just because she’s so mellow all the time. Her chi is perfectly balanced.”
“ Chi?”
“ Uh. Sorry. Mom got me into meditation lately. Calm the soul. Hone the mind.” She closed her eyes, raised her hand in front of her face like a monk before laughing.
“ Heh. Well, with all that’s been going on in the world, I guess I can’t blame her for trying new things. How are you finding it?”
“ I find it hard to sit still at the best of times when I’m not focused on something. Meditation is a good way to let your mind wander. It’s relaxing but I feel like I fidget a lot, y’know?”
“ I can understand that.” Ren nodded. He wondered if Luca knew the source of Tao’s hatred. Thinking about it, she was with her on the streets so if it originated from that time like he assumed, she probably would. “ There’s something I’ve always wondered. About Tao, I mean.”
“ Hmm? What about?”
“ Why did she start acting as Guernica? There has to be some reason she decided to become an activist, right? I know she doesn’t like the rich but it’s got to be more than that right?” Luca grimaced.
“ That’s…” She hesitated. “ It’s not… that she hates rich people specifically. There was just one specific one that… we were both affected by and… I think she projects him onto a lot of people. Like, obviously, what she does is great, standing up to the evils in society in her own way and stuff but… it’s a tricky situation. That’s all. Just, erm, don’t worry about it.”
“ One guy?” Ren raised an eyebrow. All of sudden, something clicked. “ Haji Nakamura?” Luca jumped at the mention of the name, almost tripping over herself in shock.
“ S-Shhh! Don’t! Don’t say that name! Ever!” She told him frantically. “ Especially not to Tao!”
“ Alright. Sorry.” Luca sighed. She seemed to fold in on herself, nervously scratching at her wrist.
“ No. It’s… It’s not your fault. But… yeah. It’s him. How’d you guess?”
“ Well, whenever she needs an example of a corrupt businessman, she uses him. Between that and the way she says his name, I could guess.”
“ I suppose it’s obvious when you put it that way.” Luca frowned. “ Yeah. He… hurt us a long time ago.” She glanced up at him. “ Actually, this might be a good thing. You… said you’re a good listener, yeah?”
“ A lot of people call me that.” He nodded.
“ Can you… I mean, if she’s alright with it and everything but… could you let Tao talk?”
“ You mean about… that man.” Luca nodded.
“ I mean, I’ve…” She lowered her voice out of embarrassment to what she was about to admit. “ I’ve been to therapy about everything that happened. Our time on the streets wasn’t all fun and art. It was a really stressful time for both of us. Probably more for Tao since she was so focused on making sure I was alright. Heh. Not like that’s something that changed.”
“ Not at all.” Ren smiled.
“ Honestly, I’m just happy she’s made more friends. Between you, that detective guy, Hifumi and the others, I’m glad that she’s got people looking out for her. I… always felt guilty leaving her behind.”
“ She never blamed you.”
“ Yeah, I know. But that didn’t stop me blaming myself.” Luca laughed nervously. “ It’s odd. The only other person I’ve talked about this stuff with is Mister Maruki. It’s strange. You’ve got an air about you that makes it easy to open up I guess. Hey. Maybe you should be a psychiatrist too.”
“ Well, it’s certainly an idea. Though my older brother’s going into the medical field so I’m not sure if I want to follow him. I’d rather chart my own course, you know?”
“ You’re a younger sibling too?” She gasped.
“ Oh. Yeah. Guess I never mentioned Ishitaka before, have I?” He chuckled. “ Well, he’s not very good at showing his emotions but he’s always been there whenever I needed him.”
“ Older siblings are always so reliable, huh?” Luca grinned.
“ You know it.” Ren smirked.
“ The hell are you two smiling about?” Tao asked as the entered the tunnel. “ You better not be hitting on my sister, Ren, cause our friendship is about to be over if you are.”
“ Ew. No.” Luca pouted.
“ Trying not to be insulted that your response to me hitting on you was ew.” Ren said snidely.
“ I think it’s fair.” Tao smirked. “ Nah but really. What?”
“ We were just discussing how nice it is to have older siblings.”
“ Huh?”
“ Ren has an older brother.”
“ Since when?”
“ I swear I’ve mentioned Taka to you before, Tao.”
“ You never said he was your brother. I just assumed he was your mate or something.”
“ I guess that’s fair.” Ren admitted. Then he took a deep breath. “ We were also talking about Nakamura.” Tao stopped. Luca winced. Ren gave her a sympathetic look. She sighed.
“ I… Yeah, I guess after… that. What did you tell him?”
“ That you hate his guts. No specifics. I… didn’t think it was my place to tell him.” Luca said. “ But… I think you should. It did me a lot of good just telling someone everything that happened. You’ve never done that, have you?”
“ I don’t need people knowing about that crap.”
“ I know you don’t like thinking about him but… Please. For me?” Tao and Luca shared a look. Tao was the one who relented first.
“ Ah fuck. Fine. But you don’t tell the rest of them. Like hell I want someone like Akechi knowing my past.”
“ He won’t use it against you. He’s not that type of person.”
“ I ain’t worried about that. I’m worried he’ll try helping using the power of the law and I… I don’t want people seeing me as a charity case. Or worse. A hypocrite.” She leant her back against the wall, her face becoming serious. “ Where do I even start with this shit?”
“ The beginning?” Luca suggested.
“ Where the fucks the beginning? Everything’s so fucked that I can’t even tell.” Tao hummed. “ Well, I’ll start at the top and work down. Akechi pretty much summed up who Nakamura is, yeah?”
“ He was a businessman who ran a tech company. However, he was caught up in some criminal activities, was thrown in jail and his company was bought out by a subsidiary of the Nanjo group.”
“ Yeah, that about sums it up.” She nodded. “ The man was like Okumura. A bastard who only cared about rising up the totem pole and keeping everyone else from climbing up after him. He was also… our father.”
“ What?” Ren looked between the two in shock. Luca hung her head, scratching at her wrist again, while Tao kept the stoniest expression he’d ever seen on her. “ So… you mean…”
“ Yeah. We ran away from quite the life of luxury. But he was an abusive shithole. When he didn’t leave us in the company of maids with plastic smiles, he’d come home either angry or with some other woman. If we spoke out of line-” She punched the wall next to her. “ Not exactly a loving home. I was ten when I decided to run away from home. I didn’t want Luca to come with me. She didn’t listen. We spent two years on the streets after that. You know that story. Moving around Tokyo, looking out for each other the best we could. We were inspired by some street graffiti and tried it ourselves. That’s how Guernica was born.” She smirked. “ We were just stupid kids. We called ourselves Luca and Tao Lucatao. Heh.”
“ It was a fun time. At least, some of it was.” Luca admitted. “ Shame those days couldn’t be all we had.”
“ How’d you end up in the hostel?”
“ Luca got sick.” Tao told him. “ High fucking fever. Some wierd woman came around a homeless camp we were part of at the time and handed out a business card. Came in handy. Without them…” Tao frowned. “ I don’t want to think. They let us stay after that. I told them enough. I think they were the anonymous source who initially blew the whistle on that bastard from what I told ‘em. He got locked up and people started spreading rumours about how Nakamura used to have two kids but they went missing. Naturally, the conspiracy theorists started saying how we were murdered.”
“ You added to it.” Luca said.
“ Ha ha ha. Yeah, I did. I told a group on the streets how Nakamura did it himself. Killed ‘em with a kitchen knife in a drunken stupor, hacked their bodies up and dumped them in plastic bags into the bay. I figured, hey. The worse the rumours got, maybe the longer the bastard would be put away for. I’m surprised he got time at all. Tax evasion of all things. Heh. Always seems to be that for crooks like him, don’t it?”
“ Then Luca was adopted and you stayed where you were.”
“ I’m safe there til I’m 18. After that, who knows? I work a lot of odd jobs so maybe I’ll be able to get a place for myself.”
“ I could always ask Sojiro to set you up in Leblanc after I’m gone.”
“ Thanks but no. I’m not a charity case, Ren. I said that before.”
“ It’s not charity. If you need help, don’t be too proud to ask for it.”
“ Hey! I’m not too proud!”
“ Since when?” Luca asked, hands on her hips. “ You never accept any help I want to give you.”
“ Cause it’s not your place to help me. Worry about your own life.”
“ You’re a part of my life, sis. Of course I’m gonna worry about you. The last thing I want is for you to end up back on the streets. Don’t be so selfish!”
“ Selfish?! It ain’t selfish.”
“ She’s right.” Ren said. “ It’s stubbornness.”
“ It’s not that either. What’s wrong with wanting to live my own life?”
“ Nothing. But it’s also not shameful to ask for help when you need it.” Tao clicked her tongue.
“ You idiots aren’t gonna let this go, huh?”
“ Nope.” Luca said.
“ Not at all.” Ren agreed.
“ Ugh. Morons.” She sighed. “ Fine! Fine! I’ll ask for help… if I need it. Which I don’t right now.”
“ You better.” Luca scolded her sister. “ Or I’ll make dad give you an apartment.”
" Geez. Who’s the big sister here?” Tao scratched the back of her head as her sister and friend laughed. Then she smirked. Luca was right. It was kinda nice to let all of that out. Maybe she’d take them up on their help someday. It wouldn’t be today though. Today, they had art to make.
*****************************************
October 12th
Makoto messaged Ren, asking to meet up for a last minute study session for old times sake. Ren had a feeling that wasn’t all this was. Nevertheless, he entered the student council office, laid out his text books and smiled as Makoto greeted him. “ How was your day, Ren?” She asked.
“ Not bad.” He said. “ Ushimaru caught me daydreaming again though.”
“ Focus is important. I thought you of all people would understand that.”
“ Hey. I should thank him. It helps my agility training.” Makoto giggled softly.
“ How typical of you. Inviting disaster where ever you go.”
“ It’s not like I'm trying to. It just happens.” Ren shrugged. “ So, why am I actually here?”
“ Perceptive as ever. Well, I did really want to study with you for one. However, I also know you’ve been inside my sister’s palace.” Ren hummed.
“ I won’t deny it.”
“ I’m surprised you didn’t try taking her heart.”
“ It’d have been tricky to give her a calling card, especially with you protecting her. I’d rather not fight you. Not yet.”
“ I’d rather us not fight at all.”
“ That would mean one of us giving up. I’m not that type of person and I know you aren’t either.”
“ You’re not wrong I suppose.” She admitted. “ Still, it begs the question what you were doing there if not taking her heart.”
“ Nothing important. Though I have to ask if you know that your palace is locked.” Makoto’s eyes widened in surprise.
“ There’s no way you know how to access it.”
“ Makoto Niijima. Church of Control Compound. Sanctuary.”
“ Hmm. Alright. You do know how to access the sanctuary. However, it is protected by the power of our God. Without their say or my own, no-one gets in. I’m afraid your little venture was for naught.”
“ Oh, I wouldn’t say that.” Ren leant on his fist. “ I learned something pretty interesting.”
“ Oh? And that is?”
“ You turned your sister into a sleeper agent. I find that interesting.”
“ We need the information she can get.”
“ Oh, I know why you did it. I find it interesting how you went about it.”
“ I don’t understand what you mean.”
“ I think you do.” Ren smirked. “ You could’ve just turned her and told her to lay low. I bet you’ve done that to other civil servants or cops on your payroll. But you didn’t. As far as she’s concerned, she’s not a cultist.”
“ I don’t see how-”
“ You couldn’t do it to your own sister, could you? Brainwash her into a cause you have to know, on some level, is wrong.”
“ What? That’s absurd.”
“ Then why didn’t you turn her fully?”
“ Th-There was no reason to.”
“ There was no reason to turn Ann or Futaba or anyone else that follows the God of Control. That’s not an excuse.” Her mouth twitched. “ You know what I think? I think you couldn’t do it. You went into Sae’s palace full of righteous glory but then saw your sister's shadow and you just couldn’t bring yourself to hurt her. So you made a deal instead.”
“ Stop it.”
“ Give me the information I need and I’ll let you rule the palace as you see fit. Your influence is there but it’s just an addition, probably to appease an investor.”
“ Stop…”
“ You couldn’t hurt your sister because you know that the God of Control isn’t real in the right. A part of you knows that all of this is just one big game to it. Yaldabaoth is using you. Deep down, you know it. That’s why you couldn’t bring yourself to hurt your sister. Because you know all of this is wrong.”
“ THAT’S ENOUGH!” Makoto shouted. Her eyes flashed golden for a brief moment. Finally, she’d stopped smiling. “ You don’t know a damn thing about me or my goals! How dare you question our God! Of course they are in the right! He-”
“ Has to be?” Ren stopped her. “ Or else what have you been doing?”
“ They’re more right than you thieves will ever be.” She said, her anger bubbling under her terse tone.
“ Keep telling yourself that. But I know you, Makoto. That’s why I know, deep down, you know all of this isn’t how things should be.”
“ You’re projecting.”
“ Is that really how you see it?” Ren chuckled, standing up and picking up his bag. “ A pity.” With that, he left the council room, leaving Makoto behind to think on what he’d told her. He hoped she’d come to an epiphany but, with the god’s angel whispering in her ear, he doubted it would happen. Still, she’d unknowingly helped his investigation. If only Makoto could grant access to her palace, then that’s exactly what she’d do. It’d be risky but they’d have to visit the compound themselves. Leave themselves open from the Herald’s attack on their personas. With any luck, he’d be able to use that crack to break in. All they needed was the right opening.
Notes:
The new chapter of the Fool's Journey is out with this chapter, this time focused on Ichiko Ohya, the Devil Arcana. As ever, please enjoy.
Chapter 57: Interrogation
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 21st
Midterms were as easy as Ren remembered it. The only thing that made it hard was his mind drifting to other matters. Both distracted from each other, making it just as hard to plan their infiltration of Yaldabaoth’s cult as it was to fully focus on his exams. He had a feeling his grades may be wavering this semester. He hadn’t talked to Makoto since he left the council room that day. They’d passed each other in the halls, giving each other a side glance once or twice, but nothing passed that. As much as it pained him to do so, he was fine leaving it that way. It wouldn’t be long now before the attempted infiltration. He made sure everyone was ready to enter the belly of the beast.
He was standing at the subway platform, waiting for the train, when his phone rang. He hummed, looking at the number, before answering. “ Strange that you’re calling me, Hasegawa.” Ren said. “ What’s up?”
“ Can you meet somewhere?” He asked. “ There’s a matter that I need to talk to you about. It’s… to do with your specific expertise.”
“ Alright. Where do you want to meet?”
“ Inokashira Park if that’s alright with you. Down by the river. There’s a bunch of benches down there.”
“ Hmm. Vague but I think it’s the area we cleaned as part of a school trip a few months back.”
“ Forced to clean up after people as part of a school trip? Man, I don’t envy that. You kids must have it rough.”
" Careful. Your age is showing, Gramps.”
“ Hey now.” The inspector sighed.
“ Ha ha. Sorry. I couldn’t help it.” Ren smiled. “ I’ll be there on the next train.”
“ You… can take your time if you want.” The man said, a hint of something in his voice that Ren couldn’t quite figure out.
“ Are you alright?”
“ Oh. Yeah. Yeah. Just… It’s been a long investigation, y’know?”
“ It’ll be over soon. Don’t worry.”
“ I know. See you down there.” The phone beeped. Ren frowned. He hoped Zenkichi was alright. Working on a case that was unsolvable through regular means must have been draining for him. Just another reason to finish this as soon as they could.
Arriving at the park, he couldn’t help but notice how eerily quiet the place was. He passed by a few joggers, a few people sitting on the grass and a strange pair at the park gates but the place still felt empty. With schools just letting out, he’d expect to see more students. Something felt off. He raised his guard as he walked towards the meeting point Zenkichi had set out, waiting for an attack. Maybe Makoto had decided to take the next move in their game after all. He didn’t see any pins on anyone but they could have easily hid it. But how would they know he was coming here? Maybe they were after Zenkichi instead. Or maybe it wasn’t the cult at all. He slowed to a stop as he saw Zenkichi waiting for him, leaning against the wooden rail and staring into the river. He sighed but kept walking. If this was a betrayal then he’d come too far to escape the net.
“ Inspector.” Ren greeted him.
“ Hello Ren.” Zenkichi said, not turning his head. “ Sorry about all of this.”
“ It’s fine.” Ren stared out at the river as well. “ I can’t help but notice that there’s less people around today. There’s a reason for that, isn’t there.” The man chuckled softly.
“ You are too smart for your own good.” He said. “ Yeah. There is. I have to do this. There’s no other way.”
“ Do what you must. But this won’t end with me.”
“ I know it won’t.” Slowly, Zenkichi turned. Ren glanced up as he raised his pistol. “ Ren Amamiya. You’re under arrest for the murder of Masayoshi Shido. I’d suggest you come quietly.” Around him, other officers moved in, dressed in the civilian clothes he’d seen them disguised in. Ren smirked but raised his hands, letting the inspector take him in. Well played Makoto, he thought. Well played.
***************************************
Zenkichi watched the kid through the double mirror, watching as two officers tried to get him to talk. “ You’re sure about this?” Naoto asked. Zenkichi didn’t say anything. “ I’m not trying to doubt you, Hasegawa. I’m just surprised by how sudden this all was.” Of course he wasn’t sure. But this was something Zenkichi had to do. It was the only condition from the cult’s Herald. His daughter had been brainwashed into joining that crazy cult. She’d come back to him after the phone call but she’d obviously changed. The Herald promised. They bring in Ren and she’d release whatever control she had over Akane. He’d stalled, making the excuse that police bureaucracy took time. But time was up. A week ago, he’d gotten a second call. A week to finish his part of the deal or Akane would be taken from him, invited to live on the grounds of the compound. He’d talked to Shirogane and the other higher ups and gotten the go ahead to plan an ambush. He’d called the Herald, pushing the deal back a bit after he told her what the plan was. She’d gracefully allowed it. Now the deal was done and the inspector was left with a hole in his chest from what he’d done.
“ I did what I had to do.” He said grimly.
“ That’s not the tone of someone who just arrested the mastermind behind a year-long case.” Shirogane said. “ There’s more to this, isn’t there?” He sighed.
“ They have Akane.” He said. “ Took her off the street almost a month ago and brainwashed her like all the others. So long as the higher ups have a name, they won’t care. With the chuch cleared, the investigation will end. Both sides get what they want.”
“ But you don’t like it.”
“ Of course I don’t. But there’s nothing else I could do.”
“ I wish you’d told me sooner.” She admitted. “ But you say that he’s the leader of the Phantom Thieves?”
“ That parts true. I know for a fact.”
“ I see.” She hummed. “ Did I ever tell you about how we found Adachi?”
“ Hmm?”
“ Our first assumption was that the culprit was Taro Namatame, the man who committed the kidnappings that year. He was insane by the time we found him. He went on and on about how he was spiriting people away in order to save them.”
“ Sounds pretty culty itself.”
“ Indeed. Emotions were running high when we confronted him. The last victim of his kidnapping was the younger cousin of a close friend who was helping me in the case out of hours. Because of what happened, she became incredibly ill. Her heart even stopped briefly.”
“ My god.” Zenkichi gasped. He didn’t know what he’d have done if that was Akane.
“ It was after that we went to confront Namatame. Myself and my friends. We… almost took matters into our own hands. However, said friend who was the cousin of that little girl stopped us. He realised we were missing something. We thought and thought and realised who was most likely behind the murders had to be a detective.”
“ I see. An impressive deduction but I don’t get what that has to do with this case.”
“ I’m just saying that it’s sometimes more justified to let someone who has done wrong get away in order to capture the true culprits. Besides, if the cult wanted him gone, there’s likely a good reason for that. I have a theory on why that is, admittedly.”
“ There’s no way the top brass will just let him go. We’ve been after a suspect for months. Even if I admit to them what I just told you, they’d still go along with it just to restore public faith in the police.”
“ Indeed. It’s a shame there’s not another method to get him out. Well, never mind.” Shirogane sat up. “ I’m going to get some dinner. Do you want anything?”
“ Where are you going?”
“ There’s a beef bowl shop a few streets away. I get takeout from there at least once a week. I should be gone for at least half an hour.” Zenkichi hummed slowly.
“ No. I’ll be fine. But er… ask the guys in the security office. I’m sure they’ll be happy to be invited out.” Shirogane smiled.
“ Of course. I’ll see you later, Hasegawa.” As Shirogane left, Zenkichi leaned back in his chair. Another way to get the kid out. He pulled his phone out of his pocket and flicked his screen to a new page of apps, finding the strange eye app that had been added to his phone after he came back from the Metaverse. He didn’t know how it worked but, if he could get an easy moment, he could have Ren vanish. His belongings hadn’t been taken into evidence yet so Ren’s phone was in the observation room with him. It wouldn’t take much. But what would that mean for Akane? He’d already seen what the Herald had done to her just as a warning, turning her from a rebellion young teen who obsessed over the Phantom Thieves even if she pretended not too into an evangelical youth who’d abandoned the idea of heroes in place of a god who wished to have full control of people's lives. If they could do that then what else could they do? He shuddered to think. He took a deep breath. What did he value more? Justice or family? That answer was obvious. Akane was his world. He stared back out of the viewing room as one of the cops slammed his hands on the table between him and his suspect, an angry vein popping along his neck. Ren kept his cool. He’d not been lying about doing this before. And if there was anyone who could save her, it was him.
“ Take a break.” Zenkichi said as he entered the interrogation room.
“ Hasegawa?” One of the officers said, surprised.
“ Don’t stick your nose in this. We’ve got this punk handled.” The other growled, still leaning over the table.
“ Take. A break.” Zenkichi repeated more forcefully. “ You’re getting agitated. I’ll take it from here. Go get dinner. Shirogane said she’s off to the beef bowl place around the corner. You might be able to catch her if you're quick.” The angry officer didn’t move. “ This isn’t a request, Officer Yanagi.” Finally, the man stood up before walking past him. His colleague hastily followed.
“ G-Good luck, Inspector. He’s a tough one.”
“ I’ve handled tougher. Trust me.” The man nodded curtly, closing the door as they left. Silently, Zenkichi picked up the other chair from where it had been knocked over. “ You alright?” He asked.
“ Compared to last time, this was a pleasant conversation.” Ren shrugged. “ What can I do for you, Inspector?”
“ I’m sorry, Ren.” Zenkichi said remorsefully.
“ Don’t feel bad. I kind of expected it. Every cop I know betrays me at some point.”
“ I did it for Akane.” Ren looked up.
“ Your daughter?”
“ The Herald turned her. This was the condition to unconvert her.”
“ She’ll never do that. You know that, right?”
“ I knew it was a possibility. But I had to try. She’s all I have left.” The boy sighed.
“ I don’t blame you, Inspector.” He admitted. “ I can’t say I wouldn’t have done the exact same thing. Guess I won’t till I’m a father myself. Still, I know the lengths people go for their children. So I don’t blame you.”
“ You’re a lot more mature than you look. You know that?” Ren chuckled.
“ I try.”
“ Try harder.” Zenkichi put Ren’s phone on the table. Ren looked confused. “ You’re the only one who can stop them. I fulfilled my end of the bargain. They asked me to arrest you. Not to keep you here.”
“ I’m assuming people won’t like this.”
“ What? You vanishing into thin air, suddenly becoming invisible to all the cameras and escaping arrest? No, they’ll love it.”
“ I’m more worried about what they’ll do to you. After all, you’d be the last to see me.”
“ Yeah.” He nodded. “ That’s why you’re going to have to punch me.”
“ Huh?”
“ Well, if you punch me, I can pretty easily spin a story about how some rogue agents barged in and kidnapped the suspect. I know some officers are plants from the Church. It’d be a good opportunity to drain the swamp. Meanwhile, you can do what we can’t.”
“ Alright. In that case, let me give you some help in return.” Ren said, picking his phone up. “ I’ll be going in tomorrow afternoon. I don’t want Makoto tipped off that I’m gone so my friends will be going about their business as normal.”
“ Makoto?”
“ The prosecutor's sister, yes. She’s the herald. She has a palace at the church’s compound. It’s her sanctuary. A cathedral to the God of Control. I’ll save Akane. Try not to worry.”
“ Thanks. Kick their ass for me.” Ren smirked as he stood up, letting his chair fall back. He shoved the table aside before stretching his hand out. Zenkichi stood and accepted the hand shake. Then he braced himself as Ren punched him hard, causing him to stumble back, trip over the chair and fall to the floor. “ Aaaaah. That hurt more than I thought it would.”
“ Yeah. Sorry. But you wanted it to be believable.” Ren shrugged. “ See you, Inspector.” Suddenly, Ren vanished. Zenkichi smirked, lying on the floor for a few more seconds as his old bones ached.
***************************************
October 23rd
Ren was grateful for Tao convincing the people at her Hostel to let him stay. He considered heading back to Sojiro’s place but knew that Futaba had eyes all over Leblanc. Besides, it’d be the first place the cops would look after he escaped. He considered other places as well. He had a lot of people he could rely on but ultimately didn’t want to get any of them in trouble. A youth hostel that was used to taking people off the street though? It was the perfect cover. He lied to them, telling them he’d had an argument with his old man and was kicked out. He’d go back eventually but, just for now, he needed a place to stay. He didn’t know if it was because Tao vouched for him but they were oddly welcoming.
He shouldn’t have been surprised to see Makoto waiting for them when they approached the gates of the compound, wearing the white cloak she’d worn when they’d met in Haru’s palace. With someone with eyes and ears everywhere, he guessed she’d have put out word to her followers to find him after he vanished from police custody. Someone somewhere must have tipped her off. Either that or she just guessed he was coming and decided to welcome him. “ Hello Ren. Come in.” Makoto told him, the gates behind her sliding open. Ren looked at the others and nodded before he went with her alone.
“ That was a nasty trick.”
“ I had a feeling Zenkichi’s morals would get the better of him. I assume he told you.”
“ Hey. He did what you asked. He arrested me. I just left.”
“ Maybe I should have been more precise.” She nodded to the other followers as they entered the compound. Ren couldn’t help but notice them all staring at him as the two walked through the main lobby. They passed through a corridor and into a large garden before Makoto unlocked the door to the building on the other side. The place was furnished to look like a normal house. The two took their shoes off at the door, Makoto leading him into a living room. They sat on opposite sofas under the shadow of a statue of the God of Control. Ren looked up at it.
“ I’ve seen this thing before.” Ren said. “ In Futaba’s palace. Her shadow used it like a mech.”
“ That’s the visage of our god.”
“ Interpretation or real?”
“ Hmm. Admittedly, I’m not actually sure. Regardless, it’s our interpretation on what our god really looks like. For us, that's all that matters.”
“ I guess.” Ren nodded. “ So what now? I think we’ve proven we can’t defeat each other. Not outside like this.”
“ You’re right. It’s not going to end until one of us defeats the other.” Makoto nodded. “ It’s a shame too. I really did want us to get along.”
“ You are a precious friend, Makoto.” Ren told her sincerely. “ But I can’t let you keep corrupting the people of Tokyo like you have been doing. So let’s settle this properly.” Ren pulled a card from his pocket. Makoto took it, her smile widening slightly as she saw the Phantom Thieves logo on the back. Flipping it over, she began reading the white words.
“ Makoto Niijima, the Herald of Control. You have become the sword of a corrupt god that seeks absolute rule over the wills of the people of the world. You have taken the free will and desires of innocent people and your own desires have become distorted along the path of servitude. Due to this, we have decided to take your distorted desires and steal your heart. Sincerely, the Phantom Thieves of Hearts.” She lowered the card. “ I don’t know why but that’s oddly nostalgic.”
“ It’s just a formality.” Ren admitted. “ I don’t actually think you have a treasure, do you?”
“ What makes you say that?”
“ Well, usually, I’d say the fact you have a persona means you can’t have a palace but that’s never actually been proven. For all I know, a persona user could have a palace that’s maintained by their treasure. I’ve never seen it though.” Ren admitted. “ But this palace acts as the barrier that protects Yaldabaoth and the Jail of Regression. I’m more willing to bet it was here before you showed up and that it’s using its own influence to maintain it.”
“ Hmm. You’re mistaken. It is my palace. But you’re right in saying It doesn’t have a treasure.”
“ It’s your palace now. But I’ve seen Palaces change owners as well. Kamoshida’s palace latched onto Ann, for example.”
“ Frankly, I’ve never cared about the formation of the metaverse. Regardless, I’ll play fair. I’ll allow you and the Phantom Thieves into my sanctuary to face us. Just know when you enter it, any formalities are going to be dropped. So long as we are in the metaverse, we are enemies and it doesn’t end until one side goes down.”
“ I wouldn’t have it any other way.”
“ Good. Then I’ll see you inside.” She stood up, taking her phone out of her trouser pocket. “ I’ve told my people that you’re to be let outside safely. Please tell me if they go against my orders. I’ll have to punish them.” With a press of a button, Makoto vanished into thin air. Ren stood up and headed for the door.
As Makoto promised, he was allowed to freely leave though not without some hate filled glares and angry muttering, calling him a heretic and a false idol. As the gates closed, he stepped over to where everyone else was. “ Everything ready?” Goro asked.
“ Yep. We’ve been invited in and the calling card has been delivered. Now all that’s left is to enter.” He pulled his phone out. “ Last chance. Everyone ready?”
“ Eh. We’ve come this far.” Tao shrugged.
“ Of course.” Shiho said firmly.
“ We’ll need to be careful. This is their home turf.” Goro reminded everyone.
“ Even so, we can’t lose.” Hifumi said.
“ Right.” Hikari agreed. “ I’ll support you every step of the way.”
“ Then I suppose it’s settled.” Kaoru smiled. “ No point waiting around.”
“ Right. Let’s save everyone.” Kasumi nodded. Ren smiled. They may not be the original thieves but that didn’t make him any less proud of his team. As he got his phone ready however, another voice stopped.
“ Wait!” The thieves looked up in alarm as Zenkichi ran up to him. He doubled over panting as he reached them. “ Phew. Just in time.”
“ Inspector Hasegawa? What are you doing here?” Goro asked.
“ Simple.” He said, catching his breath. “ I want to help.”
“ But you don’t have a persona, gramps. You’d get hurt.” Hikari said.
" Hey. I’m tougher than I look. Besides, if you want to fully clear your name, you need someone to do an official arrest. And… if it helps save Akane faster then I’ll do whatever I can so… please.” Ren hummed before nodding.
“ Alright. But when the fighting starts, stay back.”
“ Thanks. I can take care of myself so don’t worry about me.” Ren nodded.
“ In that case, let’s get moving.” He activated the app. It was time to finish things with the Herald and her army.
Notes:
Let the games begin
Chapter 58: Yaldabaoth's Sanctum
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 23rd
As the distortion cleared, the thieves found themselves already in uniform and staring up at the towering white walls of Makoto’s Cathedral, stretching high into the air as if competing with the surrounding skyscrapers. Tao raised her gas mask into her hair and shaded her eyes as she stared up at it, letting out an impressed whistle. “ Damn. That’s some church.”
“ It’s like a catholic cathedral.” Hikari remarked. “ No. It’s even grander. It might even be more impressive than the Vatican itself.”
“ And here was me expecting some bizzaro version of the same building.” Zenkichi hummed. “ Are all those… palace things like this?”
“ Pretty much.” Shiho nodded. “ This is actually kinda tame in comparison to some of them though.”
“ The God of Control certainly has a high opinion of himself if your theory about it latching on to Niijima is correct.” Goro said.
“ Yeah. It certainly does.” Ren nodded.
“ Is it gonna be in there?” Tao asked.
“ Doubtful.” Goro told her. “ It’s hiding in the depths of Mementos. This is all for the worshippers to come and marvel at its glory.”
“ S-So does that mean… Ann is in there?” Shiho asked hesitantly.
“ I can’t say for sure.” Ren admitted. “ Futaba will be. So will Makoto. If my theory’s right though…” Shiho looked down hearted. She wasn’t alone. Kasumi and Hikari also looked suddenly uncomfortable. “ We’ll get them back. No matter what.”
“ He’s right. Don’t worry.” Kaoru reassured them. “ It’ll all work out. It has too.”
“ Right. Of course.” Shiho managed a smile. It was only natural they were nervous though. This was the beginning of the end. Ren was nervous too. If he failed, there wouldn’t be a third chance for a do over. He knew he was stronger but he also knew Yaldabaoth was too due to Makoto’s actions. He just had to hope it was enough. No, there was no time for doubts. Not at this stage. It would be enough. This time, he’d win. He didn’t come all this way just to fail now.
“ Alright. Let’s go.” Ren asked. The others nodded before stepping forwards, passing through the golden arch leading into the church courtyard and into the cathedral through the large wooden doors. Entering in, white robed shadows greeted them, bowing their heads and letting the thieves through. Makoto was making a show of this. They climbed a set of stone steps and entered a mirror of the entry hall inside the church's compound. However, instead of the stone walls and carpeted floors of the old apartment complex, they were met with shining white marble and mosaic tiles.
“ Glory be to you, Phantom Thieves.” On a balcony overlooking the foyer stood Makoto, smirking coyly. “ Welcome to our sanctuary. Have you come to sing our god’s graces?”
“ Like hell.” Tao spat.
“ Is that really Niijima?” Shiho asked.
“ Yep. That’s her.” Ren nodded. “ Shadows become personas so, as long as she has one, she can’t have a shadow.”
“ Hello, Shiho.” Makoto waved. “ Hikari, nice to see you as well. I’m assuming that the one without a costume is Kasumi, Sumire’s sister. She sings your praises a lot but she’s so sad you’re not open to our ideas. I see now why that is.”
“ Let my sister go.” Kasumi shouted.
“ If she wants to leave, she can leave. The same goes with everyone here.”
“ You’ve stolen their wills. Of course they won’t leave.” Ren told her. Makoto just shrugged.
“ Freedom and Security is hard to resist.” She said simply. “ Now, who else do we have? Hifumi Togo, yes? The Shogi Venus. Yusuke regrets what he did to you so much.”
“ This isn’t about him.”
“ Very true. And of course, who can miss Detective Akechi? To think the police would be searching for their detective prince this whole time.” Goro just huffed. “ And Inspector Hasegawa. I would assume you're not a Phantom Thief.”
“ I’m here to put you under arrest.” Zenkichi told her coldly. “You’ve got a lot of things to answer for.”
“ So it would seem. As for the last two… Hmm… You have me at a loss, I’m afraid. Sorry. I was hoping to greet you the same way.”
“ I’m glad you don’t know who I am, frankly.” Kaoru admitted.
“ Same.” Tao said. “Don’t need a creepy cultist poking around in my business.”
“ A pity. I was hoping we could get along. Though I see now that’s not going to happen. Oh well.”
“ So what? You gonna try killing us now?”
“ Kill you myself?” Makoto chuckled. “ I’m afraid you haven’t earned that right yet.”
“ So you’re running away?” Hifumi asked. “ Are all God’s pawns this cowardly?”
“ It’s not cowardice. I know midterms have just finished in Shujin, but consider this a test from me.”
“ Test?” Ren's eyes widened. “ Paladin! Shield up now!”
" R-Right! Jeanne!” Shiho tore her mask off, summoning the silver armoured knight. No sooner did she raise her shield did a burning arrow explode against it. The sound of slow steps came towards them. A shorter figure emerged, dressed in the white cloak of the cult, their head down to hide their face. Behind them was a persona, red flames surrounding it. An archer with wild red hair dressed in a robe, the top half white with black tiger like stripes while the bottom half was made of the white feathers of a bird like a swan or a dove. In its hand was an ornate bow, the string lit up with golden flames.
“ That red glow.” Goro mused. “ It’s the same as Sakura’s persona. A reverse Persona created by the God of Control.”
“ Is that one of the Phantom Thieves, Ren?” Kasumi asked. He shook his head. He didn’t recognise them. None of the thieves were as short as this new figure was.
“ Are they a child?” Shiho asked.
“ Be careful. That Persona is no joke.” Hikari warned them.
“ Wait a minute…” Zenkichi muttered. “ No. It can’t be…”
“ Shangxiang.” The figure muttered. It drew its bow, aiming it high before launching a fiery volley at them from above.
“ Scatter!” Ren commanded the Thieves. They dodged in different directions to escape the rain of arrows. It split the thieves between two sides of the room, Ren with Kaoru, Kasumi and Hifumi and Goro with Tao, Shiho, Hikari and the inspector. He nodded to him.
“ Guernica. Get their attention.” Goro told her.
“ Aye.” Tao loaded her paint gun. “ Oi! Let’s show this cultist who’s boss!” Oi appeared at Tao’s side, smirking lightly before slashing the air with its brush like spear and sending globs of nuclear paint at the cultists as Tao launched a mortar shot at them. The attacks collided with them at the same time, creating a cloud of dust. Using the opportunity, Ren nodded and Kaoru and Hifumi. The slipped through the shadows as a trio of fire arrows shot from the smoke cloud and into Shiho’s barrier.
“ Hereward. Let’s make this a contest, shall we?” Hereward appeared behind him, launching its own trio of arrows, sniping Shangxiang’s arrows out of the air. “ Hmm. So this is the cultist’s first line of defence? I’m not imprisoned.”
“ Cocky bastard.” The cultist muttered. “ We’ll set you ablaze. Come Shangxiang.” The flame around persona’s bow grew wilder before focusing into a single, powerful arrow. Goro narrowed his gaze.
“ Paladin. Prepare yourself.” A bright flash of light began shining from inside Hereward’s bow as Goro prepared to face the cultist. Both shots fired simultaneously, shaking the room as both collided. While the other thieves were shielded by Shiho and Jeanne’s barrier, the cultist was knocked backwards from the force of the explosion, rolling along the ground. As they tried to stand, Ren’s team were waiting, guns drawn.
“ Ah ah ah.” Ren tutted. “ This is a hold up.” The figure growled as she slowly stood up. The blast had knocked their hood down. Ren’s eyes widened as he saw her face. Short brown hair and matching, hate filled eyes.
“ Akane!” Zenkichi shouted. “ Damn it! What did you do to her?!” From above, Makoto chuckled.
“ What was needed.” She said simply. Using the thieves' hesitation, Akane swiped at Ren with a hidden dagger. Ren dodged back instinctively, letting the girl get some distance.
“ Akane! Stop this!” Zenkichi tried.
" Don’t get in my way.” She said emotionlessly. “ I won’t let any enemy of God through. Especially not a deadbeat like you.” The man flinched at the harsh words.
“ She’s using a child as a weapon?” Shiho said angrily. “ How low.”
“ It doesn’t matter.” Goro said. “ We’ll just knock her out and proceed.”
“ Don’t hurt her. She doesn’t know what she’s doing.” Zenkichi hissed. Goro rolled his eyes.
“ Don’t worry. Any injuries a persona user takes heal when they leave the metaverse.”
“ That is not reassuring!”
“ Akane.” Makoto spoke up. Akane glanced her way. “ Show you faith.” Akane’s eyes widened but she relented, her body relaxing. The thieves wondered what she was doing. Then the girl brought the knife to her throat.
“ Makoto! What are you doing?!” Ren shouted.
“ Simple. You're all going to surrender yourself now.” Makoto said smugly. “ If you don’t, then whatever happens is your fault.
“ You can’t be serious!”
“ I’m deadly serious. We’re all willing to die for the sake of the glory of our God. From the eldest to the youngest. Isn’t that right, Akane?”
“ For our Lord, I’ll do anything.” Akane said, closing her eyes.
“ Herald! Please! Don’t do this!” Zenkichi begged.
“ She won’t need to. Not so long as your allies surrender themselves to our God’s will.” Ren grit his teeth. While injury was something they could heal, death wasn’t. Morgana had been clear about that. A death in this world would result in your body suffering a mental shutdown. Nothing would save her from that. Gritting his teeth, Ren hung his head and dropped his weapons to the floor. The other thieves followed suit, some more reluctantly than others. Goro was the last person.
“ Damn that hero complex.” He muttered.
“ Well, detective.” Makoto asked, smirking smugly.
“ Yes. Yes.” He said annoyed before letting his sword clattered to the mosaic floor. Behind him, Zenkichi tightened his fist into a ball.
“ Not like this…”
“ What are you…?” Before Goro could finish, Zenkichi was running. He tackled his daughter to the ground. Ren’s eyes widened as blood splattered against the ground.
“ Zenkichi!” He shouted.
“ D-Dad?” Akane looked confused. The inspector’s breath was shaky but he smiled, covering a gash across his torso with one hand.
“ Are you alright?” He asked.
“ Dad? What… Why did you…?”
“ Are you… alright?”
“ Y-Yeah but…”
“ Good… That’s all… I needed to… urk.” Ren caught him as he fell.
“ We’ve got to get you out of here.”
“ Focus on her.”
“ No.” As he and Goro helped the man to his feet, Makoto looked down on them, frowning. As Ren glanced up, she turned and left.
“ Dad! Dad! Please… Don’t.”
“ Heh. You think… I’ll die that easily? Come on?” He gave her his best reassuring smile. “ I’ve faced worse.”
“ I’ll clear the way.” Tao said. “ Someone grab our stuff!”
“ I’ve got it.” Kasumi shouted back.
“ I’ll help you.” Kaoru ran after her.
“ Come on, Dragon. Let’s blow the doors down.” Hifumi nodded before she and Tao charged forwards. Ren and Goro supported him as they headed for the door.
“ He’s gonna be fine, right?” Hikari asked nervously.
“ He’s not a Persona user. I’m not sure.” Goro admitted.
“ No…” Tears started to fall from Akane’s eyes. “ This is all my fault.”
“ It’s not.” Shiho reassured her.
“ I-It is. Dad warned me not to go with those white cloaked weirdos but… well, one of my friends got involved with them and she invited me over and I didn’t want to be left out so… Ah. And now all this happened. I don’t even fully remember what happened.”
“ You don’t remember how you got here?” Ren asked.
“ It’s all a blur.” She sighed. “ I remember… Makoto asked me to come with her a few days ago but after that… I just felt this overwhelming compulsion to obey. It felt good to just let someone else do everything for me so I just went along with it all.” She glanced back. “ But uh… You guys are the Phantom Thieves, right?” Ren nodded. “ That’s… really cool. But um… Please. Do whatever you can to save my Dad.”
“ We’ll save him. I promise.” Ren told her. Akane breathed a sigh of relief.
“ Why are… you acting… like I’m already dead.” Zenkichi groaned.
“ Save your energy, Gramps.” Hikari huffed. “ Don’t try to act tough.”
“ Like a Dad can act… weak in front of his daughter.”
“ Ugh. You’re always such a pain!” Akane whined.
“ I’ll contact Shirogane when we get out.” Goro said. “She should be able to get an ambulance here faster than just calling them directly.”
“ Good thinking.” Ren nodded. He glanced back at Akane, still looking pensive. He was suprised. She’d been completely shocked out of the cult's control by seeing her Dad getting stabbed. Even if it had been an accident, she seemed to be back to normal. It was a relief. He already knew there was hope of helping the cultists from Haru’s resistance to Yaldabaoth’s control. If Akane could shake off it’s influence, he knew his friends could too. Akane may not have known it but she’d given him new hope. He’d have to pay her back by saving her father’s life.
*********************************************
Everyone else had escaped before the police had arrived, alongside an ambulance for Zenkichi. Unfortunately, his wound hadn’t gotten much better. Using Akane’s cloak, they were able to make a makeshift bandage. Shirogane used the excuse of an officer getting attacked to send the police to raid the compound, arresting anyone inside. The official story was that Zenkichi had gone in alone after Ren had been taken by the cultists in order to rescue him and his daughter who the cult had kidnapped to use as blackmail material. He’d contacted Goro beforehand as back up in case something had gone wrong. While he’d managed to save the two victims, something had gone wrong. While Goro was given command of the operation and Akane went with Zenkichi to the hospital with a police escort, Shirogane had taken Ren off to one side.
“ I want to know what happened.” She asked.
“ I thought detective Akechi told you what happened.” Ren said innocently. “ While we were in the interrogation room, two officers attacked Inspector Hasegawa and knocked me unconscious. Next I knew, I was trapped in a room with Akane. Inspector Hasegawa is a brave man.”
“ He is. But I want to know what really happened. Off the record.” Ren gave her a confused look. She sighed. “ What happened in the other world?”
“ Other world?”
“ You’re a Persona user, yes?” Ren was taken completely off guard. “ Yes, I thought as much. You and Akechi are both Persona users. I would assume you’re members of the Phantom Thieves of Hearts? Inspector Hasegawa told me as much.” Ren sighed.
“ Yeah. We are.” He admitted, seeing no reason to keep up the facade. If she knew about Personas then she likely knew a lot more about the situation too. “ We infiltrated the Herald’s palace. Zenkichi begged us to come with us. We got in there, they used Akane as a pawn to get us to surrender by forcing her to commit suicide if we didn’t comply. He tackled her instead. That’s how he got stabbed.”
“ I see. Horrible.” She shook her head. “ Uh. But… Palace?”
“ Huh? You don’t know about those?”
“ I have a feeling you and I have different terms for the same thing. Palace would be… the places that house shadows if I had to guess?” Ren nodded. “ And you call that other world?”
“ The Metaverse.”
“ The Metaverse. OK.” She said slowly. “ Truthfully, my main theory for a while has been that this case has had something to do with the Metaverse. The mental shutdowns have a lot in common with Apathy Syndrome which was caused by similar means. I’ve not been able to investigate that avenue however since I’ve not had a way to enter it.”
“ How’d you do it last time?”
“ Televisions.”
“ Really?
"Yes. My friends and I entered televisions.”
“ We just have an app.”
“ A much easier way to go about it, I must admit.”
“ Out of curiosity, did you have to deal with an Outer God too?”
“ Outer God?”
“ It’s what they call themselves apparently.” Ren told her. “ They’re gods from the collective consciousness that rules over an aspect of the human psyche.”
“ In that case, yes. Izanami.”
“ The Outer God of Truth?”
“ You know her?”
“ About her, yeah.” Ren nodded. “ Have you ever heard of the Velvet Room?”
“ From a friend of mine, yes. We could never enter it.”
“ Neither could my friends. Well… It’s hard to explain briefly um… Well, I was a guest of the Velvet Room but the guy in charge there was… I don’t know if he was killed or imprisoned but either way he was replaced by Yaldabaoth, the Outer God of Control. We were beaten by him but I was sent back in time by another Outer God called Nyarlathotep. He’s been helping me since then. That’s how I know about Izanami. He told me.”
“ That is… a lot to take in.”
“ Believe me. I know.” He frowned. “ But… Yaldabaoth corrupted my friends when I went back in time. So I’m trying to save them.”
“ I see. I… know what it’s like having to fight your friends, admittedly. It’s not a good feeling. But I don’t think there’s anything I can do to help you. Not regarding matters in there.”
“ As much as I’d love the help of a veteran, I think it’s best that we deal with all of this on our own. We won’t be able to do more today but tomorrow we’ll be ending it. After that, can I count on you to help deal with things in this world?”
“ Of course. We’ll be counting on the Phantom Thieves it seems.” Shirogane smiled. “ I wish you the best of luck.”
“ Thank you. Oh, and if you arrest my friends… Please be gentle with them. All these people have had their shadows imprisoned by Yaldabaoth. It’s not their fault they ended up like this. So… if you see Ann, Ryuji, Yusuke, Futaba or Haru. Oh, and Sumire too. If you capture them…”
“ I’ll make sure they’re looked after.”
“ Thanks.” Ren smiled. “ That… makes me feel a lot better.” Detective Shirogane let him go soon after that, having a police car drop him back at Leblanc to a worried Sojiro and a frantic phone call from his parents. He promised them all he was safe. The police cleared him again. He was just another victim of the cult now. Collapsing on his bed in Leblanc’s attic, he felt his exhaustion kick in. They’d be fighting hard again in the morning. But for now, all he could do was rest and hope they were ready for whatever came their way.
Notes:
In the original draft of this story, before I added dates and realised I needed a filler palace between Ryuji and Haru, Zenkichi was going to be the last Phantom Thief. I wanted to make the number the same as the original thieves which I managed by adding Kasumi in early. This does unfortunately mean Zenkichi gets a bit shafted in the terms of the narrative seeing he just gets stabbed instead of having his big papa Wolf awakening moment. I suppose I could have still done it and maybe I will if I decide to commit to those side stories I asked about a few chapters back but he does become a bit of a victim of planning. He may not be a hero of the metaverse in this story but he is the hero that brought down a crazed cult that murdered a leading politician, at least as far as the official story will go. Sorry to that one commenter who seemed excited to see him in action.
Akane's Persona is Reverse Shangxiang, based on Sun Shangxiang, warrior princess of the Sun Clan of Three Kingdoms China. Those of you who play Dynasty Warriors already know all of this, of course, but someone being known as the daughter of a prominent warrior known for trying to keep the peace who's title is a four legged beast felt a bit familiar. Daughter of the Wolf being paired with the daughter of the tiger. Akane also introduces the idea of facing other Persona users, something that only happens once to both the Persona 4 and 5 cast but the other three casts are very well acquainted with. In game, she requires an increasing amount of weakness hits to be knocked down, starting at two and going up by one every time she's knocked down before becoming immune to it entirely after being knocked down three times
Chapter 59: The Former Phantom Thieves
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 24th
Returning to the compound the next day, they found the entire place under police lockdown. It had been all over the news. The Church of Control had been raided by police. Over a hundred people had been arrested and were being questioned. Inspector Hasegawa had been attacked bravely rescuing two unnamed teenagers that had been kidnapped. He was in stable condition in Tokyo General. Learning that was a load off Ren’s mind. “ They haven’t found any of the former thieves.” Goro told them as they watched the police line from a distance. “ I imagine Niijima is hiding in the compound with them. If she gave a persona to Hasegawa’s daughter, she may have done so to other minor members too.”
“ I doubt it.” Ren said. “ She used Akane because Zenkichi was our ally. It was probably her last attempt to get us to surrender without having to handle us directly.”
“ More directly than in Haru’s palace, you mean?” Shiho asked. Ren shrugged. “ Either way, if they really have been turned into the God of Control’s personal Persona force, that means we’re going to have to fight them too.”
“ Yep.” Tao nodded. “ You can stay back if you ain’t comfortable with, Shi. Sumi and Kari, you too. If you can’t stomach it, we’ll totally understand.”
“ I’m going with you.” Kasumi said firmly. “ Even if it means knocking her out and dragging her to safety, I will save Sumire.”
“ Yeah.” Hikari pouted. “Don’t assume we’ll get scared by having to fight people we know, Tao. We agreed to going in together and that’s exactly what I intend to do.” Tao smirked.
“ Heh. Yeah, I figured. Just had to make sure though.”
“ Take this seriously, Lucatao.” Goro sighed.
“ I am serious.” She scoffed. “ We’re gonna go in there and drag that phoney Herald out by the hair then go kick the door at the bottom of Mementos open. I know what’s going on.”
“ Not exactly how I would put it but yeah.” Ren nodded. “ Just be ready for anything. We can’t afford to lose here.”
“ Of course. And we won’t.” Kaoru reassured him.
“ Have a little faith.” Hifumi smirked. “ As weird as saying that sounds when we’re about to fight a congregation.”
“ Hey. So long as we have faith in the right thing, it’ll be fine.” Ren said jokingly.
“ Oh dear god…” Goro sighed.
“ Yeah. Goro gets it.” The detective sputtered.
“ That’s not what I… You are infuriating. Did you know that?”
“ With how many times you’ve asked, I’m starting to figure it out.” He sighed.
“ I don’t have the energy for this. Let’s just get in there.” With a chuckle, Ren activated the app. The world rippled as the Cult’s compound grew into Makoto’s Cathedral. They returned to the entry hall. Ren half expected Makoto to be waiting for them. However, looking up, he found the upper balcony empty. Using his grappling hook, he pulled himself up to it. If Makoto was using it to pass between her inner sanctum and here, he figured he could use it for the same reason. They moved through the Cathedral’s second floor, evading the white cloaked shadows that patrolled the corridors. From above, they were able to look down on a large open chamber below. It reminded Ren of the chapel in Sae’s palace but far grander, decorated in white and gold with a massive version of the statue of Yaldabaoth at the front. It towered over everything, its body reaching the roof above them. Its body was white and glossy with mechanical arms and wings stretching to the sky. It was regal, angelic and yet uncannily alien.
Moving away from the central nave, they stepped out into a strange looking chamber. The stone walls were black with red tapestries decorated in black roses that seemed to grow from out of the fabric. The room was covered in them, coiling around columns and from the cracks in the floor. Ren saw the door they needed to go through the field, a neat path made towards it. However, he also saw who was blocking it. The person who’s palace the room reminded him of the most. “ When Makoto told us that you were a member of the Phantom Thieves, I ignored her. She had to be wrong. There was no way you could be our enemy.” Ann said sadly, her back turned to them as she looked up at the stained glass roof above them. “ But I guess that was pretty stupid of me, huh Shiho?” Shiho looked down.
“ Guys. Go.” She said. “ I need to do this alone.”
“ Are you sure?” Hikari said. “ She’s-”
“ I know. But if we have to stop every time we meet one of the followers in here then it’s going to take too long. I’ll handle Ann. I’ll leave the rest to all of you.” She gave them a gentle smile. “ Don’t worry. We’ll be fine.” Ren looked at her. She was putting on a brave face but her hand was balled into a tight fist as she tried to stop herself trembling. Despite that, Ren nodded.
“ We’ll see you on the outside.”
“ Right. Good luck.” Ren and the others moved around Ann. Surprisingly, she didn’t stop them. Ren took one last look before leading the others onwards. As the door clicked shut, Shiho couldn’t help but notice the emptiness. Ann still hadn’t turned to face her as if still trying to ignore the truth that was now mere feet away. She took a deep breath, trying to calm her nerves. One deep breath. Two short exhales. An exercise Coach Kamoshida had taught her to calm her anxiety in the middle of a match. She took a nervous step forward.
“ Ann?” She started. “ Let’s just talk this out. Please?”
“ Talk about what? How my best friend has been going behind my back all year?”
“ That’s not it.”
“ You attacked me.”
“ We saved you.”
“ God saved me!” Ann shouted, spinning around as her eyes briefly flashed an angry golden. “ All you did was cause me so much pain.”
“ Please listen to me! The God of Control is just using you too-”
“ Carmen.” Ann growled. Shiho grit her teeth as a whip launched at her, using Jeanne to protect herself against the blow. Behind Ann stood a Persona. She recognised the name as what Ren had told them Ann’s initial persona had been. It had transformed in his timeline just as Goro’s had but here it glowed with a red aura. The persona had red hair spun like drills, wearing a white ball gown covered in golden flowers. At its side, tied to her arms with some kind of leash, were two small familiars dressed like crusaders.
“ Ann. Please. I don’t want to do this. Don’t make me fight you.”
“ I’m not making you do anything.” Ann said bitterly. “ You chose to stand against me and my God. You pretended to be open to the idea and tricked me into thinking you still stood by my side. Well, if you’re going to betray me, then I don’t care about what you want anymore. I won’t let you take my freedom away from me!” Shiho felt a sudden pain in her chest. She hated this attitude. It reminded her too much of what she was like when she was bullying people. Cold, unforgiving and willing to do anything against people she thought caused her pain, no matter how brutal. She was like Queen Ann from her palace all those months ago.
“ N-No. This… This isn’t you. It’s just like how you were before. You can’t see the kind of monster the God of Control has turned you into.”
“ I’m no monster! I’ve been chosen by our God to follow his noble goal! They’re paying me back for everything I’ve gone through! Why can’t you see that, Shiho?!”
“ I can see! That’s why I know this isn’t you.” She took a deep breath, trying to bury her anxiety and fear deep inside of her. “ I hate this. You’re the last person I wanted to have to fight. This never should have had to happen. But… I know nothing that I say is going to change what you think. You showed me how to be strong, Ann. How to take what the world can throw at you without batting an eye and tell it that I don’t care what it thinks. That’s why I can’t leave you like this.” Behind her, Jeanne slammed the end of her banner spear against the ground, unfurling the flag of rebellion and a cold wind spun around her. On the other side of the rose garden, Carmen outstretched her hands, causing two balls of fire to grow above them. The two friends stared each other down, one with eyes filled with anger and the other filled with desperation and sadness. “ I… I can’t lose you, Ann! So please come back to your senses!”
*********************************************
“ Paladin will be alright, won’t she?” Kasumi asked as the thieves continued deeper into the cathedral.
“ I trust her.” Ren responded. “ Focus on what’s ahead. She’ll catch up soon.” Truthfully, Ren was worried about her as well. Ann was her best friend. She trusted Shiho to be able to fight if she needed to but he knew it was going to be as hard for her as it was for him. Maybe even harder knowing their relationship. He just hoped she’d be alright after all was said and done.
Pushing forwards, the slow addition of more framed paintings filled Ren with a sense of dread. Entering the next large chamber confirmed Ren’s suspicions. Yusuke sat at the back of the room. The entire place looked like some kind of twisted art gallery with brilliant pieces in golden frames hung haphazardly around the place, turned at random angles that made the room look like an art piece itself. “ I shouldn’t be surprised you made it past Ann.” Yusuke said. “ Though you do seem to be one of your number down from what Makoto told me.”
“ Paladin stayed to face Ann alone.”
“ Please drop the codenames. We know who you are. There’s no point in hiding it. Hifumi. Ren. Tao.”
“ Are you gonna stop us too?” Tao asked.
“ I’d rather not fight truthfully. I had a place like this, did I not?” He looked up at the paints. “ Some of these are rather gauche. I appreciate I’m not the only artist in our God’s service but I don’t like how some of them paint.”
“ Hard to find styles you like, huh?” Tao said annoyed.
“ How you are the sister to such a kind soul will never cease to amaze me.”
“ Why you little-”
“ Get a move on.” Hifumi said, stepping out in front of them.
“ You too, huh Dragon?”
“ I have a score to settle with him.” Hifumi glared at Yusuke. “ Go. I’ll catch up when I’m finished.”
“ Don’t kill him.” Ren told her.
“ I won’t. But I also can’t promise he’ll get out in one piece.” He shook his head.
“ Come on, guys. Let’s leave this to Dragon.” Despite saying that Ren was the last to leave. Hifumi looked at him and nodded. Ren nodded back before the thieves moved further on.
“ I don’t know if that was brave or foolish.” Yusuke admitted. “ Though, for what I did to you, I suppose it’s only right you’d want some kind of vengeance. I certainly did against my former teacher after what he did to me.” Yusuke stood up, outstretching his arms. “ Go on then. Strike me down.”
“ What?” Hifumi was taken by surprise by his willingness to get hurt. “ Just like that?”
“ Just like that. Do what you must. I won’t resist.” Hifumi scowled at him. She walked forwards and readied her spear. Yusuke closed his eyes as she thrust. The injury he expected however never came. Opening his eyes, he saw that she’d thrust her weapon above his shoulder, narrowly missing it.
“ No. I don’t accept that.” She said, pulling it back and rested the pole against her shoulder. “ I don’t want you to willingly give me your life. Why aren’t you fighting me?” He sighed.
“ Because the things I did to you have become my greatest shame.” Yusuke admitted. “ Ever since joining the church, I’ve sought redemption for my actions back then. The change of heart was caused by you and the other Thieves, yes?”
“ That’s right.”
“ Then I must thank you for stopping me.” He bowed. “ Knowing I almost fell down the same path Madarame did makes me sick. That’s why, all this time, I’ve tried to redeem myself.”
“ And your choice of redemption is helping an egotistical God control the world?”
“ If that’s how you wish to see it, I cannot stop you. However this place has helped me so much over these last few painful months. That is why I choose to stand at Makoto’s side now.”
“ Just one wrong path into another, huh.” Hifumi shook her head. “ I can’t forget what you’ve done. And I also can’t forgive you. Not yet. Not while your God threatens us. So if you really mean what you say, Yusuke, you’ll prove it to me with actions.” The artist smiled.
“ I see. So that’s the type of person you are. Ha ha. Very well then.” Ryuji unleashed a burst of energy as his Persona formed behind him. A samurai with a black pompadour and a painted face, dressed in a golden haori over a white suit and a blue neck tie wielding a long black katana. “ In Shogi, black moves first, no?”
“ That’s right.” Hifumi’s mask burned off her as Kiyohime emerged behind her. “ So here I come, Yusuke. Dragon of the Phantom Thieves challenges you to a duel!”
*********************************************
Cracks of blue light seeped through the walls as the rest of the thieves pushed on through the cathedral like veins. They’d made it up another floor now. In Ren’s mental map of the place, they had to be behind the massive statue of the Cult’s god now. The way the walls seemed to throb with life, it certainly felt like they were invading some kind of organism. Maybe they’d somehow ended up in the statue itself. It wouldn’t have been the strangest thing he’d done in his time as a Phantom Thief. The further they got, the more cracks they found. They were all coming from the direction they were going, like they were entering the heart of the monster. When Ren opened the door, he realised that he was wrong in his analogy. They weren’t inside a living creature. They’d been seeing the wires of a supercomputer. As soon as they were in the central mainframe, a laser blew a small hole through the door behind them.
“ Warning shot.” Futaba clarified. “ You may be Makoto’s guests of honour but that doesn’t mean I’m going to let you wander freely.”
“ Futaba.” Ren felt tense as he saw her, sitting with her legs hanging over the edge of Necromicon, staring down at them from above. Before he could do anything else, Goro put his arm out.
“ I’ll take this one. Everyone else, move on. Get Joker to the Herald by any means necessary.”
“ Crow? Why?”
“ Simple.” He said. “ You were about to do the exact same thing and I simply cannot allow that. You would never harm her. I can.”
“ I…” Ren nodded. “ Alright. Please. Be gentle.”
“ As gentle as I can.” He promised. “ Guernica. You better not mess things up. I’m counting on you to get this done.”
“ Heh. Ya better not die on us either, Crow. Insufferable as you are, we still need you to kick the ass of an even more insufferable god.”
“ Who do you think I am?” He smirked.
“ Nice that you think I’m letting any of you walk but I think you misjudged me.” Futaba grinned. As she did, a mechanical arm lowered from beneath Necronomicon, a light glowing from the middle of it as the UFO prepared another shot. “ None of you are leaving here.”
“ They are.” Goro told her. “ Because of one simple fact.”
“ And that is?”
“ I killed Wakaba Isshiki.” Futaba froze. She started to tremble as she took in what Goro had just told her.
“ You… killed my Mom?” She asked quietly.
“ That’s right. Shido had me kill her in order to test the effectiveness of using the metaverse as a weapon. As I’m sure you know, it was a success. She was a sacrificial pawn. In the end though, her biggest flaw was growing a conscience. If she didn’t care so much for you, she’d still be alive. Ironic, don’t you think?” Ren grimaced under Goro’s harsh words. He knew it was just to keep her attention but the words still stung. Ren nodded to the others, using the distraction to get out of the room. Meanwhile, Futaba’s breath grew shakier and shakier.
“ You…” She hissed. “ I’LL KILL YOU!” Her eyes shone bright gold as Necronomicon fired, launching a powerful red laser directly at Goro’s chest. The detective dodged out of the way before tearing his mask off.
“ Come, Abdiel!” The angel’s white wings were already in the air as she was summoned, the gold armoured angel looking at her target with a look of disdain. She aimed her blade at Necromicon, blasting the ship’s hull with a piercing beam of light. Futaba struggled to keep herself on her persona as it shook from the heavy blow. She struggled to her feet and leapt into a hatch on top of the ship.
“ EVERYTHING I’VE BEEN THROUGH FOR THE PAST TWO YEARS! ALL THOSE DAYS ALONE! ALL THE PAIN!” Hatches opened around the top of Necromicon as Futaba launched a barrage of missiles with little care for any collateral damage she caused to the area around her. Goro was caught in the blast and thrown against the wall behind him. “ IT WAS ALL BECAUSE OF YOU!!!”
“ Yes. It was.” Goro admitted, standing back up. “ I won’t make excuses. Hate me all you want. I deserve that.” His mask glimmered before he removed it again, launching the black caped Kudlak at Necromicon. It latched onto the ship, tearing at the ship's stone body with its sharp claws. The etchings on the persona began to glow before detonating with radiant light. Goro tensed at the sudden burning pain he felt as his persona evaporated into light. He swapped Personas once again. “ Despite what I deserve however, I can’t afford to let my past dictate my path now. Which is why I must bring you down too, Sakura.”
“ Like hell I’ll allow that!” Futaba screamed. “ I knew it was a mistake thinking Ren could have been a good person if he’s got murderers in his group! He knows too, doesn’t he?! And now you’re trying to take everything I have left! Sojiro! My saviour! My friends! I WON’T LET YOU!” At Futaba’s command, a new cannon appeared from beneath Necronomicon, a minigun type thing from what it looked like. Goro had to wonder how a navigator had such heavy weaponry to begin with. Was her rage changing her persona into a weapon or had the god of control reversing it done that? That was a question for another day. Staring down the weapon, he removed his mask.
“ Hereward.” He said calmly. His persona appeared behind him, bow drawn and arrow primed. He smirked. “ What a mess this has become. Never mind. Let’s finish this promptly and catch up to the others. Shoot her down, Herward!” As arrows and bullets flew, Goro knew he wasn’t getting out of this without a few injuries. As long as her anger fueled her, she’d keep fighting but that meant she was also focused on him instead of aiding Makoto in any way. If he couldn’t break away from her, at least he was still helping. He just had to survive whatever Futaba could throw at him and that would be no easy feat.
Notes:
I've done boss run downs for the idea of "If this fic were actually a game" for a while now but the Sanctuary of Control is the only time I've actually thought of the dungeon as if it was a game. The palace is done in three segments. The first two segments give you an option of two thieves to face first then an end of segment boss unlocked after defeating them, with the third segment being purely the led up to Makoto as the final fight. For the first segment it's Ann and Yusuke then ending on Futaba, with each thief having a Zone that's similar in theme and puzzles to their respective palaces. The Thieves themselves are also similar to their Shadows and each of them have a Down Counter skill like Akane did. Ann loses the flowers and the summons but goes further into AOE fire and physical moves and counters when her weakness is hit. Yusuke uses skills to apply different ailments and can trigger technical hits with physical attacks. Futaba loses her defences but replaces it with an adaptive weakness that changes either on her turn or when her weakness is struck and starts immune to knock downs. The palace is basically a boss rush with small sections in between, similar to what certain Zelda games do. I thought it was a fun idea.
Chapter 60: Unwanted Conflict
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 24th
After leaving Goro to deal with his sister, they descended back down the Cathedral and outside. Looking back up, he saw where they’d been. An enormous bell tower grew from the back of the Cathedral. That put them behind it. From Ren’s mental map of the place, Makoto’s sanctuary was around the eastern side. That put them about half way through the palace, or so Ren assumed. However, with Ann, Yusuke and Futaba behind them, that left Ryuji and Haru to deal with before they reached their target and faced off with Makoto.
“ Should we wait here for the others?” Hikari asked.
“ No. We gotta keep going.” Tao shook her head. “ If we slow down now, it makes them staying back pointless.” Ren sighed. “ You know I’m right, Joker.”
“ I know.” He said. “ But we always did everything together. I feel bad leaving my team behind. Not just you guys but them as well.”
“ We can’t be caught with regrets at this stage.” Kaoru told him. “ Guernica is right. We must keep moving.” Ren nodded.
“ Right. Let’s rest here for a moment to get our bearings. After that, we’ll continue.” The others nodded. The outdoor area behind the church was serene. Ren knew there was a grand garden in front of Makoto’s sanctuary in the real world but this was different. There was a large pond off to the side of the back door, golden fish swimming through it. One leapt from the pond and started swimming through the air for a few seconds before diving back in. Ren wondered if they’d made a koi pond or something. What he wouldn’t give for his fishing rod and a quiet hour alone in a place like this. Something to calm the mind. Unfortunately, there wasn’t much time for a calm, relaxing moment in a palace. The safe rooms were nice for a breather but they were still enemy territory and this was no different.
Looking into the water, his mind drifted. What had he been doing this time last year? October was the month their world turned upside down. They’d been on top of the world, helping Haru to change the heart of her father. That time hadn’t gone as well as it had in this world. They learned later that Goro had done him in but at the time Ren felt his will waver for the first time since they’d started. He thought they’d been the one to do it. They’d made some mistakes. Then the world turned against them, driven by Shido into an angry mob. The Culture fair started on Tuesday. That was when Goro had cornered them, revealing he knew they were the Phantom Thieves and forced them to target Sae. That was the beginning of the end. But that was that and this was this. They’d moved faster this time. Gotten to the end with two months to spare. But instead of Shido, it was Makoto. Instead of the cognitions of his followers, it was his old friends. This time however his will remained firm.
As they prepared to push on, heavy footsteps across the stone ground approached them. Expecting the worst, Ren prepared himself for a fight. A familiar blond walked around the corner, a disdainful look on his face. “ So this is where you’ve been hiding huh?” He asked.
“ What’s the matter? Bored?” Ren asked. He huffed before walking past them, leaning over the fence between the path and the pond.
“ Nah. I just don’t do well with waiting around.”
“ That sounds like boredom to me.”
“ Shut it.” He scowled. “ We were told there were more of ya. You getting picked off?”
“ They stayed behind to face your allies.” Kaoru told him. “ Much like you are facing me.”
“ Is that right?” Kaoru and Ren stared at each other for a moment before Ren nodded.
“ Come on guys. We don’t have time to waste.”
“ Glad you see me as wasted time.” Ryuji said, slightly irritated. Ren grimaced. He wanted to refute the point and reassure Ryuji that he wasn’t a waste of anything. Ryuji was Ren’s first friend in Tokyo. They’d entered Kamoshida’s palace for the first time together. He was there from the beginning. That’s why it hurt leaving him behind.
“ Good luck, Kaoru.” Ren told them before leading the others ahead. Kaoru smiled before turning back to his opponent, still staring into the water below.
“ Aren’t you going to fight me?” He asked.
“ Fuck’s the point?” He asked. “ The only fight that actually matters is your leader versus Makoto, yeah? Anything else is an effing pain.” Regardless, he stood up and began stretching. “ Why’d you stay behind anyway?”
“ Simple. I joined the Phantom Thieves when we raided your palace.”
“ Is that right?” He hummed. “ You look familiar. We met before?”
“ We have. I am the son of one of the business owners in Shibuya that you decided to threaten when you were running the Hashiba.”
“ For real? Well, then I can see why you’d want to scrap. You hate me for threatening your family.”
“ Not at all.”
“ What?”
“ I don’t hate you, Ryuji.” Kaoru repeated. “ I actually feel sorry for you. Joker told me what happened to you. You were assaulted by a teacher, retaliated and were punished for it. While breaking an arm was perhaps a step too far, I pity that you were forced into that situation by someone who should have been a guardian for you. I pity that led you to becoming a member of a crime family and now the weapon of a cult. I can’t hate someone like you. I’ve long forgiven you for what you’ve done.” Ryuji turned to face him, a look of shock on his face.
“ You are… too damn nice, you know that?”
“ Ha ha. So I’ve been told. Crow calls me naïve but I disagree. I prefer to see things how they are. Not how people say that they are. That’s the path I’ve chosen.”
“ All that’s gonna get you is a whole lotta pain.”
“ If that’s the case then so be it. But I have to be true to myself. That’s the type of person that I am.”
“ Not selling yourself out for a damn thing, huh?”
“ Not a damn thing.”
“ Heh. Shit. Wish I was that strong. I’m almost jealous. It’s a shame I have to take someone like you out. If that bastard Kamoshida was like that, I wouldn’t be here.”
“ Perhaps then we could be friends.”
“ Perhaps.” Ryuji put his hands in his pocket, smirking as a red glow began surrounding him. “But that’s not gonna happen today.” Ryuji’s persona appeared floating above him. It looked like some kind of undead member of the navy, dressed in an old fashioned white and gold uniform, standing commandingly on a silver ark like it was some kind of surfboard. “ Let’s go, Captain.”
“ I suppose not. In that case, I’m going to do what I have to so that my friends can end this here and now.” A strong wind tore through the area as Kaoru took his helmet off and summoned Hektor to his side. “ Hear me now. I am Salamander of the Phantom Thieves. On my honour, you shall fall here!”
**********************************************
The thieves advanced through the outside of the cathedral, heading towards a shining temple in the distance. Between them and there though there was plenty to try and get in their way. With most of the thieves occupied, having to deal with any shadows that stood in their way. While sneaking around them was easier, the wide open spaces outside the cathedral meant that wasn’t always an option. They moved around the stone courtyards, surrounded by smaller shrines to the God of Control. The entire compound was a site of worship so it didn’t surprise him that’s what the palace was too. Even outside the central building, the only thing that mattered to all to its cognitive inhabited was Yaldabaoth. Even if their god only saw them as pawns in its grand scheme.
Halfway to the inner temple, they crossed onto a flat stone patio serving as the crossroads to a number of different shrines. Kasumi slowed to a stop as they approached the figure standing at its center. Sumire didn’t seem to notice them, like she was lost in thought. “ Everyone. Keep going. I’m staying here.” She said. Ren frowned but nodded. As he and Tao started leaving though, Hikari stayed where she was. “ Director?”
“ Together.” Hikari nodded. “ She’s my friend.”
“ Ren needs you more than I do. If we stop the Herald, we’ll save her too.” Hikari looked nervously at the ground.
“ Don’t worry about me.” Ren reassured her. “ Tao and I can deal with Makoto. Do what you need to.”
“ So long as Dancer doesn’t mind you stepping in on the sisterly heart to heart.”
“ Are… you sure?” Hikari asked. Ren nodded. “ Then…”
“ Alright. Together then.” Kasumi smiled. Hikari looked relieved. Ren and Tao kept going as they approached Sumire. “ Sumire!” Kasumi called out to her. Her sister jumped before turning on her heel.
“ S-Sis? And Hikari. So… it was true.”
“ Yeah. Sorry.”
“ No. It’s fine. It just… makes a lot more sense now, I guess. Why you were so against me joining the Church. Though I am a little surprised to see you involved, Hikari. Didn’t you always say you didn’t like being on center stage?” Hikari laughed nervously.
“ I’m no fighter. I help in other ways just like I do on set.”
“ Sounds like you.”
“ What are you doing here, Sumire?” Kasumi asked. Her sister sighed.
“ That’s complicated. Honestly, it’s all been such a blur I can’t believe a few months have already past since I agreed to… all this.” She looked up at the brilliant white walls of the Cathedral. “ It’s all so strange. Like I’m dreaming. It’s like something out of a movie.”
“ That’s what I said the first time I entered a palace!” Hikari nodded enthusiastically. “ I couldn’t believe such a place ever existed. It’s been great for inspiration.”
“ Of course you’d come to another world and immediately think of a new movie idea.” Sumire chuckled. “ Classic Hikari.”
“ Guilty.” Hikari said, grinning proudly.
“ Kids will be kids.” Kasumi shook her head.
“ Hey.” She whined.
“ Ha ha ha. Well, she’s not wrong.” Sumire smirked. “ I always envied you, Hikari.”
“ Huh? Me?”
“ Yeah. The fact you’re so passionate about your dream is… really cool. I always wished I could have that kind of passion towards gymnastics.” She sighed. “ Now though… I don’t even know what I want to have a passion for. It’s a load off, not having to do gymnastics anymore, but it sucks not having a future you can grasp. It’s not hard to feel lost.”
“ Is that why you joined the church?” Hikari asked.
“ One reason.” She admitted. “ I mean, Makoto was so pushy that I felt I had too and I don’t really regret it. The whole idea of not having to choose always sounded so appealing. Letting someone else take the reins and making the hard choices. Get rid of all of that stress and feeling of loss. But… the longer I’ve been a part of the church, the more I’ve come to realise that the hard choices are still mine to make. As much as the church celebrates uniformity, everyone is still such a character. They all have their own lives. They’ve all made their own choices. The church serves the will of God and I’m part of that now. But the will of God doesn’t actually seem to care about what I do in life. Heh. I guess I should be happy about that. It means that no matter what I do in their service, I’m accepted. But it also doesn’t give me any answers.”
“ You’re 15, Sumi. You’re not meant to have your life sorted yet.” Kasumi reassured her. “ Hell, I’m 18 and I don’t know what I want to do yet. It’ll all come with time. You don’t need some god to tell you that.”
“ I hope you’re right.” She admitted. “ Cause it’ll make what I have to do now a whole lot easier.” Sumire began emitting a red glow. Hikari’s eyes widened as she felt a sudden spike in power. She called Lovelace to her, using the film reels spiraling around her to investigate.
“ A persona? Kasumi!”
“ Yeah. I know.” She grit her teeth. “ We don’t have to do this, Sumire. Let’s just… drop this. We can go home together. We don’t have to fight. Please.”
“ Sorry sis. But you know as well as I do that’s not a choice we can make. God may not care what we do under their service but they sure don’t like turncoats. Like it or not, I like feeling that sense of security, no matter how small that may be.” She smiled sadly. “ This is my choice.”
“ Sumi…” Slowly, she nodded. “ Very well. Then I’ll respect it.”
“ Kasumi?!” Hikari gasped.
“ Support me, Director.” She said firmly. “ If Sumire wants this then we have no right to let her down.”
“ I…” Hikari steeled herself. “ OK.”
“ Good.” Sumire said. “ Thank you. I don’t want to have regrets about this.” Behind her, a blond haired figure appeared, a white robe swirling around the golden gemstones that made up their body. “ Please don’t hold back.” Kasumi nodded, opening her hand and summoning a spinning blue card. This wasn’t a fight that she wanted but it had been one she’d been predicting ever since she learned that Makoto had stolen her sister from her and forced her into her cult. If her sister chose to fight then she’d respect that choice. No matter how painful that choice was for the both of them.
**********************************************
It was just him and Tao now, just like it had been when he started out in this world. As they pushed through the overgrowth of the winding garden outside Makoto’s sanctum, Ren couldn’t help but think back to the others. Shiho, Goro, Hifumi, Hikari, Kaoru and Kasumi. Part of him regretted leaving them to fight their own battles. As much as he wanted to trust they were alright, he also knew just how strong his old friends were. There was still one left before they reached Makoto. He hadn’t seen Haru yet. He had a sinking feeling she was waiting not too far ahead.
“ It’s gonna be fine, y’know?” Tao reassured him.
“ Huh?” Ren looked up, slightly startled. “ I wasn’t-”
“ Heh. Yeah. Sure you weren’t. That bastard detective ain’t wrong when says you’ve got a bit of a hero complex. You wanna save everyone, don’t you?”
“ Of course I do.” Ren sighed. “ They’re my friends. Not just our thieves but everyone else too. My thieves. I just want this all to be over.”
“ It’s been a long journey, ain’t it? To think we only met cause you got jumped by thugs.”
“ Yeah. And you beat the crap out of them with a paint can.”
“ What can I? Girl’s gotta know how to take care of herself.” She shrugged. “ Still, you one upped me that day.”
“ Why did you follow me back then?”
“ Dunno. Curiosity I guess.” She scratched the back of my neck. “ You just seemed different. I dunno how to explain it. Hmm. Maybe it’s just cause you were a total fuckin’ wierdo. Ha ha ha.”
“ Ha. Come on.”
“ Regardless, I never expected to end up here. On the doorstep of a cult leader with super powers.”
“ I didn’t think it would come to this either.” Ren admitted. “ But it still has to be done.”
“ Yup. So let's not leave the lady waiting, eh?” They pushed through the foliage and arrived at the door. Leaning against said door, lollipop in her mouth and hands in her big winter coat, was the person Ren was dreading seeing for a while now.
“ I was getting bored.” Haru huffed. “ If you’re gonna make trouble then the least you could do is be quick about it. Do you know how much of a pain it is being a part of a group being investigated by the cops?”
“ Yes, actually.” Ren said.
“ Huh. Oh. Yeah. Right. My bad.” She hummed. “ Oh well. You're here now.”
“ I’m guessing Makoto is in there.”
“ Yup. Through the door, down the hall and in her big personal shrine to her god. Frankly, I think it’s tacky. Very… bright.”
“ And here I thought rich people liked tacky and bright.” Tao taunted her. Haru just shrugged.
“ They also tend to hire gardeners instead of becoming one so I guess I’m unique in a few ways there. Besides, I also don’t care for what the bright and tacky is meant to represent.”
“ The hell are you doing here then?”
“ You know why.” Ren told her. “ Her heart was stolen. I’m sorry. I tried to stop her.”
" I trust you. Still though, to think this was your top secret club's top secret method of destroying the evil in people. I can see why you didn’t tell me. I’d have called you crazy.”
“ I wanted to.” Ren told her sombrely. “ I really wanted to. I almost did a few times but… I couldn’t.”
“ I don’t blame you if that’s what you’re worried about. This situation just kinda sucks. I gotta do something but I don’t really wanna do anything.”
“ Then don’t do anything.” Tao said. “ If you’ve got enough free will left in ya to see this is wrong then get the hell out of here.”
“ The annoying part about that is I’ve tried.” She lamented. “ Makoto stuck me out here a while ago and told me to guard the door. Just like everyone else is meant to guard other places you’d come through. Everyone ranged from gleefully happy to reluctant obedience to confused what they were even doing and I was forced to stand around in this oversized garden and wait. It crossed my mind a few times. I don’t care about the church and their goals and their god. Why don’t I just pack it up and get out of here? Let Makoto solve her own problems? But every time I thought about it and tried to find the will to do it… Nothing. It’s like… I dunno. There’s some kind of wall between the idea of leaving and actually doing it. I feel like I could want it with all my heart and mind and still remain rooted to the spot. It’s… just like before you tried helping me. Heh. It all just seems so hopeless.”
“ That’s not true.” Ren reassured her. “ This will be over soon. I haven’t forgotten that promise.”
“ Heh. Virtuous idiot.” She shook her head, smirking. “ It's a shame though. I have to put in some effort here.”
“ Why?” Tao asked.
“ The same reason I can’t leave.”
“ That god puppeteering your will, eh? Bastard. No different to all those rich shit heads who wanna control everything just to make themselves even richer.” She scowled. “ Take me on. Then Joker can go through those gates behind ya. Your duty is done and we still get to kick the ass of that phoney herald.”
“ Huh. That works.” Haru smirked. “ Alright. Let’s do that then.”
“ Are you both sure?” Ren asked. Both nodded.
“ You don’t have time to question this. Get a move on.” Tao told him.
“ Didn’t you just say you have promises to keep?” Haru said. Ren smirked.
“ Tao…”
“ I know. I know. I won’t hurt your girlfriend.”
“ Oh, I was more worried about you than her.” Ren said with a smile. “ You're lucky she doesn’t have the axe.”
“ Axe?” Before he could answer, Ren had pushed the door open and headed inside. Tao just sighed. “ Tch. Smart ass.”
“ What was that about me being his girlfriend?” Haru asked.
“ Just a taunt. Thinking bout it, he never denied it. Don’t tell me it’s actually true.” The grey haired girl looked away, blushing slightly.
“ L-Let’s just get this over with.” A persona appeared beside her. It looked like something straight out of an old fashioned ball, complete with the white and dark pink ball gown decorated with golden crosses and the white masquerade mask trying to disguise the fact her persona had no head, a bladed fan in its off hand. Tao cracked her neck and loaded her gun, moving her gas mask back in front of her face before taking aim.
“ Get ready! Cause here I come!”
Notes:
As I mentioned last chapter, if this were a game, Makoto's Palace would take place in three layers. Layer one was Ann, Yusuke and Futaba. Layer two is Ryuji and Sumire before a fight with Haru. Ryuji takes aspect from his Ocean God form as a palace ruler with heavy usage of physical, lightning and ice based moves with the party taking chip damage from a storm after Ryuji takes an action while Sumire is her phase two, having access to her musical themed moves as well as evading physical, gun and curse moves a lot. Haru however is different. She has lower health than the other former thieves, only uses light damaging moves, has one action rather than two and sometimes wastes that action with a move that doesn't do anything. She also cannot dodge, buffs your party when her weakness is hit instead of being downed and starts with lowered defence. Haru wants you to win so does everything she can to help you beat her while also putting up a fight in the weakest sense of the word.
Chapter 61: The Herald of Freedom
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
October 24th
Ren walked down the shadowy corridor in Makoto’s sanctuary alone. Thinking about it, this was the first time he’d had to do something like this. Even when he was starting out, he had people he could count on. Ryuji. Morgana. Ann. Yusuke. Makoto. Futaba. Haru. Tao. Shiho. Goro. Hifumi. Hikari. Kaoru. Kasumi. Any one of them had his back any time they were facing seemingly insurmountable odds. They did it all as a team. But now there was no team. Every single one of them had their own battle to face. The same was true of him. He may be alone physically but he knew everyone was still with him in spirit. They were counting on him to be able to finish this. To beat Makoto and destroy her palace. To open the door to Yaldabaoth so they could steal the grail and save Tokyo from the God of Control’s machinations.
Eventually, Ren reached a large door at the end of the corridor. He took a deep breath, calming his nerves and then pushed it open. Stepping through, he took the time to look around the room. A long red carpet led from the door to the altar at the back of the room, the only colour in the white room other than the flower wreaths hanging from the marble columns holding the roof up. At the back of the room, up a small flight of stone steps, was a golden statue just like the one in the central cathedral, if a little smaller, its arms raised to the sky as if welcoming the true god to descend down to them. Standing behind the altar waiting for him was Makoto. She greeted him with a smile. “ I don’t know what I expected to see walking through those doors.” She admitted. “ But seeing you alone is… almost sad.”
“ My allies stayed behind to face yours. It’s just you and me now.”
“ The enemy of God against their chosen. It’s poetic in a way.”
“ Stand down, Makoto. We don’t have to do this.” Ren said. “ Or so I’d like to believe. But that’s not true, is it?”
“ It is as you say. I won’t back down from the mission my god has given me.”
“ Given or forced?” Ren asked.
“ Gifted, of course.”
“ Then enlighten me. You were a founder of the church, right? What made you do it.”
“ Divine inspiration, of course.
" But from where?” Makoto looked slightly uncomfortable, the corners of her smile twitching. “ What would ever make you, disciplinary committee chair and sister of someone on their way to become a public prosecutor, decide out of the blue to lead a cult dedicated to removing people’s self identity and replace it with solely living for a God that doesn’t care enough about it’s own ideals to truly wipe away the individuality you protest against.”
“ I don’t see why I have to explain anything to you.” Makoto argued. “ After all, is there a reason you stand against us other than we got in your way?”
“ I have a lot of reasons to stand against your god.” Ren told her. “ I was in your position before. I was chosen by the god of control. He used me as his pawn in a game of his own design. Then, when I was no longer needed, he had me and my friends erased. That’s the kind of god you serve and that’s why I’m going to stop him.” Makoto’s face fell, her eyes widened in shock. Ren wondered if she was like Haru. If she’d seen echoes of the original timeline in her dreams as well. A look of horrified realisation appeared on her face for a brief moment only to be suddenly wiped off the moment either realised it was there.
“ I don’t care what story you try to tell. I won’t fall for such obvious lies.” Ren decided to push further.
“ But it’s not a lie. And you know that, don’t you. Because you know this world as it is right now isn’t how it should be. You know you aren’t how you should be. You’re not some saviour chosen for some divine purpose. You’re no real Herald. You're a pawn just like I was. A piece to be played with and discarded when your role has been played. And you know that just as well as I do.” Makoto grimaced. Ren smirked. He had a feeling he was right. Seeing Makoto’s reaction only for her to be forced back under Yaldabaoth’s thumb confirmed something he’d noticed from what Haru had told him. How the outer god controlled people. It let them do whatever they wanted as usual, just as he had when he was controlling Ren. However, if they came too close to a truth it didn’t want them knowing or an action it didn’t want them taking, it stopped them, forming a mental barrier in their mind. Haru was more aware than others due to her strong will rebelling against the chains it put on her but it was the same with all of them, right up to its so-called Herald.
“ Shut up!” She shouted, her eyes shimmering golden as a red glow appeared around her. “ You don’t know a damn thing! I am no-one’s replacement! I’m done listening to your lies. Serve me, Merkabah!” In a flash of light, the angel from before appeared above her, spreading its white wings as it hovered in the air. Merkabah, the Chariot of God. The Persona forced onto her by the god of control. Ren reached for his mask, his other hand tightening around the hilt of his dagger. Here it was. The moment he had been dreading ever since he learned Makoto was the Herald of the Cult of Control. He took a deep breath before ripping the mask off his face.
“ Arsene!” Blue flames burned around him as Arsene appeared by his side. Makoto huffed.
“ A false angel for a false prophet. I should have expected as much.” She said bitterly. “ Show them the true power of God.” Makoto raised her arm, sending the gold winged angel flying towards him. Arsene clashed with it, its cursed magic clashing with Merkabah’s blessed power causing the air to crackle with energy before they pushed each other back. Arsene slid across the ground, tearing holes into the red carpet with a clawed hand. Ren and Makoto didn’t pay much attention to their persona’s battle however. They spent a while just staring at each other. As Arsene and Merkabah clashed again, that changed.
Makoto was the first to move, leaping towards Ren at top speeds. Ren drew his dagger, clashing with Makoto briefly before pushing her back and used the momentum to leap forwards himself, spinning through the air to deliver a powerful horizontal slash that tore a gash in the stairs behind her as she rolled under him, narrowly dodging the blow. She rose with an uppercut as Ren landed, causing him to stumble forwards, before sweeping his legs out from under him. She struck downwards but Ren was able to roll out of the way, causing her to shatter the marble instead.
Above them, the fight between Arsene and Merkabah had picked up. As Merkabah flew forwards, Arsene flapped its wings, sending a barrage of cursed feathers at it. The angel blocked it, its metallic body ignoring the sedating effects, before countering with an orb of nuclear powered energy. It blocked with a wing before being knocked through one of the marble pillars by Merkabah’s body slamming into it. Recovering in midair, the pillager of twilight pressed its feet against the back wall and fired itself back, tearing through the chariot’s chest with a claw and sailing past it, beckoning it mockingly with a hand motion.
Both persona users' bodies burned from the pain the other’s persona inflicted on each other but were determined to fight through the pain. Makoto lunged at him, punching low. Ren deflected, pushing her to one side and making some distance before taking aim with his pistol. Makoto was always a close ranged fighter so he decided to play to his advantage. Using the distance, he aimed to incapcitate her. However, Makoto simply sighed as the gun clicked. Ren hummed. “ Not buying it?”
“ I’m not a shadow.” She said. “ It doesn’t matter how real they look. I know you buy them from a model shop.” Ren chuckled.
“ Eh. It was worth a try.” Discarding the gun, he pushed forwards with his dagger, slashing high. Makoto dodged low as Ren slashed through some of her hairs, trying to sweep his legs again. Ren leapt over her, rolling forwards and smirking as a ball of black fire blew Makoto away. She got up with a scowl, covered in scorch marks as Arsene rejoined him.
“ Merkabah.” She growled through gritted teeth. The angel flew at her, spinning in the air as its form changed. Makoto grabbed a handle bar as it flew past her, mounting her new bike as it slid across the ground, leaving faint skid marks across the floor. Revving up, she charged for him at top speed. Ren waited for the right moment, staring down the rider. Then, at the last moment, he leaped into the air. Arsene caught him mid leap, throwing him higher into the air. He hurled his dagger at her, followed by two balls of darkness from Arsene. Merkabah quickly shifted back, protecting Makoto from the blows. Though she felt the mental pain, she was still uninjured physically. Ren rolled to break his fall as Merkabah transformed back. Ren narrowed his gaze as she charged once again. He tried to dodge again but Makoto was ready this time. As he called Arsene to him, she had Merkabah fire at it. Ren felt a burning feeling in his chest as Arsene vanished, causing him to fall hard against the ground. He needed a new plan. Glancing around the room for anything he could use, he came up with something. He waited for Makoto to charge again. As she approached, he waited before dodging to one side, hurling his grappling hook as he went and tying it around one of the few remaining columns in the room. Makoto couldn’t slow down in time and was swept off by the rope. Merkabah went flying, smashing into the statue of the God of Control. A loud cracking filled the room before the statue came crashing down.
“ It’s over, Makoto.” Ren said, standing over her. “ Give up.” Parts of the roof began falling, shattering around them as the palace began to collapse with the Herald’s defeat.
“ No… It’s not over…” She groaned. “ You may… have defeated me here. But… it’s not… never over.” Slowly, she struggled to sit up, her face twisted in anger. “ You will never slay our God.”
“ I will.” Ren vowed. “ I will defeat it. I’ll save you.”
“ Save us? Save us?!” Makoto shouted before coughing in agony. “ We have… been saved. All you’re doing… is destroying… our paradise.”
“ It’s not a paradise. It’s a prison. Whether you want it or not, I’m breaking the chains.”
“ We’ll fight again.” Makoto told him. Then she vanished, returning to the real world. Ren frowned before turning to leave. He had no doubt about that.
***********************************
October 31st
When Ren returned from the palace with everyone, there was no celebration. The fights had taken their toll on everyone, physically and emotionally. Shiho especially looked broken from the ordeal, having to fight Ann. She’d left without a word with lifeless eyes and a pale face. The others fared better but only Kaoru and Tao came out the same as they’d gone in. Everyone else, Ren included, felt drained. They went their separate ways, returning home to rest after the gruelling experience.
Ren was called into the precinct the next day where he was questioned by Detective Shirogane about what had happened. He kept to what was to be the official story. Hasegawa’s daughter was kidnapped by the cult of control with them wanting a scapegoat to blame for their crimes. Ren was that scapegoat. He was arrested for the crimes and then spirited away by the cult. Officially, the police got the young man who murdered Masayoshi Shido. A victim of his filled with so much spite and hatred that he found a way to poison the man, killing him live on air. That was the story the cult wanted to be the official one. However, they weren’t expecting Zenkichi to raid them after the fact to save both his daughter, who they refused to release until their story was released to the press, and the would-be killer. Zenkichi was wounded during his act of vigilantism but it had given the police enough of a reason to raid them, capturing documents that pointed to them being the one behind his murder. Zenkichi was thankfully still alive and recovering in hospital and, thanks to his valiant effort, the seemingly dead end of a case had finally had a major breakthrough.
Returning to Shujin was a bizarre experience. It had long been infected with the cult’s influence. Makoto being the cult’s leader was one thing but many were either active members or had family that were members. Some of them had been there the day of the police raid and were in custody while others were here but wary. Entering the classroom, he saw Ann who glared daggers at him as he walked to his seat. It hurt him. Even when she was a palace ruler, he and Ann had gotten along well. It had given him hope that things would work out in this world. But now that hope was fleeting. It wasn’t just her either. Makoto’s remaining loyalists in the student body were giving him looks. He didn’t know how much they knew about the situation but Makoto had put a target on his back.
Despite everything, Haru was still there for him. They met on the school roof as ever, joined by the still shell shocked Shiho. They worked together, trying to lift her spirits and mostly failing. Haru didn’t really care about what had happened. She and Tao had fought but it wasn’t as major as the stories he heard from the others. They fought because they were obliged to, not putting all that much effort into defeating eachother. According to Tao, she seemed more upset about them accidentally destroying nearby plants than she was about the idea of Tao breaking past her to help Ren. Haru had even left with them, yawning and joking that the next time they hung out, they should play pool instead. He was sure Makoto would be mad at her for befriending their enemy but he also knew Haru didn’t care. She never was one to care about what others thought about her, after all.
It was the Sunday after they’d brought the cult down when they met to finally put an end to the God of Control’s tyranny. Tao chuckled as they walked down the steps into Mementos. “ What’s so funny?” Goro asked, raising an eyebrow.
“ I was just thinking.” Tao smirked. “ We’re killing God on Halloween.”
“ And?”
“ Oh come on. Ain’t it perfect? I mean look at us.” Her smile widened into a grin. “ We certainly look the part.”
“ Trick or treat!” Hikari shouted before bursting out laughing.
“ Ha! Right!” She turned around. “ Quit being so gloomy, everyone. This is it. One last push to save the world.”
“ Pigeon brained as ever, I see.” Goro sighed. He glanced over at the others. The mood amongst the thieves wasn’t the highest. Ren knew it just as well as Goro did. Some of them were fine, Tao and Kaoru had been the least affected by their fights against the old thieves, Hikari had only strengthened her will after hers and Goro was quick to recover from emotional stress, but the others still seemed troubled. Ren worried they wouldn’t be ready for what was to come like this.
Descending down to the depths of Mementos and stepping out on the final subway platform, Ren felt a sense of looming dread come over him. A figure was waiting for them, staring up at the closed door to Prison of Regression. A bald man with a long nose, a crooked back and a black suit. “ It’s him!” Ren shouted. “ Yaldabaoth!” The others looked at him in alarm.
“ What?!” Tao exclaimed. “ Ain’t the final boss supposed to wait at the end?!”
“ Not this one.” Goro grimaced. “ Get ready.”
“ There’s no need for that.” Yaldabaoth said slowly, as deep and booming as Ren remembered from all the dreams in his last timeline. “ I’m not here to fight you. Not today.”
“ You’re… not?” Hikari asked.
“ What’s your game?” Ren spat.
“ The same game as we’ve always played. Nothing less and nothing more.” The man turned around, glaring at them with glowing yellow eyes. “ Have you forgotten? This is not the day of reckoning.”
“ What?”
“ December 24th. That was when you faced me and lost. That day is the day we shall fight again. You cannot change fate.”
“ Tch. Trust the God of Control to choose the day we kick its ass.” Tao glowered.
“ And what if we refuse?” Kaoru asked. “ You are here now, after all.”
“ No, he’s not.” Ren said. “ There’s no point risking actually losing. Am I right?”
“ Heh. You are indeed. This body is a simple projection of my will. Nothing less and nothing more. I had thought it prudent to speak with you. As a kindness to my champion.”
“ Champion my ass. I was only ever a tool to you. Just like Makoto is now.”
“ Call it what you will. I offered you salvation and you refused. What right does the loser have to overturn the will of the victor?”
“ Since when have I ever followed the rules of a tyrant like you?”
“ Ever the rebellious trickster, Ren Amamiya.” The god of control smirked. “ And what of your allies? The rebel who threw away riches for pride, parading false strength to hide the weakness of her soul?”
“ Excuse me?” Tao growled.
“ The girl who’s salvation once came from the edge of a building, spurred by a fortuitous friendship now shattered and forgotten like a cart's broken wheel?” Shiho looked at her feet. “ A servant who thought himself a king, damned by his own foolishness with his own Justice reduced to dust?” Goro glared daggers at the god. “ A star unable to unshackle herself from the parasites orbiting her, only continuing to shine in order to damn those who would dare incite misery upon her?”
“ You don’t know a thing about me.” Hifumi hissed.
“ A foolish hermit damned to a future of obscurity all for the sake of a hopeless dream, an actor alone on an empty stage?” Hikari grimaced. “ A naive child who’s past abandons him, his present damns him and his future condemns him, an emperor of naught but ruin?” Kaoru dug his nails into the palm of his hands. “ And a failed performer who’s future was fractured and her identity stolen, a priestess with no temple in which to pray?” Kasumi looked uncomfortable. “ Are these dregs truly what you hope to use to defeat me? Don’t be ridiculous. A fool who has fallen once before, a prisoner of an unjust game only able to become more due to the aid of those who are his better. Do not think I am unaware of Nyalathotep aiding you, Trickster.”
“ We will defeat you.” Ren said firmly. “ And when we do, you’re going to let my people go and leave this world alone forever.”
“ As long as I am wanted, I shall not leave. The people of this world care not for your childish acts of rebellion. You have seen what lies beyond this gate. The people are content, peacefully passing their days without worry or pain. That is the salvation that I have offered. The salvation your friends now accept.”
“ You trapped them. That’s no freedom.”
“ And what good is freedom? What have you used free will for in the history of your kind? Not a day has passed in your history where man has not killed man, murdered over disagreements of opinion, culture or creed. You destroy the planet on which you stand, taking more than it can give even as the ground beneath your feet crumbles to dust and the air around you becomes toxic. It is a burden that I will free you from. That is my salvation.”
“ What right do you have to decide what’s best for us?” Tao asked.
“ Look between your allies and tell me that your life is without regrets and pain. Has it brought you joy? Or has it robbed you of everything you’ve held dear?” The god turned, walking through the closed door. “ If you still wish to continue, come back on December 24th. Of course, my offer remains open. Surrender to me and I can promise that your pain will be no more.”
“ We’ll never surrender to you.” Ren said firmly. The god just scoffed before walking through the door. Tao growled, launching a shot at the door.
“ Bastard.” She muttered. “ So what now?”
“ We don’t have a choice, do we?” Goro said.
“ No.” Ren admitted. “ As much as I hate to play by its rules, we don’t have a choice. December 24th. That’s when we tried to fight it the last time. I guess that’s when we’re doing it here too.”
“ Ugh. Two fucking months. Asshole must be trying to force us to become rusty through lack of practice.”
“ That won’t happen.” Kaoru reassured her. “ Just because we can’t go in there doesn’t mean we can’t train out here, after all. If that is its plan, it’s in for a rude awakening.”
“ To think he’d assume anything about our lives.” Hifumi scowled. “ What an insult.”
“ A-Actually… it wasn’t… entirely wrong.” Everyone turned to look at Shiho, her eyes still looking at her fight. “ I… I mean… I… I’m not sure if I can do this anymore.”
“ What?!” Tao exclaimed. “ But-” Ren raised a hand, cutting her off.
“ Is it Ann?” He asked. Shiho nodded sheepishly.
“ It’s just… I started doing this for her sake. So I could save her. That’s why I’ve been doing this. Helping other people. Saving the world. It was nice but… The thing I valued the most… I’ve lost it. If… If giving up gets it back then… I’m sorry. I just… I can’t lose Ann. She’s… She’s all I have.”
“ If that’s what you want then go. We won’t judge you for it.” Ren promised. “ But, if you ever need us, we’ll be there. Remember that.”
“ I will. And… I’m sorry.” With that, Shiho left, her eyes locked to the ground unable to face her allies and riding the elevator back up.
“ Was that… really alright?” Hikari asked. “ I mean.. Won’t Makoto target her?”
“ Not freely.” Goro told her. “ While she has a persona, Paladin doesn’t have a shadow for Niijima to target. She only ended up in danger before because she entered a zone in the physical world that had a palace in the cognitive world. If Shujin was one of those places, you’d all have been targeted by now.”
“ You think she’ll come back?” Tao asked.
“ That’s not up to me.” Ren said, sighing. “ I hope she does but I also know how much Ann means to her. I don’t blame her for wanting to do anything to stay with her.” He closed his eyes. “ I won’t blame you either, Dancer.” Kasumi jumped.
“ Ah. I… guess you saw right through me, huh?” Kasumi laughed nervously. “ Still, you don’t have to worry. I’m with you still. It’s… well, I can’t say things are good between Sumire and me. It’s really awkward at home right now. But… part of me is just happy there’s no secrets between us. I don’t have to lie to her and she doesn’t have to lie to me. It’s… freeing. If it went as bad for us as it did Paladin and her friend, I might have left as well. But I’m going to stay. Let’s do our best, Joker.”
“ I’ll be counting on you all.” Ren smiled. He was glad he wasn’t losing anyone else. Despite that, he was worried about Shiho. He knew she’d been suffering the past week, as much as he and Haru tried to help. He hoped whatever she did next made her happier even if it wasn’t with them. Losing her protection would hurt but he knew they’d make it through regardless. The date was set. December 24th. It was a long time to prepare but they’d be ready. Yaldabaoth would be brought down on that day. All they could do now was wait.
Notes:
Makoto is the last fight I imagined in game for the story and probably also proves I shouldn't be allowed to design bosses for games. I borrowed some mechanics from Merkabah from SMTIV for her fight, seeing as Merkabah is also her Persona because turning the Chariot of God into a motorbike is something I couldn't resist. Since it's not a duel like it is in story, she gets a full boss kit with her phase transition being Enduring Soul since she's a Persona user. At first, she uses powerful Nuclear and Light skills, countering her weakness to Psychic with Divine Judgement which halves a target's health. Her second phase goes full SMT boss, starting with a three move turn where she buffs herself, removes your buffs and then bombs you with Antichthon, which is Megidolaon fused with Debilitate. She uses SMTIV Merkabah's Chariot of God, Megidola with a evasion decrease effect which replaces Divine Judgement as her counter, severe AOE spells of every element which are the "X of God" skills used by certain SMT bosses and a move that is guaranteed to inflict Brainwash to a target except Joker. Makoto replaces Shido in Second Chance so turning her into That One Boss felt necessary, y'know? I also like the idea that you can't use the guns the thieves use on certain people because they can tell the guns you're using aren't real guns. I just think it's funny.
I got as close to Christmas Eve as I could without a major time skip. I really did. Unfortunately, all the gaps in the palaces for gameplay reasons don't make for a compelling story timeline. Still, I made it to Halloween. I could have ended it here but there's one more thing I want to do before we get to the final battle. We'll begin that next chapter.
Chapter 62: Awakening
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
November 4th
Kaoru exhaled deeply as he rested the last box on the shop floor, dusting off his hands. “ That’s the last of them.”
“ Good.” Iwai smiled. “Thanks for the help, son. I know it’s probably eating into time with your friends.”
“ It’s not a problem. I enjoy helping out around the shop. You can count on me if you need the help.”
“ So everyone around here knows. Don’t think there’s a local store around here you haven’t done a shift or two in now. You really got to learn to pace yourself.”
“ I’m aware. Don’t worry.”
“ I’m your dad. Of course I worry. I think it’s the second bullet point in the contract.” He smirked. Kaoru chuckled. Of course Kaoru liked helping out the different shop hands around Shibuya. Ever since Sakamoto was ousted from the Hashiba, a few had tried to keep up their usual racket but it had all come apart. Now, everything was back to normal. Better than normal since Kaneshiro’s gang was also gone, especially now the Cult of Control was forced underground. It had left a power vacuum in the backstreets with both groups gone. Kaoru was sure some other gang would inneviatably move in to take their place. That’s why Kaoru was doing his best to make sure that, whatever came, his family was ready for it. They looked out for him in the past. Now, he saw it as his turn to return the favour. It didn’t leave him with much free time, between that and his duties as a Phantom Thief, but he didn’t really mind. “ You work too hard, y’know?”
“ Some days I worry I don’t work hard enough.” Iwai sighed.
“ You don’t have to pay everyone back for a favour.”
“ I know. But everyone here has done a lot more than just a simple favour.” Kaoru smiled softly, placing a hand over the mark on his neck. “ You’ve done a lot more for me than anyone else. You didn’t have to but you took me in. They didn’t have to but they helped raise me. I just want to make sure everyone who looks out for me is looked after themselves.”
“ Tch. Where’d all that virtue come from? Not from me, that’s for damn sure.” Iwai smirked. “ Probably Kiku.”
“ I didn’t think you didn’t like down-selling a product? You’ve got a lot of virtue.”
“ Since when the fuck was I a product?” The man huffed. “ Still, you’ve been a lot more active since you joined Amamiya’s… Cosplay group. I’m guessing you lot had something to do with the Cult getting raided by the cops.”
“ Possibly.”
“ What did you do? Convince their leader to dissolve the cult like what happened with Sakamoto and the Hashiba clan?”
“ No. She’s… still going, sadly.”
“ She?”
“ Ah. Mmm. Forget I said that.”
“ Right.” Iwai sighed. “ Still, if the cult is gone, does that mean your club’s disbanded?”
“ Not yet.” Kaoru admitted. “ We have a… major event on Christmas Eve. After that, it’ll be over.”
“ One way or another?” Kaoru nodded. “ I see. Welp, I probably shouldn’t be endorsing this shit but… you can tell Ren I’ll be behind you with whatever you need. I ain’t gonna pretend what it is you do or how you do it but… the Phantom Thieves have done a lot more good in this world than a group of kids should have. I hear about it from customers you know? Bullies, burglars, shitty bosses. No-one will really know the full extent of what you guys have done. Sure, they’ll see the Hashiba and that hacker group… What was it? Medjed?”
“ Yeah but that one wasn’t actually us. We were just as surprised as everyone else when they were dealt with. It seems like it was just one big show though for what reason we never actually found out.” That was a lie but it was a lot simpler than telling his dad that Masayoshi Shido had been trying to frame them for murder only to be hung by his own petard by the Cult instead.
“ Some people.” Iwai shook his head. “ Regardless, you’ve helped a lot of folk and I support that. Not that I could you even if I didn’t like what you were doing. Just promise me to come home safe. All of your friends but especially you.”
“ Don’t worry, Dad. We will.”
“ Didn’t I just say it’s the second line of the parent’s contract?”
“ Ha ha ha. Of course. But… thanks Dad.”
“ Huh? The hell are you thanking me for?”
“ Supporting us.”
“ That’s line one. I’ll always support you. No matter what stupid shit you kids get up to.”
“ I’m glad.” Kaoru smiled softly. Truthfully, there was a part of Kaoru who had been worried that his father wouldn’t be behind them when the thieves invaded the depths of mementos. He didn’t bring it up under that slight fear he’d stop him. To him, the people of Shibuya were his treasure. The shopkeepers and locals who cared for him when Iwai struggled raising him alone. No matter what, he vowed to defeat the god that threatened him. Knowing his fears were unfounded strengthened his will to overcome that god. As if to answer that new found resolve, Kaoru felt Hektor becoming stronger too. Its bronze armour cracked and shattered before forming into brilliant shining wings, the helmet on its head changing to become more bird-like. The spear changed from bronze to gold, growing insize and floating alongside it, the avian’s arms remaining confidently folded. Hektor had been reborn, rising like a phoenix from ashes as Horus, the ruler of the skies.
“ You alright? You’re staring off into space. Hope you didn’t get light headed by carrying all those boxes cause I need some help unpacking.”
“ Of course. I’d tell you not to worry but that would be breaking the second line.”
“ Cocky shit. Well, you’re learning. Come on.”
“ On it, Dad.” Kaoru said. “ I won’t let you down.”
****************************************************
November 10th
A heavy sigh escaped Tao’s lips as she looked up at the coloured mural freshly painted on the side of one of the cult’s new hang outs. Ever since the base had been raided, they’d found new holes to hide in. If Tao couldn’t punch their god in the jaw yet then she figured she could at least make people aware where its followers were hiding. Public opinion on the cult had fallen almost as fast as opinion on the thieves had after Shido’s death. However, while they were an urban legend people could quickly forget about or claim that it was some anarchist using the name for their own ends, the Church of Control was a very public entity. When the news broke that the police had found evidence they were involved in the death of Shido and were looking into them as the cause of the mental shutdowns that had caused havoc across Japan, the public went from tolerating them to cursing their names. It wasn’t a secret Guernica was against the cult. As the year went on, she’d used her free time to target them with the same murals she made against corrupt politicians. Now, she intended them to be used as markers. Maybe she felt a little bad about the people brainwashed into it but she also figured that the less supporters Yaldabaoth had, the easier it would be to finish the outer god off.
“ That was a big one.” Luca said. “ It’s a good one. Are you not happy with it?”
“ Hmm. Well, I would call it one of my better works. Still, it’ll do. The less hiding places this damn cult has the better.”
“ I’m just surprised to find out just how shady they actually were. Your intuition was right as always.”
“ Of course it was.” Tao smirked. “ You should’ve learned that by now.”
“ Hee hee. I guess. Though, it does make me a bit worried. People in school are still openly displaying the cult’s pin despite everything. Hmm. You don’t think Yusuke was involved in the mental shutdowns, do you?” Tao shrugged. Of course, she knew he was one of the Herald’s inner circle who were directly responsible for Shido’s death. But she also knew that, even if she’d long since stopped modelling for his art, Luca still saw Yusuke as a friend. She wasn’t about to ruin that for her. Besides, if Ren was right, it wouldn’t matter by the time Christmas day rolled around anyway. She’d let her keep her ignorance for a while longer. “ Um… Are you… alright, by the way?”
“ Huh? What do you mean?”
“ It’s just… I dunno. You just seem to be more on edge lately. Is it… Like… I know you’re getting too old for the hostel so… I can ask the Kosekis if you’re having trouble finding a place.”
“ What? No, that’s not…” She sighed. “ I mean, I can’t say there ain’t nothing I guess. It’s complicated. I don’t want you involved.”
“ But I can help.”
“ No, you can’t. It’s nothing to do with the hostel either so don’t worry about ask your folks for money.”
“ But still…”
“ I know. Don’t worry about it.”
“ You’re my sister! Of course I worry!” Luca huffed. “ Did you fall out with Ren?”
“ What? No. Of course not.”
“ That’s a relief. I like Ren. Oh! Are you dating?”
“ Of course not. Don’t be weird.” Tao shook her head. “ It’s… complicated. My cosplay group has a major event coming up next month and emotions are running high. That’s all.”
“ The one you’re a part of with Ren and Hifumi? Still can’t believe you’re doing that. It’s so unlike you.”
“ I’m allowed other hobbies than art. Though it’s not like I’m the main actor or anything.”
“ Oooh! You do costume design. That makes more sense now.”
“ Shut up.”
“ What? I think it’s cute. My older sister, the fashion designer. Hee hee hee.”
“ That’s not… Oh, whatever. Think what you want.”
“ So what are you doing?”
“ That part is a secret. But it’s going to be difficult. There’s a few in our own team who don’t know if we can do it.”
“ And what do you think?” Tao hummed.
“ Well… it’s tricky.” She admitted. “ It’s certainly gonna be a pain in the ass.”
“ Ha ha. And when has that stopped you before?” Luca smiled. “ You always used to say how much you like it when people talk about our art just cause it might inspire people to get those jerks in charge to actually do something.”
“ Yeah. That's why I became Guernica to begin with. To make people remember that they can rebel against the powers that be. Someone has to keep the Nakamuras of Tokyo on edge, after all. I haven’t forgotten that.” Tao chuckled. “ Though… It was nice to be reminded.”
“ Huh?”
“ I’m just saying. It’s not like me to worry about this shit, is it? Yet it’s been on my mind a lot lately. Everything we’ve done has been built up to this so I guess it’s just gotten to me more than I thought. Still, the way I see it, someone had to keep a level head. I guess I could leave that to Ren and Goro but… they’re not as put together as they like to think they are. If no-one else is gonna be the backbone of our crew, that leaves me to be the one to pick up the slack. Heh. Bastards don’t stand a chance.” Tao felt a warmth in her chest. Not an uncomfortable one but more like something inside of her was being tempered, raging inside her like a whirling tempest. From inside of it, Oi’s form changed. Her yukata burned away, replaced by a black and gold dress as black wings tore from her back, hanging around her like a shadow. Thorns grew around Oi’s spear, the brush-like tip absorbing the storm’s chaotic energy, causing the blade to turn black and faintly glow from the power within it. Oi had transformed into a true force of nature. A name echoed around her head. Oi’s new name. Nemain, the wings of havoc. Tao placed a hand over her heart. “ Ah. So that’s how it is…”
“ You confuse me, sis.” Luca laughed. “ I’m not gonna pretend I get what’s happening but I’m happy I helped.”
“ You’re always helpful.” Tao said, ruffling her sister's hair. “ Right. I think the paints dried enough. Let’s bounce before someone notices we’re out here.” She still had a lot of work to do if she was going to help slay a god.
****************************************************
November 18th
Hikari hummed as she thumbed through the DVDs in her usual video store in Akihabara. Her Dad’s birthday was coming up in a few days time and she wanted to make sure to get him something neither of them had seen before but that he’d enjoy from beginning to end. Movies were special to the both of them. What kind of director was she going to be if she couldn’t tell a bad movie from a glance at the cover? She turned the corner to the next section only to collide with someone. “ Ah!” Hikari screamed as she hit the floor. “ Ow ow ow. That was careless… Ugh. Sorry. I should have been watching where I was going.”
“ Nah. It’s my fault. I was so busy looking for a new game that I didn’t think to watch my step.” A hand was offered to Hikari and she happily took it. THe other person struggled to pull but they helped her to her feet. Hikari dusted her skirt off before looking up. Her eyes widened in shock.
“ O-Oh! It’s you!” She gasped.
“ Huh? Ah!” Futaba Sakura looked shocked as she finally recognised Hikari out of her Thief attire. “ Ugh. What are you doing here?”
“ Just looking for a video. It’s my dad’s birthday coming up so I wanted to get something special.”
“ Can’t you just buy a ticket for something new?”
“ Nothing good’s out, sadly. Well, nothing we haven’t already seen or are the last dregs of those cheesy slasher flics left over from Haloween.”
“ Like that one movie with two dudes trapped in a room with an Elephant by some masked man? Honestly, the synopsis sounds like a comedy.”
“ I know right?” Hikari grinned. “ What are you looking for? I come here a lot so I can help you out if you’re lost?”
“ I don’t need the help of an enemy of God.”
“ Oh come on. It’s alright to ask for help y’know? Though if you're too proud…”
“ It’s not about pride! It’s our beliefs not to be a burden to others!”
“ If that’s the problem, it’s fine. I don’t see you as being a burden.”
“ That’s not…” She sighed. “ Why do you even want to help me anyway? I’m your enemy.”
“ I don’t see it like that.” Hikari said. “ You're close to Ren. A friend of a friend is a friend, even if that friend has forgotten they’re a friend to that friend so… uh…” She blinked. “ Sorry, I confused myself.”
“ Are you an idiot or something?”
“ I’ll have you know my grades are firmly in the middle of my year.”
“ How can you say that so proudly?!” Futaba sighed. “ Fine. I’m looking for a new game.”
“ They’re a few shelves over.” She pointed behind her. “ Close to the back. Whole bunch of them back there but I don’t really bother with them.”
“ Not a gamer, huh?”
“ Don’t have much time to play games.”
“ Leave the Phantom Thieves. That’ll fix that.”
“ It wouldn’t. I spend too much time watching TV and reading instead.” Hikari shrugged. “ Not that I would ever leave the thieves. Not when we’re about to finish our mission.”
“ Yeah. Makoto did say that.” Futaba frowned. “ Tell me something. Why do you people accept that murderer?”
“ Crow?” Hikari hummed. “ Well, I wasn’t there from the start but Tao told me once he was there just so they could keep an eye on him. Ren knew what he was from the beginning and who he was working for and just thought it was for the best. Can’t convict a guy with no evidence after all. Though, that was then. It’s different now.”
“ How come?”
“ Cause you killed Shido.” She said neutrally. Futaba flinched. “ I hope you didn’t think we’d forgotten. I know he killed your mother and I know that’s unfair but you’re not innocent in this either.”
“ I… know that.” Futaba sighed. “ I didn’t expect that to happen though. Like, when I went online to handle people who were against us, I never destroyed their business or whatever. I just hacked accounts and websites temporarily. This person is against the will of God. I don’t regret that either. I knew who Makoto was before she revealed herself to the others too. It wasn’t long after I joined that she let me in on the Metaverse’s existence. So I became her right hand woman.”
“ Why did you even join?”
“ Because God saved me. It talked to me directly. Not Makoto or anyone else. They came to me directly. Promised to save me from all my doubts so long as I did it a favour. And they kept their word. No matter what you do, I won’t ever waver from my faith because of that.” She sighed. “ It was Makoto who killed Shido. I trust her and the mission but… I never expected that she would do it. We were led to believe the mission was to incapacitate Shido and steal his shadow like Makoto had with everyone else. But her mission was a secret to us. A personal goal from our lord themself. Shido had to die to eliminate you.”
“ Framing us for murder, turning the country against us and towards the cult. That’s… actually pretty smart. I can see a supervillain using it against a hero.”
“ We’re not the villains though. You are. Look at who you hang out with.”
“ Goro’s not the man you think he is. Not anymore. He’s changed a lot since I first met him. I… well, I wouldn’t forgive him either honestly. But he’s not the same guy anymore.”
“ I don’t care. If I see him again in that other world, he’s dead. Just like you all will be if you’re stupid enough to try and fight our God.”
“ Maybe.” Hikari admitted. “ But that doesn’t mean we won’t try.”
“ I don’t understand why you’re so determined to fight when you can’t win.”
“ Oh. That’s easy. Cause we’re gonna win and save everyone.”
“ What? I just said-”
“ Just cause you don’t believe we can’t win doesn’t mean we can’t win.”
“ Just because that might be true- MIGHT- that doesn’t mean anything. We don’t want to be saved.”
“ But you’re not denying that you can be saved.” Futaba was stunned, mouth agape and eyes wide in shock. “ Part of you knows this isn’t how things are meant to be. Sure, going along with the herd is easy. It’s simple just to obey those in power and dance to their tune. But if somethings wrong then I’m not going to be silent. I want to make movies that inspire everyone. I want everyone to celebrate their differences. Individuality is awesome!” She grinned. “ That’s what I think. And that’s why a god who wants to steal that from people is a god I’ll fight against to the end. Alongside my friends. I just hope when you defend what you believe, you can say the same Futaba. Cause… I’d feel bad for you if you can’t.”
“ I… I… Of course.” Futaba said rigidly. Hikari wasn’t convinced and she didn’t think Futaba was either. There must have been a nagging voice there. The voice of her from another timeline whispering that she was in the wrong. Regardless, she kept going but whether that was her own will or the will of Yaldabaoth, Hikari couldn’t tell. She knew from what Ren had told her about Haru that some people were more aware of their situation than others. Some knew they were trapped but people like Futaba didn’t. Even if they could see something was wrong, their mind could never arrive at that conclusion. The reminder annoyed her. Faced with the truth, she reaffirmed her wish to save them. Not just Futaba but everyone. With her will reinforced and her dream in her mind, she felt a wierd sensation inside of her as Lovelace reacted to her wishes. The mask began to glow, forming a clear visor across the entire face that was filled with static, two black eyes glitching in and out from inside of it. The dress grew, becoming long and blue, flowing at the ends and turning into staticky sea foam. The black cloak bloomed, surrounding the persona in white lilies that spread onto the film reels around her, growing into strips that fell like the rain. From her determination, Anahita had been born. It filled her with renewed vigor and that vigor gave her an idea.
“ Wait here a moment.” Hikari told her before ducking back down the aisle she’d just come from. After a few seconds she returned and handed a movie box to the red headed cultist. Futaba took it, confused.
“ Princess Mononoke? Man, this is a classic.”
“ Have you seen it?”
“ Once with Mom. I must have been five. Ha. Scared the hell out of me.” Futaba smirked.
“ Well, give it another try. Miyazaki is a hero of mine. One of the greats when it comes to film directing.” She smiled. “ Y’know, Alibaba was one of my heroes as well once.”
“ Ali…baba?”
“ Yeah. They went under the radar, being a niche hacktivist, I liked them. People noticed the good they did. They were disappointed when the name was attributed to the Church. Even now though, they’re waiting for the true Alibaba to return.”
“ I see.” Futaba stared down at the box. “ I guess I’ll pick it up. I’m crashing with Yusuke now in his… well, Inari calls it his Atelier which just sounds pompous. It’s barely even a house. The TV's not that great but it has a DVD player. Might need some dusting before it’ll work though.”
“ Hee hee. I hope you enjoy it as much as I do.”
“ I guess I’ll have to see.” Futaba kept the DVD in her hand as she started leaving. “ Back of the store, you said?”
“ Yup. Enjoy your evening.”
“ I’ll try to.” Futaba waved her off. Hikari watched her for a few moments before remembering why she was in the store in the first place. She’d save Futaba and everyone else in time. For now, she just wanted to make sure her father had a good birthday.
Notes:
I was at some stage going to finish on Haloween instead of Christmas Eve but then I realised I could do Persona Awakenings. Persona 4 and 5 are really wierd when it comes to awakenings since they're not actually canon. Arena and Strikers confirm that since the P4 and 5 cast are back to using their base personas. This also means that both Yu and Ren don't complete the social links of their best friends though. I think the absence of Izanagi-no-Okami and Satanael in those games implies that it's just because they haven't used their personas in so longer they got weaker though they also explain that Persona strength is based on mental states I'm pretty sure. Like, meta reasoning is that the base personas are themed better to the person using them in regards to design and colour and the P3 cast use their evolved personas because they canonically get them in game when the other two are optional, but I always just found it wierd they're not even an option in Strikers. PQ lets you get the evolved personas. P3: Reload has the P5 ultimate personas as DLC, bizarrely enough. Is that canon? I'm getting off topic.
Kaoru, Tao and Hikari are first up. They're the three who don't need as much help awakening, after all. They've had consistently strong mental states across the story, even if Tao and Hikari have had their own issues. They're evolved persona are Horus, one of the chief dieties in Egyptian myth, Nemain, one of the three parts of the Irish God of War and Death, The Morrigan, specifically representing the havoc of war, and Hikari gets Anahita, a Persian Water Goddess who anyone who played Strange Journey Redux should recognise the name of, respectively.
Fool's Journey has once again been updated alongside this chapter. This time it's everyone's favourite politician, No Good Tora.
Chapter 63: Rekindled Rebellion
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
November 24th
Ever since Shiho made that choice on Halloween, her head had felt like it was swimming. She kept second guessing herself, wondering if she'd done the right thing staying with Ann over siding with the Thieves. To Ann’s credit, she’d happily taken her back after Shiho had tearfully told her what she’d done. She’d abandoned the Thieves to stay with her. She didn’t want to lose her. It was the last thing she wanted to have happen. But that hadn’t stopped the feelings of anxiety and discomfort. The pain she felt every time she saw Ren and Hikari in the halls. The fact her body tensed up every time the issue of the Church came up. For the first week, she heard whispers in her dreams. Jeanne was disappointed in her. She could feel it. She felt the connection between her and her Persona growing weaker by the day. She tried to ignore it all just to be with her. But there were times where she was alone and couldn’t lie to herself and she couldn’t help admitting she’d ended up right back where she was at the beginning of the year. Too scared to leave Ann despite knowing she was in the wrong. It hurt but she was too scared to leave her even as the pain got harder and harder to ignore.
Everyday, lunchtimes felt the same. She’d sit with Ann, Emi and Satoko and they’d talk about their days. Satoko would huff and complain about how Ushimaru gave her trouble for staring out the window in Maths or how Coach Kamoshida forced her class to do laps around the gym on a rainy day. She wasn’t built for exercise. She had better things to do with her time. Emi would hold back a giggle and Ann would shrug indifferently, making some joking remark at their teachers expense. They’d watch the students, picking out different things they were doing or stuff from the news or tv shows they’d watched. Days where it stayed like that were nice. It made it easy to ignore that faint sense that something was wrong. But then there were days when the atmosphere slipped. Maybe Niijima stopped someone in the courtyard. Maybe someone would get angry at someone wearing the Church’s pin, blaming them for something. My sister was caught in that train crash, you bastard. Your damn cult attacked my mother on her way home. And Ann would scowl, complaining that people should just mind their own business or how, if they’d just follow her god, they’d understand. That’s when the pain in her chest would return. When Satoko struck back, rolling her eyes and reminding her that the Church of Control was publically revealed to have killed Shido and she couldn’t believe Ann was still on their side, it would get worse. Emi would do her best to mediate and Shiho would feel tense and cold.
Today was one of those frequent bad days. The cultist students had started grouping up over the month in order to protect themselves from what they called a trial from god. They didn’t see it as bothering others with their own problems but as a strategic way to protect themselves by associating with others going through the same trial. It hadn’t stopped someone from the Track team getting into an argument with one of them. Now both sides were having a shouting match across the courtyard. If someone didn’t intervene, it would only get bloodier. Satoko sighed. “ And here I thought those weirdos didn’t believe in bugging others with their own issues yet here they are annoying everyone. Typically hypocritical.”
“ Wrong. As always. It was clearly those idiots from the Track team in the wrong. The followers were just trying to live their lives. I wish people would stop judging others for no reason.”
“ No reason?” Satoko scoffed. “ If you’re gonna align yourself with murderers then I think that’s a good enough reason.”
“ There are no murderers in our church.”
“ Well geez. I guess Shido must’ve just gone and collapsed all on his own.” Satoko huffed. “ Or is it cause they had good reasons?”
“ Come on, Satoko.” Emi tried. “ It’s not like anything is confirmed. Just try to keep an open mind.”
“ Like hell nothing is confirmed. We all know it’s true even if you don’t want to admit it. Everything that this country has gone through is all their fault.”
“ Not everything.” Shiho said nervously. “ They say Shido was behind the older cases.”
“ I don’t buy that for a second. Ain’t nothing saying he did it but the cops are saying it was the cult. That’s enough for me. Come on, Shiho. I know you can’t really be suckered into this shit all of a sudden. What do you really think?”
“ I-I…”
“ She knows who’s in the right here. If you don’t like that, why don’t you leave us alone, Satoko?” Ann cut in.
“ Gladly. But first I want her to say it without you hovering over her, Ann.” Satoko looked over at Shiho with a stern look. “ What do you really think?” Shiho’s breath shook. Her vision blurred for a moment and all of a sudden, she was looking at herself, golden eyed and staring.
“ You know that the cult is in the wrong, don’t you?” She blinked and everything was normal again. Or… was it normal? Her head throbbed. Nothing felt normal anymore. It hadn’t for a long time. Not since the Cult was formed and Ann changed. Thinking back on it, she’d forgotten the reason why that had been. She’d been so focused on saving Ann that she’d forgotten what had put Ann in that danger to begin with. Even so, she still felt scared of hurting her further. That’s why she’d left the Thieves. But even thinking about that now, faced with the question head on, she felt uncomfortable. She brought a hand to her head.
“ S-Shiho?” Emi gasped. “ Are you alright?”
“ Tch. Now look what you’ve done!” Ann shouted. “ Get out of our sight!”
“ I was just asking a question.” Satoko argued. “ Maybe if it caused her discomfort it’s cause of the stress you caused.” Ann was her best friend. No, she was far closer to that in her heart. She loved her in ways she doubted Ann did to her. That’s why she was scared. It was her biggest fear to lose her. It’s why she’d thrown away the banner of rebellion, thinking she could stand the pain if it meant being by her side. But that one question had caused the chips in her resolve the crack and shatter. In the end, she couldn’t bear it. Just like before, she couldn’t stand by and let evil go unchecked. Even if, in the end, her actions caused the person closest to her pain.
“ How dare you?!” Ann shouted.
“ That’s enough.” Shiho spoke up. “ I… Satoko’s right. What the cult is doing is wrong. Even if they weren’t the one to kill Shido, and we both know that they were Ann, everything else they’ve done is inexcusable.” Ann narrowed her eyes.
“ So that’s how you think huh? So much for changing your mind.”
“ I tried. And I wish I could ignore it. But I simply can’t.” Ann frowned.
“ I see. I was an idiot to think you’d changed.” She closed her eyes and took a deep breath. “ Go. Both of you.”
“ What?” Emi gasped. “ B-But Ann. Shiho-”
“ I don’t care. Go. Go! Now! LEAVE ME ALONE!”
“ The fuck?!” Satoko looked shocked. Despite that, Shiho calmly stood up and left the table. Satoko stumbled as she followed her. “ S-Shiho? Are you… Are you sure about this? I-I mean-”
“ Do you know the story of Joan of Arc?” Shiho asked her calmly. “ Despite how much she loved her country, fighting and bleeding for its sake, it still turned on her and called her a witch, condemning her for a crime she never really committed. Despite that, she never stopped loving it. That’s why, if Ann wants to hate me, I’ll happily become a witch in order to save her.” She looked behind her, tears streaming down her cheeks as she tried to keep a shaky smile on her face. “ If she calls me evil, then I’m evil. That’s just how it is.” Inside of her, the pain inside her cooled, forming a seal of ice around her heart. Inside of that ice, she felt Jeanne’s strength reawakening and breaking free, going beyond what it had been before. The neatly tied hair flowed wildly as the white flag became dark blue but still showed the same red rose it had before, a sharp, twisted spear tip forming at the top. The white tunic shifted in colour, becoming red and blue but still remaining as knightly as ever. The saviour had accepted her role as a witch. Jeanne had been reborn, taking on a new name. Eris.
“ Shiho…” Satoko looked in awe of her friend's determination. “ Heh. You’re insane. You know that?”
“ Insane. Ha... No.” Shiho smirked, wiping the tears from her eyes. “ Just a rebel.”
**************************************
December 2nd
Kasumi took deep breaths as she stood outside her sister’s door. It had been a full month since their raid on the Cult’s Sanctuary. One month since she and Hikari faced her sister. Ever since then, their relationship had become awkward to say the least. While they still talked, they hadn’t really confronted each other about it either. The elephant was still in the room and, as much as neither wanted to, they had to address it. It was Coach Hiraguchi that had managed to convince her to do this. She’d asked her a few weeks ago if she could help her out, admitting she’d been looking for a purpose ever since the accident, and she’d agreed to let her try helping some of the younger students at the gymnastics studio. She enjoyed herself but, sometimes, she’d see Sumire in one of the girls and her mind would drift. Hiraguchi noticed and got her to talk. She didn’t bring up the full situation of course but her old coach had gotten the drift and convinced her to just talk it out. It had worked before so why wouldn’t it now? It was a simple solution but it didn’t help her nerves.
“ Oh screw it.” She muttered. Forcing herself to move, she knocked on her sister’s bedroom door. Sumire half opened it.
“ Hey Kasumi.” She said half heartedly. “ Need something?”
“ Y-Yeah. Can I… come in? I wanna talk about… you know…” She sighed. “ That?”
“ That?” Sumire looked confused for a moment. “ O-Oh. That… Right.” They stood in an awkward silence for a few moments. Then Sumire opened the door a bit wider. “ Alright. Come in.”
“ Thanks.” Kasumi stepped in, sitting down on her sister’s bed as Sumire stood nervously by the door. They stayed like that for what felt like an eternity. Kasumi felt more nervous than before any of her old gymnastics performances. She’d practised in her head what she wanted to say over and over but now that the moment was here her voice failed her. Eventually, she swallowed and forced the words out. “ I just wanted…”
“ Um. So I…” Both spoke at the same time, startling the other. “ U-Um. Sorry. You go first.”
“ A-Are you sure? I don’t want to-”
“ N-No. It’s not important. Really.”
“ Ok.” Kasumi nodded hesitantly. “ It’s just… After what happened. Well, I’m just glad you’re not hurt.”
“ Yeah. You too.” She sighed. “ I thought you’d be more mad. I mean, I did try to kill you and Hikari in that place.”
“ I’m not mad, Sumire. At Niijima and your god? Maybe. But not you.”
“ That…” Sumire smiled. “ I’m glad. I was worried you hated me now.”
“ How could I hate you? You’re my sister. Nothing’s ever going to change that. I was just surprised to learn you were one of the people Niijima chose to be one of her… what were you? Guardians? Knights?”
“ We didn’t really have a title.” Sumire admitted. “ But… I was surprised to learn that as well. She said it was because you gave me a calling card.” Kasumi frowned.
“ Yeah. We guessed that would be the case.” She sighed. “ I did it for you.”
“ I had one of those weird other world places too, right? Like Makoto’s Sanctuary and Shido’s boat?”
“ Right. Yours was a theater where you pretended to be me. I asked the others to help you but ended up joining them instead. Though… I’m a bit different from everyone else. They have some sort of special will that I don’t. I’m not as rebellious as them.”
“ Yes, because Hikari is a renowned delinquent.” Sumire rolled her eyes. “ But… it’s because you destroyed that palace that I was able to move on, right?” Kasumi nodded. “ Woah. Then… I really owe you more than I thought.”
“ Do you even want to be a part of all of this? Cause I know you. You’d never do this without a reason.”
“ Truthfully, it’s all a bit much. I just… I don’t know. Went along with it. It’s not that I wanted to do it. I just didn’t see a way other than what I did. Joining the church. Becoming one of Makoto’s inner circle. Invading that ship. Even fighting you and Hikari. It’s not what I wanted to do but what I had to do.” She sighed. “ It doesn’t make any sense, does it?”
“ More than you think.” Kasumi admitted. “ Your god, the one Ren’s trying to take out, used Niijima to capture the shadows of other people. Those people are the ones who joined the cult. You’re just another victim of that. Just another person who’s fallen under its control”
“ That’s… honestly scary.” Sumire admitted. “ But that means I really don’t have any control does it? If Makoto asks, I’m going to go back.”
“ Probably.”
“ That’s…” Sumire started shivering as her mind tried to come to terms with everything. Then she stopped as Yaldabaoth’s will took hold. “ I… have to do it. If it’s what is required of me, that’s what has to be done.”
“ That’s fine. Just know I’m going to save you. No matter what it takes, I’ll bring you back.”
“ I’ll trust in you.” Sumire smiled. “ It’s wierd. Part of me wants you to succeed but the other wants you to join us, even after everything. I’m not even sure what thoughts are my own any more. But, even so, I’ll trust in you.”
“ I won’t let you down.” She promised. That vow ignited something inside of her. Her sister was counting on her. Something about those six words burned away everything else. All the fear. All the anxiety. Everything that might have held her back or stopped her completing the end goal of the Phantom Thieves. Under everything, she thought Sumire might hate her for what she was going to have to do. It made her hesitant of whether she wanted to actually go through with it despite what she told Ren. She knew Shiho gave up, even if it had ultimately been temporary. Part of her wanted to do the same. But now she knew. Her sister was counting on her. And that fact caused a surge of strength within her. The power spread to Gretel. The blue flamed lantern in her hands cracked and shattered, burning its form away and replacing it with a new one. Her green dress deepened into a dark blue, her ash gray scarf peeling away, wrapping itself around her body as a bright red sash and wooden skin hardening into bronze. Its wooden staff became an ornate gold, flowers blooming from the branches around it. With Gretel’s appearance changed, the lantern reformed into a vibrant lotus surrounded in blue flame, floating above her waiting hand. Gretel had evolved, matching Kasumi’s new will. Parvati had awoken in its stead. Kasumi smiled gently. With this new power, she’d make sure to keep that promise. The God of Control would fall. Kasumi would make sure of that.
**************************************
December 7th
“ Checkmate.” The word felt strange to Hifumi as she said it. Goro pouted, looking at the board for any chance she was wrong. Then, defeated, he sighed and held his hand out.
“ Not bad. You finally took a game off of me.”
“ Faster than you’ve taken one from me.” Hifumi gloated before accepting the hand shake. Since their first game of Shogi, Goro and Hifumi had continued meeting up in the church in Kanda. In return for teaching him Shogi, he taught her chess. As it turned out, she took to that faster than he took to Shogi though he’d come a long way in a short period of time. The fact it was a learning experience for them both made their meetings more worthwhile. She still enjoyed the odd game she still had with Ren but she also liked teaching someone the ropes and also at being a beginner at a new game at the same time. It made it easy to forget everything else.
“ I shall get there in time. It’s not like we don’t have it now that the God of Control has given us the entry date.”
“ Yeah…” Hifumi said tersely.
“ Troubles?”
“ You could say that.” She sighed. “ Do you mind if I… ask for some advice?”
“ Of course not. Ask away.”
“ Thank you. It’s just that… what Yaldabaoth said when we met him. About how I was continuing doing what I’m doing mainly just to spite people who say I can’t? It was… completely right about that.” She grimanced. “ A lot of what I’ve done is rebelling for the sake of rebelling. I could have easily gone along with Mom’s plans. It would have been easier and we’d have become better off. But I didn’t like it so I decided to play Shogi my own way just to spite her. I could have easily let Kitagawa continue to paint me in his own twisted way and escape when he replaced me with Luca. But I didn’t want that so I asked for your help just to spite him. I was pretty close to doing what Shiho did that day and giving up because… well, that’s another matter. But I didn’t because that damn god riled me up. I kept going just to spite him.”
“ You’re worried that you’re doing these things for the wrong reasons?” Hifumi nodded. “ Well, I think you need to have more faith in yourself. You didn’t want to win a game outside of your own merit so you stood up for your talent by rejecting your mothers ploy. You didn’t want another to suffer as you had suffered so you joined the effort to defeat Kitagawa. You didn’t want the God of Control to have his own way so you hardened your resolve to rebel against it. Perhaps spite was the driving factor for choosing to do the right thing but you wanted to do the right thing for the right reasons regardless.”
“ I don’t see it that way. Besides, it’s not like I had the power to do these things alone. Escaping Mom or Kitagawa. I only did those things because you all were with me.”
“ There’s no shame in asking for help. If there’s one thing Ren taught me, as annoying as it is, it’s that bonds are quite useful. Doing things alone is arduous. It’s far easier to do things with people you can rely on.”
“ I suppose.” Hifumi nodded. “ But… there’s one more thing that scares me.” Goro raised an eyebrow. “ It’s… that me being driven by spite might make me do something I might regret.”
“ Like hurting someone, you mean?”
“ More than just that.” She admitted. “ After you all left me and Kitagawa alone, he offered me his life. He said he joined that cult in order to find a way to attone for what he did to me and what he intended to do to Tao’s sister. He thought to get that atonement, he could give me his life. And I… I almost took it. I was so close to driving my spear through his throat or having Kiyohime roast him alive. Even as we fought properly, there was this nagging feeling in the back of my mind to stop playing around and… and just kill him already.” She held her head in her hands. “ Thinking back on it scares me that I could do something like that. I’m worried I won’t be able to stop myself next time.”
“ I don’t think you will.”
“ How do you know?”
“ Did you forget who it is you're talking to, Hifumi?” Goro asked. “ I wasn’t strong enough not to kill people.”
“ You didn’t know there was another option.”
“ Of course I did. I could have walked away.” Goro closed his eyes. “ That would have been the smartest choice. To give up on my goal of revenge, save everyone the trouble and walk away before I had even started. It would have been the hard path. A path I wasn’t strong enough to walk. That’s why I can say for certain that you won’t kill someone if you don’t absolutely want them dead. You’ve never walked the easy road.”
“ I guess not.” She admitted. “ But that doesn’t stop me from worrying about losing myself.”
“ A foolish notion. You won’t lose yourself. And even if you do, it also isn’t like you’re rebelling alone either. Should that come to pass, you can trust in the rest of us to find you. Just like you all helped find me in the past.”
“ Goro…” Hifumi was surprised to hear something like that from Goro of all people. It wasn’t something he’d have said when she first met him. Still, he was right. After her father died and her mother started pushing her down the road of stardom, she felt alone. No-one around her understood her plight so she decided she couldn’t rely on them to solve her own problems but that just meant she felt isolated when she was blackmailed by Kitagawa. Ren had been the one to change that, rescuing her from that situation by giving her another tool to help her fight for herself. Despite knowing they were there though, her first instinct was always to deal with her own problems. Asking for help was a hurdle. But maybe Goro was right. Maybe she didn’t have to be scared to ask if she needed help. Maybe she didn’t have to spite the world. Maybe it was time to let herself rely on someone else for a change.
At that epiphany, she felt a strange yet comfortable feeling surging inside of her, like a strength she didn’t know that she had was being unleashed. She could feel Kiyohime changing inside of her. It felt as though her persona was a shell for another creature, its draconic features cracking, releasing a large amount of steam, before they burst. An even stronger fire was released from inside the dragon maiden, a goddess with red and silver adorning black armoured claws and a headdress wreathed in sakura flowers, flames flowing from cracks in her armour like flowing lava. Kiyohime had transformed and now a new name entered her head. “ Pele.” She muttered.
“ What was that?”
“ I don’t really know. But… when your Persona changed, what did it feel like?”
“ Odd. Not an unpleasant feeling. Then again, I also confronted my own securities within my own Palace. Or perhaps a dream palace. I never quite figured that part out. Why? Did something awaken within you because of our talk?”
“ I… think so, yes.” She nodded. “ Thanks, Goro. I’ll be alright now I think.”
“ I’m glad to hear it. I’ll be interested to see it the next time we descend into the metaverse.”
“ Of course. I’ll show that damn god how this Dragon roars. But first, I’ll be showing you. I’ll crush in both games tonight.”
“ One win and you’ve gotten cocky.” Goro said, pulling the chess board to one side as they moved back to playing Shogi. “ Perhaps I’ll beat you at your game as well.”
Notes:
Shiho, Kasumi and Hifumi get there upgraded Personas next. I don't think anyone thought Shiho would stay gone forever. Eris is one of those figures in Mythology that's minor enough a casual reader won't know her but fun enough that I like to use her anyway when I touch on Greek myth. Also, turning Joan of arc into a Witch of Chaos was a bit too tempting. Kasumi and Sumire having a rocky relationship is unfortunately not something that can be avoided. They love each other but there's always some kind of wedge between them. It's a shame we never get to know the real Kasumi. Her persona is Parvati. She's the mother goddess of Hinduism which is a bit different from the sisterly theme Kasumi has but I want to say a protector of family is still a good pick. As for Hifumi, I don't think I leaned into it as well as I could have but I have shown that she can be quick to get aggressive in Second Chance thanks to her experiences with Yusuke. There's a few character scenes I could have written or had to change that showed it better but I'm not sure how well it came through in the actual story. I enjoyed writing her awakening the most thought. Having the Draconic Kiyohime's scales break away to reveal Pele, a Hawai'ian Volcano Goddess for those who don't play Smite, was an idea I really enjoyed coming up with.
New Fool's Journey chapter is out. This one involves Death, Tae Takemi. Though, perhaps it's better to say it's about someone else. Hope you enjoy.
Chapter 64: Final Hours
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
December 16th
Peguin Sniper was quiet when Goro and Ren met up there. Perhaps it was unsurprising given what day it was. Today was Election Day, the day when Shido had admitted to the world his crimes due to his change of heart. Nothing had changed that day. It was when Ren realised something worse than Shido was pulling the strings behind everything. But this time, it was a day of insecurity. No-one knew what would happen or how the votes would actually go now Shido was dead and a lot of his people had been wiped out of the running by the revealed scandals. At the same time, a lot of people were still enamoured by his words and promises and that made them distrustful of the usual parties. Whatever happened, it would be a surprise to both Ren and the rest of the world. But right now, none of that mattered as Goro’s white pieces faced off against Ren’s black army. If there’s one thing that hadn’t changed since the two of them first met here, it was that Goro was a tough opponent. He didn’t have Kasumi to give him advice this time around. Alongside that, Goro had been practising with Hifumi and had started throwing a few adaptations of Shogi moves into his playstyle just to throw him off even more.
“ Struggling, Ren?” Goro asked snidely. “ I’d have thought it would take more than this to defeat you.”
“ Shut up. I’m thinking.”
“ You know, there’s no shame in conceding. It’s quite the graceful way to exit a losing game.”
“ Oh, you really have been hanging out with Hifumi too much to use her lines so easily. What’s next? The Akechi Chess Empire?”
“ Please. I’m not that bad. Though it is amusing to hear Hifumi calling out her attacks like an anime character all in the efforts of showing the might of the great Togo Kingdom. Heh heh.” He glanced up at the bar television, currently running the news coverage of the ongoing election. They were still tallying the results but Shido’s party had a surprisingly high turnout.
“ Who’s running Shido’s party now?” Ren asked, catching his gaze.
“ The people who didn’t run for the hills as soon as that bastard died, you mean? Well, they’ve been through a few people. Currently it’s Ooe, one of Shido’s closest supporters who’s the face of the party. However, even if they manage to win the election, they won’t be able to do anything regarding the metaverse. Not only has Kanamasa run off with all the data involved in his experiments but they don’t have access to any way to get in there without me. They’ve attempted to contact me but, as far as current matters are concerned, I was never involved.”
“ What if they try to go public with what you did?”
“ They won’t. I’m quite sure of that. Because if they admit to the world I was the one behind the mental shutdowns then they also have to admit that they were the ones who ordered them. They’ll do whatever they can in order to save their own skin, especially dusting all of this under the rug.”
“ And you're happy getting away with it all?” Ren asked. Goro sighed.
“ That’s… different.” He admitted. “ I… know that I don’t deserve to get away with all of this. However, I also know the police don’t have the evidence to put me away and I’m a highly liked public figure. Realisitcally, I’d never see the inside of a jail cell even if I admitted to the crimes myself. That’s how this world is. When this matter with Yaldabaoth is over, I’m not sure what I’ll do. I intend to speak with Shirogane about it.”
“ Shirogane? Because she’s a Persona user?”
“ That’s part of it.” He nodded. “ She’s aware of the metaverse and was a key part of arresting people who used the metaverse to commit crimes. I… can’t continue living a normal life after all of this. If there’s some special crimes division of the police that specialises in the metaverse, I may be able to make amends with them.”
“ If that was the case though, wouldn’t that Adachi guy’s case be over by now?”
“ Yes. I suppose so. However, if incidents involving the metaverse have happened before, I would assume it’s not just Shirogane and her friends who have personas.”
“ You think there’s a group that goes around solving these problems?” Ren asked. “ But why wouldn’t they have gotten involved?”
“ Shido.” Goro said simply. “ The Kirijo Corporation and the Nanjo Group are well aware of the existence of the Metaverse. It’s where some of our data on it came from. Since he couldn’t use me to handle their leaders, he struck them monetarily as a warning to back off. One they seemed to wisely take. Even with Shido gone, they’ve likely been waiting to see how all of this plays out before deciding to move in. I imagine Shirogane is in contact with one of them but I can’t say which one.”
“ So that’s your plan? Kill the God of Control and hand yourself over to the men in black?”
“ Unless you have a better option. Didn’t you say that your timeline’s version of me died saving you?”
“ That’s right.” Ren nodded. “ And I wish I could have saved him.”
“ As much as I’d love to say that you can’t change the past, you’ve already done that a fair bit. Was it worth it?”
“ I… I’m not sure.” Ren admitted. “ I’m glad I was able to save Shiho and you. There’s people I’d never have met if I’d not come back in time. People I was able to help that I didn’t know needed it. But, on the other hand, seeing my friends in so much pain this time around, all because I didn’t take my role seriously the first time around and let myself be controlled. It hurts knowing I failed them.”
“ There goes that hero complex again.” Goro sighed. “ You didn’t fail them. You were the one who stole their hearts and saved them from themselves.”
“ They wouldn’t have needed to have their hearts stolen if I didn’t fail the first time.” Ren countered. “ They wouldn’t have had palaces. They wouldn’t have been manipulated by the God of Control. Their lives got worse because of me. I can’t forgive myself for that.”
“ I see. So you're telling me you forced them to join the Phantom Thieves?”
“ Of course not. They joined because they wanted to help but-”
“ And you forced them to follow you to defeat the God of Control that first time around?”
“ Well, we didn’t know what we were getting into but… they wanted to help save Tokyo but-”
“ Then why are you blaming yourself for what happened to them? They knew what could happen and yet they continued to follow you. The way I see it is that what happened in this timeline was not a result of your carelessness but Yaldabaoth’s cruelty. Anything else is downplaying the courage your friends showed that day. So direct your anger at it, not yourself. That’s how I see it at any rate.”
“ I see.” Ren looked down, thinking about what his friend had said. He hated to admit that it made sense. He’d blamed himself for a long time over what had happened in the last world. The simple fact was that they were in over their head. They’d gone in underprepared, not truly knowing what it is they were facing. They treated it like any other Palace. Even against the likes of Shido, who had the strongest cognition he’d seen even including this timeline, they’d manage to come out on top. But there was a difference between a politician playing god and an actual god itself. Everyone had died because he led them there, unaware of anything. Yaldabaoth had been in control of everything, right up until the end. Ultimately, he knew he couldn’t have known. Just like Goro said, everyone had supported him right until those final moments where they’d been erased from reality. Despite knowing all of that though, he still blamed himself.
“ You know, after awakening to Hereward, there was something that bothered me.” Goro continued. “ And now that everyone else has awakened their own personas as well, I think I figured it out. I believe to awaken a persona, you need to come to terms with who you are, accept yourself no matter how ugly that true self may be. If you can achieve such clarity and acceptance of not only your strengths but your flaws and remain determined to carry on regardless, then your Persona answers that resolve with its own. Despite that, you never awakened Arsene. At first, I assumed it was because you were different. Your strength came from a different source than the rest of us. Bonding with others. Helping others with the hero complex of yours. That was why. But the longer I sat on it, the less it added up. No, you never awakened your Persona because you never fully accepted the truth about yourself.”
“ And that truth is?”
“ You care too much about other people.” Goro said bluntly.
“ There’s nothing wrong with that.”
“ Yes, but you care about other people above yourself. You have a hero's complex that forces you to do that. You put your own life on the line as if it means nothing to save everyone and then, if you fail to do something no-one asked you to do, then you blame yourself. You’re the person who saves others, after all. You don’t like the idea that you might need saving yourself. However, just because you want to help people doesn’t mean you always do it for the best of intentions. You're prideful and that pride makes you cocky if things go your way for too long. That, at least, you’ve admitted to. It’s a start.” Ren sighed.
“ Alright. I get it. No need to analyse me that deeply.”
“ Oh, and you have a really bad habit of deflecting when you don’t want to hear something.”
“ Grr.” Ren scowled. “ Reset the board.”
“ We’re still playing. Unless you’re conceding?”
“ Sure. If that’s what it takes for you to drop this.”
“ You can’t keep running from yourself forever, Ren. Trust me. It may be hard but you have to turn around and face your demons some day.”
“ I get that.” Ren admitted. “ But that won’t be today.”
************************************************
December 23rd
Snow began to fall at lunchtime. Ren caught a flake in the palm of his hand as it started, humming lightly. He sat where he usually did, on top of the rooftop alongside Haru and Shiho just enjoying the moment. Today felt heavier than usual. This was the last day before the end. Tomorrow, the Phantom Thieves would arrive at the bottom of Mementos and face off with the Outer God behind two years of misfortune. One way or another, the end was in sight. He’d be lying if he said it didn’t scare him. “ Seems like it’ll be a cold winter.” He mused.
“ Yup.” Haru nodded. “ Christmas soon. Any plans?”
“ Just one.” He frowned. “ It’s… tomorrow, you know?”
“ Yeah. I know.” Haru admitted. “ Makoto told us. Christmas Eve. The day our God reveals itself to the people of Tokyo.”
“ Judgement day is upon us.” Shiho said. “ What are your plans to ring in doomsday, Haru?”
“ Me? I’ve been invited to one of the hideouts in downtown Shibuya to watch our god appear and celebrate. Everyone who’s not in prison is gonna be there. It’s a pretty fancy place. Penthouse suite in a five star hotel.” Haru hummed. “ Well, four and a half. Closer to four really. I’ve been to better on business trips with Father.”
“ Careful. Your privilege is showing.” Ren smirked. Haru shrugged.
“ So what’s your plan? Taking the heart of a god sounds like a tricky task.”
“ A god? Oh no.” Ren’s smirk widened into a mischievous grin. “ Just the heart of all Tokyo.”
“ Oh. And here I was worried it was an achievable goal.”
“ Well, you know us.” Shiho laughed. “ We always aim low. We’re humble like that.”
“ Heh. Clearly.” Haru shook her head. “ How do you rate your chances?”
“ We’re going to win. There’s no point of worry over the exact chance.” Ren shrugged.
“ At least you’re confident. Still, I’d be worried if I were in your shoes. I mean, killing God? That’s gonna be a tough task.”
“ I know.” Ren sighed. “ We’re diving into the unknown and we’ve only got one shot to do this. If we don’t, we’ll die. I understand what we’re up against. But that doesn’t mean I’m going to stop. I’ll save everyone. Just like I promised I would.”
“ Don’t act like you’re doing this alone.” Shiho smiled. “ We’re all in this together. We’ll save Ann and everyone else. We have to.”
“ So altruistic. I don’t understand why you’d willingly throw yourself into the fire like this.” Haru said. “ I have to admit though. You guys are… inspiring. I could never do what you do. You do what you think is right, damn what anyone else says. I wish I could be as true to myself as you guys are.”
“ You’re stronger than you think.” Ren reassured her.
“ You say that with such certainty. Like it’s a fact.” Haru hummed. “ Mind if I ask you something? It’s… been on my mind for a while now.”
“ Alright.” Ren nodded.
“ It’s just… this… This isn’t the first time we’ve done this, is it?”
“ What?”
“ I know. It’s crazy. But… you knew me before you came here. I wrote it off as just seeing me in a new article with Father. It was the most reasonable answer, after all. But the more I’ve seen this year, the more I've come to realise that’s not actually the case.” She explained. “ You knew Ann before coming here. Sure, you could have met on one of her fashion shows or a holiday or something. They say two is a coincidence, after all. But Yusuke? Futaba? Makoto? Sumire? Ryuji? It wasn’t a coincidence that we were all your targets, was it? You knew all of us before this year. Or, maybe it’s better to say you knew us from this year.” Ren sighed.
“ What was the final clue?”
“ My dreams. I told you about them in Hawai’i. I wrote them off as delusions until I joined the Cult. But after seeing that other world, I realised my dreams weren’t just fantasy. They were visions. We fought together once.”
“ Yeah. We did.” Ren nodded. “ I… wanted to explain it to you. I almost did that afternoon we spent up here after I failed to save Futaba. But I knew I’d just sound crazy. Hey Haru. There’s another world out there I can access through this smartphone app. It gives me superpowers and lets me steal the hearts of bad guys and force them to change their ways. Oh, and the best part is that I came back from the future to save the world from a psychopathic god who wants to control all of humanity and you were one of the people who helped me in the timeline where we all died. Come save the world with me.” He laughed sadly. “ Who’d believe me?”
“ When you put it that way then yeah. Hard sell.” Haru nodded. “ But… your friends believed you.”
“ Well, when you’re shown the other world part and gain the superpowers, the time travel part becomes more believable.” Shiho admitted. “ Besides, Ren helped me save Ann once before. I decided to put my faith in him. Everyone else is the same.”
“ Yeah. Oh, but Sumire wasn’t a part of the first timelines thieves. We just kinda found her by chance this time around.”
“ Well, I guess that explains why I never saw her in my dreams. But I did see some kind of cat? I think it could turn into a bus.”
“ That would be Morgana. I don’t actually know what happened to him this time around. We never found him. I hope he’s alright but, at this point, I can only assume the worst. That cat was born in the depths of Mementos, right on Yaldabaoth’s doorstep after all.”
“ That’s a shame.” Haru lamented. “ And… we failed.”
“ We failed.”
“ Then how do you know you’ll win this time?”
“ I don’t.” Ren admitted. “ But I know what we’re facing this time. We’ve got a better chance at winning this time. We can do it. I know we can. You could help us if you want. We could always use another friend.”
“ Thanks but… I can’t.” She sighed. “ It’s not just this thing in my head telling me that either. Maybe in your timeline, Haru Okumura was this sure of herself rebel who wouldn’t hesitate to step into the firing line if it meant saving people but that’s just not who I am. All year, I’ve just waited for someone else to save me. I can’t solve my own problems, let alone someone elses. I’m gonna have to leave it to you to save me yet again.”
“ Don’t worry about it. My promise is still active, after all.”
“ In that case, I’ll count on you both as ever.” Haru smiled, standing from seat, spinning her finished lollipop stick around her hand as she headed for the door. She gave the two a wave and left the rooftop.
“ Is that her way of wishing us luck?” Shiho asked.
“ Yep.” Ren nodded. “ Let’s not let her down.” Time was slowly running out. Tomorrow was the day that they would go and stop Yaldabaoth. Judgement day was upon them. Ren tried his best not to think about what would happen if they failed. He couldn’t afford to fail. He doubted Nyarlathotep would be nice enough to give him a third round. Even if he did, what then? Yaldabaoth had turned his old team on him before. What was going to stop him from doing the same to everyone this time around as well? He let out a heavy sigh.
“ Ren? Are you alright?” Shiho asked.
“ Yeah. No need to worry. Just thinking about tomorrow. That’s all. I didn’t want to admit it to Haru but I’m scared of failing. I want to save everyone. Part of me just worries I’m not good enough to do so. That I’ll fail again.”
“ Hey. I meant it when I said to stop acting like you’re alone in this. We’ve got your back. Just like I know Ann and Haru and everyone else had it before. If we lose… then we lose together. We fnd solace knowing we did everything we could.” She smiled. “ But we won’t fail. Coach Kamoshida told us that if we go into a match with even an idea that we may lose, then we’d never play at our best. So don’t think about losing. Think about the Christmas Party we’re gonna have when we win.” Shiho grinned. After a few seconds though, her smile fell. “ Though I guess I’m the last person who should be giving that pep talk. I was the one who gave up.”
“ Hey. You’re back now. That’s all that matters. I was in your position once too, don’t forget. If not for Haru, I might have done the same. That’s why I owe it to her to save her. To save everyone.”
“ Hee hee. Goro’s right. You do have a bit of a hero complex.” Shiho smiled.
“ Maybe just a little.” Ren admitted. “ Still, maybe you’re both right. I keep thinking about this mission as something I’ve got to do. I’m the one who helps people, whether someone wants me too or not. People used to think of me as the reliable one back home. I didn’t see it as a bad thing. But maybe that thought process has led me to think that I need to do everything. And maybe I need to accept that there are times I need help too.” He said. “ When I talked to Haru after we failed to save Futaba, it was the first time I actually let someone listen to my problems. It’s always me who’s the ear to someone's problem or the shoulder to lean on. Being able to talk about my own issues was… liberating in a way. Despite that, I went back to my old ways. I’m the hero who saves people. People love me because I save them. But the hero has to be exactly that. He can’t be the person in need of saving.”
“ But heroes work together.” Shiho reminded him. “ Like the Pheonix Rangers or the Justice League. Like a sports team, you know? There’s no harm in asking for help if you need it. Just because you want to be a hero doesn’t mean you have to be a hero alone.”
“ I guess so.” It was strange to admit that. Strange but also comforting. Working as a team was something Ren learned how to do in order to overcome the Shadows and steal the hearts of their targets. He was happy to play the role of leader, helping others as they needed him. Despite that, he never really let them help him. Maybe it wouldn’t be so bad to let himself lean on others while he was feeling this uncertain about the future. Judging by a sudden light feeling in his heart, something inside of him agreed..
Notes:
We finish off our awakening chapters with Ren and Goro which, despite my name for this trio of chapters, doesn't have any awakenings. Goro already got his earlier in the story and those who have finished Persona 5 know exactly when Ren will get his so this is more character focused instead, mainly focusing on Ren himself. I've gone deeper into his character in some chapters in The Fool's Journey (New chapter out by the way). The focus of Ren's character has obviously been trying to fix the new world he found himself in by defeating Yaldabaoth and saving his friends but another aspect of it is figuring out who he is. He has a lot of masks and likes helping other people, even at the cost of himself, but which mask is his real mask and how real everything is something he's had to deal with more and more as the story has gone on. The future and the right to choose what you want it to be is a theme across this story with a lot of characters expressing what they want to do or having trouble finding a path while the cultists find it more comfortable to let someone else guide them there and others not having that right due to other reasons. Ren wants to protect the right for everyone to be what they choose to be, even if he doesn't know what his choice is yet. It's not always easy finding that path forwards, after all.
Chapter 65: Velvet
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
December 24th
Part of Ren thought the door would still be closed when they reached the bottom of Mementos for the third time. However, seeing the passage open to them confirmed it to him. This was it. “ Third times the charm.” Tao said, stretching. “ Looks like that God’s finally ready for a scrap.”
“ Finally.” Hifumi sighed. “ It has felt like an eternity waiting for this day.”
“ Let’s make sure we’re truly ready for this.” Kaoru warned them. “ Director. What can you see?”
“ Hmm.” Removing her mask, Anahita appeared behind Hikari, wrapping the navigator in its wave-like dress as she examined the falling strips of film. “ Man. It’s like it goes on forever. But it definitely gets a lot wider past here. I guess we’ve finally reached the station.”
“ The Prison of Regression.” Kasumi mused. “ What a scary name. So everyone’s shadows are locked away down here.”
“ That’s right.” Ren nodded. “ The last time I was here, we found the shadows of the former palace rulers down here along with a lot of the people of Tokyo. The palaces were completely different this time around though. We won’t see the shadows of the old thieves here at least.”
“ But that doesn’t mean we won’t see the real things.” Goro stated.
“ No. We won’t.” Shiho told him. “ Haru told us that there’s a gathering of all the remaining members of the Cult of Control today to welcome their God.”
“ Welcome their God?” Kasumi looked confused. “ What does that mean?”
“ Trouble.” Goro said simply. “ Before you were erased, you said Mementos started fusing with the real world, right Joker?” Ren nodded. “ So Yaldabaoth intends to rule over the real world by forcing the metaverse onto it, making the cognitive world real. If that happens, the being with the strongest cognition would naturally control all.”
“ And because Yaldabaoth is the personification of the people’s desire for control, that would naturally be it.” Ren concluded. “ The whole of Tokyo, eventually all of the world, would fall under its control. Yaldabaoth would rule over everything.”
“ We can’t let that happen.” Hikari said firmly.
“ And we won’t.” Ren promised her, turning to the door. “ We’ll defeat Yaldabaoth and save everyone.”
“ Today a God falls.” Hifumi said sternly.
“ Seems we’re all ready.” Goro nodded. “ Let’s head in.”
The Prison of Regression was even more alien than Ren remembered. They passed through the final station where all of the trains leading down to the depths of Mementos were parked, passing under the bone like arches and through the final door into the prison. Entering inside, the prison interior made the whole thing feel alive. The familiar vein like wires that descended deep below, feeding into the Holy Grail that lay at the palace’s depths. Passing by one, Ren slashed at it with his dagger, hoping to sever it. However, the rope remained firm. He cursed but continued downwards.
They stopped at the first open chamber they found, filled with a crowd of people. Some begged them to join them in the cell and be freed of their worldly troubles. Others begged them not to open the cells and drag them back to reality. Shiho stopped, her shoulders dropping as she saw Amari in one of the cages, sitting cross-legged on the ground with a few other students that had joined the Cult, smiling as if blissfully unaware of the cage she was confined in. “ Can’t we do anything for them here?” She asked.
“ Even if we did, I doubt they’d bother leaving.” Tao shrugged. “ We could drag ‘em out by the ear and I think they’d dive back to the safety of those cells.”
“ We can’t anyway.” Hikari told them. “ These cells… Whatever they’re made of, nothing we have can break them. They’re locked up tight. The only thing that’s leaving are those weird energy things.”
“ What are those wires anyway?” Kaoru asked.
“ I don’t know. It’s like they’re some kind of energy supply. Joker, do you know?”
“ They feed into Yaldabaoth’s power source, the Holy Grail. We tried cutting them on the way down last time but they’re just as tough as the bars. I guess so long as the people want them to be unbreakable then that’s exactly what they are.”
“ Damn it. I never thought about that.” Tao grumbled. “ Of course the general public is gonna be the biggest goddamn problem we have in here. This entire place is just their fear of stepping out of the box and doing something new outta fear they’ll mess up. It ain’t about being unwilling to control their own fate. It’s about them being god damned cowards.”
“ Not everyone is willing to take risks.” Kasumi reminded her. “ Usually I’d say that’s alright but it really does hurt us here.”
“ We’ll find the answer to all of this at the depths of this place.” Goro told them. “ Right now, let’s just try and ignore them. Just treat them like the regular cognitions of a monarch. Right now, that’s basically what they are.” Ren nodded in agreement.
“ Come on guys. Let’s just keep going.” They descended further into the prison, fighting through the shadows that descended upon them, trying to slow them down. There was no hiding in this place. Every shadow was an eye that alerted the guards to where they were. They no doubt saw it as doing the Phantom Thieves a favour. If they could be stopped then they could join them in the freedom and security that they’d found. On the other hand, it also stopped them being freed, something that they clearly didn’t want. Belial, Nebiros and Melchizidiek struck them in droves. New demons Ren didn’t recognise joined them. An owl headed monstrosity with the tail of a snake served as the chief guard of the area that used to house the former monarch, now just home to white robed cultists. A dark skinned man with spider limbs growing from his back and sickle wielding black bats stalked the corridors, flying from above or climbing from out the chasm. Nowhere felt safe.
Eventually, they came to a third familiar open chamber. Ren stopped in front of the metal door, trapped in a cell of its own. Makoto had called it a quarantine cell. They’d never entered this place. “ Well, that’s not foreboding at all.” Tao said. “ The hell is that?”
“ It’s a door.” Hikari told her.
“ Thanks, Director. Would never have figured that out without your genius insight.”
“ No problem.”
“ I was being sarcastic!”
“ Where does it lead?” Kaoru asked Ren.
“ Don’t know. We never found a way in. Though Mona did say that this is where he was born.” It was strange Ren felt a strange attraction to this place as well but he didn’t know why. It felt like it was calling to him somehow. He could barely hear it. A faint echo that he couldn’t understand but still felt like it was meant for him. But, with how it was, there was no way to get in.
“ It is a strange door, isn’t it?” The group turned to see a familiar stone arch formed behind them. Nyarlathotep stepped out from his domain, black cane tapping against the stone floor as he approached the bars trapping the door behind it. “ Why would the God of Control lock away something like this? It has to bother you.”
“ It does.” Ren admitted.
“ It’s not unusual for palace rulers to seal doors they don’t want people entering.” Goro said. “Usually, they’re not important or accessible through alternate means.”
“ So you’re telling me none of you have ever gotten curious enough to wander off the beaten track in places like this? Hmm. And you wonder how you never found a single will seed in the last timeline.”
“ But these bars are indestructible.” Hikari told him. “ Even if we want to get in there, we can’t.”
“ Oh, I wouldn’t say indestructible. Even in a world of cognition, there really is no such thing.” Nyarlathotep said wistfully, tapping one of the bars with the end of his cane. “ You have to know what’s beyond that door by now though, don’t you Trickster?” He tapped another bar. “ What the God of Control fears so much that it would lock it away with such a high level of security?” He paused after tapping the third bar, smirking slightly. “ Why your feline friend was born at this spot of all places?” Ren hummed. He made a good point. Everywhere he looked in this palace was a cage, a cage that housed one of countless shadows belonging to the people of Tokyo, all part of the Cult of Control or so Ren assumed. Or maybe not. There were too many shadows for that. Or maybe it was better to say there were too many shadows for it to just be Tokyo. He had dealt with the shadows of a couple in Osaka, after all. Regardless, that wasn’t important now. Because this cage was different from all the others. The thing it held wasn’t a person but a place. In a palace with no doors, why was there suddenly one here, sealed by iron and locked behind bars? It was a special door, Ren realised.
“ It can’t be. The Velvet Room?”
“ Well done. Finally got there.” Nyarly’s smile widened as he pulled his arm back and swung his cane like a sword. The third bar cracked at the strike, followed by all the bars around it shattering into dust, surprising the thieves. “ Before you ask, Ms Guernica, I cannot teach you how to do that.”
“ Damn it.”
“ Now then. Shall we head inside?”
“ But the metal shutter…” Ren started.
“ Is a seal created by the God of Control, trapping the residents of this place within it. While before Yaldabaoth used it to control the Velvet Room, now it has no reason to be so deceitful. A seal created by an Outer God usually is unbreakable. Humans simply don’t have the power to remove it.” Nyaralthotep placed his hand on the metal shutter. A white mark appeared over it, one Ren and the others had seen time and again. A white prism under a black cross. The symbol of the Church of Control. Energy coursed through Nyarlathotep’s arm, cracking the seal before breaking it entirely. The shutter broke along with it, revealing a glowing blue cell like door. “ Nothing is beyond me though.”
“ Ah.” Hikari gasped. “ So much power. What is this place?”
“ The Velvet Room. A place between mind and matter. It’s where I used to go for Persona related issues, run by Igor. Or rather Yaldabaoth in disguise.”
“ So that bastard’s gonna be in there?” Tao asked.
“ No.” Nyaralthotep shook his head. “ As I said, it’s abandoned by god now. Just another prison.” He smiled. “ Well, Trickster. I do believe you have the key.” Ren nodded. He walked forwards, pressing his hand against the familiar blue door. It offered no resistance as he pushed it open, letting everyone inside.
Stepping into the Velvet Room, Ren was met with the nostalgic sound of a piano and a calming voice of an opera singer. He entered where he usually would have but the cell door was gone. Looking down, he was still in his thief’s attire. “ It’s because of the means in which you entered.” Nyarlathotep explained, reading his mind. He stepped out of the cell after him, looking around the place. “ Ugh. What a familiar racket. Belladonna. Nameless. Still here I see.”
“ As ever, Sir.” A posh sounding voice echoed around them. Looking into another cell that was out of view of his limited view when he was trapped in here was a man sitting at a piano, dressed in a suit with a blindfold wrapped around his eyes. In the cell next to that was a woman in a fancy blue dress. Upon being addressed, the woman stopped turning towards the bars and bowing.
“ Good day to you, Crawling Chaos. And to you as well, Dearest Trickster.”
“ Have you two been here the entire time?” Ren asked.
“ Indeed we have. It’s been… hmm…888 days since we were trapped in here. A perfectly orderly number. As expected for the God of Control.” The man said, continuing playing. “ We knew of the false god’s takeover of our master, of course, but we were never at liberty to aid you nor our sister. While you were here, so was he. Apologies, Sir Trickster.”
“ Don’t worry. I can’t blame someone I’ve never met after all.”
“ Ha ha. Such kindness.”
“ What the hell is this place?” Ren turned around to see the others gathered, filling in through the cell behind him. “ A prison within a prison?”
“ Yeah. I spent a lot of time in this place. It’s supposed to be a reflection of my mind. Though I’m not entirely sure how true that is anymore.”
“ Not your current mindset but the one it was when it was formed.” Nameless explained.
“ Just after I was arrested. Yeah, that would make sense.” He admitted. “ Where’s Caroline and Justine?”
“ A difficult question with a simple answer.” Belladonna sung.
“ The wrong question but we understand what you mean.” Nameless said. “ You won’t find who you’re looking for. Not in this world. But you will find our sister in one of the cells in the back. She’s been waiting for you.”
“ She?” Ren raised an eyebrow.
“ It’s easier if you go and see her. Trust me.” Ren hummed but nodded. He stepped around Igor’s empty desk and walked into the corridor behind it, one he’d only seen before now. It wasn’t the first time he’d left that cell. After he and his friends were erased from reality, Yaldabaoth had brought him here and explained who he was and how Ren had just lost. He’d offered him that tempting offer of servitude in exchange for a life of being the hero he always wanted to be. Then, when he refused, he banished him into the void where he was found by Nyarlathotep. He’d never had the chance to explore it until now. Looking around, he saw more cells stretching out along the long corridor, stretching far out of his view. Somehow, he was expected to find someone down here. It could take forever and he didn’t have much time. Despite that, he started walking. Thankfully, it didn’t take long before he found a young blond haired girl in a blue dress and a headband with butterflies on it. She looked up from a familiar thick tome before standing.
“ Ah. Good afternoon, Trickster. How wonderful it is to see you again.” She said with a bow. “ Or perhaps I should be saying it’s nice to finally meet you considering how you knew me in your original timeline.”
“ I’m sorry. I don’t seem to remember you.”
“ Of course not.” The girl closed her eyes. In an instant her calm demeanor shifted as she opened them with a more ferocious, rebellious glint. “ Don’t be stupid, Inmate. Of course I’m a different person now. Are you blind or something?”
“ C-Caroline?” The girl closed her eyes again, sighing.
“ You only recognise me due to such a childish rant. Such rudeness.”
“ Justine? But… wait what?” The girl just laughed at Ren’s confusion.
“ My apologies. I’ll explain everything in due course but… can you open the cell door please? It’s quite cramped in this small room even despite my stature. As the key holder, it should open for you.”
“ R-Right.” Ren pulled the cell door. As she’d said, the cell opened and the girl walked out.
“ Hmm. Much better. Now then. Allow me to introduce myself. My name is Lavenza and I am one of the attendants of the Velvet Room.” She began walking and Ren followed behind. “ Six months before your arrival in Tokyo, the room was attacked by an Outer God as we were manifesting due to a sudden anomaly in the Sea of Souls. Sadly, with my siblings away and taken by surprise, we were defeated swiftly. While my master was locked away, Yaldabaoth decided to make different use of me and split my soul in two. Left brain and right brain. Emotion and Logic. Caroline and Justine.”
“ So the person who left them those notes to help my rehabilitation. That was you?”
“ That’s correct. I wrote them ahead of time with advice from my elder sister, Margaret, and elder brother, Theodore. This was my first time aiding a chosen wild card so I wanted to make sure everything went smoothly. Alas, fate is never so kind.” She frowned. “ When the world was reset, I found myself back in one body with my memories of that time intact. However, Yaldabaoth had no more need of myself nor my eldest siblings and thus locked us away alongside the Velvet Room. I’ve had no way to contact the outside since then, simply forced to feel the shifts in the sea of souls. But I never lost faith in you, my Trickster.”
“ Sorry. That must have been tough.”
“ Indeed. However, that doesn’t mean I was totally helpless.” They stepped out into the main room. When Lavenza saw Nyarlathotep, she pouted. “ I suppose I shouldn’t be surprised that you got involved, Crawling Chaos.”
“ You must be Ms Lavenza. This is our first time meeting, is it not?” The Outer God chuckled. “ I’ve heard much about you from Elizabeth. She and I keep meeting somehow.”
“ How is she?”
“ Safe from the God of Control’s influence. Don’t worry. She’s been quite helpful in slowing Yaldabaoth’s influence down outside the city. Theodore as well but Margeret has taken this time to sit in that sleepy town her favourite is living in and treat this incident as vacation time.”
“ Yes, that does sound a lot like them.” Lavenza admitted. “ And I’m glad to see you both safe as well. I’m so sorry about this.”
“ We are the eldest. If anything, we should apologise to you.” Belladonna comforted her.
“ Are you the one in charge of this place?” Kaoru asked.
“ No. But right now, I am the closest one to the top. At least until my Master is able to recover.”
“ And where’s your master?” Ren asked. “ The real Igor?”
“ That is… complicated. In order to take his place, Yaldabaoth essentially took Master over at a metaphysical level in order for the Velvet Room to accept that they were the same person. Until Yaldabaoth releases that claim, our Master and the God of Control are still one.”
“ But if we destroy the Grail and defeat Yaldabaoth that would free him?”
“ It doesn’t even have to be that. When Yaldabaoth reveals its true form, the cognitive world will realise that the two are different entities. Master will return to us as soon as that happens.”
“ How the hell does that even work?” Tao asked.
“ I’ve long since learned to stop questioning things that happened in this world.” Goro told her. “ But what does matter is that the situation remains the same. We have to bring down the God of Control. Do you have any ways of helping us with that?” Lavenza smiled.
“ Yes.” She placed her book on the table, slowly flicking through the pages. “ Tell me Trickster. Who is missing from this timeline?”
“ Do you mean Morgana?”
“ That I do. Morgana is a Cognitive being that was created here after Yaldabaoth took over. It took the last pieces of my strength to accomplish, hence why he wasn’t all that strong. His goal was to be your guide where I could not, assisting you to defeat the true evil behind this incident. He did his duty well. I was only able to do it because it was under its nose. In this timeline, such a trick would never work. So I didn’t attempt it.” She stopped on a certain page. “ Here we go.” Lavenza drew power from the book, the page beginning to shine just like how it would when Justine would retrieve an old Persona from it in the original timeline. The light grew, twisting into a new shape before crashing into the ground. Ren’s eyes widened in disbelief.
“ Morgana…” He said breathlessly.
“ Just because I hadn’t done so yet does not mean I could not do so. I kept him safe until you got here.”
“ Thank you, Lavenza.” Morgana made a slight mewl as he slowly awoke.
“ Jo…ker?” He groaned.
“ Morgana. Do you remember me?”
“ Stupid. How could… I forget?” The humanoid cat sat up. “ Ugh. Why do I feel like I’ve been hit by a truck?”
“ It’s a long story.” He offered him a hand. Morgana took it, letting him be pulled up. Then he actually looked up.
“ GAH!” He leapt onto the desk, drawing his cutlass and brandishing it at Goro. “ JOKER! LOOK OUT!”
“ Is that cat thing referring to me?” Goro asked, looking at the cat in confusion.
“ Of course. Just because you’re in disguise doesn’t mean that… WAIT! I AM NOT A CAT!”
“ What are ya then?” Tao asked, smiling in amusement. “A panther?”
“ No. That would be… wait. Where’s Lady Ann? And everyone else? Who are you people?”
“ As I said. Long story.” Ren told him. “ Don’t worry. You can trust them. Even Crow surprisingly.”
“ You’re… sure about that?” Morgana asked warily.
“ I am.” Ren nodded. “ This is my new team. Long story short, after Yaldabaoth erased us from reality, I was sent back in time by Nyarlathotep. Uh, him.” Ren pointed at the man in question. “ The god of Control turned our friends against me though so I had to form a new team. Today is December 24th again though. We’re on our way for the rematch.”
“ That’s a lot to take in.” Morgana sighed. “ You can fill me in on the full story on our way there. I’ll show these amateurs what your mentor is capable of.”
“ You taught Ren?” Hikari gasped. “ That’s so cool.”
“ Don’t give him too much credit.” Ren told her bluntly. “ He mainly stopped me going out at night and begged me for free sushi.”
“ Hey!”
“ And we’re sure he’s not a cat?” Tao asked.
“ I’m not a cat!” Morgana growled.
“ Sure. Sure. Whatever you say, kitty.”
“ It’s Mona if we’re in the field, rookie.”
“ Who are you calling Rookie?”
“ A lively bunch as ever.” Nyarlathotep chuckled. “ Well. Go on then. Go. Vamos. Allez. You’ve got a God to slay.” Ren smiled.
“ Right. We’ll be back before you know it.” With a wave, the thieves left the Velvet Room, leaving Nyaralthotep behind with the attendants.
“ Do you believe they have the power, Crawling Chaos?” Lavenza asked.
“ Don’t worry about it.” He smiled mischievously. “ Instead, let’s have a little talk, Ms Lavenza. I’ve got a business proposal I think you’ll find interesting.”
Notes:
For those of you who haven't played Persona 2, Nameless and Belladonna are canonically the people who are behind the Velvet Room theme, to the point the manga for Persona 1 retcons them into that game too. Where they're hiding in the elevator room and the car from Persona 3 and 4 respectively I can't tell you, but it's not too far fetched to assume their just out of your view in Persona 5.
Trying to justify the Metaverse aside, I suppose the actual main part of this chapter is the return of Morgana as the 11th hour party member. Unlike the others, he's completely unaffected by Yaldabaoth's reset thanks to Lavenza so he's just continuing off from where they left off the last timeline. Well, he was bound to show up eventually. Annoying as the cat is, he is a member of the Phantom Thieves.
Chapter 66: The Holy Grail
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
December 24th
After they left the velvet room, they spent the trip to the depths of Mementos explaining what had happened to Morgana. Ren introduced the team and explained what they’d gone through. Ann’s castle. Yusuke’s museum. Futaba’s temple. Ryuji’s port. Sumire’s theater. Haru’s tower. Makoto’s cathedral. He told him about Shido’s death and how the Cult of Control had come to replace him as their greatest threat, run by Makoto herself as the Herald of Yaldabaoth. And now, after a lot of struggle, they’d returned here. Morgana was only sorry he couldn’t help. Despite that, he soon showed his power was just the same as it had been, summoning Mercurius to help the team recover or blow shadows away with powerful blasts of wind, something that he quickly started using in tandem with Kaoru and Horus to create tempests that swept across a battlefield.
Entering the Holy Grail’s chamber for the second time was sobering. He’d gotten distracted by having Morgana back, finally reuniting with one of his old friends, and he’d let his mind wander from why they were here. What was waiting for them at the end. “ This is it.” He said somberly. “ The treasure of Mementos. This is where we failed last time.”
“ Those wires we saw before are feeding into it.” Goro noticed. “ The people’s wishes must be being used as fuel.”
“ Is that why it’s so fucking big?” Tao asked. “ It’s growing cause of the shadows this thing’s had trapped down here?”
" Things get fuelled for a reason though, right?” Kasumi said. “ What’s it powering?”
“ If I had to guess it’d be the god itself.” Morgana reasoned. “ We didn’t really lose against this thing last time. It’s more like it activated some kind of security system and kicked us out. That’s when the real world started to change.”
“ Wouldn’t that mean it’s almost filled? Just like the last time?” Hifumi asked.
“ I am sensing something.” Hikari said warily. “ If we’re trying to stop it powering up, I don’t think we have much longer. We need to act now.”
“ Right.” Ren nodded. “ If the wires are powering it then we just need to cut the wires.”
“ But you couldn’t do that above.” Hifumi reminded him.
“ I know. But maybe all of us can do it together. We know from last time that damaging the cup itself won’t do anything lasting damage since the wires just heal it. It’s the only chance we’ve got.”
“ I suppose so.” Goro nodded. “ Let’s finish this. Is everybody ready?”
“ Of course.” Tao smirked. “ I didn’t come this far down just to get cold feet at the end.”
“ All of us are the same.” Shiho nodded. “ No matter what we shall fight to the end.”
“ I won’t allow this poor excuse for a god to control us anymore.” Hifumi declared.
“ Hee hee. I’m getting excited. Let’s make this finale the greatest ever.” Hikari grinned.
“ We never expected this to be easy. But every problem has a solution. So long as we work together, nothing can defeat us.” Kaoru said confidently.
“ Don’t worry, Crow. I think we can handle a little more hardship.” Kasumi nodded.
“ Well, they're nothing if not determined.” Morgana admitted. “ Don’t worry. I’m sure we can do it this time.”
“ Do you want to take the first attack or should I?” Ren asked.
“ Do what you want. We’ve been following you this whole time, after all.” Goro shrugged.
“ In that case…” Ren cracked his neck and reached for his mask. “ Strike, Vishnu!” A man with green skin and four arms appeared beside him, shifting from one foot to another to an invisible rhythm. It spun the disk on its index finger quickly before delivering a devastating slash to the vein like wires, slicing through the air itself. Despite the force of the blow however, the wires remained firm. Ren grit his teeth. “ Damn it.”
“ Seems they’re just as tough on this level as they were above.” Kaoru mused. “ This is going to be tricky.” Hikari hummed.
“ Uh. Maybe… well, this feels like movie logic, but maybe if you all strike at the same time it might work.”
“ The power of friendship, eh?” Tao smirked. “ Sure. Why not? If two heads are better than one, ten heads gotta be better than that.”
“ Surely it can’t be that simple.” Goro said.
“ Down be such a downer, Crow.” Hifumi smiled. “ We’ll never know if we never try.” The detective sighed heavily.
“ If we must.”
“ Still not into friendship and bonds, huh?” Morgana asked snidely.
“ I prefer more logical and material means than prayers and well wishes. But I suppose it is true that more force in one place is more likely to break it. Very well. In that case, on the count of three.”
“ Uh. Is that we attack on three or we attack on go or something?” Kasumi asked.
“ I’d have said go if we were striking on go.”
“ Fair enough.” She laughed nervously.
“ You’re really joking at a time like this?” Morgana said exasperatedly.
“ Better than panicking right?” Hikari smiled at the cat.
“ Heh. You people really are amateurs. Alright. On three then. Start counting, Crow.”
“ Now who’s joking around?” Crow smirked. “ Alright. Get ready. One. Two. Three!” The thieves sprung into action. Water and film reels spun around the team as Hikari put her all into powering the others up. Tao loaded a shot into her paint gun, firing a blast from it that Nemain caught on its spear, causing it to burst with energy as it thrust at the vein like wires. Shiho summoned Eris who charged a vast amount of frozen energy into its banner before unleashing it with a strong swing, sending a harsh blizzard flying at the grail. Pele flew at Hifumi’s command, its clawed gauntlets igniting as it spun, releasing bursts of steam from under its armour, before driving the heated claws into the wires. As Kaoru summoned it, Horus floated into the air, arms remaining folded as a cyclone grew around its spear, spinning around it before pointing at its target before being launched at a slight nod from the Persona. Energy gathered into the lotus floating above Parvati’s hand, the flower glowing more and more as more and more power was gathered into it, before being unleashed on Kasumi’s command, detonating around their target. Morgana leapt into action as Ren remembered, sending Mercurius high into the air before causing it to dive down at blistering speeds, delivering a high powered kick straight to the top of the Holy Grail. Ren and Goro shared a look before they sent their personas out, Ren sending Arsene to one side while Goro sent Hereward to the other. Hereward charged up an arrow with all the strength it could muster as Arsene charged, its claws powered with umbral energy, the two striking from opposite directions at the exact same moment. The all out assault left a large cloud of smoke, obscuring their target. They waited with baited breath, hoping that their assault worked. However, as the smoke cleared, Ren’s biggest fear was realised. The grail stood firm, shining brightly. The wires remained untouched.
“ No.” Ren gasped. “ There's no way.” Around them, the shadows started shouting at them, cursing the thieves for trying to destroy the object of their salvation. The air seemed to shake and warp around them. He recognised the sensation. “ No. Not again.”
“ Joker. What’s happening?” Tao shouted in alarm.
“ It’s just like last time.” Morgana scowled. “ We’re being pulled out of Mementos.”
“ No. It was meant to be different this time.” A feeling of dread began to overcome Ren. Was this it? Had they failed again? Was it really hopeless to try and stand up against the God of Control? As if to answer him, a deep, booming laughter echoed around the room. The floor began to glow before the entire chamber was drowned in light. As their vision cleared, the thieves found themselves back in Tokyo, just outside the station.
“ Ugh. What the hell?” Tao said. “ We just get booted.”
“ Joker. This is bad.” Morgana said. “ If things keep going this way then-”
“ I know.” Ren lamented. “ We’re going to disappear.”
“ Aw. He’s so cute.” Hikari crouched down, petting Morgana. “ So this is your real form, huh?”
“ Not a cat, huh?” Tao raised an eyebrow.
“ This is just how I appear in this world! Can we take things seriously for a moment?”
“ Something’s strange.” Goro looked around. As if to test his theory, he stepped out into the crowd only for someone to walk through him. He staggered back. “ What in the world?”
“ What just happened?” Shiho gasped. “ It’s like you’re a ghost.”
“ Not just him.” Kaoru said, his hand passing through another person's arm. “ It’s all of us.”
“ Indeed it is.” Looking over to a nearby bench, the Thieves saw Yaldabaoth sitting, one leg folded over the other as he watched them with a smug expression. “ Currently, you are between dream and reality. Mind and matter. Soon, you won’t even be that. As I’m sure you are aware, aren’t you Trickster?”
“ Yaldabaoth.” Ren scowled. “ Here to gloat?”
“ No.” The outer god said, standing. “ I am here to offer you all an ultimatum. One I offered to your leader once before.”
“ You want us to serve you.”
“ That is not how I would have put it but I suppose that is what this new contract entails.” The god nodded.
“ That’s not going to happen.”
“ Ren’s right.” Tao agreed. “ Even if I’m gonna die, I’ll go out standing against a crusty old bastard like you every day of the week.”
“ And I suppose all of you share that same sentiment. That act of rebellion. Even the one who does not have that will.”
" Even if I don’t have the same power the others have, I won’t accept your deal.” Kasumi said firmly. “ I’ve seen what you did to my sister. I won’t allow you to do that to any of us.”
“ You believe we would ever serve one like you? No.” Goro shook his head. “ I made that mistake once. Never again.”
“ So stubborn. But as much as expected.” The god shook his head. “ It was not meant to be like this, you realise Trickster. I did so want to create a favourable world for you.”
“ Like hell you did.” Ren shouted. “ You turned my friends against me because you were scared I’d undo your dynasty. Everything that you did in this world to protect yourself was nothing for your own selfish desires.”
“ Hmm? You believe I cared you went back in time to spite me?” Yaldabaoth chuckled. “ Is that what Nyarlathotep had you believe? My. How foolish.”
“ What?”
“ No, Trickster. I already planned on resetting the world before you embarked on this foolish journey. Nyarlathotep simply hijacked it for his own means. To think the Crawling Chaos would extend a hand to aid the same ilk that ruined him years ago. I cannot comprehend that one’s mind.” It sighed. “ Nevertheless, I had plans for you after you rejected me. I gave your allies palaces, that much is true. However, I had expected you to liberate them in time as well.”
“ You were going to use me again?”
“ I wished to give you a world where you could be the hero you wished to be. The hero of my order, bringing salvation to the corrupted souls who went against my empire. The forces of Chaos I had that blond haired thug command were designed to be your great adversary. But it all came to naught. I had thought you strong of heart after standing against my new Herald. However, only once you overcame the Castle of Lust once more did I realise something else was happening. My first thought was to use the Detective once again but you had beaten me to that tool this time.” Goro glared at Yaldabaoth. “ Instead, I changed my target.”
“ That was when Futaba was contacted directly by a member of the Cult. That was you?”
“ Indeed. I had need of her talents. Do you know how I was able to erase your little resistance group in the previous timeline, Trickster?” The god smirked. “ Have you checked that Phansite of yours lately?”
“ You used Mishima’s site?” Ren’s eyes widened. “ But how?”
“ The last question your greatest supporter posed to the public? Do the Phantom Thieves really exist? As the cognitive world and the real world merge, my power becomes absolute here as it is in Mementos. All it took was a simple command. For a single, solitary second, all under my command believed the Phantom Thieves were not real. And so it became that the Phantom Thieves were not real.”
“ Futaba made the Phansite. That was the favour that was asked of her in order to save her. You used her to create the same failsafe that was made for you in the last timeline.” Ren’s face fell. “ We… never had a chance.”
“ You did not. Once again, you found yourself dancing in the palm of my hand. It was an amusing struggle, facing off against your old friends. Twists and turns. Moments of heartache and betrayal. Hmm hmm hmm. Were this a story, I would have been on the edge of my seat the whole time. Ha ha ha.” The ground began to shake. Around them, the ground began to rise as Mementos started growing into reality. Bone like structures jutted from the ground, rising high into the sky alongside the skyscrapers.
“ Ren! Snap out of it!” Tao shouted.
“ W-What’s going on?!” Hikari grasped her head in pain. “ My head’s… splitting. It’s like two worlds are being smashed into one.”
“ It would seem like time is up.” Yaldabaoth turned and looked up. High in the sky above Shibuya was the arena that held the Holy Grail. “ It was amusing watching you flounder but now the story has reached its end. Take a bow, Phantom Thieves of Hearts. You deserve this endless rest.” With that, the God of Control vanished. All of a sudden, Ren felt faint. He grasped his chest and fell to his knees. Around him, he could see his friends in pain. His nightmares came back to him as he recalled this day the last time around. The day he’d tried and failed to stop coming back again. This was it. He’d failed. Everyone was going to die. It was all his fault.
“ Stop feeling sorry for yourself.” Goro said with a sigh. He was leaning against the wall of the subway to hold himself up. “ There’s no point in it now.”
“ But… I failed. I should have done more. I’m… I’m sorry. This is all my fault.”
“ Ridiculous. There’s nothing that could be done.”
“ I should have seen it.”
“ Like hell you shoulda.” Tao shook her head, her legs trembling as she fought to stay on them. “ I ain’t gonna say I don’t have regrets but I don’t blame you. None of us do.” Tao grinned. “ We fought to the end. We should be proud of that.”
“ Tao…” Ren smirked. “ I guess so.”
“ That’s the spirit.” Tao nodded. “ This may be our end. But you hear me God! No matter what you try to do, art is eternal! Guernica will never die!” Tao laughed before falling backwards. Her body was gone before it hit the ground.
“ Tao…. No…” Shiho held her head in her hand, tears falling down her cheeks. “ Ann… I wish I had the courage to tell you… I love you, Ann.” Shiho faded away.
“ So this is it.” Kaoru smiled, managing to sit up with his legs folded. “ Don’t blame yourself for this, Ren. I asked to stay. This was my choice. And… I’m proud of us. Farewell, my friends.” He closed his eyes and was gone.
“ I’m proud of us too.” Kasumi smiled. “ Ren. Goro. Thank you. For everything.” She lay down on the ground, closed her eyes and vanished.
“ I… I don’t want this to be the curtain call.” Hikari said sadly. “ Not with how far we’ve come. Please. I don’t want to-” She never got to finish her sentence before vanishing.
“ Joker… I’m so sorry… If only I was there at the beginning again… Maybe things would be different.” Morgana struggled before collapsing once again.
“ I thought I’d be sad to die but I’m not actually that upset.” Hifumi smirked. “ Hope Dad’s ready for the next game. I’ve got to show him how much I’ve improved.” With that, Hifumi faded away like the others. Ren looked up at Goro but he didn’t offer any final words. He simply nodded before letting himself be taken, leaving Ren all alone. He felt his strength leave him, as he looked up at Mementos wrapping around the Tokyo skyline. He knew other people existed that could stop this. Detective Shirogane and her friends. Maybe they’d be strong enough. But he’d failed. It was a painful thing to admit but he was too faint to feel it. His eyes were getting heavy. He didn’t have the will to fight it, closing them and feeling his body turn to dust once again.
*********************************
The penthouse was full of cheers as the church members watched the alien structures appearing all around Tokyo. This was it. The moment their god had told them about. The moment Yaldabaoth descended from the heavens to be the salvation of mankind. Everyone was so excited but Haru just sat by one of the windows, staring at the arena floating not too far from their current location. Shadows began appearing, floating around like harbingers of calamity. They didn’t look heavenly and the structures came from beneath the ground, not above it. If anything, it was like they were welcoming a devil instead of the divine.
Looking around, no-one else seemed to see it that way. No-one else seemed to care about the contradictions or the ridiculousness of it all. Sumire seemed more nervous than the others. Yusuke was also staring but she had a feeling he was more entranced in the abstract beauty of it all, or so she’d expect him to say. Ann was with everyone else, celebrating and probably trying to forget that the God rising probably meant her best friend was dead. Futaba was almost giddy about that last fact, her mother’s murderer executed by the god who’d been her salvation. She couldn’t tell what Ryuji thought as he looked out at the madness but, then again, she never could figure out what he thought if he ever even thought at all. Finally, there was Makoto. “ A glorious day, is it not?” She said.
“ That’s what everyone else seems to think.” Haru shrugged. “ I don’t see the appeal. How am I gonna buy new clothes with all these fleshy pathways blocking the streets?”
“ Ha ha. I suppose we’ll learn new paths.”
“ I guess.” She hummed. “ What do you think, Makoto? Do you think we’ll be saved?”
“ That’s what our God said.”
“ I didn’t ask what it said, did I?” Makoto hummed.
“ Is this because of Ren? I know you two were close.”
“ He’s more than a friend. He did a lot for me. You know, when we first met, I told him not to be a hero. I’m kinda glad he didn’t listen.” Haru glanced over at Makoto. “ I’m obligated to be here because the God of Control introduced what it calls salvation to my life. Tell me though Makoto. Is this what you wanted when you were named Herald? Cause this doesn’t look like heaven to me.” Makoto narrowed her eyes slightly.
“ It almost sounds like you resent our God, Haru.”
“ Not really. It’s been a while since I’ve been able to care about this stuff. I only started being able to feel flickers of emotion after Ren stole my heart. Thinking about it, I stopped caring about the same time the Church was formed. Funny, isn’t it? Almost as if all the troubles over the past year can be traced back to a higher power or something.”
“ Our God saved us.”
“ You keep saying that. But I don’t think you’ve ever stopped to ask what it saved us from. If it ever saved us at all.” Haru shrugged. “ We’re here because we have to be. Not because we want to be. I’m just the only one who understands that. Or maybe you get that as well and you’ve decided lying to yourself is easier than accepting it. I can’t read minds. Heh. Now that is something I can thank God for.” Makoto sighed.
“ A pity that you think that. Regardless, I need to go.”
“ Yeah, yeah. Herald has to welcome her god. Well, say hi to Ren for me.”
“ He’s dead. The sooner you come to terms with that the better.” Makoto said sternly before heading for the door. The Herald would meet her god soon enough. Haru hoped for Makoto’s sake it was everything she wanted. She doubted it though. Staring out at the ruins below, Haru frowned.
“ Ren. You have a promise left to keep. For the sake of all of us, please win.”
Notes:
Welp, I guess it was all pointless in the end. Praise Yaldabaoth.
A new chapter of the Fool's Journey is out alongside this one. This time we're focusing on all the confidants except the former Phantom Thieves and their reaction to Yaldabaoth's renovation of Tokyo.
Chapter 67: The God of Control
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
December 24th
Ren didn’t expect to open his eyes again. However, when he did, he was met with the familiar mosaic image of two gods fighting, one a man in a blue wearing a butterfly mask and one a red haired, black masked man with a cane. He was in Nyarlathotep’s Crimson Room. Sitting up, he saw that the unconscious bodies of his friends were all around him. “ What… happened?” Ren asked.
“ Simple.” Nyarlathoep said, turning the page of the Necronomicon. “ Yaldabaoth was so sure of his victory that he completely overlooked a flaw in its own plan. A rookie mistake.” He glanced over the cover. “ I’d have told you but I needed it to be convincing otherwise my plan may have failed. Apologies.”
“ We’re not dead.”
“ Depends on your definition. You were erased from reality and reformed. You were dead for about thirty seconds. Hmm. Well. Closer to fourty five.”
“ B-But how?”
“ I have to give you the credit for the how, as much as it pains me to give credence to anything Philemon believes. Ugh.” He shuddered. “ Your bonds saved you. You see, there’s a certain someone out there who you ignited the spark of rebellion inside. Even now, her mind ensnared by the God of Control, she still struggles against destiny. While she claims she can’t do anything to save herself, she certainly did a lot to save you.”
“ Haru.” Ren realised.
“ Indeed. I had a chat with her when she was on her way to that meeting of all of Yaldabaoth’s servants. I simply told her that, when the time comes, believe in the Phantom Thieves with all her heart. And lo and behold, here you are. When Yaldabaoth emerged and imposed its will onto the world, it didn’t think that those already under its control would dare to stand against it. They were already implanted with that idea that the Phantom Thieves did not exist, at least not how the public saw them. They were heretics, destined to be erased by their magnanimous God. Because of that girl, I was able to create an anchor. A 0.1% belief in the Phantom Thieves. Just enough to bring you all here.”
“ With a little help.” Ren looked over at the door to see Lavenza entering. She curtisied to Ren. “ Hello Trickster. I do hope Nyarlathotep wasn’t filling your head with the idea he did all of this on his own.”
“ Hello Lavenza.” Nyaralathotep sighed. “ Welcome to Nyarly’s Persona Fun Room. How may I help you today?”
“ Don’t be so foolish.” Lavenza shook her head. “ The Crawling Chaos and I combined our powers to bring you all back. It was by no means easy but we managed it. You’ll also be happy to know that my master has returned to the Velvet Room.”
“ Good. Now’s our chance.” Nyarlathotep grinned mischievously. “ But before then, we should get your friends up. Lavenza. You have something with Samerecarm, don’t you? Perhaps Recarmdra.”
“ You are hilarious.” Lavenza huffed. She opened her book and summoned a Jack Frost to her side. A cold wind blew through the room, shocking the others awake.
“ Ah! Cold!” Tao cried. “ Huh? Wait. What?”
“ We’re… alive?” Shiho sat up, looking shocked.
“ Awesome!” Hikari leapt to her feet. “ Sequel!”
“ Childish as ever.” Goro shook his head. “ I suppose this is your doing, Nyarlathotep?”
“ Of course.”
“ Both of us.” Lavenza said tersely. “ We don’t have the time for this. Even as we speak, Mementos is encroaching on the real world. Dream and reality, mind and matter. They’re merging together. Soon, the God of Control’s reach won’t just be confined to Tokyo. The whole world will be in danger.”
“ If he goes that far, he’s destined to fail.” Nyaralathotep smirked. “ But that would be a boring way to end this tale, now wouldn’t it?”
“ Right.” Ren nodded. “ We started this. Now it’s time to end.”
“ I hate to be the one to ask this but how?” Kaoru asked. “ The Holy Grail is invulnerable to all attacks.”
“ Yes. It is.” Nyarlathotep nodded. “ And now Yaldabaoth has taken it to use as a new vessel. If you asked him, he’s invincible now. But that’s not quite the case.”
“ Remember when I told you about how Yaldabaoth was able to claim the Velvet Room as his own? It’s the same with the Holy Grail. They are now the same on a metaphysical level. However, that is the flaw in Yaldabaoth’s plan.” Lavenza smiled.
“ Yes, because he’s a prideful god, Yaldabaoth won’t keep the fact he’s not the grail to himself. In a private area with no shadows to listen in, it’s fine. But that arena acts as the cage to hundreds of his captives.” Nyarlathotep smirked. “ All you have to do is get him to admit who he is and the protection of the people will leave him. Do that and you can face him.”
“ That still means fighting a God though.” Hifumi said.
“ Eh. If it can feel pain, it can be beaten.” Tao shrugged.
“ Right.” Ren nodded. “ Then let’s go. It’s time to steal Tokyo’s heart.”
*************************************
The clouds were red as the Thieves raced up the skeletal structures that had burst from the ground. Looking down, not many had noticed that the world around them had changed. Some had, those with stronger cognition than most, but others carried on their day as if nothing was happening. Ren knew that would change. As the world sunk more and more into Mementos and the change became firmer, more and more people would realise what was happening. Ren hoped he could finish things before that happened. Due to the paths being as wide as they had been down below, Morgana was able to transform, charging through the shadowy angels that blocked their way. “ Damn. So the cat really can become a car.” Tao said. “ Well, this is more comfy than rail surfing.”
“ And much less nerve wracking.” Shiho smiled softly. “ Ah. I only wish we had Mona since the beginning.”
“ I’m not a cat, Guernica.” Morgana huffed. “ Why does no-one believe me?”
“ Well, if you were born in the Velvet Room, you're not a human.” Ren said. “ Do you think Lavenza would upgrade you?”
“ Lady Lavenza is strong but not all powerful. I’m afraid I’m likely stuck like this. A shame. I really want that date with Lady Ann.”
“ You wouldn’t have a chance in hell.” Shiho muttered. The Thieves were bumped into the air as Morgana flew off a ramp before roughly landing on another path below.
“ Ugh. Watch where you’re driving, Crow.” Hifumi grumbled.
“ Have you ever driven on giant spinal cords, Dragon?” Goro shouted back. “ This is far harder than it looks so shut up and let me focus.”
“ What are those?” Ren peered through the seats. He noticed four large shadows flying down from Yaldabaoth’s throne. The path was starting to narrow too. Goro clicked his tongue.
“ We’re out of road.” He grumbled. “ Everyone out.” The Thieves got ready as Morgana transformed. Ren was used to it from when they had to fight shadows in Mementos in the original timeline but a few of the others stumbled from the sudden shift. Hikari took it the worst, falling flat on her face.
“ That looks like it hurt.” Kasumi grimaced.
“ Are you alright, Director?” Kaoru asked, offering her a hand. Hikari groaned but took it.
“ My face hurts…” She whined.
“ Sorry. I was too in the moment.” Morgana laughed nervously. “ I’m so used to everyone being ready for it that I forgot to warn you.”
“ It’s alright. Just… Ah! Look out!” The Thieves turned quickly as four shapes floated down from above. Ren had never seen anything like it. They were grotesque, as if someone had drawn horrific mockeries of angels and pulled them into the real world. Masses of metal flesh melded together into vaguely humanoid shapes, one of them failing even that, with parts of their bodies that looked like pale faces. None of those faces were anywhere near their heads though, instead merged with other parts of their bodies or used like weapons or armour.
“ We speak unto the filth, enemies of God.” They all spoke in unison. “ Return from whence you came to the cages that offer the utmost freedom, the gift of our lord. If you do not then we shall obliterate you filth. Just as our lord has commanded.”
“ That is some MC Escher bullshit right.” Tao groaned. “ God damn it. We don’t have time for this.”
“ We don’t have a choice.” Hifumi said. “ I guess we could split up again. A few of us could stall these things and the rest could go on ahead.”
“ No need to worry about that. You all go ahead and leave the Archangels to me.” In a flash of Velvet blue, Lavenza appeared. “ I have some anger I’d like to let out for all the God of Control did to me regardless.”
“ Are you sure about this, Lady Lavenza?” Morgana asked.
“ Of course. Go. Guide the Trickster to the very end.” Morgana nodded.
“ Come on everyone. Let’s move.” Ren didn’t have to be told twice. The thieves began running as they headed towards the Throne. One of the angels tried striking with it’s bladed arm only to be intercepted by Lavenza creating a barrier with a Slime.
“ Go my Trickster. Do not worry about me.”
“ Thanks Lavenza. We’ll see you when this is all over.” The attendant smiled before turning back to her opponents, allowing the Thieves to go forwards.
“ Will she really be alright?” Kasumi asked. “ A little girl like that?”
“ If she is Caroline and Justine then she’s a lot stronger than she looks. Trust me.” Ren told her. “ Right now, let’s press onwards.” The thieves did just that, running up the bone like structures, using their grappling hooks on multiple occasions just to progress. They were able to evade the angelic shadows for the most part, pushing forwards towards the throne of God. Ren had a feeling it would be so easy as crossing the final bridge and kicking the door down this time around. As they approached it, he was sadly proven right. “ I knew you’d be here.” Standing between them and the door, Makoto folded her arms looking angrier than he’d ever seen her.
“ How do you keep escaping Death? It’s not possible.” She scoffed. “ Our God erased you from this world! How are you still here?”
“ Guess I’m just tenacious.” Ren smirked. “ Yaldabaoth should know by now that something like reality erasure can’t keep me down.”
“ You impertinent…” Makoto took a deep breath, trying to calm herself down. “ You won’t reach my God. You don’t deserve to witness his greatness. I am going to do what I should have done back in April and kill you where you stand.”
“ Like you did to Shido?” Goro asked coldly. “ How does it feel? Having blood on your hands? You can’t go back from that, you know.”
“ All for the sake of my lord.”
“ All for the sake of a lord who would dispose of you the second it finds a more useful pawn?”
“ He would never do that.”
“ It would and you know it.” Goro huffed. “ You and I aren’t so different you know. I understand what it’s like being the hired gun for a megolamaniac who only seeks power for its own selfish needs, all while preaching that they know what’s best for everyone. They talk a good game but your god is just another greedy, power hungry egotist who wants power for the sake of power. Who wants control for the sake of having control. Because it thinks it deserves it. You god is no different than Shido. At least I never pretended to be on the right side.”
“ Shut your mouth, filth!” Makoto shouted. “ All of you think you know what’s right and what’s wrong but none of you understand how much the world weighs! What it’s like being expected to do great things by everyone while being called a burden by the one you love and treated like an outsider by the people you want to help! I had no future until I was saved by our god! Neither does anyone else in this forsaken world! Everyone wakes up and goes through the same routine day in and day out! They live to survive! I wanted to save those people! To give them salvation! They could give all the control to one being! One being that knows better than everyone of us! They could stop worrying and enjoy life again! What’s wrong with that?! Why do you act like you know so much better than us?!”
“ Yaldabaoth doesn’t want to just take control of matters that make our lives stressful, Makoto.” Ren told her. “Sure, maybe it’s great you don’t have to worry about what path to take in life. You can close your eyes and let someone else take the wheel. I know why that would be so tempting. It would be so much easier… so much less painful to just let go. Live your life without worrying about everyone else. I know why so many people see that prison as freedom. If I just worried about myself, I would never have been put on Probation and sentt here. I’d be living happily in my home town with parents who love me and friends who I cared for. But that’s not who I am. Being able to choose my own path is what makes me who I am. I will never give it up because that’s the greatest freedom in the world. Sure, it may hurt but it’s mine and mine alone. Even if I have to rebel against heaven itself, I refuse to let someone else choose my future!”
“ Grr. How can you…” Makoto started only to be cut off by the roar of an engine.
“ Well said.” Tires screeched as a bike skidded across the ground towards them. Detective Shirogane stood, straightening out her hat from an obviously wild ride. “ You’re a spirited young man, Amamiya.”
“ Detective Shirogane?” Goro said, surprised. “ What are you doing here?”
“ Clearing the way to the God of Control. It seems that wasn’t needed though. Or… perhaps it is.” She took a few steps forward. “ You must be the famed Herald of the Church of Control. It’s a shame this is when we get to meet. I’d have preferred a less apocalyptic scenario.”
“ The Detective from Osaka.” Makoto narrowed her gaze. “ You’re out of your league.”
“ Oh, I’m quite in the right ballpark. Don’t worry about that. I’m quite familiar with Outer Gods at this point. What’s one more to add to the list of those I’ve had a hand in defeating? Regardless, the Shadow Operatives will be here soon. Whether it’s now or in ten minutes time, this is the end of the line for all of you.”
“ The Kirijo group, hmm?” Goro hummed. “ And here I thought Shido had scared you off.”
“ Well, they had since August to re-establish themselves. I’m just a simple detective.” Shirogane drew her gun. “ Now then. I believe you all have a mission to complete. Leave the Herald to me. I’ll make sure you’re not bothered.”
“ Thank you, Detective.” Ren said. “ We’re in your debt.”
“ Save the world and we’ll be even.” Shirogane smiled.
“ Count on it.”
“ I wouldn’t! Go, Merkabah!” Shirogane pushed Ren to one side, aiming her gun into the air. A blue card appeared, similar to the one Kasumi used to summon her persona.
“ Come! Yamato Sumeragi!” She shot the card, shattering it. A streak of light shone through the air, crashing into Makoto’s persona. Ren caught a glimpse of it as he and the Thieves began moving again. The persona was small, carrying a long blade in one hand that it easily used to shove Merkabah back, sending it flying into a nearby bone pillar. It had long blond hair, a red and silver cape and red uniform, wearing a helmet that curved like a beak. Ren and Shirogane nodded as the Thieves rushed inside. Makoto tried to follow but the Detective stood in her way. “ I’m your opponent.”
“ Fine.” Makoto scowled. “ Have it your way.” Echoes of their fight followed the Thieves into Yaldabaoth’s throne room. The Holy Grail loomed above them, floating in the air and surrounded by a divine light.
“ Yaldabaoth!” Ren shouted. “ We’ve come to steal your treasure and take the heart of Tokyo!” Booming laughter echoed around the room.
“ Trickster. How delightful.” The god laughed. “ If there is one thing I have to admire about you, it’s your unyielding will. And to think I had thought this matter resolved.”
“ You should learn by now never to count us out.”
“ I suppose so. Regardless, all of your efforts are pointless. I am invincible. The very will of humanity will not allow any harm to come to me. I, Yaldabaoth, have already claimed ownership of your world. Not even you can rebel against such a fate.”
“ Want to test that theory?” Ren removed his mask, summoning Cerberus beside him. Truthfully, Ren didn’t actually know how well this would work. He hoped Nyaralathotep and Lavenza were right about the separation of cognition. While the Cult of Control supported Yaldabaoth, Tokyo as a whole condemned it along with the rest of the Church. The God of Control wasn’t trying to hide what it was anymore. It was so sure it had already won. Ren just hoped the people’s rejection of the cult was enough to render the Grail vulnerable. “Blazing Hell.” Cerberus shot a ball of searing flames from its jaws, exploding on contact with the Holy Grail. The thieves watched, bodies tense as they prayed for a miracle. When the dust cleared, they saw it. A large crack down the side of the Holy Grail.
“ Impossible!” Yaldabaoth exclaimed. “ This vessel… was harmed?” Ren laughed madly.
“ See that? The people of Tokyo reject you too. No-one who can think clearly wants what you call freedom. Trap as many souls as you want in Memento’s depths. It won’t change a damn thing. The people will never accept a tyrant!”
“ Trickster.” The god growled, the cocky tone in his voice replaced by a barely contained rage. “ Very well. If this is the road which you seek the take then I shall show you the damnation that awaits at the end of it!” A pulse of energy shone from the Holy Grail as the ground began to shake. The walls of the arena fell away, disappearing back into the darkness of the otherworld, revealing the clouds around them as the arena rose higher into the sky. The grail looked like it was unfolding, the golden cup breaking apart as it rose into the air. As it did, machines grew from out of the ground. They connected together as one, forming a gigantic construct that towered above them. The thing that used to be the grail took its place atop the thing, forming its head. Ren realised he’d seen this thing before. He’d seen it first in Futaba’s palace and Makoto’s sanctuary. A large, alien looking machine with its head looking like a prism. All it was missing was the cross and it would be a dead ringer for the cults symbol. This was Yaldabaoth’s true form, just as the cultists had foreseen. “ Unclean ones! I am the administrator born from the collective human unconsciousness! Yaldabaoth, the God of Control! Filth who defy the people’s will! I will purge you here and now and guide humanity towards proper development!”
“ Decided by who?” Ren shouted back. “ You? No. You’re the one who will be purged!”
“ You cannot withstand the might of God!” Yaldabaoth declared, raising its arm. It glimmered before firing a powerful ray of light at the thieves.
“ Eris!” Shiho grit her teeth as her persona rushed forwards, raising a barrier to take the blow. “ I will not allow you to hurt my friends anymore!”
“ So you decide to stand in my way, maiden of misfortune. To think you would spurn the one closest to you in order to partake in this folly. Truly, you are one who cannot be redeemed.”
“ I don’t need your redemption. I don’t care what anyone thinks about me anymore. I will fight to save everyone I care about. Even if Ann doesn’t want it, I will save her from you!” Responding to her conviction, a bitter cold gathered around Eris’ banner before being launched at the god of control, freezing its left arm. The God growled in annoyance before flexing it, shattering the ice. An arm grew from the god’s back, brandishing a large, black handgun. It aimed it at them before launching a powerful shot directly at Shiho.
“ Parvati! Intercept it!” At Kasumi’s command, Parvati raised a gentle hand, using its psychic powers to move the bullet off course. “ I won’t allow you to harm my friends either.”
“ To think a broken one like you would stand against my salvation. You have no future ahead of you and yet you rebel despite lacking the will to do so. Your mind has been poisoned by the Trickster.”
“ I don’t expect one who acts like you’re above us to understand why I’m here. We’re all here to support each other. I may not know where I’m going but I know when I try to find it then I’ll have friends to help me. I don’t need some special power to stand up for what I think is right!” The lotus in Parvati’s hand shone brightly as it focused its power on the gun in Yaldabaoth’s hand. The arm bent unatturally as the gun was crumpled before breaking entirely, leaving it to hand uselessly from the god’s back.
“ Ignorant wretches.” The god of control grumbled, summoning another arm from the other side of its back. The hand was replaced by a large gold bell. As the bell tolled, a sudden weight fell on the thieves, pushing them down from the pressure. “ Feel the weight of your sins! You cannot and shall not win!”
“ Who… decided… that..?” Hikari growled. “ Anahita…” A ring of film reels appeared around them as Anahita emerged, releasing a pulse of water that dispelled the gravitational force the God of Control had tried crushing them with. “ You don’t decide what happens in this story. We do. I’m the director here and I say how it ends! Kaoru!”
“ Of course!” Kaoru nodded. “ Let’s do this Horus!” Kaoru pulled his helmet off, summoning his own Persona, now empowered by Hikari. Yaldabaoth scoffed.
“ Child of no world, Emperor of no kingdom. Standing up to me in order to defend a world you do not belong to. Do you truly believe this path will lead to acceptance?”
“ I don’t need acceptance from someone like you. I’m already accepted by everyone that I care about. I may not know where I came from but that doesn’t matter. My world is where I choose it to be And I will protect it with all my might.” The winds around Horus’ spear intensified as it soared through the air at near light speed, piercing directly through the bell and tearing straight through the arm itself, sending it falling into the darkness below. Yaldabaoth wasn’t about to let that stop it however. Another arm tore out of its back, wielding a sword raised high in the air already primed to strike.
“ I won’t allow that to happen.” Hifumi declared. “ Fly, Pele!” Tearing off her mask, Hifumi sent Pele flying as the sword came crashing down. Her persona caught the blade in mid air, digging its clawed gauntlet into the blade. Hifumi trembled under the mental stress it took to keep it there.
“ Struggle all you want. The strength of man cannot withstand the strength of god.” Yaldabaoth boasted. “ Your will shall crumble. If you wish for salvation, surrender yourself to me.”
“ Never.” Hifumi said through gritted teeth. “ I have lived under the oppression of others. I know what it’s like not being able to make your own choices. To have someone else choose for you. No matter what you say about that being freedom, it is the greatest suffering I’ve faced. That is why I won’t bow to you. I will not falter. My will is unbreakable!” Pele exploded into flames, her claws becoming white hot. They melted through the blade, slowly causing it to crack from the force before it shattered into molten slag, blackening the arm that was holding it from the heat.
“ You thieves! Filth amongst the unclean! How can you defy the will of mankind?” A fourth arm appeared from the god of control’s side, this time holding a large tome. It began gathering energy above, merging elements together into an almighty orb of pure energy.
“ You think you speak for all mankind? Don’t make me laugh!” Removing her gas mask, Tao called upon Nemain before loading her gun and taking aim. “ You ain’t anything special, God of Control. There’s always been people who wanna take control of everything. They parade around and try to convince everyone what’s right is wrong. But there’s always been people like us- artists, writers, activists- rebels who stand up to bastards like you. That’s why, here and now, the Phantom Thieves will pound you into dust! That is the will of Guernica!” Nemain shot forwards as Yaldabaoth cast its spell. It swung its spear horizontally, catching the ball of magic on its tip, and spun before launching it back at Yaldabaoth. Tao launched a blast of paint from her gun at it, detonating it on impact. The explosion tore through the arena, blowing the book arm off and causing the god to stumble, slamming a hand into the arena just to keep upright.
“ How dare you!” It spat. “ Forcing me to debase myself like this.” The god pushed hard against the ground to sand back up properly, cracking the arena as it did from the force it took to raise such a large body back up. As it did, light started shimmering from all of its arms, broken or not, and raised the arms it could into the air. Above them, the clouds darkened.
“ Look out everyone. It’s gathering an astronomical amount of power.” Hikari warned the others. “ Forget us surviving. It’ll probably wipe out half of Tokyo. The metaverse isn’t finished fusing with reality yet. Even so, I’m worried about what it’ll do.”
“ We won’t let that happen.” Ren said firmly.
“ Of course not.” Morgana agreed. “ This monster’s sick game has gone on long enough. Now it’s lost, it’s trying to throw the game board. How childish. Well, I may not have been able to do anything this timeline but that doesn’t mean I can’t do anything now. Watch and learn. Time to show you how the professionals hand this. Let’s go, Mercurius!” As they talked, the light that Yaldabaoth had gathered was launched into the clouds, causing the storm clouds to shine brightly above them. Morgana launched into the air alongside Mercurius as light began pouring down like rain from above, threatening to obliterate them. The two spun, creating a massive twister. The light rays were drawn towards the twister, getting sucked into them before geting fired back into the air where they vanished like a fading firework. Despite that, some made it through. Shiho was able to weather some of the loose blows but others tore through the ground they were standing on, breaking it. When Morgana was at his limit, the attack wasn’t over. Morgana stared up in alarm as a barrage of light rays headed for him. That was when an arrow flew past him, blowing one up and creating a chain reaction across the sky. As he fell, Morgan looked down to see Goro, arms folded with Hereward at his back aiming upwards. “ C-Crow?!”
“ Don’t think I did it for you. I simply wasn’t about to let this selfish so-called god obliterate us.” Goro huffed. “ Tell me something, Yaldabaoth. Two and half years ago, I obtained the Metaverse app. That was you.” The god chuckled.
“ Indeed. The barrier between the mental and material worlds was still strong. I needed a pawn to weaken it. Repeated usage of the app allowed me to enact my plans and create my game.” Yaldabaoth admitted. “ It was all a test from me in order to see if humanity would choose to walk it’s own path or if it would submit to me. But you are a weaker soul than I had initially thought. Though your psyche could withstand the power of a wild card, you seldom used it. Despite your heart full of hatred, you bent to the Trickster like all his other so called confidants. Despite being on the side of the victor, you disappointed me. A fact still true to this day.”
“ I had a feeling it was all a part of your game. Ever since Joker revealed the truth. Knowing I was being used. Strung along like a dog for a bone. It really… pisses me off!” Goro snarled, his eyes flashing with anger. “ You and Shido truly were made for each other. Just like him, you had no problem using and abusing peope for your own ends. If not me then him. If not him then Niijima’s sister. One pawn after another. Well I’m tired of playing the pawn. I may not have been able to kill Shido with my own hands and perhaps I shall never truly be fully redeemed for my own crimes but at the very least I can make sure your plans fail and send you to hell where you belong!” Hereward launched another arrow, this one more powerful than the last, into the eye of the storm. As it entered, the storm cloud folded in on itself slightly before exploding. Small beams of light fired everywhere, pelting the thieves, Yaldabaoth and everything around them with the beams of energy. The ground beneath them, already straining from the damage it had taken, began to crumble.
“ Oh no.” Shiho gasped. “ Not now.”
“ We’re not done yet.” Tao scowled. “ Shit. What do we do?” Ren thought for a moment then smiled.
“ Get out of here.” He told them. “ I’ll finish this.”
“ That’s suicide.” Goro shouted. “ Don’t be a hero, Joker!”
“ Did you forget? I have a hero complex.”
“ Now is not the time to be joking around!”
“ Everyone. Let’s go.” Morgana said. The others looked at him. “ I don’t like it either but I lived with this guy for a long time. If he’s decided to do something, you won’t talk him out of it. That’s just the guy Joker is.”
“ I hate that you’re right.” Tao sighed. “ Fine. But you better make it outta here yourself. You ain’t allowed to die.”
“ Please Ren.” Shiho looked at him desperately. “ You don’t have to do this.”
“ You heard Guernica. I’m not allowed to die.” Ren smiled at her. “ Crow. I’m counting on you to get them back safely.”
“ Annoying to the end.” He sighed. “ All right everyone. We have our orders. Let’s get out of here.” The others looked reluctant but agreed. Hikari had tears in her eyes. Kasumi was almost the same way, trying to put on a brave face. Kaoru gave him a sad smile. Hifumi looked annoyed. They started running towards the bridge of the back of the arena, still barely connected to the world below. As they left, Ren walked forwards.
“ You seek death that much, Trickster?” Yaldabaoth asked. “ You cannot defeat me alone.”
“ Alone?” Ren chuckled. “ That’s what you could never understand, Yaldabaoth. Despite being the one who told me to bond with us and make it my strength, you never truly believed in the strength of people’s connections, did you? Though I guess you and I weren’t truly different there. I cherished my friends but, when the chips were down I still fell back on the idea that I had to be the hero. I had to save everyone. If anything went wrong like it often did then I did something wrong. I didn’t see the people beside me as my teammates in those moments. I saw them as extensions of me, there to serve my own ambitions. My own heroism. My desire for acceptance by helping everyone even at the cost of myself. That same desire you used against me.”
“ You could have been a hero.” Yaldabaoth told him. “ A hero that brought freedom to the masses. I could have given you everything you ever dreamed of.”
“ You could have. That’s why I almost agreed to your demands. There were times in this world I wished I had. Life would have been so much easier.” He shook his head. “ But the easiest way doesn’t make it the best way. If I went along with what you wanted, it would have been a hollow dream. I refuse to be a puppet. Besides, I’m not alone. My friends are with me. The Phantom Thieves of both timelines. The people who I’ve learned so much and helped me reach this point. All of them are behind me and all of them have their own dreams. Their own reason for living. I won’t let you take that from them by imposing your corrupt will upon them!” At his declaration, Ren felt a burning heat rising from inside of him. It felt like a fire that tempered his very being, reacting to his convictions to defeat the false god. He felt like he could feel the heartbeat of the world calling to him, cheering him on. He felt Arsene’s power growing, overflowing and transforming, growing into something far greater than any other Persona he’d used before. But that was natural, he supposed. This wasn’t a power he was boring from the sea of souls. This was his own power. His own will of rebellion taking shape. Ren called upon it. “ Satanael!” He shouted, tearing his mask off. Behind him, a demon appeared standing just as tall as Yaldabaoth itself. “ This is the end!”
“ What is this power?!” The god said in alarm. “ No! This is not the end!” Ren aimed his pistol at Yaldabaoth as it began gathering all the power it had left.
“ Yaldabaoth, twisted god of control. You have tried to steal the heart of Tokyo and force the people of this world into servitude under the false promise of freedom and security. You have sown the seeds of discord all for your own selfish desires to control the masses and rule over all. Despite parading yourself as a god, you are truly an evil being. Because of this, I… Joker of the Phantom Thieves…” Ren grinned wickedly. “ Shall take your heart!”
“ DAMN YOU TRICKSTER!!!” The god bellowed as Ren pulled the trigger. Satanael did the same, firing an almighty bullet straight through the prismed head of the God of Control. The force of the impact sent out a shockwave that shattered the ground beneath him. As Yaldabaoth fell, so did he. He felt faint. His power was leaving him. With the god defeated, Mementos was separating from reality. The sense of fatigue from leaving that world was catching up quickly. Or maybe it was the lack of air from being up so high. He couldn’t say. Despite the fact he was plummeting to his death though, Ren couldn’t help but smile. Everyone was safe now. It was over. As his consciousness faded, a voice echoed in his head.
“ Indeed it is. You did far better than even I expected. You were absolutely incredible. A round of applause for you, dear Trickster. You can rest now. Fret not. Sleep soundly knowing all is well. Though I doubt we ever will, part of me hopes that we meet again someday, Ren Amamiya.”
*************************************
Naoto looked up as the divine being fell backwards, shot from the power of an equally demonic looking one. Naoto had known not to judge anything by appearances though. As the god fell, the ground began to crack. It was over now. The two worlds would split again just like it had when they’d defeated Ameno Sagiri that fateful December. Had it truly been five years? She was distracted from her thoughts by a scream of anguish. The Herald collapsed to her knees, clutching her head in pain. Above her, her persona emerged, mirroring her pain. The metal angel cracked and shattered, revealing a new entity. It was just as mechanical but more demonic looking. A silver body with a red face and gold bull horns. She didn’t get too good of a look before it faded away. “ W-W-What… What have I done?” The girl muttered, sounding completely broken. Naoto frowned. Whatever spell that god had placed on her, it was broken now. The rest of the cult could be having similar meltdowns depending on how widespread the gods' control was. Regardless though Naoto had a sinking feeling this case had just thrown her another curve ball. It looked like things were about to get even more complicated.
Notes:
One final SMT reference because I couldn't help myself. The Archangels that usually appear in the game are replaced here by the SMTIV designs of the Archangels, which are a lot more surreal and I felt fit the fused Tokyo a lot better.
And so we reach the end of Yaldabaoth. Fate caught up to it in the end and another outer god falls to humanity. But we're not quite finished with this story yet. There's a new chapter in Fool's Journey to go along with this chapter, this one focused on the God of Control's most loyal, or not quite loyal in a certain someone's case, followers. I hope you enjoy.
Chapter 68: Brand New Day
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
December 25th
Ren groaned as he woke up, staring up at the familiar wooden ceiling of his room in Leblanc. It took a few moments for his scrambled mind to remember what had happened. When it did he sat up sharply, patting himself down to make sure he was actually there. He was alive? How was he alive? The last thing he remembered was falling after he finished Yaldabaoth off. Falling and… hearing a voice. Nyarlathotep. Had the Crawling Chaos saved him again? He grabbed his phone from off the window sill and checked the date. While part of him was expecting him to be back in April for a third time, he was glad to see it was December 25th. Christmas day. The first brand new day he’d had in a long time. He smiled. It was over.
As he got dressed, his thoughts drifted to the others. He wondered if they’d also made it out safely. And what of Makoto and the others in the Church? What would happen to them now their god had been slain and their shadows were free of the Prison of Regression? Part of him wondered if anything would even change with them. Maybe they’d been imprisoned for so long that they wouldn’t know what to do with their new found freedom. If they preferred giving up their right to choose what to do in life then Ren couldn’t blame them. It was the easier path after all even if it wasn’t the path he wanted to walk down. He fought Yaldabaoth because he didn’t want it to impose its will on everyone. Not because Ren wanted to make the choice for everyone himself. Though what did worry him was his friends. He knew they were strong enough to decide their own fate. He just hoped they knew that themselves.
Walking down the stairs, he saw Sojiro cleaning a coffee mug and listening to some old Christmas songs on the tv. “ Didn’t think you’d be up that fast with the state you were in when your friends dragged you back here.” He said.
“ What do you mean?”
“ Did that fall wipe your memories too?” He raised an eyebrow. “ That detective guy said you fell down some of the steps in Shibuya. They had to hire a taxi to bring you back here. Doctor Takemi said you were fine. Just needed some rest. You’re a hardy kid if getting a bump to the head just means a longer sleep than usual. Reminds me of when Futaba over exerted herself and slept for a few days to recharge her batteries.” He chuckled. “ Oh. Merry Christmas too I guess.”
“ You too. I’m surprised you’ve got music on. You usually like the news.”
“ No, my customers like the news. As you can see though, not many people drop bye on Christmas Day. I’d close shop but it’s not like I have anything better to do. That sounds sad when I say it out loud.” He sighed. “ Any plans for yourself?”
“ Well, we were going to have a party but I think that’s been put on hold. I should set a text to the others to tell them I’m alright.”
“ A smart idea.” Sojiro nodded. “ The usual?”
“ Yes please.” Ren smiled. “ Oh, uh. Did… anything happen yesterday? While I was out?”
“ Anything major?” Sojiro hummed. “ Well, a bunch of people started to hallucinate all over the city yesterday afternoon. Bones growing into the sky. God- like figures fighting in the skies above Tokyo. Takemi and I saw the visions. Coming from people with a wild belief in a so-called god, those visions were pretty satanic.” He shook his head. “ That detective lady, Shirogane, was interviewed. The police are treating it as a gas leak. Maybe those damn cultists decided to drug the water supply. Makes sense they’d believe in that god of theirs if they drugged people into seeing it. Maybe knowing that will wake everyone up.”
“ Are you worried about Futaba?”
“ Always.” He admitted. “ I’ve told her that she’s welcome back home whenever she wants to come back. Apparently she’s living with some artist friend she made while living with them. I want to say she’s just trying to find herself after everything that came out about them but…” He shook his head. “ Oh. Right. Can you go around to my place for a bit? I need you to check on something for me. I found this wierd cat sleeping on the shop mat when I went to close up shop. I was worried it’d freeze to death so I let it in my place. It was sleeping when I left but now I’m worried it’ll cause a mess.” Ren looked in shock for a moment before smiling wildly.
“ Of course. I’ll go right away.”
“ No need to be so excited about it. You like cats that much?”
“ Oh. Yeah.” Ren said nervously before heading for the door. “ Mind if I bring it over here?”
“ So long as it’s clean. I don’t want some stray infecting my produce and getting me shut down.” Ren chuckled as he closed the shop door and walked around. A stray cat could only mean one person. He entered Sojiro’s place and called.
“ Morgana? You there?” At first, there was silence. Ren almost worried he’d gotten excited for no reason. If Morgana was back, it’s possible Tao or someone else took him in, assuming he was still even a cat in this timeline. Maybe Lavenza did make him human.
“ Joker!” Ren smirked as he heard the familiar voice and watched a black cat running out of the living room. “ You are such an idiot! Do you know how worried we all were?! We thought you died!”
" I know. I know. Sorry.” Ren knelt down, patting Morgana on the head. “ Honestly, I’m not sure how I survived either.”
“ When Mementos dissipated, we didn’t think we’d make it but a blue butterfly appeared in front of us. The next thing we knew, we were at the station. You were there too but you were out cold. We tried waking you but…” Morgana smiled. “ I’m just glad you're alright.”
“ A blue butterfly? Lavenza?”
“ I don’t think so. I think it was something else.” Ren hummed. He thought back to something Nyarlathotep had once asked him. Had he ever seen a blue butterfly? Could it be connected to that? He wondered if Lavenza was still around. If anyone would know, it would be her or Igor. Regardless, that didn’t matter now.
“ Whatever. Shall we head around to Leblanc?”
“ Absolutely. It’ll be nice to see the place again. It doesn’t feel all that long to me but this is my first time going there this timeline.” The two headed out. As they started the walk back, Ren looked up at the feeling of something cold touching his skin. The clouds were dark and snow was beginning to fall. “ What horrible weather.”
“ True. But a lot of people like the idea of a White Christmas.”
“ I don’t see why. It’s just wet and cold.”
“ Ha ha ha. Yeah. I guess you're right. But who knows. Maybe it could be a sign of new hope.”
“ Are you alright? You're talking weirdly.” Ren’s face fell.
“ Sorry. It’s just… It’s hard to believe that this is real. I was so ready to die that standing here in the cold feels almost wrong. We died. Twice. After all we’ve gone through it’s just strange to say it’s over. I guess I’m still waiting for the other shoe to drop.”
“ Well, I guess when you’ve been fighting as long as you have, it’s only natural you’d be wary of dropping your guard. But don’t worry. We did it. You’ve earned this. Relax, OK?”
“ I’ll try.” Ren nodded. “ I’m just glad you’re back. Though I’ll miss being able to do whatever I wanted at night time without your constant nagging for me to go to sleep.”
“ Hey! Sleep is important for a Phantom Thief!” Morgana argued. Ren just laughed as he entered Leblanc again.
“ You’d better not be teasing that cat.” Sojiro scolded him.
“ Don’t worry, Boss. I’m not.” He reassured the man. Morgana laughed smugly.
“ Even after all this time, Boss still cares about me.” He gloated. The morning passed peacefully. As Sojiro predicted, no customers came but that just left the three of them. Eventually, Sojiro did put the news back on. As he’d said, everything people saw the day before was being treated like a strange mass hallucination caused by some kind of gas leak with the police investigating if it was caused by a fuel leak from a plane or blimp or some kind of chemical leak in the sewer system. The situation was contained but people were already fingering the Cult of Control as the culprits online mainly due to the fact that some people said they saw God. They were technically right though for all the wrong reasons. It was for the best. The less they knew the better.
****************************************
The Phantom Thieves of Hearts
Joker: Morning
Guernica: The bastard lives.
Joker: Hello to you too, Tao
Paladin: Are you OK
Joker: Yep
Joker: Thanks for dragging me home
Guernica: We got curry so it was worth
Crow: I don’t see why we’re so surprised. He’s too tenacious to die.
Dragon: You say that like you weren’t worried.
Dragon: You were muttering the entire journey.
Crow: Annoyed. Not worried. Massive difference.
Director: Tsundere
Crow: Be silent
Paladin: How about Mona? He said he wanted to stay with you
Joker: He’s here too. Sojiro took him to his place for the night
Director: Awwww
Director: :3
Joker: He says he’s not a cat.
Director: I’m impressed he knew what that meant
Joker: He hung out with Futaba for a week while I was at Hawaii
Joker: Morgana probably knows more about computers than I do.
Director: Mega Mona Persona Network!
Crow: Please stop. I have enough problems without my phone buzzing every few seconds.
Joker: Back on the investigation?
Crow: Sadly.
Crow: Shirogane and I are trying to come up with a good excuse to all of this
Guernica: Good luck with that.
Guernica: So now Ren’s definitely alive, I gotta ask
Guernica: Victory party?
Director: Yes!
Joker: How about New Years? I’ll see if Sojiro will give us Leblanc
Crow: No need. I can get a reservation at somewhere far nicer.
Joker: We’ll leave it to you then.
Crow: Fine.
Crow: Now get some rest, idiot.
******************************
Ren smiled before turning his phone off. “ How are your friends?” Sojiro asked.
“ Worried about me. Looks like we’re going to have a New Years party. Goro says he can get a place somewhere. You can come if you want.”
“ Me? Ha. No. I’ll let you kids enjoy yourself.” Sojiro said.
“ Only if you’re sure. I have to thank you for taking care of me in some way.”
“ Don’t be stupid. I was the one who agreed to it. You’ve been a lot more tolerable than I expected for a delinquent.”
“ What did you think I’d be? Some tattooed crook who could bench press that old couch you have upstairs?”
" I just thought you’d have a worse attitude. Not that you don’t have an attitude of your own.”
“ I try.” Ren smirked.
“ Snarky little-” Before Sojiro could finish, the cafe door opened. The man huffed. “ It's a bit of a strange day to be coming to a coffee shop, don’t you… think…” He trailed off. Ren turned and froze. Standing nervously in the doorway, pulling at one of the fingers of her gloves and biting her lip, was the timid form of Futaba Sakura. “ Futaba?”
“ Uh. S-S-So I… erm…” She glanced down. “ I… was… um… I just wanted…” She was stopped as Sojiro pulled her into a tight embrace.
“ You’re back.” He said quietly. Futaba returned the hug, tears rolling down her cheeks.
“ I’m home.” Ren smiled at the scene. He watched with Morgana as the two slowly, reluctantly, released each other. Futaba sat in her usual spot at the bar as Sojiro stepped behind the counter, preparing a cup of coffee for his estranged daughter. He stayed silent as the two talked. It was nervous and clumsy but he could tell that the two were glad to be back together. He knew the two talked over the phone but this was the first time in a long time they’d been together like this.
“ I think it’s time to close up.” Sojiro said suddenly. “ We’re not getting any customers today. Let’s head home.”
“ Right.” Futaba nodded.
“ I can clean up.” Ren offered.
“ No. You’re coming too.” The man said. “ I have a few things in so I can make Katsudon or something for the three of us.”
“ You’re cooking something other than curry?” Futaba asked in disbelief.
“ Hey. I’m not a one trick pony you know.” He shook his head. They walked back around to the Sakura house, Sojiro disappearing into the Kitchen as Futaba led him and Morgana into her room. She looked around in half amazement.
“ It’s so clean in here.” She said. “ I expected it to be all dusty. I guess Sojiro took care of it while I was gone. I… really don’t deserve him.” She took a seat on her computer chair, huddling with her legs against her chest. “ So… erm… We should probably talk huh?”
“ Only if you want to.” Ren told her. “ What happened to the Church?”
“ Unofficially disbanded.” She said. “ Some people are sticking around. They like the ideas they provided. Solution to answers they’ve always wanted. They want it to be real. It was a nice community honestly. But a lot more decided to move on. Between everyone turning against them, Shido, Christmas Eve. It just got too much. And I decided to come home.”
“ I’m glad. He really missed you.”
“ I know.” She sighed. “ But that isn’t what I wanted to talk to you about.” Ren took a seat on the end of her bed and nodded at her to continue. “ You know how we had these super special Personas that Makoto gave us?”
“ Yeah. About them. Did Makoto really give it to you or was it Yaldabaoth?”
“ It was probably Yaldy’s power but Makoto was the one who bestowed them on us. Though if she imprisoned our shadows in that creepy jail beforehand… I don’t know enough about everything to fully speculate. Anyway, there may have been a secondary purpose to them other than making us fight.” She placed a hand over her heart. “ When you defeated it yesterday, we were all watching you. When it died, something inside of us kinda broke.”
“ Broke?”
“ Uh. I don’t know how to really explain all of this. I need a baseline. Oh. Duh. So this is timeline two, yeah?” Ren’s eyes widened in surprise.
“ Y-You Remember?!” He exclaimed.
“ Yeah. I do now. It all happened last night, like I said. The God of Control died and its control over all the shadows in Mementos was released. That included the control it had over us. Those… what would you even call them?”
“ Nyarlathotep called them Reverse Personas.”
“ Putting a pin in that. Reverse Personas do make sense though. Anyway, those Reverse Personas faded away but it unlocked the actual powers inside of us. And when we got our personas back…”
“ You remembered everything.” Morgana realised.
“ Haru mentioned she remembered echoes of her previous life in dreams. Yaldabaoth must have suppressed your memories of that world but they were still there, locked away by our personas. The only reason I wasn’t affected by that was because of Nyarlathotep.”
“ OK. Pin’s coming out. Whomst?”
“ Oh. He’s the one who saved me and sent me back in time. Yaldabaoth said he intended to reset the world anyway in order to convert all of us in his own way but Nyarly made sure I remembered.”
“ I guess we might all have him to thank for that.” Futaba admitted. “ But… even though we remember what happened, we still remember what we did in this timeline too. I can’t believe I went along with it. It makes me sick thinking about all the things I did in defence of that cult. That’s not even getting into the fact we murdered someone. I was just so happy that they supposedly saved me that I got wrapped up in it all. Ugh. I’m such an idiot.”
“ Don’t blame yourself. It was the God of Control who was behind all of this. I know you’d never have done that in your right mind.”
“ That’s the worst part. I was in my right mind. Or at least it felt like I was. I was just so happy that I could start living again that I just believed and did whatever they said. I made a lot of trouble for you. I’m sorry.”
“ Really. Don’t worry about it.” Ren smiled. “ I’m just happy to have my little sister back.”
“ Yeah.” Futaba grinned. “ It’s good to be back. Though I do have to ask what the deal with teaming up with Akechi is.”
“ Desperation mostly.” Ren admitted. “ Guess it’s my turn for a long story.”
Notes:
The entire purpose of Makoto vs Astarte was showing the idea that the Personas remembered what the people did not, like that embarrassing memory buried in the subconscious that you randomly remember and cringe at. I wasn't going to leave the Phantom Thieves as they were. I mean, I could have but I feel that would have been a bit of bitter ending to the story. For those who you don't keep up with The Fool's Journey, I uploaded the scene where the old thieves remember the last timeline. I wanted to do it in this chapter but I didn't want to do two massive chapters in a row. Each of these next few chapters are based on two of the former thieves and also Sumire, starting off with Futaba and Morgana here. I think getting his friends back is a pretty good Christmas present for Ren, don't you agree?

Pages Navigation
Supermath33 on Chapter 1 Tue 29 Jul 2025 08:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
Anxi0us_B0y on Chapter 1 Mon 22 Sep 2025 01:52AM UTC
Comment Actions
Caitemis on Chapter 2 Tue 15 Jul 2025 12:01AM UTC
Comment Actions
Clockworkchaos0 on Chapter 2 Wed 13 Aug 2025 02:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 2 Wed 13 Aug 2025 08:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
NobodySpecial13 on Chapter 4 Mon 11 Aug 2025 09:12PM UTC
Comment Actions
TongShauPing on Chapter 5 Mon 21 Jul 2025 04:37PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 5 Mon 21 Jul 2025 05:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
KindAndDarkOne on Chapter 5 Tue 12 Aug 2025 04:04PM UTC
Comment Actions
Srokaanimation on Chapter 6 Tue 30 Sep 2025 04:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sleepy_koko on Chapter 7 Tue 29 Jul 2025 01:55AM UTC
Comment Actions
TwilightPaws on Chapter 7 Tue 28 Oct 2025 05:34AM UTC
Comment Actions
Clockworkchaos0 on Chapter 11 Fri 15 Aug 2025 01:59PM UTC
Last Edited Fri 15 Aug 2025 02:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
TRIBUTON109 on Chapter 18 Wed 15 Oct 2025 08:33AM UTC
Comment Actions
ChaosPikami on Chapter 21 Thu 28 Aug 2025 12:50PM UTC
Comment Actions
Srokaanimation on Chapter 21 Tue 30 Sep 2025 09:14PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 21 Tue 30 Sep 2025 09:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
Srokaanimation on Chapter 21 Tue 30 Sep 2025 10:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
KazuSakai on Chapter 25 Sat 06 Sep 2025 12:04PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 25 Sat 06 Sep 2025 04:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
TwilightPaws on Chapter 25 Tue 28 Oct 2025 07:36AM UTC
Last Edited Tue 28 Oct 2025 07:37AM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 25 Tue 28 Oct 2025 12:47PM UTC
Comment Actions
TongShauPing on Chapter 26 Mon 08 Sep 2025 07:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 26 Tue 09 Sep 2025 09:16AM UTC
Comment Actions
IDontReallyKnow_Anymore on Chapter 26 Tue 09 Sep 2025 07:12PM UTC
Last Edited Tue 09 Sep 2025 07:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
KazuSakai on Chapter 27 Thu 11 Sep 2025 12:07PM UTC
Comment Actions
IDontReallyKnow_Anymore on Chapter 27 Thu 11 Sep 2025 12:53PM UTC
Last Edited Thu 11 Sep 2025 12:53PM UTC
Comment Actions
PA2 on Chapter 27 Thu 11 Sep 2025 02:00PM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 27 Thu 11 Sep 2025 02:49PM UTC
Comment Actions
PA2 on Chapter 27 Fri 12 Sep 2025 03:06AM UTC
Comment Actions
DeltaPhazon on Chapter 27 Fri 12 Sep 2025 09:11AM UTC
Comment Actions
PA2 on Chapter 27 Fri 12 Sep 2025 01:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation